👁 :
F a m i l y t r e e
Chapter 1
^ »
March 1,1820 Newmarket, Suffolk
Unfettered freedom! He'd escaped. With an arrogant smile, Harold Henry Cynster—Demon to everyone, even to his mother in her weaker moments—drew his curricle to a flourishing halt in the yard behind his Newmarket stable. Tossing the reins to his groom, Gillies, who leaped from the back of the elegant equipage to catch them, Demon stepped down to the cobbles. In a buoyant mood, he ran a loving hand over the glossy bay hide of his leader and scanned the yard with a proprietorial eye.
There was not a scheming mama or disapproving, gimlet-eyed dowager in sight.
Bestowing a last fond pat on his horse's shoulder, Demon headed for the open rear door of the stable. He'd left London at midday, unexpectedly content to have the breeze blow the cloying perfume of a certain lascivious countess from his brain. More than content to leave behind the ballrooms, the parties, and the myriad traps the matchmaking mamas laid for gentlemen such as he. Not that he'd found any difficulty in evading such snares, but, these days, there was a certain scent on the breeze, a presentiment of danger he was too experienced to ignore.
First his cousin Devil, then his own brother Vane, and now his closest cousin, Richard—who next of their select band of six, the Bar Cynster as they were called, would fate cause to trip into the arms of a loving wife?
Whoever it was, it wouldn't be him.
Pausing before the open doors of the stable, he swung around, eyes squinting in the slanting sunlight. Some of his horses were ambling in the paddocks with their lads in close attendance. On the Heath beyond, other stables' strings were exercising under the eyes of owners and trainers.
The scene was an exclusively male one. The fact that he felt entirely at home—indeed, could feel himself relaxing—was ironic. He could hardly claim he didn't like women, didn't enjoy their company. Hadn't—didn't—devote considerable time to their conquest.
He couldn't deny he took pleasure in, and derived considerable satisfaction from, those conquests. He was, after all, a Cynster.
He smiled. All that was true. However…
Whereas the other members of the Bar Cynster, as wealthy, well-born gentlemen, had accepted the fact that they would marry and establish families in the time-honored tradition, he had vowed to be different. He'd vowed never to marry, never to tempt the fate with which his brother and cousins had fenced and lost. Marriage to fulfill society's obligations was all very well, but to marry a lady one loved had been the baneful fate of all male Cynsters to date.
A baneful fate indeed for a warrior breed—to be forever at the mercy of a woman. A woman who held one's heart, soul and future in her small, delicate hands.
It was enough to make the strongest warrior blanch. He was having none of it.
Casting a last glance around the neat yard, approving the swept cobbles, the fences in good repair, Demon turned and entered the main stable housing his racing string. Afternoon stables had already commenced—he would view his exercising horses alongside his very capable trainer, Carruthers.
Demon was on his way to his stud farm, located three miles farther south of the racecourse in the gently undulating countryside bordering the Heath. As he had every intention of avoiding marriage for the term of his natural life, and the current atmosphere in London had turned fraught with the Season about to start, and his aunts, as well as his mother, fired with the excitement of weddings, wives and the consequent babies, so he'd elected to lie low and see out the Season from the safe distance of his stud farm and the unthreatening society of Newmarket.
Fate would have no chance to sneak up on him here.
Looking down to avoid the inevitable detritus left by his favored darlings, he strolled unhurriedly up the long central alley. Boxes loomed to his left and right, all presently empty. At the other end of the building, another pair of doors stood open to the Heath. The day was fine, with a light breeze lifting manes and flicking long tails—his horses were out, doing what they did best. Running.
After spending the last hours with the sun warming his shoulders, the stable's shadows felt cool. A chill unexpectedly washed over the back of his shoulders, then coalesced into an icy tingle and slithered all the way down his spine.
Demon frowned and wriggled his shoulders. Reaching the point where the alley widened into the mounting area, he stopped and looked up.
A familiar sight met his eyes—a lad or work rider swinging a leg over the sleek back of one of his champions. The horse was facing away, wide bay rump to him; Demon recognized one of his current favorites, an Irish gelding sure to run well in the coming season. That, however, was not what transfixed him, rooting his boots to the floor.
He could see nothing of the rider bar his back and one leg. The lad wore a cloth cap pulled low on his head, a shabby hacking jacket and baggy corduroy breeches. Baggy except in one area—where they pulled tight over the rider's rear as he swung his leg over the saddle.
Carruthers stood beside the horse, issuing instructions. The lad dropped into the saddle, then stood in the stirrups to adjust his position. Again, corduroy strained and shifted.
Demon sucked in a breath. Eyes narrowing, jaw firming, he strode forward.
Carruthers slapped the horse's rump. Nodding, the rider trotted the horse, The Mighty Flynn, out into the sunshine.
Carruthers swung around, squinting as Demon came up. "Oh, it's you." Despite the abrupt greeting and the dour tone, there was a wealth of affection in Carruthers's old eyes. "Come to see how they're shaping, have ye?"
Demon nodded, his gaze locked on the rider atop The Mighty Flynn. "Indeed."
With Carruthers, he strolled in the wake of The Flynn, the last of his horses to go out on the Heath.
In silence, Demon watched his horses go through their paces. The Mighty Flynn was given a light workout, walking, trotting, then walking again. Although he noted how his other horses performed, Demon's attention never strayed far from The Flynn.
Beside him, Carruthers was watching his charges avidly. Demon glanced his way, noting his old face, much lined, weathered like well-worn leather, faded brown eyes wide as he weighed every stride, considered every turn. Carruthers never took notes, never needed any reminder of which horse had done what. When his charges came in, he would know precisely how each was faring, and what more was needed to bring them to their best. The most experienced trainer in Newmarket, Carruthers knew his horses better than his children, which was why Demon had pestered and persevered until he'd agreed to train for him, to devote his time exclusively to training Demon's string.
His gaze fastening once more on the big bay, Demon murmured, "The lad on The Flynn—he's new, isn't he?"
"Aye," Carruthers replied, his gaze never leaving the horses. "Lad from down Lidgate way. Ickley did a runner—leastways, I assume he did. He didn't turn up one morning and we haven't seen him since.
'Bout a week later, young Flick turned up, looking for a ride, so I had him up on one of the tetchy ones." Carruthers nodded to where The Flynn was trotting along, pacing neatly with the rest of the string, the small figure on his back managing him with startling ease. "Rode the brute easily. So I put him up on The Flynn. Never seen the horse give his heart so willingly. The lad's got the touch, no doubt about that.
Excellent hands, and good bottom."
Demon inwardly admitted he couldn't argue. "Good," however, was not the adjective he'd have used. But he must have been mistaken. Carruthers was a staunch member of the fraternity, quite the last man to let a female on one of his charges, let alone trust her with The Flynn.
And yet…
There was a niggle, a persistent whisper in his mind, something stronger than suspicion flitting through his brain. And at one level—the one where his senses ruled—he knew he wasn't wrong.
No lad had ever had a bottom like that.
The thought reconjured the vision; Demon shifted and inwardly cursed. He'd left the countess only a few hours ago; his lustful demons had no business being awake, much less raising their collective head. "This Flick…" Saying the name triggered something—a memory? If the lad was local, he might have stumbled across him before. "How long's he been with us?"
Carruthers was still absorbed with the horses, now cooling before walking in. "Be two weeks, now." "And he pulls his full load?"
"I've only got him on half-pay—didn't really need another hand with the stablework. Only needed him for riding—exercising and the gallops. Turned out that suited him well enough. His mum's not well, so he rides up here, does morning stables, then rides back to Lidgate to keep her company, then comes up again for afternoon stables."
"Hmm." The first horses were returning; Demon drew back into the stable, standing with Carruthers to the side of the mounting area as the stable lads walked their charges in. Most of the lads were known to him. While exchanging greetings and the occasional piece of news, and running knowledgeable eyes over his string, Demon never lost sight of The Flynn.
Flick ambled at the rear of the string. He'd exchanged no more than brief nods and occasional words with the other lads; amid the general camaraderie, Flick appeared a loner. But the other lads seemed to see nothing odd in Flick; they passed him as he walked the huge bay, patting the silky neck and, judging from the horse's twitching ears, murmuring sweet nothings with absolute acceptance. Demon inwardly cursed and wondered, yet again, if he could possibly be wrong.
The Flynn was the last in; Demon stood, hands on hips, to one side of Carruthers in the shadows, shadows rendered even deeper by the sudden brilliance of the westering sun. Flick let the bay have a last prance before settling him and guiding him into the stable. As the first heavy hoof clopped hollowly on the flags, Flick looked up.
Eyes used to the sunshine blinked wide, finding Carruthers, then quickly passing on to fix on Demon. On his face.
Flick reined in, eyes widening even more.
For one, tense instant, rider and owner simply stared.
Jerking the reins, Flick wheeled The Flynn, sending Carruthers a horrified glance. "He's still restless—I'll take him for a quick run." With that, she and The Flynn were gone, leaving only a rush of wind behind them.
"What the—!" Carruthers started forward, then stopped as the futility of any chase registered. Bemused, he turned to Demon. "He's never done anything like that before."
A curse was Demon's only answer; he was already striding along the alley. He stopped at the first open box, where a lad was easing the girth strap on one of his heavier horses.
"Leave that." Demon shouldered the startled lad aside. With one tug and a well-placed knee, he recinched the girth. He vaulted into the saddle and backed the horse, fumbling with the stirrup straps.
"Here—I can send one of the lads after him." Carruthers stepped back as Demon trotted the horse past.
"No—leave it to me. I'll straighten the lad out."
Demon doubted Carruthers caught the emphasis; he wasn't about to stop and explain. Muttering, he set out in hot pursuit.
The instant his mount cleared the stable door, he dug in his heels; the horse lengthened his stride from trot to canter to gallop. By then, Demon had located his prey. In the far distance, disappearing into the shadows thrown by a stand of trees. Another minute and he'd have lost her.
Jaw setting, he struggled with the stirrups as he pounded along. Curses and oaths colored the wind of his passage. Finally, the stirrups were lengthened enough; he settled properly into the saddle, and the chase began in earnest.
The bobbing figure on the back of The Flynn shot a glance behind, then looked forward. A second later, The Flynn swerved and lengthened his stride.
Demon tacked, trying to close the gap by cutting diagonally across—only to find himself careening toward a stretch of rough. Forced to slow and turn aside, he glanced up—and discovered that Flick had abruptly swung the other way and was making off in a different direction. Instead of shortening, the distance between them had grown.
Jaw clenched, eyes narrowed, Demon forgot about swearing and concentrated on riding. Within two minutes, he'd altered his initial plan—to ride Flick down and demand an explanation—to simply keeping the damned female in sight.
She rode like a demon—even better than he. It didn't seem possible, but…
He was a superlative rider, quite possibly the most accomplished of his day. He could ride anything with four legs, mane and tail anywhere, over any terrain. But Flick was leading him a merry dance. And it wasn't simply the fact that his horse was already tired or that he rode much heavier than she. The Flynn was tired, too, and was being ridden harder; Flick was fleeing; he was only following. But she seemed to merge with her mount in that way only other expert riders could understand.
He understood it and couldn't help admiring it grudgingly, even while acknowledging he had not a hope in hell of catching her.
Her. There was no doubt of that now. Lads did not have delicate shoulders and collarbones, swanlike necks, and hands that, even encased in leather gloves, looked small and fine-boned. As for her face, the
little he'd glimpsed above the woollen muffler wound about her nose and chin had been more Madonnalike than manlike.
A female called Flick. In the distant recesses of his brain, a memory stirred, too insubstantial to catch and hold. He tried to coax it further into the light, and failed. He was sure he'd never called any female Flick.
She was still a good two furlongs ahead of him, maintaining the distance with ease. They were riding directly west, out onto the less frequented stretches of the Heath. They'd sped past a number of strings out exercising; heads had come up to watch them in surprise. He saw her glance around again; an instant later, she swerved. Grimly determined, Demon squinted into the setting sun and followed in her tracks.
He might not be able to ride her down, but he'd be damned if he'd lose her.
His resolution had, by now, communicated itself quite effectively to Flick. Making a few choice observations about London-bound rakes who came up to their stud farms with not a moment's notice and then proceeded to get in the way, to throw her off her stride, to plunge her into a ridiculous fluster, she irritatedly, and not a little frantically, reviewed her options.
There weren't many. While she could easily ride for another hour, The Flynn couldn't. And the horse Demon was on would fare even worse. And, despite the knot of sheer panic in her stomach, there wasn't any point fleeing, anyway.
She would, one way or another, either now or only marginally later, have to face Demon. She didn't know if he'd recognized her, but in that frozen instant in the stable when his blue gaze had raked her, she'd got the impression he'd seen through her disguise.
In fact, the impression she'd got was that he'd seen right through her clothes—a distinctly unnerving sensation.
Yet even if he hadn't realized she was female, her impulsive reaction had made a confrontation unavoidable. She'd run—and she couldn't possibly explain that, not without giving him, and his memories, far too many hints as to her identity.
Catching her breath on a hiccup, Flick glanced back; he was still there, doggedly following. Turning forward, she noted their location. She'd led him west, then south, skirting the stables and paddocks edging the racecourse, then heading farther onto the open Heath. She glanced at the sun. They had at least an hour before twilight. With all the others back at the stables settling horses for the night, this part of the Heath was now deserted. If she found a spot where they were reasonably screened, it would be as good a place as any for the meeting that, it now seemed, had to be.
Honesty was her only option. In truth, she would prefer it—lies and evasion had never been her style.
A hundred yards ahead, a hedge beckoned. Her memory provided a picture of what lay beyond. The Flynn was tiring; she leaned forward and stroked the glossy neck, whispering words of praise, encouragement and outright flattery into his ear. Then she set him for the hedge.
The Flynn soared over it, landing easily. Flick absorbed the jolt and wheeled left, into the long shadows thrown by a copse. In the space between the hedge and the copse, screened on three sides, she reined in and waited.
And waited.
After five minutes, she started to wonder if Demon had looked away at the crucial moment and not seen
where she'd gone. When another minute passed and she sensed no ground-shaking thuds, she frowned and straightened in her saddle. She was about to gather her reins and move out to search for her pursuer when she saw him.
He hadn't jumped the hedge. Despite his wish to catch her, wisdom—care for his horse—had prevailed; he'd gone along the hedge until he'd found a gap. Now he cantered up through the late afternoon, broad shoulders square, long limbs relaxed, head up, the sun striking gold from his burnished curls, his face a grim mask as he scanned the fields ahead, trying to catch sight of her.
Flick froze. It was tempting—so tempting—to sit still. To look her fill, and let him pass by, to worship from afar as she had for years, letting her senses feast while she remained safely hidden. If she made no sound, it was unlikely he would see her. She wouldn't have to face him… unfortunately, there were too many hurdles along that road. Stiffening her spine, taking a firm grip on her unruly senses, she lifted her chin. "Demon!"
His head snapped around; he wheeled aggressively, then saw her. Even at that distance, his gaze pinned her, then he scanned her surroundings. Apparently satisfied, he set his grey trotting toward her, slowing to a walk as he neared.
He was wearing an elegant morning coat of a blue that matched his eyes; his long thighs, gripping the saddle skirts, were encased in tight buckskin. Ivory shirt, ivory cravat and gleaming Hessians completed the picture. He looked what he was—the very epitome of a London rake.
Flick kept her gaze fixed on his face and wished, very much, that she were taller. The closer he came, the smaller she felt—the more childlike. She was no longer a child, but she'd known him since she had been. It was hard to feel assured. With her cap shading her face, her muffler over her nose and chin, she couldn't imagine how he might see her—as a girl still with pigtails, or as the young lady who'd trenchantly avoided him. She'd been both, but she was neither now. What she was now was on a crusade. A crusade in which she could use his help. If he consented to give it.
Lips firming beneath her muffler, she tilted her chin and met his hard stare.
Demon's memories churned as he walked his horse into the copse's shadow. She'd called him "Demon"—only someone who knew him would do that. Images from the past jumbled and tumbled, glimpses through the years of a child, a girl, who would without a blush call him Demon. Of a girl who could ride—oh, yes, she'd always ridden, but when had she become a maestro?—of a girl he had long ago pegged as having that quality Carruthers described as "good bottom"—that open-hearted courage that bordered on the reckless, but wasn't.
When he stopped his horse, nose to tail with The Flynn, he had her well and truly placed. Not Flick. Felicity.
Eyes like slits, he held her trapped; reaching out, he tugged the concealing muffler from her face. And found himself looking down at a Botticelli angel.
Found himself drowning in limpid blue eyes paler than his own. Found his gaze irresistibly drawn to lips perfectly formed and tinged the most delicate rose pink he'd ever seen.
He was sinking. Fast. And he wasn't resisting.
Sucking in a breath, he drew back, inwardly shocked at how far under he'd gone. Shaking free of the lingering spell, he scowled at its source. "What the damn hell do you think you're about?"
Chapter 2
« ^ »
She tilted her chin—a delicate, pointy little chin. Set as it was, it looked decidedly stubborn. "I'm masquerading as a stable lad, in your stables, so—"
"What a damn fool lark! What the devil—"
"It's not a lark!" Her blue eyes flashed; her expression turned belligerent. "I'm doing it for the General!"
"The General?" General Sir Gordon Caxton was Demon's neighbor and mentor, and Felicity's—Flick's—guardian. Demon scowled. "You're not going to tell me the General knows about this?"
"Of course not!"
The Flynn shifted; tight-lipped, Demon waited while Flick quieted the big bay.
Her gaze flickered over him, irritated and considering in equal measure, then steadied on his face. "It's all because of Dillon."
"Dillon?" Dillon was the General's son. Flick and Dillon were of similar age. Demon's most recent memories of Dillon were of a dark-haired youth, swaggering about the General's house, Hillgate End, giving himself airs and undeserved graces.
"Dillon's in trouble."
Demon got the distinct impression she only just avoided adding "again."
"He became involved—inadvertently—with a race-fixing racket."
"What?" He bit off the word, then had to settle his mount. The words "race-fixing" sent a chill down his spine.
Flick frowned at him. "That's when jockeys are paid to ease back on a horse, or cause a disruption, or—"
He glared at her. "I know what race-fixing entails. That doesn't explain what you're doing mixed up in it." "I'm not!" Indignation colored her cheeks.
"What are you doing masquerading as a lad, then?"
Her soft blue eyes flashed. "If you'd stop interrupting, I'd be able to tell you!"
Demon reined in his temper, set his jaw, and pointedly waited. After a moment's fraught silence, blue eyes locked with blue, Flick nodded and put her pert nose in the air.
"Dillon was approached some weeks ago by a man and asked to take a message to a jockey about the first race of the season. He didn't see any reason he shouldn't, so he agreed. I suspect he thought it would be a lark—or that it made him more involved with the racing—but he agreed to carry the
message to the jockey, then didn't. Couldn't. He got a chill and Mrs. Fogarty and I insisted he stay in bed—we took away his clothes, so he had to. Of course, he didn't say why he kept trying to struggle up. Not then."
She drew breath. "So the message didn't get passed on. It was an instruction to fix the race, so the race, therefore, wasn't fixed. It now seems that the man who approached Dillon was working for some sort of syndicate—a group of some description—and because the race wasn't fixed and they didn't know it, they lost a lot of money."
"Men came looking for Dillon—rough men. Luckily, Jacobs and Mrs. Fogarty didn't like their style—they said Dillon was away. So now he's in hiding and fears for his life."
Demon exhaled and sat back in his saddle. From what he knew of the unsavory types involved in race-fixing, Dillon had good cause to worry. He studied Flick. "Where's he hiding?"
She straightened, and fixed him with a very direct look. "I can't tell you—not unless you're willing to help us."
Demon returned her gaze with one even more severe, and distinctly more aggravated. "Of course I'm going to help you!" What did she think he was? Beneath his breath, he swore. "How's the General going to take it if his only son is charged with race-fixing?"
Flick's expression immediately eased; Demon knew he couldn't have said anything more convincing—not to her. More devoted than a daughter, she was intensely protective of the ageing General. She thought the world of him, as did he. She actually nodded approvingly.
"Precisely. And that, I'm afraid, is one of the things we especially fear, because the man who hired Dillon definitely knew he was the General's son."
Demon inwardly grimaced. The General was the preeminent authority on English and Irish Thoroughbreds and revered throughout the racing industry. The syndicate had planned well. "So where's Dillon hiding?"
Flick considered him, one last measuring glance. "In the tumbledown cottage on the far corner of your land."
"My land?"
"It was safer than anywhere on the Caxton estate."
He couldn't argue—the Caxton estate comprised just the house and its surrounding park. The General had a fortune invested in the Funds and needed no farms to distract him. He'd sold off his acres years ago—Demon had bought some of the land himself. He shot a glance at Flick, sitting comfortably astride The Flynn. "My horses, my cottage—what else have you been making free with?"
She blushed slightly but didn't reply. Demon couldn't help but notice how fine her skin was, unblemished ivory silk now tinged a delicate rose. She was a painter's dream; she would have had Botticelli slavering. The idea brought to mind the painter's diaphanously clad angels; in a blink of his mental eye, he had Flick similarly clothed. And the tantalizing question of how that ivory skin, which he'd wager would extend all over her, would look when flushed with passion formed in the forefront of his brain.
Abruptly, he refocused. Good God—what was he thinking? Flick was the General's ward, and not much more than a child. How old was she? He frowned at her. "None of what you've said explains what
you're doing here, dressed like that, working my latest champion."
"I'm hoping to identify the man who contacted Dillon. Dillon only met him at night—he never saw him well enough to recognize or describe. Now Dillon's not available to act as his messenger, the man will have to contact someone else, someone who can easily speak to the race jockeys."
"So you're hanging around my stables morning and afternoon, hoping this man approaches you?" Aghast, he stared at her.
"Not me. One of the others—the older lads who know all the race jockeys. I'm there to keep watch and overhear anything I can."
He continued to stare at her while considering all the holes in her story. Clearly, he'd have to fill them in one by one. "How the hell did you persuade Carruthers to hire you? Or doesn't he know?"
"Of course he doesn't know. No one does. But it wasn't difficult to get hired. I heard Ickley had disappeared—Dillon was told Ickley had agreed to act as messenger for this season, but changed his mind at the last. That's why they approached Dillon. So I knew Carruthers was short-handed."
Demon's lips thinned. Flick continued. "So I dressed appropriately"—with a sweeping gesture, she indicated her garb—"and went to see Carruthers. Everyone in Newmarket knows Carruthers can't see well close to, so I didn't think I'd have any difficulty. All I had to do was ride for him and he'd take me on."
Demon swallowed a snort. "What about the others—the other lads, the jockeys? They're not all half-blind."
The look Flick bent on him was the epitome of feminine condescension. "Have you ever stood in a working stable and watched how often the men—lads or trainers—look at each other? The horses, yes, but they never do more than glance at the humans working alongside. The others see me all the time, but they never look. You're the only one who looked."
Accusation colored her tone. Demon swallowed his retort that he'd have to have been dead not to look. He also resisted the urge to inform her she should be grateful he had; just the thought of what she'd blithely got herself into, squaring up to expose a race-fixing syndicate, chilled him.
Race-fixing syndicates were dangerous, controlled by men to whom the lives of others meant little. The lives of people like Ickley. Demon made a mental note to find out what had happened to Ickley. The idea that Flick had set herself up as Ickley's replacement was enough to turn his hair grey. Gazing at her face, on her openly determined expression, it was on the tip of his tongue to terminate her employment immediately.
Recollection of how her chin had set earlier made him hold the words back. Pretty little chin, delicately tapered. And too stubborn by half.
There was a great deal he did not yet know, a great deal he didn't as yet understand.
The horses were cooling, the sun slowly sinking. His mount shifted, coat flickering. Demon drew breath. "Let's get back, then I'll go and see Dillon."
Flick nodded, urging The Flynn into a walk. "I'll come, too. Well, I have to. That's where I change clothes and switch horses."
"Horses?"
She threw him a wary glance. "I couldn't turn up for work riding Jessamy—that they'd certainly notice."
Jessamy, Demon recalled, was a dainty mare with exceptional bloodlines; the General had bought her last year. Apparently for Flick. He glanced at her. "So?…"
She drew breath and looked ahead. "So I borrow the old cob you let run on your back paddock. I don't ride him above a canter, if that. I'm very careful of him."
She looked up. He trapped her gaze. "Anything else you've borrowed?" Big blue eyes blinked wide. "I don't think so."
"All right. We'll ride these two back, then you climb on the cob and head off. I'll leave in my curricle. I'll drive home, then ride out and join you. I'll meet you by the split oak on the road to Lidgate."
She nodded. "Very well. But we'll need to hurry now. Come on." She leaned forward, effortlessly shifting The Flynn from walk, to trot, to canter.
And left him staring after her. With a curse, he dug in his heels and set out in her wake. He reached the split oak before her.
By the time she appeared, trotting the old cob, long past his prime, down the middle of the road, Demon had decided that, whatever transpired with Dillon, he would ensure that one point was made clear.
He was in charge from now on. She'd asked for his help; she would get it, but on his terms. From now on, he'd lead and she could follow.
As she neared, her gaze slid from him to his mount, a raking grey hunter who went by the revealing name of Ivan the Terrible. He was a proud and princely beast with a foul, dangerous, potentially lethal temper. As the cob drew closer, Ivan rolled one eye and stamped.
The cob was too old to pay the slightest attention. Flick's brows, however, rose; her gaze passed knowledgeably over Ivan's more positive points as she reined in. "I know I haven't seen him before."
Demon made no reply. He waited—and waited—until she finished examining his horse and lifted her gaze to his face. Then he smiled. "I bought him late last year." Flick's eyes, suddenly riveted on his face, widened slightly. She mouthed an "Oh," and looked away.
Side by side, they rode on, the cob doggedly plodding, Ivan placing his hooves with restless disdain. "What did you tell Carruthers?" Flick asked with a sidelong glance. When they'd returned to the stable, Flick had been in the lead. Carruthers had been standing, hands on hips, in the stable door. From behind Flick, Demon had signalled him away; Carruthers had stared, but, as Flick had trotted The Flynn up, he'd stood aside and let her pass without question. By that time, Carruthers and the nightwatchman, a retired jockey, had been the only ones left in the stable.
Handing his mount to the nightwatchman to unsaddle, Demon had set about mollifying Carruthers.
"I told him I knew you as a brat from near Lidgate, and you'd feared that, recognizing you, I'd terminate your employment immediately." The twilight was deepening; they jogged along as fast as the cob could manage. "However, having seen you ride, and being convinced of your fervent wish to work my horses, I said I'd agreed to let you stay on."
Flick frowned. "He came in and all but shooed me off—said he'd settle The Flynn and I should get on home without delay."
"I mentioned that I knew your sick mother and how she'd worry—I instructed Carruthers that you shouldn't pull duties that will keep you late, and that you should leave in plenty of time to reach home before dark."
Although he was examining the scenery and not looking at her, Demon still felt Flick's suspicious glance. It confirmed his opinion that she didn't need to know about the other instructions he'd issued to his trainer. Carruthers, thankfully not an imaginative or garrulous son, had stared at him, then shrugged and acquiesced.
They left the road and turned into a sunken track between two fields. The cob, sensing home and dinner, broke into a trot; Ivan, forced to remain alongside, accepted the edict with typical bad grace, tossing his head and jerking his reins every few yards.
"He's obviously in need of exercise," Flick remarked. "I'll give him a run later."
"I'm surprised you let him get into such a bad temper."
Demon stifled an acid retort. "He's been here, I've been in London, and no one can ride him but me." "Oh."
Lifting her gaze, Flick looked ahead to where the track wended into a small wood; she fell to studying the trees.
From under his lashes, Demon studied her. She'd examined his horse so thoroughly she probably knew his every line, yet she'd barely glanced at him. Ivan was indeed a handsome beast, as were all his cattle, but he wasn't used to taking second place to his mount. Which might seem arrogant, but he knew women—girls and ladies, females of any description—well.
It wasn't simply that she hadn't looked. His senses, well honed through his years on the prowl, could detect not the slightest flicker of consciousness—the minutest suggestion of awareness—in the female riding beside him.
Which, in his experience, was odd. Distinctly odd.
The fact that her lack of awareness was focusing his to a remarkable degree hadn't escaped him. It didn't surprise him; he was a born hunter. When the prey didn't take cover, he—at least that part of him that operated on instinct first, logic second—saw it as a challenge.
Which was, in this case, ridiculous.
There was no reason a girl like Flick, raised quietly in the country, should be aware, in any sexual sense, of a gentleman like him—especially one she'd known all her life.
Demon frowned, tightening the reins as Ivan tried to surge. Disgusted, the big grey snorted; Demon managed not to do the same.
He still had no idea precisely how old she was. He glanced her way, covertly confirming details he'd instinctively noted. She'd always been petite, although he hadn't seen her in recent years. In her present
incarnation, he'd only seen her atop a horse, but he doubted her head would clear his shoulder. Her figure remained a mystery, except for her definitely feminine bottom—a classic inverted heart, sleekly rounded. The rest of her was amply disguised by her stable lad's garb. Whether she wore bands about her breasts, as did many devoted female riders, he couldn't tell, but her overall proportions were nice. Slim, slender—she might well be delectable.
On the way back to the stables, she'd tugged her muffler up over her nose and chin so the swath hid most of her face. As for her hair, she'd stuffed it under her cap so thoroughly that, beyond the fact it was as brightly golden as he recalled, he couldn't tell how she wore it. A few short strands had slipped free at her nape, sheening against her collar like spun gold.
Looking forward, he inwardly frowned. It wasn't simply that there were lots of things he didn't yet know about her that bothered him. The very fact he wanted to know bothered him. This was Flick, the General's ward.
General Sir Gordon Caxton had been his mentor in all matters pertaining to horses since he'd been six. That was when, while visiting with his late great-aunt Charlotte, he'd first met the General. Thereafter, whenever he'd been in the locality, he'd spent as much time as possible with the General, learning everything he could about breeding Thoroughbreds. It was due to the General, to his knowledge freely shared and his unstinting encouragement, that he, Demon, was now one of the preeminent breeders of quality horseflesh in the British Isles.
He owed the General a great deal.
A fact he could never forget. He comforted himself with that thought as he trotted beside Flick into the trees beyond which stood the old cottage.
Once a tenant farmer's home, it was now one step away from a ruin. From the rutted lane meandering up to its warped and sagging door, the structure looked uninhabitable. Only on closer inspection could one discern that the roof of the main room was still mostly intact, the four walls enclosing it still standing.
With an imperious gesture, Flick led the way around the cottage. Briefly raising his eyes to the skies, Demon followed, entering a grassy clearing enclosed by trees. A sharp whinny greeted them. Eagerly, Flick urged the cob on. Looking across the clearing, Demon saw Jessamy, a pretty golden-coated mare with pale mane and tail and the most exquisite conformation he'd ever seen. She was tethered on a long rein.
Ivan saw Jessamy, too, and concurred with Demon's assessment. Still held on tight rein, Ivan reared and trumpeted. Only excellent reflexes saved Demon from an embarrassing unseating. Smothering an oath, he wrestled Ivan down, then forced him to the other side of the clearing, ignoring the combined, slightly insulted stares of Flick, Jessamy and the cob.
Dismounting, Demon double-tied Ivan's reins to a large tree. "Behave yourself," he ordered, then turned away, leaving the stallion, head up, staring with complete and absolute absorption across the clearing.
Having turned the cob loose, Flick dumped her saddle on a convenient log and gave Jessamy, who clearly adored her, a fond pat. Then, with another imperious, beckoning wave, she led the way around the far side of the cottage.
Muttering beneath his breath, Demon strode after her.
He rounded the cottage—Flick was nowhere in sight. A lean-to had been tacked onto the cottage on that side. The lean-to hadn't survived as well as the cottage—its outer wall was crumbling and
half its roof had disappeared. Flick had ducked through an opening, a door that had never been planned. Hearing her voice in the main room beyond, Demon ducked beneath the canted beams; easing his shoulders through the narrow space, he stepped silently through the debris and entered the cottage proper.
And saw Flick standing beside Dillon Caxton, who was sitting at one end of an old table, blankets wrapped about his shoulders. She was bent over him; as Demon entered, she straightened, frowning, her hand on Dillon's brow. "You don't have any sign of a fever."
Dillon didn't respond, his eyes, large and dark, framed by long black lashes, fixed on Demon. Then he coughed, glanced at Flick, then at Demon. "Ah… hello. Come in! I'm afraid it's rather cold in here—we daren't light a fire."
Mentally noting that the cottage was his property, Demon merely nodded. In such flat countryside, smoke could easily be traced, and smoke rising from an area thought to be uninhabited would certainly attract attention. Holding Dillon's increasingly wary gaze, he strolled the few paces to the other end of the table, to a stool that appeared sufficiently robust to support his weight. "Flick mentioned that there were gentlemen about whose company you were keen to avoid."
Color flooded Dillon's pale cheeks. "Ah, yes. Flick said you'd agreed to help." With one long-fingered hand, he combed back the thick lock of dark hair that fell, in perfect Byronic imitation, across his brow, and he smiled engagingly. "I can't tell you how much I appreciate it."
Demon held Dillon's impossibly innocent gaze for a moment, then hitched up the stool and sat, declining to mention that it was for the General's sake, and Flick's, that he was involving himself in a mess that, as an owner of racing Thoroughbreds, he'd much rather hand straight to the magistrates.
Dillon glanced up at Flick; she was frowning slightly at Demon. "Flick didn't say how much she's told you—
"Enough for me to understand what's been going on." Resting his arms on the table, Demon looked at Dillon and didn't like what he saw. The fact that Flick was hovering protectively at Dillon's shoulder contributed to his assessment only marginally; much more telling were his memories, observations made over the years, and the facts of the current imbroglio, not as Flick had innocently described them but as he knew they must be.
He didn't doubt she'd faithfully recounted all she'd been told; the truth, he knew, was more damning than that.
His smile held the right degree of male camaraderie to appeal to a youth like Dillon. "I'd like to hear your observations direct. Let's start with your meeting with this character who asked you to carry a message."
"What do you want to know?"
"The how, the when, the where. The words."
"Well, the when was nearly three weeks ago, just before the first race of the year." "Just before?"
Dillon nodded. "Two days before."
"Two days?" Demon raised his brows. "That seems awfully short notice to arrange a fix, don't you think? The general consensus is that these syndicates lay their plans well in advance. It's something of an
imperative, given the number of bookmakers and other supporting characters necessarily involved."
Dillon's eyes blanked. "Oh?" Then his smile flashed. "Actually, the man did say they'd had another messenger—Ickley—he used to work at your stables—lined up to do the job, but he'd changed his mind. So they needed someone else."
"And so they came to you. Why?"
The single word startled Dillon, then he shrugged. "I don't know—I suppose they were looking for someone who knew their way about. Knew the jockeys, and the places to go to rub the right shoulders."
Flick settled onto a stool. She was frowning more definitely, but her frown was now aimed at Dillon.
"Why did you imagine this man didn't just ask you to point out the particular jockey and speak to him himself?"
Dillon's brows drew down sharply; after a moment, he shook his head. "I don't follow."
"Surely you wondered why it was necessary for this man to have a messenger at all?" Demon trapped Dillon's gaze. "If the messages were innocent, why did the man need to hire you—or anyone—to deliver them?"
Dillon's trademark smile flashed. "Ah, but the messages weren't innocent, you see."
"Oh, I do see," Demon assured him. "But you didn't know that before they hired you, did you?" "Well…no."
"So why didn't you simply tell this man where he could find the jockey? Why be his go-between?" "Well, because… I suppose I thought he might not want to be seen… well, no." Demon recaptured Dillon's gaze. "No, indeed. How much did they pay you?"
Every drop of blood drained from Dillon's face; his eyes grew darker, wilder. "I—don't know what you mean."
Demon held his gaze unblinkingly. "This would not, I suggest, be a good time to lie. How much did they pay you?"
Dillon flushed.
Flick sprang to her feet. "You took money?" Behind her, the stool clattered on the flags. "You took money to carry a message to fix a race?"
The accusation in her tone would have made the Devil flinch; Dillon did not. "It was only two ponies—just for the one message. I wasn't going to do it any more. That's why they got Ickley."
"Any more?" Flick stared at him. "What do you mean 'any more'?"
Dillon's expression turned mulish; Flick leaned both hands on the table and looked him in the eye. "Dillon—how long? How long have you been taking money to carry messages for these men?"
He tried to keep silent, tried to withstand the demand in her tone, the scorn in her eyes."Since last summer."
"Last summer?" Flick straightened, shoving the table in her agitation. "Good God! Why?" She stared at Dillon. "What on earth possessed you?"
Demon held silent; as an avenging angel, Flick had a distinct advantage.
Turning sulky, Dillon pushed back from the table. "It was the money, of course." He attempted a sneer, but it bounced off Flick's righteous fury.
"The General gives you a very generous allowance—why would you want more?" Dillon laughed brittlely and leaned his arms on the table. He avoided Flick's outraged stare.
Which did nothing to soothe her temper. "And if you needed more, you know you only had to ask. I always have plenty…" Her words trailed away; she blinked, then her eyes blazed. She refocused on Dillon. "You've been gambling at the cockfights again, haven't you?" Scorn—raw disgust—poured through her words. "Your father forbade it, but you couldn't leave it be. And now —!" Sheer fury choked her; she gestured wildly.
"Cockfighting's not that bad," Dillon countered, still sulky. "It's not as if it's something other gentlemen don't do." He glanced at Demon.
"Don't look at me," Demon returned. "Not my style at all."
"It's disgusting!" Flick looked directly at Dillon. "You're disgusting, too." She whirled and swooped on a pile of clothes set on an old chest. "I'm going to change."
Demon glimpsed the blue velvet skirts of a stylish riding habit as she stormed past him out into the ruined lean-to.
Silence descended in the main room; Demon let it stretch. He watched Dillon squirm, then stiffen his spine, only to wilt again. When he judged it was time, he quietly said, "I rather think you'd better tell us the whole of it."
Eyes on the table, on the fingertip with which he traced circles on the scratched surface, Dillon drew a shaky breath. "I ran messages the whole autumn season. I owed a cent-per-cent in Bury St.
Edmunds—he said I had to pay up before year's end or he'd come and see the General. I had to get the money somewhere. Then the man—the one who brings the messages—found me." He paused, but didn't look up. "I always thought it was the cent-per-cent who nudged him my way, to ensure I'd be in a position to pay."
Demon thought that very likely.
Dillon shrugged. "Anyway, it was easy enough—easy money, I thought." A choking sound came from the lean-to; Dillon flushed.
"Well, it was easy last year. Then, when the man brought the messages for the last few weeks of races, I told him I wouldn't do it any more. He said, 'We'll see,' and I left it at that. I didn't expect to see him again, but two nights before the first race this year, he found me. At a cockfight."
The sound from the lean-to was eloquent—mingled disbelief, frustration and fury.
Dillon grimaced. "He told me Ickley had balked, and that I'd have to do the job until they could find a 'suitable replacement.' That's how he phrased it." Dillon paused, then offered, "I think that means
someone they have some hold over, because he said, bold as brass, that if I didn't agree they'd tell the authorities what I'd done, and make sure everyone knew I was the General's son. Well, I did it. Took the message. And the money. And then I got sick."
Demon could almost have felt sorry for him. Almost. The flies in the ointment were the General, and Flick's sniff of disillusionment that came from behind him.
After a moment, Dillon wearily straightened. "That's all of it." He met Demon's gaze. "I swear. If you'll believe me."
Demon didn't answer. Forearms on the table, he steepled his fingers; it was time to take charge. "As I see it, we have two objectives—one, to keep you out of the syndicate's way until, two, we've identified your contact, traced him back to his masters—the syndicate—and unmasked at least one member of said syndicate, and have enough proof for you to take to the magistrate, so that, in turning yourself in as a witless pawn caught up in a greater game, you can plead for leniency."
He looked up; Dillon blanched, but met his gaze. A moment passed, and Demon raised his brows. Dillon swallowed, and nodded. "Yes, all right."
"So we need to identify your contact. Flick said you never saw him clearly."
Dillon shook his head. "He was always careful—he'd come up to me as 1 was leaving the pit in the dark, or come sidling up in the shadows."
"What's his height, his build?"
"Medium to tall, heavy build." Dillon's frown lifted. "One thing recognizable is his voice—it's oddly rough, like his throat is scratched, and he has a London accent."
Demon nodded, considering. Then he refocused. "Flick's idea is the only reasonable way forward—we'll have to keep watch about the tracks and stables to see who approaches the race jockeys. I'll handle that."
"I'll help."
The statement came from behind him; Demon glanced around, then rose spontaneously to his feet. Luckily, Flick was coldly glaring at Dillon, which allowed him to get his expression back under control before she glanced at him.
When she did, he met her gaze impassively, but he remained standing.
He'd guessed right—her head didn't top his shoulder. Bright, guinea-gold curls formed an aureole about her face; without muffler or cap, he could see the whole clearly, and it took his breath away. Her figure, neat and trim in blue velvet, met with his instant approval. Sleek and svelte, but with firm curves in all the right places. He could now take an oath that she must have worn tight bands to appear as she had before; the swells of her breasts filled the habit's tightly fitting bodice in a distinctly feminine way.
She swept forward with an easy, confident grace, then bent to place her neatly folded stable lad's outfit on the chest, in the process giving him a reminder of why he'd first seen through her disguise.
He blinked and drew in a much needed breath. She looked like an angel, dressed in blue velvet.
A still very angry angel. She ignored Dillon and faced Demon. "I'll keep your stables under surveillance—you can watch the other stables and other places I can't go."
"There's no need—
"The more eyes we have watching, the more likely we'll be to see him. And I'll hear things that you, as the owner, won't." She met his gaze steadily. "If they recruited Ickley, there's a good chance they'd like to hobble one of your runners—you'll have quite a few favorites in the races this season."
The Flynn, among others. Demon held her gaze, and saw her chin firm, saw it tilt, saw defiance and sheer stubborn will flash in her eyes.
"That's right," Dillon concurred. "There's a lot of Newmarket to cover, and Flick's already been accepted as one of your lads."
Demon stared, pointedly, at him; Dillon shrugged. "She's in no danger—it's me they're after."
If Demon had been closer, he would have kicked Dillon; eyes narrowing, he was tempted to do it anyway. Only the fact that he hadn't yet determined how Flick saw Dillon—if she reserved the right to kick him to herself, and would fly to Dillon's defense if he administered any of the punishment Dillon so richly deserved—kept him still.
Dillon glanced at Flick. "You could even try riding for some of the other stables."
Flick looked down her nose at him. "I'll stick to Demon's stable—he can look over the others." Her tone was cold and distant; Dillon shrugged petulantly. "You don't have to help if you don't want to."
He looked down at the table and so missed the fury that poured from Flick's eyes. "Just so we're perfectly clear," she stated, "I am only helping you because of the General—because of what having you taken up, without any evidence of a syndicate to redeem you in any way, will do to him. That's why I'm helping you."
Head high, she swung on her heel and stalked out.
Demon paused, looking at Dillon, now staring sulkily at the table. "Stay here. If you value your life, stay out of sight."
Dillon's eyes widened; with a curt nod, Demon followed Flick into the deep twilight.
He found her saddling Jessamy, her movements swift and jerky. He didn't offer to help; he suspected she could saddle up blind—indeed, he wasn't at all sure she wasn't doing that now.
Hurt and anger poured off her; disillusionment shimmered about her. Propping his shoulders against a convenient tree, Demon glanced across the clearing to where Ivan was still standing in exactly the same pose as an hour ago—staring at his new lady love.
Brows quirking, Demon turned back to Flick. Her head was just visible over Jessamy's back. He considered the halo of gold, the delicate features beneath.
She was furious with Dillon, hurt that he hadn't told her the truth, and shocked by the details of that truth. But, once her fury wore thin, what then? She and Dillon were of similar age; they'd grown up together.
Precisely what that meant he didn't know, but he had to wonder how accurate her last assertion was. Was she risking her reputation only for the General? Or for Dillon as well?
He studied her, but couldn't decide. Whatever the answer, he would shield her as best he could.
He looked up at the stars, just starting to appear, and heard a sniff, instantly suppressed. She was taking a long time with her saddle girths.
"He's young." Why he felt compelled to excuse Dillon he couldn't have said. "He's two years older than me."
How old did that make her? Demon wished he knew. "What do you think happened to Ickley?"
Demon silently considered; he didn't imagine her ensuing silence meant she didn't expect an answer. "Either he's gone to ground, in which case the last thing we'd want to do is flush him out, or… we'll never know."
She made a small sound, like a hum, in her throat—a muted sound of distress.
Demon straightened away from the tree; in the gathering gloom, he couldn't see her face clearly. At that moment, she stepped back from Jessamy's side, dusting her hands. He strolled around the mare. "You can continue at my stable for the time being—until we catch sight of this contact." If any avenue had offered, he'd have eased her out of his stable, out of Newmarket itself until all danger was past.
But… her stubbornness was a tangible thing.
She turned to face him. "If you try to get rid of me, I'll just get a job in another stable. There's more than one in Newmarket."
None as safe as his. "Carruthers will keep you on until I say otherwise." Which he would the instant they located Dillon's contact. "But you'll be restricted to riding track, morning and afternoon."
"That's the only time that matters, anyway. That's the only time outsiders aren't looked at askance about the Heath."
She was absolutely right.
He'd been going to give her a boost to her saddle; instead, features hardening, he reached for her, closed his hands about her waist and lifted her.
Lust flashed through him like liquid heat—a hot urgency that left him ravenous. He had to force himself to set her neatly in her saddle, to let go, to hold her stirrup while she slipped one small boot into it.
And not drag her back down, into his arms. He wanted her in his bed.
The realization struck like a kick from one of his Thoroughbreds, leaving him winded and aching. Inwardly shaking. He looked up—and found her looking down at him.
She frowned and shook her reins. "Come on." Wheeling Jessamy, she trotted out of the clearing.
Demon swore. He crossed the clearing in three strides, yanked at Ivan's reins, and then remembered the double knots. He had to stop to undo them, then he vaulted to the saddle.
And followed.
Chapter 3
« ^ »
Demon rose before dawn the next morning and rode to his stable to view the morning gallops—and to keep an eye on Flick and her bottom. He felt distinctly aggrieved by the necessity of rising so early, but… the thought of her, the angel in blue velvet, thundering about disguised as a lad, with all the potential calamities that might ensue, had made dozing off again impossible.
So he stood in the thin mist by Carruthers's side and watched his horses thunder by. The ground shook, the air trembled; the reverberations were as familiar as his heartbeat. The scene was a part of him, and he a part of it—and Flick was in it, too. She flew past, extending The Flynn, exhorting him to greater effort, leaving the other horses behind. Demon's breath caught as she flashed past the post; he felt her thrill—a flaring sense of triumph. It shivered through him, held him effortlessly, then he drew breath and forced himself to look away, to where his other work riders were urging their mounts along.
The fine mist glazed the shoulders of his greatcoat; it darkened his fair hair. Flick made those observations as, slowing The Flynn, she glanced back to where Demon stood. He was looking away, a fact she'd known, or she wouldn't have risked the glance. He'd been watching her almost without pause since he'd arrived, just after she'd taken to the Heath.
Luckily, cursing beneath her breath only reinforced her disguise. But she had to suppress all other signs of agitation so she didn't communicate her sudden nervousness to The Flynn. She'd always felt breathless whenever Demon was about; she'd anticipated some degree of awkwardness, the remnants of her childhood infatuation with him. But not this—this nerve-stretching awareness, the skittery sensation in her stomach. She'd buried deep the suspicion it had something to do—a great deal to do—with the breath-stealing shock she'd felt when he had lifted her to her saddle the previous evening. The last thing she wanted was for The Flynn to make an exhibition of himself under Demon's expert eye. He might see it as a God-given sign to change his mind and relieve her of her duties.
But riding track with him watching proved a far greater trial than performing for Carruthers alone, despite the fact the old curmudgeon was the most exacting trainer on the Heath. There was a certain sharp assessment in Demon's blue gaze that was absent from Carruthers's eyes; as her nervousness grew, she had to wonder if Demon was doing it deliberately—deliberately discomposing her—so she'd make some silly error and give him a reason to send her packing.
Thankfully, all her years of riding had taught her to hide her feelings well; she and The Flynn put on a good show. Wheeling the big bay, she headed back to the stable.
Demon nodded his approval when she walked The Flynn in and halted him in the mounting area. Kicking free of the stirrups, she slid down the horse away from Demon and Carruthers. An apprentice hurried up; he grabbed the reins before she could blink, before she could think, and led The Flynn off to his box, leaving her facing Carruthers, with Demon beside him.
"Good work." Demon's blue eyes held hers; he nodded curtly. "We'll see you this afternoon. Don't be late."
Flick's tongue burned; she had, until now, unsaddled and brushed down The Flynn herself. But her disguise demanded meekness; she ducked her head. "I'll be here." With that gruff declaration, she swung around and, remembering at the last not to walk stiffly, sauntered up the alley to where the cob stood dozing by the door. She scrambled up to her saddle and left without a backward glance—before
temptation could get the upper hand.
Behind her, she heard Demon ask Carruthers some question—but she could still feel his gaze on her back.
After seeing Flick safely away, Demon repaired to the coffeehouse in Newmarket High Street favored by the members of the Jockey Club.
He was hailed the instant he crossed the threshold. Returning greetings right and left, he strolled to the counter, ordered a large breakfast, then joined a group comprised mostly of other owners at one of the long tables.
"We're exchanging predictions for the coming season." Patrick McGonnachie, manager of the duke of Beaufort's stable, turned to Demon as he sat. "Currently, of course, we've five times the number of winners as we have races."
"Sounds like a fresh crop," Demon drawled. "That'll keep the General busy."
McGonnachie blinked, then caught his meaning—if horses that hadn't won before made it to the winner's circle, the General would need to investigate their pedigree. McGonnachie shifted. "Ah, yes. Busy indeed."
He looked away up the table; Demon resisted pressing him. McGonnachie, in common with all of Newmarket, knew how close he and the General were. If there was any less-than-felicitous whisper going the rounds concerning the General, McGonnachie wouldn't tell him.
So he ate and listened to the chat about the table, and contributed his share. And bore with easy indifference the good-natured ribbing over his activities in London.
"Need to change your style if you don't want to miss your chance," Old Arthur Trumble, one of the most respected owners, nodded down the table. "Take my advice and spend less time lifting the skirts of London's mesdames, and more dealing with the business. The higher the standing of your stud, the more demanding it'll be." He paused to puff on his pipe. "And Lord knows, you look like taking the Breeder's Cup this year."
Two others took immediate exception to that prediction, leaving Demon with no need to reply. He listened, but detected no further suggestion of rumors concerning the General other than McGonnachie's earlier hesitation.
"Mister Figgins is back—did you hear?" Buffy Jeffers leaned forward to look around McGonnachie. "Sawyer ran him in the first—he couldn't wait to see if that leg would hold up, but it did. So your Mighty Flynn will have some decent competition. The handicaps won't be the walk-over they might otherwise have been."
"Oh?" Demon chatted with Buffy about The Flynn's chances, while his mind raced on a different track.
He had wondered how Dillon's syndicate had expected to fix the first race of the year. Run before the start of the spring season, the early races were used to trial horses, generally those new to racing. If that was the case, then fixing meant making sure one specific horse came first, which meant influencing how at least a handful of other horses ran. Bribing multiple jockeys required more money, and was more hazardous, than the alternative way to fix a race. But the other method required one outstanding runner—a crowd favorite.
"Tell me," Demon asked, when Buffy paused for breath. "Did Mister Figgins win? You didn't say."
"Romped in," Buffy replied. "Showed the pack a clean pair of heels all the way down the straight." Demon smiled and let their talk drift into other spheres.
At least he now knew how the syndicate operated; they must have cursed Mister Figgins all the way down the straight. Mister Figgins was the horse the fix should have been applied to; the syndicate would have assumed he'd lose, and their tools—however many bookmakers they'd seduced into their game—would have offered good odds on Mister Figgins, taken huge bets, and, in this case, suffered mammoth losses. That was the one drawback with that method—it could seriously backfire if the bribe wasn't in place, if the race wasn't properly fixed.
Which explained why Dillon was in serious trouble.
After breakfast, in company with the others, Demon strolled across the street and into the Jockey Club. The hallowed precinct was as familiar as his home; he spent the next hour wandering the rooms, chatting to stewards, jockeys and the racing elite—those gentlemen like himself who formed the hub of the English racing world.
Time and again in his idle chats, he sensed a start, or hesitation—a quick skirting around some invisible truth. Long before he ran into Reginald Molesworth, Demon knew beyond doubt that there were rumors afoot.
Reggie, an old friend, didn't wait to be asked. "I say," he said the instant they'd exchanged their usual greetings, "are you free? Let's go get some coffee—The Twig and Bough should be pretty quiet about now." He caught Demon's eye and added, "Something you need to know."
An easy air hiding his interest, Demon acquiesced; together with Reggie, he strolled out of the club and down the street. Ducking his head, he led the way into The Twig and Bough, a coffeehouse that catered more to the genteel elements of the town than to the racing set.
Their appearance left the two serving girls gawking, but the proprietress preened. She quickly bustled out from behind her counter as they claimed seats at a table against the wall. After taking their orders, the woman bobbed and hurried away. By unspoken understanding, Demon and Reggie chatted about inconsequential, tonnish London matters until their coffee and cakes arrived, and the little waitress left them.
Reggie leaned over the table. "Thought you'd want to know." He lowered his voice to a conspiratorial whisper. "Things are being said regarding the household at Hillgate End."
Impassive, Demon asked, "What things?"
"Seems there's some suspicion of races not being run the way they should. Well, there's always talk every time a favorite loses, but recently…" Reggie stirred his coffee. "There was Trumpeter and The Trojan here last season, and Big Biscuits, Hail Well and The Unicorn at Doncaster. Not to mention The Prime at Ascot. Not so many that it's certain, but it doesn't take a man o' business to work it out. A lot of money changed hands over those losses, and the offered odds in every case… well, it certainly gives one to think. And that was just the autumn season."
Demon nodded. "Is it official?"
Reggie grimaced. "Yes and no. The Committee think there's a definite question, and they want answers, thank you very much. At present, they're only looking at last autumn, and it's all been kept under wraps, which is why you might not have heard."
Demon shook his head. "I hadn't. Is there any reason to think it went on last spring as well?"
"I gather there is, but the evidence—meaning the offering of odds that could only be considered deliberately encouraging—is not as clear."
"Any guesses as to the Committee's direction?"
Reggie looked up and met Demon's gaze. Reggie's father was on the Committee. "Yes, well, that's why I thought you should know. The jockeys involved, of course, are all as close as clams—they know it's the devil of a case to prove. But it seems young Caxton's been seen about, chatting to the jockeys involved. As he's not previously seemed all that interested in rubbing elbows with the riders, it was noticed. The Committee, not surprisingly, wants to talk to the youngster. Trouble is"—Reggie pulled one earlobe—"the boy's off visiting friends. Given he is the General's son, and no one wants to unnecessarily upset the venerable old gent, the Committee decided to wait until Caxton junior got back, and take him aside on the quiet."
Reggie sighed and continued. "Good plan, of course, but when they made it, they imagined he'd be back inside of a week. That was two weeks ago, and he's still not back. They're uneasy about fronting up at Hillgate End and asking the General where his son is—they'll hold their hand as long as they can. But with the spring season in the offing, they can't wait forever."
Demon met Reggie's deceptively innocent eyes. "I see."
And he did. The message he was getting was not from Reggie, not even from Reggie's father, but from the all-powerful Committee itself.
"You don't have any… ah, insights to offer, do you?"
After a moment, Demon said, "No. But I can see the Committee's point." "Hmm." Reggie shot Demon a commiserating look. "Not hard to see, is it?"
"No, indeed." They finished their coffee, paid, then strolled outside. Demon paused on the step. Reggie stopped beside him. "Where are you headed?"
Demon shot him a glance. "Hillgate End, where else?" He raised his brows. "To see what the situation there is."
"They all think I don't know." General Sir Gordon Caxton sat in the chair behind his desk. "But I follow the race results better than most and although I don't get out to the paddocks much these days, there's nothing wrong with my hearing when I do." He snorted.
Demon, standing before the long windows, watched his longtime friend and mentor fretfully realign his already straight blotter. He'd arrived a quarter of an hour before, and, as was his habit, had come straight to the library. The General had greeted him with open delight. To Demon's well-attuned ear, the General's heartiness had sounded forced. When the first rush of genial exchanges had faded, he'd asked how everything was with his friend. The General's superficial delight evaporated, and he'd made his admission.
"Whispers—and more. About Dillon, of course." The General's chin sank; for a long moment, he stared at the miniature of his late wife, Dillon's mother, that stood on one side of the desk, then he sighed and shifted his gaze to his blotter once more. "Race-fixing." The words were uttered with loathing. "He might, of course, be innocent, but…" He dragged in an unsteady breath, and shook his head. "I
can't say I'm surprised. The boy always lacked backbone—my fault as much as his. I should have taken a firmer stand, applied a firmer hand. But…" After another long moment, he sighed again. "I hadn't expected this."
There was a wealth of hurt, of confused pain, in the quietly spoken words. Demon's hands fisted; he felt an urgent desire to grab hold of Dillon and iron him out, literally and figuratively, regardless of Flick's sensitivities. The General, despite his lumbering bulk, shaggy brows and martial air, was a benign and gentle man, kindhearted and generous, respected by all who knew him. Demon had visited him regularly for twenty-five years; there had never been any lack of love, of gentle guidance for Dillon. Whatever the General might imagine, Dillon's situation was no fault of his.
The General grimaced. "Felicity, dear girl, and Mrs. Fogarty and Jacobs all try to keep it from me. I haven't let them know there's no need. They'd only fuss more if they knew I knew."
Mrs. Fogarty had been the General's housekeeper for more than thirty years, and Jacobs, the butler, had been with him at least as long. Both, like Felicity, were utterly devoted to the General.
The General looked up at Demon. "Tell me—have you heard anything beyond suspicions?"
Demon held his gaze. "No—nothing more than this." Briefly, he stated all he'd heard in Newmarket that morning.
The General humphed. "As I said, it wouldn't surprise me to learn Dillon was involved. He's away staying with friends—if the Committee's agreeable to wait until he returns, that would be best, I suspect.
No need to summon him back. Truth to tell, if I did send a summons, I couldn't be sure he wouldn't bolt."
"It's always been a mystery how Dillon could be so weak a character when he grew up alongside Felicity. She's so…" The General stopped, then smiled fleetingly at Demon. "Well, the word 'righteous' comes to mind. Turning her from her path, which you may be sure she's fully considered from all angles, is all but impossible. Always was." He sighed fondly. "I used to put it down to her parents being missionaries, but it goes deeper than that. A true character—steadfast and unswerving.
That's my Felicity."
His smile faded. "Would that a little of her honesty had rubbed off on Dillon. And some of her steadiness. She's never caused me a moment's worry, but Dillon? Even as a child he was forever in some senseless scrape. The devil of it was, he always looked to Felicity to rescue him—and she always did.
Which was all very well when they were children, but Dillon's twenty-two. He should have matured, should have grown beyond these damned larks."
Dillon had graduated from larks to outright crime. Demon stored the insight away, and kept his lips shut.
He'd promised Flick his help; at present, that meant shielding Dillon, leaving him hidden in the ruined cottage. Helping Flick also, he knew, meant shielding the General, even if that hadn't gone unsaid. And while he and Flick were doubtless destined to clash on any number of issues in the coming days—like the details of her involvement in their investigations—he was absolutely as one with her in pledging his soul to spare the General more pain.
If the General knew where Dillon was, regardless of the details, he would be torn, driven by one loyalty—to the industry he'd served for decades—to surrender Dillon to the authorities, while at the same time compelled by the protective instincts of a parent.
Demon knew how it felt to be gripped by conflicting loyalties, but he'd rather leave the weight on his shoulders, where it presently resided, than off-load the problem onto his ageing friend. Facing the
windows squarely, he looked over the neat lawns to the shade trees beyond. "I suspect that waiting for Dillon to return is the right tack. Who knows the full story? There might be reasons, mitigating circumstances. It's best to wait and see."
"You're right, of course. And, heaven knows, I've enough to keep me busy." Demon glanced around to see the General tug the heavy record book back onto the blotter. "What with you and your fellows breeding so much Irish into the stock, I've all but had to learn Gaelic."
Demon grinned. A gong sounded.
Both he and the General glanced at the door. "Time for lunch. Why not stay? You can meet Felicity and see if you agree with my assessment."
Demon hesitated. The General frequently invited him to lunch, but in recent years, he hadn't accepted, which was presumably why he'd missed seeing Felicity grow up.
He'd spent the previous evening dredging his memory for every recollection, no matter how minute, trying to find some balance in his unexpectedly tilting world. Trying to ascertain just what his role, his standing, with this new version of Felicity should be. Her age had been a pertinent consideration; physically, she could be anything from eighteen to twenty-four, but her self-confidence and maturity were telling. He'd pegged her at twenty-three.
The General had now told him Dillon was twenty-two, which meant if Flick was two years younger, then she was only twenty. He'd been three years out, but, given the General's assessment, with which he concurred, she might as well be twenty-three.
Twenty-three made her easier to deal with, given he was thirty-one. Thinking of her as twenty made him feel too much like a cradle-snatcher.
But he still couldn't understand why he hadn't sighted her in the last five years. The last time he'd seen her was when, after importing his first Irish stallion, he'd come to give the General the relevant information for the stud records. She'd opened the door to him—a short, thin, gawky schoolgirl with long braids. He'd barely glanced at her, but he had remembered her. He'd been here countless times since, but hadn't seen her. He hadn't, however, stayed for a meal in all those years.
Demon turned from the window. "Yes, why not?" The General would attribute Demon's break with long-standing habit to concern for him, and he would be half-right at that.
So he stayed.
And had the pleasure of seeing Felicity sweep imperiously into the dining parlor, then nearly trip over her toes, and her tongue, deciding how to react to him.
Which was only fair, because he had not a clue how to react to her. Or, more accurately, didn't dare react to her as his instincts suggested. She was, after all—despite all—still the General's ward.
Who had miraculously grown up.
In full light, dressed in ivory muslin sprigged with tiny green leaves, she looked like a nymph of spring come to steal mortals' hearts. Her hair, brushed and neat, glowed like polished gold, a rich frame for the distinctive, eerily angelic beauty of her face.
It was her face that held him, compelled him. The soft blue of her eyes, like a misty sky, drew him, urging
him to lose himself in their gentle depths. Her nose was straight, her brow wide, her complexion flawless. Her lips begged to be kissed—delicately bowed, soft pink, the lower lip full and sensual, they were made to be covered by a man's.
By his.
The thought, so unequivocal, shocked him; he drew breath and shook free of the spell. A swift glance, a rake's appraisal of her figure, nearly had him in thrall again.
He resisted. The realization that he'd been bowled over for the first time in his life was enough to shake him to his senses. With his usual grace and an easy smile, he strolled forward and took Flick's hand.
She blinked and very nearly snatched it back.
Demon quashed the urge to raise her quivering fingers to his lips. He let his smile deepen instead. "Good afternoon, my dear. I do hope you don't mind me joining you for lunch?"
She blinked again, and shot a quick glance at the General. "No, of course not."
She blushed, very slightly; Demon forced himself to ignore the intriguing sight. Gracefully, he led her to the table. She claimed the chair by the General's left; he held it for her, then strolled around the table to the place on the General's right, directly opposite her.
The placement couldn't have been more perfect; while chatting with the General, it was perfectly natural that his gaze should frequently pass over her.
She of the swanlike neck and sweetly rounded shoulders, of the pert breasts encased in skin like ivory silk, their upper swells revealed by the scooped neckline of her gown. She was perfectly prim, perfectly proper, and perfectly delectable.
Demon's mouth watered every time he glanced her way.
Flick was very aware of his scrutiny; for some mystical reason, the touch of his gaze actually felt warm. Like a sun-kissed breeze touching her—lightly, enticingly. She tried not to let her awareness show; it was, after all, unsurprising that he found her appearance somewhat changed. The last time he'd seen her, she'd been fifteen, skinny, scrawny, with two long braids hanging down her back. He'd barely registered her existence—she'd stared at him and hadn't been able to stop.
That was the last time she'd allowed herself the liberty; thereafter she made sure that whenever he called, she kept out of his sight. Even if she glimpsed him, she'd force herself to walk the other way—precisely because her impulse lay in the opposite direction. She had far too much pride to stare at him like some silly, lovestruck schoolgirl. Despite the fact that was how he made her feel—hardly surprising, as he'd been her ideal gentleman for so many years—she had a strong aversion to the notion of mooning over him. She was quite sure he got enough of that from other lovestruck girls and all the lovestruck ladies.
She had absolutely no ambition to join their ranks.
So she forced herself to contribute to the conversation about horses and the coming season. Having grown up at Hillgate End, she knew more than enough about both subjects to hold her own. Demon twice tripped over her name, catching himself just in time; she manfully—womanfully—resisted glaring at him the second time it happened. His eyes met hers; one brow quirked and his lips curved teasingly. She pressed her lips tight shut and looked down at her plate.
"Could you pass the vinegar, m'dear."
She looked for the cruet set only to see Demon lift the bottle from the tray further down the table. He offered it to her; she took it—her fingers brushed his. A sharp shock lanced through her. Startled, she nearly dropped the bottle but managed to catch it in time. Carefully, she handed it to the General, then picked up her knife and fork and looked down at her plate. And breathed slowly in and out.
She felt Demon's gaze on her face, on her shoulders, then he turned to the General. "The Mighty Flynn's shaping well. I'm expecting to have another two wins at least from him this season."
"Indeed?"
The General was instantly distracted; Flick breathed a touch easier.
Demon kept the conversation rolling, not a difficult task. Much more difficult was keeping his gaze from Flick; his attention, of course, remained riveted. Ridiculous, of course—she was twenty, for heaven's sake.
But she was there, and utterly fascinating.
He told himself it was the contrast between Flick the righteous, who dressed as a stable lad and single-handedly set out to expose a race-fixing syndicate, and Felicity, the delicate and determinedly proper Botticelli angel.
It was a contrast designed to intrigue him.
"Perhaps," he said as they all stood, the light luncheon disposed of, "Felicity would care to take a turn about the lawns?"
He deliberately phrased the question to give the General an opening to support him. He needn't have bothered. Flick's head came up; she met his gaze.
"That would be pleasant." She glanced at the General. "If you don't need me, sir?" "No, no!" The General beamed. "I must get back to my books. You go along."
He shooed them toward the open French doors; Demon caught his eye. "I'll drop by if I have any news."
The General's eyes dimmed. "Yes, do." Then he glanced at Flick and his smile returned. Nodding benignly, he headed for the door.
Leaving Flick by her chair, staring at Demon. He raised a brow, and gestured to the French doors. "Shall we?"
She came around the table but didn't pause by his side, didn't wait for him to offer his arm. Instead, she walked straight past, out of the open doors. Demon stared at her back, then shook his head and followed.
She'd paused on the terrace; as soon as he appeared, she led the way down the steps. With his longer stride, he easily caught up with her as she strolled the well-tended lawn. He fell in beside her, sauntering slowly, trying to decide what gambit would work best with an angel. Before he could decide, she spoke.
"How am I supposed to hear any comments or see anyone approaching the riders in your stables when I barely spend a moment in them?" She cast a darkling glance his way. "I arrived this morning to discover The Flynn already saddled. Carruthers sent me straight out to take The Flynn around for an extended
warm-up"—her eyes narrowed—"so he wouldn't still be restless at the end. And then you
bundled me out of the stable as soon as I rode back in."
"I assumed you would need to get back here." He hadn't, but it was a good excuse. He slanted her a mildly questioning glance. "How are you covering your absences early morning and afternoon?"
"I often go riding first thing in the morning, so that's nothing unusual. If Jessamy's missing from the stable, everyone assumes I'm somewhere about, enjoying the morning. Just as long as I'm back by lunchtime, no one would think to worry."
Slowing as they passed into the shade of the old trees edging the lawn, Flick grimaced. "The afternoons are more difficult, but no one's asked where I ride off to. I suspect Foggy and Jacobs know Dillon's not off with friends, but somewhere close—but if they don't ask, then they can't say if questioned."
"I see." He hesitated, inwardly debating whether to take her hand and place it on his sleeve, forcing her to stroll with him rather than lead the way. But she'd tensed when he'd taken her hand before, and she'd nearly dropped the vinegar. Suppressing a grin, he opted for caution. "There's no reason you can't loiter around the stables after the morning gallops. Not having any chores should give you a freer rein." He had no intention of rescinding the orders he'd given Carruthers. "However, there's no sense in dallying after afternoon stables. At that time, most of the jockeys and hangers-on retire to the taverns."
"There's no reason I can't slouch about the stables until they leave."
Demon inwardly frowned. There was a mulishness in her tone, a sense of rigid purpose in her stance; both had been absent earlier. Earlier in the dining room, when she'd been Felicity, not Flick. Flick was the righteous crusader, Felicity the Botticelli angel.
Slowing, he considered a swath of daffodils nodding their trumpets in the breeze. The odd bluebell and harebell were interspersed, creating a spring carpet stretching under the trees and into the sunshine beyond. He nodded toward the show. "Beautiful, aren't they?"
An angel should respond to natural beauty.
Flick barely glanced at nature's bounty. "Hmm. Have you learned, or heard, anything yet?" She looked into his face. "You did go into town this morning, didn't you?"
He suppressed a frown. "Yes, yes and yes."
She stopped and looked at him expectantly. "Well?"
Frustrated, Demon halted and faced her. "The Committee is waiting for Dillon to return to have a quiet word with him over a number of races last season where the suspiciously priced crowd-favorite didn't win."
Her face blanked. "Oh."
"Indeed. The slumgudgeon didn't even realize that, as he hadn't made a habit of hobnobbing with the riders before, people would notice when he suddenly did."
"But…" Flick frowned. "The stewards haven't come asking after him."
"Not the stewards, no. In this instance, they weren't required—any number of the Committee have probably called on the General in the last weeks. Easy enough to learn whether Dillon is here or not."
"That's true." Then her eyes flew wide. "They haven't said anything to the General, have they?"
Demon glanced away. "No, the Committee sees no reason to unnecessarily upset the General, and as yet, they have no proof—just suspicions."
He looked back as Flick sighed with relief. "If they hold off until Dillon can return—"'
"They'll hold off as long as they can," he cut in. "But they won't—can't—wait forever. Dillon will have to return as soon as possible—the instant we get enough information to prove the existence of the syndicate."
"So we need to make headway in identifying Dillon's contact. Are the rumors of race-fixing widespread?"
"No. Among the owners and trainers, yes, but amongst others, less so. Some jockeys and stable lads must have suspicions, but they're unlikely to voice them, even to each other."
Flick started to stroll again. "If there's no open talk, no rumors abounding, it's less likely someone will let something slip."
Demon didn't reply; Flick didn't seem to notice. Which, to him, seemed all of a piece. Right now she didn't seem aware of him at all—she seemed to regard him as a benevolent uncle, or some creature equally benign. Which was so far from the truth it was laughable.
It was also irritating.
The Botticelli angel of the dining room, the one who had delicately shivered at his touch, and trembled when his fingers brushed hers, had vanished.
She glanced at him. "Perhaps you could start with the jockeys whose mounts failed last season. I assume, if they've taken a bribe once, they'll be more likely to be approached again?"
"Ordinarily, yes. However, if they've been questioned, however elliptically, by the stewards, one can guarantee their lips will be sealed. With a license in the balance, no jockey's going to incriminate himself."
"There must be some action you can take while I keep watch in your stables."
Demon's eyes widened; he only just stopped himself from replying caustically with rather more information than she needed. "Never mind about me. I'm sure I'll find some useful avenue to explore." He'd already thought of several, but he had no intention of sharing his views. "I'll make a start before I look in on the afternoon's work."
"You could investigate any touts or hangers-on lurking about the other stables' strings."
"Indeed." Demon couldn't help himself—eyes hardening, his gaze openly intent, he lengthened his stride, swung to face her, and halted.
Sucking in a breath, she stopped precipitously, all but teetering in her effort not to run into him. She looked up, blue eyes widening in surprise.
He smiled down at her. "I'll be watching you, too." He held her gaze. "Don't doubt it."
She blinked; to his chagrin, not a flicker of awareness—the consciousness he was deliberately trying to evoke—showed in her soft blue eyes. Instead puzzlement filled them. She searched his face briefly, then shrugged, stepped aside and walked around him. "As you wish, although I can't see why. You know I can handle The Flynn, and Carruthers never misses a stride."
Swallowing a curse, Demon swung on his heel and stalked after her. It wasn't The Flynn that concerned him. Flick clearly considered him unthreatening. While he had no wish to threaten her, he definitely wanted her in his bed, which ought, in his book, to make her nervous, at least a bit wary. But no—not Flick.
Felicity was sensitive—Felicity was sensible. She had the good sense to be aware of him. Felicity had some degree of self-preservation. Flick, as far as he could tell, had none. She hadn't even recognized that he was not a benign uncle, and definitely not the sort of man to be managed by a mere chit.
"It won't," he enunciated, regaining her side, "be The Flynn's performance I'll be watching."
She glanced up and met his eyes, her frown more definite. "There's no need to watch me—I haven't parted company with my saddle for years."
"Be that as it may," he purred, "I assure you that watching you—keeping my gaze firmly glued to your svelte form as you trot about perched on one of my champions—is precisely the sort of behavior that's expected of a gentleman such as I."
"Be that as it may, watching me when you could be observing the hangers-on is silly. A wasted opportunity."
"Not for me."
Flick humphed and looked ahead. He was being deliberately difficult—she could sense his aggravation, cloaked though it was, but she had no idea what had caused it, or why he was making less sense than Dillon. She strolled on. And continued to ignore the fluttery sensations assailing her stomach, and the insistent flickering of her nerves. Along with the other unwanted, unwelcome remnants of her girlish obsession with him.
He'd been her ideal gentleman since she'd been ten and had found a book of Michelangelo's works in the library. She'd found one sculpture that had embodied her vision of a handsome male. Except that Demon was handsomer. His shoulders were wider, his chest broader and more finely muscled, his hips narrower, his legs longer, harder—altogether better defined. As for the rest, she'd surmised from his reputation that he was better endowed there, too. His easygoing attitudes, his love of horses and his involvement with the world of horse racing had all served to deepen her interest.
She hadn't, however, ever made the mistake of imagining he returned it, or ever would. He was eleven years her senior, and could have his pick of the most beautiful and sophisticated ladies in the ton; it would be foolish beyond permission to imagine he would ever look at her. But she would marry one day—one day soon; she was very ready to love and be loved. She was already twenty, waiting, hoping. And if she had her way, she would marry a gentleman exactly like Demon. He, however, was an unattainable idol, entirely beyond her reach.
"This"—she gestured—"shady contact of Dillon's. Presumably he's not a local. Perhaps a search of the hotels and inns—'
"I've already got that in hand."
"Oh." She glanced up and met Demon's gaze; for a moment, his blue eyes remained sharp, keen, then he looked ahead.
"I'll check, but it's unlikely we'll find much by that route. This is, after all, Newmarket, a place that abounds in inns and taverns, and that attracts its fair share of shady characters, most of whom aren't
local."
Flick grimaced and looked forward—they'd ambled through the gardens. The stables lay ahead, framed by a series of wooden arches over which wisteria grew. Stepping onto the path leading beneath the arches, she mused, "This contact—who would he be? One of the syndicate, or another pawn?"
"Not one of the syndicate." Demon strolled beside her, his strides long and lazy, his hands, somewhat surprisingly, in his trouser pockets. His gaze was on the gravel. "Who ever they are, the syndicate won't want for money, and the last thing they'd risk is exposure. No—the man will be a hireling. Perhaps a permanent employee. That, for us, would be best."
"So once we identify him, we'll have the best chance of following him back to his masters?" Demon nodded. Then he looked up and stopped. They'd reached the end of the arches.
Flick glanced up, squinting into the sunlight that shone from over his shoulder. He was looking at her; she couldn't see his features, but she could feel his gaze, could sense his sheer physical presence through every pore. She was used to working with large horses; standing near him reminded her of them—he exuded the same aura of potent physical power, which could, if provoked, be dangerous. Luckily, neither horses nor he posed any danger to her. Inwardly lamenting her continuing sensitivity, she raised a hand and shaded her eyes.
And looked into his.
Her breath caught; for an instant, she felt disoriented—unclear who she was, who he was, and how things really were. Then something shifted in the blue; she blinked, and regained her mental footing. Yet he continued to look at her—not precisely seriously, but intently, the expression in his eyes one she neither recognized nor understood.
She was about to raise a brow when, his gaze still steady on her face, he asked, "Now you know the full story of Dillon's involvement, do you regret agreeing to help him?"
"Regret?" Considering the question, she raised both brows. "I don't think the concept applies. I've always helped him—he's made something of a career of getting into unexpectedly complicated scrapes." She shrugged. "I always imagined he'd grow out of them eventually. He hasn't yet."
Demon considered her face, her open expression, the honesty in her soft blue eyes. They didn't tell him how she felt about Dillon; given her apparent resistance to him, he had to wonder if Dillon was the cause. When she and Dillon were together, she was the dominant party—the one in charge. She'd grown accustomed to Dillon being dependent on her—it was possible she liked it that way. There was no doubt she liked to lead.
Which was all very well, but…
"So," she blinked up at him, "what do you imagine will happen next?"
He raised his brows. "Probably not a lot." At least, not in his stables. "However, if you do stumble on any clue, I will, of course, expect to be notified immediately."
"Of course." She lowered her hand and turned toward the stables. "Where will you be?"
Investigating far and wide. "Send a message to the farm—the Shephards always know where to find me."
"I'll send word if I hear anything." She stopped at the edge of the garden and held out her hand. "I'll see you at the stable in a few hours."
Demon took her hand. He lifted his gaze to her eyes—and fell into the blue. Her fingers lay, trusting, quiescent in his grasp. He considered raising them, considered brushing a lingering kiss upon them, considered…
Madness and uncertainty clashed. The moment passed.
He released her hand. With an elegant nod, he turned and, jaw setting, strode for the stables, more conscious with every stride of a demonic desire to capture a Botticelli angel—and take her to his bed.
Chapter 4
« ^ »
The next days passed uneventfully; Flick swallowed her impatience and doggedly watched, doggedly listened. She rode morning and afternoon track work every day, then slouched about the stable for as long as she could in the mornings, and until all the stable lads left in the evenings. After three days, the only suspicious character she'd spotted had proved to be one of the lads' cousins, visiting from the north. The only surprising information she'd heard concerned the activities of some redheaded barmaid.
As he'd intimated, Demon had attended all the track work religiously—he'd watched her religiously, too; her sensitivity to his gaze grew more acute by the day. She'd sighed with relief when, within her hearing that morning, he'd told Carruthers that he'd be spending the afternoon about the other stables looking over the competition.
So at three o'clock, she left the General nodding over his records and set off on Jessamy for the cottage—Felicity garbed in her blue velvet riding habit—feeling less trepidatious, certainly more sure of herself. No longer wary of what she might face at the stable.
Dillon was in the clearing when she rode up, the cob placidly munching nearby. She reined in and slid out of her saddle, turned on her heel and marched into the cottage to change—without a single glance at Dillon. He'd have the cob saddled and bridled, and Jessamy unsaddled and tethered, by the time she came out.
She hadn't spoken to him since she'd learned the truth. Every time she'd come by, he'd tried to catch her eye, to smile and make amends.
Struggling out of her velvet skirts, Flick humphed. Dillon was being excessively careful around her—he could be careful for a while more. She hadn't forgiven him for deceiving her—she hadn't forgiven herself for being so gullible. She should have guessed; she knew he wasn't that innocent any more, but the idea that he could have been so comprehensively stupid hadn't entered her head.
Smoothing her curls, she crammed her cap over them. She was exceedingly tired of putting right Dillon's wrongs, of easing his way, but…
She sighed. She would continue to shield Dillon if the alternative was upsetting the General. Distress wasn't good for him, as Dr. Thurgood had made very clear. Assuring his tranquility was also one way she
could repay him for all he had given her.
A home—a secure, stable place in which to grow up. A steady hand, a steadier heart, and an unwavering confidence in her.
She'd come to Hillgate End a confused seven-year-old, suddenly very much alone. Her Aunt Scroggs, with whom her parents had left her in London, had not been willing to keep her when her temporary need had turned permanent. No one had wanted her until, out of nowhere, the General, a distant connection of her father's, had stepped in, smiled kindly upon her, and taken her into his home.
In the country, where she loved to be, close to horses—her favorite animal.
Coming to Hillgate End had changed her life forever, and all for the better. Even though she hadn't been a pauper, as a child, who knows where she might have ended without the General's kindness, without his care? Thanks to the General, she'd ended here, with a happy life and every opportunity. She owed him a great deal.
Drawing a deep breath, she stepped out of the lean-to. Dillon was waiting, holding the cob, saddled and bridled, close by the log she used for mounting. Flick eyed him steadily as she crossed the yard, but she refused to let him catch her eye. Despite her affection for the General, Dillon, at the moment, she simply endured.
She mounted, gathered the reins, and jogged off without a word.
At least Demon had got the truth out of Dillon. Even though she'd felt foolish for not having seen the inconsistencies in Dillon's story, she could only be glad of Demon's intervention. Since he'd agreed to help, despite his ridiculous insistence on watching her, she'd sensed a lightening of the weight that until his arrival had rested solely on her shoulders. He was there, sharing the load, doing, like her, whatever he could to spare the General. Regardless of anything else, it was a distinct relief.
Reaching the road, she set the cob trotting. At the stable, a lad had The Flynn saddled and waiting; she checked the girths, then with the lad's help, jumped up to perch high on the bay's back. He was used to her now, to the croon of her voice; with the merest urging, he trotted to the door.
Carruthers was waiting."Take a long walk, then a gentle trot, at least six, then walk him again and bring him in."
Flick nodded and clicked the reins. Afternoon work was always easy; not every trainer even bothered.
She paraded with the rest of the string, listening to the natter of the lads and riders about her, simultaneously scanning the nearby verges of the Heath where the watchers—the hangers-on and the touts, spying out the form for bookmakers or private clients—congregated.
As usual, she was the last to walk her mount in, so she could watch to see if any outsider tried to speak to a rider. None did; no one approached any rider in Demon's string, nor the strings from nearby stables.
Disappointed, starting to question whether she would ever see or hear anything useful, she slid from the saddle and let the stable lad lead The Flynn away. After a moment, she followed.
She helped the lad unsaddle, then left him cleaning the manger while she fetched the feed, then the water. The lad moved on to the next horse he looked after. Flick sighed, and The Flynn turned his huge head and nudged her.
Smiling crookedly, she patted his nose. On impulse, she climbed the box wall and perched atop it,
leaning her shoulder against the stable's outer wall. She scanned the boxes, listening to the murmurs and conversations—mostly between lads and their equine charges.
The Flynn nudged her legs; she crooned at him, grinning when he hurrumphed and nodded.
"Oh, fer Gawd's sake—take a hike! I doan wanna hear what you've got ter say, so just piss off, why doan yer?"
Flick straightened so abruptly that she nearly fell off the wall. The words sounded so clear—then she realized she was hearing them through the stable wall. The speaker—she recognized the dulcet tones of one of the top race jockeys—was outside.
"Now, now. If'n you'll just hear me out—"
"I tol' you—I doan wanna hear nuthin' from you! Now push off, afore I set ol' Carruthers on yer!" "Your loss."
The second speaker had a scratchy voice; it faded away.
Flick scrambled off the wall and tore through the stable, dodging lads with buckets and feed all the way up the alley. They swore at her. She didn't stop. She reached the doors; hugging their edge, she peeped out.
A heavy figure in an old frieze coat was lumbering away along the edge of the Heath, a cloth cap pulled low over his face, his hands sunk in his pockets. She could see little more than Dillon had.
The man was heading for the town.
For one moment, Flick stood in the yard, juggling possibilities. Then she swung around and hurried back into the stable.
Demon ambled into his stable at the end of the working day. Soft snorts and gentle whinnies punctuated breathy sighs as stable lads closed their charges in their boxes. The reek of horse was absolute; Demon barely noticed. He did notice the old cob quietly dozing in one corner, a few handfuls of hay and a bucket close by. Glancing left and right, Demon strolled down the alley.
He stopped by The Flynn's box; the big bay was settled and contentedly munching. Strolling on, he came upon Carruthers, inspecting a filly's hoof.
"Where's Flick?"
Carruthers glanced at him, then snorted. "Gone orf, already. In a pelter, he was. Left his cob—said he'd fetch it later." He looked down at the hoof he was tending.
Demon held back a frown. "Did he say anything else?"
"Nah!" With a deft flick, Carruthers pried a stone free. "Just like the other lads—couldn't wait to get to the Swan and lift a pint."
"The Swan?"
"Or the Bells." Carruthers let the horse's leg down and straightened. "Who knows with lads these days?" Demon paused; Carruthers watched the filly test the hoof. "So Flick headed into town?"
"Aye—that's what I'm saying. He usually heads off home to Lidgate, quiet as you please, but today he beetled off into town."
"How long ago?"
Carruthers shrugged. "Twenty minutes."
Demon bit back an oath, swung on his heel and strode out of his stable.
He didn't find Flick in the Swan or the Bells, both respectable inns. He found her in the smoke-filled snug of the Fox and Hen, a seedy tavern down a narrow side street. Nursing a full pint pot, she sat sunk in a corner, surrounded by ale-swilling brutes three times her size.
She was trying to look inconspicuous. Thankfully, a dart game was in full swing, and many patrons were still rolling in; the rabble were presently distracted and hadn't started looking around for likely victims.
Jaw set, Demon grabbed a pint from the harassed barman and crossed the room, his size, accentuated by his heavy greatcoat, allowing him to cleave a passage through the crowd. There were others of his ilk present, gentlemen hobnobbing with cits, rubbing shoulders with half-pay officers and racecourse riffraff; his appearance attracted no undue attention.
Reaching the corner table, he ignored Flick's huge eyes. Setting his pot down with a definite click, he sat opposite her. Then he met her gaze. "What the hell are you doing here?"
She glared at him, then flicked her gaze to the next table, then back.
Nonchalantly picking up his pint, Demon sipped, scanning the tables beside them. The nearest held two men, hunched over the table, each with a pint before him. They'd both looked up at the dart game; as Demon turned away, they looked down and resumed their conference.
Meeting Flick's eyes, Demon saw them widen meaningfully. Leaning forward, she hissed, "Listen." It took a moment to focus his hearing through the din, but once he had, he could hear well enough.
"So which horse and race are we talking about then?" The speaker was a jockey, one Demon had never hired and only knew by distant sight. He doubted the jockey knew him other than by name, but he kept his face averted.
"Hear tell you're down to ride Rowena in the Nell Gwyn Stakes in a couple o'weeks."
The second man's voice, deep and grating, was easy to distinguish beneath the raucous din. Demon lifted his eyes and met Flick's; she nodded, then shifted her attention back to their neighbors.
The jockey took a long pull, then lowered his pot. "Aye—that's right. Where'd you hear? It's not about the course yet."
"Never you mind where I heard—what you should be concentrating on is that because I did hear, you've an opportunity before you."
"Opportunity, is it?" The jockey took another long, slow drink. "How much?" "Four ponies on delivery."
An eruption of cheers from the dart game had both men looking around. Demon glanced at Flick; eyes wide, she was watching their man—the contact. Under the table, he nudged her boot. She looked
at him; he leaned forward. "If you don't stop staring, he'll notice and stare back."
She narrowed her eyes at him, then lowered her gaze to her ale—still untouched. There was another roar from the dart game; everyone looked—even Flick. Swiftly, Demon switched their glasses, leaving his half-full pot for her to nurse. Lifting hers, he drained half; the brew at the Fox and Hen left a lot to be desired, but sitting in a snug amid this sort of crowd nursing a full pot for more than five minutes was enough to invite unwanted attention.
The dart game had concluded. The cheers died and everyone returned to their drinks and conversations. The jockey looked into his pot as if seeking guidance. "Five ponies."
"Five?" The contact jeered. "You're a mite full of yourself, me lad."
The jockey's expression hardened. "Five. I'm the one on Rowena's back that race, and she'll start it prime favorite. The bets'll be heavy—real heavy. If you want her out of the winner's circle, it'll cost you five."
"Hmm." It was the contact's turn to seek inspiration from his ale. "Five? If you want five, you'll need to keep her out of the places altogether."
"Nah." The jockey shook his head. "Can't do it. If she finishes outside the places, the stewards'll be on my tail, and a whole monkey wouldn't be worth that. I ain't about to blow my license for you. Even bringing her in second… well, I can do it, but only because Cynster's got a prime filly in the race. Rowena's better, but I can slot her behind the Cynster filly and it'll look all right. But unless there's another runner we ain't seen yet, they're the only possible winners. No way I can drop Rowena out of the places."
The contact frowned, then drained his pot. "All right." He looked the jockey in the eye. "Five ponies for a no win—is it a deal?"
The jockey hesitated, then nodded. "Deal."
"Aaargh!!" A bellowed war cry erupted through the noise. Everyone turned to see a furious brute break a jug over his neighbor's head. The jug shattered, the victim slumped. A fist swung out of nowhere, and lifted the assailant from his feet.
And it was on.
Everyone leapt to their feet; chairs crashed, pots went flying. Bodies ricochetted off each other; some thudded on the floor. The melee expanded by the second as more and more patrons launched themselves into the fray.
Demon swung back. Flick, eyes huge, was on her feet in the corner. With an oath, he swept the pots from their table and set it on its side. Reaching across, he grabbed her shoulder. "Get down!"
He forced her down behind the makeshift barricade. One hand on her cap, he pushed her fully down. "Stay there!"
The instant he removed his hand, her head popped up. He swore and reached for her; her already-wide eyes dilated.
He swung around just in time to weave back from a hefty fist. It grazed his jaw—and ignited his temper. Regaining his balance, he plowed a fist into his assailant's gut, then followed with a solid right to
the jaw.
The huge walloper teetered sideways, then back, then crashed onto his back amid the ongoing brawl. "Demon!"
Ducking, he threw his next attacker, managing to shift his feet enough so the bruiser landed against the wall beyond Flick, rather than on top of her.
A jarvey staggered free of the central melee and swung his way. The man met his eyes and stopped, swaying on his feet, then turned and charged back into the heaving mass of bodies and nailing fists.
"Stop it, yer mongrels!" The barman jumped up on the counter, laying about him with a besom. To no avail. The brawlers were well away, enjoying themselves hugely.
Demon looked around. The only door from the snug was diagonally across from their corner, beyond the heaving mass of the fight. The wall to their left hosted two grimy sash windows; thrusting aside tables and chairs, he reached the nearest, forced the catch free, then heaved. After an initial resistance, the sash flew up.
Turning back, he grabbed Flick by the collar, unceremoniously dragged her from her hiding place, then manhandled her out of the window. She tried to climb daintily out; he grabbed her and pushed. She hissed and batted at his hands—he kept grabbing and pushing. She hesitated halfway out, deciding which foot to place where; he slapped a hand beneath her bottom and shoved.
She landed in an inelegant sprawl on the grass.
Flick dragged in a breath; curses burned her tongue, but she didn't have breath enough to utter them. Her bottom burned, too; her cheeks were aflame. Both sets. She glanced back. Demon was halfway through the window. Swearing weakly, she scrambled to her feet, dusting her hands on her thighs—she didn't dare touch her posterior.
The other sash window flew up, and more patrons piled out. Demon appeared beside her; grabbing her elbow, he shoved her away from the inn as others started using their escape route. An orchard rolled down an incline away from the inn—with Demon at her heels, Flick slipped between the trees. The twilight was deepening. Behind them, through the now open windows, they heard shouts, then the piercing whistles of the Watch. Glancing back, Flick saw more of the inn's customers scrambling through the windows, hurrying to disappear down the orchard's slope.
"Come on!" Demon grabbed her hand, taking the lead, lengthening his stride so she had to scurry to keep up. She tried to wriggle her hand free; he flung her a scowl, tightened his grip, and strode on even faster. She cursed; he must have heard but gave no sign. He dragged her, skipping, half-running, to the end of the orchard, to where a seven-foot wall blocked their way.
He released her as others joined them and immediately started climbing the wall. Flick eyed the wall, then edged closer to Demon. "Is there a gate anywhere?"
He glanced at her, then nodded to the others scrambling up and over. "Doesn't look like it." He hesitated, then stepped to the wall. "Come on—I'll give you a leg up."
Bracing one shoulder against the wall, he formed a cup with his hands. Balancing one hand on the stones, the other on his shoulder, Flick placed her boot in his hands.
He pushed her up. It should have been easy; The Flynn's back was nearly as high as the wall. But the top
of the wall was hard and narrow, not smooth and slippery like a saddle. She managed to get half over, with the wall digging into her middle, but her legs still dangled down.
Blowing out a breath, she braced her arms, straightened her spine, and searched with her boots for purchase. But with her hips on the wrong side of the wall, if she straightened too much, she risked falling back down. And if she didn't straighten enough, she couldn't reach any toehold. She teetered, like a seesaw, on the top of the wall.
From beneath her came a long-suffering sigh.
Demon's hand connected with her bottom again. He hefted her up; in the most flustered flurry of her life, cheeks all flaming again, she quickly swung one leg over the wall and sat.
And tried to catch her breath.
He grabbed the wall beside her and hauled himself up. Easily. Astride the wall, he raked her with a glance, then swung his leg over and dropped into the lane.
Flick dragged in a breath and swung her other leg over, then wriggled around and dropped down—before he felt compelled to help her again. She picked herself up and dusted her hands, aware to her toes of the assessing gaze that passed over her. Lifting her head, she met his eyes, ready to be belligerent.
He merely humphed and gestured down the lane.
She fell in beside him, and they strolled to the road. There were too many others about to risk any discussion. When they reached the road, Demon nudged her elbow and nodded up a lane leading to the High Street. "I left my curricle at the Jockey Club."
They changed direction, leaving the others behind.
"You were supposed to send word to me the instant you learned anything." The words, deathly soft, lethally restrained, floated down to her.
"I would have," she hissed back, "once I had a chance. But who could I send from your stable? Carruthers?"
"Next time, if there's no one to send, bring the message yourself." "And miss the chance of learning more—like today?"
"Ah, yes. Today. And just how do you imagine you would have survived if I hadn't arrived?" She studied the small houses lining the road.
"Hmm, let's see."
His purr sank deeper, sliding beneath her skin. Flick resisted an urge to wriggle.
"First we have the question of whether, quite aside from the brawl, you would have escaped notice, given you'd bought a pint and couldn't drink it. Your disguise would have disintegrated rather quickly, revealing to all the fact that the General's ward, Miss Felicity Parteger, was slumming in the Newmarket stews dressed as a lad."
"It was an inn, not a stew."
"For a lady found in it, the difference is academic." Flick humphed.
"And what might have happened if you'd survived the brawl, with or without being knocked senseless, and landed in the arms of the Watch? One can only wonder what they would have made of you."
"We'll never know," Flick hissed. "The important thing is that we've identified Dillon's contact. Did you see which way he went?"
"No."
She halted. "Perhaps we should go back—"
Demon didn't stop; he reached back, grabbed her arm, and hauled her forward so she marched beside him. "You are not following anyone anywhere." The look he shot her, even muted by the gloom, still stung. "In case it's escaped your notice, following a man like that to his customary haunts is liable to be dangerous for a gentlewoman."
His clipped accents gave the words a definite edge. As they swung into the High Street, Flick put her nose in the air. "You got a good look at him and so did I. We should be able to find him easily, then find out who he works for, and clear up this whole mess. It's our first real discovery."
After a moment, he sighed. "Yes, you're right. But leave the next step to me—or rather Gillies. I'll have him go through the inns and taverns—our man must be putting up at one of them."
Demon looked up as they crossed the High Street; the Jockey Club stood before them. His horses were tied to a tree under the porter's watchful eye. "Get in. I'll drive you back to the stable."
Flick strolled to the curricle and climbed up. Demon went to speak to the porter, then returned, untied the reins, and stepped up to the box seat. He backed the horses, then set them trotting with an expert flick of his wrist.
As they headed down the High Street, Flick tilted her chin. "You'll tell me the instant Gillies discovers anything?"
Demon reached for his whip. The black thong flew out and tickled his leader's ears. The bays stepped out, power in every stride. The curricle shot forward.
Flick grabbed the rail and stifled a curse.
The whip hissed back up the handle, and the carriage rocketed along. Demon drove back to the stable without uttering a word.
Chapter 5
« ^ »
After dinner that evening, Demon retired to the front parlor of his farmhouse to consider the ramifications of all they'd learned. Frowning, he paced before the fireplace, where a small blaze cheerily danced.
His thoughts were not cheery.
He was deeply mired in them when a tap sounded on the curtained window. Dismissing it as an insect or misguided sparrow, he didn't pause, didn't rouse from his reverie.
The tapping came again, this time more insistent.
Demon halted. Raising his head, he stared at the window, then swore and strode across the room. Jerking the curtains aside, he looked down on the face that haunted his dreams. "Dammit—what the devil are you doing here?"
Flick glared, then mouthed, "Let me in!" and gestured with her hands for him to lift the sash. He hesitated, then, muttering a string of epithets, opened the catch and flung up the sash.
He was presented with a gloved hand. "Help me in."
Against his better judgment, he did. She was dressed in breeches—not her stable lad attire but a pair of what looked to be Dillon's cast-off inexpressibles, which fitted her far too well for his equanimity. Flick clambered over the sill and into the room. Releasing her hand, he lowered the sash and redrew the curtains. "For God's sake, keep your voice down. Heaven only knows what Mrs. Shephard will think if she hears you—"
"She won't." With a dismissive wave, Flick stepped to the settee and sank down on one arm. "She and Shephard are in the kitchen—I checked."
Demon stared at her—she stared ingenuously back. Deliberately, he thrust both hands into his trouser pockets—against the temptation to lay them on her. "Do you often flit through the twilight dressed like that?"
"Of course not. But I didn't know whether I'd be able to reach you without knocking on the door. Luckily, I saw your shadow on the curtains."
Demon clamped his lips shut. There was no point expostulating that her calmly knocking on his front door and asking his housekeeper, a matronly woman with sharp eyes, to show her into his parlor would have been unwise; she would only argue. Swinging on his heel, he strode back across the room; in the circumstances, the least he should do was put some real distance between them.
Regaining the fireplace, he turned to face her, propping his shoulders against the mantel. "And to what do I owe the pleasure of this visit?"
Her eyes narrowed slightly. "I came to discuss the situation, of course." He raised one brow. "The situation?"
Flick held his gaze for a moment, then looked down and, with patent determination, removed her gloves. "It seems to me that what we learned today raises a number of issues." Laying the gloves on one thigh, she raised her hands and ticked each point off on her fingers. "First and foremost, if another race is to be fixed, should we warn the authorities? However"—she proceeded to her next finger—"there's the consideration that if we tell the stewards, they may alert the contact and he'll simply disappear, along with all connection to the syndicate. If that happens, we'll lose any chance of redeeming Dillon. Even worse"—she moved to her next finger—"if we inform the stewards and they question that man, it sounds, from what Dillon said, that he'll simply implicate him, and very likely cast him as the instigator of the scheme, thus protecting the syndicate from exposure."
Lifting her head, she looked across the room at the long, lean figure lounging, all brooding elegance, against the mantel. If she'd harbored any doubts that he intended to curtail her involvement in their investigations, his present attitude dispelled them; resistance poured from him in waves. His eyes, his attention, were fixed on her, but he showed no inclination to respond. She tilted her chin. "So, are we going to inform the authorities?"
He continued to study her intently, unwaveringly, but he said nothing. Lips thinning, she raised a brow. "
Well!"
"I haven't yet decided."
"Hmm." She ignored his clipped, definitely pointed tone. "That man offered the jockey one hundred and twenty-five pounds—a small fortune for a race jockey. It seems unlikely the jockey will change his mind."
He humphed; she took it as agreement.
"Which means your horse is almost certain to win." Eyes wide, she met his gaze. "That places you in a rather awkward position, doesn't it?"
He straightened; before he could speak she went on. "It's a horrible fix—with Dillon to rescue on the one hand, and your responsibilities to the Jockey Club on the other. I suppose it's a clash between loyalty and honor." In the same even tone, she asked, "Which will you choose?"
Hands sunk in his pockets, he stared at her, then looked down and paced before the fire. "I don't know." He shot her a glance, one dark with irritation. "I was considering the matter when you came through the window."
His look was lightened by a hint of curiosity; she grinned. "I came to help." She ignored his derisive snort. "We need to weigh things up—consider our options."
"I can't see any options." He continued to pace, his gaze on the floor. "That one of my horses is involved is irrelevant—it simply makes things worse. Having learned of an attempt to fix a race, my duty as a member of the Jockey Club is clear. I should inform the Committee."
"How absolute is that duty?"
The glance he sent her was hard. "As absolute as such things can be. I could not, in all honor, let a fixed race run."
"Hmm. I agree it's impossible to let a fixed race run—that's quite out of the question. But…" She let her words trail away, her gaze, questioning, fixed on Demon.
He halted, and looked her way. Then he raised a brow. "But can I—" He broke off, his gaze on her, then briefly inclined his head. "Can we legitimately withhold the information until closer to the race, to give ourselves time to follow this contact back to the syndicate?"
"Exactly. That race is next month—more than a couple of weeks away. And the stewards could stop it even if we told them just before the start."
"Not quite, but if we hold back the information until the week before the race, it would leave us five weeks in which to trace the syndicate."
"Five weeks? That's plenty of time."
Demon suppressed a cynical humph. Flick's face was triumphantly aglow; although it was partly at his expense, he had no wish to dim it. When she'd come through the window, he'd been thinking solely in the singular; he was now talking in the plural. Which was what she'd intended; that was why she'd come.
Now she sat, perched victorious on the arm of his settee, one boot swinging, a satisfied smile in her eyes. Her understanding of the honor and responsibilities involved in his position intrigued him. She understood racing, the fraternity and its traditions—not something he'd encountered in a woman before.
But discussing such matters with a sweet innocent felt odd. Especially late in the evening, in his front parlor.
Entirely unchaperoned.
He resumed his pacing—this time, in her direction.
"So"—she almost bobbed in her eagerness—"how do we find the man we saw this evening? Shouldn't we be trying to locate him?"
He halted beside her, his gaze on her face. "We are. At this instant, three of my men are rolling around the town, searching the inns and taverns."
She beamed at him. "Excellent! And then?"
"And then…" He reached for her hand; she surrendered it readily. Smoothly, he drew her to her feet. "Then we follow him"—holding her gaze, he lowered his voice to a deep purr—"until we learn all we need to know."
Trapped in his gaze, her hand in his, eyes widening, she mouthed an "Oh."
He smiled intently. Wrapping his fingers about her hand, he waited, just a heartbeat, until she trembled.
"We'll find the contact and follow him." His lids veiling his eyes, he lowered his gaze to her lips, soft, sheening, succulent pink. "Until he leads us to the syndicate—and then we'll tell the stewards all they need to know."
When he spoke of "we" he didn't mean her—but he'd tell her that tomorrow; no need to mar the night.
Raising his lids, he recaptured her gaze, marvelling at the softness of her clear blue eyes. The two of them stood, handfast, gazes locked, mere inches distant, with her trapped between the settee and him. Without conscious thought, he shifted his fingers, brushing the backs of hers.
Her eyes widened even more; her lips parted slightly. Her breath hitched—
Then she blinked, and narrowed her eyes. Frowning, she tugged her hand free. "I'll leave you now." Blinking himself, he released her.
She stepped sideways, heading for the window. He followed. Close.
She glanced back and up at his face, eyes very wide, her breathing too rapid. "I dare say I'll see you tomorrow at the stables."
"You will."
With fluttering hands, she pushed at the curtains. He reached over her head and drew them wide. She tugged at the sash. To no avail.
He stepped behind her and reached for the handles, one on either of the pane's lower frame.
Trapping her between his arms, between the window and him. His fingers brushed hers, clasped about the handles. She sucked in a breath and snatched her hands away. Then froze as she realized he surrounded her.
Slowly, he raised the sash—all the way up.
As he straightened, she straightened, too. Her spine stiff, she turned her head and looked him in the eye. "I'll bid you a good night."
There was ice and frost in her words. Turning to the window, she sat on the sill; behind her, Demon smiled, slowly, intently.
She swung her legs over and slipped into the darkness. "Good-bye."
Her voice floated back to him; in seconds, she'd become a shadow among many, and then she was gone.
Demon's smile deepened, his lips curving as triumphantly as hers had. She wasn't averse to him—the signs had been there, clear for him to read. He didn't know why she'd pulled back, why she'd shaken free of his hold, but it would be easy to draw her back to him.
And then…
He stood at the window for a full five minutes, a smile of anticipation on his lips, staring into the night and dreaming—before reality struck.
Like a bolt.
It transfixed him. Chilled him. It effectively doused his fire.
Face hardening, he stood in the middle of his parlor and wondered what the hell had got into him.
He rose before dawn and headed for the racecourse, for his stables and Carruthers, who was not at all pleased to learn that he'd lost the services of the best work rider he'd ever employed. For once declining to remain and watch his string exercise, Demon left Carruthers grumbling and set his horses ambling back down the road to his farm. The same road led to the cottage.
Fine mist wreathed the hedgerows and blanketed the meadows; it turned golden as dawn tinged the sky. Flick appeared through the gilded haze, a sleepy stable lad atop the plodding cob, heading in for the start of a new day. Demon reined in his bays and waited for her to reach him.
By the time she halted the cob beside his curricle, she was frowning; deep suspicion glowed in her eyes. He nodded, ineffably polite. "I've tendered your resignation to Carruthers—he doesn't expect to see you again."
Her frown deepened; to her credit, she didn't ask why. "But—"
"The matter's simple. If you hadn't resigned, I would have had to dismiss you." He trapped her gaze and raised a brow. "I thought you'd prefer to resign."
Flick studied his eyes, his face. "Put like that, I don't have much choice." The ends of his lips lifted fractionally. "None."
"What story did you tell Carruthers?"
"That your ailing mother slipped away, and you'll be joining your aunt's household in London." "So I'm not even supposed to be in the vicinity?"
"Precisely."
She humphed, but without much heat; they'd found Dillon's contact—she was already thinking ahead. "What about identifying the contact? Have your men turned up anything?"
Because she was watching closely, she saw his hesitation—the swift weighing of his options.
"We've located him, yes." His gaze swept her consideringly. "Gillies is currently doing the honors, with strict instructions to miss nothing. If you'd consent to get properly dressed, perhaps we might confer in more conventional style?"
She raised her brows in question.
His smile—a teasing, alluring temptation to dalliance— flashed. "Go home and change. I'll call at eleven and take you for a tool about the lanes."
"Perfect—we can discuss how best to go on without any risk of being overheard." Flick turned the cob and urged him back toward the cottage. "I'll be ready at eleven."
Her voice floated back to Demon., The reins lax in his hands, he sat in the strengthening sunshine, watching her bob away from him. His smile deepening, he flicked the reins and set his curricle slowly rolling in her wake.
As promised, she was ready and waiting, a vision in mull muslin, a parasol shading her complexion, when he drew his horses to a scrunching halt before the front steps of Hillgate End.
Tying off his reins, he stepped down from the curricle. Face alight, a soft smile on her lips, she eagerly approached. She was too slender to bustle—her movement was more a sweeping glide. Demon watched her advance, his every faculty riveted, effortlessly held in thrall.
Luckily, she didn't know it—she had no idea. Secure in that knowledge, he returned her smile. Taking her hand, he bowed elegantly and handed her up to the box seat. She shuffled across; as he turned to follow, Demon caught sight of a maid hovering by the steps. "I'll return Miss Parteger later in the afternoon—you might mention that to Jacobs."
"Yes, sir." The maid bobbed a curtsy.
Climbing up, he took his seat and met Flick's questioning glance. "Mrs. Shephard packed a hamper so we won't need to return for lunch."
Her eyes widened, then she nodded. "It's turning into a lovely day—a picnic is a very good idea."
Clicking the reins, Demon set the bays pacing, omitting to mention just whose idea it had been.
As he turned out of the drive and the horses stepped out, Flick angled her parasol and glanced at him. "I take it your men located our quarry?"
Demon nodded, taking the turn to Dullingham in style. "He's staying at the Ox and Plough." "The Ox and Plough?" Flick frowned. "I don't think I know it."
"There's no reason you would. It's a seedy little inn off the main road north of Newmarket." "Did your man learn the contact's name?"
"He goes by the unenviable name of Bletchley." "And he's a Londoner?"
"From his accent, that much seems certain." Demon slowed his horses as the hamlet of Dullingham came into view. "Gillies is prepared to swear an oath that Bletchley was born within hearing of Bow bells."
"Which suggests," Flick said, turning impulsively to him, "that the syndicate is London-based."
"That was always on the cards. The most likely base for a group of rich and greedy gentlemen is London, after all."
"Hmm."
When Flick ventured nothing more, Demon glanced at her. She was frowning absentmindedly, her gaze unseeing. It wasn't hard to follow her thoughts. She was considering the syndicate, and the possible need to journey to London to unmask them.
He left her undisturbed, content with her abstraction. As the cottages of Dullingham fell behind, he kept the bays to a steady trot, searching the hedges lining the roadway for the small lane he remembered from years gone by. It appeared on his left; he slowed and turned the bays.
The lane was deeply rutted; despite the strong springs of the carriage, the rocking jerked Flick to attention. Grabbing the front rail, she blinked and looked around. "Good heavens. Where—oh! How lovely!"
Demon smiled. "It is a pretty spot."
The lane dwindled to a track; turning the bays onto a stretch of grass, he reined in. "We'll leave the carriage here." He nodded to where willows, lit by the sun, hung catkin-draped limbs over a rippling stream. The babble of the brook filled the rustic stillness; sunlight flashed off the water, shooting rainbows through the air. Between the willows, an expanse of lush grass beckoned. "We can spread the rug by the stream and enjoy the sunshine."
"Oh, yes! I didn't even know this place existed."
Alighting, he handed Flick down, then retrieved the well-stocked luncheon basket and a large plaid rug from the boot. Flick relieved him of the rug; holding it in her arms, she strolled beside him to the grassy bank.
Laying aside her parasol, Flick shook out the rug. Demon helped her spread the heavy folds, then handed her onto it. He waited while she settled, then subsided to lounge, large, lean—all elegantly
indolent—beside her.
She had overheard maids exclaiming how their beaux made their hearts go pitter-patter. She'd always thought the description a silly nonsense.
Now she knew better. Her heart was tripping in double time. Definitely pitter-patter.
Reaching for the basket Demon had set by their legs, she hauled it closer. More definitely between them. It was a ridiculous reaction—she knew she was safe with him—but the solidity of the basket made her feel much better. Pulling out the linen napkins Mrs. Shephard had tucked about the food, she uncovered roast chicken, slices of beef, and crisp, fresh rolls. She went to speak, and had to clear her throat. "Would you prefer a leg, or a breast?"
She looked up; her eyes clashed with Demon's, burning blue. Burning?
She blinked and looked again, but he'd looked away, calmly reaching for the bottle poking out from the basket.
"A leg will do for the moment."
His voice sounded slightly… strained. Hiding a frown, she watched as he eased the cork from the bottle. It popped free and he looked up, but there was nothing to be read in his eyes or his expression beyond an easy pleasure in the moment. He held out a hand for glasses; pushing aside her uncertainties, she delved into the basket.
Discovering two long flutes, she handed them over; the wine hissed as he filled them. She took the one he offered her, studying the tiny bubbles rising through the straw-colored liquid. "Champagne?"
"Hmm." Raising his glass to her, Demon took a sip. "A suitable toast to Spring."
Flick sipped; the bubbles fizzed on her palate, but the wine slid down her throat very pleasantly. She licked her lips. "Nice."
"Hmm." Demon forced himself to look away from her lips—sheening pink curves that he ached to taste. Inwardly frowning at how definite that ache was, he accepted the chicken leg she handed him, a napkin neatly folded about the bone.
Their fingers brushed; he felt hers quiver—was conscious to his bones of the shivery tremble that raced through her. Focusing on the chicken, he sank his teeth into it, then fixed his gaze on the meadows beyond the stream while she busied herself—calmed herself—laying out their repast. Only when she drew in a breath, took a sip of champagne, then fell to eating, did he glance at her again. "How's Dillon faring?"
She shrugged. "Well enough." After a moment, she volunteered, "I haven't really spoken to him since that evening we learned the truth."
Demon looked back at the stream to hide his satisfaction; he was delighted to hear that her break with Dillon had not yet healed. "Who else knows he's there?" He looked at Flick and frowned. "How does he get food?"
She'd finished her chicken; he watched as she licked her fingers, her wet pink tongue sliding up and around—then she licked her lips. And looked at him.
He managed not to tremble—not to react at all.
"The only one other than us who knows Dillon's at the cottage is Jiggs. He's a footman—he's been at Hillgate End for… oh, ten years at least. Jiggs takes Dillon food every second day. He told me there's always leftover roast or a pie left wrapped in the larder." She wrinkled her nose. "I'm quite sure Foggy also knows Dillon's somewhere close."
"Very likely."
They ate and sipped in silence, the tinkling of the brook and the chirp of insects a spring symphony about them. Replete, Demon dusted his hands, then stretched full length on the rug. Folding his arms behind his head, he closed his eyes. "Have you told Dillon anything of our discoveries?"
"I haven't told him anything at all."
From under his lashes, he watched Flick gather up crumbs, then start to repack the basket.
"I decided it wouldn't be wise to tell him we'd found his contact, in case he took it into his head to do something rash—like go into town to see the man himself. It wouldn't do for him to be recognized and taken up for questioning, just when we're making progress."
Demon suppressed a cynical snort. Dillon was no hothead; he was lazy and indolent. Flick was the one who, with eyes wide open, would rush in where wiser souls feared to tread, supremely confident in her ability to pull things off—to make things happen. To unmask the syndicate.
Loyalty, devotion—and good bottom. Her hallmarks.
The thought slid through his brain and captured his attention. Focused it fully on his angel in disguise.
Lifting his lids a fraction more, he studied her; at the moment, she was all angel—a creation from one of his recent dreams. The sunshine turned her hair to blazing glory, framing her face in golden flames. Her cheeks were delicately flushed—from the warmth of the day and the champagne. As she scanned the meadows, her eyes, soft blue, large and wide, were alive with innocent intelligence.
His gaze dropped—to the slender column of her throat, to the firm swells that filled the bodice of her demure gown, rendering it anything but demure. The fall of her dress hid her waist, the folds swathed her hips and thighs, but having seen her so often in breeches, he didn't need the evidence to conjure the vision.
His smile deepening, he let his lids fall, and he relaxed on the rug. He waited until the basket was neatly repacked and, with her arms wrapped around her knees, her half-filled glass in one hand, she settled to enjoy the view.
"It occurs to me," he murmured, "that now we've identified Bletchley and will be following him in earnest, and you no longer need to change clothes and horses morning and afternoon, it would be wise not to go to the cottage at all—just in case Bletchley, or one of his friends, turns the tables on us and follows us back to Dillon. As it's central to our plan to keep Dillon safely hidden, the last thing we want is to lead the syndicate to him."
"Indeed not." Flick considered. "I'll send a message with Jiggs." Staring at the stream, she narrowed her eyes. "I'll say that there's no longer any point in me working at the stables—that we think someone from the syndicate is about and don't want to compromise his safety." She nodded. "That should keep him at the cottage."
Sipping her champagne, Flick abandoned all thoughts of Dillon. Dillon was safe at the cottage, and there he could remain until she and Demon had resolved the imbroglio he had mired them all in. On such a lovely afternoon, she refused to dwell on Dillon. A sense of pleasurable ease held her. A curious warmth, like the glow from a distant fire, enveloped her. It wasn't the breeze, for her curls didn't dance, and it wasn't the sun, for it didn't affect all of her at once. Instead, it washed like a warm wave over her, leaving her relaxed, oddly expectant.
In expectation of what she had no idea.
The fact didn't worry her—with Demon, so large, so physically powerful beside her, nothing on earth could threaten her.
The moment was perfect, serene—and strangely intriguing.
There was something in the air—she sensed it with every pore. Which was odd, for she was hardly a fanciful chit. She was, however, abidingly curious—in this case, abidingly interested. Whatever it was that hung in the air, shimmering like a fairy's spell in the bright sunshine, almost of this world but not quite substantial enough for mortal eyes to see—whatever that was, she wanted to know it, understand it.
Whatever it was, she was experiencing it now.
The buzz of the bees, the murmur of the stream, and that undefined, exciting something held her in silent thrall.
Demon slowly sat up and reached for the basket. She turned to see him draw out the almost empty bottle. He refilled his glass, then glanced at hers, almost empty. He looked at her face, briefly searching her eyes, then reached over and tipped the last of the wine into her flute.
It fizzed; she smiled and took a sip. The bubbles got up her nose.
She sneezed. He looked up; she waved his concern aside. She took another, more careful sip as he returned the bottle to the basket, leaving it by the side of the rug. That done, he lay back again, this time propping on one elbow, his glass in his other hand.
"So," she asked, shuffling to face him, "how are we going to follow Bletchley?"
His gaze on the stream, Demon fortified himself with a long sip of champagne, then turned his head and met her gaze, studiously ignoring the expanse of ivory skin, the warm swells promising all manner of earthly delights, now mere inches from his face. "It's not a hard task. I've got Gillies and two stablemen rotating the watch. It's a small town—now we know what he looks like, and where he's staying, keeping an eye on him shouldn't overtax us."
"But—" Flick frowned at a nearby willow. "If we don't learn something soon, won't he notice? Seeing a particular stableman forever about will surely make him suspicious. Newmarket stablemen don't have nothing to do."
A warm flush swept her shoulders, her breasts. She looked at Demon; he was looking into his glass, his lids veiling his eyes.
Then he looked at the stream. "You needn't worry. He'll presumably be at the Heath during morning and afternoon stables—I'll watch him there and in the High Street." He drained his glass. "Gillies and
the stablemen will watch him in the inns and taverns—they won't be so identifiable in a crowd."
"Hmm. Perhaps." Flick stretched her stockinged feet to the sun. "I'll help, too. About the tracks and in the High Street." She met Demon's gaze as he looked up at her. "He won't suspect a young lady of watching him."
He stared at her for a moment, as if he'd lost the thread of the conversation, then he murmured, "Very likely not." His gaze grew intent; he lifted one hand. "Hold still."
She froze so completely that she stopped breathing. A vise clamped about her lungs; her heart stuttered, skipped, then raced. She held quiveringly still as his fingers slid through the curls above one ear, ruffling the locks as he disengaged… something. When he withdrew his hand and showed her a long leaf, flicking it onto the grass, she dragged in a breath and smiled weakly. "Thank you."
His eyes met hers. "My pleasure."
The words were deep, rumbling; the tone set something inside her vibrating. Her gaze trapped in his, she felt flustered panic rise. She looked down and gulped a mouthful of champagne.
The bubbles hit her again; this time, she nearly choked. Eyes watering, she waved a hand before her face and hauled in a much-needed breath. "I'm really not used to this." She lifted her glass. "This is all new to me."
Demon's gaze had remained steady, his eyes on hers. His lips lifted lightly. "Yes, I know."
Flick felt curiously warm, distinctly light-headed. There was a light in Demon's eyes, an understanding she couldn't fathom.
Demon saw confusion grow in her eyes—he looked away, uncertain of how much of his interest, his curious, newfound obsession with innocence, showed in his. He gestured to the sylvan scene before them and looked at her, his expression easy, controlled. "If you haven't been here before, you couldn't have strolled the path by the stream. Shall we?"
"Oh, yes! Let's."
He retrieved her almost empty glass, drained it, then set both glasses back in the basket. Then he rose and held out his hands to her. "Come. We'll investigate."
She gave him her hands; he drew her to her feet, then led her to where a beaten path followed the meandering stream. They strolled along; she ambled beside him, sometimes ahead of him, furling her parasol when it limited her view of his face. Demon was grateful—the parasol had prevented him from watching her—any of her. They saw a mother duck with a gaggle of tiny ducklings, all paddling furiously in her wake; Flick pointed and exclaimed, and smiled delightedly. A sleek trout broke the rippling surface, chasing a fat fly; a kingfisher swooped out of the shade, dazzling them with his brilliant plumage. Flick grabbed his arm in her excitement, then sighed as the bird flew on down the stream.
"There's a bronze dragonfly." "Where?" She searched the banks.
"Over there." He leaned close; she leaned closer still, following his pointing finger to where the dragonfly hovered above a patch of reeds. Engrossed, she drew in a breath and held it; he did the same.
The scent of her washed through him, sweet, fresh—quite unlike the cloying perfumes to which he was accustomed, to which he was immune. Her fragrance was light, airy; it reminded him of lavender and appleblossom, the essence of spring.
"Ah." The dragonfly darted away, and she exhaled. His head swam.
She turned to him; they were so close that her skirts brushed his boots. If she took another deep breath, her breasts would touch his coat. His nearness surprised her; she looked up, eyes widening, lips parting on a silent gasp as her breath seized. Her eyes met his—for one fleeting instant, pure awareness invested the soft blue. Then puzzlement seeped in.
He saw it, but had too much to do holding his own desires in check to attempt a distraction. For the last hours, he'd delighted in her—in her innocence, in the fragile beauty of a female untouched, unawakened. He'd seen, sensed, her first glimmerings of consciousness—of him, of herself, of their inherent sensuality.
Sensuality was a quality he'd lived with daily for ten years and more; experiencing it anew, through her innocent eyes, had heightened his own far-from-innocent desires.
Her eyes held his; about them, the pulse of burgeoning spring hummed and throbbed. He felt it in his bones, in his blood. In his loins.
She felt it, too, but she didn't know what it meant. When he said nothing, she relaxed, just a little, and smiled, tentatively yet without the slightest fear. "Perhaps we'd better head back."
He held her gaze for an instant, then forced himself to nod. "Perhaps we had."
His voice had deepened; she threw him another, slightly questioning look. Ignoring it, he took her hand and turned her back along the path.
By the time they regained the swath of green, Flick's puzzlement had grown. Absentmindedly, she helped him fold the rug, then, picking up her parasol, followed him to the curricle.
After stowing the basket and rug, he returned to where she waited by the curricle's side, her frowning gaze fixed on the grass where they'd lain. She looked up as he halted beside her. She said nothing, but her frown was etched in her eyes. He saw it, and read her unvoiced questions with ease.
He had a very good idea what she was feeling—the disconcerting uncertainty, the nervous confusion. She was so open, so trusting, that she thought nothing of showing her vulnerability to him. He knew all the questions crowding her mind—the questions she couldn't begin to formulate.
He knew the answers, too.
She waited, her eyes on his, clearly hoping for some hint as to what it was she sensed. Her stance was both a demand and a plea—a clear wish to know.
Her face was tilted up to him; her tapered chin was firm. Her full lips, tinted delicate rose, beckoned. The soft blue of her eyes, clouded by the first flush of desire, promised heaven and more.
If he'd stopped to think, he would never have risked it, but the web of her innocence held him, compelled him—assured him this was simple, straightforward, uncomplicated.
His eyes locked with hers, he slowly lifted one hand and gently framed her jaw. Her breath caught; deliberately, still moving with mesmerizing slowness, he brushed the pad of his thumb along her lower lip. The contact shook her—and him; he instinctively tightened his hold on his demons. Their gazes held, hers unwaveringly curious.
He drew in a shallow breath and slowly lowered his head, giving her plenty of time to balk. Other than tightening her grip on her parasol, she moved not at all. Her gaze dropped to his lips; she sucked in a breath, only to have it tangle in her throat. Her lashes fluttered, then lowered; her eyes shut on a sigh as his lips touched hers.
It was the most delicate kiss he could remember sharing—a communion of lips, nothing more. Hers were soft, as delicate as they looked, intensely feminine. He brushed them once, twice, then covered them, increasing the pressure only slightly, aware to his bones of her youth.
He was about to draw back, to bring the light caress to an end, when her lips moved beneath his—in clear response, artless, untutored. Enthralling.
She kissed him back—gently, tentatively—her question as clear as it had been in her eyes.
Without thought, he responded, the hand framing her jaw tightening, holding her face steady as he shifted closer, angling his head as he deepened the kiss.
Her lips parted under his.
Just a little—just enough for him to taste her. He ran the tip of his tongue over her lower lip, caressing the soft flesh within, then briefly stroked her tongue, teasing her senses, already taut, quiveringly tight.
They quaked; she shuddered delicately, then stepped closer, so her breasts met his chest, her hips his thighs. Completely trusting, she leaned into him, into his strength.
Demon's head reeled; his blood pounded urgently. The need to close his arms about her—to lock her against him and mold her to him—was almost overwhelming.
But she was too young, too innocent, too new to this game for that.
His demons wailed and demanded—with what wit he had left he fought to deny them. Even while he fell deeper into their kiss.
Unaware of his problem, Flick reveled in the sudden heat that suffused her, in the heady sense of male strength that surrounded her, in the firm touch of his lips on hers, on the sensual slide of his tongue between her lips.
This was a kiss—the sort of kiss she'd heard maids giggling over, a kiss that slowly curled her toes. It was enthralling, demanding yet unfrightening, an experience of the senses.
The vicar's son had once kissed her—or tried to. That had been nothing like this. There had been no magic shimmering in the air, no skittering sensations assailing her nerves. And none of the excitement slowly growing within her, as if this was a beginning, not an end.
The idea intrigued her, but Demon's lips, firm, almost hard, cool yet imparting heat, effortlessly held her attention, denying all her efforts to think. Leaning against him, her only certainty was a feeling of gratitude—that he'd consented to show her what could be, not just in a kiss but in one glorious
afternoon of simple pleasure.
The sort of pleasure a man and a woman could share, if the man knew what he was about. She was immensely grateful to him for explaining, for demonstrating, for enlightening her ignorance. Now, in the future, she'd know what to look for—know where to set her standards.
As for today, she'd enjoyed his tutelage, enjoyed the afternoon—and this kiss. Immensely.
Her unrestrained, open appreciation very nearly overwhelmed Demon. Inwardly shaking with the effort of resisting the powerful instincts that had for so long been a part of him, he finally realized his hand had fallen from her face to her shoulder. Raising his other hand, he gripped her upper arm as well and gently eased her back from him. Then, with gentle care and a reluctance he felt to his soul, he drew back and ended the kiss.
He was breathing too fast. He watched as her lids fluttered, then rose to reveal eyes a much brighter blue than before. She met his gaze; he prayed she couldn't read his state. He attempted a suave smile. "So now you know."
She blinked. Before she could speak, he turned her to the curricle. "Come—we should return to Hillgate End."
He drove her back directly. To his surprise, she was patently unflustered, sitting beside him, her parasol open, sweetly smiling at the sunwashed countryside.
If anyone was flustered, it seemed it was he. He still felt disoriented, nerves and muscles twitching. By the time he turned the bays through the gates of Hillgate End, he was inwardly frowning, and feeling a touch grim.
He wasn't at all sure what had happened that afternoon, especially not who or what had instigated the proceedings. He'd certainly organized to spend a comfortable, enjoyable afternoon with an angel, but he couldn't remember deciding to seduce her.
Things had not gone according to any plan of his.
Which was possibly not surprising—in this sphere, he was a rank amateur. He'd never dallied with anyone so young, so untouched—so damned innocent—before. Which was at least half his problem—half the reason he was increasingly attracted to her. She was a very fresh taste to his definitely jaded palate; awakening her was a rare pleasure, a sweet delight.
But seducing an innocent carried responsibility—a heavy, unavoidable responsibility he'd happily steered clear of for all his years. He didn't want to change—had no intention of changing. He was happy with his life as it was.
The taste of her—apple and delicate spice—returned to him, and had him stiffening. Swallowing a curse, he drew the bays up before the front steps. He tied off the reins and stepped down; rounding the carriage, he helped her down.
She smoothed her skirts, then straightened and smiled—gloriously, openly, entirely without guile. "Thank you for a delightful afternoon."
He stared at her, conscious to his bones of a demonic urge to taste her again. It took all his concentration to maintain a suitably impassive mien, to take the hand she held out to him, squeeze it gently—and let go.
With a nod, he turned back to the curricle. "I'll keep you informed of anything we learn. Do convey my respects to the General."
"Yes, of course."
She watched him drive away, a smile on her lips; as the shadows of the drive enclosed him, a frown settled on Demon's face.
He was still frowning when he reached home.
Chapter 6
« ^ »
Demon ran Gillies to earth later that evening in the crowded tap of the Swan; he was nursing a pint and keeping a watchful eye on Bletchley. Their quarry was part of a genial group crowding one corner.
Demon slid onto the bench beside Gillies. "Any action?"
"Nah. He went back to the Ox and Plough this afternoon, seemingly to check the post. He got a letter. Looked like he was expecting it."
"Did he leave it there?"
Glancing at Bletchley, Gillies shook his head. "He's got it on him, in an inside waistcoat pocket. He's taking no chances of losing it."
Demon sipped his beer. "What did he do after he got it?"
"Perked up, he did, and bustled right out again, back to the Heath for afternoon stables." Demon nodded. "I saw him there—it looked like he had Robinson's string in his sights."
"Aye—that's my thought, too." Gillies took another long pull from his pint. "Robinson's got at least two favored runners in the Spring Carnival."
"I didn't see Bletchley approach any of the riders." "Nor did I."
"Did he make contact with any gentlemen?"
"Not that I saw. And I've had him in sight since he came down the stairs this morning."
Demon nodded, Flick's warning in mind. "Stay at the stud tomorrow. Cross can follow Bletchley to morning stables—I'll take over after that."
"Aye." Gillies drained his pint. "It wouldn't do for him to get too familiar with my face."
Over the next three days, together with Cross and Hills, two of his stablemen, Demon and Gillies kept an unwavering watch on Bletchley. With activity on the Heath increasing in preparation for the Craven meeting—the official Spring Carnival of the English racing calendar—there was reason aplenty for Demon to be about the tracks and stables, evaluating his string and those of his major rivals. From atop Ivan the Terrible, keeping Bletchley in view in the relatively flat, open areas surrounding the
Heath was easy; increasingly, it was Demon who kept their quarry in sight for most of the day. Gillies, Cross and Hills took turns keeping an unrelenting but unobtrusive watch at all other times, from the instant Bletchley came down for breakfast, to the time he took his candle and climbed the stairs to bed.
Bletchley remained unaware of their surveillance, his obliviousness at least partly due to his concentration on the job in hand. He was careful not to be too overt in approaching the race jockeys, often spending hours simply watching and noting. Looking, Demon suspected, for any hint of a hold, any susceptibility with which to coerce the selected jockeys into doing his masters' bidding.
On the fourth afternoon, Flick caught up with Demon.
Disguising her irritation at the fact that since leaving her before the manor steps, he'd made not the slightest attempt to see her—to tell her what was going on, what he and his men had discovered—she twirled her open parasol and advanced determinedly across the grass between the walking pens, her gaze fixed unwaveringly on him.
She was twenty yards away when he turned his head and looked directly at her. Leaning against the last pen's fence, he'd been scanning the onlookers watching his and two other stables' strings exercise. His back against the top rung, his hands sunk in his breeches pockets, one leg bent, booted foot braced on the fence's lower rung, he looked subtly dangerous.
Flick inwardly humphed and dismissed the thought of danger. She was impatient—she wanted to be doing something, not sitting on her hands waiting to learn what had happened long after it had. But she'd dealt with Dillon and the General long enough to know how to approach a male. It wouldn't do to show impatience or anger. Instead, smiling sunnily, she strolled to Demon's side, ignoring the frown forming in his eyes. "Isn't it a lovely afternoon?"
"Indeed."
The single word was trenchantly noncommittal; his frown darkened, deepening the blue of his eyes. Still smiling sweetly, she turned and scanned the throng. "Where's Bletchley?"
Straightening, Demon watched her check through the onlookers, then inwardly sighed. "Under the oak to the left. He's wearing a scarlet neckerchief."
She located Bletchley and studied him; against his will, Demon studied her. She was gowned once more in sprig muslin, tiny blue fern fronds scattered over white. The gown, however, barely registered; what was in the gown transfixed his attention, captured his awareness.
All soft curves and creamy complexion, she looked good enough to eat—which was the cause of his frown. The instant she appeared, he'd been struck by an urgent, all but ungovernable, ravenous urge. Which had startled him—his urges were not usually so independent, so totally dismissive, of his will.
As he watched, studied, drank in the sight of her, a light breeze playfully ruffled her curls, setting them dancing; it also ruffled her light skirts, briefly, tantalizingly, molding them to her hips, her thighs, her slender legs. Her heart-shaped bottom.
He looked away and shifted, easing the fullness in his groin. "Has he approached any gentlemen yet? Or they, him?"
Relocating Bletchley, he shook his head. "It appears his task here—presumably the job Dillon was supposed to do—is to make contact with the jockeys and persuade them to his masters' cause."
After a moment, he added, "He received a letter some days ago, which spurred him to renewed activity." "Orders?"
"Presumably. But I seriously doubt he'll report back to his masters in writing."
"He probably can't write." Flick glanced over her shoulder and met his eye. "So there's still a chance the syndicate—at least one of them—will appear here."
"Yes. To learn of Bletchley's success, if nothing else."
"Hmm." She looked at Bletchley. "I'll take over watching him for the rest of the afternoon." She glanced up at him. "I'm sure you've got other matters to attend to."
He captured her gaze. "Be that as it may—
"As I've already pointed out, he won't expect a young lady to be watching him—it's the perfect disguise."
"He might not guess that you're watching him, but I can guarantee he'll notice if you follow him." She swung to face him; he saw her chin firm. "Be that as it may—"
"No." The single word, uttered quietly and decisively, brought her up short. Eyes narrowing, she glared up at him; he towered, without apology, over her. "There is no reason whatever for you to be involved."
Her eyes, normally so peacefully lucent, spat sparks. "This was my undertaking—I invited you to
help. 'Help' does not mean relegating me to the position of mere cipher." He held her irate gaze. "You are not a mere cipher—"
"Good!" With a terse nod, she swung back to the Heath. "I'll help you watch Bletchley then."
Weaving back to avoid decapitation by her parasol, Demon swore beneath his breath. Falling back half a step, he glared at her back, her hips, the round swells of her bottom, as she stood, stubbornly intransigent, her back to him. "Flick—"
"Look! He's heading off."
Glancing up, Demon saw Bletchley quit his position by the oak and amble, with a less-than-convincing show of idleness, toward one of the neighboring stables. Glancing at Flick, already on her toes, about to step out in Bletchley's wake, Demon hesitated, then his eyes narrowed and his lips curved. "As you're so determined to help…"
Stepping to her right, he caught her hand and set it on his sleeve, anchoring her close—very close—to his side.
Blinking wildly, she looked up. "What do you mean?" Her voice was gratifyingly breathless.
"If you want to help me watch Bletchley, then you'll have to help provide our disguise." He raised his brows at her. "Just keep that parasol to the side, and as far as possible, keep your face turned to me."
"But how am I to watch Bletchley?"
He strolled; she was forced to stroll beside him. A smile of definite intent on his face, he looked down at
her. "You don't need to watch him for us to follow him, but we need to see who he's meeting."
One swift glance ahead verified that Bletchley was heading behind the stable, which, from the horses Demon could see on the Heath, would almost certainly be empty. With Flick's not-exactly-willing assistance, he put his mind to creating a tableau of a couple entirely engrossed with each other, of no possible consequence to Bletchley.
Trapped by his gaze, by the hard palm that held her fingers immobile on his sleeve, by the strength, the power, he so effortlessly wielded, Flick struggled to preserve a facade of normalcy, to slow her breathing and steady her heart. To relax her stiff spine and stroll with passable grace—grace enough to match the reprobate beside her.
The glances he shot ahead, tracking Bletchley, were reassuring, confirming that his intent was indeed to follow the villain and witness any meeting behind the stable. His intent wasn't to unnerve her, to send her senses into quivering stasis. That was merely an accident, an unexpected, unintended repercussion.
Thankfully, he hadn't noticed; she fought to get her wits back in order and her senses realigned. "Who do you think he's meeting?" she whispered. Her lungs were still not functioning properly.
"I've no idea." He looked down at her, his heavy lids half obscuring his eyes. His voice had sunk to a deep purr. "Just pray it's a member of the syndicate."
His tone and his sleepy expression were disconcerting, of no help at all in reestablishing her equanimity.
Demon looked up. Bletchley had halted at the corner of the stable. As he watched, Bletchley's gaze swept the throng, then fixed on them. Smoothly, unhurriedly, a wolfish smile curving his lips, he looked down, into Flick's wide eyes. "Smile," he instructed. She did, weakly. His own smile deepening, he raised his free hand; with the back of his knuckles he brushed her cheek.
Her breath caught—she skittered back and blushed; effortlessly, his smile very evident, he drew her back.
"I'm only teasing," he murmured. "It's just play."
"I know," Flick assured him, her heart beating frantically. Unfortunately, he was playing a game with which she was unfamiliar. She tried her best to relax, to smile easily, teasingly, back.
From beneath his lashes, Demon glanced ahead; Bletchley was no longer looking their way. After one last scan of the Heath, he turned and lumbered around the building, out of sight.
Flick's eyes widened; she immediately stepped out. He hauled her up short, pulling her to his side. "No." She looked up, ready to glare; he leaned closer—nearer—so the ebb and flow of their interaction looked like a seductive game. "We don't know," he murmured, his lips close by her temple, "who he's meeting and where they are. They might be behind us."
"Oh." Obedient to his pressure on her arm, Flick, a smile on her lips, steeled herself and leaned against him, her shoulder and upper arm nestling into the warmth of his chest. Then, with the same sweet, inane smile, she eased away as they continued to stroll.
After a moment—after she'd caught her breath—she looked up, into his smiling eyes. "What are you planning to do?"
His lips quirked, very definitely teasing. "Join Bletchley and his friend, of course."
They'd reached the corner of the stable; without pause, Demon continued on, not hugging the shadow of the wall as Bletchley had but strolling on and past, into the clear area behind the stable bounded by a railing fence.
As soon as they had cleared the corner, Flick looked ahead. Demon released her elbow, slid his arm about her waist, drew her against him and kissed her.
She nearly dropped her parasol.
"Don't look at him—he'll notice." Demon breathed the injunction against her lips, then kissed her, briefly, again.
Wits reeling, she hauled in a breath. "But—"
"No buts. Just follow my lead and we'll be able to hear everything—and see it all, too." Setting her on her feet, shielded by her open parasol, presently pointed, rather waveringly, at Bletchley, his eyes searched hers, then he added, his voice deep and low, "If you won't behave, I'll have to distract you some more."
She stared at him. Then she cleared her throat. "What do you want me to do?" "Concentrate on me as if you aren't even aware Bletchley and friend exist."
She kept her gaze glued to his face. "Has his friend arrived?" She hadn't been able to see before he'd kissed her.
"Not yet, but I think someone's drifting this way." Righting her parasol, Demon smiled down at her; his hand resting lightly at her waist, he turned her. Gazes locked, they strolled on, apparently aimlessly.
Bletchley had halted midway along the back of the stable, clearly waiting for someone to join him. From the corner of her eye, Flick saw him frown at them. Demon bent his head and blew in her ear; she squirmed and giggled, entirely spontaneously.
Naturally, he did it again.
With no option but to throw herself into their deception, she giggled and wriggled and squirmed. Laughing, Demon caught her more closely to him, then with a flourish, he whirled her, twirled her—they stopped with him leaning against the railing fence, her before him. His eyes glowed wickedly; his smile was distinctly devilish.
Flick caught her breath on a gasp, a perfectly natural, silly smile on her lips. "What next?" she whispered.
Screened from Bletchley by her parasol, Demon looked down into her eyes. "Put your hand on my shoulder, stretch up and kiss me."
She blinked at him; he raised his brows innocently, the expression in his eyes anything but. "You've done it before."
She had, but that had been different. He'd started it. Still… it hadn't been difficult.
Fleetingly frowning at him, she placed her free hand on his broad shoulder and stretched up on her toes. Even so, he had to lower his head—balanced precariously on the very tips of her toes, she had to lean against him, her breasts to his hard chest, to reach his lips with hers.
She kissed him—just a simple, gentle kiss. When she went to draw back, his hands firmed, one
spanning her waist, the other closing about her fingers gripping her parasol. He held her steady as his lips closed over hers.
Tilting her and her parasol to just the right angle, Demon held her before him, and, from beneath his lashes, looked out under the parasol's frilled rim. Bletchley, ten yards away, had been slouching, watching them idly—he doubtless considered Demon a reckless blade set on seducing a sweet country miss. But although he watched, Bletchley wasn't interested. Then he straightened, alert, as another man joined him.
Breaking off the kiss, Demon breathed a curse. Flick blinked, but he didn't shift, didn't let her down.
"No—don't turn," he hissed as she went to twist her head. "Who is it?"
His lips, presently at eye level, twisted into a grim grimace. "Another jockey." Disappointment laced his tone.
"Perhaps he has a message from the syndicate." "Shssh. Listen."
Balanced against him, she strained her ears. "Let's see if I got this straight."
That had to be the jockey; the voice was clear, not scratchy.
"You'll give me three ponies the day before the Stakes, an' two ponies the day after, if I bring Cyclone in out o' the places. That right?"
"Aye—that's the deal," Bletchley grated. "Take it or leave it."
The jockey was silent, presumably ruminating; Demon looked down at her, then his arm slid further around her, better supporting her against him.
"Relax," he breathed. His lips brushed hers in the lightest of caresses, then the jockey spoke again. "I'll take it."
"Done."
"That's our cue," Demon said sotto voce.
The next instant, he laughed aloud; his arm tightening about her, he swung her around and stood her on her feet. He grinned. "Come along, sweetheart. Wouldn't do for the local gabblemongers to start wondering where we've got to. Let alone what we've been doing."
He spoke loudly enough for Bletchley and the jockey to hear. Flick blushed and ignored their audience completely; locking both hands about her parasol handle, she turned back to the Heath with a swish of her skirts.
With another demonic laugh—one of triumph—Demon, his hand lying proprietorially on her
back just a little lower than her waist, ushered her around the stable, back into the safety of the racing throng.
The instant they rounded the corner of the stable, Flick wriggled to dislodge his hand. It only pressed closer.
"We can't drop our roles yet." Demon's murmur stirred the curls above her ear. "Bletchley's following. While he can see us, we'll need to preserve our act."
She shot him a suspicious, distracted look; her bottom was heating.
He smiled, all wolf. "Who knows? An established disguise might come in handy in the following days."
Following days? Flick hoped she didn't look as scandalized as she felt; the laughing, teasing look in Demon's eyes suggested otherwise.
To her consternation, Bletchley returned to stand under the oak beside the Heath—and proceeded to watch the exercising strings for the next hour.
So they watched him, while Demon lived up to his nickname and exercised his rakish talents, using ploy after ploy to ruffle her composure. To make her blush and skitter, and act the besotted miss.
Whether it was due to his expertise or otherwise, it grew increasingly easy to act besotted. To relax and laugh and smile. And blush.
He knew just how to tease her, just how to catch her eye and invite her to laugh—at him, at them, at herself. Knew just how to touch her—lightly, fleetingly—so that her senses leapt and her heart galloped faster than any horse on the Heath. When Bletchley, after approaching one other jockey and getting short shrift, finally headed back into the town, she'd blushed more than she ever had before.
Clinging to her parasol as if it were a weapon, and her last defense, she met Demon's eye. "I'll leave you now—I'm sure you can keep him in sight for the rest of the afternoon."
His eyes held hers, their expression difficult to read; for one instant, she thought it was reluctance she glimpsed in the blue—reluctance to set aside their roles.
"I don't need to follow him." Demon looked to the edge of the Heath and raised his hand. Gillies, lounging against a post, nodded and slipped off in Bletchley's wake.
Demon looked back at his companion of the afternoon. "Come—I'll drive you home." Her gaze trapped in his, she waved to the nearby road. "I have the groom with the gig."
"We can send him on ahead." He raised one brow and reached for her hand. "Surely you'd rather be driven home behind my bays than the nag harnessed to the gig?"
As one who appreciated good horseflesh, her choice was a foregone conclusion. With an inclination of her head that was almost regal, she consented to his scheme, consented to let him hold her by him—to enjoy her freshness—for just a little while more.
He was seated in the armchair before the fire in his front parlor, staring at the flames and seeing her angelic face, her soft blue eyes, and the curious, considering light that flashed in them from time to time, when, once again, she came tapping on his windowpane. Lips setting, he didn't even bother swearing—just rose, set aside the brandy balloon he'd been cradling, and crossed to the window.
This time, when he pulled the curtains aside, he was relieved to see she was wearing skirts—to whit, her riding habit. He raised the sash. "Don't you ever use the door?"
The glance she levelled at him was reproving. "I came to invite you to accompany me to see Dillon." "I thought we'd agreed not to see him at all."
"That was before. Now we know Bletchley's the contact, and that he's wandering about the Heath, we should warn Dillon and bring him up to date, so he doesn't do anything rash."
Dillon would never put himself to so much bother. The observation burned Demon's tongue, but he swallowed the words. He wasn't at all happy at the notion of Flick riding about the county alone at night, but he knew there was no point trying to talk her out if it. Mentally locating his riding gloves, he reached for the sash. "I'll meet you by the stable."
Pointy chin resolute, she nodded, then slid into the shadows.
Demon closed the window and went to warn the Shephards he was going out for a few hours.
Atop Jessamy, Flick was waiting by the main stable. Demon hauled open the door. In the dimness inside, lit by the shaft of moonlight streaming in through the door, he located his tack and carried it to Ivan's box. The big stallion was surprised to see him, and even more surprised to be saddled and led out. Luckily, before Ivan could consider and decide to protest, he set eyes on Jessamy.
Noting the stallion's fixed stare, Demon grunted and swung up to his saddle. At least he wouldn't have to exercise his talents on Ivan during their ride through the moonlight—Ivan would follow, intent, in Flick's wake.
She, of course, led the way.
They crossed his fields, the night black velvet about them. The cottage appeared deserted, a denser bulk in the deep shadows between the trees. Flick rode into the clearing behind it and dismounted. Demon followed, tethering Ivan well clear of the mare.
A twig cracked.
Flick whirled, squinting at the cottage. "It's us. Me and Demon."
"Oh," came a rather shaky voice from the dark. After a moment, Dillon asked, "Are you coming in?" "Of course." Flick started for the cottage just as Demon reached her; he followed close on her heels.
"We thought," she said, ducking through the lean-to and stepping into the main room, "that you'd want to know what we've learned."
Dillon looked up, his face lit by the glow of the lantern he'd set alight. "You've identified one of the syndicate?"
Wild hope colored his tone; settling onto a stool by the table, Flick grimaced. "No—not yet." "Oh." Dillon's face fell. He slumped down in the chair at the table's end.
Drawing off his gloves at the table's other end, Demon studied Dillon, noting his pallor and the lines the last week had etched in his cheeks. It was as if the reality of his situation, now fully realized, and the consequent worry of apprehension and exposure, were eating away at his childish self-absorption. If that
was so, then it was all to the good. Drawing out the last rickety stool, Demon sat. "We've discovered your elusive contact."
Dillon looked up, hope gleaming in his eyes. Demon raised his brows at Flick, wondering if she wanted to tell Dillon herself. Instead, she nodded for him to continue. He looked back at Dillon. "Your man's name is Bletchley—he's a Londoner." Briefly, he described their quarry.
Dillon nodded. "Yes—that's him-—the man who recruited me. He used to bring me the lists of horses and jockeys."
Flick leaned forward. "And the money?"
Dillon glanced at her, then colored, but continued to meet her eyes. "Yes. He always had my fee." "No, I mean the money for the jockeys. How did they get paid? Did Bletchley give you their money?"
Dillon frowned. "I don't know how they got paid—I wasn't involved. That's not how it worked when I did it."
"Then how did you do the organizing?" Demon asked.
Dillon shrugged. "It was simple—the list of jockeys told me how much to offer each one. I did, and then reported if they'd accepted. I wasn't involved in getting their money to them after the race."
"After the race," Flick repeated. "What about the payments before the race?" Dillon's puzzled frown grew. "Before?"
"As a down payment," Demon explained.
Dillon shook his head. "There weren't any payments before the race—only the one payment after the deed was done. And someone else took care of that, not me."
Flick frowned. "They've changed their ways."
"That's understandable," Demon said. "They're presently targeting races during the Craven meeting, one of the premier meetings in the calendar. The betting on those races is enormous—one or two fixed races, and they'll make a major killing. That's something the jockeys will know. They'll also know that the risk of being questioned by the stewards is greater—more attention is always paid to the major races during the major meets."
Dillon frowned. "Last season, they didn't try to fix any truly major races."
"It's possible they've been building up to this season—or that they've grown more cocky, more assured, and are now willing to take greater risks in the hope of greater rewards. Regardless, the jockeys for the Spring Carnival races would obviously demand more to pull their mounts." Demon glanced at Dillon. "The going rate for the two races we've heard fixed is five ponies."
"Five?" Dillon's brows flew up. "I was only once directed to offer three."
"So the price has gone up, and they're locking the jockeys in by offering some now, some later. Once the first payment's accepted, the jockey's more or less committed, which is less risky for the syndicate." Demon looked at Dillon. "They would, I fancy, be happy to make a down payment to avoid a repetition of what happened in the first race this year."
Dillon slowly nodded. "Yes, I see. This way, the fix is more or less certain."
"Hmm." Flick frowned. "Did you ever hear anything from the jockeys you organized about how they got paid?"
Dillon paled. "Only from one, early last season." He glanced at Demon. "The jockey wasn't too happy—his money was left at his mother's cottage. He didn't feel easy about the syndicate knowing where to find his old mum."
Demon met Dillon's gaze. He didn't like what he was learning. The syndicate sounded disturbingly intelligent—an evil, ruthless and intelligent opponent was, in his book, the worst. More of a challenge, but infinitely more dangerous.
That, of course, would normally whet his appetite, stir his Cynster blood. In this case, he only had to look at Flick to inwardly curse and wish the whole damned syndicate to hell. Unfortunately, the way the situation was shaping, it was going to fall to him to escort them there, while simultaneously protecting an angel from the consequences of her almost certain involvement in the syndicate's fall.
While the thought of the syndicate didn't stir his blood, Flick did—in quite a different way, a way he hadn't experienced before. This was not mere lust. He was well acquainted with that demon, and while it was certainly in the chorus, its voice wasn't the loudest. That distinction currently belonged to the impulse to protect her; if he complied with his inner promptings, he'd tie her up, cart her off to a high tower with a single door bearing a large and effective lock, and incarcerate her there until he had slain the dragon she was determined to flush out.
Unfortunately…
"We'd better go." She gathered her gloves and stood, her stool grating on the floor. He rose more slowly, watching the interaction between Flick and Dillon.
Dillon was looking earnestly at her; she tugged on her gloves, then met his gaze. "We'll let you know what we discover—when we discover something. Until then, it's best that you stay out of sight."
Dillon nodded. Reaching out, he caught her hand and squeezed. "Thank you."
She humphed and shook free, but without any heat. "I told you I'm only doing this for the General." The statement lacked the force of her earlier rendering; Demon doubted even she believed it.
Dillon's lips twisted rather ruefully. "Even so." He looked at Demon and stood. "I owe you a debt I'll never be able to repay."
His expression impassive, Demon met his gaze. "I'll think of something, never fear." Dillon's eyes widened at his tone; with a curt nod, Demon turned to Flick.
Frowning, she glanced back at Dillon. "We'll look in in a few days." Then she turned and led the way out.
Following on her heels, Demon breathed deeply as they emerged into the night. A quick glance at the sky revealed a black pall—the moon had been engulfed by dark clouds. Within the cottage, the light of the lantern dimmed, then died. Eyes adjusting to the dark, Demon looked around as he strode across the clearing; no other human was anywhere about—just the two of them alone in the night.
Flick didn't wait for help but scrambled into her saddle. Untying Ivan's reins, Demon quickly mounted,
holding the stallion steady as Flick trotted Jessamy over.
"I'll ride home through the park. I'll see you on the Heath tomorrow afternoon." "No."
Surprised, she stared at him. Before she could scowl, he clarified, "I'll ride back to Hillgate End with you. It's after midnight—you shouldn't be out riding alone."
She didn't scowl, but he sensed her resistance. She studied him, then opened her mouth, doubtless to argue, when a breeze wafted through the clearing and set the trees shivering. It moaned, softly, eerily, through the branches, then died away on a sigh, an expiring banshee leaving only the rustling leaves slowly stilling in the deep darkness.
Flick shut her mouth and nodded. "Yes, all right."
Shaking her reins she set out; muttering his by now customary oath, Demon wheeled Ivan and set out to catch up. He did in short order; side by side, they rode across the next field—the last bastion of his domain. Beyond its hedge, directly ahead of them, lay the furthest reaches of the former park of Hillgate End.
There was a spot they both knew where the hedge thinned; they pushed through onto an old bridle path. Flick led the way into the dark shadows beneath the trees.
Although some of the park's paths were kept in good condition for riders, notably Flick, to enjoy, this was not one of them. Bushes pressed close on either side, branches flapped before their faces. They had to walk their mounts—it was too dangerous to even trot. The path was deep in leaf mold; it occasionally dipped, creating the added danger of their horses slipping. They both instinctively guarded their precious mounts, alert to every shift in weight, in muscle, in balance, of the beasts beneath them.
The General had no love of shooting, so the park had become a refuge for wildlife. A badger snuffled and growled as they passed him; later, they heard rustling, then the yips of a fox.
"I didn't realize it would be this bad." Flick ducked beneath a low-hanging branch.
Demon grunted. "I thought this was the route you used to go back and forth to the cottage. Obviously not."
"I normally take the path to the east, but that crosses the stream twice, and after last night's rain, I didn't want to risk Jessamy's knees going up and down slippery banks."
Demon didn't point out that she was risking Jessamy's knees right now—they were deep in the park, with the centuries-old trees forming an impenetrable canopy overhead; he could barely see Flick, let alone any irregularities in the path. Luckily, both Jessamy and Ivan could see better than him. They stepped out confidently; both he and Flick fell back on trust and let their horses find their own way.
After some time had elapsed, he asked, "Doesn't this path cross the stream, too?"
"Yes, but there's a bridge." After a moment, Flick amended, "Well, there was a bridge last time I came this way."
Lips thinning, Demon didn't bother asking how long ago that had been; they'd deal with the rotted and possibly ex-bridge when they came to it.
Before they did, it started to rain.
At first, the light pattering on the leaves high above was of little consequence. But the tattoo steadily grew more forceful, then the forest about them started to drip.
Flick shuddered as a series of heavy drops splattered her. Instinctively, she urged Jessamy on.
"No!" Demon scowled through the night. "Hold her steady. It's too dangerous to go faster—you know that."
Her silent acquiescence told him she did. They plodded on, increasingly damp, increasingly cold.
Above them, above the trees, the wind started to rise, to whistle and moan and shake the leaves. Jaw set, Demon searched his memories, trying to gauge how much farther they had to go, but he'd never been on this path before. He didn't know how it meandered, and he couldn't place where it came out. But given the fact that this path crossed the stream only once, and they'd been making very slow progress…
He didn't like the answers his estimations suggested. They were still a long way from the manor.
Just how far was revealed when they came to a break in the trees, and he saw before them the stream with a narrow log and plank bridge spanning it. And the charcoal maker's hut in the clearing beyond. That, he recognized.
Beneath his breath, he swore.
As if in answer, the heavens cracked; the rain positively teemed. Faced with the sudden torrent—a curtain falling between them and the bridge—Jessamy and Flick balked.
Muttering all manner of dire imprecations, Demon swung down. He tied Ivan's reins to a tree; the stallion, made of stern stuff, seemed unfazed by the downpour. Head up, he sniffed the air and looked toward the bridge.
The bridge that, if not in good condition, would assuredly collapse under his weight.
"Stay back!" Demon yelled at Flick. Pushing past Jessamy, he strode the three paces to the bridge. Ignoring the rain, he checked the structure thoroughly, in the end standing atop its middle and jumping up and down. The timbers didn't creak; the bridge seemed sound enough.
Ducking back through the rain, he nodded at Flick, then freed his reins and was back in the saddle. Despite the downpour, he wasn't soaked; the bridge itself was protected by a huge oak on the stream's opposite bank.
Flick was looking back at him, her brows high. He nodded again. "You cross first."
She nodded and sent Jessamy forward; they clattered across in ordered style. Demon shook Ivan's reins—he bounded forward, keen not to be separated from the mare. His heavy hooves clattered on the planking; in a few swift strides, he was safely across.
Flick was waiting under the spreading branches of the oak; Demon reined in beside her and fixed her with a look calculated to impress on her the unwisdom of arguing with him in his present mood. "There is no possibility that we can ride on to the manor in this."
Eyes wide, she looked at him consideringly, then cast a swift glance at the clearing before them, the
surface of which was already playing host to myriad tiny rivulets. "It'll stop soon—these squalls always do."
"Precisely. Which is why we're going to wait in the hut until it does."
Flick eyed the hut and immediately thought of dust, and cobwebs, and spiders. Maybe even mice. Or rats. Then she looked at the steady rain coming down and grimaced. "I suppose it'll only be for an hour or so."
Demon tightened his reins. "There's a small stable tacked on the other side—ride straight there." Flick shrugged, shook her reins, and did.
A second later, Demon followed.
The small stable was only just big enough to house both horses; with the two of them in there as well, laboring in the darkness to unsaddle, space was in short supply. It was impossible not to bump into each other. Arms brushed breasts, elbows stuck into chests. Searching for a loose strap, Flick inadvertently ran her hand up Demon's thigh—she snatched it back with a mortified "Sorry."
Which was received in fraught silence.
A minute later, reaching out to locate her so he wouldn't hit her when he lifted his saddle from Ivan's back, Demon found his fingers curving about her breast. An incoherent word of apology was all he could manage, too exercised by the battle to drag his hand away.
Flick's only reply was a muted squawk.
Finally, they were done, and the horses, contented enough, were settled side by side, Ivan with a minimum of rein. Flick joined Demon in the doorway, ducking behind him, into the protection afforded by his broad shoulders.
He glanced around at her, then looked back out, peering along the front of the stone cottage. "God only knows what state the inside is in."
"The charcoal makers come every year." "In autumn," he replied incontrovertibly. She grimaced.
He sighed. "I'll go and take a look." He glanced over his shoulder. "Do you want to wait here? It's perfectly possible I won't be able to get past the door."
She nodded. "I'll stay here while you check—call if it's all right."
He looked back out, then strode swiftly for the cottage door. An instant later, Flick heard wood grating on stone. She waited, looking out at the steady rain, listening to the dripping silence. Beside her, the horses shifted, heaved horsy sighs, and settled. All she could hear was their steady breathing and the soft patter of the rain.
And a hesistant, furtive rustling in what sounded like straw, coming from the rear of the stable.
Flick stiffened. Wild-eyed, she swung around. Visions of munching rats with evil red eyes filled her brain.
She whirled and fled for the cottage.
The door was ajar; without a thought, she slipped through. "Stop." It was Demon's voice. "I've found the lantern."
Flick stood just inside the door and calmed her leaping heart. He was large—he had large feet. He'd been clomping around in the cottage for at least three minutes—surely, by now, any resident rodents would have departed.
A scrape of a match on tinder broke the stillness; light flared, then softened, throwing a warm glow about the hut as Demon reset the glass.
Letting out the breath she'd held, Flick looked about. "Well!"
"Indeed." Demon likewise was taking inventory. "Remind me to compliment the charcoal makers when next they're by."
The cottage was neat as a pin, and, bar the inevitable cobwebs, clean. The door had been tight in its frame, and the windows securely shuttered; no unwanted visitors had disturbed the charcoal makers' temporary home.
By extension, however, there was no food left in the cottage to attract vermin. The pots and pans and, most importantly, the kettle, travelled with their owners. There was, however, wood stacked and dry in the woodbox.
Demon glanced at Flick, then moved to the fireplace. "I may as well get a fire going." They were both damp, just this side of wet through.
"Hmm." Flick shut the door, then, rubbing her upper arms, came farther into the cottage. While Demon crouched before the stone hearth, selecting logs and sticks with which to start his blaze, she studied the furniture. There was only one chair—an old armchair from the manor. Beyond it stood three narrow pallets, each sporting a lumpy, tick mattress. Bending down, Flick grasped the wooden strut at the end of the nearest pallet and tugged until the end of the pallet was positioned before the hearth to one side. Satisfied, she sank down upon it. And sighed as she let her shoulders ease.
Demon glanced back, saw what she'd done, and nodded. The next instant, he had a flame laid in the kindling; busily, he coaxed it into a blaze.
Flick sat and watched the flames grow, watched the bright tendrils writhe, then lick along the dark wood. Patiently, Demon fed the flames, laying branch upon twig until the blaze roared.
Heat billowed out, enveloping her, washing through her, driving away the chill locked in her damp clothes. Contentment rolled through her; she sighed and rotated her shoulders, one, then the other, then settled again to watch Demon's hands, steady and sure, pile logs on the fire.
His hands were like the rest of him—large and lean. His long fingers never fumbled. His grip was strong and sure. His movements, she noted, were economical; he rarely used extraneous flourishes, a fact that enhanced the sense of control, of harnessed power, that invested his every act.
He was, now she considered it, a very controlled man.
Only when the flames were voraciously devouring two huge logs did he stand. He stretched, then turned; large and intensely male, he stood looking down at her.
Her gaze fixed on the flames, Flick knew he was studying her; she felt his gaze on her face, hotter than the heat from the flames. She looked away from the fire, to the nook beside the hearth, gathering strength to look up and meet his eyes.
In the dark corner she saw a flicker of movement, a twitch of a whisker. A pointy nose and two pink-red eyes.
"Eeeeeehhh!"
Her shrill scream split the stillness.
With another shriek, she leapt up, straight into Demon's arms. They locked about her. "What is it?"
"A rat!" Eyes glued to the dark cranny, she clung, her fingers sinking into his muscles. She gestured with her chin. "There—by the fireplace." Then she buried her face in his chest. "Make it go away!"
Her plea was a panicked mumble. Demon stared at the small field mouse cowering back against the stones. He stifled a sigh. "Flick —"
"Is it gone?"
This time, he did sigh. "It's only a field mouse attracted to the warmth. It'll leave in a moment." "Tell me when it does."
He squinted down at her. All he could see was the crown of her curls. Putting his head to the side, he tried to see her face; she had it buried in his chest. She'd somehow insinuated her hands under his coat, and was gripping him, one hand on either side of his back, clinging for dear life.
She was plastered against him, from her forehead to her knees. And she was trembling.
A faint vibration, the tremor travelled her spine. Instinctively, he tightened his arms about her, then eased his hold to run his hands slowly down and up her back, soothingly stroking.
Bending his head, he murmured into her curls. "It's all right. It'll go in a minute."
He could feel her panicked breathing, her breath hitching in her throat; she didn't answer, but bobbed her head to show she'd heard.
So they stood, locked together before the fire, waiting for the still-petrified mouse to make a move.
Demon had imagined waiting patiently, stoically, but within a minute, stoic was beyond him. The fire, a roaring blaze, had dried him; while Flick had been still chilled when she'd rushed into his arms, his body heat was warming her. Warming her breasts, pressed tight against his chest, warming her hips, plastered to his thighs. She, in turn, was heating him—it wouldn't be long before the largest blaze in the room was not the one in the hearth.
Gritting his teeth, he told himself he could endure it. He doubted she was even aware of his susceptibility; he could manage her easily enough.
The heat between them reached a new high, and her perfume rose to waft about him, to wreathe, then snare, his senses. Making him even more aware of the supple softness in his arms, of the warm breasts crushed to his chest, of the subtle pliancy in her frame that beckoned his hardened senses, of the feminine strength in the arms reaching around him. He snatched a breath—and drew her deep, into his soul. Closing his eyes, locking his jaw, he tried to keep his body from responding.
Entirely unsuccessfully. Hard became harder, tighter, tauter. Inexorably, yet in all innocence, she wound his sensual spring notch after notch.
In desperation, he tried to ease her away—she shook her head frantically and burrowed even deeper into his embrace. Teeth gritted, he used just a little of his strength to shift her, so she was more to his side and no longer in danger of learning, graphically, just how much she was affecting him.
He was in pain and helpless to do anything about it. He was paying for his sins in having dallied with her, teased her, enjoyed her.
But he didn't regret a single moment—then, or now.
The realization puzzled him, momentarily distracted him from the physical plane. Grateful for even such minor relief, he followed the thought, trying to unravel the mystery of why, exactly, Flick so attracted him.
He definitely didn't think of her as just another lady with whom he'd like to dally, no different from those who'd gone before. No other lady had made him feel this protective; none other had tapped the surge of feeling she so effortlessly evoked. That, of all things, was what set her apart—that something she made him feel. She could arouse him effortlessly—in itself a shock—but it was that other emotion that came roaring through him simultaneously with the lust that was so new, so addictive.
It was certainly different—something he'd never felt before. It was as if, in her innocence, she could reach into his soul and touch something innocent there as well—something new, bright, something he'd never known existed within him. Something no other had ever reached, ever touched.
He frowned and tried to shift; she immediately gripped him tighter. Demon inwardly sighed—his protective instincts were well and truly engaged; he couldn't break her hold. Perhaps he should try and think of Flick in the same way he thought of the twins.
That was impossible, yet…
Flick the fearless was afraid of mice. He found the thought endearing. Still, as she was truly frightened, the mouse was as good as a dragon. The question was how best to vanquish it—the fear, not the innocent mouse.
Drawing a difficult breath, he grasped Flick's arm and eased her back from him.
"Flick—sweetheart—just look at the mouse. It's a harmless little mouse—it can't eat you."
"It might try."
"Not while I'm here." He brushed his lips to her temple, nudging her face from his chest. "Come—look at it. It's so small."
Warily, she eased her face from his chest; still pressed hard against him, she glanced at the tiny rodent. "That's right. We'll just watch it until it goes."
A silent minute passed as they watched the field mouse, still frozen, whiskers twitching nervously. Demon couldn't move to scare it away, not with Flick clinging so tightly—she wouldn't appreciate him moving closer to the mouse-dragon.
Finally, reassured by their stillness and silence, the mouse started to edge forward. Flick stiffened. Out of the nook the mouse came, hugging the shadow of the hearth's edge. It reached the corner and paused—
A log cracked—sparks spat and showered in the hearth.
The mouse leapt, and dashed back into the cranny, straight to a small gap between two stones. It squeezed its way between and was gone.
"Quick!" Flick released him. "Block the hole!"
Demon sincerely doubted the field mouse would return, but, snatching a small branch from the woodbox, he swiftly bent and jammed it in the hole. "There. Now you're safe." Rising, he turned.
Flick was mere inches away. She'd followed him to look over his shoulder, to check he'd sealed the hole; now she stood, breathing quickly, all but against him once more.
His gaze had risen no further than her breasts, rising and falling in heightened excitement. Only excellent reflexes saved him from reacting—he locked every muscle, gripped every rein. And, slowly, lifted his gaze to her face.
Flick met his gaze and quivered—she told herself it was the remnants of her fright. But the glow in his darkened eyes—the sight of the embers smoldering in the blue—cut off her breathing, leaving her light-headed, swaying with the impulse to return to his arms, not for their safety but for the comfort her senses insisted she would find there.
Eyes wide, lips parted, her cheeks lightly flushed, she literally teetered on the brink of indiscretion—
His lids lowered, steel shutters cutting off the heat in his eyes; an excruciating awareness raced over her skin, from her breasts all the way to her toes. Her nerves flickered; a prickling sensation swept her. Heat washed in its wake.
She dragged in a breath—
He half turned and gestured to the pallet and the chair. "Which do you prefer?"
She blinked, and struggled to calm her rioting senses, to find her voice. She drew in another breath. "I'll take the pallet—you can have the chair."
He nodded; without meeting her eyes, he waved her to her selected seat. Uncertain—of him, of herself, of what shimmered in the air—she went; sitting on the pallet, she shuffled back and drew up her knees so she could balance her boots on the end strut, out of reach of any further rodents.
Hugging her knees, she settled her chin atop them, and stared into the flames.
Demon built up the fire, then subsided into the armchair. He, too, fixed his gaze on the flames, denying the urge to gaze at Flick—to look, to wonder…
That moment of unexpected awareness had very nearly defeated him, nearly overcome the defenses he'd erected between her and himself, between her innocence and his demons. Only her abiding
innocence—the innocent confusion, laced with equally innocent, equally open, curiosity, in her blue eyes—had saved them. Given him the strength to resist. The effort had left him aching, far more intensely than before. And inwardly shaking, as if his strength had been depleted to dangerously low levels.
Which meant he was in trouble—that matters between them had gone much farther than he'd thought. Than he'd been aware of.
Even now, although he'd recognized the danger, at least half his mind was fully engaged in wondering what having an angel beneath him would be like. In fantasizing, as he had so often that afternoon, about how far her delicate blush extended. But his thoughts of her were no longer merely sensual—they were possessively so. Intent, with an underlying, clawing need that he knew no way of easing, bar one. Which, in this case, by extension, meant…
The very thought made him shudder. Marriage was not a word he willingly used, not even in his mind. A rustling had him glancing her way; he watched as, drowsy, her lids heavy, she turned on her side.
Tucking her legs up in her skirts, she settled on the mattress, her gaze still fixed on the fire. Demon forced
his gaze to follow hers to the flames. And tried, very hard, not to think at all. Outside, the drops still pattered down in a steady, soaking rain.
When his mind started to wander, he tried to guess the time, but he had no idea how long they'd taken on the path through the park. An hour? Less?
A soft sigh had him turning, looking—after that, he didn't look away. She was sleeping.
A hand curled beneath her cheek, her long lashes lay still, brown crescents brushing rose-tinted skin. Her lips, slightly parted, sheened softly, their curves the gentlest temptation imaginable. The firelight gilded her jaw and set golden lights in her hair.
Demon looked, and watched—watched the steady swell and ebb of her breathing reflected in the movement of her breasts, tightly encased in blue velvet, watched the ruffle at her throat rise and fall.
He still wasn't sure how she felt about Dillon, but he'd detected no sign of any sensual awareness between them. He'd initially wondered if they were simply too young, too innocent, to have developed that susceptibility, but he now knew Flick, at least, was more than capable of feeling it.
Which brought him to wondering how she saw him…
He watched, and pondered. There was no need to look away.
Chapter 7
« ^ »
He'd seen her face so often in his dreams that he didn't notice when he fell asleep. Her face was his last image before his lids fell—it was the first thing he saw, through the dimness, when he woke.
Frowning, Demon eased his stiff neck and glanced at the fire to see it a pile of cooling ash. He froze,
staring at the grey pile, then whipped around to look at the windows.
The heavy shutters were in place, but a thin shaft of pale light edged each slat.
Swearing beneath his breath, he glanced at Flick, still softly sleeping, an angel in repose. Jaw setting, he rose and strode silently to the door. Opening it confirmed his worst fear—the day had dawned.
Drawing the door wide, Demon hauled in a deep breath. The scent of the wet forest flowed into him; he held it in, then slowly exhaled.
A sound behind him had him turning; silent and still in the doorway, he watched Flick awake.
She didn't simply open her eyes. Instead, consiousness slowly invested her features, enlivening her brows, curving her full lips. Eyes still closed, she hummed softly in her throat. Her breasts swelled as she drew in a deep breath, then she stretched languorously, straightening her spine, arching slightly, then she relaxed and her lashes fluttered.
Then, and only then, did her lids slowly rise.
She looked straight at him, then blinked her eyes wide, but no hint of consternation disturbed her content expression. Instead, her lips softened into a sleepily warm smile.
"Is it morning?"
The husky tones of her voice, still drunk with sleep, flowed over him, about him, slid under his skin and seized him. He couldn't speak, couldn't think—he could only want. Want with a searing desire that shocked him, with an absolute possessive need that nearly floored him. Containing that force, reining it in, holding it back, left him rigid. And shaking.
She was still smiling, still waiting for his answer; realizing that, with him framed in the doorway with all light coming from outside, she couldn't see his passion-blank expression, or anything else, he summoned every last ounce of his strength and managed to utter, "Almost."
His tone was harsh and uneven; he didn't wait to see her reaction but turned away to ensure she got no chance to study him further, to see the evidence of that rabid desire. Ostensibly surveying the clearing, he cleared his throat. "I'll get the horses saddled."
With that, he escaped.
Of course, within a few minutes, she came to help.
Ivan was grumpy and fractious; Demon made that his excuse for barely glancing Flick's way. He felt her puzzled gaze; jaw clenched, he ignored it. He didn't even dare help her saddle Jessamy—if she put her hand on his thigh this morning, he couldn't guarantee his reaction—or rather, his inaction. As soon as he had Ivan's girths tight, he grabbed his bridle and led the restless stallion out of the tight space.
The charcoal makers' hut had been constructed in that particular clearing because it was the natural confluence of four paths through the park. One was the path they'd travelled last night, another led onward to the manor. A third struck across to join the eastern bridle path Flick usually used to reach the ruined cottage and his farm. Halting Ivan in the middle of the clearing, Demon glanced toward the opening of the fourth path, leading in from a small country lane to the west.
To see Hugh Dunstable, the General's middle-aged steward, ambling up through the morning.
Demon froze.
Dunstable had already seen him; smiling, he raised his hand to his hat. "Ah! 'Morning, sir."
Demon nodded easily, urbanely, but he couldn't for the life of him summon a smile. His mind raced while Dunstable's cob plodded closer, ever closer.
" 'Spect you got caught in last night's squall." Drawing rein beside him, Dunstable beamed down at him. "No doubt but it was heavy. Got caught out myself, it came up so quick. I'd been off to the Carters, playing a hand of whist—I was on my way back when it hit. I was drenched by the time I reached home."
"As you say." Demon glanced surreptitiously at the shadowed stable. "It was too heavy to risk riding on." Dunstable snorted. "On these paths? You'd have risked that fine beast."
The fine beast chose that moment to snort, paw and prance, heavily shouldering Dunstable's cob. Demon swore and drew in Ivan's reins. Settling his placid cob, Dunstable chuckled. "Aye—riding him must be an adventure. Not hard to see how you came by your name."
It wasn't his expertise in riding high-bred horses that had earned him his nickname, but Demon let the comment pass; he was too busy praying.
Much good it did him. His fervent appeal to the highest authority that Flick would have the sense to remain out of sight was refused; she appeared at that instant, smiling sunnily up at Dunstable as she led Jessamy out.
"Good morning, Mr. Dunstable."
She glanced up at the sky, and so failed to notice the expression on Dunstable's face—sheer shock to begin with, rapidly transmuting into horror, momentarily displaced by speculation, only to revert to righteous horror again.
By the time Flick looked down and cheerily remarked, "And a fine morning it seems to be," Dunstable's features were set in stone, his expression impassive. He mumbled an incoherent reply to Flick; the look in his eyes when he shifted his gaze to Demon was coldly censorious.
Demon reacted in the only way he could—with a high hand. Cool arrogance in his eyes, he met Dunstable's gaze levelly; his expression hard, he raised a challenging brow.
Dunstable, only one step up from a servant, albeit an old and trusted one, was at a loss to know how to respond. Demon regretted putting the old man in his place, but every instinct he possessed refused to let anyone even imagine any ill—any indiscretion—of Flick.
To his relief, she, busy adjusting her stirrups, missed their exchange entirely.
"It looks like the clouds have blown away. I dare say it'll be quite warm by lunchtime." She straightened and glanced around for a log to use as a mounting block.
Demon dropped his reins and crossed to her side; closing his hands about her waist, he lifted her, setting her lightly on Jessamy's back.
That got her attention; she sucked in a breath and blinked at him, then quickly rearranged her legs and her skirts. "Thank you."
Lifting her chin, she fixed her blue eyes on Dunstable. "I can't believe how overgrown the park has become—we must get Hendricks to cut back rather more. Why, you can barely see the sky, even here, even on such a wonderful morning. I rather think—"
She chattered blithely on, unaware that, with her cheeks still delicately flushed from sleep, her hair tousled and her velvet skirts badly crushed, she presented a perfect picture of a youthful damsel who had recently engaged in an energetic morning romp.
Predictably, she led the way along the path to the manor.
Dunstable followed close behind. To give him his due, while remaining stony-faced, he managed to make the appropriate noises whenever Flick paused in her paean to the morning.
Hands on his hips, Demon watched them amble off, then exhaled through his teeth. Returning to the hut, he secured the door, then mounted Ivan. And paused.
For one long moment, he stared down the path at Flick's and Dunstable's backs. Then, lips thinning, jaw firming, he shook Ivan's reins. And followed.
By the time their party reached Hillgate End, Demon had a firm grip on the situation. There was no doubt that he'd compromised Flick, albeit entirely innocently.
He'd caught up with her and Dunstable, only to hear her gaily state that they'd taken shelter soon after the rain had started. So Dunstable now knew that they'd been at the hut, together and alone, from the dead of night to dawn. Of course, focused on protecting Dillon, Flick had said not a word about what had occasioned her presence, in company with a rake, deep in the park in the middle of the night.
It was no great feat to imagine what Dunstable was thinking. Indeed, it was difficult to conceive of a more damning scenario for a young, unmarried gentlewoman than being discovered at dawn leaving an evening rendezvous in company with a rake of the first order.
Demon had had ample time to consider every facet of their night alone, every nuance, every likely repercussion—their journey to the manor had been slow, the ground very wet, soft beneath their horses' hooves. They'd plodded along, Flick in the lead, followed by Dunstable, with him in the rear. In brooding silence, he'd debated their options—not many—and what that therefore meant, while Flick had entertained Dunstable with her sunny patter.
She'd described the small stable, and exclaimed over the fact that Jessamy and Ivan had been quite dry; she'd continually paused to declaim the wonders of the morning. She had not, however, mentioned the mouse—on consideration, remembering the long moments she'd spent in his arms, he'd decided that was just as well.
God only knew what picture she might paint for Dunstable if she started on that topic. Finally, they'd reached the manor's grounds; minutes later, they trotted into the stable yard.
Stifling a huge sigh of relief, her mind full of the wonders of a hot bath, Flick reined in. She untangled her legs and skirts from her sidesaddle; she was about to slide to the ground when Demon appeared beside her. He reached for her; his hands closed about her waist, then he lifted her down, and set her on her feet before him.
Quickly catching her breath—she was almost used to the effect of his touch, to the sudden seizing of her lungs—she beamed a sunny smile up at him, and held out her hand. "Thank you so much for taking pity on me last night and seeing me home. I'm really very grateful."
He looked at her—she could read nothing in his eyes, in his oddly set expression. He took her hand, but instead of squeezing it and letting go, he wrapped his fingers about hers and turned. "I'll walk you to the house."
Flick stared at him—at his back. She would have tugged and argued, but Dunstable, having dismounted more slowly, was hovering. Demon started walking—stalking; throwing a bright smile over her shoulder at Dunstable, she had to hurry to keep up.
Striding purposefully, Demon headed up the gravel path, ducking under the wisteria to pass beneath the old trees and cut across the lawn to the terrace. He didn't set her hand on his arm and stroll; instead, he kept his hand locked about hers and towed her along.
Flick tried an outraged glare, but he refused to even notice. His expression was set, determined. Determined on what she had no idea.
Glancing back, she saw Dunstable, watching from beneath the stable arch. She flashed him a reassuring smile and wondered what devil had possessed Demon.
He didn't stop until they were on the terrace, before the open morning room windows. Releasing her, he gestured her inside; with a speaking glance, she stepped over the threshold. Swinging her heavy skirts, she faced him as he followed her into the room. "Why aren't you heading off to the Heath? We have to watch Bletchley."
Halting in front of her, he looked down at her and frowned. "Gillies and the others will keep watching until I arrive to take over. At present, I have matters of greater moment to settle."
She blinked. "You do?"
His jaw set ominously. "I need to speak with the General."
Flick felt her eyes, locked on his, widen. "What about?" She had no idea why, but she was starting to feel uneasy.
Demon saw her question—her lack of understanding—etched in her eyes. Inwardly, he cursed. "I need to talk to him about our current situation."
"Situation? What situation?"
Jaw clenching, he went to step around her; quick as a flash, she blocked his way. "What are you talking about?"
He caught her eye and frowned even more. "I'm talking about the past night, which we spent together, alone." He gave the last two words particular weight; comprehension dawned in her eyes.
Then she blinked and frowned at him. "So?" Her gaze raced over his face. "Nothing—nothing
indiscreet—happened."
"No," he agreed, his voice tight, controlled, "but only you and I know that. All society will see is that the
potential for indiscretion was present, and that, in society's eyes, is all that counts."
The sound she made was elementally dismissive. His eyes locked on hers, Demon knew that if she questioned the potential, denied it had existed, he'd wring her neck.
She hovered on the brink—he saw it in her eyes. But, after studying his expression, she swung
onto a different tack. "But no one knows. Well"—she waved—"only Dunstable, and he didn't imagine anything scandalous had happened."
Stunned, he stared at her. "Tell me, is Dunstable always so stony-faced?" She grimaced. "Well, he is rather taciturn. I always do most of the talking."
"If you'd done a little more looking this morning, you'd have seen he was shocked to his toes." Again, he went to step past her; again, she blocked his way.
"What are you going to do?"
He didn't want to lay hands on her—didn't want to risk it in his present state. He pinned her with a glare. "I am going to speak to the General, and explain to him exactly what occurred."
"You're not going to tell him about Dillon?"
"No. I'll simply say I came upon you riding alone through my fields late last night, and insisted on escorting you home." He took a step toward her; to keep his face in clear view, she backed away. "I'll leave it to you to explain what you were doing in your saddle at midnight."
She blinked; he pressed his advantage and took another step. She gave ground without noticing. Her eyes, now wide, flicked up to his; before she could interrupt, he stated, "The General will see instantly that, regardless of what truly transpired at the cottage, all society—certainly every matron of standing in Newmarket—will believe you and I spent the best part of the night heating a single pallet in the charcoal makers' hut."
A light blush tinged her cheeks; her gaze flickered, then steadied. Abruptly, she stood her ground. "That's ridiculous." The statement was emphatic. "You didn't lay a finger…" Her words trailed away; her gaze blanked.
"On you?" Demon grinned tightly. "Not one—all ten." He trapped her gaze as she refocused. "Can you deny you were in my arms?"
Her lips compressed, her expression turned mutinous, her chin set like rock. Her eyes—those usually soft orbs—positively flared. "That was because of a mouse!"
"The cause is irrelevant. As far as society's concerned, having spent the night alone with me, your virtue and reputation are in question. The accepted code of behavior decrees I offer you the protection of my name."
Flick stared at him, then determinedly shook her head. "No." He looked down at her, and coolly raised his brows. "No?"
"No, that's positively stupid." Flinging her hands in the air, she swung away. "You're blowing this up out of all proportion. Society's not going to say anything because they'll know nothing about it. Dunstable won't talk." Swinging about, she paced back. "I'll see him and explain—" Lifting her head, she saw Demon almost at the door. "No! Wait!"
She raced across the room. She would have caught him, but he turned and caught her instead. His hands about her upper arms, he held her away from him. And glared at her.
"There's no point arguing—I'm going to see the General."
His determination was blazoned in his eyes; Flick couldn't mistake it. Her mind raced; she licked her lips. "He'll be at breakfast." Dragging her gaze from his, she sent it skimming down, over his rumpled clothes.
He looked down, too, then frowned; extending one leg, he scowled at the muddy streaks marring his Hessians. And swore. Releasing her, he took stock of his disreputable state. "I can't go in to see him like this."
Flick kept her eyes wide and innocent, and held her tongue. Even when—especially when—his gaze, hard and blue, returned to her face.
After a moment, lips compressed, he nodded. "I'll go home and change—then I'll be back." Eyes narrowing, he held her gaze. "And then we can discuss this fully—with the General."
She merely raised her brows and maintained a strategic silence.
He hesitated, looking into her eyes, then, with a curt nod, turned and stalked out.
Flick watched him go, drifting back to the French doors to watch him stride across the lawn. Only when he'd disappeared into the shadows of the trees did she turn back into the room—grit her teeth, clench her fists, and give vent to a frustrated scream.
"He's impossible! This is impossible." After a moment, her eyes darkened. "He's out of his mind." With that, she stalked off to clear the matter up.
Two hours later, Demon drove his bays up the drive of Hillgate End. Under his expert guidance, the curricle came to a flourishing halt immediately before the steps. Handing the reins to the groom who came running, he stepped down. Drawing off his gloves, he strode to the house.
He was perfectly attired in a blue morning coat and ivory breeches, ivory cravat and shirt, with an elegantly restrained blue-and-black-striped waistcoat. His Hessians, another pair, gleamed. His appearance was precisely as he considered it should be, given his errand.
Jacobs opened the door to his knock. Demon returned his greeting with a nod and headed straight for the library. He was somewhat surprised to gain the door without encountering Flick; he'd expected some last-ditch effort on her part to interfere with his plans—his immolation on the altar of the right and proper.
Turning the handle, he opened the door and entered, swiftly scanning the long room for any sign of an angel.
She wasn't there.
The General was, seated as usual at his desk, and sunk behind a huge tome. He looked up as Demon closed the door—and smiled warmly, delightedly.
Demon strolled nearer and saw his mentor's eyes twinkling. Inwardly, he cursed.
The General held up a hand before he could speak. "I know," he declared, "all about it."
Demon came to a dead halt facing the desk. "Flick." His tone was flat. His left hand slowly clenched.
"Eh? Oh, yes—Felicity." The General grinned and leaned back in his chair, waving him to the chair beside the desk. Although Demon moved in that direction, he couldn't sit—he prowled to the window beyond.
The General chuckled. "You needn't worry. A potential imbroglio it might have been, but Felicity took the bit between her teeth and sorted it all out."
"I see." His features under rigid control, his expression utterly bland, Demon turned his head and raised a brow. "How very helpful of her." Even to him, his tones sounded steely. "How did she manage it?"
"Well—;' If the General was aware of his tension, he didn't show it; he pushed his chair back the better to beam up at him. "She came straightaway to me, of course, and explained what happened—how she'd felt the need of some air and so gone riding late last night, and forgot the time, and wound up past your farm." The General's smug expression clouded. "Have to say, m'boy, I'm not at all sanguine about her riding off like that alone, but she's promised me she won't do it again." His wide smile returning, he looked up. "One good thing about this little fright she's had, what?"
Demon said nothing; the General grinned and continued, "Luckily, this time, you saw her—very good of you to insist on escorting her home."
"It seemed the least I could do." Especially as it had been him she'd ridden out to see.
"Silly of her to take that old path—Hendricks gave up on it years ago. As for the rain—I can't tell you how relieved I am that you were with her. Goodness knows, she's a reliable miss, but still, she's young, and inclined to press on regardless. Your decision to stop at the hut until the rain passed was unquestionably correct. After that, of course, all the rest followed—no one's fault it happened as it did. Hardly surprising you both fell asleep."
The General looked up and frowned—as severely as he ever did—at him. "And don't think you have to reassure me that nothing happened. I know you—known you from a boy. I know nothing untoward occurred. I know my Felicity would be safe with you."
The unexpected fierceness in the General's eyes held him silent; with a satisfied nod, the General sat back.
"Yes, and she told me about the mouse, too. She's petrified of the silly things—always has been. Just what I'd have expected—you had the sensitivity not to laugh at her, but to soothe her. Nothing scandalous there."
Glancing at his desk, the General frowned. "Where were we? Ah, yes. Dunstable. Him coming across you this morning was neither here nor there—he's an old friend and lucidly no gabblemonger. Flick insisted on speaking with him after she'd seen me, and he dropped by to see me half an hour ago. Just to reassure me that he would never say a word to harm our Felicity." Grinning, the General glanced up. "Dunstable also asked me to convey his apologies to you for jumping to unwarranted conclusions."
Demon met the General's eye. Flick had plugged every hole, countered every argument.
"So," the General said, his tone one of conclusion, "I hope you can see that I'm perfectly convinced there's no reason for any sacrifice on your part. As you haven't in any way harmed Felicity's reputation, there's absolutely no reason you need offer for her, is there?"
Demon held his gaze, but didn't answer; the General smiled.
"It was all perfectly innocent—and now we'll say nothing more about it, what?" He hauled his tome back into position before him. "Now tell me. I've just been checking these offshoots of the Barbary Arab. What have you heard about this colt, Enderby?"
As if in compensation, the General invited him to lunch. Demon accepted—then, offering to carry
word of his joining the table to Jacobs, left the General to his records.
Shutting the library door, Demon paused in the quiet of the corridor, trying, yet again, to regain a sense of equilibrium. He understood what had happened; rationally, logically, he knew all was well. Unfortunately, he didn't feel it. He felt… deprived.
As if a long-desired object of paramount importance had slipped—been whisked—from his grasp, just as he was about to close his hand.
Frowning, he went to find Jacobs.
He discovered him in the butler's pantry; his message delivered, Demon returned to the front hall and, without a heartbeat's pause, set out to hunt down Flick. Feeling very much like a hungry leopard, he prowled through the downstairs rooms. She would be somewhere close, he was sure, just in case he had raised some quibble she hadn't foreseen and the General had sent for her.
He found her in the garden hall.
She was snipping the stems of flowers and slipping them into a vase. Humming, she tilted her head this way and that, studying her creation. Demon watched her for a full minute, taking in her crisp, cambric morning gown, noting her hair, newly brushed, a gilded frame about her face.
After drinking his fill, he quit the doorway; on silent feet, he approached her.
Flick snipped the stem of a cornflower and considered how best to place it. She held it up, her hand hovering—
Long fingers plucked the bloom from her grasp.
She gasped, but even before her gaze collided with his, she knew who stood beside her. She knew his touch—knew the sense of strength he projected. "Have you seen the General?" she gabbled, frantically trying to slow her racing heart.
"Hmm." Eyes half-closed, he lazily angled the stem this way, then that, then slid it home into the vase. He surveyed his handiwork, then, apparently satisfied, turned to her. "I did see him, yes."
His lazy, indolent—sleepy—expression deceived her not at all; beneath his heavy lids, his eyes were sharp, his gaze incisive. She lifted her chin and picked up the garden shears. "I told you there was no need for any drama."
His lips lifted in a slight smile. "So you did."
Flick stifled a sniff at his tone; she had, indeed, expected his thanks, once he'd had time to consider, to realize what his offer would have meant. She supposed he would marry sometime, but he was only thirty-one, and he definitely didn't want to marry her.
But he made no further comment. Instead, he lounged, shoulders propped against the wall, and, with the same lazy, unnerving air, watched her place her flowers. As the silence stretched, it occurred to her that perhaps he thought she didn't fully appreciate the sacrifice he'd been prepared to make. "It's not that I'm not grateful." She kept her gaze firmly fixed on her blooms.
Her comment succeeded in dissipating a little of his indolence. She felt the sudden focusing of his attention.
"Grateful?"
She continued to snip and set. "For your kind offer to save my reputation. I appreciate it would have entailed a considerable sacrifice on your part—thankfully, there was no need."
His gaze locked on her profile, Demon fought to remain where he was—and not haul her into his arms and kiss her, just to shut her up. "Sacrifice? Actually, I hadn't viewed taking you to wife in quite that light."
"Hadn't you?" She blinked at him in patent surprise, then smiled and turned back to her flowers. "I dare say you would have, once you'd stopped to think the idea through."
Demon simply stared at her. He'd never felt so… dismissed in his life. "Luckily, there was no reason for worry. I did tell you so."
Luckily for her, what next he might have said, and done, neither of them were destined to learn; Jacobs appeared in the doorway with the information that lunch was awaiting them in the dining parlor.
Flick led the way. Demon no longer expected anything else; he prowled just behind her, making no effort to fully catch up—in his present mood, it was probably wisest if she remained just out of reach.
Lunch was not a success.
Flick grew increasingly impatient with their guest as the meal progressed. He contributed nothing to the conversation beyond answering questions the General threw his way. Instead, broodingly intent, he watched her, as if studying some incomprehensible being of whom he nevertheless disapproved, leaving her to chatter with increasingly feigned brightness until her head ached.
By the time the meal ended and they pushed back their chairs, she was ready to snap at him—if he deigned to give her the chance.
"Well, m'boy—let me know if you detect any weakness in those horses." The General shook hands with Demon, then smiled at Flick. "Why don't you see Demon to the stable, m'dear? It's a lovely day out there." With his usual benign smile, the General waved at the French doors, open to the terrace. "Enjoy the fine weather while you may."
Across the table, Flick met Demon's level gaze. The last thing she wanted to do was, all sweet comfort, accompany him to the stable—she was annoyed with him, at the way he was behaving. It was as if he'd been denied something he wanted, for heaven's sake. He was sulking! All because things hadn't gone as he'd planned—because she'd rescripted his grand gesture for him, and he hadn't got to play the role he'd expected. That of heroic sacrifice.
Drawing a deep breath, she held it; lips compressed, she held his gaze challengingly. Very nearly belligerently.
He merely raised one brow—even more challengingly, more defiantly; stepping back, he gestured to the terrace.
Flick could almost hear the gauntlet thud down on the table between them.
Lifting her head, she stepped around the table, preceding him out the doors, down the steps and across the lawn. Pacing briskly, irritatedly, she was halfway across the lawn before she realized he wasn't with her.
Abruptly stopping, she glanced back. He was strolling slowly, leisurely, exceedingly unhurriedly, in her distant wake. Gritting her teeth, she waited, and waited, for him to catch up. The instant he did, she turned and, elevating her nose to an angle worthy of her ire, she matched her pace to his, strolling at crawling pace just ahead of him.
Two paces later, a warm flush washed over her nape, exposed above her neckline. The odd sensation drifted lower, spreading across her shoulders, then sliding down her spine. It lingered in the hollow of her waist, then, at a telling pace, washed lower, and yet lower—
She caught her breath and stopped to brush an imaginary wrinkle from her skirts. The instant Demon drew level with her, she straightened and stepped out—at his side—praying her fading blush was no longer visible.
Biting her tongue against all manner of heated phrases, she preserved a tense silence. He strolled calmly beside her and gave her not one opening to snipe at him.
The grooms saw them as they emerged from beneath the wisteria, and they ran to get his bays.
Halting at the entrance to the stable yard, Flick's patience came to an end. "I can't see why you're not grateful," she hissed. She kept her gaze on the grooms as they fussed with his horses.
"Can't you? Perhaps that's the problem." "There isn't any problem."
"Permit me to disagree." He paused, then added, "Aside from anything else, you're glaring." She whirled and faced him. "I'm glaring at you."
"So I noticed."
"You are impossible!" "Me?"
For an instant, his blue eyes blinked wide—she could actually imagine he was sincere in his surprise. Swiftly, his eyes searched hers; his gaze sharpened. "Tell me," he murmured, glancing at the lads harnessing the bays, "do you think to marry Dillon eventually?"
"Dillon?" She stared at him, unmindful of the fact that her mouth had fallen open. "Marry Dillon? You are out of your mind. As if I'd marry such a… a… nobody—an inconsequential boy. A man of no real substance. A nincompoop! A—"
"All right—forget I asked."
"For your information, I have no intention of marrying any gentleman unless I want to. I will certainly not marry simply because of some nonsensical social stricture." Her voice cracked with the effort of screaming in whispers. She drew breath and forged on, "And as for your offer—well, you might as well say I must marry because of a mouse!"
The bays came trotting up, led by an eager groom. Tersely, Demon nodded his thanks and took the reins. Climbing to the box seat, he sat and looked at her.
Eyes kindling, she tartly remarked, "I can't see why you aren't grateful—you know perfectly well you don't want to marry me."
He looked down at her, his expression like stone, his eyes hard as blue diamonds. He held her defiant gaze, then his chest swelled.
"You have no idea," he murmured, his diction frighteningly precise, "what I want at all."
He clicked the reins; the bays surged. He swept out of the stable yard and bowled away down the drive.
Chapter 8
« ^ »
"I wondered if you'd care for a drive?"
Gasping, Flick whirled; the large vase she was carrying shook, slipped— Demon reached out and steadied it; his fingers brushed hers.
Flick trembled. She drew her hands away, leaving him holding the vase. Standing in the sunshine streaming through the gallery windows, she stared at him, disjointed phrases tangling on her tongue. She wanted to rail at him for creeping up on her—again. She wanted to scowl or at least frown—she hadn't forgiven him for his behavior of yesterday.
She wanted to ask what he'd meant by his parting comment. "A drive?" Her head was still whirling. He shrugged, his lids veiling his eyes. "Just a tool about the lanes for half an hour or so."
She drew in a steadying breath. Twenty-four hours had passed since he'd driven away—twenty-four hours in which she'd thought of little else but him. Swinging to the windows,
she looked out on another glorious spring day. Simultaneously, she felt the warm flush she was growing accustomed to slide down her back.
"The breeze is warm. You won't need a spencer."
Just as well; she didn't have one that wouldn't look hideous with this gown—white mull muslin sprinkled with tiny gold and purple daisies. Flick nodded, determination filling her. "A drive would be very nice."
She turned to face him—he was still holding the vase. "Where do you want this?"
She gestured down the gallery. "If you'll put it on the table at the end, I'll get my parasol and meet you in the hall."
She didn't wait for his nod but headed for her room—her steps eager, her heart lighter, even if she'd yet to meet his eyes directly. They had to get past this silly hitch in their friendship, over the hurdle of yesterday—a drive would be a good start.
A good start to what she was no longer sure by the time Demon turned his bays back up the manor drive. She'd imagined they'd simply slide back to their earlier, easy friendship—she'd expected, after the initial, inevitable stiffness evaporated, to once again encounter the teasing light she'd so often seen in his blue eyes.
Instead…
Angling her parasol, she studied his face as he tooled the curricle up the drive. Shadows from the enclosing trees wreathed his features, but they did nothing to soften the patriarchal lines of his nose and chin. His was an angular face, high cheekbones shadowing the long planes of his cheeks, a broad forehead above large eyes. A hard face, its austerity seductively flavored by the frankly sensual line of his thin lips, the brooding languor of his heavy lids.
She had never really looked, not so deeply. His had been the face of a man she'd thought she'd known. She was no longer so sure of that.
Realigning her parasol, she looked ahead as they swept out of the trees and bowled along beside the lawns. The end of the drive was in sight, and she'd yet to understand why his teasing looks had been replaced by glances much more direct, much more unnerving. Much more intent. She'd yet to determine where he thought they were heading. Only then could she decide whether she agreed with him or not.
Demon sent the bays into a tight curve so that the curricle fetched up neatly before the steps. He tied off the reins and stepped down, hiding his satisfied smile, along with his awareness of the puzzled looks Flick continued to direct his way.
Strolling around the carriage, he helped her down; releasing her hand, he strolled beside her up the steps. Glancing at her, he met her blue gaze, his expression mild and urbane. "If you would, tell the General that I'm checking into those horses he mentioned yesterday. I'll call on him tomorrow."
She searched his eyes, then nodded. "Yes, of course." He smiled easily. "I hope you enjoyed our drive." "Oh—yes. It was very pleasant. Thank you."
His smile deepened. "Your enjoyment is all the thanks I need." Reaching beyond her, he jangled the doorbell. Releasing it, he held her gaze for an instant, then bowed, exquisitely correct. "I'll leave you then. Good-bye."
He turned and strolled down the steps, her hesitant farewell drifting after him. The front door opened as he climbed into the curricle and took up the reins; as he wheeled his team, he glimpsed her, parasol still open, standing on the steps watching him drive away.
His lips curved. It wasn't difficult to envision the look on her face—the puzzled frown in her big blue eyes. Smiling more definitely, he whipped up his horses and headed for the Heath.
He returned to the manor at eleven o'clock the next morning, ostensibly to see the General.
Jacobs opened the door to him; Demon crossed the threshold to discover a sermon in progress. Fittingly, it was being delivered by the vicar's wife, Mrs. Pemberton, a trenchantly good-hearted lady. Her venue was the front hall, her audience Mrs. Fogarty and Jacobs, who, Demon noted, had left the front door wide open. He deduced Mrs. Pemberton was on the point of departure.
His appearance proved a distraction, making Mrs. Pemberton lose her thread. Then she recognized him and regrouped. "Mr. Cynster! Perfect!"
Demon suppressed a wince.
Mrs. Pemberton bustled up. "I've just been asking after the General—I understand he's presently
'not to be disturbed.' " Casting a severe glance at Fogarty, Mrs. Pemberton laid a hand on Demon's sleeve. "I have a very important message for him—I would take it most kindly if you would convey it to him when next you have the pleasure of seeing him."
Mrs. Pemberton was no fool. Taking the hand she offered, Demon shook it. "Only too pleased, ma'am." He could hardly refuse.
"Excellent. Now my point is this—" She fixed her eye on Fogarty. "Thank you—I won't need to disturb you further, Mrs. Fogarty."
Fogarty sent a meaningful look Demon's way, then curtsied and withdrew.
Turning, Mrs. Pemberton fixed her sights on Jacobs. "Mr. Cynster will see me to the door. Please convey my compliments to Miss Parteger when she comes in."
Jacobs stiffened but had to bow, close the door, and withdraw, too.
Mrs. Pemberton sighed and met Demon's eye. "I know they're only trying to protect the General, but really! He can't simply go to ground in his library all the time—not when he's the guardian of a young lady."
Elegantly, Demon gestured to the padded seat lining the alcove at the rear of the hall. Mrs. Pemberton consented to sit. Folding her hands over her reticule, she fixed her gaze on his face as he sat alongside her.
"My purpose in calling is to bring the General to an understanding of his duties in relation to Miss Parteger. It's all gone reasonably well until now, but she's reached an age where he really needs to take a more active role."
Demon raised his brows innocently, encouragingly.
Mrs. Pemberton pursed her lips. "That girl must be nineteen if she's a day, and she barely sets foot outside this house, at least not in a social sense. We—the ladies of the district—have done all we can in sending invitations to Hillgate End, but, thus far, the General has refused to bestir himself." Mrs. Pemberton's double chins firmed. "I'm afraid that's not good enough. It would be a crying shame if that lovely girl is left to molder into an old maid purely because the General won't shake himself out of his library and properly perform his duties as a guardian."
"Hmm," Demon replied, entirely noncommittal.
"I particularly wished to speak with him because I'm hosting a small dance at the vicarage—just for the local young people—three evenings from now. We—the other ladies and I—think it absolutely vital that the General puts more effort into taking Miss Parteger about. How else will the poor girl ever find a husband?"
Spreading her hands, she appealed to Demon; luckily, she didn't expect a reply.
"The dance at the vicarage will be just the way to start—not too many people to overwhelm the child. Will you carry my message to the General? And, perhaps, if you could put the argument that he really needs to pay more attention to Miss Parteger's future?"
Demon met her gaze, then nodded decisively. "I'll see what I can do."
"Good!" Mrs. Pemberton beamed as Demon walked her to the door. "I'll be off, then. If you see her, do
mention to Miss Parteger that I called."
Demon inclined his head as Mrs. Pemberton took her leave, considering her parting words. He would, he decided, tell Miss Parteger she'd called, but not immediately.
Turning, he sauntered toward the library.
Half an hour later, he found Flick in the back parlor. She was ensconced amid the cushions on the settee, her legs curled under her skirts, a dish of shelled nuts on a side table beside her. She was reading a book, utterly absorbed. He watched as, without taking her eyes from the page, she reached out and picked up a nut; without missing a word, she brought the nut to her lips and popped it into her mouth, continuing to read as she crunched.
With Mrs. Pemberton's sermon ringing in his head, he scanned the round blue gown presently concealing Miss Parteger's charms. While her wardrobe would not qualify as "all the crack," there was, to his mind, nothing whatever amiss with her simple gowns. Their very simplicity enhanced, underscored and emphasized the beauty of the body within.
Which, he'd decided, was all definitely to his taste. The body, the beauty, and her simple gowns.
Pushing away from the doorframe, he strolled into the room.
Flick looked up with a start. "Oh! Hello." She started to smile one of her innocently welcoming smiles, but as he halted before her, full awareness struck, and the tenor of her greeting changed. She still smiled in welcome, but her eyes were watchful, her smile more controlled.
He returned the gesture easily, inwardly pleased that she was, at long last, starting to see him differently. "I've finished talking horses with the General. He invited me to lunch and I've accepted. It's lovely outside—I wondered if you'd care to stroll until the gong?"
With him there, large as life, asking, she really had very little choice. While one part of Flick's mind acidly noted that fact, another part was rejoicing, eager to further explore their new, oddly thrilling,
not-quite-safe interaction. She didn't understand it—she'd yet to determine where he thought he was headed. But she wanted to know. "Yes—by all means, let's stroll."
She gave him her hand and let him pull her to her feet. Minutes later, they were on the lawn, ambling side by side.
"Has anything happened with Bletchley?"
Demon shook his head. "All he's done is make tentative overtures toward a number of jockeys." "Nothing else?"
Again he shook his head. "They seem to be concentrating on the Craven meeting, and that's still weeks away" I suspect the syndicate will have given Bletchley time to make the arrangements—it's possible his masters won't put in an appearance down here just yet."
"You think they'll leave it until closer to the meeting to check on Bletchley's success?"
"Closer, but not too close. It takes time to put all the players in place to milk the maximum return from a fix."
"Hmm." Pondering that fact, and the likelihood that Dillon would have to remain in the ruined cottage for some weeks yet, Flick frowned into the distance.
"Have you ever been to London?"
"London?" She blinked. "Only when I stayed with my aunt just after my parents died. I was only there for a few weeks, I think."
"I confess myself amazed that you've never succumbed to the urge to cut a dash in the capital."
She turned her head and studied him; to her surprise, he wasn't teasing—his gaze was steady, his expression open—well, as open as it ever was. "I…" She considered, then shrugged. "I've never really thought of it. It's all so far away and unknown. Indeed"—she raised her brows—"I'm not even sure what 'cutting a dash' entails."
Demon grinned. "Being noticed by society due to one's dress, or exploits." "Or conquests?"
His smile deepened. "That, too."
"Ah, well. That explains my disinterest, then. I'm not particularly interested in any of those things."
Demon couldn't restrain his smile. "A young lady uninterested in dresses and conquests—my dear, you'll break the matchmakers' hearts."
Her expression as she shrugged said she cared not a whit.
"But," he continued, "I'm surprised you don't like dancing—most ladies who enjoy riding also enjoy a turn about the dance floor."
She grimaced. "I haven't spent much time dancing. There aren't a lot of balls around here, you know."
"But there are the usual dances. I vaguely remember my great-aunt prodding me to attend, a few many years ago."
"Well, yes—there are dances and the odd ball as one might expect. We do get cards periodically. But the General is always so busy."
"Does he even see the cards?"
Flick glanced up, but she could read nothing in his very blue eyes. Still… she tilted her chin. "I deal with his correspondence. There's no point bothering him with such invitations—he's never attended such affairs."
"Hmm." Demon glanced at her face—what he could see beneath her golden halo. Without warning, he reached for her hand; stepping swiftly, he raised it and twirled her, unsurprised that, startled though she was, she reacted smoothly, graceful and surefooted, innately responsive.
He met her wide eyes as she slowed to a halt, her billowing skirts subsiding. "I really think," he murmured, lowering her hand, "that you'll enjoy dancing."
Flick hid a frown and wondered if that remark was intended to be cryptic. Before she could pursue it, the gong for lunch echoed over the lawn.
Demon offered his arm. "Shall we join the General?"
They did. Sitting at the dining table with the General to her right and Demon opposite was a familiar, comfortable situation. Flick relaxed; her nerves, in recent times slightly tense whenever Demon was near, eased. Chatting with her usual effervescence, she felt subtlely more in control.
Until the General laid down his fork and fixed her with a direct look. "Mrs. Pemberton called this morning."
"Oh?" Flick knew she had—that was why she'd taken refuge in the back parlor. But she was genuinely surprised that the General knew—she, Foggy and Jacobs had a long standing agreement to ensure the local matrons didn't bother him with their demands.
She scanned the room, but Jacobs had withdrawn. Had Mrs. Pemberton bullied her way past their defenses?
"Hmm," the General went on. "Seems she's giving a dance for the local young people. Us older folk are allowed to come and watch." He caught Flick's startled eye. "I rather think we should attend, don't you?"
Flick didn't—she foresaw all sorts of complications. Including the likelihood of the General learning just how many similar invitations he'd refused in recent times. She glanced at Demon, and was struck by inspiration. "I really don't have anything to wear."
The General chuckled. "I thought you might say that, so I had a word with Mrs. Fogarty—she tells me there's a very good dressmaker in the High Street. She'll go with you tomorrow and see about a dress."
"Oh." Flick blinked. The General was smiling at her, a hopeful question in his eyes. "Er… thank you."
Delighted, he patted her hand. "I'm quite looking forward to the outing—haven't been about in years, it seems. Used to enjoy it when Margery was alive. Now I'm too old to dance myself, I'm looking forward to sitting and watching you take to the floor."
Flick stared at him; guilt at having deprived him of innocent enjoyment for years tickled at her mind—but she couldn't quite believe it. He didn't like socializing—he'd given his opinion on the mesdames of the district, and their entertainments, often enough. She couldn't understand what had got into his head. "But…" She grabbed her last straw. "I don't know any of the local gentlemen well enough to stand up with them."
"Oh, you won't have to worry about that. Demon here has offered to accompany us—he'll stand up with you, teach you a few steps, and all that. Just what you need."
Flick didn't think so. Blank-faced, she looked at Demon. He met her gaze, the quality of the smile in his eyes stating louder than words that it was he who had got into the General's head.
Despite the fact that his eyes were blue, Flick saw red. But he had her trussed up tight—no matter how she wriggled, the General stood firm. And as it quickly became clear he was, beneath his placid exterior, gruffly worried about her lack of social experience, she found herself acquiescing with a sweetness entirely out of step with her temper.
Her tormentor, of course, beat a strategic retreat once he'd secured his goal. Flick gritted her teeth—she would now have to learn to dance—with him. Excusing himself on the grounds that he wanted to be early to the Heath for afternoon stables, he left them at the table.
All her steel went out of her once he'd gone. She chatted easily with the General, while making a very large, very red mental note to tell his protege just what she thought of his maneuvering, especially his fostering of the General's worry, the instant she next had a moment alone with him.
That moment did not occur until they were standing by the side of the vicarage drawing room, with every eye in the room upon them. Flick stood, head up, hands lightly clasped, beside the General's chair.
Demon, large, lean and hideously elegant, stood immediately by her side.
The stares directed her way, while disconcerting, did not greatly surprise Flick; the vision she presented had stunned her, too. All she'd done was don her new dress and the aquamarine necklace and earrings the General had given her for her last birthday, but the resulting vision that had stared back at her from her mirror had been a revelation.
She'd dutifully gone to the dressmaker with Foggy, a sudden convert to the notion of a dance. The dressmaker, Clotilde, had been surprisingly ready to put aside her other work to create a suitable gown for her. Suitable, Clotilde had insisted, meant pale blue silk, the exact same shade as her eyes. Imagining the cost, she'd demurred, suggesting a fine voile, but Clotilde had waved that aside and named a price that had been impossible to refuse. She'd agreed on the silk, only to be surprised again.
The dress whispered about her, sliding over her in quite a different way from the fine cottons she was used to. It clung, and shifted, and slithered; it was cool and at the same time warm. As for how she appeared in it—she hadn't recognized the slender, golden-haired beauty blinking huge blue eyes at her.
The color of the dress highlighted her eyes, making them appear larger, wider; the texture emphasized curves she normally paid very little attention to.
Demon, on the other hand, had paid a great deal of attention—to her, to those curves, to her eyes. When she'd descended the stairs and found him waiting in the hall, he'd blinked, then slowly smiled. Too intently for her liking. He'd come forward, handing her down the last stairs, then twirling her before him.
As she'd slowed, then halted, he'd trapped her gaze, lifted her hand, and brushed his lips across her fingertips. "Very nice," he'd purred, his blue eyes alight.
She'd felt like a blancmange he was just about to eat. Luckily, the General had appeared, and she'd escaped to fuss over him.
Their journey to Lidgate had been filled with the usual discussion of horses, but once they'd entered the vicarage, that subject was, by tacit agreement, not further pursued. Mrs. Pemberton had greeted them with great good cheer—she'd been particularly delighted to welcome Demon.
Flick slid a glance his way; he was idly scanning the room, slowly filling as more guests arrived. The General had insisted they be on time, so they'd been among the first to arrive. But the rest had followed on their heels; since taking up their positions, they'd had no chance to converse, too busy nodding politely as new arrivals nodded at them.
And stared. Half stared at her—the rest stared at him.
Hardly surprising. He was wearing black, a color that rendered his fair hair a brilliant blonde and deepened the blue of his eyes. The severe cut of his coat, pearl satin waistcoat and trousers emphasized his height, the breadth of his shoulders, his long, strong legs. He always looked elegant, but usually in a lazy, negligent way. Tonight, he was every inch the London rake, a predator stepped straight from the ton's ballrooms to prowl the vicarage dance floor.
Flick inwardly grinned at the thought.
As if sensing her gaze, he glanced down at her, then raised a quizzical brow. She hesitated, but with the General so close, she couldn't upbraid him as he deserved for getting her into this—into this room, into this gown, into this situation. With a speaking glance, she elevated her chin and haughtily looked away.
Mrs. Pemberton materialized before them. "Allow me to present Mrs. March and her family from the Grange."
Mrs. March nodded approvingly at Flick's curtsy, smiled appreciatively at Demon's elegant bow, then turned to chat with the General.
"And this is Miss March, who we all know as Kitty."
A young girl in a white dress blushed furiously and curtsied. "And her friend, Miss Avril Collins."
The second young lady, a brunette in yellow muslin, curtsied rather more assuredly. "And Henry, who is squiring his sister and Miss Collins tonight."
Henry was obviously a March, as fair as his sister. He blushed furiously while executing the stiffest bow Flick had ever seen. "It's a g-great pleasure, M-Miss Parteger."
Mrs. Pemberton turned away; a second later, together with Mrs. March, she led the General away to where the older guests were gathering to chat and gossip.
"I say—have you lived in these parts long?"
Flick turned to find Henry March earnestly regarding her. His sister, too, lifting her gaze from a perusal of her blue silk gown, looked interested in the question.
Not so Avril Collins, who was brazenly looking interested in Demon.
"Most of my life," Flick answered, her gaze on Avril Collins's face. "I live with the General at Hillgate End, south of the racecourse."
Avril's pouting lips—they had to be rouged—lifted in a little smile. "I know," she said on a breathless giggle, one finger reaching out to tap Demon's coat, "that you live in London, Mr. Cynster."
Flick glanced at Demon's face. He smiled—not a smile she was used to, but one coolly, distantly polite.
"Actually, I live in London only part of the time. The rest of the time I live near Hillgate End."
"The General keeps a studbook, doesn't he?" Henry March appealed to Flick. "That must be exciting—do you help him keep track of the horses?"
Flick smiled. "It is interesting, but I don't help all that much. Of course, all the talk in the house is about horses."
Henry's eager expression suggested such a household was his idea of heaven.
"Oh, horses!" Avril wrinkled her nose and cast an openly inviting glance at Demon. "Don't you find them the most boring of creatures?"
"No." Demon met her gaze. "I breed them."
Flick could almost feel sorry for Avril Collins—Demon purposely let the silence stretch for one exceedingly uncomfortable instant, then turned to Henry March. "I own the stud farm to the west of the Lidgate road. Stop by some time if you're interested. If I'm not there, my foreman will show you around. Just mention my name."
"T-thank you," Henry stammered. "I'd l-like that immensely."
Mrs. Pemberton appeared with another group of young people. The fresh round of introductions allowed Kitty March to remove her unfortunate friend. Kitty tugged at her brother's sleeve, but he frowned at her, then returned to his open adoration of Flick.
In that pursuit he was joined by the two male members of the new group, both young gentlemen from nearby estates. Somewhat disconcerted by their soulful looks, Flick did her best to encourage rational conversation, only to be defeated by their patent silliness.
Their silliness, however, was nothing compared to their sisters' witlessness, their vapidity. Flick was not sure which she found more distracting.
"No." She drew a patient breath. "I don't watch every race. The Jockey Club sends all the results to the General."
"Do you get to name all the new foals?" One of the young ladies stared wide-eyed up at Demon. Wearily resigned, he raised his brows. "I suppose I do."
"Oh! That must be so wonderful." The young damsel clasped her hands to her breast. "Thinking up sweet names for all those lovely little foals, staggering around on their shaky legs."
Flick immediately looked back at her group of swains. "Do any of you come to Newmarket to see the races?"
She struggled on, racking her brain for topics on which they might have more than two words to contribute. Most of such topics concerned racing, horses and carriages—within minutes, Demon insinuated a comment into their conversation. A minute later, he somehow managed to merge the two groups, which left the young ladies a trifle miffed, but they didn't move away.
Which was a pity, as Mrs. Pemberton arrived with another wave of admirers, both for her and Demon. Flick found herself facing five males, while Demon had his hands full, figuratively speaking, with six young girls. And one not-so-young, not-so-innocent young madam.
"What a delightful surprise, Mr. Cynster, to discover a gentleman of your standing at a gathering such as this. In case you missed my name, I'm Miss Henshaw."
The throaty voice had Flick quickly turning.
"I say—you ride that pretty little mare, don't you? The one with the white hocks." Distracted, Flick glanced back at one of the new male additions. "Yes. That's Jessamy." "Do you jump her?"
"Not especially."
"Well, you should. I've seen conformations like that around the traps—she'll do well, mark my words."
Flick shook her head. "Jessamy's not—
"Dare say you might not know, being a female, but take my word for it—she's got good legs and good stamina." The bluffly genial youth, the local squire's son, grinned at her, the epitome of a patronizing male. "If you like, I could organize a jockey and trainer for you."
"Yes, but—" one of her earnest admirers cut in. "She lives with the General—he keeps the stud records."
"So?" Bluff-and-genial raised a dismissive brow. "What's dusty old records got to do with it? This is horseflesh we're talking about."
A throaty laugh came from beyond Demon. Flick gritted her teeth. "For your information"—her tone stopped all argument and made Bluff-and-genial blink—"Jessamy is an investment. As a broodmare, she has arguably the best bloodlines in the country. You may be very certain I will not be risking her in any steeplechase."
"Oh," was all Bluff-and-genial dared say.
Flick turned to deal with the throaty-voiced Miss Henshaw—and saw a black-haired beauty, smiling and laughing, leaning close to Demon, her face tipped up to his. She was, Flick saw in that one chilling instant, a lot taller than she herself was—so her face, tilted up, was much closer to Demon's, her lips closer to his—
"Now, my dears!"
Every head in the room lifted; everyone looked to where Mrs. Pemberton stood, clapping her hands for attention. "Now," she reiterated, when everyone was silent, "it's time to find your partners for the first dance."
There was an instant of silence, then a rush as all the young men jockeyed for position. A chorus of invitations and acceptances filled the air.
Flick found herself facing three earnest young men—Bluff-and-genial had been shouldered aside. "My dear Miss Parteger, if you will—
"I pray, kind lady, that—
"If you would honor me with this dance—"
Flick blinked at their youthful faces—they all seemed so young. She didn't need to look to know that the seductive Miss Henshaw was batting her long lashes at Demon. She didn't need to look, but she wanted to. She wanted to—
"Actually," a deep drawling voice purred just above her right ear, "Miss Parteger's first dance is mine."
Demon's hand closed firmly about hers; Flick looked up to see him smile with a shatteringly superior air at her youthful admirers. There was no chance in heaven they would argue.
The relief she felt was quite definite, the reasons for it less clear. Luckily, she didn't need to dwell on it. Demon glanced down at her and raised one brow. Gracefully, she inclined her head. He set her hand on his sleeve; the others fell back as he led her onto the rapidly clearing floor.
The dance was to be a cotillion. As Demon led her to a set, Flick whispered, "I know the theory, but I've never actually danced one of these in my life."
He smiled reassuringly. "Just copy what the other lady does. If you wander off in the wrong direction, I'll grab you."
Despite all, despite her dismissive humph, she found that promise comforting.
They took their positions and the music started; despite her worries, she quickly found the rhythm. The dips and sways and hand-clasped twirls were heavily repetitive; it wasn't that hard to keep her place. And Demon's touch was reassuring—every time his fingers closed about hers, he steadied her, even if she wasn't drifting.
As the dance progressed, she felt increasingly assured—assured enough to stop frowning and smile when her eyes touched his. She laughed up at him, over her shoulder, as he twirled her into their final pose, then she sank into an extravagantly deep curtsy as he bowed, equally extravagantly, to her.
Demon raised her; he wondered if she knew how brightly her eyes were shining, how gloriously unabashed, unfettered in her enjoyment she was. She was so different from the other young ladies in the room, all careful to mind their words, their expressions, if not to artfully deploy them. She was unrestrained in her appreciation—something tonnish ladies rarely were. Exuberance, even if honest, was not the ton's way.
It was Flick's way—her wide smile and laughing eyes had him smiling, equally honestly, in reply. "And now," he said, and had to draw a deeper breath as he drew her closer and looked into her eyes, "we must return to our duty."
She laughed. "Which duty is that?"
The duty he alluded to was to dance with all the other young people gathered at the vicarage for that purpose. They had barely returned to the side of the room before Flick's hand was solicited for a country dance.
Her other hand still rested on Demon's sleeve. She looked up at him—he smiled reassuringly, squeezed her fingers lightly, then let her go.
As she twirled down the room, Flick noticed Demon twirling, too, with the vicar's daughter. Letting her gaze slide away, she smiled easily at her partner, Henry March.
Dance followed dance, but with time between to allow the dancers to chat. To get to know each other better, to find their feet socially. That was, after all, what the evening was about. The older members of the company sat at the rear of the room, smiling and nodding, watching benignly as their youngsters mingled.
Mrs. Pemberton, her duty as hostess done, sank into a chair beside the General. Luckily, the General was deep in discussion with the vicar; Mrs. Pemberton did not interrupt. Relieved, Flick looked away. Beside her, Demon shifted. Flick looked up, and he caught her eye. And raised a knowing brow. She stared into his eyes, at the comprehension therein, then put her nose in the air and looked away. And straggled to ignore the frisson that shot through her when his hand shifted and his fingers brushed hers
amid her skirts.
The dances that followed proved a trial. It was increasingly difficult to keep her mind on her steps. As for her eyes, they rarely rested on her partner. Twirling, whirling, she shot glances through the throng, through the constantly moving mass. Looking, searching…
She located Demon—he was dancing with Kitty March. Flick relaxed. The next measure, however, he partnered Miss Henshaw.
Flick collided with another lady in her set, and nearly ended on her bottom. Flustered, she gasped, "I think" she didn't have to feign her shaking voice—"that I'd better sit out the rest of this dance."
Her partner, a Mr. Drysdale, was only too willing to solicitously help her from the floor.
By the time Demon returned to her side at the end of the dance, as he had at the end of every dance thus far, Flick had herself well in hand. She'd lectured herself more sternly than she ever had in her life.
It was ridiculous! What on earth was she doing—thinking? Watching over him as if she was jealous. How foolish—making a cake of herself like that. Pray God he hadn't noticed, or he'd tease her unmercifully. And she'd deserve it. There was nothing between them—nothing!
She greeted him with a cool smile and immediately looked away.
His fingers found hers in her skirts—and tugged. She had to look up and meet his gaze. It was serious, exceedingly intent. "Are you all right?"
His eyes searched hers; God alone knew what he saw. Flick dragged in a breath—and wished she could drag her gaze from his. "It was just a silly slip. I didn't fall."
A frown darkened his eyes; his lips firmed, but then he nodded and, very slowly, released her hand. "Be more careful—this is, after all, your first time at a dance."
If she'd been feeling at all normal she would have responded to that as it deserved. Instead, the lingering touch of his fingers had blown all her certainties to the wind.
Nothing? If this—the light that turned his eyes dark and smoldering, the sense of protection, of strength, she felt flowing from him, the answering hitch in her breathing, the yearning that grew stronger, day by day, for him—if this was nothing, what would something be like?
More conscious of her heartbeat, of the rise and fall of her breasts than she'd ever been in her life, she looked away.
When she whirled down the next dance, she was conscious of him watching her, aware to her toes of the blue gaze that missed nothing, not a step, not a turn. He was waiting when her partner returned her to the side of the room. As if it was only natural, she slipped into the space beside him.
His gaze swept her face, but he said nothing. Until the music started up again.
"My dance, I believe."
His tone brooked no argument—from her potential partners, or her. She inclined her head
graciously, as if she'd been expecting his claim. Perhaps she had.
For him to dance with her a second time while there were other young ladies he had not yet favored lent the action a particularity it would otherwise not have had—he was clearly singling her out. Despite her lack of social experience, she knew it—and knew beyond doubt that he did, too.
It was a simple country dance that left them partnered throughout, without interaction with other dancers; they had no need to shift their attention from each other. From the instant the music started and their fingers touched, their focus was fixed. For her part, she barely heard the music. She moved instinctively, matching his actions, responding to directing touches so light she felt them more with her senses than with her nerves.
His eyes held her. His gaze, as brilliantly blue as a summer sky, wrapped her in its warmth. And she knew—knew that he was squiring her, deliberately, intentionally. Intent as only he could be. He was wooing her—even if the idea seemed so wild and impossible that her mind could not accept it, her senses did. Her first impulse was to step back—to safety, to a point where she could look about and understand. But while she whirled and twirled, her eyes never leaving his, there was no place of safety, nowhere she could hide from the smoldering glow in his eyes—and the very last thing she wanted to do was run.
His gaze held her effortlessly, yet without compulsion; she was fascinated, and that alone was power enough to keep her whirling. The sliding brush of his ringers as their hands met and parted, the gliding caress, so delicate, as he steered her into a sweeping turn—each was planned deliberately, executed with intent. In that single dance, he wove a net about her—one invisible to the eye but very clear to her senses.
Her nerves tingled, tightened; each heartbeat heightened her awareness. Until his every touch held a temptation and a promise, echoed by their movements in the dance.
She swayed closer, looking up as he drew her nearer, and felt the temptation to surrender. To surrender to the conviction of what he was telling her, to give in and believe that he wanted her to be his wife. And would have her.
The dance moved on, and she drew away, until their fingers barely touched. And heard his promise, unspoken, that if she surrendered she'd enjoy—experience—the full pleasures of the flesh.
He was adept at sending that message, expert at making the temptation grow, and the promise shine and beckon like gold.
The music ended. And they stopped. But the temptation and the promise still shone in his eyes. She felt like Cinderella when he raised her hand and brushed his lips gently across her fingertips.
Chapter 9
« ^ »
When the next dance commenced, Demon was, courtesy of Mrs. Pemberton, at the opposite end of the room from Flick. Within seconds of their leaving the floor, the vicar's wife had descended on them; with irresistible energy, she'd insisted on taking Demon to introduce him to others of the company.
Her "others" were the collected matrons of the district; Demon was amused to realize their fell purpose in
speaking with him was to subtlely encourage his pursuit of Flick.
"She's such a pretty little thing, and quite assured," Mrs. Wallace, of the Hadfield-Wallaces of Dullingham, nodded sagely. "As experienced as you are, you'll have noticed—she's not just in the common way."
Demon smiled, content to let them convince him of the lightness of his cause. He didn't need convincing, but it wouldn't hurt his campaign to have the matrons' support.
Because of his height, he could track Flick's crowning glory. As the ladies' comments continued, he started to chafe at the bit. He understood very well the reasons behind their reactions—those reasons were gathered about Flick like swarming bees about a honeypot.
Their sons looked set to make cakes of themselves over her—their fond mamas could read the script with ease. It was, therefore, in their best interests to have Demon waltz Flick off her feet, out of reach of their moonfaced sons, so said sons could recover quickly and apply themselves to the real business of the upcoming Season—finding themselves suitable wives.
Flick, of course, was highly suitable, but the ladies had accepted that their sons were not in the running, just as they'd accepted that their daughters had no chance of catching Demon's eye. It was therefore best on all counts to get him and Flick quickly paired and out of contention, before they caused any major disruptions to the good ladies' matrimonial plans.
Such was their strategy. As their plans marched so well with his, Demon was perfectly ready to reassure them as to his intentions. "Her knowledge of horses is extensive." He made the comment offhandedly, yet appreciatively. "And, of course, she is the General's ward."
"Indeed," Mrs. Wallace nodded approvingly. "So very appropriate." "A happy circumstance," Mrs. Pemberton concurred.
With an elegant bow, quite sure they all understood each other well, Demon left them. He ambled down the side of the room, scanning the dancers. He couldn't see Flick.
Halting, he searched more carefully—she wasn't there.
He located the General, chatting with a group of older gentlemen—Flick wasn't with him.
Swallowing a curse directed at milksops who couldn't be trusted to keep a quick-witted girl in line, Demon strolled as swiftly as he could to where he'd last seen her, at the far end of the room. He reached the corner, wondering what had got into her head. Surely her disappearance didn't have anything to do with Bletchley and the syndicate?
The idea that she might have been identified, followed, and lured away chilled him. He shook the thought aside—that was fanciful, unlikely. The main door stood beyond the matrons; he was sure she hadn't gone that way. But the only other doors led deeper into the house.
Where the hell had she gone?
He was searching the throng again when a flicker at the edge of his vision had him turning. The lace curtain over the long window in the corner drifted in a light breeze. The narrow casement was partly open; it extended from head height to a foot above the floor. He couldn't fit through it. Flick, however, was smaller than he.
It took him five minutes to return back up the room, smiling and nodding and avoiding invitations to chat. Regaining the front hall, he slipped out the front door and headed around the side of the vicarage.
The garden beyond the drawing room's corner window was empty. The moon was full; steady silver light illuminated a flagged path and burgeoning flowerbeds edging a neat lawn. Frowning, Demon scanned the shadows, but there were no nooks, no benches set under overhanging boughs—no angel in pale blue communing with the night.
The garden was sunk in silence, the drifting strains of the violins a superficial tune causing barely a ripple in the deep of the night. A lick of fear touched his spine, flicked toward his heart. He was about to turn and retrace his steps, to check she hadn't returned to the drawing room before he panicked, when his gaze fell on the hedge lining one side of the lawn.
A path ran beside it, between the lawn and the deep green wall. The hedge was high; he couldn't see over it. Silently, he prowled the wall, searching, wondering if he was wrong in remembering a small courtyard…
The opening lay in shadow, just a simple gap in the hedge. He stepped into the gap. And saw her.
The courtyard was a flagged square with a raised central bed in which stood an old magnolia, draping its branches over a small pond. Flick paced slowly back and forth before it, the moonlight washing the blue from her gown, leaving it an unearthly silver.
Demon watched her, transfixed by the sway of her hips, the artless grace with which she turned. Until that instant, he hadn't realized how tightly unnamed fears had seized him; he recognized the tension only as it eased, as relief replaced it.
She felt his gaze and looked up, halting, stiffening—then relaxing as she recognized him. She said nothing, but raised a brow.
"In that gown, in the moonlight, you look like a silver sprite." Come to steal this mortal's heart. His voice was gravelly, revealingly deep.
If she noticed, she gave no sign; instead, she looked down at her gown, holding out the skirts to inspect them. "It is a very pale blue. I rather like it."
He liked it, too—it was the same pale, pure blue as her eyes. The gown was well worth the price he'd paid. Of course, she'd never know he'd offset the gown's cost. Clotilde was an excellent dressmaker; he made a mental note to send some extra token of appreciation her way.
He hesitated… but they were here, alone in the moonlight, the violins a distant whisper in the dark. Unhurriedly, he strolled forward, his gaze, intent, on her.
Flick watched him approach, large, elegant—dangerous. The moon silvered his hair, rendering his face harsh in its stark light. The angular planes seemed harder, like pale stone; his eyes were deeply shadowed beneath their heavy lids.
How his presence could be reassuring and unnerving simultaneously she didn't know. Her nerves were tightening, her senses stretching… The yearning she'd felt as they'd danced returned with a rush.
She'd come here to be quiet, to breathe the cool air, to let it soothe her overheated brain, her flushed skin. She'd come here to ponder. Him. Part of her wondered if she'd read him aright. The rest of her knew she had. But she still couldn't bring herself to believe it.
It was like a fairy tale.
Now he was here… Her nerves skittered even before she formed the thought. Abruptly, she recalled she was annoyed with him. Folding her arms, she tilted her chin; as he drew near, she narrowed her eyes at him. "You conspired with Mrs. Pemberton—Foggy told me she sent her message to the General via you."
He halted before her. "Mrs. Pemberton conjured a vision of you moldering into an old maid—that didn't seem a good idea."
His deep drawl slid over, then under, her skin, effortlessly vanquishing her annoyance. Refusing to shiver, she humphed. "I can't see how an evening like this is going to change things." She gestured toward the house. "I'm certainly not going to find a husband in there."
"No?"
"You saw them. They're so young!" "Ah—them."
His voice deepened; she sensed that net of fascination flow about her again. His lips curved, lifting just a little at the ends, drawing her mentally closer, nearer. "No," he said, the word a deep rumble. "I agree—you definitely shouldn't marry any of them."
The ensuing pause stretched, then his lids rose and he met her gaze. "There is, however, an alternative."
He said no more, but his meaning was clear, written in the planes of his face, in his eyes. He watched her, his gaze steady; the night held them in soft darkness, alive and yet so silent that she could feel her own pulse filling the air.
Then came the music.
Haunting strains drifted over the lawns, flowed over the hedges. The opening bars of a waltz reached them—he angled his head slightly, then, his gaze never leaving her face, he held out his hands.
"Come—waltz with me."
The net drew tight—she felt its shimmering touch as it settled about her. But he didn't tug; it was her choice to step forward, to accept, if she would.
Flick wondered if she dared. Her senses reached for him—she knew how it felt to be held against his warm chest, how it felt to have his arms close about her, how her hips would settle against his hard thighs. But…
"I don't know how."
Her voice was surprisingly even; his lips curved a fraction more.
"I'll teach you"—a hint of wickedness invested his smile—"all you need to know."
She managed not to shiver. She knew very well they weren't talking of a mere waltz—that wasn't the invitation etched in his eyes, the challenge in his stance. Those hands, those arms, that body—she knew what he was offering. And, deep inside, she knew she could never walk away—not without trying, touching. Knowing.
She stepped forward, lifting her arms, tilting her face to his. He drew her to him, one arm sliding possessively about her, the other grasping her right hand. He drew her close, until they touched, until the silk of her bodice brushed his coat. His smile deepened. "Relax, and let your feet follow where they will."
He stepped back, then aside; before she knew it, she was whirling. At first, he took small steps, until she caught the rhythm, then they whirled, swooped, swung, trapped in the music, swept up in the effortless energy of the dance.
Then the mood of the music changed, slowed; they slowed, too. He drew her fractionally closer—she leaned her temple against his chest. "Isn't there some rule that I'm not supposed to waltz before someone or other approves?"
"That only applies in town at a formal ball. Young ladies have to learn to waltz somewhere, or no gentleman would ever stand up with them."
She suppressed a sniff—she hadn't stepped on his toes once. They were revolving slowly, the music soft and low.
It was she who stepped closer, fascinated by the slide of silk between their bodies. And by the heat of him.
He didn't step back. His fingers locked about hers, he laid her hand in the hollow of his shoulder. His arm tightened about her, his hand splaying below her waist, locking her to him so that they moved in truth as one.
His hand burned; so did his thighs as they pressed between hers as he steered her through a shallow turn. Her breasts firm against his coat, she laid her cheek against his chest, and listened to his heart.
Eventually, with a minor flourish they ignored, the music died. Their feet slowed, then halted; for one long instant, they simply stood.
Then she lifted her head and looked into his face. His temptation, his promise, were all around her, a shimmering veil, a glow suffusing her skin. She knew she wasn't imagining it; she didn't know enough to imagine this. She knew what was there, what it was, what might be.
She didn't know why.
So she simply asked, her eyes on his, deeply shadowed by his lids, "Why are you doing this?"
He searched her eyes, then raised one brow. "I would have thought that was obvious." After a moment, he stated, "I'm wooing you—courting you—call it what you will."
"Why?"
"Why else? Because I want you to be my wife." "Why?"
He hesitated, then his hand left hers. His fingers slid beneath her chin, tipping her face up. His lips closed over hers.
It started as a gentle caress. That satisfied neither of them. Whether it was she or he who deepened the kiss was impossible to say—his lips were suddenly harder, firmer, more demanding; hers were correspondingly softer, more beguiling, more inviting.
Greatly daring, she parted her lips, just a little, then more, thrilled to her toes when he took instant advantage. Angling his head, he tasted her, then, like a conqueror, simply took more.
She shivered, and gave, and welcomed him in; his arms tightened about her, impressing her soft flesh with the hardness of his. She sighed, and felt him drink—her breath was his and his was hers; her head reeled as the kiss went on.
Again, it was she who took the next step, who, in all innocence, stretched her arms up, slid her hands to his nape and sank against him. She felt a rumble in his chest—a groan that never made it to his lips.
Their kiss turned ravenous. Hot. Hungry.
His lips seared hers; his hunger whipped, and licked, and tempted. She sensed it clearly—there—beneath the smooth control, the elegant facade. Ever bold, she reached for it.
He froze.
The next instant, she was standing, unsteadily, on her feet, the air cool between them. Her breasts ached oddly; all her skin felt hot. She blinked, and focused on him—he was breathing every bit as raggedly as she. He was just recovering faster—her wits were still whirling.
His hands fell from her; it was impossible to read his eyes. "We should get back."
Before she had time to consider, long before she could gather her wits and think, they were back in the drawing room. They mingled with the other guests while she struggled to find her mental feet. Beside her, he was his usual elegant self, cool and disgustingly controlled, while her lips were tingling, her breathing still too shallow. And she ached, bone-deep, with a sense of having been denied.
The next morning, a stack of books under her arm, Flick stepped out of the side door, looking down as she tugged on her gloves—and ran into a brick wall.
"Ooof!" All the breath was knocked out of her. Luckily, the wall was covered in resilient muscle, and had arms that locked around her, preventing her and her books from tumbling to the ground.
She dragged in a breath, her breasts swelling against Demon's soft jacket, then she blew aside the curls that had tumbled into her eyes. The exhalation ruffled the blonde locks about his ear.
He stiffened. All over.
Rigid, he awkwardly unlocked his arms, grasped her upper arms, and set her back from him. She blinked at him. He scowled at her.
"Where are you going?"
His tone, that of one having the right to know, was guaranteed to make her bridle; putting her nose in the air, she stepped around him. "To the lending library."
He smothered a curse, spun on his heel and followed. "I'll take you in my curricle."
Not so much as a by-your-leave! Let alone a "Good morning, my dear, and how are you?" So much for last night! Entirely unimpressed, Flick kept her gaze fixed stubbornly ahead, ruthlessly denying the
impulse to glance at him as he ranged alongside. "I'm perfectly capable of returning and selecting my novels myself, thank you."
"I dare say."
His tone was as stubborn as hers.
She opened her mouth to argue—and caught sight of the pair of blacks harnessed to his curricle. Her face softened, her eyes lit. "Oh—what beauties!" Her tone was reverent, a fitting tribute to the surely matchless horses impatiently pawing the gravel. "Are they new?"
"Yes." Demon strolled in her wake as she circled the pair, exclaiming over their points. When she paused for breath, he nonchalantly added, "I thought I'd take them for a short outing, just to get them used to town traffic."
Eyes still round, fixed on the blacks' sleek hides, she wasn't paying attention; seizing the moment, he took her hand and helped her into the curricle.
"They hold their heads so well." She settled on the seat. "What's their action like?"
Barely pausing for his answer, she rattled on knowledgeably; by the time she'd run through all her questions and exclamations they were rolling down the drive. Demon kept his gaze on his horses, waiting for her to suddenly realize and berate him for taking advantage. Instead, she set her books on the seat between them and leaned back with a soft sigh.
As the peace unexpectedly lengthened, he shot her a glance; she was sitting easily, one hand braced on the side railing, her gaze fixed, not on the blacks, but on his hands.
She was watching him handle the ribbons, watching his fingers flick and slide along the leather strips. There was an eager light in her eyes, a wistful expression on her face.
He faced forward; a moment later, he clenched his jaw. Never in his entire career had he let a female drive his cattle.
The blacks, although new, were well broken; thus far, they'd proved well behaved. And he would be sitting beside her.
If he did it once, she'd expect him to do it again.
When riding, she had a more delicate touch on the reins than even he.
Turning out of the manor drive, he set the curricle bowling down the road to Newmarket, but he didn't slacken the reins. Instead, drawing in a breath, he turned to Flick. "Would you like to take the reins for a stretch?"
The look on her face was payment enough for his abused sensibilities—stunned surprise gave way to eager joy, swiftly tempered.
"But…" She looked at him, hope warring with imminent disappointment. "I've never driven a pair before."
He forced himself to shrug lightly. "It's not that different from a single horse. Here—shift those books and come closer." She did, eagerly sliding along the seat until her thigh brushed his. Ignoring the heat that shot straight to his loins, he transferred the reins to her small hands, keeping his fingers
tensioning the leather until he was sure she had them.
"No." Expertly, he relaid the reins across her left palm. "Like that, so you've got simultaneous control over them both with just one hand."
She nodded, looking so excited that he wondered if she could speak at all. Sitting back, one arm along the seat behind her, ready to grab her if anything did go wrong, he watched her, his gaze flicking ahead now and again to check the road. But he knew it well, and so did she.
She had a little difficulty checking the pair for a curve; he gritted his teeth and managed not to reach out and lay his hand over hers. Thereafter, however, she adjusted; gradually, as the fields rolled past, they both relaxed.
There was, he discovered, one benefit in being driven by a lady—one he trusted not to land them in a ditch. He could keep his gaze wholly on her—on her face, on her figure, in this case, neat and trim in cambric. Her hair, those lovely golden curls, was constantly ruffling in the wind of their passage, a living frame for her delicate face.
A face flushed with pleasure, with an excitement he understood. She was thrilled and delighted. He felt decidedly smug.
She cast him a dubious glance as the first stables by the racecourse came into sight. From there on, there would be other horses, people, even dogs about—all things to which the blacks might take exception. Demon nodded; sitting up, he expertly lifted the reins from her hands. He readjusted the reins, letting the blacks know he had them again.
Flick sat back with an ecstatic sigh. She had always—forever—wanted to drive a curricle. And Demon's blacks! They were the most perfect young pair she'd ever seen. Not as powerful as his champion bays, but so very elegant, with their slim legs and long, sleekly arched necks.
And she'd driven them! She could hardly wait to tell the General. And Dillon—he would be green with envy. She sighed again; with a contented smile, she looked around.
Only then did she remember their earlier words—only then did she realize she'd been kidnapped. Lured away. Enticed into a gentleman's curricle with tempting promises and whisked into town.
She slanted a glance at her abductor. He was looking ahead, his expression easy but uninformative. There was nothing to say he'd planned this—that he'd purposely had the blacks put to that morning just so he could distract her.
She wouldn't mind betting he had.
Unfortunately, after enjoying herself so thoroughly, it would be churlish indeed to cavil. So she sat back and enjoyed herself some more, watching as he deftly tacked through the increasing traffic to pull up before the lending library, just off the High Street halfway through the town.
As was usual, the sight of a magnificent pair had drawn a gaggle of boys in their wake. After handing her to the pavement, Demon selected two and, with strict instructions, left the blacks in their care.
That surprised Flick, but she was too wise to show it; carrying her books, she headed for the library door. Demon followed on her heels; he reached over her shoulder and pushed the door wide.
She walked through into familiar surroundings—the wide front bay where two old gentlemen sat, dozing over their history books, the narrow aisles leading away toward the back of what had once been
a hall, each aisle lined on both sides with bookshelves crammed to overflowing.
"Hello, Mrs. Higgins," Flick whispered to the large, homely woman who presided over her domain from behind a table near the entrance. "I'm returning these."
"Good, good." Perching her pince-nez on her nose, Mrs. Higgins peered down at the titles. "Ah, yes, and did the General enjoy the Major's biography?"
"He did indeed. He asked me to see if there were any more like it."
"You'll find all we have in the second aisle, dear—about midway down…" Mrs. Higgins's words trailed away. Looking past Flick, she slowly raised her hand and removed her pince-nez, the better to take in who had strayed into her castle.
"Mr. Cynster's escorting me," Flick explained. Facing Demon, she gestured to the chairs in the front bay. "Would you like to wait there?"
He glanced at the two old gents, then looked back at her, his expression utterly blank. "I'll follow you." He proceeded to do so, strolling directly behind her as she wandered down the aisles.
Flick tried to ignore him and concentrate on the books, but novels and literary heroes could not compete with the masculine presence prowling in her wake. The more she tried to shut him out, the more he intruded on her mind, on her senses. Which was the very last thing she needed.
She was confused enough about him as it was.
After spending the hours until dawn reliving their second dance, reliving that amazing waltz, and replaying everything they'd said in the moonlight, over her breakfast toast she'd made a firm resolution to put the entire matter from her—and wait and see.
Wait for him to make the next move—and see if it made any more sense than his last.
She had a very strong notion she was misinterpreting, through lack of experience, reading more into his words, his actions, than he intended. He was accustomed to dallying with sophisticated ladies of the ton. Doubtless, that matter of their second dance, and the waltz, and his warm words in the moonlight—and, of course, that kiss—were all simply tonnish dalliance, the way ladies and gentlemen of his ilk entertained themselves of an evening. A form of sophisticated teasing. The more she thought of it, the more that seemed likely.
In which case, the last thing she should do was place any great emphasis on any of it.
Determinedly, she halted before the bookshelf housing her favorite novels—those of Miss Austen and Mrs. Radcliffe. Ignoring the disapproving humph from behind her, she stubbornly scanned the shelves.
Demon propped one shoulder against a bookshelf, slid his hands into his pockets, and watched her with a distinctly jaundiced eye. If she wanted romance, why the hell was she looking at books?
The fact she was didn't auger well for his plans. He watched as she pulled books out and studied them, returning some, retaining others—and wondered if there was any way he could step up his campaign. Unfortunately, she was young and innocent—and strong-willed and stubborn.
Which meant that if he pushed too hard, drove too fast, she might turn skittish and difficult.
Which would slow things down all the more. He'd gentled enough high-couraged horses to know the value of patience. And, of course, this time, there was no question of him not succeeding—he intended to get his ring on her finger no matter how long it took.
This time, he refused to entertain any possibility of defeat. Last time, when he'd turned up at the manor, ready to offer himself up on a sacrificial matrimonial altar, he hadn't known what he was about. He hadn't stopped to think—he'd reacted instinctively to the situation about him. Discovering that Flick had made everything right so there was no need for them to marry had brought him up short. He'd been stunned, but not with joy. He had, in fact, been distinctly unamused, and even less amused by that fact.
That had certainly made him think. He'd spent the next twenty-four hours doing precisely that, doggedly separating his real desires from the disguise of convenience he'd wrapped them in, only to discover that, as usual, his instincts hadn't misled him.
He wanted to marry the chit—never mind why—and having her compromised so innocently had been a convenient, if not perfect, avenue by which to stake his claim. His wish to marry her was not at all innocent—his thoughts, even then, had been colored by desire. His disappointment had been so acute that he'd actually felt hurt, which had annoyed him all the more.
No woman had ever made him feel this uncertain, had made him ache with desire with no surety of relief.
His sudden susceptibility—his need for an angel—was something he wanted dealt with quickly. Once he had her safely wedded and bedded, he was sure he'd feel better—back to his usual, assured, self-reliant, self-confident self.
Which was why he proposed to dog her every step until she agreed to marry him. He could only pray it wouldn't take too long.
With three books in her arms, she finally quit that bookshelf and strolled farther down the aisle. Pushing away from his resting place, Demon ambled after her. She paused to select a cookbook; he glanced at the title as she lifted it down. Italian Renaissance Recipes.
"Are you planning to entertain an Italian count?"
She glanced at him. "It's for Foggy—she loves reading recipes." The book was large and heavy; she juggled it, trying to settle it in her arms.
"Here." He reached for the book.
"Oh—thank you." With a grateful smile, she handed him the cookbook and her three novels.
Lips setting, Demon accepted them all, reminding himself that none of his acquaintances, not even Reggie, were likely to come in and discover him wandering the aisles at an angel's beck and call, loaded with cookbooks and romantic novels.
Flick's next stop was the biographies. "The General likes reading about gentlemen connected with horses. The last book I got for him was about a cavalry major." Frowning, she studied the shelves. "Do you know of any work he might find interesting?"
Demon glanced at the leather and gilt spines. "I don't read much."
"Oh?" Brows rising, she looked up. "What do you do of a quiet evening?" He trapped her wide gaze. "Active endeavors are more to my taste."
A puzzled frown formed in her eyes. "You must relax sometime."
Lips curving, he let his gaze grow intent, let his voice deepen. "The endeavors I favor are guaranteed to relax."
A faint blush tinged her cheeks; she held his gaze for an instant, then raised a haughty brow and looked away.
Inwardly grinning, Demon looked back at the books. At least she no longer viewed him as a benevolent uncle. "What about this one?" Reaching over her head, he tugged a volume free.
"Colonel J.E. Winsome: Memoirs of a Commander of Horse," Flick read as he put the book in her hands. She opened it and quickly perused the description at the front. "Oh, yes! This is perfect. It's about the cavalry in the Peninsula War."
"Excellent." Demon straightened. "Can we go now?" To his relief, Flick nodded. "Yes, that's it."
She led the way to the front of the hall.
Mrs. Higgins pursed her lips in silent disapproval as Demon set the books on her desk. Flick appeared not to notice; she chatted blithely as Mrs. Higgins wrote her selections on a card. Stepping back, Demon cast a last glance around—he wouldn't be paying a second visit if he could help it.
One of the old gentlemen in the overstuffed armchairs had woken; he sent a suspicious look his way, frowning direfully from under shaggy brows.
Turning back to Flick, Demon relieved her of the pile of books she'd just settled in her arms. "Come—I'll drive you home."
Flick smiled, bid Mrs. Higgins good-bye, and preceded him to the door; Demon followed, his gaze on her hips, his mind busy with plans to cure her of all future need for fictional romantic stimulation.
Chapter 1O
« ^ »
For Flick, their journey to the library was the start of a most peculiar week.
Demon drove her back to the manor by the longest possible route, ostensibly to try the blacks' paces. As he consented to let her handle the ribbons again, she refrained from making any comment on his
high-handed arrogance—as it happened, she hadn't had anything better to do.
At least, nothing to compare with the sensation of bowling along, the breeze ruffling her hair, the ribbons taut in her hands. The sheer exhilaration of tooling his curricle, well-sprung and built for speed, with the blacks high-stepping down the lanes, had worked its addictive magic—she was hooked.
When he drew up before the manor, she was smiling so brightly that she couldn't possibly have admonished him.
Which, from the gleam in his eye, was precisely as he'd planned.
He was back the next morning, although this time, it wasn't her he had come to see; he spent an hour with the General, discussing a line of horses the General was investigating. Of course, the General invited him to stay for luncheon, and he accepted.
Later, she strolled with him to the stable. She waited, but, other than an artful comment about enjoying the view—it was a brisk day and her skirts were flapping—he said nothing. His eyes, however, seemed unusually brilliant, his gaze especially attentive; despite the breeze, she didn't feel cold.
Day followed day; his visits highlighted each one. She could never be certain when or where he would appear, which was doubtless why she found herself listening for his footsteps.
And it wasn't just his gaze that was attentive.
Occasionally, he would touch her, just a hand at her back, or a sliding of his fingers from her hand to her wrist. Such touches always made her catch her breath—and flush in a most peculiar way.
Her worst moment came when he called one afternoon and inveigled her into joining him to watch the strings exercising on the Heath—he was still watching Bletchley during morning and afternoon stables.
"Hills and Cross are doing the bulk of it these days. They're less identifiable than Gillies or me."
They were standing by the Heath, she with her hands clasped on the handle of her furled parasol. "Has Bletchley made any further arrangements—fixed any more fixes?"
Demon shook his head. "I'm starting to wonder…" When he said nothing more, she prompted, "What?"
He glanced at her, then grimaced and looked across the close-cropped turf to where his string was going through their paces. Bletchley lounged under his favorite oak; from there, he could see three separate strings working.
"I'm starting to wonder," Demon mused, "whether he's got any more fixes to place. He's been chatting up the jockeys, true enough, but lately it's been more in the nature of ingratiating himself with them. Other than those three fixes we know of, all of which are for major Spring Carnival races, he hasn't made any further arrangements."
"So?"
"So it's possible all the fixes the syndicate want for the Spring Carnival are now in place—just those three. Considering the races involved, they should clear enough for the greediest of men. I'm wondering if Bletchley is simply whiling away time until his masters are due to check with him, and putting in his hours by learning as much as he can about the race jockeys with a view to making his next round of fixes, most likely in a few months—maybe at the July meeting—easier to arrange."
Flick studied Bletchley. "He's looking for weaknesses? Something to give him a hold over the jockeys?" "Hmm. Possibly."
She knew the instant he switched his gaze from Bletchley to her, knew precisely when his mind shifted from fixes to… whatever it was he was thinking about her.
A gentle tug on one curl had her turning her face, only to find him much nearer, closer…
"Stop staring at him so deliberately—he'll notice."
"I'm not staring at Bletchley." She was staring at his lips. They curved, then drew fractionally nearer…
She stiffened, blinked and dragged her eyes up to his. "Perhaps we'd better stroll." Dalliance was all very well, but she was not about to indulge in any of his mind-whirling kisses—not on the open Heath.
His lips quirked, but he inclined his head. "Perhaps we had."
He turned her; with her hand on his sleeve, they strolled along the Heath's edge—while she hoped he'd exercise his usual initiative and find an empty stable.
To her unreasoning annoyance, he didn't.
The next morning, he took her into town, so they could savor the scones at The Twig and Bough, which he insisted were a cut above excellent. After their repast, they strolled down the High Street, where Mrs. Pemberton beamed at them from her carriage, exchanging gracious greetings.
Flick was quite sure the vicar's wife had never before looked at her with such patent approval.
Which, more than anything else—far more than the insistence of her silly senses or the wonderings of her ill-informed mind—made her question what Demon was about. Really about.
She'd ridden high-bred horses all her life; she'd long ago learned the knack of putting aside all unnerving thoughts and emotions. She had, she thought, been doing an excellent job of ignoring the uncertainties his constant squiring of her had evoked. But after their meeting with Mrs. Pemberton, she could no longer ignore the fact that it really did appear that he was wooing her. Courting her.
Just like he'd said.
Had the moonlight addled his wits—or hers?
The question demanded an answer, not least because his continuing presence was stretching her nerves taut. As it was the same question, albeit in slightly different form, that had been circling in her brain for the past week without answer, there was obviously only one way forward.
And, after all, it was Demon—she'd known him nearly all her life. She hadn't shied away from asking for his help with Dillon, and he'd given it. So…
She waited until they were rolling down the manor drive the next morning for a tool about the lanes so she could hone her driving skills on his powerful bays. He was still holding the reins. Without giving herself time to think, to balk, she asked, "Why are you behaving like this—spending so much time with me?"
His head whipped around; an incipient frown darkened his eyes. "I told you. I'm wooing you."
She blinked; the storm warning in his eyes wasn't encouraging, but she was determined to have all clear. "Yes," she admitted, evenly, carefully. "But that was just…" With one hand, she gestured airily.
His frown crystallized; he slowed the bays. "Just what?" "Well," she shrugged. "Just that night. In the moonlight."
Demon hauled the bays to a halt. "What about the past days? It's been nearly a week." He was appalled.
Swearing, not entirely under his breath, he pulled on the brake, tied off the reins and faced her. "Don't tell me"—narrowing his eyes, he trapped her gaze—"that you haven't noticed. That you haven't been paying attention."
She stared at him, her eyes widening, and widening, as she read the message in his. "You're serious." Her patent astonishment nearly did him in.
"Serious?" He clenched one fist on the railing in front of her, slapped the other on the seat behind her and locked his gaze on her face. "Of course I'm serious! What in all creation do you imagine these last days have been about?"
"Well…" Given the anger vibrating in his tone, Flick decided she'd be wiser not to say. He wasn't yelling—she almost wished he was. His clipped, forcefully enunciated words were somehow more menacing than bellows.
"I am not in the habit of dancing attendance on fresh-faced chits just for the pleasure of their innocent smiles."
She blinked. "I suppose not."
"You may be certain not." His jaw hardened to match the rest of his face; his eyes narrowed to slits. "So what the devil have you been imagining?"
If there had been a way of avoiding the question, she'd have taken it, but the look in his eyes declared he wasn't about to drop the subject. And she had been the one to bring it up—and she did still want to know. Holding his gaze, she carefully said, "I thought it was just dalliance."
It was his turn to blink. "Dalliance?"
"A way to fill in the time." Spreading her hands, she shrugged. "For all I know, telling a lady you're wooing her while alone in a courtyard in the moonlight might be standard practice, entirely unremarkable behavior for—"
Caution caught her tongue. She glanced at him; he smiled—all wolf. "For a rake such as I?" She suppressed a glare. "Yes! How am I supposed to know how you go on?"
Narrow-eyed, he studied her face; his softened not at all. "You may take it from me that when I say I'm courting you, I am." Turning forward, he started to untie the reins.
Flick straightened. "Yes, all right. But you still haven't told me why."
His gaze on his horses, Demon exhaled through set teeth. He released the brake. "Because I want to marry you, of course."
"Yes, but that's what I don't understand. Why do you want to marry me?"
He was going to throttle her if she didn't leave off with her whys; jaw setting, he nicked the reins—the bays stepped out. He felt her irate glance.
"You can't expect me to believe you've suddenly taken it into your head that you need to marry me. You didn't even know I existed—well, not other than a pigtailed brat—not until you caught me on The Flynn's back." She swung on the seat to face him. "So why?"
Feathering the turn into the road, he set the bays pacing. "I want to marry you because you're the right wife for me." Anticipating her next why, he stated, "You're an eligible parti—you're well-born, your connections are commendable. You're the General's ward—you've grown up around here, and you're remarkably knowledgeable about horses." He had his excuses down pat. "All in all, we're an excellent match." He glanced at her sharply. "A fact everyone seems to have realized except you."
She looked ahead, and he turned back to his horses. He wasn't sure he trusted his ears, but he thought she sniffed. She certainly put her nose in the air.
"That sounds horridly cold-blooded to me."
Cold-blooded? He was going to throttle her. Just the thought of how heated his blood had been, simmering uncomfortably for more than a week, hot need flaring every time she drew close—and as for those times she'd been in his arms, stretched, flush, body to body against him…
He set his teeth and heard his jaw crack. His leader jibbed; dragging in a breath, he held it, carefully resettled his horses, then exhaled slowly.
"I also want to marry you"—he forced the words out through gritted teeth—"because I desire you."
He felt her questioning, innocently curious gaze—he wasn't fool enough to meet it—that puzzled look that invited him to demonstrate, to teach her. She'd perfected that look until it could lure even him into deep waters. His gaze locked on his leader's ears, he kept driving.
"What, exactly?…"
He hauled in a breath. "I want you warming my bed." He wanted her warming him. "The fact that I desire you as a man desires a woman is incidental. It merely adds another element to my wooing of you, and our eventual marriage." He quickly changed tacks, focusing on the one aspect he suspected had most contributed to her confusion. She was direct and straightforward—she'd misinterpreted his subtlety. She equated subtleties with playing, with teasing—by definition not serious. "Given your age and lack of experience, as I wish to marry you, a period of courtship is deemed mandatory, during which time my behavior must follow a prescribed pattern."
He was driving dangerously fast. He didn't want to, but he drew back on the reins, slowing to a safer pace. He'd taken a circuitous route; it wasn't necessary to stop and turn in order to return to Hillgate End. Which was just as well. Stopping with him in his present mood and her in her curious one was the definition of unwise.
She'd been listening carefully; he heard the frown in her voice as she repeated, "Prescribed pattern."
"Society dictates that I can squire you about, but I can't press my suit too openly, certainly not forcefully. That would be improper. I have to be subtle. I shouldn't tell you how I feel outright—that's not the way things are done. I shouldn't seek to see you in any clandestine manner. I shouldn't kiss you—and I should certainly not mention that I desire you—even let you get any hint of that fact. You're not supposed to know about desire."
He checked the bays for a corner, then set them pacing again. "In fact, this entire conversation shouldn't be occurring—Mrs. Pemberton and company would unhesitatingly class it as exceedingly improper."
"That's ridiculous! How will I know if I don't ask? And I can't ask anyone else about this—only
you."
Demon heard the uncertain note in her voice; much of his tension left him, swamped by a surge of emotion he was growing accustomed to—one Flick and only Flick could evoke. It encompassed an urge to protect, but that wasn't the sum of it.
He sighed, but didn't look at her—he wasn't yet sure how much in control he was, wasn't yet sure he could resist that puzzled, questioning look in her blue eyes. "It's all right to ask me as long as we're alone. You can say whatever you wish to me, but you must be careful not to let anything we discuss privately influence how you behave when we're not private."
Flick nodded. The possibility that he might forbid her to question him, especially about subjects like desire, had shaken her—for an instant she'd feared he would erect a wall between them.
Thankfully not.
Yet she still didn't entirely understand.
That he seriously wanted to marry her was hard enough to accept. That he wanted to marry her because he desired her—that was beyond her comprehension. She'd assumed she'd always be a child in his eyes. Apparently not.
As the curricle rolled on, she pondered desire. The whole concept, both in general and specifically, intrigued her. She recalled very well the shimmering net he could throw, the temptation, the promise in the moonlight. Her experience beyond that was nonexistent—all she'd known previously came from overhearing maids comparing notes on their swains. But… there was one point that, no matter how she construed it, remained unexplained.
Drawing a deep breath, her gaze, like his, fixed on the ribbon of lane stretching before them, she asked, "If you desire me"—she felt her blush heat her cheeks, but she doggedly plowed on—"as a man desires a woman, why do you go rigid when we touch?"
When he didn't immediately answer, she expanded, "Like that night in the courtyard when we kissed—you stopped suddenly. Was that due to society's strictures"—she risked a glance at him—"or something else?"
He went rigid as she looked at him; she could both sense it and see it. Sense the sudden clenching as if it was her own gut, see the muscles beneath his sleeve tense until each band was clearly delineated. As for his face, when she glanced up in surprise, she found it as hard as stone.
Amazed, she lifted a finger and poked his upper arm—it was like stubbing her finger against rock. "Like that." She frowned at him. "Are you sure it's not aversion?"
"It's—not—aversion." Demon didn't know how he got the words out; his hands were locked so tightly about the reins that he could only pray the bays didn't choose this particular moment to act up. "Believe me," he reiterated, and had to struggle to draw breath. "It's not aversion."
After a moment, she prompted, "Well?"
He'd told her she could ask. If he didn't get her wed and into bed soon, she might kill him with her questions. He exhaled; his chest felt as tight as a drum. Dredging deep for strength, he took a death grip on his inner demons. His voice almost quavering with the effort of not reacting, he explained, "That night in the moonlight, if I hadn't stopped when I did—hadn't got you back into the drawing room in short order—you would have found yourself ravished under the magnolia in the vicarage
courtyard." "Oh?"
Fascinated consideration rang in her tone.
"I'd even worked out how to accomplish the deed. I would have laid you on the stone edging around the tree and lifted your skirts—you wouldn't have stopped me."
He risked a glance at her; blushing lightly, she shrugged. "We'll never know the truth of that." He bit back a retort; narrow-eyed, he focused his gaze on her.
She glanced up, met it, and blushed more deeply. She looked ahead. After a moment, she wriggled, shifting on the seat. "All right. I understand about the courtyard, but why does it happen—you freezing like that—now? You even did it yesterday on the Heath when I accidentally bumped into you." Frowning, she looked up. "You can't want to ravish me every time we meet."
Oh, yes, he could. Demon gritted his teeth and let the bays lengthen their stride. "Desire is like a disease—once you've caught it, every further encounter makes it worse."
He was exceedingly thankful when she accepted that comment with a humph. She stared ahead, then he felt another of her considering glances.
"I won't break, you know. I won't have hysterics, or—" "Very likely." He uttered the words as repressively as he could.
She humphed again. "Well, I still don't understand. If you want to marry me anyway …"
He couldn't miss her implication—couldn't stop himself from turning his head—and reading, blazoned in the blue of her eyes, her curiosity, and a very definite invitation…
Swallowing a virulent curse, he swung his gaze back to the lane. Explaining might just have made things worse. He'd thus far managed to hold his demons in check—but what if she picked up the whip?
Oh no, no, no, no, no. He knew what he was, and what she was, and they were literally eons apart. It would take her years—at least an intensive six months—to even come close to comprehending the level of sexual knowledge he possessed. But he could guess what she was thinking, what route her innocent thoughts had taken. He had to head her off, quash any thoughts she had of jumping into that particular sea feet first. It simply couldn't happen like that. At least, not with him.
Unfortunately, at no point had she become wary of him, much to his disgust. She'd somehow gone from regarding him as an uncle to regarding him as an equal. Which was equally erroneous. His jaw ached, along with most of his body. As for his brain, that simply hurt. "It's not going to happen like that." The effort of explaining things he didn't want to risk thinking about was wearing him down.
"Oh?"
She had those Ohs down to a fine art—they always prodded him to explain.
"Desire leads to physical seduction but, in your case—in our case—that is not going to translate to any quick, rushed, illicit tumble in a courtyard or anywhere else."
He waited for her Oh; instead, she asked, "Why?"
Because he was going to train her to be his very own fallen angel. He shook aside the thought. "Because…" He struggled, then blinked; if he hadn't been driving, he would have flung up his hands in defeat. Setting his jaw, he reached for the whip. "Because you're an innocent, and you deserve better than that. And I know better than that." Oh, yes—this impinged on his ego as well. "I'll seduce you as you deserve to be seduced—slowly. Innocence isn't something you should discard like an old shoe. It has a physical value—a passionate value—all its own."
His frown deepening, he kept his gaze fixed on his leader's ears. "Innocence shouldn't be tarnished, it shouldn't be crushed. It should be made to bloom. I know." Those last two words were as much realization as assurance. "Getting innocence to bloom takes time, takes care and attention and expertise." His voice deepened. "It takes passion and desire, commitment and devotion to coax innocence from bud to bloom, to encourage it to unfurl into full flower without a single petal bruised."
Was he still talking of her innocence, or did he mean something more—something of which he was as innocent as she?
To his relief, she said nothing but sat silently and considered. He considered, too—all that he wanted, the totality of his desire.
He was acutely conscious of her sitting beside him. He could feel his own heartbeat, thudding in his chest, pulsing in his fingertips, throbbing in his loins. For long moments, the only sounds about them were the steady clack of the bays' hooves and the repetitive rattle of the wheels.
Then she stirred.
He shot her a glance, saw her frown—saw her open her mouth— He jerked his gaze forward. "And for God's sake, don't you dare ask why."
He felt her glare; from the corner of his eye, he saw her stick her nose in the air, shut her lips, primly fold her hands, and pointedly look over the landscape.
Jaw clenched, he whipped up his horses.
By the time they reached the gates of Hillgate End, he'd regained sufficient use of his brain to remember what he'd intended to tell Flick during the drive.
Setting the bays pacing up the shady avenue, he slanted a glance at her and wondered how much to reveal. Despite his distraction with her, he hadn't forgotten about the syndicate; he knew she hadn't, either.
The truth was, he was growing uneasy. They'd been following Bletchley for weeks and had learned nothing about the syndicate other than that it appeared exceedingly well organized. In the circumstances, he didn't feel happy about fixing all their hopes on Bletchley.
So he'd racked his brain for alternatives. He'd considered requesting help from the rest of the Bar Cynster but had yet to do so. Vane and Patience were in Kent; Gabriel and Lucifer were in London, but needed to keep their eyes on the twins. Richard was, at last report, rather busy with his witch in Scotland. And Devil would be busy with spring planting. Be that as it may, Devil was reasonably close at Somersham. If things got difficult, he'd call on Devil, but, given that all matters to do with racing fell within his particular area of expertise, there seemed little point in summoning aid just yet. He needed to sight the enemy first, before he called in the cavalry.
To which end…
He drew the curricle up before the steps with a flourish and stepped down. Taking Flick's hand, he helped her alight, then fell in beside her as she headed for the steps.
"I'm going to London tomorrow—there's some business I need to see to." He stopped at the base of the steps.
Already two steps up, she halted and swung to face him, a whole host of questions in her eyes. "I'll be back the day after tomorrow, probably late."
"But… what about Bletchley?"
"Don't worry about him." He trapped her blue gaze. "Gillies, Hills and Cross will keep an eye on him." Flick blinked at him. "But what if something happens?"
"I doubt it will, but Gillies will know what to do."
Flick had far less confidence in Gillies than she had in his master. However… she nodded. "Very well." She held out her hand. "I'll wish you a safe journey, then."
Taking her hand, he lifted a brow. "And a speedy return?"
She raised her brows haughtily. "I dare say I'll see you when you get back."
He trapped her gaze. His fingers shifted about her hand—raising it, he turned it and pressed his lips fleetingly to her wrist.
Her pulse leapt; she caught her breath. He smiled devilishly. "Count on it."
Releasing her hand, he swept her an elegant bow and strode back to his waiting horses.
Flick watched as he leapt up to the seat, then wheeled the bays with matchless authority and set them pacing down the drive. She watched until he disappeared from sight, swallowed up by the shadows beneath the trees.
A frown slowly forming in her eyes, she turned and climbed the steps. The door was unlatched; she went in, closing it behind her. Crossing the hall, she greeted Jacobs with an absentminded smile, then continued on through the house, out on to the terrace and so onto the lawn. The lawn she had so often in recent times strolled with Demon.
If anyone had told her even three weeks before that the thought of not seeing a gentleman for two whole days would dim her mood—would sap her anticipation for those same days—she would have laughed.
She wasn't laughing now.
Not that she was about to succumb to listless lassitude, she had far too much to do. Like deciding how she felt about desire.
She considered the point as she passed beneath the trees and on into the wisteria-shaded walk. Hands clasped behind her, she fell to slowly pacing up and down the gravel.
He wanted to marry her—he intended to marry her. He expected her to say yes—he clearly believed she would.
After this afternoon, and their frank conversation, she at least knew precisely where he stood. He wanted to marry her for all the socially acceptable reasons, and because he desired her.
Which left her facing one very large, formidable question. Would she accept him?
It wasn't a question she'd expected to face. Never in her wildest dreams had she imagined that he, her idol—her ideal gentleman—would want to marry her. Would look at her, a pigtailed brat reborn, and feel desire. The only reason she could state that point, and view the prospect with quite amazing equanimity, was that, deep down, she was still struggling to believe it.
It still seemed like a dream. But…
She knew he was in earnest.
Reaching the end of the walk, she squinted at the clock above the stable arch. There was still an hour before luncheon; all about her was silent, no one else was in sight. Turning, she fell to pacing again, trying to organize her thoughts into a sensible sequence.
The first point she had to consider was obvious. Did she love Demon? Somewhat to her surprise, the answer was easy.
"I've been secretly in love with him for years," she muttered. The admission left her with a very odd feeling in her stomach.
She was so disconcerted, so startled to find her heart had made up its mind long ago and not told her, that she reached the end of the walk before she could set the point aside, accept that it was decided, and move on.
"Next, does he love me?"
No answer came. She mentally replayed their conversations, but there was nothing he'd said that shed light on that point.
She grimaced. "What if he doesn't love me?"
The answer to that was absolute. If he didn't love her, she couldn't marry him. Her certainty was unshakeable, deeply embedded within her.
To her mind, love and marriage went hand in hand. She knew that wasn't society's view, but it was hers, formed by her own observations. Her parents had loved deeply—it had shown in their faces, in their demeanor, whenever they'd been in the same room. She'd been seven when she'd last seen them, waving good-bye from the rail of their boat as it pulled away from the dock. While their features had blurred with the years, that glow that had always been theirs had not—it still shone strongly in her memory.
They'd left her a fortune, and they'd left her a memory—she was grateful for the fortune, but she valued the memory more. The knowledge of what love and marriage could be was a precious, timeless legacy.
One she would not turn her back on.
She wanted that glow for herself—she always had. She'd grown up with that expectation. From all she'd gleaned about the General and his wife, Margery, theirs, too, had been a union blessed.
Which brought her back to Demon.
Frowning, she paced back and forth, considering his reasons for marrying her. His socially acceptable reasons were all very well, yet superficial and not essential. They could be dismissed, taken for granted.
Which left her with desire.
One minute was enough to summarize all she knew on that subject. Questions like Did desire encompass love? Did love encompass desire? were beyond her ability to answer. Until this past week, she hadn't even known what desire was, and while she now knew what it felt like, her experience of it remained minimal. A fact their recent discussion had emphasized.
There was clearly much she had to learn about desire—love or no love.
For the next half hour, she paced and pondered; by the time the lunch gong sounded, she'd reached one clear conclusion, which raised one simple question. She had, she thought, as she strolled back to the house, made good progress.
Her conclusion was absolute and inviolable—utterly unchangeable. She would marry with love, or not at all. She wanted to love, and be loved in return—it was that or nothing.
As for her question, it was straightforward and pertinent: Was it possible to start with desire—strong desire—and progress to love?
Lifting her face to the sun, she closed her eyes. She felt reassured, certain of what she wanted, how to face what was to come.
If Demon wanted to marry her, wanted her to say yes when he asked for her hand, then he would need to teach her more about desire, and convince her that her question could be answered in the affirmative.
Opening her eyes, she lifted her skirts; climbing the steps, she went in to lunch.
Chapter 11
« ^ »
Demon set out for London just after dawn. He kept the bays up to their bits, eager to reach the capital and the offices of Heathcote Montague, man of business to the Cynsters. After considerable thought, he'd hit upon a possible alternative means of identifying members of the syndicate.
Unbeknown to Flick, he'd visited Dillon and extracted a list of the races he'd fixed. He'd then called in favors from all around Newmarket to get the figures, including various bookmakers' odds, necessary to gauge just how much money had been realized through the fixes. His rough estimations had sent his brows rising high—the amount had been startling enough to suggest Montague might be able to trace it. Even a portion of the total should have left some discernible mark somewhere in the financial capital.
It was worth a try.
The road sped beneath his wheels. Demon's thoughts drifted back—to Flick. Impatience gripped him, a restless urge to hurry.
So he could return to Newmarket.
Lips setting, he shook aside the nagging worry—what possible trouble could she get into in two days? He would remain in London for only one night. Bletchley seemed settled; Gillies had his orders. All would be well.
His gaze fixed on the road ahead, he urged the bays on.
Three hours later, neatly garbed in her velvet riding habit and perched upon Jessamy, Flick went riding on Newmarket Heath.
Naturally, she expected to see Bletchley, idly watching the last of the morning gallops as he had for the past week.
To her consternation, she didn't see him. She couldn't find Gillies, Cross or Hills, either. Sitting straight in her saddle, she scanned the gallops—the rising stretches of turf where the last strings were pounding—then turned to survey the surrounding flats. To no avail.
"Isn't that just typical!" Gathering Jessamy's reins, she wheeled the mare and rode straight into town.
Without any idea what to do, Flick walked Jessamy down the paved street. Most of those about belonged to the racing fraternity—stable lads, grooms, trainers, jockeys. Some knew her and bobbed respectfully; all looked Jessamy over with keen professional eyes. Flick barely noticed.
Where had Bletchley been staying? She couldn't remember the inn's name. Demon had said it wasn't in Newmarket, but somewhere to the north.
But what had happened to Gillies and the others? They'd watched Bletchley for this long without mishap—could he finally have identified them and…
And what? She had no idea.
Doggedly, she headed north up the High Street, an ill-formed plan of inquiring at the inns to the north of town in mind. Halfway up the street, she came to the Rutland Arms, the main coaching inn. The mailcoach squatted like a huge black beetle before the inn's main door; she glanced at the passengers waiting to board.
A flash of scarlet caught her eye; abruptly she reined in. A curse from behind had her turning in her saddle. "Oh—I'm so sorry." Blushing, she drew Jessamy aside to let the racing string she'd impeded pass. The long file of horses with lads atop gave her useful cover; screened by them, she peered across the street.
"Yes!" Eyes lighting, Flick saw Bletchley, his red neckerchief a beacon, clamber up to the coach's roof. Then she frowned. "Why is he going to Bury St. Edmunds?"
Raising his yard, the guard blew a warning; the next instant, the coach lurched. Overloaded with men, apparently in rowdy mood, clinging to the roof, it ponderously rolled off up the High Street.
Flick stared after it. While she had no idea why Bletchley was heading to Bury St. Edmunds, it seemed
unlikely he'd stop anywhere en route. There simply wasn't anywhere en route.
She had to find Gillies, and find out what had happened to him and Hills and Cross. She quickly turned Jessamy south, toward the stud farm.
And spied Gillies mounted on a hack not ten yards away. With a muttered exclamation, she trotted Jessamy over.
"Did you see?" She drew rein beside him. "Bletchley's gone off to Bury St. Edmunds." "Aye." Gillies's gaze drifted up the street in the wake of the departing coach. "Well"—Flick settled Jessamy as she danced—"we'd better follow him." Gillies's gaze snapped to her face. "Follow 'im?"
"Of course." Flick frowned. "Isn't that what you're supposed to be doing?" Gillies looked uncertain.
"Where are Hills and Cross?" Flick asked impatiently.
"Hills is at the farm—he was last on watch. Cross is over there." Gillies indicated with his chin. "He was watching Bletchley this morning."
Flick located the lugubrious Cross lounging in a doorway across the street. "Yes, well, now Bletchley has made a move, we'll need to organize to follow him."
"We will?"
Flick stared at Gillies. "What is the matter with you? Didn't Demon leave you with orders to follow Bletchley?"
Gillies stared back, then, mute, shook his head.
Flick stared even more; she couldn't imagine what was going on. But Gillies and Cross were out and about. "What are your orders?"
Gillies's face fell; his eyes took on the look of a mournful spaniel's. "To follow you, miss, and keep you out of trouble."
Only the fact that they were in a crowded public place prevented Flick from giving Gillies her opinion of his master's arrogance. His overweening conceit. His ridiculous male ego.
By the time she, with Gillies and Cross in tow, had retreated to the now empty Heath, she'd calmed down—to simmering. "I don't care what orders he gave before he left, he couldn't have foreseen Bletchley leaving. But he has, so we must improvise."
Gillies remained blank-faced. "The master was most particular, miss. He said we was to hold the fort here, and not let—not make any rash moves. Anyway, there's no need to follow Bletchley to Bury—chances are, when he wants to hie back to London, he'll come back through here on the coach."
"That's not the point!" Flick declared.
"Isn't it?" Standing beside them, Cross squinted up at Flick. "I thought that was it—that we was to watch him in Newmarket and see who he talked to here."
"Not just here." Flick drew a calming breath. "We need to see who he talks to wherever he goes. He might be going to Bury to meet with his masters."
Cross blinked. "Nah, he'll be—"
Gillies coughed, succumbing to a veritable paroxysm that had both Flick and Cross looking at him in concern. Blinking, he shook his head, waving his hand back and forth in a negative gesture. "It's all right," he said to Flick, but his eyes, bright and sharp, were fixed on Cross.
Cross's expression blanked. "Oh. Ah. Right—well."
Flick frowned at him. "We must organize to pick up the watch on Bletchley when he gets to Bury. The mail coach takes hours, so we have a little time."
"Ah—it's not that simple, miss." Gillies exchanged a glance with Cross. "Both Cross here and Hills have duties on the farm—they can't simply up and leave for Bury."
"Oh." Flick looked at Cross; he nodded.
"Aye—wouldn't do for us to leave the youngsters unsupervised, like." ,
Flick grimaced. It was spring, and the stud farm would be a hive of rather serious activity; taking two senior stablemen away at this time was impossible. Especially not from an enterprise as highly regarded as Demon's. Absentmindedly, she settled Jessamy—tail swishing, the mare was growing increasingly restless.
Glancing up, Flick saw Gillies and Cross exchange a look she couldn't interpret; they almost looked pleased. "Well," she stated, "as we can't afford to let Bletchley roam about unwatched, I'll have to go to Bury myself."
Gillies's and Cross's reactions to that were easy to read—their eyes went round and their mouths dropped open.
Gillies recovered first. "But… but… you can't go alone." His eyes looked slightly wild.
Flick frowned. "No, but I don't want to take my maid." She looked at Gillies. "You'll have to come, too."
The lugubrious Cross shook his head. "Nah, you don't want to go to Bury just now." He looked hopefully at Flick.
She looked steadily back. "As Bletchley has taken himself off, I expect you should get back to the stud."
Ponderously, Cross nodded. "Aye, I'd better, at that. I'll tell Hills we don' have no pigeon to watch any more."
Tight-lipped, Gillies nodded.
As Cross lumbered off, Flick turned back to Gillies. A militant light in her eye, she transfixed him with a glance. "We had better make some plans over how to watch Bletchley at Bury St. Edmunds."
Gillies stiffened his spine. "Miss, I really don't think—"
"Gillies." Flick didn't raise her voice, but her tone stopped Gillies in his tracks. "I am going to Bury to watch Bletchley. All you need to decide is whether you'll accompany me or not."
Gillies studied her face, then heaved a sigh. "Perhaps, we'd better have a word with Master Dillon. Seeing as it's on his account, an' all."
Flick frowned harder; Gillies sucked in a quick breath. "Who knows? Maybe Master Dillon has some idea of what Bletchley's doing at Bury?"
Flick blinked, then raised her brows. "You're right. Dillon might know—or be able to guess." She looked around. It was lunchtime; the Heath was empty. "I'll need to go home for lunch or they'll miss me. Meet me at the start of the track to the cottage at two."
Resigned, Gillies nodded.
Flick returned the gesture curtly, then loosened her reins, tapped her heels to Jessamy's sides, and raced home.
After polishing off a late lunch at White's, Demon retired to the reading room with a cup of coffee and a large news sheet, behind which he could hide. That last was occasioned by his encounter with the Honorable Edward Ralstrup, an old friend who had joined him for lunch.
"There's a gathering at Hillgarth's tonight. All the usual crowd, of course." Eyes bright, Edward had thrown him an engaging grin. "Nothing like a few highly bred challenges to tune one up for the Season, what?"
"Challenges?" He'd immediately thought of Flick.
Edward's expression was one of blissful anticipation. "The ladies Onslow, Carmichael, Bristow—need I go on? Not, of course, that you'll need to extend yourself—not with the countess champing at the bit."
"The countess?" Reluctantly, he'd dragged his mind back from Newmarket and focused on the woman he'd shown to the door before he'd driven north. "I thought she'd returned to the Continent."
"No, no." Edward winked. "Seems she's conceived an affection for things English, don't you know. Colston had a touch at her—well, word was you'd gone north indefinitely—but it seems she's determined to hold out for… well, her description was 'something rather more'."
"Oh." He'd been conscious of a definite longing for Newmarket.
His less-than-enthusiastic response hadn't registered with Edward. "After Hillgarth's, if you're still standing, so to speak, there's Mrs. Melton's rout. Quite sure it'll be that, too—plenty of action there. And then tomorrow…"
He'd let Edward rattle on, while his mind slid back to Newmarket, to the golden-haired angel who was waiting for him, and who didn't know the first thing about matters sensual, let alone "something rather more."
"So—what do you say? Shall I pick you up at eight?"
It had taken all his persuasive talents to convince Edward that he wasn't interested—not in the countess or the many other delights that would be offered him about town. In the end, he'd escaped only by assuring Edward that he had to hie north again at dawn and was not about to risk his horses by
staying up all night. As his care for his equine beauties was a byword throughout the ton, Edward had finally accepted that he was serious.
"And," Demon had added, struck by inspiration, "you might oblige me by letting it be known among the brotherhood that I've relinquished all claim on the countess."
"Ooh!" Edward had brightened at that. "I'll do that, yes. Nice bit of sport we should see over that."
Demon certainly hoped so. The countess was a demanding and grasping woman. While her lush body had provided a temporary distraction, one he'd paid handsomely and generously for, he had no doubt that his interest in her had been just that—temporary. Indeed, it had waned on the day he'd headed north.
Sinking into a deep armchair and arranging the news sheet like a wall before him, he settled to sip his coffee and ponder the discovery that life as he had known it—the life of a rakehell in the glittering world of the ton—no longer held any allure. Somewhat to his surprise, he could still imagine attending balls and parties—just as long as he had a certain angel by his side. He would enjoy introducing her to the ton's entertainments, just to see the expression in her wide eyes.
But the ton without Flick?
Anywhere without Flick?
He took a long sip of his coffee. This, he thought darkly, was what happened when fate caught a Cynster in her coils.
He was sitting in London, a town teeming with uncounted beauties, a surprising number of whom would be easily enough persuaded to reveal their charms to him—and he wasn't interested. Not in the beauties—not in their charms, naked or otherwise.
The only woman he was interested in was Flick.
He recalled imagining that it could never happen—that he'd never be satisfied with one woman. But it had. The only woman for him now was Flick.
And she was in Newmarket. Hopefully behaving herself.
Doing the vases, reading her novels, and twiddling her thumbs. Possibly thinking about desire.
He shifted in his seat, then frowned. No matter what setting he placed her in, his image of a patient Flick was not convincing.
Ten minutes later, he strode down the steps of White's, his goal the mews close by his lodgings where his bays were presently housed. There was no reason he couldn't leave London immediately. He'd seen Montague that morning, and spent an hour explaining the details of the race-fixing. Montague had done a few quick calculations and concurred with his assessment. The amount of money taken was enormous—it should show up somewhere.
Montague had connections Demon didn't want to know about. He'd left the hard-working agent, who thankfully thrived on financial challenges, with a gleam in his eye. If there was any way to track members
of the syndicate through the money they'd taken, Montague would find it.
Which left him free to return to Newmarket, to the watch on Bletchley and his wooing of Flick.
Glancing down, he considered his attire—town rig of trousers, morning coat and shoes. There was no real reason to change. He doubted Flick would even notice, much less make anything of the fact that he hadn't stopped to change before racing back to her side.
Lips twisting wryly, he lengthened his stride and headed straight for the mews.
"Bury St. Edmunds?" Dillon frowned at Flick, then slumped into the chair at the head of the old table. "Why there?"
Flick pulled up a stool, waving Gillies to the other, wishing he was his master instead. "We were hoping you might have some clue. Obviously not."
Dillon shook his head, his expression one of patent bewilderment. "I wouldn't have thought there was any possible attraction in Bury, not for the likes of Bletchley."
"So," Flick stated, her tone businesslike, "we'll need to go to Bury and find out what the attraction' is. Like you, I can't see any reason Bletchley would have gone there, other than to meet with his masters."
Gillies, who'd been listening carefully, and even more carefully sizing up Dillon, cleared his throat. "There's a prizefight on in Bury St. Edmunds tomorrow morning. That's almost certainly why Bletchley's hied off there. The reigning champion of all England is to take the ring against the latest challenger."
"Really?" Dillon's lassitude fell away—he was suddenly all eager youth. "A prizefight," Flick breathed, in the tone of one for whom a light has dawned.
Frowning, Gillies looked from one to the other. "Aye—so there'll be all manner of bucks and bloods and dangerous blades up from London—the town'll be fair crawling with them."
"Damn!" Dillon sat back, a frown in his eyes. Gillies heaved a sigh of relief.
"Fancy a prizefight so close and I daren't show my face." Dillon grimaced and looked at Flick, clearly inviting her sympathy.
She wasn't looking at him. Grinning, her face alight, she slapped the table. "That's it!" Gillies jumped. "What's it?"
"The prizefight, of course! It's the perfect venue for Bletchley to meet with his masters." Triumph in her eyes, she spread her hands. "It's obvious—members of the syndicate can come up from London and meet with Bletchley without in any way stepping out of their normal roles, their normal pastimes, the places they would normally be found. A prizefight is perfect."
Gillies paled. "No—I don't—
"You know," Dillon cut in, "you just might be right."
"Of course I'm right." Flick set her riding gloves on the table. "Now we need to work out how to keep an eye on Bletchley at Bury, given there's only me and Gillies to keep watch."
Both Flick and Dillon frowned; Gillies stared at them in patent dismay. "The master won't want you going to any prizefight." He made the statement to Flick, then looked at Dillon.
Dillon wrinkled his nose. "It'll be tricky, but the prizefight must be the venue for Bletchley to meet his masters. Someone's got to watch him."
Gillies dragged in a breath. "I'll go."
Dillon regarded Gillies, then grimaced. "Without belittling your skills, Gillies, it's damned difficult for one person to keep a full-time watch on a target in a crowd."
"Indeed." Flick frowned. "And besides, what if the meeting is held upstairs at the inn, in a private room? I can go upstairs." She turned to Gillies. "You can't."
"Well," Dillon put in, "you won't be able to either, not if you're disguised as a stable lad." "I'm not going disguised as a lad."
Dillon and Gillies stared at Flick—Dillon with interest, Gillies with trepidation. Flick smiled determinedly. "I'm going as a widow—I have to be able to get a room to stay the night." ,
"The night?" Dillon queried. Gillies simply stared.
"Most spectators from London will arrive this evening, won't they?" Flick glanced at Gillies. "Aye." His voice was weak.
"Well, then—if a meeting is to be held, it could be held either tonight or tomorrow—which would probably mean after the fight." Flick frowned. "If I was doing the organizing, I'd hold the meeting tonight. There's bound to be groups gathering to while away the evening—another group meeting in a private parlor would cause no comment. But if they meet tomorrow, after the fight, it'll seem rather odd, won't it?" She glanced at Gillies. "I imagine most of the Londoners will leave from the field?"
Woodenly, Gillies nodded.
"Right, then." Flick nodded curtly. "The Angel's the major inn at Bury—it's likely everyone will gather there. So that's where I'll stay—we'll make that our headquarters. Between us, Gillies and I should be able to keep Bletchley in sight."
"The Angel will be booked out," Gillies protested. "Won't be any way you'll get a room there." Flick's eyes narrowed. "I'll get a room—don't worry on that score."
"You said you'd go as a widow," Dillon looked at her. "Why a widow?"
Flick's determined smile deepened. "One"—she ticked her points off on her fingers—"men always seem to consider young widows to be in especial need of protection, which will help me get a room. Two, widows can wear concealing veils without raising brows. Three, a widow can travel alone—or at least with only her coachman." She looked at Gillies. "If you'd rather stay here and await your master, I can get Jonathon to drive me." Jonathon was the Hillgate End coachman.
Very definitely, Gillies shook his head. "I'll stick with you." Under his breath, he grumbled, "Those were my orders. Necks are going to be wrung enough over this without me sticking mine out."
Lifting his head, Gillies looked at Dillon and tried one last time. "The master's not going to like this."
Flick didn't think Demon would approve either, but she wasn't going to point out the obvious. Dillon, however, did. "Pity Cynster's not here."
"But he's not." Flick swept up her gloves and stood. "So it's up to us to manage." She looked at Gillies. "Come to the manor stable as soon as you can—I want to leave within the hour."
In the well-sprung manor carriage, the trip from Newmarket to Bury St. Edmunds did not take long. They rolled into the town as the last traces of the day were fading from the western sky.
They joined the long queue of curricles, carriages, gigs and carts barely crawling along the main street.
Peering out the carriage window, Flick was amazed at the number of conveyances clogging the usually clear road. The clack of horses' hooves, the snap of whips and innumerable ripe curses filled the air. The pavements were awash with surging masses of men—laborers in drab, country squires in their tweeds, and gentlemen of every hue, from the nattily attired sportsman to the elegant rake, to the brash blades and bucks casting their eyes over any female unwise enough to appear in their sight.
Sitting back, Flick was glad of her thick veil. Not only would it hide her face but it would also hide her blushes. Glancing down, she wished she'd stopped to find a more "widowish" dress—one with a high neckline and voluminous skirts, preferably in dull black. In her haste, she'd donned one of her day gowns, a scooped-necked, high waisted gown in soft voile in her favorite shade of lavender-blue. In it, she didn't look the least like a widow—she suspected she looked very young.
She would have to remember to keep her cloak fully about her at all times whenever she was out of her room. The cloak, luckily, was perfect—voluminous, heavy and dark with a deep hood. An old trunk, in the attic recalled from childhood rummagings had yielded the heavy, black lace veil.
Old-fashioned it might be, but it was precisely what she needed—it covered her whole head, her hair as well as her face, obscuring all identifiable features, yet it did not interfere too drastically with her vision.
She was going to need to see, and see well, to play the part she would need to play.
With the veil over her head, and her hood up, the whole secured with two pins, she was certain no one would recognize her. As long as she kept her cloak completely about her, all would be well.
Clutching her black reticule, also liberated from the old trunk, she waited impatiently for the sign of The Angel to appear. The carriage rocked, stopped, then rocked and stopped again. The sound of carriage wheels scraping came to her ears—she promptly shut them to the ensuing curses.
Fixing her gaze on the carriage's wall, she reviewed her plans. She had, she thought, managed well thus far. She'd told the General she'd taken a sudden notion to visit a friend, Melissa Blackthorn, who helpfully lived just beyond Bury St. Edmunds. Over the past ten years, she and Melissa had frequently simply visited, without formal arrangements. The General was always at home, and the Blackthorns were always in residence; there was never any danger of not finding a welcome. So she'd claimed she would visit Melissa and, as usual, stay overnight.
Both the General and Foggy had accepted her decision with a little too much readiness for her liking. The General's understanding smile, his gentle pat on her hand, had left her with the distinct—and she was sure not inaccurate—impression that he thought it was Demon's absence that had prompted her visit to Melissa. That his absence was the cause of her restlessness.
Flick wasn't at all sure how she felt about that—irritated, yes, but in a rather odd way. Frowning,
she glanced out of the window and abruptly sat up. They were passing the main courtyard of The Angel, already a sea of men and boys all heading in one direction or another. The majority of visitors were still finding places to lay their heads; Flick prayed, very hard, that she'd be successful in carrying out the next phase of her plan. An instant later, the carriage lurched, then turned, and rumbled under the arch into the stable yard of The Angel.
Where pandemonium reigned.
Gillies hauled the horses to a stop, and two inn boys rushed to the carriage. One pulled open the door and let down the steps; the other ran to the boot. Flick allowed the first to take her hand and help her down; as the second, discovering the boot was empty, returned at a loss, she waved him to the carriage. "My bag is in there."
Her voice was steady; she'd deepened and strengthened her usual tones so that she sounded older, more commanding. It seemed to work; retrieving her one small bag, the inn boys stood respectfully as, having handed the horses over to the ostlers, Gillies came up.
Lifting her arms wide, palms up to encompass the scene, Flick turned dramatically and launched into her charade. "Good gracious, Giles! Just look at this crowd! Whatever's afoot?"
Gillies simply stared at her.
One of the inn boys shifted his weight. "It's a prizefight, m'lady. Over on Cobden's field t'morrow mornin'."
"A prizefight!" Pressing a hand to her cloaked breast, Flick fell back a step. "Oh, how distressing!" She glanced about, then looked at the inn. "I do hope the innkeeper has a room left—I could not possibly go another mile."
She stared—beneath her veil she glared—at Gillies. After a moment, he said rather woodenly, "Indeed not, ma'am." At least he'd remembered to address her as ma'am.
"Come, Giles—we must speak to the innkeeper immediately!" Gesturing dramatically toward the inn's main doors, she picked up her skirts and led the way. Her feminine tones, carrying a hint of imminent distress, had caused more than a few heads to turn, but, as she'd anticipated, the inn boys, responding to her dramatic flair, bustled close, eager to be part of whatever scene was to follow; together with the recently christened Giles, they cleared a path for her to the inn door.
Beyond the door lay a wide reception area fronted by a long counter presently manned by three harassed individuals—the innkeeper, his wife, and his brother. The length of the counter was packed with men-—Flick could only catch glimpses of those behind it. Between her and the counter ranged a wall of male shoulders.
It had been years since she'd visited The Angel, but Flick recognized the innkeeper and made a beeline for him, giving wordless thanks when his sharp-eyed wife was called to deal with a customer at the counter's other end. The helpful inn boys, seeing that she'd be swamped, sent up a shout, waving her bag high. "Make way for the lady."
Flick could have kissed them.
Gentlemen's heads turned at the mention of a lady; as they took in her dark cloak and veil, those in her
path politely stepped back. Between the inn boys and Gillies, she was conducted to the counter; as she fronted it, however, her escort deferentially stepped back, leaving her surrounded by gentlemen.
All of whom were studying her rather speculatively.
The innkeeper blinked at her; his expression one of concern, he asked, "Aye, ma'am?" Flick took her courage in both hands.
"Kind sir"—her voice hinted at a quaver—"I have just arrived in your fair town only to discover this crowd before me." Setting her big black reticule on the counter before her, she clasped her hands tight about it so the innkeeper could not miss the huge square-cut topaz she wore on one gloved finger. It was not an expensive stone, but it was impressive in size and style; the innkeeper's eyes duly widened. Casting an agitated glance about her, she declared, "I have already travelled far this day—I cannot go further. My horses, too…" She let the words fade, as if the situation threatened to overwhelm her.
Turning back to the innkeeper, looking into his face, she imploringly put out a hand. "Oh, dear sir, please say you have one more room left for me?"
Her plea caused a hush.
The innkeeper pursed his lips. "Hmm." Brow furrowing, he drew his ledger closer and made a great show of scanning his lists of rooms, all of which Flick knew must already be taken.
Tapping his pencil, he glanced up at her. "Just you, is it, ma'am?"
Flick drew a deep breath. "Yes." She made the word sound very small, very weak. "I…" She drew in another breath and clasped her fingers more tightly on the reticule; the facets of the topaz flashed. "I was recently widowed—well, it's been six months, now, I suppose—I've been travelling… for my health, you understand."
She delivered the words in a slightly breathless rush, with what she hoped was just the right degree of feminine fragility. The innkeeper's lips formed a silent Oh, then he nodded and looked down.
Exceedingly glad of her veil, Flick glanced about; the innkeeper's eyes were not the only ones in which calculation gleamed.
"I say, Hodges," one of her neighbors drawled, "you'll have to find a room for the lady—can't possibly send her out into the night."
A deep rumble of assent rose on all sides.
"For the honor of Bury St. Edmunds, if nothing else," some other helpful soul put in.
The innkeeper, who was now scrubbing out and rewriting names on his lists, threw them a distracted frown. That didn't please some of his more arrogant customers. "Aside from the town's honor, what about this house's honor?" Directing a too-smooth smile her way, one rakish buck leaned on the counter. "Surely, Hodges, old chap," he drawled, "you wouldn't want it known that you're the sort of innkeep who turns away helpless widows?"
Flick gritted her teeth and suppressed an impulse to deliver a swift kick to the buck's nearby shin; Hodges was now scowling.
Luckily, he was scowling at the buck. "No need to take that tone, m'lord. I've found the lady a nice room—I hope I know my duty."
He shut his ledger with a snap. Turning, he reached for a key hanging with a full score of others on a board behind the counter. To Flick's consternation, all the gentlemen around her leaned forward, squinting at the board to read the number of her room!
She had, she realized, just saddled herself with a large number of champions, some of whom might be entertaining notions of a reward.
But as the innkeeper turned with a key dangling in his hand, she was too relieved to worry.
"If you'll just come this way, ma'am?" He waved to the end of the counter, to where a wide staircase led upward. Then he turned to the waiting crowd. "You gentlemen won't mind biding your time until I get the lady settled."
It wasn't a question. Grinning behind her veil, Flick glided to the staircase. Hodges, despite being a resident of Bury St. Edmunds, was clearly up to snuff.
Gillies returned to her side to briefly murmur, "I'll go find Bletchley." Then he melted into the ever-increasing crush as the innkeeper joined her.
"This way, ma'am."
Five minutes later, with a great deal of graciousness and enough care to make her feel slightly guilty, she was installed in the very best chamber the inn possessed. Hodges admitted as much when she exclaimed over the size of the room and the superior quality of the furniture.
With a gruff suggestion that she might prefer to have her dinner on a tray to avoid the crowd downstairs—a suggestion with which she readily agreed—he left her.
Flick blew out a breath, then returned to the door and threw the bolt. Crossing to the bed, she sank down upon it; extracting her pins, she pushed back her hood and veil.
And grinned triumphantly.
She'd done it! On the eve of a prizefight, she'd secured a room at the most prominent inn.
Now all she needed to do was find Bletchley—and follow him into his masters' presence.
Leaving Newmarket, Demon headed south, past the racecourse and his stable and on across the empty Heath. As he tickled his leader's ear, then sent the whip hissing back up its handle, the last glow in the west died. Night came slowly, approaching on silent wings, borne on the shadows that reached over the Heath to enfold the country in darkness. Before him lay his stud farm, with its comfortable parlor and one of Mrs. Shephard's excellent country dinners.
Between him and supreme comfort lay Hillgate End.
It was awfully late to pay a social call, but even before he'd formulated an excuse, he checked the bays and turned them up the manor's drive. Flick would be glad he was back early—she could tell him if anything had transpired in his absence. So could Gillies, of course, but he'd rather hear it from Flick. He'd only stay for a minute, just to assure himself all was well.
He brought the curricle to a scrunching halt in the gravel before the steps. A groom or stable
lad—he couldn't see in the gloom—came loping across from the stable.
"I'll only be a few minutes," he called as he strode up the steps. Just long enough to see Flick's smile—to see her anticipation of tomorrow come alive.
Jacobs opened the door to his knock.
"Good evening, Jacobs." Crossing the threshold, he drew off his gloves. "Is Miss Parteger about?"
"I'm afraid not, sir." Jacobs closed the door and turned. "She left this afternoon to visit with a friend. I believe she's expected back tomorrow."
Demon managed to keep the frown from his face—he knew it showed in his eyes. "A friend."
"Miss Blackthorn, sir. She and Miss Parteger have been in the way of exchanging visits over the past years."
"I… see." The proposition that, with Bletchley on the Heath, Flick had abdicated her responsibilities—what she saw as her responsibilities—and had happily gone off to visit a friend, just like any other young lady, was simply too much to swallow. But Jacobs's easy expression declared that he knew no more; with a curt nod, Demon stepped to the door. "Tell her I called when she returns."
Jacobs hauled open the door. "And the General?"
Demon hesitated. "Don't bother him—I'll call and see him tomorrow."
He went swiftly down the steps and strode to his curricle, every instinct he possessed flickering, every nerve jangling. Accepting the reins with a distracted nod, he stepped up to the box seat and sat. Raising his hands to give the bays the office, he glanced at the groom.
And froze.
He frowned. "You're the coachman here, aren't you?"
The man bobbed his head. "Aye, sir." He jerked his head toward the stable. "The lads have gone home, so there's just me and old Henderson."
"But… if you're here, who's driving Miss Parteger?" The man blinked. "Why, your man, sir. Gillies."
Light dawned—Demon didn't like what he saw. Jaw setting, he nodded to the coachman. "I see. Thank you."
He sprang the bays; when he reached the road, he set them flying.
Demon found no joy—no news—waiting for him at the farmhouse. Which, he reasoned, meant Gillies imagined they'd be back before the following evening. That didn't tell him where they were now—where they were spending this evening—and, more importantly, what they thought they were doing.
More specifically, what Flick thought she was doing—he doubted Gillies was behind this escapade. He had, however, given his henchman strict instructions not to let Flick out of his sight; it appeared Gillies was following those instructions to the letter.
Which was some small comfort.
After checking with the Shephards, who knew nothing, he paused only to consign the bays into the hands of his head stableman before swinging up to Ivan's back and riding out into the night. Both Hills and Cross lived in cottages north of the Heath—if he had to, he'd track them down, but first he'd check with Dillon.
If something had happened in his absence, it was possible that Flick had sought counsel with Dillon. Whatever had happened might even involve Dillon—he might be the reason Flick had needed a carriage. A host of possible scenarios, none of which he liked, fought for prominence in his mind. He pressed Ivan as fast as he dared over the rough trail to the cottage.
He glimpsed a faint light as he entered the clearing; it disappeared by the time he dismounted. "It's me—Demon."
The glow returned, guiding him through the derelict lean-to and into the cottage proper. Dillon was standing by the table, his hands on the lamp; he looked up, his expression open and eager.
Demon met his eyes. "Where's Flick?"
Dillon grinned. "She's off gallivanting after Bletchley." Dropping into his chair, he waved to a stool. "She's convinced, this time, that Bletchley's going to meet with the syndicate."
Icy fingers clutched Demon's spine. Ignoring the stool, he halted by the table; blank-faced, he looked down at Dillon. "And what do you think?"
Dillon opened his eyes wide. "This time, she might be right." He glanced up as Demon's gloves hit the table; his engaging grin flashed. "A pity you weren't here, but Flick'll be there to see—"
A sound like a growl issued from Demon's throat. He grabbed Dillon by his shirtfront, plucked him out of the chair, shook him like a rat, then took one step and slammed him back against the cottage wall.
The chair crashed, the sound echoing in the stillness. The wall shook. Wide-eyed, unable to breathe, Dillon stared.
Into Demon's slitted eyes.
Dillon was only a few inches shorter, but he was a great deal slighter. There was nine years between them, and it was measured in muscle. Demon knew he could crush Dillon's windpipe with one forearm—from the look in Dillon's eyes, Dillon knew that, too.
"Where is she?" His words were low, slow and very distinct. "Where is this supposed meeting to take place?"
"Bury," Dillon gasped. His chest heaved. "Bletchley went there—she followed. She was going to try to get a room at The Angel."
"Try to?" The Angel was a very large house. Dillon licked his lips. "Prizefight."
Demon couldn't believe his ears. "Prizefight!"
Dillon tried to nod but couldn't. "Flick thought it was the obvious—the most likely place for the syndicate to meet with Bletchley. Heaps of bucks and blades up from London—all the riffraff and the Fancy, too. Well, you know—" He ran out of breath and wheezed, "It seemed like sound reasoning."
"What did Gillies say?"
Dillon glanced at Demon's eyes and paled even more. He dropped his gaze. When he didn't answer, Demon tensed the muscles in his arms.
Dillon caught his breath in a rush. "He didn't want her to go—he said you wouldn't like it." "And you? What did you say?"
Dillon tried to shrug. "Well, it seemed like a sensible idea—"
"You call letting a gently reared, twenty-year-old girl go waltzing out to spend the night in an inn filled to the rafters with a prizefight crowd sensible?"
A look of petulance passed over Dillon's face. "Well, someone had to go. We needed to learn—"
"You miserable coward!"
He didn't crush Dillon's windpipe—he hauled him up, shook him once, then slammed him back against the wall. Hard.
Then he released him.
Dillon collapsed in a coughing heap on the floor. Demon looked down at him, sprawled beside his boots. Disgusted and furious in equal measure, he shook his head. "When the devil are you going to grow up and stop hiding behind Flick's skirts?" Turning, he swiped up his gloves. "If I had the time, I'd give you the thrashing you deserve—" He glanced back; when Dillon groggily lifted his head, Demon caught his eye. His lip curled. "Consider it yet another piece of retribution from which Flick has saved you."
He stormed out into the night. Vaulting onto Ivan's back, he set course for The Angel.
Chapter 12
« ^ »
She'd never seen so many men crammed into one space in her life.
Flick stood at her room window and looked down on the sea of male humanity filling the courtyard of The Angel. She'd been right in guessing that the prizefight crowd would congregate at The Angel; the throng seethed as men entered from the street while others drifted into the bars, returning with jugs and glasses. The courtyard of The Angel was the place to be.
Pitch flares had been placed around the courtyard, their flickering light strong enough for her, up in her chamber at the front of the house, to see faces below clearly. She'd snuffed her candles before parting the curtains. Luckily, the windows were hung with lace as well as the heavier drapes; she could stand close to the glass and peer down without risking anyone seeing her.
The noise was amazing. A multilayered rumble, it rose like a cacophany of deep-toned bells struck and rung without order. The occasional gust of laughter erupted, now from one group, then another. From her vantage point, she viewed the scene like some godlike puppeteer.
She'd been watching for close to an hour. The inn's bars were doing a roaring trade; she was grateful the staff had found time to bring up her dinner on a tray. She'd eaten quickly, then the serving girl had returned and taken away the tray. Since then, she'd been watching Bletchley.
He was halfway down the courtyard out in full view, a heavy figure in an old frieze coat, his scarlet neckerchief a useful feature to distinguish him from the many other older men in unfashionable attire. The fashionable and unfashionable mingled freely, their shared interest transcending social bounds. Bletchley stood, feet wide, his bulk balanced, quaffing ale and nodding as those in his circle expounded their theories.
Gillies was watching him, too. Bletchley had gone into the inn twice—Gillies had followed, sliding away from the group he was part of to slip inside. Each time he'd returned to resume his position as Bletchley did the same, a fresh pint in his hand.
Flick shifted her weight, then folded her arms. She was tired of standing, but if she sat, she wouldn't be able to see into the courtyard. The discussions below were gaining in intensity; in a number of groups, she saw money being waved about. There were gentlemen aplenty, well dressed, with the long aristocratic features that screamed wealth and affluence. Flick studied various hard faces, and wondered if they were members of the syndicate. Perhaps it was a group of blades, the most dangerously irresponsible of the younger gentlemen. She'd heard tales of incredible wagers; such men might well need cash, and they didn't appear to possess overmany scruples. But who? Who?
Her gaze passed over the crowd, then returned to Bletchley to see him squinting at an old watch. Tucking it back into his pocket, he drained his pint, collared a harassed serving boy and handed it to him, then, with a nod, excused himself to his cronies and headed away through the crowd.
Flick straightened. Bletchley wasn't heading inside.
Lumbering through the throng, tacking around groups, he made his way toward the far end of the courtyard. Flick lifted her gaze past the masses and looked out beyond the flares at the dark expanse of Angel Hill.
She knew that the long, sloping hill led up to the abbey, although she couldn't see it. The light from the flares ended abruptly just beyond the courtyard; Angel Hill was cloaked in the deep dark of a country night.
"Damn!" Flick relocated Bletchley, still struggling through the crowd. She searched for Gillies and found him; he'd seen Bletchley move, and was on his trail.
Flick sighed with relief—then froze. Someone had grabbed Gillies. He struggled to free himself, only to have more men range about him, smiling and laughing. She caught sight of Gillies's face—he was smiling and laughing, too. He also looked desperate.
One man slung his arm about Gillies's shoulders; another grasped his coat in friendly fashion and started talking nonstop. Flick saw Gillies cast a quick look around—saw him try to turn, but his friends wouldn't let him.
"Oh, no!" Aghast, Flick glanced to where Bletchley was nearing the far end of the courtyard, bounded by a few scraggly bushes, then she looked at Gillies, trapped and helpless in the middle of the crowd.
From where Gillies was, he couldn't see Bletchley's direction. He also didn't know where she was—that she could, if he looked her way, direct him. Gillies had lost Bletchley, and there was no way she could set him right—she could hardly fling up the window and shout down.
Lifting her gaze, Flick saw Bletchley reach the courtyard's far boundary. He didn't halt; he didn't look around. Pushing through the low bushes, he stepped out purposefully, into the dark. Heading straight up Angel Hill.
To meet with his masters—she just knew it!
Smothering a scream, she whirled and grabbed her cloak. Her veil went flying, disappearing over the edge of the bed; the pins clattered on the floor.
She didn't have time to stop. Dragging the cloak about her, she hauled the deep hood over and down so her face was heavily shadowed. Fingers flicking frantically, she cinched the cloak's laces at her throat, checked to make sure that the cloak was fully about her, then threw the bolt on the door and slipped out, pausing only to lock the door behind her.
Hurrying down the dimly lit corridor, she dredged her memory for all knowledge of the inn. She was on the first floor; the long corridor that crossed hers ended in a side stair leading down to a door just around the corner from the courtyard. Reaching the intersection, she turned and hurried on. Most of the inn's patrons were downstairs; there was no one about. All but running down the narrow carpet, Flick prayed her luck would hold.
She reached the narrow side stair; clinging to the shadows, she descended. The small hall before the side door was empty. She stepped out to cross it—
A door in the wall to her left crashed open. Two maids hurried through, carrying trays of used pots and jugs. They glanced at Flick, plastered back against the wall, but they didn't stop—they rushed on, down the corridor.
Flick dragged in a breath, steadied her pounding heart, and determinedly stepped to the door. It opened easily.
It gave onto a narrow cobbled area around the corner from the courtyard. From her left, noise rolled out and away, into the dark; the flickering flares made little impact on the night beyond.
Closing the door behind her, Flick faced Angel Hill.
Unfortunately, the cobbled area was used to house crates and barrels; it had been extended away from the inn, encroaching on the flank of the hill, where it ended in a high retaining wall. The only way she could gain the hillside and follow Bletchley was to skirt around to her left, cutting through the area dimly lit by the flares.
And risking someone—some man in the courtyard—seeing her.
Flick hesitated. Her back to the wall, safe in her dark cloak in the shadows, she thought of Demon, and Dillon, and the unknown syndicate.
Then she thought of the General.
Drawing a deep breath, she straightened and stepped away from the wall.
She didn't look back—didn't risk the light gleaming on her face or hands. She walked quickly and
silently across, skirting the low bushes edging the courtyard and onto the lowest slope of Angel Hill.
Without pause, she walked on, even after the light of the flares had died behind her. Only when the night had swallowed her up and the noise of the courtyard was fading did she stop, draw a deep, reviving breath, and exhale with relief. Then, lifting her skirts, sending fervent thanks to her guardian angel, she hurried on. In Bletchley's wake.
After arranging stabling for Ivan with The Angel's harassed grooms, Demon strolled under the arch separating the courtyard from the stable yard. He stopped and scanned the scene just as Flick appeared briefly in the weak light of the flares on the rising ground on the far side of the courtyard. If he hadn't been looking for her, if she hadn't taken complete possession of his mind, he would have seen nothing more than the outline of a swinging cloak, a shadow against the deeper shadows of the night.
As matters stood, that was enough—he knew it was Flick.
He didn't know where she was going, but that wasn't hard to guess. Swallowing his curses—saving them for later—he stepped into the crowd.
And immediately, inwardly, cursed some more. He couldn't race after her.
He had more than a few friends there—he'd known of the fight, and would probably have attended if he hadn't been so busy with Flick and her syndicate. His friends, of course, thought he'd come to join them.
"Demon!"
"You took your time. Where're you staying?" "So—who've you got your money on?"
Adopting an expression of fashionable boredom on his face, Demon answered at random.
If his friends saw him striding into the night, they might follow out of idle curiosity. There was, however, an even greater danger. Many of the young bloods, bucks and blades considered him a man to emulate. If they saw him racing off up Angel Hill, they might send up a hue and cry, and then Flick would find herself enacting the role of fox pursued by a pack of slavering hounds.
Wonderful. This time, Demon vowed, he would strangle her.
After he rescued her from whatever danger she was so determinedly marching into.
Mentally gritting his teeth, he smiled and joked; gradually, he made his way to the far side of the courtyard. Only by telling one friend that he was going to join another did he manage to progress at all.
He caught sight of Gillies in the throng; it was instantly apparent his henchman had problems of his own. Demon considered, but detaching Gillies from his mates without attracting attention would prove difficult, and he didn't have the time. Flick had long since disappeared.
Finally reaching the bushes bordering the cobbles, Demon paused to scan the throng. He shifted his weight, first this way, then that, then frowned, turned, surveyed the bushes, then stepped through them. Hopefully, anyone who'd seen him would imagine he was merely caught short and looking to relieve himself.
He walked, definitely but with no panic, out of the circle of the flares. Then he strode out.
He stopped once the dark had closed around him. He looked back, but could detect no sign of pursuit or interest. Satisfied, he turned back to Angel Hill and the slumbering abbey on the ridge. Somewhere ahead of him Flick was climbing, and, he assumed, ahead of her was Bletchley.
And ahead of Bletchley…
Lips thinning, Demon set his jaw and climbed faster.
Higher up the slope, Flick had run out of curses. Which was just as well, because she needed to save her breath. She'd climbed Angel Hill numerous times through her childhood, but she'd never climbed it in the dark. What was in full light an easily conquered slope, at night took on the guise of an obstacle course.
The overall slope was even, but the terrain was not—there were dips and ridges, foot-sized holes and sudden ledges, all of which seemed to appear beneath her stumbling feet at the moment she least expected them.
And, to top it all, there was the mist.
Before leaving the inn she'd noticed the night was dark—only when she'd left the comforting flares far behind did she realize that it was, in fact, pitch black. Heavy clouds blanketed the moon; there was not even starlight to light her way. Her only landmark was the abbey and the cathedral tower, denser silhouettes on the crown of the hill, outlined against the ink black sky.
Unfortunately, as she left the town and The Angel behind, she ran into more ribbons of mist wreathing the shoulders of the hill. The higher she went, the thicker the mist became, causing her to lose sight of her landmark. Luckily, the cloud cover was not absolute—the moon occasionally shone through, giving her a chance to get her bearings.
During one such fitful illumination, she saw Bletchley laboring up the slope at least two hundred yards ahead of her. Flick thanked her stars she hadn't lost him. She battled on, slogged on, slowing when the moon again disappeared. Another wide band of mist slowed her even more.
Again the moon sailed free; Flick frantically searched the slope ahead, breathing again only when she sighted Bletchley's lumbering form.
He was much higher now, approaching the abbey. Luckily, the mists thinned toward the crest; she could see him clearly. It rapidly became apparent his goal was not the abbey but a thick stand of bushes surounding three trees a little way below and to the west of the abbey wall.
Flick's urgency eased. Bletchley's meeting with his masters would take more than a few moments. There was no need to scramble and risk alerting them to her presence. Far better to take her time and approach silently.
The clouds cooperated enough for her to see Bletchley round the stand of bushes and disappear from sight. In the time before the clouds caught the moon again, she didn't see him reemerge. In the same interval, she scanned the slope all about the bushes, but saw no one else.
Telling herself that Bletchley would definitely be on the other side of the bushes, she forced herself to climb with care, then slipped silently into the bushes' shadow.
Ears straining, she listened. She heard a gruff word, then nothing more. The moon broke free of the
clouds and shone down, lighting up the area. Flick took that as a sign. Metaphorically girding her loins—she'd come too far to retreat—she edged to where she would be able to see around the bushes, exercising supreme care to avoid stepping on twigs, or leaves, or doing anything to warn Bletchley and whoever he was meeting of her presence.
She was successful—Bletchley and his companion remained totally unaware of her.
Then again, they would probably have remained oblivious of anything short of a charge of Hussars. They were decidedly engrossed.
From the corner of the stand of bushes, Flick looked down on the meeting in progress, first in stunned surprise, then with increasing distaste.
The female Bletchley had come to meet lay flat on her back, her skirts rucked up to her waist, exposing chubby, dimpled white thighs, currently clasped about Bletchley's equally chubby, equally dimpled bare buttocks. Said buttocks were rising and falling in a staccato rhythm, quivering and tensing and shaking like jelly as Bletchley strained up and down, plunging himself into the woman's body.
Despite her carnal innocence, Flick knew what they were about. She knew how animals mated, but she'd never seen humans perform the same act. For one long instant, the sight transfixed her—in horrified fascination.
The sounds that reached her were not words about racing, or horses—certainly not the names she wanted to know. Grunts, gasps, pants and moans were the extent of the conversation.
Disgusted yet inhibited from even muttering an oath, she curled her lip, gritted her teeth on her temper, and swung away. Eyes on the ground, she strode back for the inn, heading downhill, directly away from the bushes.
After all her work—all the risks she'd taken! She had half a mind to scream with vexation and hope the sound gave Bletchley a turn. At precisely the wrong moment.
Men!
She strode into the first swath of mist—and ran right into one.
Her nose stubbed against his chest, burying itself in a soft cravat. She sucked in a breath to scream—and recognized his scent. His arms had locked, iron shackles about her, but as her instinctive rigidity eased, he relaxed his hold. She looked up at him.
He glared down at her. "Where—"
"Shssh!" Wriggling free, she tossed her head, indicating the bushes behind her. "Bletchley's back there." Demon studied her face. "He is?"
Without meeting his eyes, Flick nodded, stepped about him and continued toward the inn. "He's with a woman."
Demon looked toward the bushes, then back at Flick, who was stalking down the slope. "Ah." His lips twitched, but only momentarily. The next instant, he caught up with her. "Actually," he drawled, steel rippling beneath his words, "I didn't come here to discover what Bletchley was about."
She didn't immediately reply, but just strode on. "I followed him here. You were in London. You weren't
coming back until tomorrow."
"I changed my mind—a lucky circumstance. If I'd returned tomorrow, God only knows what trouble you might by then have succeeded in bringing down on your head." His clipped accents and the underlying force behind his words held a dire, not-at-all-subtle warning.
Unrepentant, Flick sniffed and gestured back at the bushes. "Obviously, as Bletchley isn't here to meet with the syndicate, I won't be getting into any difficulty."
"It's not Bletchley you need worry about." Demon's voice lowered to a dangerous purr. "He was never destined to be the source of your trouble."
A very odd shiver slid down Flick's spine. Demon's fingers closed about her elbow. She considered twisting free, only to feel his fingers tighten into steel shackles. Deciding her wisest course was to ignore him and his hold on her, she haughtily elevated her chin—and allowed him to escort her down the hill.
They covered the distance in silence, a silence that grew increasingly tense as they neared the courtyard. The tone of the gathering had degenerated to raucous, rough and ribald; many of the crowd were weaving on their feet. It was no place for a gently reared lady.
Demon halted beyond the area lit by the flares. "How did you get out?" "The side door." Flick pointed.
He tugged her hood down to her chin. "Keep your head down." His arm slid around her waist, and he whisked her across the danger zone, into the shadows by the door.
She barely had time to look up before he bundled her through the door and up the stairs. He followed on her heels. On the first-floor landing, he hissed, "Where's your room?"
Flick gestured along the corridor. "Above the main door."
She led the way, but his arm snaked about her waist and yanked her back, anchoring her to his side.
Flick decided not to argue. Or wriggle. The glimpse she'd had of his face as they'd gone through the door had done very strange things to her nerves. His face was always hard, but it presently appeared fashioned from rock. Uncompromising was the term that leapt to mind.
Sounds of revelry gusted up the stairwell. The corridor leading to the front rooms began just before the stairhead.
Then Demon tensed. Flick looked ahead and saw four gentlemen come staggering unsteadily up the stairs. They were well away, rowdy and boisterous; instinctively, she shrank against Demon. He slowed, stopped, then started to turn toward her, shielding her—
Clapping each other on the back and guffawing, the four lurched off down the corridor in the opposite direction. Without, apparently, seeing them.
More voices drifted up the stairs.
With a barely muffled curse, Demon tightened his arm about her and hurried her on, forcing her to half run.
Flick pressed her lips tightly shut and held back her protest. She knew that if she even murmured, he'd
throw her over his shoulder and stride on.
Then her door loomed before them. With a silent sigh of relief, she fumbled in her pocket and drew out the key.
Demon filched it from her fingers; he had it in the lock, turned, and the door swinging wide before she could blink.
Brusquely, he shepherded her over the threshold.
Shutting her mouth, Flick narrowed her eyes, elevated her chin, and swept on into the room. She walked straight to the fireplace, then regally swung about. Clasping her hands before her, spine stiff, head erect, she fixed her self-styled protector with a challenging glare.
He'd followed her in and closed the door, but he'd paused with his hand on the latch. His blue gaze raked her—from her head to her toes—then returned, sharp and penetrating, to her face.
She showed no hint of maidenly distress—Demon verified that fact with some relief. Whatever she'd seen of Bletchley's endeavors behind the bushes, she wasn't seriously upset. Indeed, her attention appeared to be fixed on him—which was undoubtedly wise. He was presently a far greater threat to her serenity than Bletchley would ever be. He captured her gaze. "Stay here—I'll go and check that Bletchley doesn't go from the arms of his companion to some other meeting." Even to his own ears, his tone sounded lethally flat. "And," he added, "I'll need to speak with Gillies."
A hint of color rose to her cheeks, and her chin rose another notch. Her eyes flashed with what could only be defiance. "The notion to come here was mine—Gillies was good enough to come with me."
"I know it was your idea." Demon heard his words and wondered at their evenness; inside him, ungoverned fury raged. "Gillies would never be such a sapskull as to even suggest bringing you here—into the middle of a prizefight crowd." His anger broke through; ruthlessly, he reined it in. "Gillies has only obeyed my orders to stay with you at all times. I'm not about to upbraid him." He held her gaze and quietly stated, "It's not Gillies I'm furious with."
He held her wide eyes for an instant longer, then turned to the door. "I'll be back shortly." Opening the door, he stepped out, shut it—and locked it.
Flick heard the bolt click home. Lips parting, arms falling to her sides, she stared at the closed door. Her temper soared.
Just like that! Put into her room and locked in, while he—!
Clenching her fists, she closed her eyes and gave vent to a frustrated scream. Demon returned to the dim first-floor corridor at the front of the inn two hours later.
To find two young sprigs, decidedly the worse for the inn's ale, serenading outside Flick's door. His footfalls muffled by the corridor runner, he was upon them before they realized, materializing menacingly beside them.
They jumped like scalded cats. "Ooh!"
"Aaah!"
Then they blinked and grinned inanely. "There's a delightful widow behind the door."
"We're attempting to entice her to come out and play, don't y'know."
The first blinked again and stared myopically up at him. "Have you come to join us?"
With satisfying abruptness, Demon disabused them of that notion. He sent them fleeing, stumbling on their way, their egos shredded, their ears burning, their rears bruised courtesy of his rather large shoes. He saw them back to the stairs before returning to Flick's door. In the dimness, it took a few tries to get the key in the lock—eventually, he managed it. Straightening, he turned the key, lifted the latch and stepped inside.
Only lightning-quick reflexes allowed him to catch and hold back the heavy earthenware jug that came swinging down from his left.
Stretched on her toes, her hands clamped about the jug, Flick met his gaze. Darkly. "Oh. It's you."
Leaving the jug in his hands, she swung away and stalked back across the room. She stopped before the fireplace, before the cheery flames, and swung to face him as she folded her arms.
Demon took in her belligerent stance and mutinous expression, then shut the door. She held her fire while he locked it and set the jug down on a nearby side table.
Then she let loose.
"You locked me in here and left me at the mercy of those!..." she gestured eloquently. Her eyes flashed. "I've had to endure two hours of nonstop caterwauling—no, no—I mustn't forget the poems. How could I forget the poems?" She flung her arms to the skies. "They were hideous! They didn't even rhyme."
She was unrestrainedly furious. Demon considered the sight.
"Anyway." Abruptly deserting fury, she fixed him with a narrow gaze. "Where did Bletchley go?" Despite her ordeal with badly phrased poems, she was obviously all right.
"The tap, then to his room." Dropping his gloves on the side table, he pointed upward. "In the attics." Shrugging out of his greatcoat, he dropped it on a chair, noting as he did the large number of lighted candles set about the room. Flick had obviously felt in need of light—and reassurance.
She refolded her arms and frowned at him. "He didn't speak to anyone?"
Glancing around, Demon noted that the chamber was large and commodious, and well-appointed with decent furniture. The bed was long and wide, and made up with pristine linen. "No one of the ilk we're looking for. He didn't speak to anyone beyond the usual taproom chat."
"Hmm." Frowning, Flick watched him as he strolled unhurriedly toward her. "Maybe he did just come here for the prizefight."
"So it appears." His gaze returning to her face, he stopped directly in front of her, trapping her before the hearth. She frowned at him—more with her eyes than her expression. He considered her.
After a moment, she asked, "What are you thinking?"
How much I'd like to undress you, lay you on the bed and… "I was wondering," he said, "what it will take to instill into your stubborn head that it is not acceptable for you to go hying off about the countryside chasing villains. Regardless of where I, or anyone else, might or might not be."
She humphed and tilted her chin at him. Lifting one hand, Demon closed his fingers firmly about her tapering jaw.
Her eyes widened, then spat sparks. "There's nothing you can say or do that will convince me I don't have as much right as you to go hying after villains."
He raised one brow; his gaze fell to her lips. "Is that so?" "Yes!"
His lips curved—not with humor but with satisfaction at her challenge—a challenge he was only too willing to meet. Tipping her chin up a fraction more, he lowered his head. "Perhaps we should put that to the test."
He murmured the words against her lips, hesitated for a heartbeat to let his warm breath bring her lips alive—then covered them with his.
She held tight for an instant, then surrendered. Her stiffness eased; her lips softened under his. Although still new to this—to kissing, to giving her lips, her mouth, to him—she was eager; her responses flowed instinctively. She had none of the guile of a more experienced woman—she had a fresh enthusiasm, an innocent ardency that delighted him, enthralled him.
He knew precisely what he was doing—distracting her from villains, from Bletchley and the syndicate, by giving her something else to think about. Something more exciting, more intriguing. He would bring her to life, and pique her curiosity so that she spent her time thinking about him, and this, rather than any villain. Sliding one arm about her waist, he drew her against him.
And deliberately deepened the kiss.
She responded sweetly, tipping her head back, parting her lips, welcoming him in. When his arm tightened in response, locking her to him, she eased against him readily, pert breasts pressing tight to his chest, hips sinking against his thighs. He caught his mental breath, locked an iron fist about his demons' reins, and parted her lips further, so he could artfully, skillfully ravish her soft mouth and take what she offered so freely.
The heady taste of her—so light and fresh, so teasingly alluring—went straight to his head, wreathed his senses, and set his demons straining. Wielding expertise like a whip, he held them back and set himself to enjoy the simple pleasure of her even more.
It wasn't anger that drove him, not even the wish to exercise his will over her and insist she stay out of danger. The compulsion steadily rising in his blood was simple desire—nothing more.
During the hours he'd spent watching Bletchley, speaking with Gillies, his anger had dissipated; his inchoate rage over the risks she'd taken had faded. His knowledge was wide, his imagination consequently well-informed; the visions that, even now, formed too readily were guaranteed to set his
teeth on edge. But he'd had time to appreciate her thinking, to realize that, from her point of view, innocent of prizefights, coming here had been not only the obvious step but one she'd felt compelled to take.
He could understand. He still didn't approve, but that was another matter, a different aspect of the day's emotions. His anger had died, but the underlying tension hadn't. The anger had been only a symptom of that deeper emotion—one that felt uncomfortably like fear.
Fear was an emotion no Cynster male handled well. He'd had little experience of it—and he definitely didn't like what he was experiencing now. That his fear was centered on Flick was obvious; why it should be so was another of those somethings he preferred not to examine.
If he'd known that deciding to bite the bullet and marry would bring all this down on his head, he would have thought twice. Three times. Unfortunately, it was now too late—the notion of giving up Flick, of retreating from marrying her, was unthinkable.
How unthinkable was borne in on him as he briefly released her lips to drag in a breath. Her scent came with it—appleblossom and lavender—a fragrance so innocent it touched his soul, so simple it drove through his defenses, caught and effortlessly focused his desire.
To live without this—without her, without the intense satisfaction experience told him could be his with her—that was the definition of unthinkable.
Releasing her jaw, he slid his fingers into her curls and held back a shudder at the sensation of pure silk sliding over the back of his hand. His lips firmed on hers; he angled his head, fingers sliding until he cradled her head, holding her steady so he could do as he wished—and take their kiss still deeper. Into realms she'd never experienced, along paths she'd never trod.
He, however, was supposed to be in control.
Shocked, he sensed the reins sliding from his grasp, felt his hunger well. Stunned, he pulled back—forced himself to break the all-too-evocative melding of their lips.
Long enough to drag in a much-needed breath. He couldn't remember when last his head had spun. "Umm…" He blinked. "We'll stay until two o'clock. Then we'll leave. I'll take you home."
He'd worked it all out while watching Bletchley.
Lifting her lids only high enough to locate his lips, Flick nodded, reached up, framed his face, and drew his head back to hers. She knew perfectly well why he was kissing her—he wanted to control her, to render her all weak and limp and acquiescent. She might, indeed, go weak and limp—she might even be a bit distracted—but acquiescent? Just because her body and her wits lost all resolution the instant he had her against him, the second his lips found hers, did not mean her will went the same way.
Which meant that as far as she was concerned, he could kiss her as long as he liked. If he'd decided they had until two o'clock the next morning, she saw no reason to waste any precious minutes.
Being kissed by him was exceedingly nice, exceptionally pleasant. The touch of his lips was enticing, the much bolder caress of his tongue brazenly exciting. It made her feel wild, a touch reckless—oddly restless. That last was due to what lay beyond—all the rest she did not know. His experience was there, in his lips, in the arms that held her so easily, tantalizing, beckoning—simply intriguing.
She offered her lips and he took them again, and her mouth as well. And yet he held back. There was a
restraint he placed on his actions, on his hunger, or rather, on letting her see it. She sensed it nevertheless, in his ruthlessly locked muscles, in the tension that held him. But that restraint stood firm, a barrier between her and his greater knowledge. A barrier she could not resist prodding. She was, after all, hardly a chit out of the schoolroom, no matter what he might think.
Brazenly, she leaned into him and wantonly kissed him back—trying this, then that, to see what might best weaken him. Closing her lips about his tongue and sucking was her first success—his attention abruptly focused; his resistance weakened accordingly. Sliding her hands around his neck, locking her fingers at his nape and stretching, sliding, upward against him, worked, too, but—
Abruptly he lifted his head and dragged in a huge breath. He blinked down at her. "Did the innkeeper see your face?" His voice was not entirely steady; he looked a little dazed.
"No." She sank deeper into his arms, sliding her fingertips into his hair. "I was hidden behind my veil the whole time."
"Hmm." He lowered his head and brushed his lips over hers. "I'll go down and pay your shot later. When all's quiet, and there's no one about to hear. There'll be someone at the desk all night tonight. Then we'll leave."
She didn't bother nodding. Her hands fell to his shoulders as he recaptured her lips, and she met his tongue with hers. She could, she decided, happily spend all night kissing him. Pressing herself to him. The thought prompted the deed, but she couldn't get any closer—she was already locked tight, breast to chest, hips to thighs. But…
He hesitated, then his lips shifted on hers. The whirlpool of their kiss dragged her deeper, into a vortex of heady sensations—all beckoning, enticing.
The need to get closer welled, swelled—
His resistance irked. If she wanted to marry him—if he wanted to marry her—then she wanted to know more. Deliberately, she stretched upward, flagrantly inciting, kissing him urgently, as evocatively as she knew how—
His arms shifted, then his hands were on her back—large and strong, they slid down, smoothly sweeping down to her waist, to her hips, then down, over the swells of her bottom. He cupped her, held her tight, her curves filling his hands, then he lifted her.
Up and against him—molding her to him so her soft belly cradled the hard ridge of his erection. She would have gasped—not with shock, but delight, a delight wholly new to her—but with lips suddenly ruthless and a demand she felt to her toes, he ravaged her mouth, took all she offered and searched for more.
There was suddenly hunger enough for two, swirling hotly about them.
Flick sank her fingers into his shoulders and hung on—thrilled to her bones as hot became hotter and hard that much harder. Need, want and desire swam through her—passion swept in in their wake. And caught her.
Excitement—even better than the rush of a winning ride—and an anticipation so keen it hurt flooded her, buoyed her—
Tap! Rat-a-tat-tat!
The sharp tattoo startled them both, ending their kiss. Breathing shallowly, they both stared at the door.
Demon straightened, softly cursing. Whoever it was, he would have to find out. It might be about Bletchley. Sliding Flick down until her feet touched the floor, he reluctantly released her luscious bottom and closed his hands about her waist. He seriously doubted she could stand unsupported.
Glancing around, his gaze fell on the solid dressing table against the wall between the mantelpiece and the bed. He glanced at the door, then steered Flick back so she could lean against the dressing table. "Stay there—don't move."
Placed as she was, she couldn't be seen from the door.
She blinked blankly at him, then looked dazedly across the room.
Demon released her; turning, he strode toward the door. Catching a glimpse of himself in the mirror beside the door, he swallowed another curse and slowed, tugging his waistcoat down, resettling his coat and cuffs, then raking his fingers through his hair before reaching for the latch.
He assumed it was Gillies, or one of the inn staff. Whoever it was, he intended getting rid of them fast. Turning the key, he opened the door.
The elegant gentleman who stood on the threshold, an urbane smile rapidly fading, was not a member of the inn's staff. Unfortunately, he was familiar.
Inwardly, Demon cursed, wishing he'd snuffed some of the candles Flick had scattered about the room. At least she was out of sight. Holding the door less than half open, he raised an arrogantly weary brow. "Evening, Selbourne."
"Cynster." Disappointment rang in Lord Selbourne's tone; disgruntlement filled his eyes. His expression, however, remained urbane. "I—" Abruptly, Selbourne's gaze shifted, going past Demon's shoulder. His lordship's eyes widened.
Demon stiffened, his jaw clenching so hard that he thought it would crack. He didn't, however, turn around.
Lord Selbourne's brows rose, coolly, appraisingly, then he glanced consideringly at Demon. And smiled. "—see."
The single word carried a wealth of meaning; Demon comprehended its portent only too well. Face set, he nodded curtly. "Precisely. I fear you'll need to find somewhere else to sleep tonight."
Selbourne sighed. "To the victor, the spoils." With an arch glance directed once again beyond Demon, he turned away. "I'll leave you, dear boy, to get what rest you may."
Biting back an oath—an exceedingly virulent one—Demon managed to shut the door without slamming it. Hands rising to his hips, he stared at the wooden panels; after a moment, the tension in his shoulders eased. Shifted. He blinked, then slowly reached out and turned the key.
The sound of the lock falling home echoed gently—a single knell marking an irrevocable step. Demon turned.
And confirmed that Flick had indeed been unable to resist shifting to the other side of the hearth, to peer about him to see who was at the door.
Selbourne had had a perfect view of her—with her hair ruffled, her gown suggestively crumpled, her lips rosy and swollen from his kisses. Most importantly, she hadn't been wearing hood or veil. Demon stared at her.
She stared back. "Who was that?"
He considered her, then turned back to the door and removed the key. "Fate. Disguised as Lord Selbourne."
Chapter 13
« ^ »
Flick studied him. "Do you know him?"
"Oh, indeed." Slipping the key into his waistcoat pocket, Demon started back toward her. "Everyone in the ton knows Rattletrap Selbourne."
"Rattletrap?"
Stopping directly before her, Demon looked into her eyes. "His tongue runs on wheels." She searched his eyes, his face; her lips formed a silent Oh.
"Which means," he explained, "that at all the balls in London tomorrow evening, the juiciest bon mot will be just who the deliciously youthful 'widow' discovered consorting with me at Bury St. Edmunds really was."
Flick stiffened; her eyes flashed. "Don't start that again. Just because he saw me doesn't mean I'm compromised. He doesn't know who I am."
"But he will." Demon tapped her nose with one finger. "That's how Rattletrap secures his invitations—the particular niche he's carved in the bosom of the ton. He ferrets out all the indiscretions committed by the rest of us, and whispers them in the matrons' ears."
He held Flick's gaze steadily. "He'll find out who you are—you're well known in Newmarket, and that will be the first place he'll look. Gillies described the scene you created to get this room—that's precisely how a lady, living near but not in town, desirous of a room in which to meet her lover, would behave."
Flick folded her arms and set her chin stubbornly. "I am not compromised."
"You are." Demon didn't blink. "As of the instant Selbourne laid eyes on your face, your situation is the
definition of compromised."
She narrowed her eyes. After a moment, she stated, "Even if, theoretically, I am, that changes nothing." "On the contrary, it changes a great deal."
"Indeed? Such as?"
He reached out and tugged her hand free; puzzled, she let him raise it. Catching the other, he lifted both to his shoulders, drawing her nearer. Releasing her hands, he closed his arms about her.
She quickly slid her hands down, bracing them against his chest. "What are you doing?" He met her gaze, then lowered his head. "Demonstrating how much has changed."
He kissed her—and kept kissing her, not forcefully but persuasively, not ruthlessly but relentlessly, until she surrendered. When she melted against him, he locked his arms about her—and kissed her some more. She responded with her customary eagerness. Steadily, progressively, he retraced their earlier steps until their breathing fragmented, until her hips were pressed tight to his, until heat licked their senses and passion hovered in the wings.
Only then did he lift his head.
Her hands were fisted on his lapels. Her eyes glinted from beneath heavy lids. "You don't want to marry me—not really."
Flick made the statement without conviction; tight against him, his rampant arousal riding against her, she could hardly claim ignorance of what he wanted. It was a powerful incentive to give in. But… She wanted him to marry her not just for that, no matter how exciting. She wanted him to marry her for more—for at least one other reason. A more important reason.
Tension invested his face. The same tension held her. His eyes remained on hers, his gaze steadfast, unwaveringly blue. Her lips throbbed. Entirely without her permission, her gaze lowered to his lips—clever lips, lean and strong, just like him. They dipped, and brushed hers.
"I do want to marry you." Again he kissed her—a tantalizing promise as he slid his hands down her back, lifting her against him once more. "I will marry you."
His lips closed on hers, and the kiss turned ravenous. And hot. She could cope with ravishment, but the heat—that welling sense of fire and flame—defeated her. He pressed it on her, and she drank it in. It slid through her veins, through her limbs, through her brain.
And she burned, as did he. There was fire in his touch, in his lips—despite the swelling heat, she couldn't get enough. As her limbs melted and resolution evaporated, she clung to her wits and inwardly cursed. How would she get him to love her if he married her like this?
How to stop him?
As if in answer, he deepened the kiss. Her head spun. Boneless, near to spineless, she sank deeper into his arms, into his strength. Into his shocking heat.
"I've dreamed of marrying you."
The words were a gravelly whisper. He steered her back a few steps; her hips met the dressing table. "You have?" Breathless, she struggled to lift her lids.
"Mmm-hmm." Propping her against the dressing table, he eased back.
The sudden loss of his hard body against her, all but around her, left her disoriented. She dragged in a breath, watching as he shrugged out of his coat and waistcoat, tossing them on a nearby chair. He returned to her, his hands sliding, then firming about her waist.
"You've dreamed of our wedding?" She found that hard to believe.
His lips kicked up at the ends; his expression remained driven. "My dreams were more concerned with
our wedding night."
He drew her to him. Eyes flaring wide, very certain of what she glimpsed in his, she braced her hands against his chest. "No. You know how I feel about marrying for such a reason."
He didn't force her closer, didn't pull her against him and simply melt her resistance. Instead, he ducked his head and dotted gentle kisses along her jaw, over her earlobe. Then his lips slid farther, to caress the sensitive skin beneath her ear.
She shivered.
"Would marrying me be such a hardship?"
He breathed the words against her ear, then drew back just enough so that as she turned, her eyes met his.
Their faces were so close that their breaths mingled. Wide-eyed, Flick looked deep into serious blue eyes, into his perfectly serious, well-beloved face. "No."
He didn't move, didn't grab her in triumph and crow. He simply waited. She studied his eyes, his face, then drew in a shallow breath. About them, the air shimmered, stirring, alive, invested with power. She felt his temptation, his promise, and more. Lifting one hand, she traced the line from one cheekbone to the corner of his lips. Hauling in another breath, she stretched up on her toes and touched her lips to his.
It was madness—a delicious, heady, compulsive madness—a sudden need that seared her, drove her, impelled her. It was impulse—pure, distilled and potent; she had no idea where it would lead.
But she kissed him—invitingly, encouragingly, challengingly. And sank into his arms as they closed about her, sank into his embrace, and into the kiss.
It caught her up, swept her up, and they were back in the fire, back in the flames.
Demon knew very well that she'd simply sprung her horses, that she was riding wild before the wind with no particular goal in mind. It was enough. He was expert enough to ride with her, to set his hand gently on her reins and guide her where he willed.
It took him a moment to work out the details—to plot and plan the where and how. Courtesy of her wildness, her increasingly abandoned kisses, he was already aching, but that was his most minor concern. He'd never made love to an innocent, wild or otherwise—she looked set to test his expertise, his control, to the limit.
Releasing her lips, he firmed his hands about her waist and lifted her, setting her atop the dressing table, giving thanks to whatever rakish god watched over him; the top was the perfect height.
She blinked at him in surprise. Her new position left her face more level with his. Her breasts swelled, then she noticed her skirts straining over her parted knees. She clamped her legs together and quickly shuffled back. Curls in disarray, her lips swollen, her eyes slightly wild, she stared at him. "What—?" She had to stop and haul in another breath. "What are you about?"
He let his lips curve reassuringly; he could do nothing about the fire in his eyes. His gaze locked on hers, he stepped forward, his hips meeting her knees, immobilizing her legs. Lowering his gaze to her chest, he reached for the top button of her bodice. "I'm going to make love to you."
"What?" Flick looked down as the first button popped free. His fingers caught the next button—she gasped and closed her hands about his wrists. "Don't be ridiculous."
She hadn't thought this far. And, thanks to him, her wits were frazzled, her brain was overheated. She certainly couldn't think now. She tugged once, then harder, and shifted his hands not at all. He continued to undo her buttons.
"Since by tomorrow evening we can rely on the entire ton believing that I spent tonight in your bed, there's no reason I can see that I shouldn't."
Fleetingly, he met her gaze; his was hot, smoldering blue. Temptation and promise—both glowed clearly; Flick found the sight reassuring.
Reassuring? She was losing her mind—he'd already lost his.
"Besides," he continued, in the same low, sinfully languid tone, "you made it clear you require something more than social stricture to agree to our wedding." The last button slipped free; he looked up and met her gaze. "Consider what follows as my answer to that."
Raising his hands, he framed her face and drew her lips to his. Flick braced herself to deny him—she would not be won over by main force.
But there was no force in his kiss. He nibbled, kissed, tantalizingly teased until, senses whirling, she grabbed him and kissed him back. She sensed his triumph, but she didn't care—in that instant, she needed his lips on hers, needed to feel the fire and flames again, wanted to know, couldn't live without knowing, more.
And she knew he could—would—teach her.
As if in confirmation, he welcomed her in, drew her deep, then toyed with her—incited her. Ignited her.
Until she was consumed by raging heat too hot to be confined within living flesh.
He eased back, his lips still on hers but their kiss no longer so demanding, no longer the focus of his attention. His hands drifted from her face, long fingers trailing down either side of her throat, then spreading over her shoulders. Unhurriedly, those long fingers skimmed down; with the lightest of touches, they flared over her breasts.
Her flesh came alive. Nerves flickered, unfurled—sensitized, they waited, tightening with anticipation.
He drew back from their kiss. Flick kept her eyes shut and struggled to breathe. Slowly, deliberately, he stroked the upper curves of her breasts, then the lower, through the soft fabric of her gown, then his fingers trailed lightly over the peaks, over nipples now excruciatingly tight.
She gasped—his lips returned, drinking the sound. His hands shifted, firming, palms cupping her curves. Gently but intently—inherently possessively—he closed his hands about the soft mounds.
Her breath hitched; his lips shifted on hers, brushed, caressed, reassured. She felt her breasts swell even more, felt them heat and firm until they ached.
Demon ached, too, but ignored it. Her breasts were small, pert—they fit snugly within his palms. He closed thumb and forefinger about her nipples, and she gasped, and tensed—and tensed. With his lips on hers, soothing her, distracting her, he played, giving her time to grow accustomed to his touch, ruthlessly denying the impulse to brush aside her bodice and bare her to his senses. Eventually, she sighed into his mouth, the tautness in her frame subtly altered to a tension he recognized very well.
She was awakening.
With every controlled sweep of his fingers, every gentle, encouraging squeeze, he drew her further along the road to fulfillment. Hers. And his.
When he released her lips, drew his hands from her breasts and reached for the edges of her bodice, she didn't stop him. She did, however, reach up, too, closing her fingers on the edges below his.
She hesitated.
They were both breathing quickly, heated yet in control of their senses, both very much aware. Supremely conscious of the pounding in his blood, the passion he was holding at bay, he drew in a slow breath, locked his jaw and staved off the urge to rush her. And waited.
Her gaze was fixed on his throat; she dragged in a breath, held it, and looked up, into his eyes.
He had no idea what she saw there—what her swiftly searching gaze discovered; he stared down at her, unable to spare the energy to summon any expression, and prayed she wouldn't balk.
Instead, her chin firmed; her lips curved in a smile of pure feminine assurance tinged with her ever-present innocence. In a gesture almost demure, she dropped her gaze from his; tightening her hold on the open flaps of her bodice, she parted them.
Inwardly reeling, he let go and let her do it. That smile, coupled with her action, had hit him with the force of a fist and left him winded. Captured, transfixed, he watched as she wriggled, sliding first one shoulder free, then the other, then drawing her arms from the tight sleeves.
She glanced shyly, questioningly, up at him; he hauled in a breath and took charge again.
He drew the gown down to her waist, then had to pause to look at her—to take in the smooth expanse of creamy skin showing above her demure chemise, to drink in the beauty of her naked shoulders, her sweetly rounded arms, the delicate structure of her collarbone.
His rakish instincts catalogued points for later examination—where her pulse throbbed at the base of her throat, where her shoulder met her collarbone, the outer swells of her breasts. Her breasts themselves remained screened, albeit incompletely; her nipples peaked tightly beneath the fine chemise, but he couldn't appreciate their color. Soft, pure pink was his guess.
Feeling like a drowning man coming up for air, he hauled in a breath. Lifting his hands, he once more framed her face, and brought her lips to his.
Flick sank into the kiss. The heat welled—she welcomed it, then deliberately let go and slipped into the flow, letting it take her on its tide. If there had been a windmill near, and she'd been wearing a cap, she would have shied it into the sky. She'd made up her mind, made her decision.
She knew he desired her powerfully—it was there in his face, in the hard edge passion set to the angular planes, in the fire that smoldered in his eyes. His desire was palpable, a living thing—hot as the sun, it reached for her as his hands, his arms, his whole body did. She recognized it
instinctively—she needed no interpreter to tell her what it was. He wanted her as a man wanted a woman. And she wanted him in the converse way.
As for marrying, he hadn't yet answered her question of whether love could grow from strong desire.
Nor had she. But she'd expected no easy declaration of love—not from him. If he said it, he would mean it—she could count on that. But he could only tell her if he knew—and she didn't think he did. However…
There was a light in his eyes, behind the heated glow, behind the passion and desire—there was a sense in his touch, in his kiss, in all his actions. And while that light shone, and while that sense reached her, she was convinced there was hope.
Hope of love—hope for a marriage invested with love, built on love, with him. She was willing to risk all to claim such a prize. Fate had offered her this chance to secure her deepest, all-but-unrecognized dream—she would take it, grasp it with both hands. And do everything she could to make the dream come true.
She would marry him, but on her terms. He would need to do more than seduce her—teach her about passion, desire and physical intimacy—to get her to say yes. She wasn't, however, about to stop and explain. Tonight was for them—their first night together.
Her first time with him.
When next he drew back, she smiled; lifting her arms, she draped them over his shoulders. His eyes met hers as he slid her closer to the dressing table's edge. He studied her face, his own hard, passion-set; wrapping one arm about her hips, he lifted her and stripped her dress away. Excitement shot through her, searing her veins. Clad in her chemise and petticoats, she dared to meet his eyes. He raised his brows slightly, then slid his hands upward and closed them about her breasts. "Do you like this?"
Her lids fell of their own accord; her head tipped back.
"Yes." She breathed the word, aware only of his clever hands, his clever fingers, as they stroked and gently squeezed. Although muted by fine lawn, his touch burned. His lips returned to hers. Sliding one hand to her back, he urged her nearer, closer to the table's edge.
She complied without thought—thought was beyond her; all she could do was feel. Her senses gloried in un fettered freedom, freed by her decision, freed by the night.
Freed by him. His kiss anchored her to the world, but it was a world of sensation, a world filled with an excitement she'd never known, and a promise of glory she wanted for her own.
Demon captured her lips and kissed her—ravenously—no longer so gentle, so controlled. She was delectable, and so very nearly his—he wanted to devour her. On the thought, his lips slid from hers, tracing the curve of her throat to where her pulse beat hotly. He laved the spot, then sucked lightly; appeased by her gasp, he moved on, sliding his lips along the curve of her collarbone, then shifting lower to the warm swell of her breast.
Through her fine chemise, one pert nipple beckoned; he closed his mouth over it and heard her shocked gasp. But she didn't try to wriggle back—she didn't tell him to stop. So he settled to feast, to wring more shocked gasps from her. Long before he raised his head, he'd succeeded, drawing a chorus of appreciation from her lips.
He kissed them again, parting them fully, ravishing her softness, taking all—demanding more. She
met him eagerly, no match for the brutal strength of his passion but with an open eagerness that nearly brought him to his knees.
Abruptly, he stopped kissing her, amazed to find his own breathing as ragged as hers. Nuzzling aside her curls, he slid his lips into the sweet hollow beneath her ear while his fingers swiftly dealt with the laces of her petticoat.
Speed had suddenly become essential. Imperative.
She sighed, a tense exhalation shimmering with reined excitement; the sound literally shook him. The scent of her, rising to torment him, added to his pain. He glanced down at the soft chemise that hid her body from his sight—he longed to strip it away, but experience warned against it. Sitting naked atop a table in full light might be too much for her this time.
All thus far had gone according to his plan. She'd introduced an odd moment or two, but he'd kept them on track. He intended to seduce her but, this time, he needed to do more. He needed to be gentle, and not just because he was excruciatingly aware, to his very fingertips, of her innocence. He wanted her not just once or even twice—he wanted her for all time. So the moment had to be compelling. As powerfully compelling as he could make it—so she would want him again, as eagerly, as enthusiastically as he knew he would want her.
Another challenge—she was full of them. It was one of the things that so attracted him to her.
The laces of her petticoat came free; he loosened the waistband, pushed it down, then swiftly lifted her and swept the garment down her legs. He freed it from her feet, then flung it after her gown. His cravat and shirt followed—as he stepped back to stand against her knees, he flipped off her shoes.
She was waiting, almost shivering with excitement; she raised her arms, lifted her face and welcomed him back with an open-mouthed kiss. He sank into it and let her lead him where she would while he slipped off her garters, then rolled her stockings down, careful not to touch her bare skin. She was so caught up in their kiss, he wasn't sure she noticed when her stockings slipped away, and she was sitting in the candlelight clothed only in her chemise. The fine garment reached to midthigh; he grasped a fold and tugged—she was sitting on it.
Mentally girding his loins, he filled his lungs and wrested back control of their kiss. When he was sure he had all the reins in his grasp, he set his hands on her hips, simply holding her, giving her a moment to grow accustomed to the feel of his hands there. Her chemise was so fine it was no real barrier—to his touch or his senses.
She skittered a little, but calmed almost immediately; as soon as she did, he let his hands wander. Gliding, soothing, tracing, learning, he caressed her thighs, her knees, her calves. Then, gently but firmly, he grasped her knees and eased them apart.
She no longer had them locked together, but she resisted—for a moment. Then, hesitant but willing, she let him move each thigh outward, until he could step between.
Before he could haul in a triumphant breath, one of her hands slid from his shoulder to his chest. Quivering awareness shot through her—and him—when her fingers tangled in his crisp hair, when her hand came to rest tentatively, warm palm on the wide muscle above his heart.
For one long instant, Demon simply existed, focused totally on her—on holding onto the reins of her seduction. Her awakening was becoming an awakening for him—an introduction to delights more intense than any he'd previously known.
The tension that held her so tight, so taut, was, for all that, so intensely fragile; he felt as if, with one wrong move, one wrong breath, he might shatter it. And her.
When her hand shifted, drifted, then gently traced across his chest, he breathed again. Sealing his demon's reins in a death grip, he subtly altered their kiss, encouraging her to explore, relieved, if more tense, when she did.
Gradually, he eased her forward, closer to him, to the edge of the table. Every inch she slid forward pressed her thighs farther apart, until, beneath her chemise, they were wide-spread, held so by his hips.
She was open to him.
It took him a moment or three to shackle his raging lust—a few more to beat back his demons. What came next had to be perfect—it had to be right. Nothing in his life had mattered so much.
Sliding one hand to the small of her back, he settled it there, solid and sure behind her. Then he raised his head fractionally, breaking their kiss, but leaving their lips a mere inch apart. From beneath his lids, he watched her face as, with the same gentle yet deliberate touch he'd used throughout, he dipped his hand beneath her chemise's hem and slid it slowly up the silken length of her thigh.
Her lids flickered; he glimpsed her eyes, wide pupils circled in startling blue. She trembled; her breath caught, then she slowly exhaled. He stroked her thigh, the long quivering muscle, then the delicate inner face—he stroked upward, brushing her lips when she shuddered, letting her cling when, with the backs of his fingers, he caressed her quivering stomach.
Then, very slowly, he let his fingers glide down, tracing the crease at the top of one thigh, then the other, then, easing back from their kiss, he gently pressed two fingers into the silken curls between her thighs.
She sucked in a breath; a sharp quiver lanced through her. Her eyes were shut, but he watched her face, watched the expressions—anticipation, excitement, sharp delight and flaring need—flow across her features as he caressed her, then parted the soft folds and touched her intimately. She was already hot, already plump and swollen; he played, and damp quickly became wet. He found the tight nubbin hidden in its hood; he circled it with a moistened fingertip—her breath hitched, she shuddered; wildly clutching his shoulders, she sought his lips with hers.
He kissed her, but kept the caress light—he wanted her concentrating on his fingers, not his lips. With his hand at her back, he eased her forward another inch, so she was close, very close, to the edge—instinctively, she raised her knees and gripped his hips for balance.
If he could have grinned triumphantly, he would have.
She was fully exposed—to his touch, to him. He touched, caressed, then, very gently, probed her slick, soft flesh. He found her entrance—ignoring the sudden heightening of her tension, he eased one finger in, then, in the instant she caught her breath, slid it slowly, inexorably, into her heat.
She dragged her lips from his on a gasp; he felt the shudder that racked her in his bones. Her body closed hotly about his finger. Recapturing her lips, he kissed her—no longer lightly but deeply, evocatively. He stroked her in the same way.
Flick couldn't think, she couldn't reason—she couldn't imagine how she'd survive. She was hot, so hot; her skin felt afire. The flames that had started deep inside had spread to every extremity; her whole skin felt tight. As for her nerves, they were stretched so taut, so tense in anticipation of his next caress, of the next, deeply intimate invasion, that if it didn't come soon she knew she'd fly apart.
If she'd had enough breath left, she would have sobbed. With pleasure.
She couldn't understand that. She couldn't even think of what he was doing—what she was letting him do to her. Her stunned brain wouldn't hold the mental image. She'd had no idea physical intimacy would prove so shocking. So exciting. So mind-numbing.
So gloriously delicious.
And they hadn't even got to the culmination—the moment when their bodies would join. She knew what that entailed, yet…
A little knowledge was a dangerous thing.
Luckily, her lover was experienced—exceedingly experienced if her state was any guide. She was panting, squirming, ready to kill for that next bit of sensation, his next caress, the next experience he had in store.
If he didn't hurry up and give it to her, she was quite sure she'd die.
Demon was well aware of her state—not once had he stopped tracking it. He withdrew his finger from her only to slide another in beside it, deliberately stretching her, preparing her. She squirmed and adjusted instantly. He reached deep—her gasp shuddered into a soft sob. She dropped her forehead to his shoulder; he could feel her soft pants hot against his skin.
He no longer needed to hold her to him—there was no chance she would scoot back. Leaving the hand between her thighs still probing in a slow, repetitive rhythm, with the other he slipped the buttons on his trousers and guided them down his hips. He uttered a wordless thanks to fate that he was in his town rig, with shoes, not boots; he toed the shoes off, let his trousers fall, stepped out of them and kicked them away.
She felt him shift—greedy hands grasped his shoulders, hauling him to her. Momentarily
off-balance, he went with her pull—then gasped, biting back a groan as his throbbing erection hit the dressing table's edge.
Her thighs were still wide, her knees clamped to his now naked hips. He drew in a breath, nudged her head up, and found her lips again. He caught her up in the kiss, then drew his hand from her slick heat; one hand at her back, he eased her forward a fraction more—until the broad head of his staff nudged into her hot softness.
Abruptly, she drew back from the kiss. Arms locked about his shoulders, she blinked dazedly as their gazes met. She licked her lips, then glanced at the bed. "Aren't we?…"
"No." He could hardly speak. The effort of holding still, poised at her entrance, her slickness scalding him like hot honey, was turning his muscles to jelly. "This way will be easier for you this time." She was small; to lie beneath him, trapped by his weight, might not be wise—not for her first time.
Her lips formed an Oh—she risked a glance down, but her chemise, stretched across her thighs, blocked her view. She cleared her throat. "How?…"
His pained grin never made it to his face. "Easily. Just—like…" He pressed nearer, simultaneously drawing her to the very edge of the table—he sank into her. "This."
The look on her face was one he would treasure all his life—her eyes widened as he entered her, slowly pushing in, stretching her softness. She was oh, so tight, but, to his relief, she didn't freeze, didn't tense. He didn't stop—feeling her untried body ease about him, he penetrated her steadily, inexorably filling her until she'd taken him in to the hilt and he was buried in her sweet heat.
Her fractured "Oh!" shivered in the air. Her lids fell—she hauled in a huge breath. Then she tensed.
Scalding hot, she closed about him, so tight he thought he'd lose his mind.
He trapped her lips and only just managed to catch his reins and haul back on the savage urge to ravish her—her mouth, her hot softness, the luscious vessel of her body. Although reeling himself, he caught her senses and steadied her—in so doing, he steadied himself.
Releasing her lips, dragging in a huge breath, clamping a firm hold on his instincts—where she was concerned, too primal, too raw—he anchored her before him, withdrew, and slid home again.
Her maidenhead had been a mere cobweb. That hadn't surprised him; she'd been riding astride all her life and still did. So there'd been no pain, only pleasure as he'd filled her—as he withdrew and filled her again.
His muscles flickered under the strain, but he kept his rhythm very slow so she could grow accustomed to the intimacy, to the slide of his body into hers, to the flexing, regular rhythm, to the elemental repetition.
His breathing sounded ragged in his ears; he was so tense his lungs felt tight. But now he was, at long last, inside her, and she was so tight and hot, and so accepting, he was determined to prolong the sweet torture to the full.
She was very wet, scalding hot; her thighs eased about him as he loved her. Then she wriggled, pressing closer. Clinging to his shoulders, clamping her knees to his hips, she arched, and picked up his rhythm. She matched him, warm and pliant, a female body more delicious, more rewarding, than any he'd known. They could barely breathe, yet their lips fused and held, melding to the same beat as their bodies, the same beat as their hearts.
She was used to riding; he realized what that meant as she continued to meet him, her body supplely flexing in his arms. She could very likely last as long as he could—which was a thought to make a strong man weak.
It only made him more rigid, more engorged. Her murmur as she adjusted was not one of complaint. So he held her lips with his, held her steady before him, and gave her what she deserved—a long, slow ride to delight.
Flick followed his lead eagerly, delighted to find that she could. That the steady rhythm hadn't overwhelmed her, although at first she'd thought it would. That first instant of feeling him deep within her—even now, she gasped at the sensual memory. She still felt their joining keenly, the internal pressure, the fullness that was so strange, especially as she'd never felt empty there before. But now he was riding so smoothly, so deeply, so effortlessly into her, some part of her wits had reengaged.
Certainly not all of them. It was as if the heat between them had reached a new level, another plane, leaving her reeling in pleasured delight but with enough wit to appreciate the sensation. As for her body…
On a gasp, she pulled back from their kiss to draw in a labored breath, aware of her body arching in his
arms—aware to her toes of why. Her skin radiated heat, as did his. But aside from the heat, it was very like riding. She hadn't realized it could be done like this—she was finding it quite easy to cope.
He ducked his head; she felt his lips sear her throat. She clung to his broad shoulders and tipped her head away so he could sear as he would. She lifted her heavy lids to regauge their position—she pressed her hips closer, gripped his hips more tightly and splayed her hands over his back.
And caught sight of the mirror on the wall by the door. Directly opposite.
The reflection in the mirror stole her breath, focused her wits and transfixed her attention. In utter fascination.
She could see his naked back, down to his calves, see the flexing of his spine as he drove into her, see his buttocks clench and ease in time with their riding rhythm.
The view was enthralling.
She couldn't help but remember Bletchley in similar circumstance—which left her feeling like the cat who'd secured the prize cream. There was absolutely no comparison—not at any level. Not in the long, taut, steely muscles flexing in back and legs, not in the tight muscles that bunched and thrust, not in the steady, effortless rhythm, and certainly not in the powerful result.
Each deep thrust filled her completely, each movement effective, efficient and seemingly effortless—the outcome of harnessed, concerted power. Controlled power.
Bletchley had flailed and thrashed on top of his woman. In complete and stark contrast was the way Demon filled her. Deeply. Relentlessly. And oh, so repetitively.
Watching him thrust, feeling the result deep within her a split second later, focused her mind on the sensation, and drew her back into the maelstrom. Into the heat, and the swirling build of sensation.
Her lids were falling, her eyes almost shut when he changed his movement into a rolling thrust. She saw it—then felt it. She shut her eyes tight to better savor the moment—then quickly opened them again. To watch, and match her anticipation more acutely to his rhythm, to be ready to make the most of each sliding thrust, to shudder in his arms as he drove more deeply—to eventually let her lids fall as their glorious heat reached a new peak.
It was like riding at flat gallop through a fire.
Excitement, tense and searing, gripped her—along with a driving, compulsively urgent need. They were both breathing hard, both reaching deep—for the energy, the strength, to make the final dash.
He turned his head and their lips touched, but only briefly; she felt his hand slide, hot as a brand, up under her chemise. Skin to hot skin, he closed his hand about her breast. His fingers shifted; he found her tightly furled nipple. And pressed.
She cried out—the sound, laden with sharp delight, echoed through the room. His hand shifted on her flesh, and she was burning, burning—incandescent within.
Heat and flames were everywhere, raging through her—molten rivers of pleasure and urgent need flowed, a hot tide, from where they joined. The tide swelled, reaching ever higher, consuming her body, buoying her mind, her senses—lifting them high on a rush of pure passion.
Higher—ever higher.
His hand slid over her fevered flesh, from breast to hip, then around to her rear. He caressed her there—with a smothered gasp, she locked her arms about his shoulders and lifted slightly; instantly, his hand slid lower, caressing her bottom knowingly, evocatively, possessively, then reaching further to trace the line beneath the tight globes.
She shuddered—and felt like she was shattering. Blown apart by the heat and the burgeoning frenzy. He set her down and tipped her back, his hands once again at her hips. He angled them; without thought, she lifted her legs and wrapped them about his waist.
Instantly, he filled her deeply, completely; as he drew back, his fingers slid into the damp curls between her widespread thighs, straight to the nubbin of flesh he'd earlier teased.
He touched her there—and reality shook. She clutched tight—in desperation, she tried to cling to her wits, to her spiralling senses…
"Let go." His lips touched hers briefly—hotly. "Throw your heart over."
She heard the raspy order as he touched her again—she obeyed, and soared high. Her world exploded.
She lost her senses utterly—lost all touch with reality. She was swept up by a force she couldn't describe—hot and powerful, it propelled her into pleasure. Deep, bone-melting pleasure.
It surrounded her like a sea, and left her floating in ecstasy.
To her surprise, her senses returned, heightened but focused solely on him. She felt his hard hands, first gentling, then gripping her, felt the force surge and sweep through his body—and into hers as he drove deep into her molten flesh. She heard his guttural groan as the force caught him, too.
Then he joined her in the void. She felt the warmth of him deep in her womb. Felt the heat of his body beneath her hands as she clung to him, and surrendered.
To the force behind their passion.
Eons later in the depths of the night, she awoke. Slowly, as always. Her mind struggled free of the wisps of sleep, only to slide into mists of confusion.
Her nerves made the dizzying leap from somnolence to excitement—befuddled by sleep, she couldn't understand why. It was full dark. She was lying on her back in the middle of a comfortable bed. A tickling sensation—it had started at the base of her stomach, just above her curls—that was what had woken her—was slowly progressing up her body. Over her stomach, past her navel, over her waist, steadily upward.
Some part of her mind was shrieking for her to react—but her limbs were too weighted—pleasurably weighted—for her to make any rash move. The tickling changed to nuzzling beneath her breasts, then warm kisses followed one curve up and over.
Demon's mouth closed over her nipple.
She sucked in a tortured breath and abruptly came to life. Not, however, quite as her mind intended. Held between his hands, she arched, flagrantly offering her breast—he accepted immediately,
laving the tip, then taking it deep in his mouth.
Flick heard a soft, strangled cry—then realized it was hers. The searing wetness shocked her anew. Opening her eyes, she looked down. "What—?"
She couldn't see him in the dark, but she could feel him. Her heart hitched, then started to canter as she felt his hair-roughened legs between hers, the solid weight of his hips spreading her thighs wide. The heat of his body as he hovered over her, mere inches distant, sent her heart into a gallop. When she realized that her senses hadn't lied—that there was no longer any garment, no matter how fine, between them, that his wicked lips and wickeder mouth were teasing her bare skin, and that, any second, his hard hot body would lie directly, skin to naked skin, on hers—her heart started to race.
"Relax."
The deep purring murmur came out of the dark as he lifted his head from her breast. After a moment he added, as if to explain, "I want you again."
Those four gravelly words went straight to her heart—then straight to her loins. He'd pushed her chemise up to her arms—when he tugged, she dragged in a massive breath, and obliged, lifting her arms and letting him draw the thin garment off over her head.
Leaving her naked beneath him.
What followed was a second lesson in sheer delight. In the dark of the night, in the depths of the bed, he touched her, caressed her, then, when her body was aching with urgent longing, filled her.
She lay on her back and let sensation wash over her—let her mind supply what she couldn't see. The cotton sheets formed a cocoon about them, cool against her fevered skin. The mattress was thick enough to cushion her against the powerful surges of his possession.
Arms braced, he loomed above her, a shadow lover in the night; he held himself over her as their bodies did what seemed to come naturally. To them both.
She couldn't deny she enjoyed it thoroughly, that she joyfully put her heart and soul into the exercise every bit as much as did he. She enjoyed feeling his body merging with hers, enjoyed the deep sense of completion that came, borne on that final surrender.
Enjoyed the weight of him when he collapsed, spent, upon her. Enjoyed the feeling of having him so deeply within her.
Demon woke as dawn tinged the sky and crept into the room to lay its pale fingers on the bed. In their light he saw an angel—his angel—sprawled asleep by his side.
She was facing away from him, half on her stomach.
For a long moment, he studied her golden curls while vivid memories rolled through his brain. Then, slowly, careful not to jar her, he came up on one elbow, then reached out and gently lifted the sheet, and drew it down.
She was more perfect than he'd thought—more beautiful than his imagination had been able to conjure. As the light about them strengthened, he looked his fill, drank in the sight of firm curves and slender limbs covered in flawless ivory skin—skin he knew felt like silk to his touch.
And would heat with gratifying swiftness if he touched her.
His gaze had fastened on the smooth hemispheres of her bottom. The thought of her responsiveness coupled with the sight brought him swiftly to attention, and too quickly to the brink of pain.
He gritted his teeth—and tried to think. Tried to reason with his overheated flesh.
All he could recall was her eagerness, her enthusiasm, her honest, open, unrestrained passion.
And the fact that he'd exercised great care in taking her the first time, and she hadn't tensed in the slightest when he'd taken her again.
He shouldn't, of course, have been so demanding as to take her a second time mere hours after the first. But he'd been desperate—visited by an ungovernable urge to reassure himself that it hadn't been a dream. That the most sensual woman he'd met in his life was an innocent Botticelli angel.
If he was wise, he wouldn't think about that—about how she'd responded so ardently, adapted so readily, then joined him in a wild ride. A ride rather wilder and certainly longer than he'd intended.
But she'd enjoyed it—and she'd enjoyed their second ride, too. Perhaps she'd enjoy a third?
His hand had made contact with her bottom before he'd finished the thought.
Flick woke to discover her bottom flushed and fevered, and Demon's hand sliding beneath her hip. He lifted her, and stuffed a pillow beneath her hips, then eased her down, settling her more definitely on her stomach.
Which seemed rather odd. But then, she was still mostly asleep. "Mmm?" she murmured, making it a question.
He leaned over her, looked into her heavy-lidded eyes, then kissed her shoulder. "Just lie still." She smiled sleepily, and let her lids fall.
His hand returned to her bottom.
To gently but evocatively caress, leaving a tracery of fire on skin already heated and dewed. Her breath came increasingly fast—when she murmured again, an incoherent question, his hand shifted. Long fingers slid between her thighs, into the soft folds of flesh between. He caressed, then probed—she felt him lean over her, the crisp hair on his chest brushing her back, sending tingling shivers racing through her.
All the way to where his fingers delved.
He smothered a curse, then his fingers left her. He shifted, his weight dipping the bed as he lifted over her. With his legs, he nudged hers wide; grasping her right knee, he drew it up, bending that leg, leaving her knee almost level with her waist—he settled his hips in the space created, hard against her bottom.
She blinked her eyes wide—a large hand came down, palm flat by her shoulder, carrying his weight above her.
Her heart throbbed and leapt to her throat as she felt his weight against her bottom—then stopped
as she felt a familiar hardness ease into her.
She gasped as he slid powerfully home. All the way.
Holding still, his hips flush with her bottom, he lowered his head and brushed a kiss on her shoulder. "Are you all right?"
Naked, with him equally naked behind her, joined in a fashion that made her think of stallions and mares, with him throbbing at her center… she was more than all right. She was on the brink of ecstasy.
"Yes." The word came out in a rush, laden with a sweet tension she couldn't disguise. He bent his head and touched his lips to her ear.
"You don't have to do anything. Just lie still." Then he made love to her until she screamed.
Chapter 14
« ^ »
"Drive on!" Demon climbed into the manor's carriage; a groom shut the door behind him. The carriage lurched, then rumbled out of The Angel's stable yard.
"Are you sure Gillies will be able to cope?" Flick asked. "There's no need for you to escort me all the way to Hillgate End."
Settling beside her, Demon glanced at her, then leaned back against the squabs. "Gillies is perfectly capable of locating Bletchley and following him back to London."
He'd gone down to breakfast and to order a tray to be taken up to Flick, only to find Gillies kicking his heels by the main door. Bletchley, it transpired, had already left for the prizefight field.
"Heard him quizzing the innkeep," Gillies had said, "about the special coaches they've put on, running direct from here to London."
After his lack of activity the previous night, it seemed likely Bletchley had dallied in Newmarket purely to attend the prizefight, but… they couldn't be certain he didn't have a meeting arranged to take place amid the crowd about the ring. Neither he nor Gillies had believed that—discussing race-fixing surrounded by a crowd containing so many potentially interested ears smacked of rank stupidity, something the syndicate had shown no sign of being. Gillies hadn't followed Bletchley, but waited for orders.
"He went out this morning with the same crew he was chatting with last night, heading straight for the field."
There was an outside chance of a meeting occurring after the prizefight, although given the aftermath of such events, that, too, seemed unlikely. Still…
Demon had rejigged his plans, sending Gillies after Bletchley to watch and to follow, to London if necessary.
"Gillies knows who to contact in London—we'll set up a watch on Bletchley. He'll have to meet
with his masters soon."
Flick humphed impatiently; Demon ignored it. He was relieved that Bletchley was heading south. With him gone, the chances of Flick running headlong into danger were considerably diminished.
With Gillies at the fight, he'd first arranged for a coachman to drive the manor carriage back to Hillgate End, then broken his fast at a leisurely pace, then paid Flick's shot with no explanation whatever, and returned upstairs to escort her, concealingly cloaked and veiled, down to the waiting carriage.
By that time, the fight had started, so there was no one of note left at the inn to witness their joint departure. The only wrinkle in his plan was Ivan the Terrible, presently tied behind the carriage.
Ivan hated being led—especially by a carriage. He was going to be in a foul mood when it came time to ride home.
Demon wasn't, however, disposed to worry about Ivan—before he rode home, he had a number of pressing matters to resolve. The most pressing sat beside him, idly gazing at the scenery, with not the slightest sign of fluster showing in her angelic face.
Which really did surprise him.
He was thirty-one and had bedded scores of women—she was just twenty, and had just spent her first night with a man. Him. Yet her composure was patently genuine. She'd been flustered enough, blushing rosily, when he'd left her in the room and gone to look for breakfast. But by the time he'd returned, she had been perfectly composed, her usual straightforward, openly confident self. Of course, by then, she had dressed.
She'd removed her veil as they'd rolled out of Bury; a quick glance revealed a serene expression, with a slight smile tilting her lips and a soft light in her eyes. As if she was recalling the events of the night and enjoying her memories.
Demon shifted, then looked out of the window—and went over his plans.
Flick was indeed reflecting on the events of the night, and those of the morning, and, further, on how much she'd enjoyed them. She still felt curiously glorious—as if she was glowing all the way to her toes. If this was satiation, she thoroughly approved. Which only made her even more determined on her course.
It seemed clear enough. Demon could love her—of that she felt sure. All she needed to do was to make sure he did before she agreed to marry him.
She needed to make him fall in love with her—she would have scoffed at the thought a mere month ago and labelled it an impossible task. Now, however, the prospects looked good. If last night and this morning were any guide, he was already halfway there.
He cared for her—was very careful of her; he clearly enjoyed giving her pleasure. He'd pleasured her to her toes. In a variety of ways. And remained considerate and caring afterward, in his usual overbearing way.
She spent the drive sunk in pleasant memories, but when they rolled through Newmarket, she inwardly shook herself, and sternly told herself to stop thinking of such things. She'd get precious little pleasuring in the days to come—at least until he came to love her.
She slanted a glance at him, then looked away, and rehearsed her plans yet again.
He spoke as they turned through the gates of Hillgate End.
"In case you're wondering, I intend telling the General that, due to an inadvertent circumstance, you and I were seen together in a chamber at The Angel last night by one of the ton's most rabid scandalmongers, and consequently, you've agreed to marry me."
She turned her head and met his eyes. "I haven't."
His face grew hard. "You've done rather a lot since last evening—precisely what is it you don't believe you've done?"
His tone was precise, his words excessively clipped. She ignored the warning. "I haven't agreed to marry you."
The sound he made was frustration incarnate. Abruptly, he sat up. "Flick—you have been well and truly and very thoroughly compromised this time. You have no choice—"
"On the contrary." She held his gaze. "I can still say no."
Demon stared at her, then narrowed his eyes. "Why would you want to say no?" "I have my reasons."
"Which are?"
She considered him, then said, "I told you I needed something more than mere circumstance to persuade me to marriage. What you did last night wasn't it."
He frowned, then shook his head, his expression turning grim. "Let me rephrase my intention. I'll tell the General what I said before, then, if you still won't agree to our marriage, I'll tell him the rest—how I spent all night in your bed—and half the night in you."
She raised her brows, considered him steadily, then looked away. "You know you'll never tell him that."
Demon stared at her, at her pure profile, at her chin resolutely firm, her nose tip-tilted—and fought down the urge to lay his hands on her.
She was right, of course—he would never do anything to harm her standing with the General, one of the few people she cared about. The General would very likely understand why he'd acted as he had, but he wouldn't understand her refusal. Any more than he did.
Forcing himself to relax, he sank back against the seat and stared out of the window. The horses clopped on.
"What story did you concoct for the household to explain your trip to Bury?" He asked the question without looking at Flick; he felt her glance, then she answered.
"That I was going to see Melissa Blackthorn—her family lives just past Bury. We often visit on the spur of the moment."
Demon considered. "Very well. You intended visiting Miss Blackthorn—Gillies offered to drive you in the hope of seeing the fight, but when you reached Bury, the street was blocked with incoming traffic and you got trapped in the melee. It got dark—you were still trapped. Not being au fait with prizefights, you sought refuge at The Angel." He glanced at Flick. "Hopefully, no one will learn of your disguise or your story to gain a room."
She shrugged. "Bury's far enough away—none of the staff have family that far afield."
Demon humphed. "We can but hope. So—you were at The Angel when I arrived, intending to stay for the fight. I saw you… and then Lord Selbourne saw us. Thus, this morning, I brought you straight home so we can deal with the current situation." He glanced at Flick. "Can you see any holes?"
She shook her head, then grimaced. "I do hate misleading the General, though."
Demon looked out of the window. "Given we've struggled to avoid all mention of Dillon and the syndicate thus far, I can't see any point mentioning them now." It would only upset the General more to know the current imbroglio was a result of Flick's championing Dillon.
The shadows of the drive fell behind them; ahead, the manor basked in sunshine. The carriage rocked to a stop. Demon opened the door, stepped out, then handed Flick down. Jacobs opened the front door before they knocked; Demon led Flick into the cool hall, then released her.
Mrs. Fogarty came bustling up, fussing about Flick, who slid around her questions easily. Flick cast a watchful, questioning glance at Demon—he met it with his blandest expression. She frowned fleetingly, but had to reorganize her expression to deal with Mrs. Fogarty. With the housekeeper in close attendance, Flick headed to her room.
Demon watched her go, then his lips lifted, just a little at the ends. Challenges—more challenges. Swinging on his heel, he headed for the library.
"So—let me see if I've got this right."
In the chair behind his desk, the General sat back and steepled his fingers. "You and Felicity were again caught in an apparently compromising situation, only this time by someone who will take great delight in ruining Felicity's good name. You, however, are perfectly prepared to marry the chit, but she's proving headstrong, and jibbing at the bit. So, instead of pressing marriage on her in such an abrupt manner, you suggest I agree to send her to your mother, Lady Horatia, to enjoy the delights of the Season in London. Under your mother's wing, even without a formal declaration, it will be surmised that she's your intended, but the interlude will give Felicity time to adjust to the position, and accept marriage to you as the sensible course." He looked up at Demon. "Is that right?"
Standing before the windows, Demon nodded. "Naturally, if, in the course of her time in London, she meets any other gentleman and forms a lasting attachment that is returned, I give you my word to release her without complaint. It's her happiness—her reputation—I'm interested in securing."
"Indeed. Hmm." The General's eyes twinkled. "Well then, no reason whatever she should take exception to a sojourn in London. Do her good anyway, to see all she's missed stuck up here with an old man."
The lunch gong boomed; the General chuckled and rose. "Capital notion all around. Let's go tell her, what?"
Demon smiled easily. Beside the General, he strolled toward the dining room. "London?" Flick stared at Demon, sitting directly opposite across the luncheon table. "Hmm—the capital. My mother would love to have you stay with her."
It was all so transparent. Flick glanced to her right, to where the General, nodding mildly, was helping himself to more peas. He seemed serenely unconcerned about her reputation, for which she was honestly grateful to Demon; she couldn't have borne it if the old dear had been distressed. Yet she was fairly
certain the only reason he was in such fine fettle, knowing her reputation was, if not precisely in shreds, then certainly rather tattered, was because he believed a stay in London under Lady Horatia's wing would make her change her mind and accept his protege as her husband.
There was a good chance he was right—she certainly hoped so.
And there were a number of good reasons for falling in with Demon's plan. Not least was the fact that Bletchley had gone to London. And while she'd never before felt any interest in tonnish affairs, if she was to marry Demon, then she would need to find her feet in that arena. She was also suddenly insatiably curious as to how, and with whom, he spent his days in London.
Quite aside from all else, if she was going to make him fall in love with her, she needed to be with him. Her eyes locked on his, she nodded. "Yes—I think I'd like that."
He smiled. "Good. I'll drive you up tomorrow." "How on earth did that happen?"
Early the next morning, already on the road to London, drawn thence by Demon's powerful bays, Flick swivelled on the curricle's seat and glanced back at Gillies, perched behind. "I thought you were following him?"
Gillies looked pained; Demon answered. "We thought Bletchley was planning to take one of the special coaches back to London from Bury—Gillies heard him asking where to catch them. After watching Bletchley throughout the fight—and learning nothing—at the end, Gillies, quite reasonably, moved to the gate leading back to Bury and waited for Bletchley to pass him. He never did."
"Oh?" Flick glanced back at Gillies.
He grimaced. "He must have caught a ride on some cart back to Newmarket."
"And then hired a horse and, bold as you please, came cantering up the manor drive." Demon set his teeth. That had been too close for his liking—luckily, Bletchley had not seen Flick, nor she, him.
Flick sat back. "I nearly dropped a vase when Jacobs mentioned he'd called, asking after Dillon."
"Thankfully, Jacobs sent him on his way." Demon eased the bays past a farm cart, then let the reins run free. "Bletchley returned to the Rutland Arms and caught the evening mail to London."
"So we've lost him."
He glanced at Flick, relieved to see nothing more than a frown on her face. "For the moment. But we'll come up with him again, never fear."
"London's very big."
"True, but it's possible to keep watch on the likely places Bletchley might meet with a group of gentlemen. The classes don't mix freely at all that many venues. Limmers, Tattersalls, and a few other, less savory haunts."
"Still, isn't it like looking for the proverbial needle?"
Demon hesitated, then grimaced. "There might be another way to identify likely members of the syndicate independent of any meeting, which should make it easier, if a meeting does occur, to track someone to
it—and so identify all the syndicate." "Another way?"
Flick's eyes were firmly fixed on his face. With his gaze on his speeding horses, he outlined his discussions with Heathcote Montague, and what they hoped to discover.
At the end of his explanation, Flick sat back. "Good. So we haven't given up on helping Dillon—it's just that our investigations have changed direction."
"Speaking of Dillon, does he know you've left Newmarket?"
"I sent a message with Jiggs—I told him to tell Dillon that we had to follow up clues in London, that I didn't know when we'd be back, but that he should stay in hiding until we returned. I promised I'd write and tell him what we discover. Jiggs will deliver my letters."
Demon nodded. If nothing else, he'd distanced her from Dillon—while in London, she could concentrate on him, and herself. He was certain his mother would encourage her in that endeavor, while at the same time helpfully denying Flick—a young lady in her charge—the license she would need to pursue Bletchley, the syndicate, or any other villain. Despite the fact both Bletchley and the syndicate were in London, he felt perfectly sanguine about taking Flick there.
As for the danger posed by Lord Selbourne, that was, at least temporarily, in abeyance; his lordship had gone directly into Norfolk to visit with his sister.
The curricle sped south through the bright morning, wheels rolling smoothly along the macadam. Despite losing Bletchley, despite having to revise his plans to accommodate a certain angel's stubbornness, Demon felt in remarkable charity with the world. Their current direction felt right—this was obviously the way to get Flick to say yes. She was, beyond question, already his, but if they had to go through a formal wooing, he was content to remove to London. It was, after all, his home ground. He was looking forward to showing her about—showing her off. Her bright-eyed innocence continued to delight him; through her eyes, he saw aspects of his world he'd long considered boring in an entirely new light.
He slanted a glance at her; the breeze was tugging at her curls, setting her bonnet ribbons twirling. Her eyes were wide, her gaze fixed ahead; her lips, delicate rose, were full, lush, lightly curved. She looked good enough to eat.
Abruptly, he looked ahead, the memory of the taste of her flooding him. Gritting his teeth, he willed the distraction away. He was going to have to keep his demons caged for the foreseeable future—there was no sense in teasing and taunting them. That was the one drawback in placing Flick under his mother's wing—she would be safe from all others, but also safe from him.
Even should she wish otherwise, which was an intriguing, potentially helpful, notion. Mulling over the possibility, he sent his whip out to tickle his leader's ear and urge his horses on.
Beside him, Flick watched the countryside roll past with a keen and eager eye. Anticipation grew with every mile—it was hard to preserve a proper calm. Soon they would reach London; soon, she would see Demon in his other milieu, his other guise. She knew he was considered a rake extraordinaire, yet, until now, her knowledge of him had been restricted to Demon in the country; she had a shrewd notion his tonnish persona would be different from the one she knew. As the miles sped past, she spent the time imagining,, envisioning a more graceful, more elegant, more potent presence—the glittering glamor he would assume when in society, a cloak donned over his true character, all the traits so familiar
to her. She couldn't wait to see it.
Despite losing Bletchley, it was impossible to remain sober. Her mood was buoyant, her heart light—she was looking forward to life in a completely new way—facing in a completely unlooked-for direction.
Marriage to Demon—it was a dizzying thought, a dream she had never dared dream. And now she was committed to the enterprise—totally and absolutely. Not that she entertained any doubts about success. In her present mood, that was impossible.
From all she'd heard of London, it would provide the setting—one with the best opportunities—for her to encourage Demon to give her his heart. Then all would be perfect, and her dream would come true.
She sat beside him with barely concealed impatience, waiting for London to appear.
When it did, she blinked. And wrinkled her nose. And winced at the raucous cries. The streets were packed with carriages of every description, the pavements teeming. She had never imagined such
close-packed humanity—fresh from the broad plain of Newmarket Heath, she found it disturbing. She felt hemmed in on every side with the sheer weight of humankind. And the noise. And the squalor. And the urchins—everywhere.
She'd lived in London for only a short time before, with her aunt at her London house. She couldn't remember any sights such as those she now saw, but it had, after all, been a long time ago. As Demon concentrated on his horses, deftly tacking through the traffic, she edged closer until she could feel the warmth of his body through her pelisse.
To her relief, the fashionable areas were more as she recalled—quiet streets lined with elegant houses, neat squares with fenced gardens at their centers. Indeed, this part of London was better, neater, more beautiful than her memories. Her aunt had lived in Bloomsbury, which was not nearly as fashionable as Berkeley Square, which was where Demon took her.
He reined in the bays before a large mansion, as imposing as the most imposing she'd seen. As Gillies took the reins and Demon stepped down, Flick stared up at the three-storeyed facade and suddenly knew what "being not quite up to snuff" felt like.
Then Demon took her hand; stilling her fears, she shuffled along the seat and let him hand her to the ground. Clutching her parasol's handle tightly, she took his profferred arm, and climbed the steps beside him.
If the house was imposing, slightly scarifying, the butler, Highthorpe, was worse. He opened the door to Demon's knock and looked down his beaked nose at her.
"Ah, Highthorpe—how's the leg?" With an affectionate smile at the butler, Demon handed Flick over the threshold. "Is her ladyship in?"
"My leg is quite improved, thank you, sir." Holding the door wider, Highthorpe bowed deferentially; he closed it after them, and turned, his starchy demeanor somewhat softer. "Her ladyship, I believe, is in her sanctuary."
Demon's smile deepened. "This is Miss Parteger, Highthorpe. She'll be staying with Mama for the nonce. Gillies will bring her bags around."
It might have been a trick of the light beaming through the fanlight, yet Flick could have sworn a gleam of
interest flashed in Highthorpe's eyes. He smiled as he bowed again to her. "Miss. I'll mention to Mrs. Helmsley to prepare a room for you at once—I'll have your bags taken there. No doubt you'll wish to refresh yourself after your journey."
"Thank you." Flick smiled back—Highthorpe suddenly sounded much more comfortable. Demon drew her on.
"I'll leave you in the drawing room while I fetch Mama." He opened a door and ushered her inside.
One glance about the elegant blue-and-white room had her turning back to him. "Are you sure this is a good idea? I could always stay with my aunt—"
"Mama will be delighted to meet you." He made the statement as if she hadn't spoken. "I won't be above a few minutes."
He went out, closing the door behind him. Flick stared at the white painted panels—he didn't come back in. Sighing, she looked around.
She considered the white damask settee, then looked down at her plain, definitely old, outmoded pelisse. Putting one in contact with the other seemed like sacrilege. So she stayed on her feet and shook out her skirts, trying vainly to rearrange them to hide the creases. What would Lady Horatia—the lady who presided over such a well-appointed drawing room—think of her in her far-from-elegant attire?
The point proved academic.
The latch clicked, the door swung wide, and a tall, commandingly elegant lady swept in.
And descended on her, a huge smile on her face, her eyes alight with a welcome Flick could not imagine what she'd done to deserve. But there was no mistaking the warmth with which Lady Horatia embraced her.
"My dear!" Touching a scented cheek to hers, Lady Horatia straightened and held her at arms' length, not to inspect her dowdy pelisse but to look into her face. "I'm so very delighted to meet you, and to welcome you to this house. Indeed"—she shot a glance at Demon—"I understand it will be my pleasure to introduce you to the ton." Looking back at Flick, Lady Horatia beamed. "I couldn't be more delighted!"
Flick smiled warmly, gratefully.
Lady Horatia's smile deepened; her blue eyes, very like Demon's, twinkled expressively. "Now we can send Harry away and get acquainted."
Flick blinked, then realized, as Lady Horatia turned to Demon, that she was referring to him.
"You may come back for dinner." Lady Horatia raised a brow—the gesture appeared haughtily teasing. "I presume you are free?"
Demon—Harry—merely smiled. "Of course." He looked at Flick. "I'll see you at seven." With a nod for her and another for his mother, he turned and strolled to the door; it shut softly behind him.
"Well!" Lady Horatia turned to Flick, and smiled exultantly. "At last!"
Chapter 15
« ^ »
Despite their languid elegance, when Cynsters acted, things happened in a rash. After luncheon, Horatia whisked Flick into her carriage, off to a family afternoon tea.
"Grosvenor Square's not far," Horatia assured her. "And Helena is going to be as delighted as I to meet you."
"Helena?" Flick sifted through the names Horatia had mentioned over luncheon.
"My sister-in-law. Mother of Sylvester, better known as Devil, now Duke of St. Ives. Helena is the Dowager. She and I only had sons—she, Sylvester and Richard, me, Vane and Harry. Sylvester, Richard and Vane are all married—" Horatia glanced at Flick. "Didn't Harry tell you?"
Flick shook her head; Horatia grimaced. "He always was one to ignore details. So—" Horatia settled back; Flick dutifully paid attention. "Sylvester married Honoria Anstruther-Wetherby over a year ago. Sebastian, their son, is eight months old. Honoria's increasing again, so while they'll doubtless come to town for the Season proper, the ducal couple are presently in Cambridgeshire.
"Which brings us to Vane. He married Patience Debbington last November. Patience is increasing, too, so we don't expect to see them for a few weeks, either. As for Richard, he married quite unexpectedly in Scotland before Christmas. There was a spot of bother—Sylvester, Honoria, Vane, Patience and Helena—and a few others—went north, but all seems to have settled comfortably and Helena is in alt at the prospect of more grandchildren.
"However," Horatia declared, reaching her peroration, "as neither Honoria nor Patience, nor Richard's Catriona, were young misses in need of help and guidance, neither Helena nor I have ever had a young lady to fuss over." Eyes bright, she patted Flick's hand. "So I'm afraid, my dear, that you'll have to put up with the two of us fussing over you—you're our last chance in that arena, you see."
Flick smiled spontaneously. "On the contrary, I would be glad of your help." Her gaze drifted over the fashionable ladies and gentlemen strolling the pavements. "I've no real idea how one should go on in London." She looked down at her pretty but definitely not chic gown, blushed slightly, and caught Horatia's eye. "Please do hint me in the right direction—I would be very unhappy to be an embarrassment to you and D—Harry."
"Nonsense." Horatia squeezed Flick's hand fondly. "I doubt you could embarrass me if you tried." Her eyes twinkled. "And certainly not my son." Flick blushed; Horatia chuckled. "With a little guidance, a little experience, and a little town bronze, you'll do very well."
Grateful for the reassurance, Flick sat back and wondered how to broach the question uppermost in her mind. Horatia clearly viewed her as a future daughter-in-law, which was what she hoped to be. But she hadn't yet accepted Demon, and wouldn't, not until… Drawing a determined breath, she looked at Horatia. "Did D—Harry explain that I haven't agreed…"
"Oh, indeed. And I can't tell you how grateful I am that you had the wit not to accept him straightaway." Horatia frowned disapprovingly. "These things should take time—time enough to organize a proper wedding, at least. Unfortunately, that's not the way they see it." Her tone made it clear she was speaking of the males of the family. "If it's left to them, they'll sweep you past a cleric and into bed with
the barest 'by-your-leave'!"
Flick choked; misinterpreting, Horatia patted her hand. "I know you won't mind my plain speaking—you're old enough to understand these things."
Flick went to nod and stopped herself; her blush was because she did know, and appreciated Horatia's insight—that was certainly how Demon had imagined it. Only, being him, he'd transposed the cleric and the bed. "I think time—at least a little time—is a necessity in this case."
"Good!" The carriage rocked, then halted; Horatia looked up. "Ah—here we are."
The groom opened the door and let down the steps, then handed Flick, then his mistress, to the pavement. Horatia nodded at the magnificent mansion reached by a sweeping set of steps. "St. Ives House."
The afternoon had turned gloriously fine—tables, chairs and chaises were set out on the lawn of the enclosed gardens. At Lady Horatia's side, Flick left the house, stepping past the deferential butler and onto the terrace. She saw a small host of well-dressed ladies, ranging in age from very old to a girl barely out of the schoolroom, congregating on the lawn.
There was not a gentleman in sight.
Parasols dipped and swayed above smart coiffures, protecting delicate complexions. Other ladies simply sat back, glorying in the weak sunshine, smiling, laughing and chatting. While substantial, the noise was not overpowering—indeed, it subtly beckoned. There was a gaiety, a relaxed sense of ease pervading the group, unexpected in conjunction with its blatantly tonnish air. This wasn't fashion and brittle frivolity—this was a fashionable family gathering; the distinction was clear.
The large number of guests was a surprise; Horatia had assured her she would meet only family members and a few close connections. Before she managed to fully grasp the reality, a beautiful older woman came sweeping up to meet them as they descended the steps to the lawn.
" 'Oratia!" The Dowager exchanged kisses with her sister-in-law, but her gaze had already moved on to Flick. "And who is this?" A glorious smile and bright eyes softened the abrupt query.
"Allow me to present Miss Felicity Parteger—Helena, Dowager Duchess of St. Ives, my dear." Flick curtsied deeply. "It's a pleasure to make your acquaintance, Your Grace."
As she straightened, Helena took her hand, directing an arrested, inquiring glance at Horatia. "Felicity is Gordon Caxton's ward."
With one blink, Helena had the reference pegged. "Ah—the good General." She smiled at Flick. "Is he well?"
"Yes, thank you, ma'am."
With the air of one who could contain herself no longer, Horatia broke in, "Harry brought Felicity up to town. She'll be staying with us in Berkeley Square, and I'll be taking her into society."
Helena's gaze flew to Horatia's face; her smile deepened, and deepened. Looking again at Flick, she positively beamed. "My dear, I am so very glad to meet you!"
Before Flick could blink, the Dowager embraced her enthusiastically, then, one arm about her waist,
bustled her down the lawn. With a Gallic charm impossible to resist, the Dowager introduced her to her sisters-in-law first, then the older ladies, and eventually the younger ones, two of whom, clearly twins, were adjured to ensure Flick wanted for nothing, including help with names and relationships.
The pair were the most ravishing blonde beauties Flick had ever seen. They had skin like alabaster, eyes like cornflower pools and a wealth of ringlets almost as golden as her own. She expected them to hang back—they might be younger than she, but she was definitely not in their social league. To her surprise, they smiled at her delightedly—every bit as delightedly as their mother and aunts had—and swooped forward to link arms with her.
"Excellent! I thought this party would be just the usual thing—pleasant but hardly exciting. Instead, we get to meet you!"
Flick blinked—she glanced from one to the other, trying to remember which was which. "I've never thought of myself as exciting."
"Hah! You must be, otherwise Demon would never have looked your way."
The second girl laughed. "Don't mind Amanda." She grinned as Flick glanced around. "I'm Amelia. You'll get used to telling us apart—we're not identical."
They weren't, but they were very much alike.
"Tell us," Amelia urged, "how long have you known Demon?"
"We ask," Amanda put in, "because until the last few weeks he's been severely testing our sanity by watching over us at the balls and major parties."
"Indeed. So we know he went up to Newmarket a few weeks ago. Is that where you met him?"
"We did meet at Newmarket," Flick agreed, "but I've lived there since I was seven, and I've known Demon from the first."
Both girls stared at her, then Amanda frowned. "What the devil's he been doing, keeping you hidden away like that?"
"Excuse us for asking, but you are older than us, aren't you? We're eighteen."
"I'm twenty," Flick replied. The twins were taller and certainly more socially assured, but there was a subtle difference; she hadn't imagined herself younger than them.
"So why," Amanda reiterated, "didn't Demon bring you down last year? He's not one for dragging his boots—not him."
"He does tend to drive fast," Flick grinned. "He didn't bring me down last year, because… well, he didn't really know I existed last year."
That comment, of course, led to further questions, further revelations. Which cleared the way for Flick to ask why Demon had been watching them.
"Sometimes I think it's simply to drive us mad, but truly they can't seem to help themselves, poor dears." Amanda shook her head. "It's something in the blood."
"Luckily, once they marry, they're not such a bother. They'd still interfere if they could, mind you, but
Honoria, Patience and Catriona have so far kept Devil, Vane and Richard out of our way." Amelia looked at Flick. "And now you'll be here to keep Demon occupied."
"With any luck," Amanda added dryly,"the others will find ladies to dote on before we become ape-leaders."
Flick grinned. "Surely they can't be that inhibiting."
"Oh, can't they?" the twins chorused. They promptly recounted a series of events illustrating their claim, in the process giving Flick vignettes of Demon within the ton—surrounded by beautiful women.
Sensing her interest, the twins dismissively waved aside his London conquests.
"Don't worry about them—they never last long, and now he'll be too busy with you." "Watching over you, thank heaven!" Amanda raised her eyes to the skies. "Only got two more to go." Amelia chuckled, and looked at Flick. "Gabriel and Lucifer."
"Who?"
The twins laughed, and explained about their older male cousins, the group known as the Bar Cynster.
"We're not supposed to know about the Bar Cynster, so remember not to mention it to Demon," Amanda warned.
They continued, giving her a potted history of the family—who was whose child, brother, sister. They beckoned the only younger girl over—their cousin, Heather, nearly sixteen.
"I won't be presented until next year," Heather sighed, "but Mama said I could attend the family events this year. Aunt Louise is giving an informal ball next week."
"You'll be invited," Amanda assured Flick. "We'll make sure your name is on the list." Amelia stifled a snort. "Mama will make sure your name is on the list."
Minutes later, they were summoned to distribute the tea cups. Flick did her share, moving easily among the company. Although every lady she paused beside spoke with her, beyond the information Horatia had imparted regarding her visit, not one word was said—not one inference drawn. At least, not within her hearing. Every lady made her feel welcome, and if, by dint of subtle questioning, they extracted her entire life history from her, it was no more than she'd expected. But they were the very opposite of nosy, and certainly not judgmental—their warm approval, their ready acceptance, the protection of the group so openly offered very nearly overwhelmed her.
One very old, very sharp-eyed lady closed a claw about her hand. "If you find yourself in a ballroom, gel, and at a loss what to do, then find one of us—even those flighty flibbertigibbets"—Lady Osbaldestone's black gaze skewered the twins, then she looked up at Flick—"and just ask. The ton can be a confusing place, but that's what family's for—you needn't feel shy."
"Thank you, ma'am." Flick bobbed a curtsy. "I'll remember."
"Good. Now you may give me one of those macaroons. Dare say Clara there would like one, too."
Lady Osbaldestone was not the only one to offer advice and support. Long before the afternoon came to an end and she and Lady Horatia took their leave, amid embraces, waves and plans to meet again, Flick felt she had literally been gathered to the bosom of the Cynster clan.
Settling back in the carriage, Horatia closed her eyes. Flick did the same, and looked back over the afternoon.
They were amazing. She'd known Demon had a large family, but that the Cynsters would prove such a close tribe had been a pleasant surprise. She'd never had a real family—not since her parents had died. She'd never felt part of a continuing whole, a group that had a before and would also have an after, beyond the individual members. She'd been alone since the age of seven. The General, Dillon and the Hillgate End household had become her surrogate family, but this was something very different.
If she married Demon, she would become, once again, part of a real family. One in which there were other women to talk to, to turn to for support; one where, by unspoken accord, the men watched over the young women, even if they weren't their sisters.
In some ways, it was all new to her—in other ways, at some deeper level, it touched a chord that resonated deeply. It felt very right. Opening her eyes, she stared, smiling but unseeing, out of the window, deeply glad at the prospect of becoming a Cynster.
Two mornings later, in a far from glorious mood, Demon gritted his teeth and turned his bays toward the park. For the third time in as many days, he'd arrived at his parents' house only to learn that Miss Parteger was out.
He'd called on the afternoon of the day he'd brought her to town, imagining her sitting alone and forlorn while his mother napped. Instead, they'd been gossiping at his Aunt Helena's—and he knew very well about what. He'd swallowed his disappointment, uneasily surprised that he'd felt it, and reflected that this was precisely why he'd brought Flick to town—so his dear family, especially the female half, could help her make up her mind to marry him. He had no doubt they would do so. They were past masters at engineering weddings. As far as he was concerned, they could exercise their talents on his behalf.
So he'd retired, leaving no message—nothing to alert his too-perceptive mother that he'd been impatient enough to call. He'd arrived promptly for dinner, but discovered that seeing Felicity over a dinner table with his parents present didn't satisfy his appetite.
Yesterday, he'd called at eleven—a perfectly innocuous time. Turning up too close to breakfast would have been too revealing. Highthorpe had looked at him with sympathy and informed him that his mother, his aunt and the young lady had gone shopping.
He knew that meant they'd be away for hours. And they'd be in one of those silly, feminine moods when they returned, wanting to tell him about frills and furbelows, unreceptive to the notion of paying attention to him.
He'd retreated in good order, noting again that this was a part of why he'd brought Flick to town—so she could be seduced by the entertainments available as his wife. Shopping, to the female soul, ranked high as entertainment.
In other arenas, fate was being more helpful; he'd heard on the grapevine that Rattletrap Selbourne had contracted mumps from his sister's offspring and was not expected in town this Season. Selbourne was one complication he could temporarily put from his mind.
Today, he'd arrived at Berkeley Square midmorning, quite sure he'd find Flick waiting to impress him in one of her new gowns.
His mother had taken her off to the park.
He was seriously considering having a very pithy few words with his mother.
Feathering his curricle through the Stanhope Gate, narrowly missing an approaching landau, he tried to rein in his unreasonable temper and still the urgent pounding in his blood. He was surprised at the strength of his reaction, at the sense of deprivation that had seized him. It was, he reassured himself, simply because he'd got used to seeing her daily, nothing else. The effect would wear off, subside.
It would have to. In town, in the lead up to the Season, he would meet her only briefly, in the park under the watchful eyes of the ton's matrons, or in a crowded ballroom, likewise overseen. Private hours such as he'd grown accustomed to in the country were no longer part of their schedule.
Turning into the Avenue, he replaced his grim expression with his usual, politely bored mask.
He found Flick sitting in his mother's barouche, smiling sweetly at a host of gentlemen who, parading with other young ladies on the lawn, were eyeing her speculatively. His mother was deep in conversation with his aunt Helena, whose landau was drawn up alongside.
Smothering a curse, he angled his curricle in behind his mother's carriage and reined in. Gillies came running to hold the bays' heads. Tying off the reins, Demon jumped down and stalked along the verge.
Flick had heard the curricle pull up, and she'd turned; now she smiled, gloriously welcoming. For an instant, he was lost in her eyes, in her glow—his mask slipped; he started to smile, his usual taunting, teasing smile.
He caught himself just in time and substituted an easy, affable expression and a cool smile. Only his eyes, as they met hers, held any heat. If his mother or his sharp-eyed aunt caught a glimpse of that other smile, they'd know a great deal too much.
Flick held out her hand; he took it, bowing easily. "Well met, my dear."
Straightening, he exchanged polite nods with his mother and aunt, then looked back at Flick. He hadn't released her hand. "Can I tempt you to a stroll about the lawns?"
"Oh, yes!" Eagerly, she shifted forward. Demon suddenly understood her interest in the couples on the lawn: simple envy. She was used to riding every day—she would miss the exercise.
His smile deepening, he opened the carriage door. Over Flick's head, his mother glared at him and mouthed "new dress." Inwardly grinning, he helped Flick down, very willing to let his gaze roam. "Is that new?"
She threw him an ingenuous smile. "Yes." Releasing his hand, she twirled, then halted. "Do you like it?"
His gaze had locked on her body, sweetly encased in lavender-blue twill; now he lifted it to her face—and couldn't find words to answer. His chest had seized, his wits scrambled—the pounding in his blood escalated. The sheer glory of her face, her eyes, didn't help—he'd forgotten what it felt like to be smitten by an angel.
His mother and aunt were watching, eagle-eyed; he cleared his throat and managed to smile urbanely. "You look… extremely fetching." She looked delectable, delicious—and he was suddenly ravenous.
Retaking her hand, he laid it on his sleeve. "We'll take a turn down to the flowerbeds and back."
He heard an amused "humph" from the carriage, but he didn't look back as they strolled onto the lawn,
too busy enjoying the sight—and the sensations—of having his angel on his arm again. She smiled up at him—her golden curls caught his eye. "You've had your hair trimmed."
"Yes." She angled her head this way and that so he could appreciate the subtle changes. Her curls had always framed her face, but loosely. Now, by dint of artful clipping, the frame was more complete, more stable—if anything, brighter. "It suits me, I think."
Demon nodded. "It's undeniably elegant." Lowering his gaze, he met her eyes. "I expect it complements your new evening gowns well."
She blinked her eyes wide. "How did you know?…"
He grinned. "I called yesterday and heard you'd gone shopping. As it appears you've visited a modiste, and I know my mother, the rest is easy."
"Helena came, too. It was…" She paused, then smiled at him. "Very enjoyable." Content, Demon returned her smile, then looked ahead.
They strolled in silence, as they had so often on the Heath. Neither felt any pressing need of words, deeply easy in the other's company. Flick felt the breeze ruffle her skirts, felt them flap against Demon's polished Hessians. The steely strength of the muscles beneath her fingers, the sense of strength that reached for her, surrounded her and lapped her about, was blissfully welcome.
She'd missed him. Her singing heart told her that; her exulting senses confirmed it. Tipping her face to the sun, she smiled, aglow with an emotion that could only be love.
She slanted him a glance—only to find him watching her. He blinked, a frown forming in his eyes. Even as she looked, his face hardened.
He looked ahead. "I thought you might like to know what we've discovered about Bletchley."
Guilt struck. In the whirl of the past days, caught up in her own discoveries, she'd forgotten Dillon and his problems. "Yes, of course." Strengthening her voice, she looked ahead. "What have you learned?"
From the corner of her eye, she saw Demon grimace.
"We've confirmed Bletchley arrived on the Newmarket coach. It stops at Aldgate. We checked, but he isn't known in the area." They reached the flowerbeds and turned onto the gravel path beside the display. "Montague—my agent—is organizing a watch on the venues gentlemen use to meet with the riffraff they occasionally hire. If Bletchley appears, we'll pick up his trail again."
Flick frowned. "Is this Mr. Montague the same man you came down to see before?" Demon nodded; she asked, "Has he learned anything by looking for the money?"
"Not yet, but there's a large number of possibilities to check. Stocks, bonds, deposits, foreign transactions—he'll check everywhere. He has finalized the approximate sums we're looking for—the amounts taken from each fixed race over the autumn season, and the first race this year."
"Is it a lot?"
Demon met her gaze. "Enormous."
Reaching the walk's end, they turned back across the lawn, passing close by a number of other couples. With easy grace, Demon exchanged cool nods, distant smiles and steered her on. Flick mimicked his
politesse with a calmly serene expression.
Once they were free, Demon glanced at her, then lengthened his stride. She kept pace easily, but wondered why he was hurrying.
"The total amount taken is simply so huge," he continued, "it's utterly inconceivable that it won't show up somewhere. That's one encouraging point. Luckily, we've still got a few weeks before informing the stewards becomes imperative."
"Is there anything I can do?"
"No." He glanced down at her, his expression impassive. "I'll check with Montague in a day or so, if he doesn't contact me." He hesitated, then added, "I'll let you know when we learn anything to the point."
She had to nod—they were almost at the carriage. Glancing at Demon's face, she noted the languidly bored mask that seemed to slide over his features, sensed the steely control that infused his movements, making them appear lazily indifferent. She assumed it was his London persona—his wolf's clothing, as it were.
But she didn't understand why, when he handed her into the carriage and bowed gracefully, he didn't meet her eye.
Horatia tapped his arm. "You'll receive your invitation to an informal ball Louise is giving today. The ball's early next week—I'll expect you to escort myself and Felicity."
Demon blinked. "Won't Papa escort you?"
Horatia waved dismissively. "You know your father—he'll want to call at White's on the way."
A grim expression flashed in Demon's eyes, then was gone. Resigned, he inclined his head. "As you wish."
As he straightened, his eyes touched Flick's, just for a second, just long enough to reassure her. With a bow to Horatia and Helena, he turned away.
"Don't be late!" Horatia called after him. "We'll be dining there."
A wave showed he'd heard. Taking the reins, he leapt into his curricle, then gravel crunched, and he was gone.
Chapter 16
« ^ »
"Just look at them!" Amanda hissed disgustedly in Flick's ear, then gracefully twirled away,
Amelia took her place. "Even if they're dancing, they still sneak looks." She dipped and swayed, and continued sotto voce, "And there's usually one standing on the sidelines, like Demon is now, so if we rip a flounce or tear a ribbon and try to slip away, they still catch us!"
Flick smiled at her partner and linked hands—she gave no sign of having heard the twins' grumblings. They were whirling and twirling their way through a country dance; about them, Louise Cynster's ballroom was filled with all the family presently in London, together with family friends. As the
ball was informal, and most guests related to one another, an air of easy gaiety prevailed. There were many younger people present—girls like Heather and younger males, too—which underscored the feeling of a family celebration.
Flick dipped under her partner's hand and smiled at the innocuous young man; the twins did the same, no sign of their disgruntlement showing in their serene faces.
In the days since she'd first met them, they'd spoken at length on the watchful propensities of their male cousins, but Flick hadn't entirely believed them. Now she did. They did watch—she could see how the twins would find it irksome.
While Gabriel and Lucifer had both taken to the floor, they could occasionally be glimpsed through the press, checking on the twins. As for Demon, he stood at the side of the floor, not even bothering with the guise of chatting, his gaze fixed, distinctly intimidating, on their set.
At first glance, it was a wonder any male with an ounce of self-preservatory instinct would dare invite them onto the floor. However, the younger gentlemen—those not much older than the twins themselves—seemed impervious to any threat. As they were truly innocent of entertaining any impure designs on the twins, they seemed to take it for granted they were safe.
Of course, such innocent young men fell far short of the twins' requirements. Which was what was irritating them so. Flick understood; thus far, she'd danced only with the same sort of youthful gentleman—and was utterly bored.
When the dance ended, and they'd thanked and dismissed their too-youthful cavaliers, she linked arms, a twin on each side. "They're only trying to protect you—they've met too many bounders, and so want to warn all such men away from you."
Amelia sighed. "That's all very well, but their definition of 'bounder' is rather wide."
Amanda snorted. "If they think a gentleman has had so much as a single impure thought—a single mental flirt with any less-than-proper idea—then he's a bounder."
"Which tends to thin the ranks rather drastically." "And is absolutely no help in our campaign."
"Campaign?" Flick stopped beside an alcove hosting three large potted palms.
Amanda glanced about, then took her hand and tugged—they all slipped into the shadowy space behind the palms.
"We've decided…" Amanda started.
"…after discussions with Catriona," Amelia put in, "the lady of the vale—a sort of wise woman—"
"That we're not going to wait patiently, doing nothing but look pretty while suitable gentlemen look us over and debate whether or not to make an offer—"
"No." Amelia lifted her head. "We're going to make our own choice."
Amanda's eyes glittered. "We're going to look them over, and decide who we'll choose, not wait to be chosen."
Flick laughed—an arm about each, she hugged them. "Indeed, from what I've seen thus far, it would definitely be wise to take the matter into your own hands."
"So we think," Amanda declared.
"But tell us." Amelia drew back to study Flick's face. "Did you choose Demon, or did he choose you?"
Flick looked across the ballroom to where Demon stood, to her eyes the most superbly handsome man in the ton. He was wearing black, with ivory shirt and cravat; under the glow of the chandeliers, he looked even more dangerous than in daylight. He was chatting to a gentleman; despite that, Flick knew he knew exactly where she was.
Her lips slowly curved—he looked, and to her senses was, the embodiment of her dream, her desire, a far better reflection than any sculpture, any picture in a book.
She glanced at the twins. "I chose him." She looked across the ballroom. "I was only ten at the time, so I didn't really understand, but… yes, I definitely chose first."
"Well, there you are." Amanda nodded decisively. "That's all of you—Honoria said she didn't choose first, but she definitely chose. Patience and Catriona both said they chose first. And so did you. So choosing is obviously the best way forward."
Flick glanced at them again, at their beautiful faces, and saw the stubborn wills underneath. She nodded. "Yes, that's probably true." The twins were very much like her.
"We'd better circulate." Amelia nudged them from their nook. "Mama is looking for us." Adopting easy smiles, they slid into the crowd.
Smiling, Flick separated from the twins; although she forbade herself to scan the room, her senses searched for Demon. Over the last days, she'd seen him only fleetingly at the park, and once, by accident, in Bond Street. They'd exchanged no more than a few whispered phrases about the syndicate. And not once had his ever-so-slightly bored social mask slipped.
They had, however, been in public.
He'd arrived this evening at precisely the right moment to escort them down to the carriage, so they hadn't had a moment in private to catch up—on anything.
Which was becoming frustrating.
As was the fact she couldn't locate him.
She stopped before a bust of Caesar mounted on a pedestal. Dispensing with subtlety, she stretched on her toes and tried to scan the heads—she knew Demon's was somewhere in the room.
From behind, his hand closed on her arm. She gasped and swung around.
He was standing beside the pedestal—he hadn't been there a moment before. Swiftly, he drew her to him, then swung and drew her past, until she was standing in the shallow alcove behind the pedestal.
He faced her, leaning one arm on the pedestal's top, blocking her view.
Flick blinked. The ballroom possessed three semicircular alcoves; before each stood some arrangement,
like the palms or the pedestal, leaving a small area behind. Those desirous of a quiet moment could avail themselves of the spot, partially private but in full view of the ballroom.
Looking into Demon's hard-featured face, she smiled gloriously. "Hello—I was looking for you." His gaze on her face, he hesitated, then said, "I know."
She searched his face, his eyes—she couldn't quite place his tone. "Have you… ah, learned anything about the money?"
Demon drank in the sight of her, wallowed in the eager, welcoming light in her eyes, basked in the sensual glow that lit her face. She was screened from the ballroom by his shoulders. He drew a deep breath, and shook his head. "No. But we are making progress."
"Oh?" Her gaze lowered, and fixed on his lips; briefly, she moistened hers.
Clenching the fist hidden from the room by the bust, Demon nodded. "Montague has eliminated various securities—financial instruments through which that much money might have been hidden. While so far the results have been negative, we're narrowing our search."
She continued to stare at his lips, then realized they'd stopped moving; catching her breath on a little hitch, she looked up. And blinked. "It seems like we've been chasing the syndicate forever. Catching them seems like a dream." She paused, her eyes softening as they locked with his. Her "Do you think we ever will?" was softer yet.
Demon held her gaze and fought to remain still, to resist the impulse to lean forward, slide one arm about her and bring her against him. To bend his head, set his lips to hers, and answer the question in her eyes. Her gown, a sheath of silver-blue silk caught beneath her breasts with silver cords, then flaring over her hips into skirts that flirted about her ankles, didn't help. Its only claim to modesty lay in a froth of filmy silk gauze artfully looped about the neckline and over the points of her shoulders. It was an effort to remember her question. "Yes." His tone was deep, harsh; she blinked free of his hold, clearly puzzled when she saw his face harden.
The musicians chose that instant to strike up the waltz—he could have cheerfully strangled them with their own strings. Still, that was why they were here, at this moment. He focused on Flick's face, saw the eager light in her eyes, the invitation in her expression. And inwardly cursed. "That's a…" he drew a tight breath, "very lovely gown."
She looked down. "It's from Cocotte." She spread the silvery skirts and pirouetted in time to the opening bars, then looked at him. "Do you like it?"
"Very much." He could state that honestly, convincingly. When he'd first seen her on the stairs in Berkeley Square, he'd felt winded. The gown flattered her figure so well that he was of the opinion it should be outlawed, but he definitely liked it—and what was in it. So much so that it was impossible for him to take her in his arms and waltz beneath the sharp eyes of his too-interested family.
With one hand, he gestured. "Turn again." It was no hardship to keep his gaze on her hips as she twirled.
"Hmm." He kept his gaze on her skirts, not wanting to see the disappointment gathering in her eyes. She'd told him in the carriage that Emily Cowper, a friend of his mother's, had, in light of her years, given her formal permission to waltz. The waltz was now in full swing. "That's very well cut—slightly different—the way the skirts fall." He was a past master at seduction—couldn't he do better? Next, he'd be talking about the weather.
"Have you heard anything from Newmarket?"
He looked up—he'd heard the soft sigh that had preceded that question; there was no longer any hint of anticipation in her eyes. She looked resigned, yet still gracious. He straightened. "Not specifically. But I have heard from a close acquaintance of a member of the Committee that no one has sighted Dillon yet, nor has anyone spoken to the General."
"Well, that's some relief. I just hope Dillon doesn't do anything stupid while we're in town. I'd better send him a letter tomorrow."
She said nothing more but gazed past the bust to where couples were revolving about the floor. Demon pressed his lips tight shut. However badly he felt about making her miss her first London waltz, he couldn't regret it. Unable to dance with her himself, he couldn't have borne standing by the ballroom's side, watching her in the arms of some other gentleman. He would have turned into an incarnation of his nickname—that was certainly how he felt simply at the thought of her in another man's arms.
It was better for her to miss this waltz. "I heard from Carruthers that The Flynn's shaping well." That caught her attention. "Oh?"
"He's been pushing him morning and afternoon." "Carruthers told me he was trying to build his endurance."
"Carruthers wants me to try him in a steeple." He glanced at her. "What do you think?"
Unsurprisingly, she told him. What did surprise him was how detailed her opinion was, how much she understood, how deeply she'd merged with her one-time mount. For the first time in his life, he learned about, and took advice on, one of his horses from a female.
By the time they'd discussed The Flynn's future, and touched on that of the filly Flick had also ridden, the waltz was long over, the next dance about to begin.
A cotillion. Demon turned and beheld a circle of hovering males, all waiting for their chance with Flick. He smiled tightly and turned back to her, still partially hidden by him. His smile softened as he reached for her hand. "Will you grant me the honor of this dance, my dear?"
She looked up and smiled—the gesture lit her face and flooded her eyes. "Of course." She gave him her hand and let him lead her to the floor.
His experience, thankfully, came to the fore—he artfully complimented her, elegantly teased her, all with just the right touch, that of the accomplished rake he was. As only their hands met, and their bodies passed no closer than a handsbreath, she smiled and laughed, but didn't glow. No one watching them, no matter how closely, would have seen anything beyond a young lady responding predictably to an experienced rake's blandishments.
Which was precisely what he wanted them to see.
At the end of the measure, he bowed elegantly and surrendered her to the coterie of admirers, eagerly awaiting their turn. Satisfied he'd weathered the worst of the night and made the best of it, he retreated to the end of the room.
Gabriel and Lucifer joined him there.
"Why do we do this?" Lucifer grumbled. "Amanda all but ripped up at me, little shrew. Just because I insisted on waltzing with her."
"I got the ice treatment," Gabriel returned. "I can't remember when last I waltzed with an iceberg. If ever."
He glanced at Demon. "If this is a taste of what the Season will bring, I think I'll take a holiday."
When Demon, staring over the assembled heads, said nothing, Gabriel followed his gaze to where Flick was holding court. "Hmm," Gabriel murmured. "Didn't see you waltzing, coz."
Demon didn't shift his gaze. "I was otherwise occupied."
"So I noticed—discussing the fate of the Roman legions, no doubt."
Demon grinned and reluctantly deserted the sight of Flick chatting animatedly. She'd taken to social outings like a duck to water. "Actually…" There was a note in his drawl that brought his cousins' gazes to his face. "I'm investigating a crime." Briefly, he filled them in, told them all he knew of the race-fixing and the syndicate, all he suspected of who they really were.
"Hundreds of thousands," Gabriel repeated. "You're unquestionably right—it's got to show somewhere."
"But," Lucifer countered, "not necessarily where you're looking." Demon raised a brow invitingly.
"There's collectibles—jewelry's the obvious, but there's paintings, too, and other artifacts." "You could check on them."
"I'll check—but if those are the sums that should have been appearing over the past months, I'd already have heard." Lucifer grimaced. "Despite the possibility, I doubt collectibles are where the money's gone."
Demon nodded and looked at Gabriel, whose gaze remained distant. "What?"
Gabriel refocused. "I was wondering…" He shrugged. "I've acquaintances who would know if money's changed hands underground. I'll put the word out. Then, if Montague's covering the legitimate side of business, we should have all avenues through the city covered."
Demon nodded. "Which leaves one large area yet to be canvassed." "Indeed," Lucifer agreed. "Our own domain, as it were."
"Hmm." Gabriel raised a brow. "So we'll need to flap our ears for any hint of unexpected blunt—old aunts no one heard of before dying, gamblers supposedly under the hatches suddenly resurrected, and so on."
"Anyone sporting any unexpected blunt." Demon nodded decisively. His gaze drifted back to Flick.
Lucifer and Gabriel murmured agreement, then a blond in green silk caught Lucifer's eye—he prowled off in her wake. After a moment, Gabriel tapped Demon's sleeve. "Don't bite—and don't grind your teeth—I'm going to have a word with your guinea-gold delight."
Demon humphed—the Bar Cynster never poached on each other's preserves. He wasn't worried about Gabriel.
He was, however, worrying. Gabriel's description validated his concern. Flick was highly visible, even in a crowd. Her crowning glory drew all eyes—her angelic features held them. In sunlight, her hair was bright gold—in candlelight, it glowed richly, a true yellow gold much more distinctive than the twins' pale gold locks.
She drew eyes wherever she was, wherever she went. Which severely compounded their problem. His problem—he didn't want her to know about it.
It was one of the things he delighted in—her openness—the shining honesty of her joy, her feelings, all displayed in her face for anyone to see. She was neither ashamed of her feelings nor frightened of them, so she showed them, openly, straightforwardly. Honestly. Accurately.
Therein lay his problem.
When they were close and she focused on him, the sensual connection they shared glowed in her face. The heightened awareness, the sensual anticipation, her glorious excitement and eagerness—and her knowledge—showed all too clearly. He'd seen it in the park, a week ago and more recently; he'd seen it tonight, when they'd met in his mother's front hall. The sight warmed him to his toes, sent a medley of emotions wreathing through him; the very last thing he wanted was to dim it. But…
She was too mature, too composed, to imagine she was infatuated. No one who viewed her response to him would believe infatuation was the cause. What they would believe was the truth—that they'd already been intimate—he, a rake of extensive experience and she, a very innocent young lady.
To his mind, all blame—if any was to be laid—should rest squarely at his door. Society, unfortunately, wouldn't see it that way.
Her reputation would be shredded—not even the backing of the Cynsters would protect her. For himself, he didn't care—he'd marry her in an instant, but it would be too late; although the furor might fade, it would never be forgotten. Her reputation would be irreparably tarnished—she'd never be welcomed into certain circles.
Their problem, of course, would not have occurred if she'd married him before they came to town, or even agreed to marry him so they could make some announcement. If such was the circumstance, the ton would turn a blind eye. However, now she was here, under his mother's wing, enacting the role of a virtuous young lady. The ton could be vicious—would delight in being vicious—given that scenario.
Watching her confidently chatting and laughing, her heart obviously light, he toyed with the idea of seeing her tomorrow—alone—and explaining the matter fully. She might not believe him at first, but he could call on his mother, and even his aunts, for verification. They wouldn't be horrified, but Flick would. She would, he was sure, agree to marry him immediately.
Which was what he wanted, wasn't it?
Lips compressing, he shifted, and wondered when, and why, a woman's wishes—her tender feelings, her inexplicable feminine emotions—had become so important. An unanswerable question, but there was no ducking the fact. He couldn't pressure her to agree in that way.
Straightening, he drew in a breath. If he told her her expression showed too much, she might recognize
the danger and agree to marry him purely to avoid any scandal. Which wasn't what he wanted. He wanted her open-hearted commitment—a commitment to him, to their future—not an agreement compelled by society's whip.
But if she didn't realize the deeper implications and opt for marriage, then she would try to hide, to dampen, her instinctive reaction. And she might succeed.
He didn't want that to happen, either.
He'd consorted with too many women who manufactured their emotions, who in reality cared little for anyone or anything. Flick's transparent joy was precious to him—had been from the first. He couldn't bring himself to douse the golden glow in her eyes, not even for this.
Which meant… he was going to have to find some way to protect her.
He watched her go down a country dance, laughing gaily but without that special delight she reserved just for him. Despite his worry, despite the irony, his lips quirked at the sight. Ambling around the ballroom, his gaze fixed on her—his delight, his desire—he considered how best to protect her good name.
Part of his answer was a drive in the park. Simple, effective—and she wouldn't know enough to realize what he was doing. He drove into Berkeley Square at the earliest possible hour. Ignoring Highthorpe's smugly understanding look, he climbed the stairs to his mother's private parlor, knocked once, then entered.
Seated on the chaise, a pair of spectacles perched on her nose, his mother looked up, then smiled. As he'd expected, she was sorting the morning's invitations. Seated on an ottoman before her, Flick was assisting.
"Good morning, Harry—and to what do we owe this pleasure?" Removing her glasses, his mother raised her face for his kiss.
He dutifully obliged, ignoring her teasing look. Straightening, he turned to Flick, who'd quickly risen to her feet.
"I came to ask if Felicity would care for a drive in the park."
Flick's eyes lit up. Her face was transformed by her smile. "That would be delightful." Stepping forward, she held out her hand.
Demon took it—and held it, and her, at a safe distance, ruthlessly denying the urge to draw her—allow her—closer. For one instant, he looked into her face, drank in her eager enthusiasm—then, lids lowering, he smiled urbanely and waved her to the door. "There's a brisk breeze blowing—you'll need your pelisse."
Not for a split second had his polite mask slipped; Flick blinked at him, her smile fading slightly. "Yes, of course." She turned to Horatia. "If it's agreeable to you, ma'am."
"Of course, my dear." Horatia smiled and shooed; Flick bobbed a curtsy and went.
If Demon had had any doubt as to the reality of the threat posed by Flick's revealing countenance, encountering the suddenly sharp gaze of his mother dispelled it. The instant the door shut behind Flick, Horatia shot him a speculative, potentially rigid, disapproving look—but the question to which she wanted an answer was not one she could ask.
And he was, after all, proposing to drive Flick in the park.
As confusion rose in Horatia's eyes, Demon inclined his head with his usual cool grace. "I'll meet Felicity downstairs—I need to walk my horses." Without intercepting Horatia's narrow-eyed look, he turned and made good his escape.
Flick didn't keep him waiting—she came tripping down the stairs as he descended rather more leisurely. Her contempt for feminine preening gave them a rare moment alone. Demon smiled easily, relieved to be able to drop his mask for a moment—he reached for her hand, set it on his sleeve, and drew her close.
She laughed softly, delightedly; smiling gloriously, she turned her face to his. He felt the soft tremor that ran through her, sensed the tensing of her nerves, the tightening of her breathing, the sheer awareness that raced through her as their bodies fleetingly touched. Her eyes widened, pupils distending; her lips parted—her whole face softened. And glowed.
Even in the poor light on the stairs, it was impossible to mistake the sensuality behind the sight. He'd initiated her all too well. She yearned, now, as did he. The temptation to sweep her into his arms, to bend his head and set his lips to hers had never gripped him so hard; need had never driven him so mercilously.
Drawing an unsteady breath, he glanced down—and spied Highthorpe by the door. He drew back, moving fractionally away, ruthlessly sliding his elegantly bored facade back into place. "Come—the bays will be cooling."
She sensed his withdrawal, but then she saw Highthorpe. She nodded, and strolled down the stairs by his side.
Leaving the house, handing her into the curricle, then driving to the park gave him time to reestablish complete control. Flick remained silent—she'd never been one for aimless chatter—but her pleasure in the outing was in her face, displayed for all to see. Luckily, the curricle was sufficiently wide for there to be a good foot between them, so the display was one of simple joy and happiness, rather than of anything more.
"Have you written to Dillon yet?" With a deft flick, he turned his horses through the park gates.
"Yes, this morning. I told him that while we've temporarily lost Bletchley, we're sure to come up with him again, and that meanwhile, we're searching for the money from the fixed races." Her gaze distant, Flick frowned. "I hope that will keep him at the cottage. We don't want him imagining he's been deserted and so go investigating himself. He's sure to get caught."
Demon glanced at her, then looked forward.
The carriages of the grandes dames appeared ahead of them, lining the Avenue. "I've been considering sending The Flynn to Doncaster. How do you think he'd handle the change of track?"
"Doncaster?" Flick pursed her lips, then launched into an animated answer.
It wasn't hard to keep her talking, speculating, arguing, analyzing all the way down the line of fashionable carriages, then all the way back again. He doubted she truly saw the matrons watching them—she certainly didn't notice the interest their appearance provoked, or the meaningful, smugly approving glances exchanged by the senior hostesses. When the ladies whose opinions controlled the reactions of the ton graciously inclined their heads, he responded with a suavity that confirmed their supposition.
Flick, without a blink, inclined her head, too, absentmindedly mimicking him, unaware of how her
following his lead so smoothly appeared.
"If you're serious about developing The Flynn as a 'chaser," she concluded, "you're going to have to move him to Cheltenham."
"Hmm, possibly."
Turning the bays' heads for the gates, Demon was seized by a sense of triumph. He'd pulled it off—done the deed—made his declaration, albeit unspoken. Every matron they'd passed had heard it loud and clear.
And it hadn't, somewhat to his surprise, abraded his sensitivities—if anything, he felt immeasurably relieved to have so definitively staked his claim. Every matron who mattered now understood he fully intended to marry Miss Felicity Parteger. All would assume there was an understanding between them. Most importantly, the good ladies would see it as entirely proper that he, being so much older than she, with so much more worldly experience, would declare his hand in this fashion, then allow her to enjoy her Season without keeping by her side.
No one would now think it odd if he kept a safe distance between them.
"I'll take you back to Berkeley Square, then I'll call on Montague and see what he's learned." Flick nodded, the joy in her eyes dimming. "Time is getting on."
Chapter 17
« ^ »
Time was indeed passing, but not as Flick had hoped. Four evenings later, she sat in the shadows of Lady Horatia's carriage and tried not to feel let down. Any other young lady would be enjoying herself hugely, caught up in the frantic whirl. She'd been to Almack's, to parties, balls, musicales and soirees. What more could she possibly want?
The answer was sitting on the seat opposite, clothed in his usual black. As the carriage rocked, his shoulders swayed. She could see his fair hair, and the pale oval of his face, but not his features. Her mind, however, supplied them—set in his customary social mask. Ineffably polite with just a touch of cool hauteur, that mask conveyed mild boredom. No hint of interest, sensual or otherwise, was ever permitted to show.
Increasingly, Flick wondered if such interest still existed.
She virtually never saw him in daylight. Since that drive in the park, he hadn't called again, nor had he appeared to stroll the lawns by her side. She appreciated he might be busy with other matters, but she hadn't expected him to bring her here, then leave her so terribly alone.
If it wasn't for the twins' friendship and the warmth of his family, she'd be lost—as alone as she'd been when her parents had died.
Yet she got the distinct impression he still wished to many her—that everyone expected they'd soon wed. Her words to the twins haunted her; she'd chosen, but she'd yet to declare her choice. If that choice meant leading a life like this, then she wasn't at all sure she could stand it.
The carriage halted, then rocked forward, then halted again, this time under the brilliantly lit portico of Arkdale House. Demon uncoiled his long legs—the door opened and he stepped down, turned and handed her down, then helped his mother from the carriage. Horatia shook out her skirts, smoothed her coiffure, then claimed the butler's arm and swept inside, leaving Demon to lead Flick in.
"Shall we?"
Flick glanced at his face, but it was his mask she saw; his tone held the same boredom. Studiously correct, he offered his arm; inclining her head, she rested her fingertips on his sleeve.
She kept a sweet smile on her lips as they progressed through the door and on up the curving staircase—and tried not to dwell on his stiff stance, his bent arm held away from his body. It was always thus, these days. No longer did he draw her close, as if she was special to him.
They greeted Lady Arkdale, then followed Horatia to a chaise by the wall. Demon immediately requested the first cotillion and the first country dance after supper, then melted into the crowd.
Stifling a sigh, Flick held her head high. It was always the same—he assiduously escorted her to every ball, but all that ever came of it was her laying her hand on his sleeve on the way in, one distant cotillion, one even more distant country dance, a stilted supper surrounded by her admirers, a few glimpses through the crowd, then her placing her hand on his sleeve as they departed. How anyone could imagine there was anything between them—anything with the potential to lead to marriage—she couldn't comprehend.
His departure was the signal for her court to gather. Infusing her features with appropriate delight, she set her self to manage the youthful gentlemen who, if she let them, would fawn at her feet.
In no way different from the evenings that had preceded it, this evening, too, rolled on. "I say—careful!"
"Oh! I'm so sorry." Flick blushed, quickly shifted her feet, and smiled apologetically at her partner, an earnest young gentleman, Lord Bristol. They were swinging around the floor in a waltz; unfortunately, she found dancing with anyone but Demon more a trial than a delight.
Because, if she wasn't dancing with him, she was forever trying to catch glimpses of him as he stood conversing by the side of the floor.
It was a dreadful habit, one she deplored, one she lectured herself on constantly. To no avail. If he was there, her eyes were drawn to him—she was helpless to prevent it. Luckily, the ton's ballrooms were large and excessively crowded; a quick glimpse was all she ever caught. Her partners, as far as she knew, had not noticed her fixation.
Even when she stepped on their toes.
Inwardly wincing, she sternly told herself to pay attention. She hated the taste her silly behavior left in her mouth. Once again, she was a besotted girl peering through the banisters for a glimpse of him. Her idol. The one man she'd wanted but who'd been out of her reach. More and more, she was starting to feel he was still out of her reach.
She didn't like watching him, but she did—compulsively. And what she saw brought no joy. There was inevitably a woman by his side, some hideously beautiful lady, head tilted as she looked into his face, her own creasing into smiles as she laughed at some risque quip. It only needed a glimpse for her to take it all in—the languidly elegant gestures, the saber-witted remarks, the arrogantly seductive lift of a
brow.
The women pressed close, and he let them. Some even lifted their white hands to his arms, his shoulders, leaning against him while he charmed and teased, employing the seductive wiles he no longer used on her.
Why she kept looking—fashioning a whip for her own back—she didn't know. But she did. "Do you think the weather will hold fine tomorrow?"
Flick refocused on Lord Bristol. "I suppose so." The skies had been blue for a week.
"I was hoping I might prevail upon you to honor me and my sisters with your presence on a drive to Richmond."
Flick smiled gently. "Thank you, but I'm afraid Lady Horatia and I are fully committed tomorrow." "Oh—yes, of course. Just a thought."
Flick let regret tinge her smile—and wished it was Demon who'd asked. She didn't care a fig for the constant round of entertainments; she would have enjoyed a drive to Richmond, but she couldn't encourage Lord Bristol to imagine he had any chance with her.
Supper had come and gone; Demon had coolly claimed her, stiffly escorted her into the supper room, then sat by her side and said not a word as her court endeavored to entertain her. This waltz had followed immediately; she performed without thought, waiting for their revolutions to bring them once more in sight of her obsession. He was standing at the end of the room.
Then Lord Bristol swung her into the turn. She looked—and nearly gasped. Whirling away, she dragged in a breath, struggling to mask her shock. Her lungs constricted; she felt real pain.
Who was she—the woman all but draped over him? She was stunningly beautiful—dark hair piled high over an exquisite face atop a body that flaunted more sumptuous curves than Flick had imagined possible. Much worse, her cloying closeness, the way she looked into his face, positively screamed their relationship.
Blissfully unaware, Lord Bristol swung her up the room. Blankness descended, blessed relief from the clawing, shrieking jealousy that had raked her. The change left her dizzy.
The music faded, the dance came to an end. Lord Bristol released her—she nearly stumbled, only just remembering to curtsy.
Flick knew she was pale. Inside she was trembling. She smiled weakly at Lord Bristol. "Thank you." Turning, she walked into the crowd.
She hadn't known he had a mistress.
That word kept repeating in her mind—incessantly. As she tacked through the crowd all but blind, instinct came to her aid; she headed for a group of potted palms. There was no alcove, but in the shadow cast by the large fronds close by the wall, she found sanctuary.
Not once did she question the correctness of her assumption; she knew she was right. What she didn't know was what to do. She'd never felt so lost in her life.
The man she'd just glimpsed, heavy lids at half-mast as he traded sensuous quips with his mistress, was not the man she'd met on Newmarket Heath—the man to whom she'd willingly given herself in the
best bedchamber at The Angel.
Her mind wouldn't work properly—bits of her problem surfaced, but she couldn't see the whole.
"Can't see her at present, but she's a pretty little thing. Quite suitable. Now that Horatia's taken her under her wing, all will, no doubt, go as it should."
The words came from the other side of the palms, in accents of matriarchal approval. Flick blinked. "Hmm," came a second voice. "Well, one can hardly accuse him of being besotted, can one?"
Flick peeked through the fringed leaves—two old ladies were leaning on their sticks, scanning the ballroom.
"As it should be," the first intoned. "I'm sure it's precisely as Hilary Eckles said—he's had the sense to recognize it's time for him to take a wife, and he's chosen well—a gently reared chit, ward of a friend of the family. It's not a love match, and a good thing, too!"
"Indeed," the second old biddy nodded decisively. "So tiresomely emotional, these love matches. Can't see the sense in them, myself."
"Sense?" The first snorted. "That's because there isn't any to see. Unfortunately, it's the latest fashion."
"Hmm." The second lady paused, then, with a puzzled ah", said, "Seems odd for a Cynster to be unfashionable, especially on that point."
"True, but it appears Horatia's boy's the first one in a while to have his head screwed on straight. He may be a hellion but in this, he's displayed uncommon sense. Well"—the lady gestured—"where would we have been if we'd allowed love to rule us?"
"Precisely. There's Thelma—let's see what she says."
The two ladies stumped off, leaning heavily on their canes, but Flick no longer felt safe behind the palms. Her head was still spinning; she didn't feel all that well. The withdrawing room seemed her safest option.
She slipped through the crowd, avoiding anyone she knew, especially any Cynsters. Reaching the door to the corridor, she stepped into the shadows. A little maid jumped up from a stool and led her to the room set aside for ladies to refresh themselves.
The room was brightly lit along one side, which was lined with mirrors, leaving the rest of the room heavily shadowed. Accepting a glass of water from the maid, Flick retreated to a chair in the gloom. Sipping the water, she simply sat. Other ladies came and went; no one noticed her in her dim corner. She started to feel better.
Then the door swung wide, and Demon's mistress stepped through. One of the ladies preening before the mirrors saw her; smiling, she turned. "Celeste! And how goes your conquest?"
Celeste had paused dramatically just inside the door; hands rising to her voluptuous hips, she scanned the room. Her gaze stopped, briefly, on Flick, then lifted to her friend. She smiled, a gesture full of feminine sensuality. "Why it goes, cherie—it goes!"
The lady before the mirrors laughed; others smiled, too.
In a sensuous glide that focused attention on her bounteous hips, tiny waist and full breasts, Celeste crossed the room. Stopping before a long mirror, hands on hips, she critically examined her reflection.
Exchanging glances and raised brows, the other ladies departed, all except Celeste and her friend, who was artfully rerouging her lips.
"You have heard, have you not," Celeste's friend murmured, "the rumors that he's to wed?"
"Hmm," Celeste purred. In the mirror, her eyes sought Flick's. "But why should that worry me? I don't want to marry him."
Her friend snickered. "We all know what you want, but he might have other ideas—at least once he marries. He is a Cynster after all."
"I do not understand this." Celeste had a definite accent, one Flick couldn't place; it only made her purring voice more sensual, more evocative. "What matter his name?"
"Not his name—his family. Not even that, but… well, they've all proved remarkably constant as husbands."
Celeste made a moue; she tilted her head—from beneath half-closed lids, her eyes glinted. Deliberately, she leaned toward the mirror, trailing her fingers tantalizingly across the full curves and deep cleavage thus revealed. Then she straightened, gracefully lifting her arms and half turning to examine her bottom, superbly displayed by her satin gown. Then her gaze locked with Flick's. "I suspect," she purred, "that this case will prove an exception."
Feeling more ill than when she'd entered, Flick rose. Summoning strength from she knew not where, she crossed to the table by the door. Shakily, she set the glass down—the click drew the attention of Celeste's friend. As she slipped through the door, Flick glimpsed a horrified face and heard a moaned " Oh, Lord!"
The door closed; Flick stood in the dim corridor, the impulse to flee overpowering. But how could she leave? Where could she go? Drawing in a huge breath, she held it and lifted her chin. Defying the sick giddiness that assailed her, refusing to let herself think of what she'd heard, she headed back to the ballroom.
She'd gone no more than three paces when a figure materialized from the shadows. "There you are, miss! I've been chasing you for hours."
Flick blinked—into the pinched features of her Aunt Scroggs. Clinging to the tattered remnants of her dignity, she bobbed a curtsy. "Good evening, Aunt. I hadn't realized you were here."
"No doubt! You've been far too busy with those young blighters that surround you. Which is precisely what I want to speak to you about." Wrapping thin ringers about Flick's elbow, Edwina Scroggs looked toward the withdrawing room.
"There are ladies in there." Flick couldn't bear to go back, much less explain why.
"Humph!" Glancing around, Edwina drew her to the side, hard against the tapestry-covered wall. "This will have to do then—there's no one about."
The comment sent an unwelcome chill through Flick; she was already inwardly shivering. Lady Horatia had helped her locate her aunt; she'd visited her early in her stay. There was, however, nothing more than duty between them—her aunt had married socially beneath her and now lived as a penny-pinching widow, despite being relatively affluent.
Edwina Scroggs had been paid by her parents to take her in for the short time they'd expected to be away. The minute news of their deaths had arrived, Mrs. Scroggs had declared she couldn't be expected to house, feed and watch over a girl of seven. She'd literally flung Flick onto the mercy of the wider family—thankfully, the General had been there to catch her.
"It's about all these youngsters you've got sniffing at your skirts." Putting her face close, Edwina hissed, "Forget them, do you hear?" She trapped Flick's startled gaze. "It's my duty to steer you right, and I'd be lacking indeed if I didn't tell you to your face. You're staying with the Cynsters—the word around town is that the son's got his eye on you."
Edwina pressed closer; Flick's lungs seized.
"My advice to you, miss, is to make it his hands. You're quick enough—and this is too good a chance to pass up. The family's one of the wealthiest in the land, but they can be high in the instep. So you take my advice and get his ring on your finger the fastest way you know how." Edwina's eyes gleamed. "Seems Cynsters are prime 'uns, always ready to take what they can get. That house is monstrous enough—no difficulty to find a quiet room to—"
"No!" Flick pushed past her aunt and fled down the corridor.
She stopped just outside the swath of light spilling from the ballroom. Ignoring the surprise in the little maid's eyes, she pressed a hand to her chest, closed her eyes and struggled to breathe. To hold back the silly tears. To still the pounding in her head.
Cynsters are prime 'uns, always ready to take what they can get.
She managed two breaths, neither deep enough, then heard her aunt's heels tapping, tapping, nearer…
Sucking in a breath, she opened her eyes and plunged into the ballroom. And collided with Demon.
"0h!" She managed to mute her cry, then ducked her head so he couldn't see her face. Reflexively, he caught her, his hands firm about her arms as he steadied her.
In the next heartbeat, his grip tightened. "What's wrong?"
His tone was oddly flat. Flick didn't dare look up—she shook her head. "Nothing." His grip tightened, his fingers iron shackles about her upper arms, "Dammit, Flick—!"
"It's nothing." She squirmed. Because of his size, and because they were standing just inside the door, thus far they'd attracted no attention. "You're hurting me," she hissed.
Immediately, his grip eased. His hands remained on her upper arms, holding her away from him but sliding soothingly up and down, warm palms to her bare skin, slipping beneath the silk folds that formed her sleeves. His touch was so evocative—so tempting; she was wracked by the urge to sob and launch herself into his arms—
She couldn't do that.
Stiffening her spine, she hauled in a breath and lifted her head. "It's nothing," she restated, looking past his shoulder to where couples were milling on the dance floor.
Eyes narrowed, Demon stared over her head, into the shadows of the corridor. "What did your aunt say to upset you?" His voice was even—too even. It sounded deadly, which was precisely how he felt.
Flick shook her head. "Nothing!"
He studied her face, but she wouldn't meet his eyes. She was as white as a sheet and… fragile was the word that leapt to mind. "Was it one of those puppies—the ones yapping at your heels?" If it was, he'd kill them.
"No!" She shot him a venomous look; her chin set. "It was nothing."
The effort she was making to pull herself together was visible. He didn't move—while he stood before her, she was screened from curious eyes.
"It was nothing," she repeated in a steadier voice.
She was trembling, more inside than outwardly—he could sense it. His impulse was to drag her off to some quiet room where he could wrap her in his arms, wear down her resistance and learn what was wrong—but he didn't trust himself alone with her. Not in his current state. It had been bad enough before. Now…
He drew in a breath and seized the moments she needed to calm herself to steady his own wracked nerves. And reshackle his demons.
The cross he'd fashioned and willingly taken up was proving much heavier than he'd expected. Not spending any time with her—even by her side in a ballroom—was eating at his control. But he'd set the stage; now he had to play his part and stick by the script he'd written.
For her good, for her protection, he had to keep his distance.
That sentence was hard enough to bear—he didn't need anyone adding to his burden. Bad enough that he'd had to force himself to swallow every instinct he possessed and watch as she waltzed with other men. Until she agreed to marry him and they made a public announcement, he didn't dare waltz with her in public. And, given who he was—a much older, infinitely more experienced rake—and the fact that she was transparently innocent, they could never be private, not until they were formally engaged.
Straightening, he let his arms fall—she shivered at the loss of his touch. Jaw clenching, he drew in a patient breath and waited.
How long he could wait, he didn't know. Every night, the ordeal of the waltz grew worse. Those who'd previously been his partners had tried to tease him onto the floor, but he had no desire to waltz with them. He wanted his angel and only her, but he'd used the others for distraction—not his, but the ton's.
Tonight, it had been Celeste—he'd almost managed to distract himself by giving the salacious countess her congé in no uncertain terms, for she'd proved she understood nothing else. Miffed, she'd peeled herself from him and swanned off in a snit, from which he sincerely hoped she never recovered. For one moment, he'd felt good—buoyed by success. Until he'd glanced up and seen Flick in that puppy Bristol's arms.
Half-turning, his gaze raked the dance floor. Couples were forming sets for the next country dance, the second of the dances he permitted himself with Flick. As far as he could tell, all her puppies were somewhere on the floor. So who had upset her?
He looked back at her; she was calmer—a touch of color had returned to her cheeks. "Perhaps we should stroll, rather than dance."
She shot him a startled look. "No! I mean—" Shaking her head wildly, she looked away. "No, let's dance."
She sounded suddenly breathless; Demon narrowed his eyes.
"I owe you a dance—it's on my dance card." Gulping in a breath, she nodded. "That's what you want from me, so let's dance. The music's starting."
He hesitated, then, using his grace to camouflage her state, he bowed and led her to the nearest set.
The instant he took her hand in his, he knew he'd been right to acquiesce—she was so brittlely tense, so fragile, that if he pressed her she'd shatter. She was holding herself together by sheer force of will—all he could do was support her as best he could.
It was just as well he was there. He could perform any dance with his eyes closed, but she'd only learned the steps in the last weeks. She needed to concentrate, but that was presently beyond her. So he guided her as if she was a nervous filly with his hand on her reins. For most of the dance, their hands were locked—by squeezing her fingers, this way or that, he directed her through the figures.
He'd never seen her clumsy before, but she nearly stumbled twice, and bumped into two other ladies.
What the devil was wrong?
Something had changed, not just tonight but gradually. He'd been watching her closely; he wasn't mistaken. There'd been a joy in her eyes, a delight in life, that had, over the past days, slowly faded. Not the sensual glow he fought to avoid eliciting, but something else—something simpler. It had always been there, vibrant, in her eyes. Now, he could barely detect it.
The music ended with a flourish; the dancers bowed and curtsied. Flick turned from the floor and drew in a breath—he knew it was one of relief. He hesitated, then took her hand and placed it on his sleeve. "Come," he said, as she looked up at him. "I'll take you to my mother."
She, too, hesitated, then acquiesced with a small nod.
He didn't let her go until he'd planted her beside the chaise where his mother was chatting. Horatia looked up fleetingly, noting Flick's return, but turned back to her conversation immediately. Demon would have said something to her, if he could have thought of what to say. He glanced down at Flick; she still wouldn't meet his eyes. She was still very tense—he didn't dare press her.
Girding his loins for the inner battle he fought each time he left her, he stiffly inclined his head. "I'll leave you to your friends." Then he moved away.
Her court gathered around her almost instantly. Retreating to the wall nearby, Demon studied the group but could detect no reaction on Flick's part; he could discern no threat from any one of her admirers.
Indeed, she seemed to treat them as the puppies he'd labelled them, managing them with an absentminded air.
He wanted to stride back and disperse them, but it was hardly acceptable behavior. His mother would never forgive him and Flick might not, either. He couldn't even join her circle; he'd be too utterly out of place within her youthful court, a wolf amidst so many sheep.
The evening, thank God, was nearly over.
Stifling a grunt, he forced himself to stroll farther away, and not stand there staring quite so hungrily at her.
Fate had one last trial in store for him that evening.
He was propping up the wall, minding Flick's business, when a gentleman, every bit as languidly elegant as he, caught sight of him, smiled, then strolled over.
Demon ignored the smile. Grimly, he nodded. "Evening, Chillingworth."
"One would never imagine it a good one from your expression, dear boy." Glancing over the intervening heads to where Flick was passing the time with an enjoy ment more apparent than real, Chillingworth's smile deepened. "A tasty little morsel, I grant you, but I never thought you, of them all, would saddle yourself with this."
Demon decided not to understand. "This what?"
"Why—" Chillingworth turned his head and met his eyes. "This torment, of course."
Demon held back a glare, but his eyes narrowed; Chillingworth grinned and looked again at Flick. "Devil, of course, was doomed to run the full race, but the rest of you had far greater latitude. Vane had the sense to avail himself of it and marry Patience away from the ton. Richard—I always considered him the most sane—married his wild witch in Scotland, as far from the mad whirl as it's possible to get. So—" Pondering Flick, Chillingworth mused, "I have to ask myself why—why you've put yourself in line for such punishment." Amused understanding in his eyes, he glanced at Demon. "You must admit it's hardly comfortable."
Demon was not about to admit anything, and certainly not that. That his inner demons were howling with frustration. That he was hardly sleeping, barely eating, and as physically uncomfortable as it was possible to be. He met Chillingworth's gaze steadily. "I'll live."
"Hmm." Chillingworth's lips curved into a full smile. "Your fortitude leaves me quite…" Turning, he studied Flick. "Envious."
Demon stiffened.
"As you know," Chillingworth murmured, "young innocents have never been my cup of tea." He glanced back and met Demon's stony stare. "However, I've always been in remarkable accord with your family's taste in women." He looked back at Flick. "Perhaps—?"
"Don't."
The single word rang with lethal warning. Chillingworth's head snapped around; he met Demon's eyes. For one instant, despite their elegance, the scene turned primitive, the force resonating between them both primal and violent.
Then Chillingworth's lips curved; triumph gleamed in his eyes. "Perhaps not." Smiling, he inclined his head and turned away.
Inwardly cursing, Demon was damned if he'd let him escape unmarked. "If Devil was doomed, and he was, then so will you be."
Chillingworth chuckled as he strolled away. "Oh, no, dear boy." His words floated back. "I do assure you, this will never happen to me."
"Thank you, Highthorpe." After handing over his gloves and cane, Demon strode down the corridor and swung into his parents' dining room.
And came to a dead halt.
His mother's brows rose. "Good morning. And what brings you out this early?"
Surveying the empty chairs about the table, Demon inwardly grimaced. He'd asked for his mother, assuming Flick would be with her. Returning his gaze to Horatia's face, he raised his brows. "Felicity?"
Horatia studied him. "Still abed."
It was past ten. Flick, Demon was certain, would be up at the crack of dawn, regardless of how late she'd been up the night before. She was used to riding early—morning stables started at dawn.
The impulse to ask Horatia to check on her gnawed at him. He resisted only because he couldn't think of any reason for such a peculiar request.
Horatia was watching him, waiting to see if he'd do anything revealing. He actually considered letting her guess. It wouldn't take much to have her leap to the right conclusion; she knew her sons well. But… there was no guarantee, regardless of how understanding she might be, that she wouldn't, however unintentionally, pressure Flick into accepting him. And he didn't want her to be pressured.
Lips compressing, he nodded curtly. "I'll see you this evening." He was supposed to escort them to a party. He swung on his heel—then paused, and looked back. And met Horatia's eye. "Tell her I called."
Then he left.
He stopped on the pavement, drew in a deep breath, then looked down and pulled on his gloves. In the wee hours, when he'd been lying in bed wracking his brains, he'd remembered Flick's "that's what you want from me."
They'd been talking about a dance—at least, he had. So what had she meant? He didn't want her for a dance partner—at least, not primarily—not for that sort of dance.
He sighed and looked up, tightly gripping his cane. His mind was running hard in predictable grooves. Restraining his impulses, his instincts, never stronger than where she was concerned, was proving harder, more debilitating, day by day. Just how close to the edge of control he was had been demonstrated last night—he'd overheard two of her youthful swains referring to her as "Their Angel." He'd nearly erupted—nearly kicked them and the other yapping puppies away from her skirts, and told them to go find their own angel. She was his.
Instead, he'd forced himself to grit his teeth and bear it. How much longer he could manage to do so he really didn't know.
But he couldn't stand on the pavement outside his parents' house for the rest of the day.
Grimacing, he reached into his coat pocket and hauled out the list Montague had drawn up for him in between searching for clues left by the money. Checking the addresses on the list, he set out for the closest.
It was all he could think of to do—to distract himself, to convince himself that it would all work out in the end. The only thing that might give him a smidgen of ease—make him feel he was doing something definite, something meaningful, to further their matrimonial plans.
They would need a house to live in when in London.
A town house, nothing too large, with just the right combination of rooms. He knew what he was looking for. And he knew Flick's tastes ran parallel to his—he felt confident enough to buy her a house for a surprise. Not a house—a home. Theirs.
Chapter 18
« ^ »
Yet another ball—Flick wished, very much, that she was back at Hillgate End, Demon was back at his stud, and life was simple again.
"Miss Parteger, Framley's composed a smashing ode to your eyes. Are you sure you wouldn't like to hear it?"
"Quite sure." Flick fixed Lord Henderson with a severe glance. "You know my feelings about poetry." His lordship looked suitably abashed. "Just thought, perhaps, as it is your eyes…"
Flick raised a brow and gave her attention to the next member of her youthful court seeking to dazzle her. In dealing with the many admirers she'd gathered without the slightest effort, she tried hard not to be unkind, but they were so young, so innocuous, so incapable. Of anything, but most especially of awakening her interest.
Another had done that, very effectively—and then deserted her. She felt her eyes narrow and quickly forced them wider. "Indeed, sir." She nodded agreement to Lord Bristol's comment on the rain. Maintaining an expression of polite interest, she pretended to listen to the chatter while her mind remained focused on the long, lean figure lounging indolently against the opposite wall of Lady Henderson's ballroom. She could see him from the corner of her eye, as usual, along with the beautiful lady fluttering her lashes at him—also as usual. Admittedly, the lady had a different face every night, but that didn't, to her mind, change anything; she now viewed such women as challenges—to be conquered and obliterated.
He wanted to marry her—this morning, lying late abed, she'd decided she definitely wanted to marry him. Which meant he was going to have to learn to love her, regardless of what Celeste, Aunt Scroggs or any old biddies might think. He'd dangled her dream before her eyes. She'd grabbed it, and wasn't about to let go.
She couldn't relieve her feelings by glaring at him. She toyed with the idea of doing something rash. Like waiting until a waltz started, striding across the room, displacing his lady for the evening, and demanding that he waltz with her.
What would he do? How would he react?
Her fantasies were interrupted by a gentleman who, in a neat maneuever, replaced Lord Bristol at her side.
"My dear Miss Parteger—a pleasure."
Reflexively, Flick gave him her hand; he held it rather longer than necessary. He was older than her other admirers. "I'm afraid, sir"—she retrieved her hand—"that you have the advantage of me."
He smiled. "Philip Remington, my dear, at your service. We met briefly at Lady Hawkridge's last week."
Flick placed him, and inclined her head. At Lady Hawkridge's ball, he'd merely noticed her, though he hadn't shown any particular interest. His gaze had been momentarily arrested by her face, before, with a polite nod, he'd moved on. Now his gaze was much more intent. Not frighteningly so, but she certainly wouldn't confuse him with the callow youths surrounding her.
"I've a question, my dear, if I might be so bold. I fear the ton too easily turns supposition into truth. Confusion is a byword, which makes life unnecessarily complicated."
He delivered the speech with a conspiratorial smile; Flick returned it readily. "Indeed, I often find tonnish ways confusing. What is it you wish to know?"
"A somewhat delicate matter, but… if I don't ask, how will we ever know?" His gaze caught hers. "I wish to know, my dear, whether rumor is correct, and you and Harry Cynster are engaged."
Flick drew in a breath and lifted her chin. "No. Mr. Cynster and I are not engaged."
Remington smiled and bowed. "Thank you, my dear. I must admit to being very glad to hear that."
His meaning glowed in his eyes. Flick inwardly cursed, even though her pride responded to the warmth; Remington was a distinctly handsome man.
Their words had riveted the attention of other gentlemen idling at the periphery of her circle; like Remington, they were older than her puppies. One pushed through to her side, displacing Lord Henderson. "Framlingham, Miss Parteger. Seeing you amidst the Cynster household, well—we simply assumed, don't you know?"
"I'm a friend of the family," Flick replied repressively. "Lady Horatia has been kind enough to take me around town."
"Ah!"
"Indeed?"
Other gentlemen closed in, relegating her fawning puppies to the outer ranks. Flick stiffened, but, flanked by the courteous and subtly protective Remington and the gruff Framlingham, she quickly realized that her new court was far more entertaining than the last.
Within minutes, she found herself laughing spontaneously. Two other young ladies joined the circle; the conversation shifted to a new level, one of more scintillating repartee.
Stifling a giggle at one of Remington's dry remarks, Flick threw a glance across the room—Demon, she knew, would have appreciated the joke.
He was looking down—into Celeste's face.
Flick caught her breath and swung her gaze back to Remington. After a moment, she exhaled, then drew in another breath, straightened her spine, lifted her chin, and smiled on her new cavaliers.
The next morning, the instant Lady Horatia's carriage halted by the verge of the Avenue, it was swamped.
"Your Grace. Lady Cynster." At the head of a group of six gentlemen and two ladies, Remington bowed to Helena and Horatia, then with a warm smile, bowed to Flick. Straightening, he addressed Horatia. "Could we persuade you, ma'am, to allow Miss Parteger to stroll the lawns in our company?" His gaze switched to Flick. "If, of course, we can tempt her to join us?"
If Demon had been anywhere in sight, Flick would have sat in the carriage and prayed he'd speak with her—but he wasn't. He hadn't appeared in the park in the last week. She'd sent another reassuring letter to Dillon that morning, increasingly worried that he would set out to chase Bletchley himself, and get caught. The General would be devastated. Unfortunately, it wasn't Demon standing before her, ready to reassure her. It was Remington, who knew nothing about her life. Nevertheless, if she walked with Remington, at least she would get to stretch her legs. Returning his smile, she glanced at Horatia. "If you don't mind, ma'am?"
Having shrewdly assessed the group on the lawn, Horatia nodded. "By all means, my dear. A walk will do you good."
"We'll keep within sight of the carriage," Remington assured her.
Horatia nodded, watching as Remington helped Flick to the ground. Flick turned and bobbed a curtsy, then put her hand on Remington's sleeve and joined the others waiting.
"Hmm." Beside Horatia, Helena watched the group as they moved off. "Is that wise, do you think?"
Her eyes on Flick's bright curls, Horatia smiled grimly. "As to that, I can't say, but it should get some action." Turning to Helena, she raised a brow. "Don't you think?"
As had been his habit for the past weeks, Demon spent his day at White's. Montague and the people he'd hired to watch for Bletchley called on him there—he acted as a general, coordinating their searches. For all their efforts, they'd precious little to show. Both the money and Bletchley had to be somewhere—they'd yet to discover where. And time was running out.
Worrying at the problem—not at all enamored of having to admit defeat and inform the Committee about the fixes planned for the Spring Carnival, simultaneously handing Dillon over without any evidence to support his tale—Demon dropped into an armchair in the reading room, picked up a news sheet and opened it in front of his face.
And tried to relax. At least one or two muscles.
He sighed, too aware that every nerve was taut, every muscle half-tensed. He had a serious illness, caused by a Botticelli angel. The cure was obvious, but, given their present state, he was likely to suffer for some weeks yet.
He still had no idea what had upset her; she seemed, however, to have recovered. Unfortunately, there was now a certain coolness in her attitude to him. She seemed to be watching him measuringly. Which made no sense at all. She'd known him for years—she even knew him in the biblical sense—what more did she think to discover?
Suppressing a snort, he flicked out the news sheet. Dealing with that too-revealing glow of hers had to be his primary concern. Some might see it as mere encouragement, but only those with poor eyesight. As matters now stood, she was safe from self-incrimination. Reestablishing their previous relationship would
simply be a matter of wrapping her in his arms and kissing her witless, once she'd come around to the idea of marrying him. There was no need to worry on that score.
There was no reason to reverse direction and start hovering over her, even had that been an option. The best thing to do was to hold the line—to keep his distance even more rigidly. Just as he had for the last two nights.
Setting his jaw, he forced himself to read the news. "Hmm—interesting."
Demon looked up; Chillingworth stood beside his chair, regarding him quizzically. "I have to confess to supreme envy at your coolness under fire."
Demon blinked; every muscle hardened. He searched Chillingworth's face. "What fire?"
Chillingworth's brows rose. "Why, the raging interest in your sweet innocent, of course. Haven't you heard?"
"Heard what?"
"That Remington—you've heard that his acres are mortgaged to the hilt and his pockets entirely to let?"
Demon nodded.
"Apparently he did the unthinkable. In the middle of a ballroom, he asked your dear delight whether she and you were engaged."
Demon swore.
"Precisely. Combined with the fact that supposedly impeccable sources credit her with an income of not less than ten thousand a year, and, well…" Demon looked up; Chillingworth met his gaze. "I do wonder, dear boy, that you have time to read the news."
Demon held his gaze for a pregnant instant, then swore viciously. Crumpling the paper, he stood and shoved it at Chillingworth. "My thanks."
Chillingworth smiled and took the paper. "Don't mention it, dear boy. Only too glad to help any of your family into parson's mousetrap."
Demon heard the words, but he didn't waste time thinking of a riposte—there was someone he wanted to see.
"Why the hell didn't she—you—someone tell me she was a damned heiress? Ten thousand a year!" Pacing his mother's parlor, Demon shot her a far from filial look.
Sitting on the chaise, engrossed in sorting silks, Horatia didn't see it. "As that's a paltry sum compared to what you have, I can't see why it so concerns you."
"Because she'll have every fortune hunter in town hanging about her!"
Horatia looked up. "But…" She frowned. "I was under the impression there was an understanding between Felicity and yourself."
Demon gritted his teeth. "There is."
"Well, then." Horatia looked back at her silks.
Fists clenched, Demon hung on to his temper—already sorely tried—and absorbed the fact that his mother was baiting him. "I want to see her," he ground out. Only then did it occur to him that to find Horatia without Flick in attendance at this time of day was odd. A chill touched his spine. "Where is she?"
"The Delacorts invited her to a picnic at Merton. She went down in Lady Hendricks's carriage." "You let her go alone?"
Horatia looked up. "Good heavens, Harry! You know that crew. They're all young, and while both Lady Hendricks and Mrs. Delacort might have sons in need of wealthy wives, as you and Flick already have an understanding, what harm can there possibly be?"
Her blue eyes, fixed on his face, dared him to tell her.
Teeth gritted so hard that his jaw ached, Demon nodded curtly, swung on his heel, and left.
He couldn't do a damned thing about it—the sudden rush of picnics, alfresco luncheons and daytime excursions that swept into the more youthful stratum of the ton.
Standing, arms crossed, against a wall in Lady Monckton's ballroom, Demon eyed the circle gathered about Flick, and only just managed not to glare. It had been bad enough watching a group of helpless puppies fawning about her skirts; the gentlemen now about her were of a different calibre. Many would rank as eligible, some had titles; the majority, however, needed money. And they were all a good few years younger than he. They could, with society's blessing, dance attendance on her, court her assiduously by attending all the picnics and innocent gatherings—all things he could not.
Whoever heard of going on a picnic and taking your own wolf? It simply didn't happen.
For the first time in all his years within the ton, he felt like an outsider looking in. The area of society Flick inhabited was not one he could enter. And she couldn't come to him. Thanks to her unfailing honesty, the distance between them was widening to a chasm.
And he was helpless to prevent it. He'd been tense before. Now…
Securing two dances with her was impossible now; he'd settled for the country dance after supper—it would follow the waltz just starting. Her present partner, he grimly noted, was Remington, one of those he trusted least. Flick didn't share his opinion; she often waltzed with the bounder.
He no longer cared if people noticed he was watching her, but he was nevertheless grateful for the tonnish quirk that held grossly overcrowded ballrooms to be the mark of a successful hostess. This evening, Lady Monckton was an unqualified success, which lent him a little cover.
The idea of using that cover to whisk Flick away, to take her in his arms and kiss her drifted through his mind. Reluctantly, he let the idea go—it was another thing he simply couldn't risk. If anyone saw them, despite his extreme care to date, questions would be asked.
Without conscious direction, his eyes tracked her through the whirl of dancers, fixing on her glorious halo. As he focused on her, she laughed and smiled at Remington. Demon gritted his teeth—unbidden, unwelcome, his promise to the General replayed in his mind. What if…
His blood ran cold—he couldn't even finish the thought, couldn't let it form in his brain. The prospect of losing Flick paralysed him.
Abruptly filling his lungs, he shook aside the thought—swiftly replaced it with the image of 12 Clarges Street, the house he'd viewed that morning. It was perfect for him and Flick. It had just the right number of rooms, not too large…
His gaze on Flick, his thoughts slowed, stopped, in time with the music. On the other side of the room, Flick and Philip Remington halted; instead of turning toward the chaise where Horatia sat, Remington cast a quick glance about, then led Flick through a door. Out of the ballroom.
Demon straightened. "Damn!"
Two matrons beside him turned to glare—he didn't stop to apologize. Moving easily, apparently unhurriedly, he crossed the room. He knew very well the implication of Remington's swift look. Who the hall did the bounder think he was?
"Ah—darling."
Celeste stepped into his path. Dark eyes glinting, she lifted a hand—
He stopped her with one look. "Good evening, madam." With a terse nod, he stepped around her and continued on. From behind, he heard a lewd curse in French.
Gaining the corridor that lay beyond the ballroom, he was just in time to see the door at its end close. He paused to dredge up his memories of Monckton House—the room at the end was the library.
He stalked down the corridor, but halted before he reached the end. There was nothing to be gained by rescuing Flick before she realized she needed rescuing.
Opening the door of the room before the library, he entered. Eyes quickly adjusting to the dark, he crossed it, silently opened the French door, and stepped onto the flagged terrace beyond.
Standing in the middle of the library, Flick scanned the pictures on the walls, then looked at her companion. "Where are the etchings?"
The library was made dark by paneling and bookshelves packed with brown books, but a small fire burned cheerily in the grate. Lighted candelabra stood on a table beside the sofa and on a side table by the wall, casting a glow about the room, their flames flickering in the breeze sliding through the French doors open to the terrace. Completing a second survey of the walls, Flick turned to Remington. "These are all paintings."
Remington's smile flashed; she saw his hand shift, heard a click as the door's lock engaged. "My sweet innocent."
There was gentle laughter in his voice as he advanced, smiling, toward her. "You didn't really believe there were any etchings here, did you?"
"Of course, I did. I wouldn't have come otherwise. I'm fond of etchings…" Her voice faded as she studied his face, then she stiffened and lifted her chin. "I think we should return to the ballroom."
Remington smiled winningly. "Oh, no. Why? Let's just dally here for a short while."
"No." Flick fixed him with a steady, unblinking stare. "I wish you to return me to Lady Horatia." Remington's expression hardened. "Unfortunately, my dear, I don't wish to do so."
"Don't worry, Remington—I'll escort Miss Parteger back to my mother."
Lounging against the frame of the French doors, Demon drank in their reactions. Flick whirled—relief softened her face, softened her stance. Remington's jaw dropped, then he snapped it shut and glowered belligerently.
"Cynster!"
"Indeed." Straightening, Demon swept Remington a taunting bow. His gaze was steely, as were the undercurrents in his voice. "As you're unable to show Miss Parteger the etchings you promised her, might I suggest you depart? Not just this room, but the house."
Remington snorted, but eyed him uncertainly. Which was wise—Demon would happily take him apart given the slightest provocation. "I'm sure," he drawled, "you can see that's the best way." Strolling forward, he stopped beside Flick and trapped Remington's now wary gaze. "We wouldn't want there to be any whispers—if there were, I'd have to explain how you'd misled Miss Parteger over the existence of etchings in the Monckton House library." Raising his brows, he mused, "Difficult to find a rich wife if you're not invited to the balls any more."
Remington's expression didn't succeed in masking his fury. But he was a good deal shorter and slighter than Demon; swallowing his ire, he nodded, bowed curtly to Flick, then swung on his heel and stalked to the door.
Beside Demon, grateful for his intimidating, reassuring presence, Flick frowningly watched the door close behind Remington. "Is he a fortune hunter?"
"Yes!" With an explosive oath, Demon lifted both hands, then appeared not to know what to do with them. With another oath, he swung away, pacing. "He is! Half those about you are—some more so than others." His blue gaze stabbed her "'What did you imagine would happen once you let it be known how much you're worth?"
Flick blinked. "Worth?"
"You can't be that innocent. Now the news is out that you come with ten thousand a year in tow, they're all flocking around. It's a wonder you haven't been mown down in the rush!"
Understanding dawned, along with her temper—she swung to face him. "How dare you!" Her voice quavered; she drew in a huge breath. "I didn't tell anyone anything about my fortune. I haven't spoken about it at all."
Demon halted; hands on hips, he looked at her. Then he scowled. "Well you needn't look at me. I'm hardly likely to fashion a rod for my own back." He started to pace again. "So who spread the news?" He spoke through clenched teeth. "Just tell me, so I can wring their neck."
Flick knew exactly how he felt. "I think it must have been my aunt. She wants me to marry well." She wanted her to marry Demon, so her aunt had let it be known that she was an heiress. She assumed, avaricious as she was, that the news would prompt him to grab her, regardless of how wealthy he was.
"Was that what she said to upset you at that ball?" She hesitated, then shrugged. "In a way."
Demon glared at her. First his mother, now her aunt. Elderly ladies were lining up to make his life difficult. That, however, wasn't the cause of the black, roiling, clawing rage that filled him, fighting to get loose, spurred by the knowledge of what would have happened if he hadn't been watching her so closely.
"Whatever—whoever." He bit off the words. Towering over her, his hands on his hips, he captured her gaze. "Bad enough you're surrounded by a gaggle of fortune hunters—that doesn't excuse your behavior tonight. You know damn well not to go anywhere alone with any man. What the hell did you think you were doing?"
Her spine stiffened; her chin rose. Her eyes flashed a warning. "You heard. I happen to like etchings." "Etchings!" Jaw clenched, he only just managed not to roar. "Don't you know what that means?" "Etchings are prints made from a metal plate on which someone has drawn with a needle."
She capped the comment by putting her pert nose in the air; Demon tightened his fingers about his hips against the urge to tighten them about her. He bent forward, lowering his face so it was closer to hers. "For your information, a gentleman offering to show a lady etchings is the equivalent of him inviting her to admire his family jewels."
Flick blinked. Puzzled, she searched his eyes. "So?" "Aargh!" He swung away. "It's an invitation to intimacy!" "It is?"
He swung back to see her lip curl.
"How like the fashionable to corrupt a perfectly good word." "Remington was looking to corrupt you."
"Hmm." She looked at him, her expression stony. "But I do like etchings. Do you have any?"
"Yes." The answer was out before he'd thought. When she raised a brow, he grudgingly elaborated, "I have two scenes of Venice." They hung on either side of his bed. When he invited ladies to see his etchings, he meant literally as well as figuratively.
"I don't suppose you'd invite me to see them?" "No." Not until she agreed to marry him.
"I thought not."
He blinked, and scowled at her. "What's that supposed to mean?" Her cryptic utterances were driving him crazy.
"It means," Flick enunciated, her accents as clipped as his, "that it's become increasingly clear that you want me merely as an ornament, a suitable, acceptable wife to parade on your arm at all the family gatherings. You don't want me powerfully at all! That doesn't impress me—and I've been even less impressed by your recent behavior."
"Oh?"
The single, quietly uttered syllable was a portent of danger; she ignored her reactive shiver. "You're never there—never about! You don't deign to waltz with me—you've driven me in the park precisely once!" Looking into his face, fists clenched, she let loose her pent-up frustrations. "You were the one who insisted on bringing me to London—if you thought this was the way to get me to marry you, you've seriously miscalculated!"
Her eyes narrowed as she looked into his. "Indeed, coming to London has opened my eyes."
"You mean it's shown you how many puppies and fortune hunters you can have at your beck and call."
His growl was a grating rumble she had to concentrate to hear; her reply was a sweet smile. "No," she said, her tone that of one explaining a simple matter to a simpleton. "I don't want puppies or fortune hunters—that wasn't what I meant. I meant I've seen the light about you!"
Eyes mere slits, he raised one brow. "Indeed?"
"Oh, indeed!" Buoyed on an outrush of pure release, Flick gestured wildly. "Your women—ladies, I'm sure. Particularly Celeste."
He stiffened. "Celeste?"
There was demand in his tone, along with a clear warning. Flick heeded the first but not the second. "You must remember her—dark hair, dark eyes. Enormous—"
"I know who Celeste is." The steely words cut her off. "What I want to know is what you know of her."
"Oh, nothing more than anyone with eyes knows." Her own eyes, filled with fury, told him precisely how much that was. "But Celeste is by the way. At least, if we're ever to marry, she will certainly have to be 'by the way.' My principal point, however, is this."
Halting directly in front of him, she looked into his face, and hissed, "I am not your cousin, to be watched over in this dog-in-the-manger way!"
He opened his mouth—quick as a flash, she pointed a finger at his nose. "Don't you dare
interrupt—just listen!"
He shut his mouth; the way his jaw set, she felt reasonably sure he wouldn't open it again soon. She drew in a deep breath. "As you well know, I am not some eighteen-year-old innocent." With her eyes, she dared him to contradict her; his lips thinned ominously, but he remained silent.
"I want to talk, walk, waltz and drive—and if you wish to marry me, you'd better see it's with you
!"
She waited, but he remained preternaturally still. A sense of being too close to something dangerous, something barely controlled, tickled her spine. Hauling in a breath, she kept her eyes steady on his, unusually dark in the weak candlelight. "And I will not be marrying you unless I'm convinced it's the right thing for me. I will not be browbeaten, or pressured in any way."
Demon heard her words through a smothering fog of seething rage. Muscles in his shoulders flickered, twitched—his palms itched. The injustice in her words whipped him. He'd done nothing for any reason other than to protect her. His body was about to explode, held still purely by the force of his will, which was steadily eroding.
She'd paused, searching his face; now she drew herself up and coolly stated, "I will not be managed by you."
Their gazes locked; for one long moment, absolute silence held sway. Neither moved—they barely breathed. The conflagration within him swelled; he locked his jaw, and endured.
"I refuse—"
He reached out and pulled her into his arms, cutting the statement off with his lips, drawing whatever repudiation she'd thought to make from her mouth, then he plundered, searched, took all she had and demanded, commanded, more.
He drew her against him, hard against the unforgiving rock his body had become. His mind was a seething cauldron of emotions—rage colliding hotly with passion and other, more elemental needs. He was coming apart—a volcano slowly cracking, outer walls crumbling, blown asunder by a force too long compressed. Only dimly did he recall that he'd wanted to shut her up, wanted to punish her—that wasn't what he wanted now.
Now, he simply wanted.
With a desire so primitive, so primally powerful he literally shook. For one instant, he stood on the cusp, quivering, the last shreds of restraint sliding through his grasp—in that moment of blinding clarity he saw, understood, that he'd asked too much of himself, too much of who he really was. Remington had provided the last straw, piling it on top of more amorphous fears—such as what he would do if she fell in love with someone else. How he would cope if she did.
He'd assumed he could control the thing that was inside him—the emotion she and only she evoked. In that quivering, evanescent instant, he knew he'd assumed wrong.
With the last shreds of his will, he forced his arms to ease just enough to give her leeway to pull away, to escape. Even in extremis, he didn't want to hurt her. If she struggled, or even remained passive, he could fight, hold back, endure, and eventually releash his demons.
She grabbed the chance and pulled her arms from between them; something inside him howled. He braced himself for her shove on his chest—whipped himself to let her go—
Her hands caught his face, framed it. Her lips firmed, then angled under his; her fingers slid into his hair. She kissed him hungrily. Voraciously. As powerfully demanding as he.
His head spun. Desire exploded. He was lost.
So was she—no angel, now, but a woman wild, demonically demanding, flagrantly inciting—
Madness.
It caught them up—set them free.
Flick gloried in the rush, gloried in the sense of being impossibly alive. Gloried in the hard body against hers, the chest like rock against her aching breasts, the thighs like pillars trapping hers. His lips bruised hers and she exulted; his hard hands held her brutally close, lifting her, rocking her—she only wanted to be closer.
She wanted him more than she wanted to breathe. Flinging her arms about his shoulders, she levered herself up in his punishing embrace, then held tight so their faces were closer, nearly level. His hands wrapped over her bottom, he held her high against him; she could feel the hard ridge of him grinding against her mound.
She wanted him inside her. Here. Now. Immediately. His tongue plundered remorselessly, his lips more ruthlessly demanding than ever before—she had no breath to tell him. Her skirts were just wide enough for her to grip his hips with her thighs; she did, then moved against him.
His breathing hitched; muscles tensed, then quivered. Beneath her hands, he felt like tensile steel, coiled, compressed, ready to let fly.
She moved again. He caught his breath and resumed his heated ravishing of her mouth. But his hands on her bottom shifted; supporting her with one hand, he reached down, caught the hem of her gown, and flicked, sliding first one hand under, then, palm to her bare bottom, changing hands and slipping the other, too, under her silk skirts.
Her fine chemise was short—no impediment. His hands were beneath it from the start. Hauling in a breath, she gripped tighter with her thighs, locked her arms about his neck, and flagrantly wriggled in his hands.
He got the message—his hands drifted, his touch driven, demanding, over the backs of her splayed thighs, over the globes of her bare bottom, then, holding her high with one hand, he slid the other down and around, hard fingers exploring the soft, slick folds between her thighs.
He found her entrance—one finger slid deep. She gasped and arched lightly. The finger left her—a second later, two returned, pressing deep, drawing back, then stabbing once, twice, hard and deep.
She couldn't catch her breath—heat raged beneath her skin. Her body quivered, ready to fly apart. But that wasn't what she wanted.
Locking one arm about his neck, she slid her other hand between them—down to where his engorged flesh throbbed, rampant and hard as iron. She closed her fingers greedily, sliding them down as far as she could—
He groaned. And shuddered. "God—!"
Voices reached them. Footsteps steadily approached the library. Panting, senses screaming, Flick turned her head and stared at the door. The unlocked door.
Like the procession of thoughts said to presage death, Demon saw in his mind's eye Remington closing the door behind him. Saw the image he and Flick would present to those nearing the library. They were both beyond dishevelled, barely able to breathe; Flick's arms would never release in time—nor would his.
Three giant strides had them at the French doors; with two more, he got them out of sight. The library door opened.
Swinging Flick against the wall, he pressed her into the soft creeper—the scent of jasmine wafted about them. Chest heaving, he leaned into her, pinning her there, physically wracked by the effort of exerting his will. His entire body had been focused on doing only one thing—burying himself inside her.
Voices from inside reached them clearly; he couldn't separate the sounds through the drumming in his ears.
He tried to think, but couldn't. Flexing every mental muscle, he tried to pull back from the soft body his rock-hard limbs were holding fast against the creeper-covered stone. And failed. Just thinking about that soft body had hurled him back into the volcano of his need.
Molten desire rose, battered at his senses, broke and consumed his will.
His breathing harsh in the moonlit night, he slowly lifted his head, raised his lids and looked into her face. He expected to see shock, fright—even fear—surely he had to be scaring her? Even fear of discovery—a real possibility—would do; anything to help him hold back from doing what he would do.
Instead, he saw a face sultry with desire, heavy-lidded eyes fixed hungrily on his lips. Saw her swollen lips part, her tongue briefly lick the lower. She felt his gaze and looked up—her eyes searched his briefly, then her chin firmed. "Now."
The demand reached him on a determined whisper. Her lips curved—he could have sworn in ruthless triumph. Then he felt her hand, still trapped between them.
She closed it, slid her fingers down, then up—he closed his eyes and shuddered. Her wicked chuckle was a warm breath against his lips as she trailed her fingers higher—to his waistband. She'd worn male attire herself; in seconds, she'd slipped the buttons and had him free. He leapt in her palm, iron hard, ready to explode.
With a gasping groan he only just suppressed, he reached between them, caught her hand and hauled it up, leaning even harder into her, teeth gritted against the sensation of her silk skirts sliding over his sensitized flesh.
He met her eyes, mere inches from his. If he could have glared, he would have. But his features were set, graven—impossible to shift—hers looked the same way. Driven, muscles locked and quivering, he teetered on the brink—
She met his hard gaze directly, challengingly. "Do it!" she hissed against his lips. Then kissed him ravenously.
The conversation inside the library droned on; mere yards away, in the moonlight on the terrace, hot and frenzied needs held sway. A bare second was all it took for him to lift her skirts, to smooth them up, out of the way. His staff slid seeking between her thighs; she gripped him hard and pulled him to her.
He found her entrance and plunged—drove into her heat—straight into a vortex of shattering need.
His—and hers.
The combination was too powerful for either of them to control; it buffeted them, battered them, drove them. Their bodies bucked and strained, desperate for release, locked in a battle with no foe.
Lips frantically locked to stifle the sounds that clawed their throats, they took all they could, grabbed and held on, clutched for each precious moment—there, against the wall in the moonlight.
The sounds from the library washed over them, gentle, soothing, heightening their awareness.
Of the heated slickness where they joined, of skin too hot to touch, of the raging tide in their blood—of the driven fusing of their bodies.
Crushed blossoms released perfume in a cloud about them—an evocative scent as deeply illicit, deeply intimate as their mating. Gasping, Flick dragged the scent deep. Demon's hips flexed again, ruthlessly driving into her. His lips cut off her glad cry as he plunged. Again and again he filled her—a sword slamming into its sheath. She gripped him lovingly and gloried in the power—the power that drove them both.
The ride was wild—wilder than she'd imagined anything could be. She clung tight, drunk on that power, delirious with speed, drugged with pleasure. Then the peak was before them—they rode faster, gripped by compulsive urgency.
And then they were there—the mountain exploded, erupted, melting them in its massive heat.
No! Don't leave me! Flick silently begged, clinging tightly for one heartbeat, then, accepting that he would have to, she sighed and relaxed her hold.
He withdrew from her; she closed her eyes against the sudden emptiness. Cool air slid between them, chilling her flushed skin. She gripped his shoulder as he shifted, sliding her down, carefully guiding her back to earth.
Her slippers touched cold stone; he nicked her skirts down. They fell easily. She glanced down and was amazed—they were only slightly crushed. He didn't move away; one arm about her, he angled his body, shoulder to hers as he roughly straightened his clothes.
The murmur of voices still flowed from the library; as the pounding in her ears subsided, she could hear two older men swapping tales of long gone battles. The doors to the terrace stood wide, the candlelight a pale swath on the grey flags. If anyone had come to the threshold…
Luckily, no one had.
Heat still lapped her; warmth still flowed in her veins. She felt both exhilarated and disappointed—and confused that that was so.
Tightening his arm about her, Demon steered her along the terrace to the next set of doors, also open. Without a word, he helped her over the step and into the dark room.
Her heart leapt—instantly, she stilled it. What was she thinking? Just because she still wanted to hold him, to feel his body naked against hers, to hear his heart beating under her ear, to snuggle close—feel close—to cling—just because she wanted, didn't mean they could. They were at a ball, for heaven's sake!
He drew away from her, quickly tucking in his shirt, doing up his trousers, straightening his cravat and coat. Breathless, giddy, her heart still pounding, she shook out her skirts and smoothed them, wriggled her chemise straight, fluffed out the organza ruffle that traced her neckline and formed her transparent sleeves.
She looked up to discover Demon looking at her; she stared at him hungrily, conscious to her toes of a compulsion to reach out and touch him. Hold him. Although her body hummed with satiation, some other part of her felt… deprived. Denied. Still yearning.
Even through the dimness, Demon saw the need in her eyes; he felt it in his gut. He cleared his throat. "We have to go back."
She hesitated, then nodded.
"Do you know where the withdrawing room is?" He spoke in a hushed whisper, conscious of those next door.
"Yes."
"Go there—if anyone comments on you coming from the wrong direction, just say you went out of the other door and got lost." He surveyed her critically. "Put cold water on your lips." Reaching out, he tucked one unruly curl back behind her ear. Ruthlessly squelching the impulse to trail his fingers along her jaw, to fold her in his arms and simply hold her, he lowered his hand. "I'll go directly back."
She nodded, then turned to the door. He opened it, glanced out, then let her through, retreating back into the gloomy room to wait until she'd passed out of sight.
He needed to talk to her, explain things, but he couldn't do it now—not tonight. Thanks to her wantonness, and his, he couldn't think straight—and they had to get back to the ball.
Chapter 19
« ^ »
Desperate needs called for desperate deeds. Flick knew her needs qualified as desperate, especially after last night. She needed much more from her lover—her prospective husband. She knew what she wanted. The big question was: How to get it?
Surrounded by her court, in the middle of Lady Ashcombe's drawing room, she pretended to listen while inwardly she plotted. She'd come to London with one clear aim: to make Demon fall in love with her. If he'd been going to look at her face and fall down smitten, it would have happened long ago. As it hadn't, she was going to have to do something—take some active steps—to achieve her desired goal.
Insisting he spend more time with her was the logical next step. She'd made a start last night, although they'd got distracted. She'd enjoyed the distraction, as far as it had gone, but that had only made her more determined, more stubbornly set on her course. Such distractions, and the subsequent empty yearning, provided yet more reasons to act soon. She didn't want to find herself in the situation of having to agree to his suit. That would leave her with absolutely no leeway to secure her dream. And she definitely wanted to ease the desolate, empty feeling their interlude outside the library had left about her heart.
She was still convinced he could love her if he tried. They had so many things in common. She'd enumerated them at length in her cold bed last night; she felt confident the possibility of love was there.
The first step to making it a reality was to ensure that he spent more time with her. To do that, she needed to speak with him alone. She also wanted to talk to him about Dillon. Recalling how the previous night's interlude had come about, she eyed her would-be suitors measuringly.
Demon saw her proposition Framlingham. His mental imprecations as he strolled to the side door to cut off their escape should have set her ears aflame.
"Oh, ah! Evening, Cynster."
"Framlingham." With a perfunctory nod to Flick, he met his lordship's eyes. "Dissatisfied with her ladyship's entertainments?"
"Ah—" Although bluffly genial, Framlingham was not slow. He shot a glance at Flick. "Miss Parteger needed a breath of fresh air, don't you know."
"Indeed?"
"Indeed," Flick verified. "However, now you're here, I won't need Lord Framlingham's kind escort." She gave Framlingham her hand and smiled sweetly. "Thank you for coming to my aid, my lord."
"Any time—er." Framlingham glanced at Demon. "Pleased to have been of assistance, my dear." With a nod, he beat a hasty retreat.
Demon watched him go, then slowly turned his head and met Flick's limpid gaze. "What are you about?" She opened her eyes at him. "I would have thought that was obvious. I want to speak with you."
So she'd jerked his leash. Demon clenched his jaw and fought to preserve some semblance of debonair aloofness.
She swung to the door. "Is the garden this way?"
Along with the terrace. "I find it difficult to believe you're in need of fresh air. You're not the wilting sort." She certainly hadn't wilted last night.
"Of course not, but we need to speak privately."
"Indubitably." He bit the word off. "Not, however, out there." He wasn't about to risk a repeat of last night.
Meeting his gaze, she tilted her chin. "Where, then?"
One challenge to which he had an answer. "There's a chaise in an alcove over there."
He caught her hand, placed it on his sleeve, and led her through the crowd. Although this was only a party, there were still too many guests crowding the room. It took them some minutes to cross it, time in which his anger faded to resentment—at her action, his reaction, and the ever present, irritating confusion that dogged him.
Never in his life had he had so much trouble with a woman. As on horses, so too in the ballrooms. He was widely acknowledged as clever in the saddle, yet for all his experience, Flick was forever running her own race, perpetually relegating him to following at her heels. He was constantly having to reassess, rethink, readjust, which was not what he'd expected. Unfortunately, there seemed little else he could do.
He had to follow, and try to keep his hands on their reins. And ignore the nagging feeling that he was out of his depth with her.
Deep inside, he knew it, but he couldn't accept it—he was infinitely more experienced than she. But this was not the young chit he'd made blush under the wisteria, the innocent miss he'd kissed by the banks of the stream, and taught to love at The Angel. This Flick was a conundrum, one he'd yet to work out.
The alcove was deep but open to the room. If they kept their voices down, they could talk freely, but in no real sense were they private.
He handed her to the chaise, then sat beside her. "Do you think, next time you wish to speak with me, you could dispense with manipulation and simply send a note?"
She looked him in the eye. "From someone who has so consistently tried to manage me, that's definitely a case of the pot calling the kettle black." Her voice was even but her eyes spat blue sparks.
He waved a hand at the crowd. "Face forward and look bored. Make it appear we're idly chatting while you rest."
Her eyes flared, but she did as he said. "See?" she hissed.
"Look bored, not irate." He looked down; her fists were clenched in her lap. "Relax your hands." Despite his irritation, he'd lowered his voice to a cajoling murmur; after an instant's hesitation, her fingers uncurled.
Looking ahead, he drew in a breath, intending to explain, simply, succinctly, that in this sphere he was infinitely more experienced than she, that he knew precisely what he was doing and if she'd only deign to follow his lead, all would be well—
"I want you to spend more time with me."
The demand made him bridle, but he preserved his bored facade. His instinctive response to any outright demand was resistance, but in this case, resistance was tempered by desire. It was a shock to realize he was not at all averse to spending the bulk of his days by her side. He felt his features harden as the implication sank in, while all the reasons he couldn't do so replayed in his mind.
Not least was that sensual glow of hers—if they were frequently together, he'd never preserve a safe distance. And she'd react. On top of that, there was a quality in their interactions now that simply shouldn't be there. For instance, if he leaned closer, she would turn to him, not draw away as an innocent would. Physically, she was completely at ease in his company—womanly, seductively alluring, not nervous and skittish as she should be.
Drawing in a breath, he considered telling her, but… the very last thing he wanted was for her to change.
"No." He spoke decisively. After a moment, he added, "That's not possible."
She didn't, to his surprise, react—didn't turn her head and glare. Instead, she continued to study the room.
It took Flick some time to absorb his words. She'd made her demand expecting an argument, not bald denial. Yet she'd sensed his stiffening the instant the words were out—she'd braced herself to hear something she'd rather not.
Nevertheless… she had trouble taking it in. Trying to understand. What was he telling her?
A sudden premonition swept her—last night she'd accused him of wanting her solely as an ornament. She'd said it to prod him to deny it. He hadn't. Forcing in a breath, she concentrated on not gripping her ringers and wringing them. Had she, from the first, completely misread him—completely misunderstood what this something between them was?
Had she fooled herself into believing he might, one day, love her?
The cold started in her toes and flooded upward; her lungs froze—she felt giddy. But she had to know the truth. She glanced at his face. His features were set, determined. It wasn't his social mask that
watched her, but another more stony, more ruthless. She searched his eyes, steady crystalline blue, and found no softness there either."No?"
The word trembled on her lips. Abruptly, she looked away, struggling to mask the effect of that word—a blow to her unwary heart.
He tensed, shifted, then sat back. After a moment, he said in an even voice, "If you agree to marry me, then I can spend more time with you."
Flick stiffened. "Indeed?" First a blow, then an ultimatum.
In the same controlled tone, he continued, "You know I wish to marry you—that I've been waiting for you to make up your mind. Have you done so?"
She turned her head further away so he couldn't see the fight she waged to keep her hurt from showing.
Demon swallowed a curse. Her agitation reached him clearly, leaving him even more confused than before. But he couldn't reach out and force her to face him—force her to tell him what the devil was wrong. Kept going wrong between them.
He now wished he hadn't pressed for her answer. But he wanted her, and the agony got worse every night. His gaze locked on her curls, he waited, conscious to his bones of that deep wanting, of the contradictions between his mask, his behavior, and his feelings. He wanted to press her, wanted to reassure her. He desperately wanted to tell her the right answer.
One of her curls, the same one he'd often tucked back, had come loose. Raising one hand, he caught it, adjusted it.
And saw his hand shaking.
The sight shook him even more, forcing the vulnerability he'd tried to ignore to the forefront of his mind. His face set; his jaw clenched. A moment later, he demanded, his tone harsh, "Have you decided?"
Flick looked at him, forced herself to meet his hard blue eyes, tried to see behind the ruthless mask. But she could catch no glimpse of what she searched for—this was not the man she loved, the idol of her dreams, the man who'd made long slow love to her all night at The Angel. The man she'd hoped would learn to love her.
Looking away, she drew in a shaky breath and held it. "No—but I think I've made a dreadful mistake."
He stiffened.
She hauled in a tight breath. "If you'll excuse me?" Briefly inclining her head, Flick stood. Demon stood as she did, so winded he wasn't able to speak. He wasn't able to think, let alone do anything to stop her.
Stop her leaving him.
Flick walked back to the group she'd earlier left. Within seconds she was surrounded by eligible gentlemen. From the side of the room, Demon watched her.
The word "mistake" burned in his brain. Who had really made it—her, or him? Her rejection—how else was he to take it?-—seared him. His eyes narrowed as he saw her nod graciously to some man. Perhaps, this time, he should swallow his pride and take her at her word?
The thought was like acid, eating at his heart.
Then he saw her smile fleetingly—a huge effort all for show; the instant the gentleman looked away, her smile faded, and she glanced surreptitiously his way.
Demon caught that glance—saw the hurt, haunted look in her eyes. He swore and took an impulsive step forward, then recalled where they were. He couldn't cross the room, haul her into his arms and kiss her senseless, much less swear undying devotion.
Suppressing a snarl, rigidly schooling his features to a cast that would allow him to move through the throng, he swung on his heel and left the house.
Every time he tried to manage her, things went wrong.
She refused to run in his harness; she never reacted predictably to the reins. He'd expected to be in control, but that wasn't the way it would be.
Lounging in the doorway of the nursery at 12 Clarges Street, the house he dreamed of bringing Flick to as his wife, Demon looked around the room. Set beneath the eaves, it was of a good size, well lit, well ventilated. As in the light, airy rooms downstairs, he could see Flick here, her curls glowing brighter than the sun as she smiled, shedding her warmth about her.
The house would be cold without her.
He'd be cold without her. As good as dead.
He knew she wanted something from him—something more than a few hours every day. He even knew what that something was. If he wanted to convince her that she'd made no mistake, that her heart was safe with him, he was going to have to give rather more than he had.
He didn't need to hear her say she loved him—he'd known that for some time, at The Angel if not before. But he'd thought of her feelings as a "young" love, youthful, exuberant, relatively immature—easy for him to manage and fulfill without having to expose the depth of his own feelings. He'd even used the mores of the ton to assist him in hiding those—the emotions that at times raged so powerfully he couldn't contain them.
He certainly couldn't manage them. Or her.
His chest swelled as he drew in a deep breath, then slowly exhaled. What lay between them now was an obsession—deep and abiding and impossible to deny—not on her part, or his. She was meant for him and he for her, but if he didn't confront the one thing he most feared, didn't surrender and pay the price, he would lose her.
A prospect the Cynster in him could never, ever accept.
He stood for long moments, gazing unseeing at the empty room. Then he sighed and straightened. He would have to see her alone again, and find but what, precisely, he was going to have to do to get her to agree to be his.
That evening, together with Horatia, Flick attended Lady Merlon's musicale. Musicales were the one social event Demon had flatly refused to attend. Slipping into the room just as the soprano started to wail, Flick winced and tried to block out the thought that her reaction to such music was something else she and Demon shared. They didn't share the most important trait, which was the only one that mattered.
Setting her chin against a deplorable tendency to quiver, she looked along the rows of seats, hunting for an empty one. She'd taken refuge in the withdrawing room to avoid the twins—one look at their bright, cheery expressions and their far-too-sharp eyes and she'd fled. She possessed no mask solid enough to hide her inner misery from them.
She'd expected to sit with Horatia, but she was now surrounded, as were the twins. Looking along the edge of the room, she tried to spot a vacant seat—
"Here, gel!" Clawlike fingers gripped her elbow; surprisingly strong, they drew her back. "Sit and stop flitting—it's distracting!"
Abruptly sitting, Flick found herself on one end of a love seat, the rest of which was occupied by Lady Osbaldestone. "Th-thank you."
Hands crossed over the head of her cane, her ladyship fixed Flick with a piercing black gaze. "You look quite peaked, gel. Not getting enough sleep?"
Flick wished she had a mask to hold in front of her face; the old eyes fixed on hers were even sharper than the twins'. "I'm quite well, thank you."
"Glad to hear it. When's the wedding to be, then, heh?"
Unfortunately, they were sufficiently distant from other guests not to have to remain silent. Shifting her gaze to the singer, Flick fought to quell the tremor in her lips, in her voice. "There isn't going to be a wedding."
"Is that so?" Her ladyship's tone was mildly curious. Keeping her gaze on the singer, Flick nodded. "And why is that?"
"Because he doesn't love me."
"Doesn't he?" That was said with considerable surprise.
"No." Flick couldn't think of any more subtle way to put it—even the thought was enough to overset her. Breathing evenly, she tried to ease the knot clutched tight about her heart. It had constricted the previous evening and still hadn't loosened.
Despite all, she still wanted him—wanted desperately to marry him. But how could she? He didn't love her, and wasn't expecting to. The marriage he intended would be a living mockery of all she believed, all she wanted. She couldn't endure being trapped in a loveless, fashionably convenient union. Such a marriage wasn't for her—she simply couldn't do it.
"Humor an old woman, my dear—why do you imagine he doesn't love you?"
After a moment, Flick glanced at Lady Osbaldestone. She was sitting back, calmly waiting, her full attention on her. Despite feeling remarkably close to Horatia, Flick could hardly discuss her son's shortcomings with her kind and generous hostess. But… recalling her ladyship's first words to her, Flick drew breath and faced forward. "He refuses to give me any of his time—just the polite minimum. He wants to marry me so he'll have a suitable bride—the right ornament on his arm at family gatherings. Because we suit in many ways, he's decided I'm it. He expects to marry me, and—well, from his point of view, that's it."
A sound halfway between a snort and a guffaw came from beside her. "Pardon my plain speaking, my dear, but if that's all you've got against him, I wouldn't, if I was you, be so hasty in your judgments."
Flick shot a puzzled glance at her elderly inquisitor. "You wouldn't?"
"No, indeed." Her ladyship sat back. "You say he won't spend much time by your side—are you sure that shouldn't be 'can't?"
Flick blinked. "Why 'can't'?"
"You're young and he's much older—that alone restricts the arenas in which your paths can cross in town. And an even greater restriction stems from his reputation." Her ladyship fixed her with a direct look. "You know about that, do you not?"
Flick colored, but nodded.
"Well, then, if you think about it, you should see there are precious few opportunities for him to spend time with you. He's not here tonight?"
"He doesn't like musicales."
"Yes, well, few gentlemen do—look around." They both did. The soprano screeched, and her ladyship snorted again. "I'm not even sure I like musicales. He's generally been squiring you to your evenings' entertainments, hasn't he?"
Flick nodded.
"Then let's think what else he could do. He can't dance attendance on you, because, being who he is, and you who you are, society would raise its brows censoriously. He can't hang about you during the day, in the park or elsewhere—he most certainly can't haunt his parents' house. He can't even join your circle of an evening."
Flick frowned. "Why not?"
"Because society does not approve of gentlemen of his age and experience showing their partiality too openly, any more than it approves of ladies wearing their hearts on their sleeves."
"Oh."
"Indeed. And Harold, just like all the Cynsters, lives and breathes society's rules without even thinking of them—at least when it comes to marriage, specifically anything to do with the lady they wed.
They'll happily bend any rule that gets in their high-handed way, but not when it comes to marriage. Don't understand it myself, but I've known three generations, and they've all been the same. You may take my word for it."
Flick grimaced.
"Now, Horatia mentioned you haven't accepted him yet, so that simply lays an extra tax on him. Being a Cynster, he would want to stick by your side, force you to acknowledge him, but he can't. Which, of course, explains why he's been going around tense as an overwound watchspring. I have to say he's toed the line very well—he's doing what society expects of him by keeping a reasonable distance until you accept his offer."
"But how can I learn if he loves me if he's never near?"
"Society is not concerned with love, only its own power. Now, where were we? Ah, yes. Not wanting to make himself, or you, or his family appear outre, and very definitely not wanting society to view your relationship askance, restricts him to half-hour calls in Horatia's presence—and only one or two a week, to meetings in the park, again not too frequently, and escorting you and Horatia to balls. Anything else would be construed as bad ton—something no Cynster has ever been."
"What about riding in the park? He knows I like riding."
Lady Osbaldestone eyed her. "You're from Newmarket, I believe?" Flick nodded.
"Well, riding in the park means you'll be walking your mount. At the most, you can break into a trot for a short stretch, but that's the limit of what is considered appropriate stimulation for a female on horseback." Flick stared. "So are you surprised he hasn't taken you riding in the park?"
Flick shook her head.
"Ah, well, now you appreciate the intricacies Harold's been juggling for the past weeks. And from his point of view, he doesn't dare put a foot wrong. Most entertaining, it's been." Lady Osbaldestone chuckled and patted Flick's hand. "Now, as to whether he loves you or not, there's one point you've obviously missed."
"Oh?" Flick focused on her face. "He drove you in the park." "Yes." Her expression said "So?"
"The Bar Cynster never drive ladies in the park. It's one of those ridiculously high-handed, arrogant,
oh-so-male-Cynster decisions, but they simply don't. The only ladies any of them have ever been known to take up behind their vaunted horses in the park are their wives."
Flick frowned. "He never said anything."
"I imagine he didn't, but it was a declaration, nonetheless. By driving you in the park, he made it plain to the ton's hostesses that he intends to offer for you."
Flick considered, then grimaced. "That's hardly a declaration of love."
"No, I grant you. There is, however, the small matter of his current state. Tight as a violin string about to snap. His temper's never been a terribly complacent one—he's not easygoing like Sylvester or Alasdair. His brother Spencer is reserved, but Harold's impatient and stubborn. It's a very revealing thing when such a man willingly and knowingly submits to frustration."
Flick wasn't convinced, but… "Why did he make this declaration?" She glanced at Lady Osbaldestone. "Presumably he had a reason?"
"Most likely to keep more experienced gentlemen—his peers, if you will—at a distance, even if he wasn't by your side."
"To warn them away, so to speak?"
Lady Osbaldestone nodded. "And then, of course, he kept watch from the other side of every ballroom, just to make sure."
Flick felt her lips twitch.
Lady Osbaldestone saw and nodded. "Just so. There's no reason to have the megrims just because he's not beside you. In terms of his behavior, he's handled this well—I really don't know what more you could want of him. As for love, he's shown possessiveness and protectiveness, both different facets of that emotion, facets gentlemen such as he are more prone to openly demonstrate. But for the facets to shine, the jewel must be there, at the heart. Passion alone won't give the same effect."
"Hmm." Flick wondered.
The singer reached her finale—a single, sustained, piercingly high note. When it ended, everyone clapped, including Flick and Lady Osbaldestone. The audience immediately stood and milled, chatting avidly. Others approached the love seat; Flick rose.
Lady Osbaldestone acknowledged Flick's curtsy. "You think of what I told you, gel—you'll see I'm right, mark my words."
Flick met her old eyes, then nodded and turned away.
Lady Osbaldestone's comments cast matters in a new light, but… as Horatia's carriage rumbled over the cobbles, Flick grimaced, thankful for the deep shadows that enveloped her. She still didn't know if Demon loved her—could love her—would ever love her. She'd settle for any of those alternatives, but for nothing less.
Looking back over the past weeks, she had to acknowledge his protectiveness and possessiveness, but she wasn't certain that in his case those weren't merely a reflection of his desire. That was strong—incredibly, excitingly powerful. But it wasn't love.
His frustration, which she'd recognized as steadily escalating, was to her mind more likely due to frustrated desire, compounded by the fact that she'd yet to accept his offer. She couldn't see love anywhere, no matter how hard she looked.
And while Lady Osbaldestone had explained why he couldn't spend time with her in town as he had in the country, she hadn't explained why, when he was by her side, he still kept distance between them.
As the carriage rumbled through the wide streets, lit by flickering flares, she pondered, and wondered, but always came back to her fundamental question: Did he love her?
Heaving a silent sigh, grateful to Lady Osbaldestone for at least giving her hope again, she fixed her gaze on the passing scenery and considered ways to prod Demon into answering. Despite her usual habit, she balked at asking him directly. What if he said no, but didn't mean it, either because he didn't realize he did, or did realize but wasn't willing to admit it?
Either was possible; she'd never told him how important having his love was to her. It hadn't escaped her notice that he'd got into the habit of using that one small word with her—on this subject, she couldn't risk it. If he said no, her newfound hope would shrivel and die, and her dream would evaporate.
The carriage swung around a corner, tilting her close to the window. Beyond the glass, she saw a group of men standing outside a tavern door. Saw one raise a glass in toast—saw his red neckerchief, saw his face. With a gasp, she righted herself as the carriage straightened.
"Are you alright, dear?" Horatia asked from beside her. "Yes. Just…" Flick blinked. "I must have dozed off,"
"Sleep if you will—we've still got a way to go. I'll wake you when we reach Berkeley Square."
Flick nodded, her mind racing, her troubles forgotten. She began to ask Horatia where they were, but she stopped, unable to explain her sudden need of street names. She kept her eyes glued to the streets from then on, but didn't see any signs until they were nearly home. By then, she'd decided what to do. Masking her impatience, she waited. The carriage rocked to a halt outside the Cynster house; handed to the pavement, she matched her pace to Horatia's and unhurriedly ascended the steps. As they climbed the stairs, she smothered a yawn. With a sleepy goodnight, she parted from Horatia in the gallery and turned toward her room.
As soon as she'd turned the corner, she picked up her skirts and ran. Hers was the only occupied room in that wing, and she'd forbidden the little maid who helped her to wait up. So there was no one about to see her fly into her room. No one to see her tear to her wardrobe and delve into the cases on its floor.
No one to see her shed her beautiful gown and leave it lying on the rug. No one to see her climb into attire that would have made any lady blush.
Ten minutes later, once more Flick the lad, she crept downstairs. The door was left unlatched until Demon's father came in, usually close to dawn. Until then, Highthorpe polished silver in his pantry, just beyond the baise door. Flick inched down the hall. The front door opened noiselessly—she eased it back just far enough to squeeze through, worried that a draft might alert Highthorpe. Only after she'd closed it again and gently set the latch down did she breathe freely.
Then she darted down the steps and into the street.
She stopped in the shadow of an overhang. Her first impulse was to retrace the carriage's journey, find Bletchley, then follow him through the night. This, however, was London, not Newmarket—it was hardly wise, even dressed as she was, to slink through the streets in the dark.
Accepting reality she headed for Albemarle Street.
Chapter 2O
« ^ »
Luckily, Albemarle Street wasn't far. She found the narrow house easily enough—Horatia had pointed it out when they'd driven past. Demon lived alone with only Gillies as his general factotum, for which Flick was duly grateful—at least she wouldn't have to cope with strangers.
Slipping through the shadows to the front steps, she noted a lone carriage a few doors down the street. The coachman was shuffling on the box, settling under a blanket; thankfully, his back was to her.
Flick crept up the steps. She reached for the brass knocker, steeling herself to tap gently, but the door gave, just an inch. Catching her breath, she stared at the gap. Splaying her fingers, she gently pushed—the door swung enough for her to slip through.
In the dimness beyond, she looked around, then eased the door closed. She was in a narrow hall, a flight of stairs directly before her. The wall to her right was shared with the next house; to her left lay a closed door, presumably to the parlor. A narrow corridor ran back beside the stairs.
Demon might not be home—there was no light showing beneath the parlor door. Looking up, Flick discerned a faint light low on the landing above. The room upstairs was probably his bedroom.
She bit her lip and considered the narrow stairs.
And heard a sudden scuffle, then the scrape of chair legs on polished boards.
Followed, quite distinctly, by a purring, feminine, highly accented voice: "Harrrrry, my demon…" Flick's feet were on the stairs before she knew it.
From above came a vibrant oath. Then, "What the devil are you doing here, Celeste?"
"Why, I've come to keep you company, Harrrry—it's cold tonight. I've come to keep you—all of you—warrrrrrm."
Another oath, as heated as the last, answered that. Then came, "This is ridiculous. How did you get in here?"
"Never mind that—here I am. You should, at the very least, reward me for my enterprise."
In the shadows on the landing, hard by the door, Flick heard a deep, aggravated, very masculine sigh.
"Celeste, I know English isn't your first language, but no is no in most tongues. I told you at least four times! It's over. Finis!"
It sounded as if the words were forced through gritted teeth. "You don't mean that—how can you?"
Celeste's tone conveyed a purring pout. The soft shushing of silk reached Flick's straining ears—she pressed close, one ear to the panel.
An explosive expletive nearly rocked her on her heels. "Dammit! Don't do that!"
A brief scuffle ensued. A confused medley of muttered oaths mixed with Celeste's increasingly explicit cajoling had Flick frowning—
The door was hauled open. "Gillies!"
Flick jumped—and stared, wide-eyed, into Demon's face, watched his snarling expression transform in a blink to utter blankness.
In utter, abject disbelief, Demon stood in his shirtsleeves on the threshold of his bedroom, fury still wreathing his faculties, one hand imprisoning the wrists of his importuning ex-mistress, his gaze locked with the wide blue eyes of his innocent wife-to-be.
For one definable instant, his brain literally reeled.
Flick, thank heaven, was as stunned as he—she stared up at him and uttered not one peep. Then Gillies shuffled into the hall. "Yessir?"
Demon looked down the stairs. Behind him, Celeste hissed and clawed at his hands. He filled the doorway so she couldn't see Flick, now shrinking back into the corner of the tiny landing, tugging her cap
low, pulling her muffler over her face.
Hauling in a breath, he stepped forward and turned, squashing Flick into the corner behind him. "The countess is leaving. Now." He yanked Celeste out of his room and released her; stony-faced, he gestured down the stairs.
Celeste paused for one instant, black eyes spitting fury, then she uttered three virulent words he was quite happy not to understand, stuck her nose in the air, hitched her cloak about her shoulders, and swept down the stairs.
Gillies opened the door. "Your coach awaits, madam."
Without a backward glance, Celeste swept out of the house. Gillies shut the door. Behind Demon, Flick grinned, having watched the entire proceedings from under his arm.
Then she jumped, plastering herself against the wall as he swung on her and roared, "And what the damn hell do you think you're doing here?"
"Heh?" Stunned, Gillies looked up. "Good God."
Considering what she could see in Demon's eyes, Flick didn't think God would be much help to her. She could barely remember the answer to his question. "I saw Bletchley."
He blinked and drew marginally back. "Bletchley?"
She nodded. "On one of the corners we passed on the way home from the musicale." "From Guilford Street?"
She nodded again. "There was a tavern on the corner—he was drinking and chatting to some grooms. And"—she paused dramatically—"he was in livery, too!"
Which, of course, explained why they hadn't found him, why he hadn't appeared at any of the usual places to meet with the gentlemen of the syndicate. He was, quite possibly, in the household of one of the syndicate.
Demon studied Flick's face while his mind raced. "Gillies?" "Aye—I'll fetch a hackney." Pulling on his coat, he went out.
Straightening, Demon drew in a huge breath, his gaze steady on Flick's eyes. "Which corner was it?"
"I don't know—I don't know London streets very well." She tilted her chin and looked straight back at him. "I'd know it if I saw it again."
He narrowed his eyes at her; she widened hers and stared back. Muttering an oath, he spun on his heel. "Wait there."
He fetched his coat, shrugged into it, then escorted her down the stairs and into the hackney. At his order, Gillies came too, scrambling up onto the seat beside the driver.
"Guilford Street. As fast as you can." Demon pulled the door shut and sat back.
The jarvey took him at his word; neither Demon nor Flick spoke as they rattled through the streets and
swung around corners. On reaching Guilford Street, Demon told the jarvey to head for Berkeley Square, following the directions he relayed from Flick. Sitting forward, she scanned the streets, unerringly picking out their way.
"It was just a little farther—there!" She pointed to the little tavern on the corner. "He was there, standing by that barrel." Bletchley wasn't, unfortunately, there now.
"Sit back." Demon tugged her back from the window, then ordered the jarvey to draw up after the next corner. As the coach rocked to a halt, Gillies swung down and came to the door. With his head, Demon indicated the tavern. "See what you can learn."
Gillies nodded. Hands in his pockets, he sauntered off, whistling tunelessly.
Sinking back against the leather seat, Flick stared into the night. Then she looked down and played with her fingers. Two minutes later, she drew in a deep breath and lifted her head. "The countess is very beautiful, isn't she?"
"No."
Startled, she looked at Demon. "Don't be ridiculous! The woman's gorgeous." Turning his head, he met her gaze. "Not to me."
Their eyes locked, silence stretched, then he looked down. Lifting one hand, he reached out, tugged one of hers from her lap, and wrapped his long fingers about it. "She—and all the others—they came before you. They no longer matter—they have no meaning." He slid his fingers between hers, then locked their palms together.
"My taste," he continued, his tone even and low as he rested their locked hands on his thigh, "has changed in recent times—since last I visited Newmarket, as a matter of fact."
"Oh?"
"Indeed." There was the ghost of a smile in his voice. "These days, I find gold curls much more attractive than dark locks." Again, he met her eyes, then his gaze drifted over her face. "And features that might have been drawn by Botticelli more beautiful than the merely classical."
Something powerful stirred in the dark between them—Flick felt it. Her heart hitched, then started to canter. Her lips, as his gaze settled on them, started to throb.
"I've discovered that I much prefer the taste of sweet innocence, rather than more exotic offerings." His voice had deepened to a gravelly rumble that slid, subtly rough, over her flickering nerves.
His chest swelled as he drew breath. His gaze lowered. "And I now find slender limbs and firm, svelte curves much more fascinating—more arousing—than flagrantly abundant charms."
Flick felt his gaze, hot as the sun, sweep her, then it swung up again. He searched her eyes, then lifted his other hand, shoulders shifting as he reached for her face. Fingers closing about her chin, his gaze locked with hers, he held her steady, and slowly, very slowly, leaned closer.
"Unfortunately"—he breathed the word against her yearning lips—"there's only one woman who meets my exacting requirements."
She deserted the sight of his long, lean lips—lifting her lids, she looked into his eyes. "Only one?"
She could barely get the words out.
He held her gaze steadily. "One." His gaze dropped to her lips, then his lids fell as he leaned the last inch nearer. "Only one."
Their lips touched, brushed, molded— Gillies's tuneless whistle rapidly neared.
Smothering a curse, Demon let her go and sat back.
Flick nearly cursed, too. Flushed, breathless—absolutely ravenous—she struggled to steady her breathing.
Gillies appeared at the door. "It was Bletchley, right enough. He's somebody's groom, but no one there knows who his master is. He's not a regular. The place is the local haunt for the coachmen waiting for their gentlemen to finish at the—" Gillies stopped; his features blanked.
Demon frowned. He leaned forward, looked out at the street, then sank back. "Houses?" he suggested. Gillies nodded. "Aye—that's it."
Flick glanced along the row of well-tended terrace houses. "Maybe we could learn which houses had guests tonight, then ask who the guests were?"
"I don't think that's a viable option." Demon jerked his head; Gillies leapt at the chance to scramble up top. "On to Berkeley Square."
The carriage lurched forward. Demon sat back and pretended not to notice Flick's scowl.
"I can't see why we couldn't ask at the houses—what harm could there be?" She sat back, folding her arms. "They're perfectly ordinary residences—there must be some way we can inquire."
"I'll put some people onto it tomorrow," Demon lied.
Better a lie than have her decide to investigate herself. That particular row of ordinary residences hosted a number of high-class brothels, none of which would welcome inquiries as to the identity of their evening's guests. "I'll see Montague first thing tomorrow, and swing all our people into the fashionable areas." Inwardly, Demon nodded. Things were starting to make sense.
Flick merely humphed.
Demon had the hackney drop them off just around the corner from Berkeley Square, then take Gillies on to Albemarle Street. He checked the Square, but it was late—there was no one about to see him bring Flick the lad home. He only hoped he could sneak her past Highthorpe.
"Come on." He strolled along the pavement; Flick strolled beside him.
As they climbed the steps to his parents' door, he glanced down at her. "Go straight up the stairs as silently as you can—I'll distract Highthorpe." He gripped the doorknob and turned it—"Damn!" He turned the knob fully and pushed. Nothing happened. He swore. "My father must have come home early. The bolts are set."
Flick stared at the door. "How will I get in?"
Demon sighed. "Through the back parlor." He glanced around, then took her hand. "Come on—I'll show you."
Striding back down the steps, he led her down the narrow gap between his parents' house and the next, into a lane running along the backs of the mansions. A stone wall, more than seven feet tall, lined the lane.
He tried the gate in the wall; it, too, was locked. Flick eyed the wall and groaned. "Not again."
" 'Fraid so. Here." Demon linked his hands. Grumbling, Flick placed her boot in them—he threw her up. As in Newmarket, he had to slap his hand under her bottom and heave her over—she grumbled even more.
Demon caught the top of the wall, hauled himself up, then dropped down to join Flick in the bushes below. Grabbing her hand, he led her through the rhododendrons, across the shadowed lawn, and onto the back terrace. He signalled her to silence, then, using a small knife, he set to work on the French doors of the back parlor. In less than a minute, the lock clicked and the doors swung open.
"There you are." Pocketing the knife, he gestured Flick in. Hesitantly, she crossed the threshold. He stepped in behind her to get off the open terrace—
She clutched his sleeve. "It all looks so different in the dark," she whispered. "I've never been in this room—your mother doesn't sit here." Her fingers tightened; she looked up at him. "How do I get to my room?"
Demon stared at her. He wanted to see her alone—to talk to her privately—but a more formal setting in daylight was imperative, or he'd never get out what he had to say. Not before he forgot himself and kissed her. Screened by the dark, he scowled. "Where's your room?"
"I turn left from the gallery—isn't that the other wing?"
"Yes." Stifling a curse, he locked the French doors, then found her hand. "Come on. I'll take you up."
The house was large, disorientating in the dark, but he'd slipped through its corridors on countless nights past. He'd grown up in this house—he knew his way without looking.
Flick bided her time, trailing him up the stairs and into the long gallery. The curtains at the long windows were open; moonlight streamed in, laying silver swaths across the dark carpet. She waited until they drew abreast of the last window, then she tripped, stumbled—
Demon bent and caught her—
Quick as a flash, she straightened, lifted her arms, framed his face and kissed him, wildly, wantonly—she wasn't going to wait to learn if he was planning to kiss her. What if he wasn't?
Her preemptive action rendered Demon's plans academic. Curses rang in his head—he didn't hear them. Couldn't hear them over the sudden pounding of his blood, the sudden roar of his needs. Her lips were open under his; before he'd even thought, he was deep inside, tasting her, exulting in the sweet mystery of her, drinking her deep.
And she met him—not tentatively or shyly, but with a demand so flagrant it left him giddy.
He pulled back from the kiss to draw in a huge breath, conscious to his toes of the firm swells of her
breasts compressed against his expanding chest. He straightened; hands sliding to his nape, she held tight. Eyes glinting under heavy lids, she drew his lips back to hers.
He went readily, urgently hungry for more heady kisses, his pulse pounding in anticipation of the deeper satiation her body, pressed to his in sweet abandon, promised. His arms had locked about her, but it was she who sank against him, a simple surrender so evocative he shook.
Pulling back, he dragged in a breath; dazed, he looked into her face, subtly lit by the moonlight. From under heavy lids, she studied him, then with one finger, traced his lower lip.
"Lady Osbaldestone said you've been keeping your distance because that's what society demands." She arched one fine brow. "Is that right?"
"Yes." He went back for another taste of her, so sweetly intoxicating she was making him drunk. She gave her mouth freely, sliding her tongue around his, then drawing back.
"She said by driving me in the park you made a declaration." She whispered the words against his lips, then kissed him.
This time, it was he who gave, then drew back, rakish senses alert to some subtle shift in the scene. He blinked down at her. Inwardly swearing, he fought to realign his spinning wits. She was, as usual, setting the pace. And he was left scrambling in her wake.
Reaching up, she drew his lips down to hers for another slow, intimate kiss that left them both simmering. "Did you intend the drive in the park as a declaration?"
"Yes."
His lips were back on hers. She pulled away. "Why?" "Because I wanted you." Relentless, he drew her back.
For long moments, silence reigned; locked together, they heated, then burned. When next they broke for breath they were panting. Hearts racing, eyes dark and wild under heavy lids, they paused, lips not quite touching.
"Lady Osbaldestone said you would have wanted to pressure me—why didn't you?"
He shuddered; the supple strength of her, so much less than his, struck through to his bones and left him weak. Aching to have her. "God knows."
He went to kiss her, but she stopped him—by running one hand down one locked bicep, then up, across his shoulder and his chest. Stopping with her palm over his heart, she splayed her fingers and tried to press them in—they made no impression on the already tensed muscle.
"She said you were frustrated." She looked up into his eyes. "Is she right?" He sucked in a breath and tensed even more. "Yes!"
"Is that why you won't let me close—near—even when we're together?"
He hesitated, looking deep into her eyes. "Put that down to the violence of my feelings. I was afraid they'd show." He was never, ever, going to tell her she glowed.
As if in vindication, she did. He swooped and took her mouth—she surrendered it eagerly, sinking deeper against him, openly, joyously, feeding his need. Her lips were soft under his, her tongue ready to tangle; he took what she freely gave and returned it full-fold.
"I couldn't bear to see you surrounded by those puppies—and the others were even worse." "You should have rescued me—carried me off. I didn't want them."
"I didn't know—you hadn't said."
Where the words were coming from, he didn't know, but they were suddenly flowing. "I hate seeing you waltz with other men."
"I won't—not ever again."
"Good." After another searching kiss, he added, "Just because I'm not forever by your side doesn't mean that's not precisely where I want to be."
Her "Mmm" sounded deeply content. She softened in his arms; his breath hitched, his wits reeled—even in her breeches, her body flowed with the promise of warm silk over his erection. He gritted his teeth and heard himself admit, "I nearly went mad thinking you would fall in love with one of them—prefer one of them—over me."
She drew back. In the moonlight he saw surprise and shock in her face, then her expression softened; slowly, she smiled at him—glowed at him. "That won't ever happen."
He looked into her eyes, and thanked God, fate—whoever had arranged it. She loved him—and she knew it. Perhaps he could leave it at that, now he'd admitted so much, and soothed her silly fears that his caution had been disinterest, that his towering restraint had been coolness. He studied her eyes, basked in her glow. Perhaps he could leave things to ease by themselves…
A second later, his chest swelled; he bent his head and kissed her—deeply, demandingly, until he knew her head was spinning, her wits in disarray. Then he drew back and whispered against her lips, "I wanted to ask…"
Drawing back a fraction further, he drank in the sight of her angelic face—the finely drawn features, smooth ivory skin, swollen, rosy lips, large eyes lustrous under heavy lids, her bright curls gleaming gold even in the moonlight. Her cap had disappeared, as had her muffler. As had his wits. "I hadn't meant it to be like this. You had engagements all day today—I was going to call on you tomorrow to speak to you formally."
Her lips curved; her arms tightened about his neck. "I prefer this." Arching lightly, she pressed against him; he caught his breath. "What were you going to ask?"
Flick waited, and wondered, with what little wit she still possessed. She felt so happy, so reassured. So wanted. Deeply, sincerely, uncontrollably wanted.
His eyes held hers—she both sensed and felt him steeling himself.
"What will it take to make you say yes?" After a moment, he clarified, "What do you want from me? What do you want me to do?"
She wanted his heart—she wanted him to lay it at her feet. Flick heard the words in her head, which was suddenly spinning much too fast. She dragged in a too-shallow breath—
"Just tell me." His voice was so low she felt it more than heard it.
Eyes wide, she held his darkened gaze and dazedly considered it—considered asking the one question she'd told herself she never could. Searching his face, she saw his strength, and a new, more visible devotion, both unswerving, unfailing—there for her to lean on. Neither surprised her. What did—what made her breath catch and her head swim—was the raw hunger in his eyes, in the harsh planes of his face; for the first time, she saw his naked need. She shivered, deeply thrilled by the sight, shaken by its consequence.
He'd asked for the price of her heart. She would have to tell him it was his.
Drawing in a deep breath, she steadied, calmed. This was, without doubt, the highest fence she'd ever faced. She felt his arms about her, felt his heart thudding against her breast. Her eyes locked with his, so dark in the night, she drew in a last breath, and threw her heart over. "I need to know—to believe—that you love me." Her lungs seized; she forced in a quick breath. "If you love me, I'll say yes."
His expression didn't change. He looked at her for a long, long moment. She could feel her heart thudding in her throat. Then he shifted, one arm sliding more completely around her, holding her locked against him; with the other, he lifted her hand from his shoulder. He held her gaze, then carried her hand to his lips.
His kiss seared the back of her hand.
"I could say 'I love you'—and I do." Raising his lids, he met her gaze. "But it's not that simple… not for me. I never wanted a wife." He drew in a breath. "I never wanted to love—not you, not any woman. I never wanted to risk it—never wanted to be forced to find out if I could handle the strain. In my family, loving's not easy—it's not a simple sunny thing that makes one merely happy. Love for us—for me—was always going to be dramatic—powerful, unsettling—an ungovernable force. A force that controls me, not the other way about. I knew I wouldn't like it—" His eyes met hers. "And I don't. But… it isn't, it appears, something I have a choice about."
His lips twisted. "I thought I was safe—that I had defenses in place, strong and inviolable, far too steely for any mere woman to break through. And none did, not for years." He paused. "Until you.
"I can't remember inviting you in, or ever opening the gates—I just turned around one day and you were there—a part of me." He hesitated, studying her eyes, then his face hardened, his voice deepened. "I don't know what will convince you, but I won't ever let you go. You're mine—the only woman I could ever imagine marrying. You can share my life. You know a hock from a fetlock—you know as much about riding as I do. You can be a partner in my enterprises, not a distant spectator standing at the periphery. You'll stand at the center of it all, by my side.
"And I'll want you there always, by my side—in the ton as much as at Newmarket. I want to build a life with you—to have a home with you, to have children with you."
He paused; Flick held her breath, very conscious of the steely tension investing his muscles, of the brutal strength holding her gently trapped, of the power in his voice, in his eyes, so totally focused on her.
Releasing her hand, he tucked one stray curl back behind her ear. "That's what you mean to me." The words were gravelly, raw, compelling. "You're the one I want—now and forever. The only future I want lies with you."
Demon drew breath and looked into her eyes, and saw tears welling bright against the blue. He inwardly quaked, unsure if they meant victory or defeat. He swallowed and asked, his voice barely audible, "Have I convinced you?"
She searched his face, then smiled—glowed. "I'll tell you tomorrow."
His hands, one at her waist, the other at her hip, tightened—he forced them to relax. Disappointment welled, but… she seemed happy. Deeply content. If anything, her glow had reached new heights, new depths.
He studied her eyes, hard to read in the silvery light, then forced himself to nod. "I'll call on you midmorning." He raised her hand and pressed an ardent kiss to her palm. If he had to wait, that was all he dared do.
Steeling himself, he eased his arms from her. Instantly, she clutched—her eyes flew wide.
"No! Don't go!" Flick locked her eyes on his. "I want you with me tonight."
She didn't want to tell him her decision in words—she could never match his exposition. She intended telling him in a more direct fashion—in a manner she was sure he'd understand. Words could wait until tomorrow. Tonight…
He grimaced lightly. "Flick, sweetheart, much as I want you, this is my parents' house, and—" She cut him off with a kiss—the most potent one she could muster.
Long before she stopped for breath, Demon had forgotten the point of his argument—he'd lost the reins of their carriage long ago. The only point he was capable of contemplating lay at the juncture of her thighs, but… deeply ingrained honor forced him to pull back, catch his breath—
She touched him.
Inexpertly, not firmly enough—but she was learning. He shuddered, groaned—and caught her hand. "Flick—!"
She wriggled—he had to move quickly to catch her other hand before she reduced him to quivering helplessness.
"Dammit, woman—you're supposed to be innocent!"
Her warm chuckle was the very opposite. "I gave you my innocence at The Angel—don't you remember?"
"How could I forget? Every damned minute of that night is engraved on my brain." She grinned. "Like an etching?"
"If an etching can convey sensations as well, then yes." The memories had warmed him, tortured him, for weeks.
Her grin widened. "In that case, you must recall that I'm not a sweet innocent any more." Her expression softened, and glowed. "I gave you my innocence. It was a gift—won't you accept it?"
Demon stared into her lovely face—he couldn't think.
She dropped her gaze to his lips. "If you won't stay with me here, I'll come back to your lodgings." "No."
"I'll follow you—you can't stop me." Her lips curved; she met his eyes. "I want to see your etchings."
Demon looked down into eyes so blatantly full of love he wondered how he could have doubted her answer. She loved him, and always had, regardless of whether he loved her. But he did love her—desperately. Which meant they'd marry soon. Why was he holding her away?
He blinked. The next instant, he released her hands, wrapped his arms about her, and pulled her hard against him. "God, you are so stubborn!"
He kissed her—powerfully, passionately, deliberately letting the reins go—feeling her tug them from his grasp and fling them aside.
At some point in the subsequent heated exchange, they surfaced long enough to turn the corner of the gallery and find the door to her room. Once inside, he leaned back against the door—and let her have her way with him. It was a new experience, and oddly precious—to have a woman so wantonly, ravenously, set on ravishing him.
He reveled in it, in the hot kisses she pressed on him, in the greedy clutch of her fingers on his naked chest. She'd wrecked his cravat, crushed his coat and waistcoat—his shirt had lost buttons. When she hummed in her throat and reached for his waistband, he summoned enough strength to back her to the bed. "Not yet." Catching her hands, he stayed her. "I want to see you first."
Despite having had her more than once, he hadn't, yet, had a chance to sate his senses as he wished, and view her totally naked. He wanted that—and he wanted it now.
She blinked as he sat on the bed and drew her to stand between his thighs. "See me?"
"Hmm." He didn't elaborate—she'd catch on soon enough. At The Angel, he'd seen her naked back, but not her naked front—not in any degree of light. Her male attire made undressing her easy—he had her clad only in a whisper-fine chemise in less than a minute.
By then her eyes were round.
He stood. She stepped back, swiftly scanning the room, noting the lighted candles on her dresser and bedside table, the flickering glow cast by the fire. Dispensing with his coat, cravat, waistcoat and shirt took a minute—his boots and stockings took one more.
Then he sat on the bed again, thighs wide. She turned to look at him, then shyly smiled. All but swaying with the force, the steady pounding, of desire, he went to move—to reach out and draw her to him—
She moved first.
With that same, shy smile on her lips, she grasped the hem of her chemise, and slowly drew it off over her head.
His chest locked—if his life had depended on not looking at her—not visually devouring
her—he'd have died.
He wasn't sure he hadn't—he couldn't breathe, couldn't think—he certainly couldn't move. Every muscle had seized, poised, ready… It took enormous effort to drag in a breath, to drag his gaze upward from the lithe sweeps of her thighs, from the golden nest of curls at their apex, over the smooth curve of her stomach, up over her waist—one he could span with his hands—to the swells of her breasts, high, pert, and tipped with rose.
Her nipples puckered as his gaze touched them; he felt his lips curve, and knew his smile was hungry.
He was ravenous—aching to have her, to haul her into his arms and possess her, sink his throbbing staff deep into her softness, to ride her into sweet oblivion.
She still held her chemise in one hand, but she didn't clutch it close, didn't try to hide from his hot gaze. She shivered, but let him look his fill; when his gaze reached her face, she met his eyes.
There was no mistaking her glow—it was invitation and known delight—it held a siren's allure, and the confidence of a woman well-loved.
If she ever looked at another man like that she would break his heart. The vulnerability washed over him—he acknowledged it, accepted it and let it pass. Reaching out, he took her chemise from her, let it fall to the floor, then curved his hand about her hip.
He urged her to him and she came—shy but not hesitant. Her hands came to rest on his shoulders; he slid his about her waist and held her, sensing the supple strength of her, then he looked up, trapped her gaze, and slid both palms down, over her hips, over the firm spheres of her bottom. He spread his fingers and cupped her, caressed her, kneaded gently—within seconds, her skin dewed and heated. Her pupils dilated, her lids half lowered; she caught her breath and tensed slightly.
Holding her gaze, refusing to let her break the contact, he left one hand evocatively fondling, tracing the smooth curves and hidden valleys, brushing the backs of her thighs. His other hand he placed palm flat on her belly. She sucked in a breath, and tensed even more. Ruthlessly holding her gaze, he slowly slid his hand up, brushing the sensitive underside of one breast with the backs of his fingers, then closing his hand about the firm mound.
She gasped softly; her lids fluttered, then fell. He smiled and kneaded, stroked and tweaked, all the time watching desire flow across her face. Her lips parted. Her tongue slipped out to moisten them; her breath came in little rushes, not yet pants, but with urgency building. Her lashes fluttered as she felt him learn her, explore her.
With a wolfish smile, he bent his head.
Her shocked gasp rang through the room. She clutched his head, fingers gripping tight as he rasped his tongue over the nipple he'd suckled, torturing it even more. She was soon panting in earnest, the sound sweetly evocative.
He drew back. Desire had flooded her, changing her skin from flawless ivory to rose. Sliding his hand down over her waist, he watched her face as he gently kneaded her taut belly, then reached lower, spearing his fingers through her soft curls, pressing into the soft flesh behind.
She was already wet, swollen and ready—he stroked, and she shuddered. And leaned against one thigh, caught his shoulder for balance.
Before he could blink, she hauled in a breath, opened her eyes, and reached for his buttons. Her nimble
fingers slid them free; she reached in— He closed his eyes and groaned.
She closed her hand and he shuddered. His hands fell from her; head bowed, hands fisted, he endured as she eased her hold and went searching, exploring.
He gritted his teeth. He didn't want to open his eyes—his lids still lifted, just enough so he could see her slender arm, wrist-deep in his open breeches, fine muscles flexing as she stroked and squeezed.
Then she reached deep.
The groan she ripped from him was one of real pain—he was achingly hard, throbbing fit to explode.
Her other hand pushed at his chest. "Lie back."
He did, falling flat on his back, chest heaving as he struggled for breath—control was far beyond him. Her hand left him—he cursed the loss of her touch.
"Just a minute."
In disbelief, he felt her tugging at his breeches. This was nothing like what he'd had planned, but… with a defeated groan, he lifted his hips and let her strip them from him. She got them halfway down, then froze.
Only then did he recall she'd never seen what she'd so successfully accommodated four times thus far.
Oh, God! He levered his lids up—she was standing between his thighs, completely naked, staring, absolutely mesmerized, at his groin. At his rather large member, thick as her wrist, which was presently standing at full attention out of its nest of brown hair.
Stifling a groan, he tensed to sit up, to grab her before she jumped away—to calm her, soothe her, reassure her—
In that instant, the stunned look on her face dissolved into a glorious smile—a wicked, purely sensual, blatantly eager light danced in her eyes. Releasing his breeches, she reached for him—
"No!"
Chest heaving, he lay on the bed and gazed at her in absolute horror. Her fingers had stopped mere inches from his staff, which was growing more painfully rigid by the second. He glanced at her face.
She opened her eyes wide and raised her brows back. She didn't get close to looking innocent—it was pure sensual challenge that flashed in her eyes. When he didn't immediately respond—just lay there looking at her, stupefied and at her mercy—her chin firmed.
He hauled in a breath. "All right—but for God's sake get these off me first."
She chuckled wickedly and did, quickly easing the tight breeches down his long legs, then hauling them off his feet.
He used the moment to gather his strength—she was going to kill him.
His breeches hit the floor; the next instant, she clambered eagerly onto the bed—and surprised him
again. He'd assumed she'd come to his side—instead, she climbed up between his thighs, settling herself on her knees directly before what was clearly her present obsession.
He sucked in a breath—it got trapped in his lungs; they seized as she seized him. Too gently. On a groan, he reached down and closed his hand about hers, showing her how much pressure to exert. As in all things, she learned quickly. After that, all he could do was lie back and think of England. Of Lady Osbaldestone—of anything that might distract him. Not that anything did—it was utterly impossible to detach himself from her touch, from her increasingly explicit caresses. With the fingers of one hand wrapped about his rigid length, she reached to his chest, running her warm hand over taut muscles that tensed and tightened even more.
Then she leaned over him—she couldn't reach his mouth—she did reach his flat nipples. When he jerked, she chuckled—when he moaned, she only licked harder. With gay abandon, she spread hot, wet, open-mouthed kisses across his chest, then nibbled her way down, over his ridged abdomen.
He went rigid when she nuzzled along the trail of hair leading down from his navel— And nearly died when she closed her hot mouth about his head.
He caught her, gripping her arms tight, fighting a desperate battle not to buck and push himself deeper. Dizzy, almost faint, he clenched his jaw, and hauled in three deep breaths, even while he gloried in the intimate caress.
Then he slid his hands further, gripped and lifted her.
Her eyes went wide as he held her briefly above him while he brought his legs inside hers. "Didn't you like it?"
He met her gaze briefly. "Too much." He bit the words off—he wasn't up to talking. He set her down astride his hips. "I need to be inside you."
He was nudging into her as he spoke, muscles bunching, flickering, veins cording as he fought to be gentle. He should have readied her more, eased her more, but…
He glanced up—she met his gaze, studied his eyes fleetingly, then she smiled, gloriously wanton, and gave her wicked little chuckle. Setting her hands on his chest for balance, she leaned forward, just a little.
She flowered and opened for him. Before he could catch his breath and thrust upward, she sank down, not in a rush—he was too big for that—but slowly. Her lids fell; her breath caught.
Frowning in concentration, her lower lip caught between her teeth, she eased herself down on him, inch by steady inch, even tucking her rear deeper to take him all. She enveloped him in hot, wet silk, slick with her own passion; when she was fully impaled, she released the breath she'd held—and tightened firmly about him.
After that, he couldn't remember anything clearly—just startling moments of achingly sweet sensuality, a delight he'd never experienced before. As she rode him, loved him, used her body to pleasure him, he lay back, conquered—defeated—and surrendered and simply took. He let her set the pace, let her gallop, rush, or amble as she would. While she moved over him, rising and falling, he let his hands roam, refreshing his memory, learning more—feasting on the knowledge, reveling in the intimacy.
And when, flushed and panting, she convulsed about him, collapsing, sated, into his arms, he decided this had to be heaven. Only an angel could have given him so much.
He held her, soothed her, waited until she'd caught her breath before he rolled her beneath him. Pushing her thighs wide, he thrust heavily, deeply; she caught her breath and opened wide, then clung.
She stayed with him as he rode her, reaching up to stroke his chest. Briefly meeting his eyes, she smiled—a cat who'd savored a whole bowlful of cream. "I love you." Her eyes drifted shut on the whisper; her smile remained on her face.
"I know," he murmured, then closed his eyes and concentrated on loving her back. A soft, smug smile flirted about her lips. Two minutes later, it died.
She blinked, and shot him a surprised look, immediately wiped from her face as she gasped and arched beneath him. He stifled a groan as she tensed, and tightened about him once more. He was fully engorged and so deeply inside her he was going to lose his mind.
She lost hers first, coming apart in a series of small explosions, a shatteringly long, rolling release.
He continued to ride her, hard and deep, waiting until she eased, until all tension leached from her limbs, until, open and possessed, she lay beneath him, her body accepting him with no resistance—in that instant just before she started drifting, just before he joined her in the void, he leaned down, and kissed her gently.
"I love you, too."
Chapter 21
« ^ »
The instincts of years hadn't died—Demon woke long before anyone else in the house. And instantly remembered his last words. He tensed, waiting for horror to engulf him—instead, all he felt was a warm peace, a subtle sense that all was right in his world. For long moments, he simply lay there, luxuriating in that feeling.
A ticking inner clock finally prompted him to move. It wasn't yet dawn, but he had to leave soon. Turning on his side, he studied the angel snuggled beside him. He'd fallen asleep still inside her; during the night, he'd woken and disengaged, then gently settled her to sleep by his side.
How she woke was one of the delights already imprinted—etched—on his mind. Smiling, he gently tugged the sheet from her slack grasp and lifted it.
Flick woke to the sensation of him parting her thighs, to the sweet stroking of his finger in the soft flesh between. She never woke quickly—she simply couldn't do it. By the time her breathing had accelerated enough for her to lift her lids, she was hot and wet, aching and empty. In the instant before she would have tensed to move, he shifted over her, one hand pressing beneath her bottom to tilt her up, his hard thighs pressing hers wide.
He entered her—solid and hard and hot. He pushed in, and stretched her, filled her until she gasped, clutched and clung. He rode her and she joined him, their bodies locked together, driven and driving, seeking, climbing, racing until their hearts almost burst and glory rained upon them.
Flat on her back, gasping in the aftermath, she felt him still high and hard inside her. He hung over her, on his elbows, head bowed, chest working like a bellows. They were both hot, skins slick. The hair on his chest abraded her nipples—in her sensitized state, she could feel his hair elsewhere—on his forearms and calves, on his stomach, at his groin. Their limbs touched—everywhere; they were as intimately joined as it was possible to be. She had never been more physically aware of him—or herself.
His heart, thudding against her breast, slowed. Raising his head, he looked at her. "Have I convinced you?"
She lifted her lids and looked into his eyes, then deliberately tensed, tightening all about him, smiled, and let her lids fall. "Yes."
He groaned, moaned, dropped his forehead to hers—and predictably convinced her all over again.
As he left her room in a rush, flitting through the corridors like a thief to slip out of the side door before any maid caught sight of him, Demon swore on his soul that he'd never again underestimate an angel.
His morning was busy, but he was back in Berkeley Square by eleven, confident that now the Season was in full swing, his mother would not yet be down. As he'd requested before he'd left, Flick was waiting—she came gliding down the stairs as Highthorpe opened the door.
The light in her eyes, that glow in her face, took his breath away. As she crossed the hall toward him, the sun shone through the fanlight full upon her—it was all he could do not to pull her into his arms and kiss her senseless. If Highthorpe hadn't been standing in silent majesty beside him, he would have.
Flick seemed to sense his thoughts; the glance she shot him as she glided straight past and out of the door was designed to torment.
"We'll be back late in the afternoon." Demon threw the comment back at Highthorpe as he followed her down the steps. He caught her on the pavement and lifted her into his curricle.
Flick glanced at the empty pillion. "No Gillies?"
"He's off visiting his peers all over town." Retrieving the reins and rewarding the urchin who'd held them, Demon joined her; he set the bays pacing smartly. "I spoke to Montague—we've people everywhere. Now we know where to look, we'll find Bletchley. And his masters." He took a corner in style. "And not before time."
Flick glanced at him. "I had wondered…"
The Spring Carnival was next week. Demon grimaced. "I should have gone back and seen the Committee this week, but… I kept hoping we'd find something—at least one link, one fact, to support Dillon's story. As things stand, we should locate Bletchley by tomorrow evening at the latest—if he's anywhere within the ton, he won't be able to hide. As soon as we have any further information, I'll go back to Newmarket—at the very latest, on Sunday." He glanced at Flick. "Will you come with me?"
She blinked and opened her eyes wide. "Of course."
Suppressing a grin, he looked to his horses. "We haven't found any trace of the money—not anywhere—which is odd. We now think it has to be moving through the ton as wagers and overt expenditure. But no one's been throwing large sums around unexpectedly."
He flicked the reins; the bays stretched their legs. As they passed the gates of the park, he added, "I'd assumed the syndicate was too clever to use their own servants, but it's possible that, when both Dillon and Ickley declined to provide the necessary services so close to the Spring Carnival, they had no choice but to send someone already to hand—someone they trusted."
"So Bletchley's gentleman might be a member of the syndicate?"
"Possibly. Bletchley's a pawn, but he may still be being used at a distance. As a gentleman's groom, he'd have plenty of opportunity to meet with other gentlemen—just a word here and there wouldn't register as odd. There'd be no need for formal meetings."
Flick nodded. "I'll write to Dillon and tell him we'll be back by Sunday." Relief rang in her tone. A moment later, she realized her surroundings weren't familiar. "Where are we going?"
Demon glanced at her. "There's a sale at Tattersalls—carriage horses mostly. A pair of high-steppers I wouldn't mind picking up. I thought you might like to watch."
"Oh, yes! Tattersalls! I've heard so much about it, but I've never been there. Where is it?"
Her continuing eager queries left Demon in no doubt that he'd discovered the one woman in all England who would rather watch a horse auction than stroll down Bond Street. When, incapable of hiding his appreciation, he said as much, Flick blinked at him in blank bemusement.
"Well, of course—don't be ridiculous. These are horses!"
By mutual agreement, he bid on a pair of sweet-tempered, high-stepping greys, rather too finely boned for his taste—he didn't tell Flick they were for her. When they were knocked down to him, she was absolutely thrilled—she spent the time while he arranged to have them delivered to Newmarket making their acquaintance. He all but had to drag her away.
"Come on, or we'll never make it to Richmond."
"Richmond?" Consenting at last to let him lead her from the yard, she stared at him. "Why there?" He looked down into her eyes. "So I can have you to myself."
He did, throughout a glorious day filled with simple pleasures, simple delights. They went first to the Star and Garter on the hill, to partake of a light luncheon. Settling her skirts at a table for two by a window overlooking the parklands, Flick noted that the other diners were definitely noticing them. She raised a brow at Demon. "Shouldn't we have some sort of chaperon for this type of outing?" Her tone was merely curious, certainly not complaining.
He met her gaze, then reached into his pocket. "I took this to the Gazette—it'll be run tomorrow." He handed her a slip of paper. "I didn't think you'd object."
Flick smoothed out the slip, read the words upon it, then smiled. "No—of course not." Refolding it, she handed the paper back—it contained a brief statement of their engagement. "So does that mean we can go about alone without trampling on society's toes?"
"Yes, thank heaven." After a moment, he amended, "Well, within reason."
Reason included a long ramble in the park, under the huge oaks and beeches. They fed the deer, then, hands locked, ambled on through the sunshine. They walked and talked—not of Dillon and the syndicate, or society—but of their plans, their hopes, their aspirations for the shared life before
them. They laughed and teased—and shared brief, stolen, tantalizing kisses, screened by the trees. Those kisses left them trembling, suddenly too aware; in unstated accord, they turned back to the carriage and their talk turned to their wedding, and when it was to be.
As soon as possible was their unanimous decision.
As Demon had expected, his mother was waiting when they returned to Berkeley Square.
"Her ladyship is in the upstairs parlor," Highthorpe intoned. "She wished to see you immediately you returned, sir."
"Thank you, Highthorpe." Still smiling, Demon ignored Flick's questioning look; taking her hand, he led her up the stairs.
Reaching Horatia's private parlor, he knocked, then opened the door and sauntered through, towing Flick behind him.
Horatia, head already raised, fixed him with a look so severe—so filled with menacing portent—he should have been struck to stone.
Demon grinned. "How long does it take to arrange a wedding?"
The next afternoon, Flick went for a drive in the park with Horatia and Helena. The notice of her engagement to Demon had appeared that morning; Horatia was in alt. Indeed, she'd been so happy and excited on their behalf last night that they'd cancelled their evening's plans and dined unfashionably en famille so they could discuss their impending nuptials. As Demon's only stipulation was that it had to be soon, and she had nothing more to add, Horatia was beside herself with plans.
Naturally, Helena had been immediately informed—she'd appeared in Berkeley Square for breakfast, ready to join in the fun. She was presently seated in the carriage beside Horatia; both were regally dispensing information to the senior matrons of the ton, all of whom made a point of stopping by the carriage to comment, and compliment, and graciously bestow their approval.
Flick sat back, endeavored to look pretty, and smilingly accepted the ladies' good wishes. According to Helena and Horatia, that was all she was required to do.
Thus mildly occupied, Flick scanned the scene and wondered if Demon would appear. She doubted it—he didn't seem enamored of this facet of the ton. Indeed, she'd got the distinct impression that as soon as they were wed, he intended to whisk her back to Newmarket, to his farmhouse, and keep her there for the foreseeable future.
That plan met with her complete approval.
Lips quirking, she glanced at the carriageway, at the high-perch phaeton bowling smoothly toward them along the Avenue. The horses caught her eye; she viewed the high-stepping blacks with educated appreciation, then glanced at the carriage—spanking new, black picked out with gold—not showy but exceedingly elegant.
Idly wondering, she lifted her gaze to the gentleman holding the reins, but she didn't know him. He was older than Demon, brown hair curling tightly above a face that was startling in its cold handsomeness. His features were classical—a wide brow and patrician nose set between thin cheeks; his skin was very white. His eyes were cold under their heavy lids; his thin mouth was unsmiling. Overall, his expression was of overweening arrogance, as if even those blue bloods lining the Avenue were beneath his notice.
Flick mentally raised her brows as the equipage swept past; she was about to look away when her gaze touched the liveried groom up behind. Bletchley!
Flick turned to Horatia. "Who is that gentleman—the one who just drove past?"
Horatia looked. "Sir Percival Stratton." She waved dismissively. "Very definitely not one of our circle." She returned to Lady Hastings.
Flick smiled at her ladyship, but behind her demure facade, her mind raced. Sir Percival Stratton—she remembered the name. It took her a moment to recall from where—an invitation sent to Vane Cynster's house, redirected to his parents as Vane and Patience were still in Kent.
Sir Percival was giving a masquerade that evening.
Flick could barely contain her impatience. The instant she and her two soon-to-be relatives regained the Cynster front hall, she excused herself and quickly climbed the stairs—then rushed to reach the parlor ahead of Horatia and Helena. Quickly shutting the door, she raced to the mantelpiece and rifled through the pile of cards set on its end. She'd been helping Horatia answer the invitations; she'd seen Sir Percival's while sorting the cards one morning, and put it with the others for Vane and Patience. Finding it, she tucked it into the folds of her shawl, then sank down on a chair as the door opened and Helena and Horatia swept in. Flick smiled. "I thought, after all, that I might join you for tea."
She did, then excused herself, saying she would rest. Helena would soon leave, then Horatia would rest, too. They all had a full evening of engagements—a dinner and two balls.
That gave her a few hours in which to think what to do.
On the window seat in her bedchamber, she studied the heavy white card, inscribed with bold, black lettering. The invitation was addressed to Mr. Cynster, not Mr. and Mrs. Cynster; Sir Percival must not have realized that Vane had married. Sir Percival's masquerade was to commence at eight o'clock.
Unfortunately, it was to be held at Stratton Hall, at Twickenham.
Twickenham was beyond Richmond, which meant it would take hours to get there.
Jaw firming, Flick jumped up, crossed to the bellpull, and sent a footman in search of Demon. The footman returned, not with Demon but Gillies. He joined Flick in the back parlor. "Where's Demon?" she asked baldly the instant the door shut behind the footman.
Gillies shrugged. "He was meeting with Montague, and then had some business in the city—he didn't say where."
Flick mentally cursed and fell to pacing. "We're due at a dinner at eight." Which meant there was no reason Demon would hurry home before six. She shot a glance at Gillies. "How long will it take for a carriage to travel from here to Twickenham?"
"Two and a half, perhaps three hours."
"That's what I thought." She paced back, then forth, then halted and faced Gillies. "I've found Bletchley. But…" Quickly, she filled him in. "So you see, it's absolutely imperative that one of us is there from the start, in case the syndicate decide to meet. Well"—she gestured—"a
masquerade-—what more perfect venue for a quiet meeting on the side? And even if the syndicate don't meet, it's vital we move quickly—we'll need to search Stratton's house for evidence and this
is the perfect way to gain entry, the perfect opportunity to poke around."
When Gillies simply stared at her as if he couldn't believe his ears, she folded her arms and fixed him with a stern look. "As there's no way of knowing when Demon will return, we'll have to leave a message and go on ahead. One of us must be there from the start." She glanced at the mantel clock—it was already after four. "I wish to leave promptly at five. Can you arrange for a carriage?"
Gillies looked pained. "You sure you wouldn't like to reconsider? He's not going to like you hying off on your own."
"Rubbish! It's just a masquerade, and he'll follow soon enough." , "But—"
"If you won't drive me, I'll take a hackney." Gillies heaved a put-upon sigh. "All right, all right." "Can you get a carriage?"
"I'll borrow her ladyship's second carriage—that's easy enough."
"Good." Flick considered, then added, "Leave a note saying where we've gone and why in Albemarle Street—I'll leave one here, too. One for Demon, and another for Lady Horatia. That should make all smooth."
Gillies's expression was the epitome of doubtful, but he bowed and left her.
Gillies returned driving Lady Horatia's second carriage, a small, black, restrained affair; he handed Flick into its dimness at just after five o'clock.
Settling back, Flick mentally nodded. Everything was going according to plan. By the time she'd convinced Gillies and returned upstairs, her little maid had returned from the attics with a full black domino and a wonderful, fanciful, feathered black mask. Both were now lying on the seat beside her. The evening was warm, heavy clouds hanging oppressively low. She would don her disguise when they reached Stratton Hall; she was sure no one would see through it.
Indeed, the mask looked quite nice on her, the black heightening the gold of her hair. She grinned. Despite the seriousness of what she was doing, of the syndicate and the danger, she felt a welling thrill of excitement—at last, they were close. At last, she was doing.
With mounting anticipation, she considered what lay ahead. She'd never been to a masquerade before—while such entertainments had once been commonplace, they didn't, it seemed, feature much these days. Idly, she wondered why, and put it down to changing fashions.
Regardless, she was confident that she'd cope. She'd been to heaps of balls and parties; she knew the ropes. And Demon would follow as soon as he got home—there was very little chance of anything going wrong.
Thunder rumbled, low, menacing, yet still distant. Closing her eyes, Flick smiled.
Gillies had stated that Demon wouldn't like her going into danger. Lady Osbaldestone had warned her that he was protective—she already knew that was true. She rather suspected she would be hearing a sound just like that thunder much nearer at hand once he caught up with her.
Not that she was shaking in her slippers. She sincerely hoped he never realized that his reaction was no deterrent. If there was something she felt she needed to do, she would do it—and gladly pay his price later. Ease and soothe his possessiveness. Just as she had at The Angel.
Swaying as the carriage rocked along, she wondered what his price would be tonight.
Demon returned home just after six, with a silly grin on his face and the deed to 12 Clarges Street in his pocket.
Only to find, stoically rigid on his doorstep, one of the footmen from Berkeley Square. The message the footman carried was almost hysterical.
He strode into his mother's parlor five minutes later. "What's the matter?" She hadn't said in her note—mostly a bleat about him never forgiving her, which was so out of character that he'd been seriously alarmed. The sight of her prostrate, sniffing what looked suspiciously like smelling salts, didn't ease his mind. "What the devil's going on?"
"I don't know!" Verging on the tearful, Horatia sat up. "Felicity's gone off to Stratton's masquerade. Here—read this." She waved a badly crushed note at him. "Oh—and there's one for you, too."
Demon accepted both. He barely glanced at hers before setting it aside and opening the missive Flick had left for him. As he'd expected, it was much more informative.
"She asked me who Stratton was this afternoon in the park, but I never dreamed—" Horatia gifted both hands in the air. "Well—who would have? If I'd known she'd take such a silly notion into her head, I would never have let her out of my sight!"
Demon returned to the note Flick had left her. "What have you done about your evening's entertainments?"
"She suggested I excuse her on the grounds of her having a headache—I've excused us both on the grounds of me having a headache—which I have!"
Demon glanced at her. "Stop worrying. She'll be all right."
"How do you know?" Suddenly noticing his relative calm, Horatia narrowed her eyes at him. "What's going on?"
"Nothing to get in a flap about." Returning her note, Demon pocketed his. Flick had told Horatia she'd been seized by a desperate longing to attend a masquerade, so had gone to Stratton Hall, expecting him to join her there. "I know what Stratton's masquerades are like." The admission made Horatia narrow her eyes even more; imperturbably, he continued, "I'll go after her immediately—she'll only be there an hour or so before I catch up with her."
Although clearly relieved, Horatia continued to frown. "I thought you'd be ropeable." She snorted. "All very well for me not to worry—why aren't you worried?"
He was, but… Demon raised his brows resignedly. "Let's just say I'm growing accustomed to the sensation."
He left his mother with her brows flying, and returned to Albemarle Street. Gillies's note gave him more details. Pausing only to extract his own invitation to Stratton's masquerade from the edge of his mantelpiece mirror, and to unearth his old domino and a simple half-mask, he hailed a hackney, and,
once again, set out in Flick's wake.
Within two minutes of haughtily sweeping into Stratton Hall, Flick realized that no amount of tonnish balls and parties could ever have prepared her for Sir Percival's masquerade.
Two giant blackamoors wearing only loincloths, turbans, and a quantity of gold, each carrying a wicked-looking cutlass, stood guard, arms akimbo, in the front hall, flanking the main doors to the ballroom. Inside the enormous room running the length of the house the scene was similarly exotic. Blue
silk flecked with gold stars draped the ceiling; the walls were an Arabian Nights' dream of silks, brocades and brass ornaments.
Mindful of her disguise, she didn't pause on the threshold and stare—spine straight, chin tilted at an imperious angle, she stepped straight into the crowd.
In the room's center, an elaborate fountain splashed; Flick saw guests filling glasses with the water—then realized it was champagne. The fountain was ringed with tables displaying delicacies galore; other tables elsewhere were similarly loaded with the most expensive fare—seafood, pheasant, caviar, quails' eggs—she even saw a roast peacock stuffed with truffles.
Wine was flowing freely, as were other spirits—the spirits of the guests were rising in response. Hearing the room's end, she heard a violin, and glimpsed a string quartet playing in the conservatory beyond the ballroom.
There were guests everywhere. Even behind their masks and cloaked in dominos, the women were remarkable—she'd yet to see one who was less than stunning. The men were gentlemen all—she heard it in their accents, invariably refined, and saw it in their clothes—many wore their dominos loose, more like a cloak, in some cases thrown rakishly back over one shoulder.
From the end of the room, Flick circled, searching for Stratton. The long windows giving onto the terrace had been left open to the sultry night. Black clouds raced, roiling across the sky. Thunder rumbled intermittently, but the storm was still some distance away.
"Well, well… and what do we have here?"
Flick whirled—and found herself pinned by Stratton's cold eyes.
"Hmm… a woodland sprite, perhaps, come to enliven the evening?" His thin lips curved but there was no warmth in his smile.
His gaze left her face to openly rove over her; Flick quelled a shiver. "I'm searching for a friend."
A calculating gleam entered Stratton's eyes. "I'll be happy to oblige, my dear, once the festivities begin." He lifted a hand. Flick instinctively recoiled but he was too fast. He caught her chin and tilted her face this way, then that, as if he could see through her mask. He was certainly aware of her resistance; it seemed to please him. Then he released her. "Yes—I'll keep an eye out for you later."
Flick didn't even attempt a smile. Luckily, Stratton's attention was claimed by some other lady; Flick seized the moment and slipped away.
The swelling crowd was growing restive. Flick plunged into it, purposefully crossing the room, leaving Stratton before the windows. In addition to the main ballroom door, there were three other doors leading into the house. Guests were arriving via the main door; thus far, she'd seen only footmen using the other doors. The masquerade was getting underway—while the noise exceeded that of the usual ton ball, it had yet to reach raucous.
Flick halted midway down the inner wall, with the fountain and its surrounding melee directly between herself and Stratton. He was reasonably tall—she could see him. She hoped he couldn't see her. From where she stood, she could keep watch on the doors leading into the house—if any meeting was to be held, she doubted it would be convened in the increasingly crowded ballroom.
Until Demon joined her, watching for any sign of a suspicious fathering was the best she could do. Her heart slowing, she relieved the urge to scrub at where Stratton had touched her chin. Settling against the wall, she kept a wary eye on him.
The gathering before her grew increasingly licentious—the guests might be wealthy and well-born, but she was quick to see why masquerades no longer found favor with the grandes dames. Even after spending two nights in Demon's arms, some of what she saw still shocked her. Luckily, there were rules of some sort. Despite the way some other ladies were behaving, letting gentlemen freely grope beneath their dominos, all the gentlemen present were gentlemen—those who paused to speak with her as she stood quietly by the wall treated her with courtesy, albeit, like Stratton, with a certain predatory intent.
She recognized that intent well enough, but most moved on once she made it clear she was in immediate expectation of being joined by her particular gentleman.
Unfortunately, there were exceptions to every rule.
"I say—your gentleman not here yet?" One predatory rogue lounged close. "Just realized you're still waiting—a pity to waste time, such a pretty little thing like you."
He reached out and flicked a feather on her mask; Flick swayed back, her frown concealed by the mask.
"Indeed." The rogue's friend appeared on her other side, his gaze trailing speculatively down her length. "What say we retire to one of the rooms along the hall, and you can show me and my friend here just how pretty you are, hmm?" He looked up, cool eyes searching hers. "You can always come back and meet your gentleman later."
He moved closer, as did the first rogue, crowding her between them. "I don't think my particular gentleman would like that," Flick stated.
"We weren't suggesting you tell him, sweetheart," the first all but whispered in her ear.
Flick turned her head to him, then had to turn the other way as his friend did the same thing.
"We wouldn't want to cause any ructions—just a friendly bit of slap and tickle to keep my friend and me going until the orgy starts."
Orgy! Flick's jaw dropped.
"That's it—just think of it as a case of mutual tummy-rubbing. Here we are, with our peckers twitching but the action some way off—"
"And here you are, a plump little, pigeon just waiting to be plucked, but with your chosen plucker not yet in sight."
"Right—a bit of hot fumbling and a few good pokes would ease things all around. What do you say?"
They both leaned closer, voices low, increasingly hoarse as they whispered, in quick fire exchanges, a
stream of suggestive suggestions directly into Flick's ears.
Behind her mask, her eyes grew rounder, and rounder. Toes? Tongues? Rods…
Flick had had enough. First Stratton, now these two. They'd pressed close; jerking both elbows outward, she jabbed them in the ribs. They fell back gasping—she whirled on them. "I have never met with such arrogant presumption in my life! You should be ashamed of yourselves—propositioning a lady in such terms! And without the slightest invitation! Just think
how horrified your poor mamas would be if they ever heard you speaking like that." They stared at her as if she'd gone mad; Flick glared, then hissed, "And as for your twitching appendages, I suggest you take them for a long walk in the rain—that should cure them of their indisposition!"
She glared one last time, then swung on her heel— And collided with another male.
Hers. His arms closed about her before she bounced off. Clutching his domino, she looked up into his masked face. For a moment, his gaze remained levelled over her head, then he glanced down.
Flick frowned. "How did you recognize me?"
She was the only woman there with hair like spun gold and she drew his senses like a lodestone. Demon narrowed his eyes. "What in heaven possessed you—"
"Ssh!" Her eyes darted about. "Here—kiss me." Stretching on her toes, she did the honors. As their lips parted, she whispered, "This appears to be a bacchanal-by-another-name—we have to do our best to fit in." Sliding her arms beneath his domino, she sank against him.
Demon gritted his teeth and backed her into the space she'd recently vacated.
"Those two gentlemen who were talking to me—you'll never guess what—" She broke off. "Where did they go?"
"They suddenly remembered pressing engagements elsewhere." "Oh?"
She shot him a glance. Demon ignored it, and her distraction. "What I want to know is why you thought fit—" He broke off on a hiss, sucking in a breath as she twined her arms about his neck and shifted her hips against him.
He stared blankly down at her—she smiled, and laid her head on his chest. "I found Bletchley. He's Sir Percival's groom."
He studied her eyes, lit with anticipation, with expectant excitement, and inwardly sighed. "So your note said." Gathering her more comfortably into his arms, he shifted so he could view the room. "I suppose you've decided the syndicate will meet tonight."
"It's the perfect occasion."
He could hardly disagree—looking over the sea of heads, he noted the spontaneous distractions arising here and there in the crowd. "Those attending wouldn't even risk being recognized." He looked down and met her gaze. "Let's take a look around—Stratton's occasions are always open house." Aside from anything else, he wanted her away from the center of activity, although, as things went, Sir
Percival's masquerade had a long way yet to go.
Boldly curving a palm about her bottom, he steered her toward the nearest door. Glancing down, he met her shocked glance, and raised a far from innocent brow. "We have to do our best to fit in."
He flexed his fingers—behind her mask, her eyes flared, then a dangerous glint entered the soft blue. Before he could stop her, she swayed close, slipped one slim hand through the opening of his domino and stroked, tantalizingly, up his length.
Sucking in a breath, he froze; she chuckled wickedly. Catching his hand, she swung to the door. "Come along." The look she threw him as she led him out would have convinced the most suspicious observer that her fell aim was entirely in keeping with Sir Percival's masquerade.
Drawing a steadying breath, Demon went along with her charade while considering a few elaborations to her scheme. Once in the corridor, he drew her closer, settling her within his arm, his hand returning to its former, stridently possessive position. Any others coming upon them in the dimly lit corridors would simply see two revellers searching for a quiet nook.
Many others were doing the same. Pausing before every door, Demon urged Flick to kiss him, then opened the door and half stumbled in, scanning the room without releasing her, mumbling an incoherent apology and swinging straight back out again if it was already occupied. All the downstairs rooms were, some hosting groups; despite his best efforts, it was impossible to completely screen Flick from the frolics in progress. At first, she stiffened with shock—by the time they'd covered all the downstairs rooms, her reaction had changed to one of curiosity.
A fact he tried not to think about. Some of what she was seeing she was definitely not up to. Yet.
"No meetings," Flick murmured as they turned back to the front hall. "Couldn't we just watch Stratton, then follow when he leaves the ballroom?"
"That might not help us. Remember what I said about Bletchley's employer not necessarily being one of the syndicate?"
Flick frowned. "Stratton's phaeton is brand new—his horses would have done you credit."
"Maybe so, but while Stratton's a deuced cold fish, he's also exceedingly wealthy." Demon gestured to their surroundings. "He inherited a massive fortune."
Flick grimaced. "He seemed such a promising candidate."
"Yes, well—" Reaching the hall, Demon turned her up the stairs. "I think we should check all the rooms."
Other couples, flushed and subtly dishevelled, laughing breathlessly, were descending the stairs as they went up. Demon drew Flick suggestively close as they climbed—with her one step ahead of him, their bodies slid against each other as they ascended.
They reached the gallery. Flick paused and whispered breathlessly, "Shouldn't we be checking outside? If it's not Stratton but some of his guests come to meet with Bletchley, wouldn't they use the garden?"
"It's raining—it started as I arrived. I think we can assume no meeting had taken place earlier. Now, it'll have to be held indoors—in some area open to the guests."
They continued their search. Some of the bedrooms and suites were occupied, others were empty. While
they stumbled upon meetings aplenty, none were of the type they sought. Flick's shoulders had slumped long before they reached the last door at the end of the last corridor.
Demon tested the handle, then carefully turned it fully and tried the door. "It's locked." He started to turn back; Flick stood in the way, frowning at the locked door.
"Why locked?" She glanced back up the corridor. "His bedroom wasn't locked." She looked at the door behind which two couples were engaged in an energetic romp on Stratton's huge bed. "Nor was his dressing room or study." She nodded at each of those doors, then turned to stare at the last door. "Why would he lock this room and not any other in the house?"
Demon looked at her face, at her stubbornly set chin, and sighed. Placing his ear to the panel, he listened, then glanced down at the bottom of the door; no telltale strip of light showed. "There's no one in there."
"Let's look," Flick urged. "Can you unlock it?"
Demon considered reiterating that Stratton was not a good candidate for race-fixer, but her sudden excitement was infectious. He drew out the small tool he carried everywhere—a multi-pronged pick and knife useful for destoning horses' hooves. In less than a minute, he had the door open. The room within was empty; standing back, he let Flick in. Glancing back up the corridor, he confirmed it was empty, then shut the door behind them.
A warm glow suffused the room. Flick adjusted the wick on a lamp set on a wide desk, then reset the glass. They both looked around.
"An office." Demon glanced at ledgers and books of accounts filling one bookshelf. It wasn't a large room. A padded leather chair stood behind the desk; a wooden chair faced it. One wall was filled with windows looking out over the river—they presently displayed a landscape of driving rain and thick grey clouds backlit by sheet lightning. Thunder rumbled, drawing nearer.
"Half a library, too." Flick considered the wall of bookshelves opposite the windows. "I wonder why he keeps them up here. The library was barely half full."
Demon turned from the elemental rage outside and sauntered to the shelves. Scanning the titles, he found familiar volumes on various games of chance, and a few not so familiar on card-sharping techniques and ways of weighting the odds in some forms of wagering. Frowning, he looked more closely, eventually hunkering down to read the titles of the volumes on the lowest shelf. "Interesting."
His voice had changed—he read the titles again, then rose and turned to the desk, his frame radiating purpose.
Flick looked at him questioningly. He met her gaze as he joined her behind the desk, shrugging off his domino, slipping off his mask.
"Those"—with his head he indicated the bottom shelf of books—"are the full race records for the past two years."
Flick blinked. "The full records?"
Demon nodded and pulled open the top desk drawer. "Not something one finds in your usual library. I
don't even have a set."
"How?…" Without finishing her question, Flick drew out the top drawer on her side of the desk.
"A set went missing last year—never to be found. But he's also added the most recent volumes—those from last season."
"A most useful tool for fixing races."
"Indeed. Look for anything that even mentions horses."
They were the ideal team for the task—they both knew the names of all recent winners, as well as those expected to win in the upcoming season. They sifted through every drawer, examined every single piece of paper.
"Nothing." Blowing an errant curl from her forehead, Flick turned and sat on the desk.
Grimacing, Demon dropped into the padded chair. Without enthusiasm, he lifted the last item from the bottom drawer, a leather-bound ledger. Propping it on the desk, he opened it and scanned the entries. After a moment, he snorted. "That phaeton is new, and he paid a pretty penny for it. As for the horses, he definitely paid too much."
"Anything else?"
"Caviar's gone up two pounds an ounce in the last year—his account-keeping habits are as stultifyingly rigid as he is. He enters every single transaction—even the lost wagers he's paid."
Studying the grim set of his face, Flick grimaced. "No entries under race-fixing, I take it?"
Demon started to shake his head, but he froze as one particular figure danced before his eyes. Slowly straightening, he flicked back a page, then another…
"What is it?"
"Remind me we owe Montague an enormous bonus." If it hadn't been for the agent's accuracy, he'd never have seen it. "Those amounts we were looking for—the sums cleared from each fixed race?"
"Yes?"
"They show up here. According to this, they're his main source of income." "I thought you said he was rich."
Flicking back through the ledger, Demon bit back a curse. "He was—he must have lost it." He tapped an entry. "His income from the Funds was miniscule last year, then it ends. There've been huge debts paid—Hazard, at a guess." He looked up. "He never went to the wall—no one realized he'd been rolled up because he substituted income from race-fixing to cover his lost investment income. He's always been a lavish spender—nothing appeared to have changed. He simply carried on as he always had."
"Except he corrupted and blackmailed Dillon, and jockeys, and goodness knows what happened to Ickley."
"Or any others." Demon studied the ledger. "This is too wieldy to smuggle out." He flicked through the pages, then laid the book on the desk and ripped out five pages.
"Will that do?"
"I think so—they show the amounts from three fixed races going in, and five major purchases that
can be traced to Stratton, as well as four very large debts paid to members of the ton who I'm sure will verify from whom they received those sums. On top of that, his writing's distinctive." He scanned the pages, then folded them and stowed them in the inner pocket of his coat. He returned the ledger to the bottom drawer. "We'll take the pages to Newmarket tomorrow—with any luck, he won't notice they're missing."
He shut the drawer and looked at Flick.
A board creaked in the corridor—footsteps paused, some way away—then quickly, purposefully, strode toward the office.
Chapter 22
« ^ »
What occurred next happened so quickly that to Flick it was just a blur. Demon stood, shifted her to the desk's center, her back to the door, yanked the neck ties of her domino free, and flung the garment off so it pooled about her. He tugged—a button on her bodice popped, then he hauled her gown and chemise down, dragging her sleeves down her arms, fully exposing her shoulders and breasts.
"Free your arms—lean back on them."
His words were a sibilant hiss—instinctively, she obeyed. He sat before her, throwing her skirts up, pushing her knees wide.
The door opened. He clamped his mouth over one nipple; Flick gasped—his mouth was hot!
He licked, and suckled, and slid his hand between her thighs, slid his long fingers into her soft flesh, stroking, then probing…
Flick moaned; her arms locked. She let her head roll back, helplessly arching as he suckled and probed simultaneously.
Then he lifted his head, looking beyond her. She forced her lids up—in the glow from the lamp bathing her bare breasts, sheening the skin showing above her garters, his eyes were glazed, dazed, as he blinked at the door.
"Problem, Stratton?"
Flick didn't look around—Demon's fingers were still playing teasingly between her thighs. It wasn't hard to imagine the tableau their host was seeing as he stood in the doorway. From her quivering back it must be clear she was bare to the waist, and that, with her skirts rucked up so, she must, to Demon, be exposed below as well. The only thing she was still truly wearing was her feathered mask. ,
She could barely breathe, all too conscious of the slick wetness Demon's long fingers were reveling in. Her heart thudded in her throat; excitement sizzled in her veins.
Sir Percival's hesitation was palpable. In the stillness, she heard the rain pelting the windows, heard her own ragged breathing. Then he shifted, and drawled, "No, no. Do carry on."
The door clicked softly shut; Flick hauled in a relieved breath—and promptly lost it as Demon's mouth closed over her nipple again. He suckled strongly—she barely restrained her shriek.
"Demon?" Her voice shook. He suckled more fiercely. "Harry!"
Two fingers slid deep, probing evocatively.
She arched—on a long, shuddering gasp, she managed, "Here?" "Hmm." He stood, easing her back to lie across the desk.
"But…" Flat on her back, she licked her dry lips. "Stratton might come back."
"All the more reason," he whispered, leaning over her, cupping her breasts as he kissed her. She parted her lips and he surged within; he kneaded her aching flesh, fingers tightening momentarily about her ruched nipples before his hands drifted away.
Clinging to her senses, her tongue sliding about his, she felt him unbutton his trousers, then his hands closed about her hips, anchoring her as he stepped closer, between her widespread thighs. She felt the pressure as his rigid flesh parted her swollen folds, then found her entrance.
"All the more convincing," he purred against her lips. Straightening, he looked down at her, the wicked curve to his lips elementally male.
Dazed, she stared up at him. "Stratton might be dangerous!"
Curtailing his perusal of her quivering body held taut between his hands, he met her gaze and lifted a brow. "Adds a certain recklessness to the situation, don't you think?"
Think? She couldn't think.
He grinned. "Don't tell me you're not game?"
"Game?" She could barely gasp the word. With him poised just inside her, she was frantic. One step away from spontaneous combustion. But game? Lips and chin firming, she dragged in a breath, lifted her legs and wrapped them about his hips. "Don't be ridiculous."
She pulled him to her—then gasped, arched—frantically gripped his forearms as he pushed steadily, inexorably, all the way in until he filled her.
That sense of incredible fullness was still new, still startling. She caught her breath and clamped down, feeling him hot and hard, buried deep within her. His lids fell, his jaw locked, then, fingers tightening about her hips, he eased back, then surged anew.
As usual, he was in no hurry—he teased her, tormented her—tortured her. Held before him, virtually naked but for her mask, she squirmed, panted, moaned, then screamed as the world fell away and she was consumed by glory. The storm beyond the windows swallowed her wild cries as he flicked a sensual whip and drove her on, into a landscape of illicit delight, of pleasures honed to excruciating sharpness by the very real presence of danger.
His hands roamed, hard and demanding; she writhed and begged, wanton in her pleading.
And when she came apart for the last time, senses fragmenting beneath his onslaught, he followed swiftly, joining her in that delicious void—only, too quickly, to draw her back. He drew away from her;
chest still heaving, he straightened his clothes, then hers.
Struggling to coordinate her wits, let alone her limbs, she helped as best she could. If they didn't reappear in the ballroom soon, Stratton would notice—and start to wonder.
They returned downstairs, Demon holding her close against him. They reentered the ballroom, but didn't go far—propping his shoulders against the wall, Demon cradled her against him, her cheek against his chest, then bent his head and kissed her. Soothingly, calmingly.
Distractingly. Despite that, as her senses returned, Flick heard catcalls, whistles, suggestions called out—clearly to some exhibition at the room's center. From the associated sounds, and some of the suggestions, it wasn't hard to imagine what that exhibition entailed. With Demon's arms around her, she couldn't see—she didn't try to look.
After fifteen or so minutes, when their hearts had slowed to their normal pace, Demon glanced around the room, then looked down at her. "We've been seen and duly noted," he murmured. "Now we can leave."
They did in short order, their bodies still thrumming, their spirits soaring, the evidence they'd sought for weeks at long last in their possession.
Demon called in Berkeley Square at eight the next morning; Flick was waiting in the front hall, her packed bags at her feet, a glorious smile on her face. Within minutes, they were away, the bays pacing swiftly, Gillies up behind.
"You were right about your mother stopping her scolding when I told her we'd rely on her and Helena to make all the wedding arrangements."
Demon snorted. "That was a foregone conclusion—she could hardly scold while in alt. It's her dream come true—to organize a wedding."
"I'm only glad, after all her worrying, that we could leave her so happy." Demon merely snorted—distinctly unfilially—again.
Two minutes later, in a quiet street, he drew in to the curb, tossed the reins to Gillies, and jumped down. Flick looked around. "What?…
Demon impatiently waved her to him; she shuffled along the seat and he lifted her down. "I want to show you something." Taking her hand, he led her up the steps of the nearest house—a gentleman's residence with a portico held aloft by two columns. In the portico, he pulled a set of keys from his pocket, selected one, opened the front door, and pushed it wide. With an elegant bow, he waved her in, merely lifting his brows at her questioning look.
Wondering, Flick entered a pleasant rectangular hall—from the echoes and absence of furniture it was apparent the house stood empty. Pausing in the middle of the hall, she turned and raised her brows.
Demon waved her on. "Look around."
She did, starting with the reception rooms opening from the front hall, then on up the stairs, going faster and faster as excitement gripped her. The pleasant, welcoming aura that hung in the hall recurred throughout the rooms, all airy and gracious, the morning sun streaming in through large windows. The master bedroom was large, the other bedrooms more than adequate; she eventually reached the nursery, under the eaves.
"Oh! This is wonderful!" She darted down the corridor that led to the small bedrooms, then crossed to peek into the nanny's domain. Then, her heart swelling so much she thought it would burst, she turned and looked at Demon, lounging, all rakish elegance, in the doorway, watching her. She met his gaze, smiling but watchful.
He studied her face, then raised one brow. "Do you like it?"
Flick let her heart fill her eyes; her smile was ecstatic. "It's wonderful—perfect!" Reining in her excitement, she asked, "How much is it? Could we possibly?…"
His slow smile warmed her. Drawing his hand from his pocket, he held up the keys. "It's ours—we'll live here while in town."
"Oh!" Flick flew at him, hugged him wildly, kissed him soundly—then raced off again. She didn't need further explanation—this would be their home—this the nursery they would fill with their children. After the last weeks, she knew family was a vital part of him, the central concept around which he was focused. Even if he didn't know it, she did—this, from him, was the ultimate declaration—she needed no further vows. This—the home, the family—would be theirs.
Demon grinned and watched her. He still found her joy deeply refreshing, her open delight infectious. As he trailed her once more through the house, he wryly admitted he could now understand why so many generations of his forebears had found pleasure in indulging their wives.
That had been an abiding mystery before—it no longer was. He—Demon by name, demon by nature—had been vanquished by an angel. He no longer viewed her as innocent and youthful in the sense of being less able than he. After last night, he knew she could match him in any venture, any challenge. She was the wife for him.
And so here he was, trailing in her wake. She led—he followed, with his hand oh-so-lightly on her reins. What he'd found with her he'd found with no other—she was his and he was hers, and that was how it had to be. It was that simple. This was love—he was long past denying it.
Regaining the drawing room, she stopped at its center. "We'll have to shop for furniture."
Demon quelled a shudder. He followed her in, slid one arm around her waist, drew her against him, paused for one instant to watch the sudden flaring of awareness in her eyes, then kissed her.
She sank into his embrace; he tightened it about her. The kiss deepened—and they said all they needed with their lips, their bodies, their hearts. For one long moment, they clung, then he lifted his head.
The evidence he carried in his pocket crackled.
His chest swelled as he drew in a breath; she looked up—he met her eyes. "Let's take these to Newmarket." So they could get on with the rest of their lives.
She nodded briskly. They disengaged, straightened their clothes, then hurried out to the curricle.
By ten o'clock, they were bowling northward, the enclosed spaces of London far behind. Joyfully, Flick breathed deep, then turned her face to the sun. "We'll have to go to Hillgate End first—to tell the General and Dillon."
"I'll drive to the farm. We can leave your things there for the moment, ride to the cottage and collect Dillon, ride on to the manor and tell the General, then go straight on to the Jockey Club. I want to get that
information before the Committee as soon as possible." His face hardened; he reached for the whip.
Flick wondered if his grim urgency stemmed from concern for the industry he'd so long been a part of, or from the nebulous feeling that they hadn't, yet, defeated Stratton. That feeling hadn't left her since Stratton had walked in on them last night—like a specter, it hovered at her shoulder, growing blacker, weightier. As they rounded a curve, she looked back, but there was no one there.
They drove through Newmarket in the early afternoon and headed straight for the farm. While Demon organized their horses, Flick hurried upstairs and changed into her riding habit. In less than half an hour, they were riding into the clearing behind the ruined cottage.
"It's us, Dillon," Flick called as she slid from the saddle. "Me and Demon. We're back!"
Her excitement rang in her voice. Dillon appeared through the lean-to, struggling to contain the hope lightening his haggard features.
One glance was enough to tell Demon that Dillon had changed—somewhere, somehow, he'd found some backbone. He said nothing, however, but joined Flick as she headed for the cottage.
Even before she reached him, Dillon stiffened. Demon had never seen him stand so tall, so determined. Fists clenched at his sides, he met Flick's gaze directly. "I've been to see the General."
She blinked and stopped before him. "You have?"
"I told him all about it—the whole story—so you don't need to lie for me—cover up for me—any more. I should have done that at the start."
He looked Demon straight in the eyes. "Papa and I decided to wait until tomorrow in case you found anything, but we'll be going to see the Committee regardless."
Demon met his eyes and nodded, his approval sincere.
"But we have found something." Flick gripped Dillon's arm. "We've learned who the syndicate is and we've enough proof to show the Committee!"
One hand at her back, Demon urged her in. "Let's take our revelations indoors."
Neither Dillon nor Flick argued. If they had, Demon couldn't have explained who he thought might overhear. But he was edgy, and had been since he'd looked into Stratton's cold eyes the previous evening.
That Stratton had noticed them the instant they'd regained the ballroom had him worried. Stratton was known as cold and detached—he might well prove a formidable enemy. If there had been any way to safely leave Flick somewhere well out of the action, he'd have snatched the opportunity. But there wasn't. That being so, the safest place for her was with him.
In the cottage, Dillon faced them. "I've written a detailed account of my involvement, first to last—just the bare facts." He looked grim. "It's hardly pleasant reading, but at least it's honest."
Flick smiled. Her inner happiness radiated from her, all but lighting up the cottage. She laid a hand on Dillon's arm. "We've proof of the syndicate."
Dillon looked at her, then at Demon; his expression said he hardly dared hope. "Who are they?"
"Not they—that was our error. It's a syndicate of one." Briefly, Demon explained. "I have to hand
it to him—his execution was almost flawless. Only his greed—the fact he fixed too many races—brought the scheme to light. If he'd been content with the money from one or two major races a year…" He shrugged. "But Stratton's lifestyle calls for rather more blunt than that."
Reaching into his pocket, Demon drew out their evidence. "This was the key." He smoothed out a sheet on the table. Flick hadn't seen it before; together with Dillon, she crowded close.
"I gathered all the details I could about the betting on the fixed races, and my agent, Montague, worked out the amounts cleared from each one. He's a wizard. If he hadn't got it right—very close to exact—I would never have recognized the figures in Stratton's ledger."
Unfolding the sheets he'd torn from Stratton's account book, Demon laid them alongside Montague's sheet. "See?" Tapping various figures in Stratton's income column, he pointed to similar figures on the other sheet. "The dates match, too." Both Dillon and Flick glanced from one sheet to the others, nodding as they took it in.
"Can we prove these are Stratton's accounts?" Dillon looked up.
Demon pointed to certain entries in the expenditure column. "These purchases of a phaeton, and here the pair to go with it—and even more these—lost wagers paid to gentlemen of the ton—can be proved to have been Stratton. With virtually the exact money from the races listed as income on the same pages, it's hard to argue any case other than it was Stratton behind the race-fixing. These"—he gestured to the papers—"are all the evidence we need."
Heeeee—crash!
With a tearing scream, the main door flew in, kicked off its rusting hinges to slam down on the floor. The whole cottage shook. Demon grabbed Flick as they backed up, eyes watering, coughing as dust reared and washed over them.
"How exceedingly foolish of you."
The words, clipped, precise and totally devoid of all feeling, came from the man silhouetted in the doorway.
The bright sunlight outside haloed him; they couldn't see his features. Flick and Demon recognized him instantly.
Eyes on the long barrelled pistol in Stratton's right hand, Demon tried to push Flick behind him. Unfortunately, they'd backed up against the hearth with its low chimney coping.
"Just remain where you are." Stratton stepped over the threshold. He barely glanced at the papers lying scattered on the table, evidence enough to put him in Newgate, a long way from the luxury to which he was accustomed.
Demon tensed, praying Stratton would look at the papers—take his eye off him just for an instant…
Stratton hesitated, but didn't. "You've been far too clever. Much too clever for your own good. If I didn't have such a suspicious nature, you might even have succeeded, but I checked my ledger at four o'clock this morning. By six, I was on the road to Newmarket. I knew you wouldn't dally. It was just a matter of time before you appeared."
"And if we'd gone directly to the Jockey Club?"
"That," Stratton admitted, "would have been exceedingly messy. Luckily, you drove straight through. It was easy to follow you on horseback. Equally easy to guess that, if I was patient, you'd lead me to the one player still eluding me." He inclined his head toward Dillon, but the pistol, aimed directly at Flick's chest, didn't waver. He studied her for a moment, then sighed. "Such a pity, but after that little exposition, I fear I'll have to make away with you all."
"And how," Demon asked, "do you imagine explaining that?" Stratton raised a brow. "Explaining? Why should I explain anything?"
"Others know I've been investigating you in connection with the race-fixing."
"Do they now?" Stratton remained very still, his eyes steady on Demon's face, his aim never faltering from Flick's chest. Then his thin lips eased. "How unfortunate—for Bletchley."
Stratton's jaw set. He lifted his arm, straightening it, aiming the pistol at Demon— Flick screamed.
She flung herself at Demon, clinging to his chest, shoving him back against the chimney. Stratton's eyes widened—his finger had already tightened about the trigger.
Dillon stepped across Flick—the pistol discharged. The explosion echoed deafeningly between the cottage walls.
Demon and Flick froze, locked together before the chimney. Demon had frenziedly tried to wrestle Flick to the side, knowing he'd be too late—
They both continued to breathe, each searingly conscious the other was still alive. They turned their heads and looked—
Dillon slowly crumpled to the floor. "Damn!" Stratton dropped the pistol.
Demon released Flick. She dropped to the floor beside Dillon. His face a mask of vengeance, Demon went for Stratton and nearly fell as his boots tangled in Flick's skirts. He grabbed the table to steady himself and saw Stratton pull another, smaller pistol from his greatcoat pocket, saw him aim at him—
"Here! Wait a minute!" Ducking through the lean-to, Bletchley lumbered in. "What's this about things being unfortunate for me?"
Belligerent as a bull, he made straight for Stratton.
Without a blink, Stratton swung his arm farther and shot Bletchley. Demon vaulted the table.
Stratton swung to face him, raising his riding quirt—
Demon's right cross snapped his head back with a satisfying scrunch. He followed up with a left, but Stratton was already on his way down. His head hit the flags with a thud. After one glance at Bletchley's slumped form, Demon leaned over Stratton.
He was unconscious, his aristocratic jaw at an odd, very painful-looking angle. Demon considered, but restrained himself from rearranging any more of his features. Wrecking Stratton's cravat without the slightest compunction, he dumped him on his face, hauled his arms back, secured them, then tied them to his ankles. Satisfied Stratton was no longer a threat, Demon glanced over the table. Flick was staunching a wound on Dillon's shoulder.
Turning to Bletchley, Demon eased him onto his back. Stratton had been rushed, his aim fractionally off. Bletchley would live, hopefully to sing of his master's infamy. Right now, all he could do was moan.
Demon left him to it—he wasn't bleeding badly enough to be in any real danger. From what little he'd glimpsed, Dillon was.
Rounding the table, Demon joined Flick, on her knees beside Dillon. She'd eased him onto his back. Her face white as a sheet, she struggled to contain her trembling as she pressed her wadded petticoat down hard on his wound. Demon glanced at her face, then looked at Dillon. "Ease back—let me see the wound."
Relaxing her arms, she leaned back. Demon lifted the wad and quickly looked, then replaced it. His face easing, he looked at Flick as she reapplied pressure to the wound.
"It's bad, but he'll live."
Blank-faced, she looked at him. Demon put his arm around her shoulders and hugged. "Stratton was aiming for me. Dillon's shorter than I am—the ball's in his shoulder; it hasn't even touched his lung. He'll be all right once we get the doctor to him."
She searched his eyes; some of the cold blankness left her face. She looked down at Dillon. "He's been such a fool, but I don't want to lose him—not now."
Demon hugged her tighter and pressed a kiss into her curls. He wasn't all that calm himself, but he knew what she meant. If Dillon hadn't come good at the last—hadn't become man enough to, for once, shield Flick rather than expecting the reverse, Flick would have died.
His arm still about her, his cheek against her golden curls, Demon closed his eyes tight and again told himself—the being who dwelled deep inside—that it really was all right, that Flick was still with him, that he hadn't lost his angel so soon after finding her. Flick was a lot shorter than he was—if Dillon hadn't shielded her, Stratton's bullet would have hit her in the back of her beautiful head.
He really couldn't think of it—not without coming apart—so he pushed the image away, locked it deep inside. Lifting his head, he looked down at Dillon, to whom he now owed more than his life. Flick was still staunching the flow of blood, but it seemed to be easing. Demon considered, then looked into her face. She was still pale, but composed.
Part of him wanted to shake her—to swear and rant at her for throwing herself across him; the saner part realized there really was no point. She would simply set her little chin and get that stubborn look on her face and refuse to pay the slightest attention. And she'd do it again in a blink.
The realization only made him want to hug her, hold her tight, keep her forever safe in his arms.
Drawing a deep breath, he reached out and gently tugged her hands from the bloody pad. "Come." She turned to him; he met her gaze. "Leave that to me—you're going to have to ride for help."
Sorting it out took the rest of the day. Flick rode to the farm—Gillies and the Shephards took over from there, summoning the doctor, the magistrate and constable while Flick rode to Hillgate End. She stayed with the General, soothing and reassuring, until the doctor's gig arrived from the cottage with Demon driving and Dillon in the back.
They got Dillon inside—the doctor, a veteran of the Peninsula Wars, had extracted the bullet at the cottage, so Dillon was quickly made comfortable. He was still unconscious—the doctor warned he probably wouldn't wake until the next day. Mrs. Fogarty installed herself at his bedside; the General, after seeing his son still breathing, and hearing from both Flick and Demon of Dillon's bravery, finally consented to retire to the library.
The magistrate and the constable met them there; the members of the Committee, at Newmarket for the Spring Carnival that week, joined them. Tabling Dillon's account, then an explanation of the investigations that had resulted in Montague's estimations, then laying out Stratton's accounts for all to see, Demon led the assembled company through the details of Sir Percival's race-fixing racket.
While Dillon's involvement was frowned upon, in light of the greater crimes involved and his clear repentance, his misdemeanors were set aside, to be dealt with later by the Committee, once he was fully recovered. At present, they had greater fish to fry—the extent of Stratton's manipulation of their industry fired them with fury. They left, faces stiff, vowing to make an example of him. An aim Demon openly supported.
The instant they'd gone, the General slumped. Flick fussed and fretted and worried him into bed; Jacobs assured her he would watch over him. Leaving the General propped on his pillows, Flick paused in the corridor; shutting the General's door behind him, Demon studied her face, then walked to her side and drew her into his arms.
She stood stiffly for an instant, then the iron will and sheer stubbornness that had kept her going until then dissolved. She sank into his arms, sliding hers about him, laying her cheek against his chest.
Then she started to shake.
Demon carried her downstairs and coaxed a small glass of brandy past her lips. Her color improved marginally, but he didn't like the distant look in her eyes. He racked his brain for something with which to distract her.
"Come on." Abruptly standing, he drew her to her feet. "Let's go back to the farmhouse. Your luggage is there, remember? Mrs. Shephard can feed us, then you can look around and decide what changes you'd like to make."
She blinked at him. "Changes?"
He towed her to the door. "Remodelling, redecorating—how should I know?"
They rode back. He watched her every step of the way, but she was steady in her saddle. His staff were very pleased to see them; it instantly became clear Gillies had spread their news. Which was probably just as well, as Demon had every intention of dining alone with his angel.
Mrs. Shephard was on her mettle, laying a nourishing meal quickly before them. Demon was relieved to note Flick's appetite hadn't evaporated. They sat quietly as the evening lengthened, making comments at random, slowly winding down.
Finishing his port, Demon rose, rounded the table, and drew Flick to her feet. "Come—I'll give
you the grand tour." He showed her all around the ground floor, then climbed the stairs; his tour ended in his bedroom, above the parlor at whose window she used to come a-tapping.
Much, much later, Flick lolled, utterly naked, in Demon's big bed. She had, she decided, never felt more comfortable, more at peace, more at home, in her life.
"Come on." A sharp smack on her bottom followed. "We'd better get dressed and I'll drive you home."
Flick didn't look around. She didn't lift her head—she sank it deeper into the pillow and shook it. "You can drive me home early in the morning, can't you?"
Lounging beside her, as naked as she, Demon looked down at her—what he could see of her—the tousled guinea gold curls gilding his pillow, one sweetly rounded shoulder and delicately curved arm, one slender leg, and one firm, absolutely perfect buttock, all clothed in the silkiest ivory skin, presently lightly flushed. All the rest of her—all that he'd enjoyed for the past several hours—was provocatively draped in his satin sheets.
She was going to be a never-ending challenge, demanding all his skill to let her run as free as she wished, with only the very lightest hand on her reins.
A slow smile curved his lips as he reached for the sheet. "Yes—I suppose I can."
Epilogue « ^ April 30, 1820
St. Georges Church, Hanover Square
Everyone attended. The Duke and Duchess of St. Ives sat in the first row, with the Dowager beside them. Vane, of course, was best man; he and Patience had returned to London the week before. Of all the family and its myriad connections, only Richard and Catriona hadn't been able to attend, and that only because of the short notice.
The twins were Flick's bridesmaids, with Heather, Henrietta, Elizabeth, Angelica and little Mary as flower girls. Such a crowd had been needed, Demon had discovered, to manage Flick's long train. But from the instant she'd appeared and walked down the nave to join him, to the moment they were pronounced man and wife, he couldn't recall any detail beyond the sheer beauty of her angelic face.
Now, beside him on the pavement before the ton's favored church, an angel in truth in pearl-encrusted silk, she glowed with transparent joy; he couldn't have felt more proud or more favored by fate. Crowds of well-wishers flocked about them as they paused before their carriage. All the family and much of the ton had turned up to see yet another Cynster tie the knot—they were all about to adjourn to Berkeley Square for the wedding breakfast.
His mother was in tears—positive floods of happiness.
Halting before him, she stretched up to place a motherly kiss on his cheek, then she sniffed, and quavered, "I'm so glad I made you promise not to marry in any hole-and-corner fashion." She dabbed at her overflowing eyes. "You've made me so happy," she sobbed.
Helplessly, he looked at her, then looked at his father.
Who grinned and clapped him on the back. "Play your cards right, and you'll be able to live on this for years."
Demon grinned back, shook his hand, then glanced again at Horatia. Today had been the happiest, proudest day of his life—one he wouldn't have missed for the world. Despite his earlier view of marriage, he was now much wiser. But he wasn't fool enough to tell his mother that—instead, he leaned down and kissed her cheek.
Instantly suspicious, she stopped crying and stared at him; his father chuckled and drew her away.
Grinning, Demon turned to have a word with the General and Dillon, standing beside Flick on his other side. Dillon was a far cry from the petulant youth of only a few months ago; now he stood straight and tall, unafraid to meet any man's eye. The Committee had agreed that in reparation for his crime—one against the industry—he would act as a clerk to the Jockey Club, and assist in keeping the breeding register up to date. In his spare time, of his own accord, he'd taken up the task of managing the General's investments, giving his father more time for his research. Seeing them together now, father and son side by side as they chatted with Flick, Demon sensed a closeness, a bond that hadn't been there—or not openly so—before.
Sliding his arm around Flick, he smiled and held out his hand to Dillon.
Above the bustle, lounging against one of the pillars of the church porch, Lucifer looked down on the gathering. In particular, on the twins. "They're going to be much worse after this, you realize. "
"Hmm." Beside him, Gabriel resignedly raised his brows. "I've never understood what it is about weddings that so excites the mating instinct of females."
"Whatever it is, you only need to look at them to see its effect. They look ready to grab anything in breeches."
"Luckily, most of us here are related." "Or, in their view, too old to count."
They continued watching the twins, perfect pictures of delight in cornflower blue gowns the same color as their eyes, their pale ringlets dancing in the breeze. They'd been hovering not far from Flick. Now they pushed forward to hug her frantically as she and Demon prepared to enter the waiting carriage. Flick returned their hugs affectionately—even from the porch, it was easy to discern her reasssuring words: "Your time will come—never doubt it."
To Gabriel and Lucifer, those words held a different ring.
Gabriel quelled an odd shiver. "It's not going to be easy, now it's just you and me." "Devil and Vane will help out."
"When they're allowed to."
Lucifer's dark blue gaze shifted to Honoria and Patience, standing chatting to one side. "There is that. Still, we should be able to manage it—don't you think?"
Gabriel didn't answer, well aware they hadn't been talking solely about the twins.
At that moment, Demon handed Flick into the carriage. A cheer went up from all the onlookers. Demon
turned to acknowledge it—to exchange a round of last comments with Devil and Vane. They laughed, and fell back; Demon reached for the carriage door.
Then he looked up, directly at them—the last unmarried members of the Bar Cynster. A slow, rakish, too-knowing smile lit his face; holding their gazes, he raised a hand and saluted them, paused for one last instant, then turned, ducked and entered the carriage.
Barely hearing the cheers and huzzahs as the carriage rumbled off, Gabriel stood in the porch as if turned to stone. In his mind rang the words Your time will come—never doubt it. Not, this time, in Flick's soft voice, but in Demon's much more forceful tones.
He blinked and shook aside the horrendous thought, then shivered in earnest as a chill touched his spine. Exactly as if someone had walked on his grave.
Disguising his shiver as a wriggle of his shoulders, he resettled his cuffs, then glanced at his brother. "Come on—we'd better do the honors vis-a-vis the twins, before they find some bounder to accompany them instead."
With a nod, Lucifer followed him down the church steps.
In the carriage rocking over the cobbles toward Berkeley Square, Flick was in her husband's arms. "Demon! Be careful!" She tried vainly to right her headdress. "We'll be greeting our guests soon."
"We're ahead of them," Demon pointed out, and kissed her again.
Flick inwardly sighed and forgot about her headdress, forgot about everything as she sank into his embrace. Possessive, protective, passionately loving—he was all she'd ever wanted. She loved him with all her soul. As she kissed him back, she felt the glow her parents had always had infuse her and Demon, enfolding them in its warmth. With this marriage, this man, this husband and lover, she'd seized her parents' legacy—now, they'd make it their own.
Author's Note
Dear Reader,
The Bar Cynster—a group of arrogant Regency rogues-domineering, autocratic, rakish—what more need one say? Writing about them—their lives, their loves and about the wider Cynster family with its strong, willful women—has been a delight. What especially attracted me to write about the Bar Cynsters was what I see as the ultimate strength in strong, arrogant, warrior males—the fact that their very nature compels them to seek their own family to protect and defend. And in order to establish that family, ah well—they need a wife. But Fate, a willful woman herself, has reserved a special destiny for every Cynster: to love and be loved by said wife. To surrender to love—to willingly do so—takes courage, determination, and commitment. As Demon recognizes at the beginning of this book, marrying the lady one loves—being forever at the mercy of a woman who holds one's heart, soul, and future in her small, delicate hands—is a fate baneful enough to make the strongest warrior blanch. Although each of them blanches, and clearly recognizes the danger, every member of the Bar Cynster ultimately makes his fateful choice. First Devil, in Devil's Bride
, then Vane in A Rake's Vow, followed by Richard in Scandal's Bride, and now Demon in A Rogue's Proposal. Each choose love, family, and a lifetime of commitment over all else their wealthy world has to offer.
To me, that willing choice is the very essence of romance in the Regency.
Recording how each Cynster falls has been my privilege, watching as Fate lays her snare for each one. The next in line is Gabriel. He receives a summons from a mysterious countess and meets her in the mists at St. Georges, Hanover Square. Even cloaked and veiled, the lady raises much more than his interest. She wishes to recruit his talents to expose a financial scam. Gabriel agrees, intent on exposing much more than that. But the countess proves a creature of night and shadow. What Gabriel finally reveals when he rips aside her last veil rocks him to his very foundation. That, however, is just the start of his problems.
Read how he and Fate triumph in the next installment in the Bar Cynster series from Avon Books in July 2000.
I hope reading my work brings you as much joy as creating it gives me. A big thank-you to all my readers—your letters, cards and email provide a constant stream of support. I write to entertain you, and hope to do so for many years yet!
First Avon Books Printing: October 1999 Inside cover autor photo Keith Savin
REVISION HISTORY v1.1
-proofread with DT
-conversion to standard HTML format
-added chapter links, chapter navigation
-compliant with EDG v1.5
👁 :255
HOUGH the subject of aerial navigation is generally considered new, it has occupied the minds
of men more or less from the earliest ages. Our personal interest in it dates from our childhood
days. Late in the autumn of 1878 our father came into the house one evening with some object
partly concealed in his hands, and before we could see what it was, he tossed it into the air.
Instead of falling to the floor, as we expected, it flew across the room, till it struck the ceiling,
where it fluttered awhile, and finally sank to the floor. It was a little toy, known to scientists as a
“helicoptere,” but which we, with sublime disregard for science, at once dubbed a “bat.” It was a
light frame of cork and bamboo, covered with paper, which formed two screws, driven in
opposite directions by rubber bands under torsion. A toy so delicate lasted only a short time in
the hands of small boys, but its memory was abiding.
Several years later we began building these helicopteres for ourselves, making each one larger
than that preceding. But, to our astonishment, we found that the larger the “bat” the less it flew.
We did not know that a machine having only twice the linear dimensions of another would
require eight times the power. We finally became discouraged, and returned to kite-flying, a
sport to which we had devoted so much attention that we were regarded as experts. But as we
became older we had to give up this fascinating sport as unbecoming to boys of our ages.
It was not till the news of the sad death of Lilienthal reached America in the summer of 1896
that we again gave more than passing attention to the subject of flying. We then studied with
great interest Chanute’s “Progress in Flying Machines,” Langley’s “Experiments in
Aerodynamics,” the “Aeronautical Annuals” of 1905, 1906, and 1907, and several pamphlets
published by the Smithsonian Institution, especially articles by Lilienthal and extracts from
Mouillard’s “Empire of the Air.” The larger works gave us a good understanding of the nature of
the flying problem, and the difficulties in past attempts to solve it, while Mouillard and
Lilienthal, the great missionaries of the flying cause, infected us with their own unquenchable
enthusiasm, and transformed idle curiosity into the active zeal of workers.
In the field of aviation there were two schools. The first, represented by such men as Professor
Langley and Sir Hiram Maxim, gave chief attention to power flight; the second, represented by
Lilienthal, Mouillard, and Chanute, to soaring flight. Our sympathies were with the latter school,
partly from impatience at the wasteful extravagance of mounting delicate and costly machinery
on wings which no one knew how to manage, and partly, no doubt, from the extraordinary
charm and enthusiasm with which the apostles of soaring flight set forth the beauties of sailing
through the air on fixed wings, deriving the motive power from the wind itself.
The balancing of a flyer may seem, at first thought, to be a very simple matter, yet almost
every experimenter had found in this one point which he could not satisfactorily master. Many
different methods[2] were tried. Some experimenters placed the center of gravity far below the
wings, in the belief that the weight would naturally seek to remain at the lowest point. It is true,
that, like the pendulum, it tended to seek the lowest point; but also, like the pendulum, it tended
to oscillate in a manner destructive of all stability. A more satisfactory system, especially for
lateral balance, was that of arranging the wings in the shape of a broad V, to form a dihedral
angle, with the center low and the wing-tips elevated. In theory this was an automatic system,
but in practice it had two serious defects: first, it tended to keep the machine oscillating; and
second, its usefulness was restricted to calm air.
In a slightly modified form the same system was applied to the fore-and-aft balance. The main
aeroplane was set at a positive angle, and a horizontal tail at a negative angle, while the center of
gravity was placed far forward. As in the case of lateral control, there was a tendency to constant
undulation, and the very forces which caused a restoration of balance in calms caused a
disturbance of the balance in winds. Notwithstanding the known limitations of this principle, it
had been embodied in almost every prominent flying machine which had been built.
After considering the practical effect of the dihedral principle, we reached the conclusion that
a flyer founded upon it might be of interest from a scientific point of view, but could be of no
value in a practical way. We therefore resolved to try a fundamentally different principle. We
would arrange the machine so that it would not tend to right itself. We would make it as inert as
possible to the effects of change of direction or speed, and thus reduce the effects of wind-gusts
to a minimum. We would do this in the fore-and-aft stability by giving the aeroplanes a peculiar
shape; and in the lateral balance by arching the surfaces from tip to tip, just the reverse of what
our predecessors had done. Then by some suitable contrivance, actuated by the operator, forces
should be brought into play to regulate the balance.
Lilienthal and Chanute had guided and balanced their machines, by shifting the weight of the
operator’s body. But this method seemed to us incapable of expansion to meet large conditions,
because the weight to be moved and the distance of possible motion were limited, while the
disturbing forces steadily increased, both with wing area and with wind velocity. In order to
meet the needs of large machines, we wished to employ some system whereby the operator
could vary at will the inclination of different parts of the wings, and thus obtain from the wind
fo
rces to restore the balance which the wind itself had disturbed. This could easily be done by
using wings capable of being warped, and by supplementary adjustable surfaces in the shape of
ru
dders. As the forces obtainable for control would necessarily increase in the same ratio as the
disturbing forces, the method seemed capable of expansion to an almost unlimited extent. A
happy device was discovered whereby the apparently rigid system of superposed surfaces,
invented by Wenham, and improved by Stringfellow and Chanute, could be warped in a most
unexpected way, so that the aeroplanes could be presented on the right and left sides at different
angles to the wind. This, with an adjustable, horizontal front rudder, formed the main feature of
our first glider.
The period from 1885 to 1900 was one of unexampled activity in aeronautics, and for a time
there was high hope that the age of flying was at hand. But Maxim, after spending $100,000,
ab
andoned[3] the work; the Ader machine, built at the expense of the French Government, was a
fa
ilure; Lilienthal and Pilcher were killed in experiments; and Chanute and many others, from
one cause or another, had relaxed their efforts, though it subsequently became known that
Professor Langley was still secretly at work on a machine for the United States Government.
The public, discouraged by the failures and tragedies just witnessed, considered flight beyond
the reach of man, and classed its adherents with the inventors of perpetual motion.
We began our active experiments at the close of this period, in October, 1900, at Kitty Hawk,
North Carolina. Our machine was designed to be flown as a kite, with a man on board, in winds
from 15 to 20 miles an hour. But, upon trial, it was found that much stronger winds were
required to lift it. Suitable winds not being plentiful, we found it necessary, in order to test the
new balancing system, to fly the machine as a kite without a man on board, operating the levers
through cords from the ground. This did not give the practice anticipated, but it inspired
confidence in the new system of balance.
In the summer of 1901 we became personally acquainted with Mr. Chanute. When he learned
that we were interested in flying as a sport, and not with any expectation of recovering the
money we were expending on it, he gave us much encouragement. At our invitation, he spent
several weeks with us at our camp at Kill Devil Hill, four miles south of Kitty Hawk, during our
experiments of that and the two succeeding years. He also witnessed one flight of the power
machine near Dayton, Ohio, in October, 1904.
The machine of 1901 was built with the shape of surface used by Lilienthal, curved from front
to rear like the segment of a parabola, with a curvature 1/12 the depth of its cord; but to make
doubly sure that it would have sufficient lifting capacity when flown as a kite in 15 or 20-mile
winds, we increased the area from 165 square feet, used in 1900, to 308 square feet—a size
much larger than Lilienthal, Pilcher, or Chanute had deemed safe. Upon trial, however, the
lifting capacity again fell very far short of calculation, so that the idea of securing practice while
flying as a kite had to be abandoned. Mr. Chanute, who witnessed the experiments, told us that
the trouble was not due to poor construction of the machine. We saw only one other
explanation—that the tables of air-pressures in general use were incorrect.
We then turned to gliding—coasting downhill on the air—as the only method of getting the
desired practice in balancing a machine. After a few minutes’ practice we were able to make
glides of over 300 feet, and in a few days were safely operating in 27-mile winds. In these
experiments we met with several unexpected phenomena. We found that, contrary to the
teachings of the books, the center of pressure on a curved surface traveled backward when the
surface was inclined, at small angles, more and more edgewise to the wind. We also discovered
that in free flight, when the wing on one side of the machine was presented to the wind at a
greater angle than the one on the other side, the wing with the greater angle descended, and the
machine turned in a direction just the reverse of[4] what we were led to expect when flying the
machine as a kite. The larger angle gave more resistance to forward motion, and reduced the
speed of the wing on that side. The decrease in speed more than counterbalanced the effect of the
larger angle. The addition of a fixed vertical vane in the rear increased the trouble, and made the
machine absolutely dangerous. It was some time before a remedy was discovered. This consisted
of movable rudders working in conjunction with the twisting of the wings. The details of this
arrangement are given in specifications published several years ago.
The experiments of 1901 were far from encouraging. Although Mr. Chanute assured us that,
both in control and in weight carried per horse-power, the results obtained were better than those
of any of our predecessors, yet we saw that the calculations upon which all flying machines had
been based were unreliable, and that all were simply groping in the dark. Having set out with
ab
solute faith in the existing scientific data, we were driven to doubt one thing after another, till
finally, after two years of experiment, we cast it all aside, and decided to rely entirely upon our
own investigations. Truth and error were everywhere so intimately mixed as to be
undistinguishable. Nevertheless, the time expended in preliminary study of books was not
misspent, for they gave us a good general understanding of the subject, and enabled us at the
outset to avoid effort in many directions in which results would have been hopeless.
The standard measurements of wind-pressures is the force produced by a current of air of one
mile per hour velocity striking square against a plane of one square foot area. The practical
difficulties of obtaining an exact measurement of this force have been great. The measurements
by different recognized authorities vary 50 per cent. When this simplest of measurements
presents so great difficulties, what shall be said of the troubles encountered by those who
attempt to find the pressure at each angle as the plane is inclined more and more edgewise to the
wind? In the eighteenth century the French Academy prepared tables giving such information,
and at a later date the Aeronautical Society of Great Britain made similar experiments. Many
persons likewise published measurements and formulas; but the results were so discordant that
Professor Langley undertook a new series of measurements, the results of which form the basis
of his celebrated work, “Experiments in Aerodynamics.” Yet a critical examination of the data
upon which he based his conclusions as to the pressures at small angles shows results so various
as to make many of his conclusions little better than guesswork.
To work intelligently, one needs to know the effects of a multitude of variations that could be
incorporated in the surfaces of flying machines. The pressures on squares are different from
those on rectangles, circles, triangles, or ellipses; arched surfaces differ from planes, and vary
among themselves according to the depth of curvature; true arcs differ from parabolas, and the
latter differ among themselves; thick surfaces differ from thin, and surfaces thicker in one place
than another vary in pressure when the positions of maximum thickness are different; some
surfaces are most efficient at one angle, others at other angles. The shape of the edge also makes
a difference, so that thousands of combinations are possible in so simple a thing as a wing.
We had taken up aeronautics merely as a sport. We reluctantly entered upon the scientific side
of it. But we soon[5] found the work so fascinating that we were drawn into it deeper and deeper.
Two testing machines were built, which we believed would avoid the errors to which the
measurements of others had been subject. After making preliminary measurements on a great
number of different-shaped surfaces, to secure a general understanding of the subject, we began
systematic measurements of standard surfaces, so varied in design as to bring out the underlying
causes of differences noted in their pressures. Measurements were tabulated on nearly 50 of
these at all angles from zero to 45 degrees at intervals of 21/2 degrees. Measurements were also
secured showing the effects on each other when surfaces are superposed, or when they follow
one another.
Some strange results were obtained. One surface, with a heavy roll at the front edge, showed
the same lift for all angles from 71/2 to 45 degrees. A square plane, contrary to the measurements
of all our predecessors, gave a greater pressure at 30 degrees than at 45 degrees. This seemed so
anomalous that we were almost ready to doubt our own measurements, when a simple test was
suggested. A weather-vane, with two planes attached to the pointer at an angle of 80 degrees
with each other, was made. According to our tables, such a vane would be in unstable
equilibrium when pointing directly into the wind; for if by chance the wind should happen to
strike one plane at 39 degrees and the other at 41 degrees, the plane with the smaller angle would
have the greater pressure, and the pointer would be turned still farther out of the course of the
wind until the two vanes again secured equal pressures, which would be at approximately 30 and
50 degrees. But the vane performed in this very manner. Further corroboration of the tables was
obtained in experiments with the new glider at Kill Devil Hill the next season.
In September and October, 1902, nearly 1,000 gliding flights were made, several of which
covered distances of over 600 feet. Some, made against a wind of 36 miles an hour, gave proof
of the effectiveness of the devices for control. With this machine, in the autumn of 1903, we
made a number of flights in which we remained in the air for over a minute, often soaring for a
considerable time in one spot, without any descent at all. Little wonder that our unscientific
assistant should think the only thing needed to keep it indefinitely in the air would be a coat of
fe
athers to make it light!
With accurate data for making calculations, and a system of balance effective in winds as well
as in calms, we were now in a position, we thought, to build a successful power-flyer. The first
designs provided for a total weight of 600 lbs., including the operator and an eight horse-power
motor. But, upon completion, the motor gave more power than had been estimated, and this
allowed 150 lbs. to be added for strengthening the wings and other parts.
Our tables made the designing of the wings an easy matter, and as screw-propellers are simply
wings traveling in a spiral course, we anticipated no trouble from this source. We had thought of
getting the theory of the screw-propeller from the marine engineers, and then, by applying our
tables of air-pressures to their formulas, of designing air-propellers suitable for our purpose. But
so far as we could learn, the marine engineers possessed only empirical formulas, and the exact
action of the screw-propeller, after a century of use, was still very obscure. As we were not in a
position to undertake a long series of practical experiments to discover a propeller suitable[6] for
our machine, it seemed necessary to obtain such a thorough understanding of the theory of its
reactions as would enable us to design them from calculations alone. What at first seemed a
problem became more complex the longer we studied it. With the machine moving forward, the
air flying backward, the propellers turning sidewise, and nothing standing still, it seemed
impossible to find a starting-point from which to trace the various simultaneous reactions.
Contemplation of it was confusing. After long arguments we often found ourselves in the
ludicrous position of each having been converted to the other’s side, with no more agreement
than when the discussion began.
It was not till several months had passed, and every phase of the problem had been thrashed
over and over, that the various reactions began to untangle themselves. When once a clear
understanding had been obtained there was no difficulty in designing suitable propellers, with
proper diameter, pitch, and area of blade, to meet the requirements of the flyer. High efficiency
in a screw-propeller is not dependent upon any particular or peculiar shape; and there is no such
thing as a “best” screw. A propeller giving a high dynamic efficiency when used upon one
machine may be almost worthless when used upon another. The propeller should in every case
be designed to meet the particular conditions of the machine to which it is to be applied. Our
first propellers, built entirely from calculation, gave in useful work 66 per cent. of the power
expended. This was about one-third more than had been secured by Maxim or Langley.
The first flights with the power machine were made on December 17, 1903. Only five persons
besides ourselves were present. These were Messrs. John T. Daniels, W. S. Dough, and A. D.
Etheridge, of the Kill Devil Life-Saving Station; Mr. W. C. Brinkley, of Manteo; and Mr. John
Ward, of Naghead. Although a general invitation had been extended to the people living within
five or six miles, not many were willing to face the rigors of a cold December wind in order to
see, as they no doubt thought, another flying machine not fly. The first flight lasted only 12
seconds, a flight very modest compared with that of birds, but it was, nevertheless, the first in
the history of the world in which a machine carrying a man had raised itself by its own power
into the air in free flight, had sailed forward on a level course without reduction of speed, and
had finally landed without being wrecked. The second and third flights were a little longer, and
the fourth lasted 59 seconds, covering a distance of 852 feet over the ground against a 20-mile
wind.
After the last flight the machine was carried back to camp and set down in what was thought
to be a safe place. But a few minutes later, while we were engaged in conversation about the
flights, a sudden gust of wind struck the machine, and started to turn it over. All made a rush to
stop it, but we were too late. Mr. Daniels, a giant in stature and strength, was lifted off his feet,
and falling inside, between the surfaces, was[7] shaken about like a rattle in a box as the machine
rolled over and over. He finally fell out upon the sand with nothing worse than painful bruises,
but the damage to the machine caused a discontinuance of experiments.
In the spring of 1904, through the kindness of Mr. Torrence Huffman, of Dayton, Ohio, we
were permitted to erect a shed, and to continue experiments, on what is known as the Huffman
Prairie, at Simms Station, eight miles east of Dayton. The new machine was heavier and
stronger, but similar to the one flown at Kill Devil Hill. When it was ready for its first trial every
newspaper in Dayton was notified, and about a dozen representatives of the Press were present.
Our only request was that no pictures be taken, and that the reports be unsensational, so as not to
attract crowds to our experiment grounds. There were probably 50 persons altogether on the
ground. When preparations had been completed a wind of only three or four miles was
blowing—insufficient for starting on so short a track—but since many had come a long way to
see the machine in action, an attempt was made. To add to the other difficulty, the engine
refused to work properly. The machine, after running the length of the track, slid off the end
without rising into the air at all. Several of the newspaper men returned the next day, but were
again disappointed. The engine performed badly, and after a glide of only 60 feet, the machine
came to the ground. Further trial was postponed till the motor could be put in better running
condition. The reporters had now, no doubt, lost confidence in the machine, though their reports,
in kindness, concealed it. Later, when they heard that we were making flights of several
minutes’ duration, knowing that longer flights had been made with airships, and not knowing
any essential difference between airships and flying machines, they were but little interested.
We had not been flying long in 1904 before we found that the problem of equilibrium had not
as yet been entirely solved. Sometimes, in making a circle, the machine would turn over
sidewise despite anything the operator could do, although, under the same conditions in ordinary
straight flight, it could have been righted in an instant. In one flight, in 1905, while circling
around a honey locust tree at a height of about 50 feet, the machine suddenly began to turn up on
one wing, and took a course toward the tree. The operator, not relishing the idea of landing in a
thorn-tree, attempted to reach the ground. The left wing, however, struck the tree at a height of
10 or 12 feet from the ground and carried away several branches; but the flight, which had
already covered a distance of six miles, was continued to the starting-point.
The causes of these troubles—too technical for explanation here—were not entirely overcome
till the end of September, 1905. The flights then rapidly increased in length, till experiments
were discontinued after October 5, on account of the number of people attracted to the field.
Although made on a ground open on every side, and bordered on two sides by much-traveled
thoroughfares, with electric cars passing every hour, and seen by all the people living in the
neighborhood for miles around, and by several hundred others, yet these flights have been made
by some newspapers the subject of a great “mystery.”
A practical flyer having been finally realized, we spent the years 1906 and 1907 in
constructing new machines and in business negotiations. It was not till May of this year that
experiments (discontinued in October, 1905) were resumed[8] at Kill Devil Hill, North Carolina.
The recent flights were made to test the ability of our machine to meet the requirements of a
contract with the United States Government to furnish a flyer capable of carrying two men and
sufficient fuel supplies for a flight of 125 miles, with a speed of 40 miles an hour. The machine
used in these tests was the same one with which the flights were made at Simms Station in 1905,
though several changes had been made to meet present requirements. The operator assumed a
sitting position, instead of lying prone, as in 1905, and a seat was added for a passenger. A larger
motor was installed, and radiators and gasoline reservoirs of larger capacity replaced those
previously used. No attempt was made to make high or long flights.
In order to show the general reader the way in which the machine operates, let us fancy
ourselves ready for the start. The machine is placed upon a single-rail track facing the wind, and
is securely fastened with a cable. The engine is put in motion, and the propellers in the rear whir.
You take your seat at the center of the machine beside the operator. He slips the cable, and you
shoot forward. An assistant who has been holding the machine in balance on the rail starts
fo
rw
ard with you, but before you have gone 50 feet the speed is too great for him, and he lets go.
Before reaching the end of the track the operator moves the front rudder, and the machine lifts
from the rail like a kite supported by the pressure of the air underneath it. The ground under you
is at first a perfect blur, but as you rise the objects become clearer. At a height of 100 feet you
fe
el hardly any motion at all, except for the wind which strikes your face. If you did not take the
precaution to fasten your hat before starting, you have probably lost it by this time. The operator
moves a lever: the right wing rises, and the machine swings about to the left. You make a very
short turn, yet you do not feel the sensation of being thrown from your seat, so often experienced
in automobile and railway travel. You find yourself facing toward the point from which you
started. The objects on the ground now seem to be moving at much higher speed, though you
perceive no change in the pressure of the wind on your face. You know then that you are
traveling with the wind. When you near the starting-point the operator stops the motor while still
high in the air. The machine coasts down at an oblique angle to the ground, and after sliding 50
or 100 feet, comes to rest. Although the machine often lands when traveling at a speed of a mile
a minute, you feel no shock whatever, and cannot, in fact, tell the exact moment at which it first
touched the ground. The motor close beside you kept up an almost deafening roar during the
whole flight, yet in your excitement you did not notice it till it stopped!
Our experiments have been conducted entirely at our own expense. In the beginning we had
no thought of recovering what we were expending, which was not great, and was limited to what
we could afford in recreation. Later, when a successful flight had been made with a motor, we
gave up the business in which we were engaged, to devote our entire time and capital to the
development of a machine for practical uses. As soon as our condition is such that constant
attention to business is not required, we expect to prepare for publication the results of our
laboratory experiments, which alone made an early solution of the flying problem possible.
[9] How We Made the First Flight
By Orville Wright
THE flights of the 1902 glider had demonstrated the efficiency of our system of maintaining
equilibrium, and also the accuracy of the laboratory work upon which the design of the glider
was based. We then felt that we were prepared to calculate in advance the performance of
machines with a degree of accuracy that had never been possible with the data and tables
possessed by our predecessors. Before leaving camp in 1902 we were already at work on the
general design of a new machine which we proposed to propel with a motor.
Immediately upon our return to Dayton, we wrote to a number of automobile and motor
builders, stating the purpose for which we desired a motor, and asking whether they could
fu
rn
ish one that would develop eight brake-horsepower, with a weight complete not exceeding
200 pounds. Most of the companies answered that they were too busy with their regular business
to undertake the building of such a motor for us; but one company replied that they had motors
rated at 8 horse-power, according to the French system of ratings, which weighed only 135
pounds, and that if we thought this motor would develop enough power for our purpose they
would be glad to sell us one. After an examination of the particulars of this motor, from which
we learned that it had but a single cylinder of 4-inch bore and 5-inch stroke, we were afraid it
was much over-rated. Unless the motor would develop a full 8 brake-horsepower, it would be
useless for our purpose.
Finally we decided to undertake the building of the motor ourselves. We estimated that we
could make one of four cylinders with 4-inch bore and 4-inch stroke, weighing not over two
hundred pounds, including all accessories. Our only experience up to that time in the building of
gasoline motors had been in the construction of an air-cooled motor, 5-inch bore and 7-inch
stroke, which was used to run the machinery of our small workshop. To be certain that four
cylinders of the size we had adopted (4″ × 4″) would develop the necessary 8 horse-power, we
first fitted them in a temporary frame of simple and cheap construction. In just six weeks from
the time the design was started, we had the motor on the block testing its power. The ability to
do this so quickly was largely due to the enthusiastic and efficient services of Mr. C. E. Taylor,
who did all the machine work in our shop for the first as well as the succeeding experimental
machines. There was no provision for lubricating either cylinders or bearings while this motor
was running. For that reason it was not possible to run it more than a minute or two at a time. In
these short tests the motor developed about nine horse-power. We were then satisfied that, with
proper lubrication and better adjustments, a little more power could[10] be expected. The
completion of the motor according to drawing was, therefore, proceeded with at once.
While Mr. Taylor was engaged with this work, Wilbur and I were busy in completing the
design of the machine itself. The preliminary tests of the motor having convinced us that more
than 8 horse-power would be secured, we felt free to add enough weight to build a more
substantial machine than we had originally contemplated.
For two reasons we decided to use two propellers. In the first place we could, by the use of
two propellers, secure a reaction against a greater quantity of air, and at the same time use a
larger pitch angle than was possible with one propeller; and in the second place by having the
propellers turn in opposite directions, the gyroscopic action of one would neutralize that of the
other. The method we adopted of driving the propellers in opposite directions by means of
chains is now too well known to need description here. We decided to place the motor to one
side of the man, so that in case of a plunge headfirst, the motor could not fall upon him. In our
gliding experiments we had had a number of experiences in which we had landed upon one
wing, but the crushing of the wing had absorbed the shock, so that we were not uneasy about the
motor in case of a landing of that kind. To provide against the machine rolling over forward in
landing, we designed skids like sled runners, extending out in front of the main surfaces.
Otherwise the general construction and operation of the machine was to be similar to that of the
1902 glider.
When the motor was completed and tested, we found that it would develop 16 horse-power
fo
r a few seconds, but that the power rapidly dropped till, at the end of a minute, it was only 12
horse-power. Ignorant of what a motor of this size ought to develop, we were greatly pleased
with its performance. More experience showed us that we did not get one-half of the power we
should have had.
With 12 horse-power at our command, we considered that we could permit the weight of the
machine with operator to rise to 750 or 800 pounds, and still have as much surplus power as we
had originally allowed for in the first estimate of 550 pounds.
Before leaving for our camp at Kitty Hawk we tested the chain drive for the propellers in our
shop at Dayton, and found it satisfactory. We found, however, that our first propeller shafts,
which were constructed of heavy gauge steel tubing, were not strong enough to stand the shocks
received from a gasoline motor with light fly wheel, although they would have been able to
transmit three or four times the power uniformly applied. We therefore built a new set of shafts
of heavier tubing, which we tested and thought to be abundantly strong.
We left Dayton, September 23, and arrived at our camp at Kill Devil Hill on Friday, the 25th.
We found there provisions and tools, which had been shipped by freight several weeks in
advance. The building, erected in 1901 and enlarged in 1902, was found to have been blown by
a storm from its foundation posts a few months previously. While we were awaiting the arrival
of the shipment of machinery and parts from Dayton, we were busy putting the old building in
repair, and erecting a new building to serve as a workshop for assembling and housing the new
machine.
Just as the building was being completed, the parts and material for the machines arrived
simultaneously with one of the worst storms that had visited Kitty Hawk in years. The storm
came on suddenly, blowing 30 to 40 miles an hour.[11] It increased during the night, and the next
day was blowing over 75 miles an hour. In order to save the tar-paper roof, we decided it would
be necessary to get out in this wind and nail down more securely certain parts that were
especially exposed. When I ascended the ladder and reached the edge of the roof, the wind
caught under my large coat, blew it up around my head and bound my arms till I was perfectly
helpless. Wilbur came to my assistance and held down my coat while I tried to drive the nails.
But the wind was so strong I could not guide the hammer and succeeded in striking my fingers
as often as the nails.
The next three weeks were spent in setting the motor-machine together. On days with more
fa
vorable winds we gained additional experience in handling a flyer by gliding with the 1902
machine, which we had found in pretty fair condition in the old building, where we had left it the
year before.
Mr. Chanute and Dr. Spratt, who had been guests in our camp in 1901 and 1902, spent some
time with us, but neither one was able to remain to see the test of the motor-machine, on account
of the delays caused by trouble which developed in the propeller shafts.
While Mr. Chanute was with us, a good deal of time was spent in discussion of the
mathematical calculations upon which we had based our machine. He informed us that, in
designing machinery, about 20 per cent. was usually allowed for the loss in the transmission of
power. As we had allowed only 5 per cent., a figure we had arrived at by some crude
measurements of the friction of one of the chains when carrying only a very light load, we were
much alarmed. More than the whole surplus in power allowed in our calculations would,
according to Mr. Chanute’s estimate, be consumed in friction in the driving chains. After Mr.
Chanute’s departure, we suspended one of the drive chains over a sprocket, hanging bags of sand
on either side of the sprocket of a weight approximately equal to the pull that would be exerted
on the chains when driving the propellers. By measuring the extra amount of weight needed on
one side to lift the weight on the other, we calculated the loss in transmission. This indicated that
the loss of power from this source would be only 5 per cent., as we originally estimated. But
while we could see no serious error in this method of determining the loss, we were very uneasy
until we had a chance to run the propellers with the motor to see whether we could get the
estimated number of turns.
The first run of the motor on the machine developed a flaw in one of the propeller shafts
which had not been discovered in the test at Dayton. The shafts were sent at once to Dayton for
repair, and were not received again until November 20, having been gone two weeks. We
immediately put them in the machine and made another test. A new trouble developed. The
sprockets which were screwed on the shafts, and locked with nuts of opposite thread, persisted in
coming loose. After many futile attempts to get them fast, we had to give it up for that day, and
went to bed much discouraged. However, after a night’s rest, we got up the next morning in
better spirits and resolved to try again.
While in the bicycle business we had become well acquainted with the use of hard tire cement
fo
r fastening tires on the rims. We had once used it successfully in repairing a stop watch after
several watchsmiths had told us it could not be repaired. If tire cement was good for fastening
the hands on a stop watch, why should it not be good for fastening the[12] sprockets on the
propeller shaft of a flying machine? We decided to try it. We heated the shafts and sprockets,
melted cement into the threads, and screwed them together again. This trouble was over. The
sprockets stayed fast.
Just as the machine was ready for test bad weather set in. It had been disagreeably cold for
several weeks, so cold that we could scarcely work on the machine for some days. But now we
began to have rain and snow, and a wind of 25 to 30 miles blew for several days from the north.
While we were being delayed by the weather we arranged a mechanism to measure
au
tomatically the duration of a flight from the time the machine started to move forward to the
time it stopped, the distance traveled through the air in that time, and the number of revolutions
made by the motor and propeller. A stop watch took the time; an anemometer measured the air
traveled through; and a counter took the number of revolutions made by the propellers. The
watch, anemometer and revolution counter were all automatically started and stopped
simultaneously. From data thus obtained we expected to prove or disprove the accuracy of our
propeller calculations.
On November 28, while giving the motor a run indoors, we thought we again saw something
wrong with one of the propeller shafts. On stopping the motor we discovered that one of the
tubular shafts had cracked!
Immediate preparation was made for returning to Dayton to build another set of shafts. We
decided to abandon the use of tubes, as they did not afford enough spring to take up the shocks
of premature or missed explosions of the motor. Solid tool-steel shafts of smaller diameter than
the tubes previously used were decided upon. These would allow a certain amount of spring. The
tubular shafts were many times stronger than would have been necessary to transmit the power
of our motor if the strains upon them had been uniform. But the large hollow shafts had no
spring in them to absorb the unequal strains.
Wilbur remained in camp while I went to get the new shafts. I did not get back to camp again
till Friday, the 11th of December. Saturday afternoon the machine was again ready for trial, but
the wind was so light a start could not have been made from level ground with the run of only
sixty feet permitted by our monorail track. Nor was there enough time before dark to take the
machine to one of the hills, where, by placing the track on a steep incline, sufficient speed could
be secured for starting in calm air.
Monday, December 14, was a beautiful day, but there was not enough wind to enable a start to
be made from the level ground about camp. We therefore decided to attempt a flight from the
side of the big Kill Devil Hill. We had arranged with the members of the Kill Devil Hill Life
Saving Station, which was located a little over a mile from our camp, to inform them when we
were ready to make the first trial of the machine. We were soon joined by J. T. Daniels, Robert
Westcott, Thomas Beachem, W. S. Dough and Uncle Benny O’Neal, of the station, who helped
us get the machine to the hill, a quarter mile away. We laid the track 150 feet up the side of the
hill on a 9-degree slope. With the slope of the track, the thrust of the propellers and the machine
starting directly into the wind, we did not anticipate any trouble in getting[13] up flying speed on
the 60-foot monorail track. But we did not feel certain the operator could keep the machine
balanced on the track.
When the machine had been fastened with a wire to the track, so that it could not start until
released by the operator, and the motor had been run to make sure that it was in condition, we
tossed up a coin to decide who should have the first trial. Wilbur won. I took a position at one of
the wings, intending to help balance the machine as it ran down the track. But when the
restraining wire was slipped, the machine started off so quickly I could stay with it only a few
fe
et. After a 35 to 40-foot run it lifted from the rail. But it was allowed to turn up too much. It
climbed a few feet, stalled, and then settled to the ground near the foot of the hill, 105 feet
below. My stop watch showed that it had been in the air just 31/2 seconds. In landing the left wing
touched first. The machine swung around, dug the skids into the sand and broke one of them.
Several other parts were also broken, but the damage to the machine was not serious. While the
test had shown nothing as to whether the power of the motor was sufficient to keep the machine
up, since the landing was made many feet below the starting point, the experiment had
demonstrated that the method adopted for launching the machine was a safe and practical one.
On the whole, we were much pleased.
Two days were consumed in making repairs, and the machine was not ready again till late in
the afternoon of the 16th. While we had it out on the track in front of the building, making the
final adjustments, a stranger came along. After looking at the machine a few seconds he inquired
what it was. When we told him it was a flying machine he asked whether we intended to fly it.
We said we did, as soon as we had a suitable wind. He looked at it several minutes longer and
then, wishing to be courteous, remarked that it looked as if it would fly, if it had a “suitable
wind.” We were much amused, for, no doubt, he had in mind the recent 75-mile gale when he
repeated our words, “a suitable wind!”
During the night of December 16, 1903, a strong cold wind blew from the north. When we
arose on the morning of the 17th, the puddles of water, which had been standing about camp
since the recent rains, were covered with ice. The wind had a velocity of 10 to 12 meters per
second (22 to 27 miles an hour). We thought it would die down before long, and so remained
indoors the early part of the morning. But when ten o’clock arrived, and the wind was as brisk as
ever, we decided that we had better get the machine out and attempt a flight. We hung out the
signal for the men of the life saving station. We thought that by facing the flyer into a strong
wind, there ought to be no trouble in launching it from the level ground about camp. We realized
the difficulties of flying in so high a wind, but estimated that the added dangers in flight would
be partly compensated for by the slower speed in landing.
We laid the track on a smooth stretch of ground about one hundred feet north of the new
building. The biting cold wind made work difficult, and we had to warm up frequently in our
living room, where we had a good fire in an improvised stove made of a large carbide can. By
the time all was ready, J. T. Daniels, W. S. Dough and A. D. Etheridge, members of the Kill
Devil Life Saving Station; W. C. Brinkley, of Manteo, and Johnny Moore, a boy from Nag’s
Head, had arrived.
We had a “Richards” hand anemometer with which we measured the velocity[14] of the wind.
Measurements made just before starting the first flight showed velocities of 11 to 12 meters per
second, or 24 to 27 miles per hour. Measurements made just before the last flight gave between
9 and 10 meters per second. One made just after showed a little over 8 meters. The records of the
Government Weather Bureau at Kitty Hawk gave the velocity of the wind between the hours of
10:30 and 12 o’clock, the time during which the four flights were made, as averaging 27 miles at
the time of the first flight and 24 miles at the time of the last.
Wilbur, having used his turn in the unsuccessful attempt on the 14th, the right to the first trial
now belonged to me. After running the motor a few minutes to heat it up, I released the wire that
held the machine to the track, and the machine started forward into the wind. Wilbur ran at the
side of the machine, holding the wing to balance it on the track. Unlike the start on the 14th,
made in a calm, the machine, facing a 27-mile wind, started very slowly. Wilbur was able to stay
with it till it lifted from the track after a forty-foot run. One of the life saving men snapped the
camera for us, taking a picture just as the machine had reached the end of the track and had risen
to a height of about two feet. The slow forward speed of the machine over the ground is clearly
shown in the picture by Wilbur’s attitude. He stayed along beside the machine without any
effort.
The course of the flight up and down was exceedingly erratic, partly due to the irregularity of
the air, and partly to lack of experience in handling this machine. The control of the front rudder
was difficult on account of its being balanced too near the center. This gave it a tendency to turn
itself when started; so that it turned too far on one side and then too far on the other. As a result
the machine would rise suddenly to about ten feet, and then as suddenly dart for the ground. A
sudden dart when a little over a hundred feet from the end of the track, or a little over 120 feet
from the point at which it rose into the air, ended the flight. As the velocity of the wind was over
35 feet per second and the speed of the machine against this wind ten feet per second, the speed
of the machine relative to the air was over 45 feet per second, and the length of the flight was
equivalent to a flight of 540 feet made in calm air. This flight lasted only 12 seconds, but it was
nevertheless the first in the history of the world in which a machine carrying a man had raised
itself by its own power into the air in full flight, had sailed forward without reduction of speed,
and had finally landed at a point as high as that from which it started.
At twenty minutes after eleven Wilbur started on the second flight. The course of this flight
was much like that of the first, very much up and down. The speed over the ground was
somewhat faster than that of the first flight, due to the lesser wind. The duration of the flight was
less than a second longer than the first, but the distance covered was about seventy-five feet
greater.
Twenty minutes later the third flight started. This one was steadier than the first one an hour
before. I was proceeding along pretty well when a sudden gust from the right lifted the machine
up twelve to fifteen feet and turned it up sidewise in an alarming manner. It began sliding off to
the left. I warped the wings to try to recover the lateral balance and at the same time pointed the
machine down to reach the ground as quickly as possible. The lateral control was more effective
than I had imagined[15] and before I reached the ground the right wing was lower than the left
and struck first. The time of this flight was fifteen seconds and the distance over the ground a
little over 200 feet.
Wilbur started the fourth and last flight at just 12 o’clock. The first few hundred feet were up
and down as before, but by the time three hundred feet had been covered, the machine was under
much better control. The course for the next four or five hundred feet had but little undulation.
However, when out about eight hundred feet the machine began pitching again, and, in one of its
starts downward, struck the ground. The distance over the ground was measured and found to be
852 feet; the time of the flight 59 seconds. The frame supporting the front rudder was badly
broken, but the main part of the machine was not injured at all. We estimated that the machine
could be put in condition for flight again in a day or two.
While we were standing about discussing this last flight, a sudden strong gust of wind struck
the machine and began to turn it over. Everybody made a rush for it. Wilbur, who was at one
end, seized it in front, Mr. Daniels and I, who were behind, tried to stop it by holding to the rear
uprights. All our efforts were vain. The machine rolled over and over. Daniels, who had retained
his grip, was carried along with it, and was thrown about head over heels inside of the machine.
Fortunately he was not seriously injured, though badly bruised in falling about against the motor,
chain guides, etc. The ribs in the surfaces of the machine were broken, the motor injured and the
chain guides badly bent, so that all possibility of further flights with it for that year were at an
end.
[16] Some Aeronautical Experiments
By Wilbur Wright
THE difficulties which obstruct the pathway to success in flying machine construction are of
three general classes: (1) Those which relate to the construction of the sustaining wings.
(2) Those which relate to the generation and application of the power required to drive the
machine through the air. (3) Those relating to the balancing and steering of the machine after it
is actually in flight. Of these difficulties two are already to a certain extent solved. Men already
kn
ow how to construct wings or aeroplanes which, when driven through air at sufficient speed,
will not only sustain the weight of the wings themselves, but also that of the engine, and of the
engineer as well. Men also know how to build engines and screws of sufficient lightness and
power to drive these planes at sustaining speed. As long ago as 1893 a machine weighing
8,000 lbs. demonstrated its power both to lift itself from the ground and to maintain a speed of
from 30 to 40 miles per hour; but it came to grief in an accidental free flight, owing to the
inability of the operators to balance and steer it properly. This inability to balance and steer still
confronts students of the flying problem, although nearly ten years have passed. When this one
fe
ature has been worked out the age of flying machines will have arrived, for all other
difficulties are of minor importance.
The person who merely watches the flight of a bird gathers the impression that the bird has
nothing to think of but the flapping of its wings. As a matter of fact, this is a very small part of
its mental labour. Even to mention all the things the bird must constantly keep in mind in order
to fly securely through the air would take a very considerable treatise. If I take a piece of paper,
and after placing it parallel with the ground, quickly let it fall, it will not settle steadily down as a
staid, sensible piece of paper ought to do, but it insists on contravening every recognized rule of
decorum, turning over and darting hither and thither in the most erratic manner, much after the
style of an untrained horse. Yet this is the style of steed that men must learn to manage before
flying can become an everyday sport. The bird has learned this art of equilibrium, and learned it
so thoroughly that its skill is not apparent to our sight. We only learn to appreciate it when we
try to imitate it. Now, there are two ways of learning how to ride a fractious horse: one is to get
on him and learn by actual practice how each motion and trick may be best met; the other is to
sit on a fence and watch the beast awhile, and then retire to the house and at leisure figure out
the best way of overcoming his jumps and kicks. The latter system is the safest; but the former,
on the whole, turns out the larger proportion of good riders. It is very much the same in learning
to ride a flying machine; if you are looking for perfect safety you will do well to sit on a fence
and watch the birds; but if you really wish to learn you must mount a machine and become
acquainted with its tricks by actual trial.
My own active interest in aeronautical problems dates back to the death of Lilienthal in 1896.
The brief notice of his death which appeared in the telegraphic news at that time aroused a
passive interest which had existed from my[17] childhood, and led me to take down from the
shelves of our home library a book on “Animal Mechanism,” by Prof. Marey, which I had
already read several times. From this I was led to read more modern works, and as my brother
soon became equally interested with myself, we soon passed from the reading to the thinking,
and finally to the working stage. It seemed to us that the main reason why the problem had
remained so long unsolved was that no one had been able to obtain any adequate practice. We
figured that Lilienthal in five years of time had spent only about five hours in actual gliding
through the air. The wonder was not that he had done so little, but that he had accomplished so
much. It would not be considered at all safe for a bicycle rider to attempt to ride through a
crowded city street after only five hours’ practice, spread out in bits of ten seconds each over a
period of five years; yet Lilienthal with this brief practice was remarkably successful in meeting
the fluctuations and eddies of wind gusts. We thought that if some method could be found by
which it would be possible to practice by the hour instead of by the second there would be hope
of advancing the solution of a very difficult problem. It seemed feasible to do this by building a
machine which would be sustained at a speed of 18 miles per hour, and then finding a locality
where winds of this velocity were common. With these conditions a rope attached to the
machine to keep it from floating backward would answer very nearly the same purpose as a
propeller driven by a motor, and it would be possible to practice by the hour, and without any
serious danger, as it would not be necessary to rise far from the ground, and the machine would
not have any forward motion at all. We found, according to the accepted tables of air pressures
on curved surfaces, that a machine spreading 200 square feet of wing surface would be sufficient
fo
r our purpose, and that places could easily be found along the Atlantic coast where winds of 16
to 25 miles were not at all uncommon. When the winds were low it was our plan to glide from
the tops of sand hills, and when they were sufficiently strong to use a rope for our motor and fly
over one spot. Our next work was to draw up the plan for a suitable machine. After much study
we finally concluded that tails were a source of trouble rather than of assistance, and therefore
we decided to dispense with them altogether. It seemed reasonable that if the body of the
operator could be placed in a horizontal position instead of the upright, as in the machines of
Lilienthal, Pilcher and Chanute, the wind resistance could be very materially reduced, since only
one square foot instead of five would be exposed. As a full half-horse-power could be saved by
this change, we arranged to try at least the horizontal position. Then the method of control used
by Lilienthal, which consisted in shifting the body, did not seem quite as quick or effective as
the case required; so, after long study, we contrived a system consisting of two large surfaces on
the Chanute double-deck plan, and a smaller surface placed a short distance in front of the main
surfaces in such a position that the action of the wind upon it would counterbalance the effect of
the travel of the center of pressure on the main surfaces. Thus changes in the direction and
velocity of the wind would have little disturbing effect, and the operator would be required to
attend only to the steering of the machine, which was to be effected by curving the forward
surface up or down. The lateral equilibrium and the steering to right or left was to be attained by
a peculiar torsion of the main surfaces, which was equivalent to presenting one[18] end of the
wings at a greater angle than the other. In the main frame a few changes were also made in the
details of construction and trussing employed by Mr. Chanute. The most important of these
were: (1) The moving of the forward main cross-piece of the frame to the extreme front edge;
(2) the encasing in the cloth of all cross-pieces and ribs of the surfaces; (3) a rearrangement of
the wires used in trussing the two surfaces together, which rendered it possible to tighten all the
wires by simply shortening two of them.
With these plans we proceeded in the summer of 1900 to Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, a little
settlement located on the strip of land that separates Albemarle Sound from the Atlantic Ocean.
Owing to the impossibility of obtaining suitable material for a 200-square-foot machine, we
were compelled to make it only 165 square feet in area, which, according to the Lilienthal tables,
would be supported at an angle of three degrees in a wind of about 21 miles per hour. On the
very day that the machine was completed the wind blew from 25 to 30 miles per hour, and we
took it out for a trial as a kite. We found that while it was supported with a man on it in a wind
of about 25 miles, its angle was much nearer 20 degrees than three degrees. Even in gusts of 30
miles the angle of incidence did not get as low as three degrees, although the wind at this speed
has more than twice the lifting power of a 21-mile wind. As winds of 30 miles per hour are not
plentiful on clear days, it was at once evident that our plan of practicing by the hour, day after
day, would have to be postponed. Our system of twisting the surfaces to regulate the lateral
balance was tried and found to be much more effective than shifting the operator’s body. On
subsequent days, when the wind was too light to support the machine with a man on it, we tested
it as a kite, working the rudders by cords reaching to the ground. The results were very
satisfactory, yet we were well aware that this method of testing is never wholly convincing until
the results are confirmed by actual gliding experience.
We then turned our attention to making a series of actual measurements of the lift and drift of
the machine under various loads. So far as we were aware, this had never previously been done
with any full-size machine. The results obtained were most astonishing, for it appeared that the
total horizontal pull of the machine, while sustaining a weight of 52 lbs., was only 8.5 lbs.,
which was less than had previously been estimated for head resistance of the framing alone.
Making allowance for the weight carried, it appeared that the head resistance of the framing was
but little more than 50 per cent. of the amount which Mr. Chanute had estimated as the head
resistance of the framing of his machine. On the other hand, it appeared sadly deficient in lifting
power as compared with the calculated lift of curved surfaces of its size. This deficiency we
supposed might be due to one or more of the following causes:—(1) That the depth of the
curvature of our surfaces was insufficient, being only about one in 22, instead of one in 12.
(2) That the cloth used in our wings was not sufficiently air-tight. (3) That the Lilienthal tables
might themselves be somewhat in error. We decided to arrange our machine for[19] the following
year so that the depth of the curvature of its surfaces could be varied at will and its covering airproofed.
Our attention was next turned to gliding, but no hill suitable for the purpose could be found
near our camp at Kitty Hawk. This compelled us to take the machine to a point four miles south,
where the Kill Devil sand hill rises from the flat sand to a height of more than 100 feet. Its main
slope is toward the northeast, and has an inclination of 10 degrees. On the day of our arrival the
wind blew about 25 miles an hour, and as we had had no experience at all in gliding, we deemed
it unsafe to attempt to leave the ground. But on the day following, the wind having subsided to
14 miles per hour, we made about a dozen glides. It had been the original intention that the
operator should run with the machine to obtain initial velocity, and assume the horizontal
position only after the machine was in free flight. When it came time to land he was to resume
the upright position and alight on his feet, after the style of previous gliding experiments. But in
actual trial we found it much better to employ the help of two assistants in starting, which the
peculiar form of our machine enabled us readily to do; and in landing we found that it was
entirely practicable to land while still reclining in a horizontal position upon the machine.
Although the landings were made while moving at speeds of more than 20 miles an hour, neither
machine nor operator suffered any injury. The slope of the hill was 9.5 deg., or a drop of one
fo
ot in six. We found that after attaining a speed of about 25 to 30 miles with reference to the
wind, or 10 to 15 miles over the ground, the machine not only glided parallel to the slope of the
hill, but greatly increased its speed, thus indicating its ability to glide on a somewhat less angle
than 9.5 deg., when we should feel it safe to rise higher from the surface. The control of the
machine proved even better than we had dared to expect, responding quickly to the slightest
motion of the rudder. With these glides our experiments for the year 1900 closed. Although the
hours and hours of practice we had hoped to obtain finally dwindled down to about two minutes,
we were very much pleased with the general results of the trip, for, setting out as we did with
almost revolutionary theories on many points and an entirely untried form of machine, we
considered it quite a point to be able to return without having our pet theories completely
kn
ocked on the head by the hard logic of experience, and our own brains dashed out in the
bargain. Everything seemed to us to confirm the correctness of our original opinions—(1) that
practice is the key to the secret of flying; (2) that it is practicable to assume the horizontal
position; (3) that a smaller surface set at a negative angle in front of the main bearing surfaces,
or wings, will largely counteract the effect of the fore-and-aft travel of the center of pressure;
(4) that steering up and down can be attained with a rudder without moving the position of the
operator’s body; (5) that twisting the wings so as to present their ends to the wind at different
angles is a more prompt and efficient way of maintaining lateral equilibrium than that employed
in shifting the body of the operator of the machine.
When the time came to design our new machine for 1901 we decided to make it exactly like
the previous machine in theory and method of operation. But as the former machine was not able
to support the weight of the operator when flown as a kite, except in very high winds and at very
large angles of incidence, we decided to increase its lifting power. Accordingly,[20] the curvature
of the surfaces was increased to one in 12, to conform to the shape on which Lilienthal’s table
was based, and to be on the safe side we decided also to increase the area of the machine from
165 square feet to 308 square feet, although so large a machine had never before been deemed
controllable. The Lilienthal machine had an area of 151 square feet; that of Pilcher, 165 square
fe
et; and the Chanute double-decker, 134 square feet. As our system of control consisted in a
manipulation of the surfaces themselves instead of shifting the operator’s body, we hoped that
the new machine would be controllable, notwithstanding its great size. According to
calculations, it would obtain support in a wind of 17 miles per hour with an angle of incidence of
only three degrees.
Our experience of the previous year having shown the necessity of a suitable building for
housing the machine, we erected a cheap frame building, 16 feet wide, 25 feet long, and 7 feet
high at the eaves. As our machine was 22 feet wide, 14 feet long (including the rudder), and
ab
out 6 feet high, it was not necessary to take the machine apart in any way in order to house it.
Both ends of the building, except the gable parts, were made into doors which hinged above, so
that when opened they formed an awning at each end and left an entrance the full width of the
building. We went into camp about the middle of July, and were soon joined by Mr. E. C.
Huffaker, of Tennessee, an experienced aeronautical investigator in the employ of Mr. Chanute,
by whom his services were kindly loaned, and by Dr. A. G. Spratt, of Pennsylvania, a young
man who has made some valuable investigations of the properties of variously curved surfaces
and the travel of the center of pressure thereon. Early in August Mr. Chanute came down from
Chicago to witness our experiments, and spent a week in camp with us. These gentlemen, with
my brother and myself, formed our camping party, but in addition we had in many of our
experiments the valuable assistance of Mr. W. J. Tate and Mr. Dan Tate, of Kitty Hawk.
It had been our intention when building the machine to do most of the experimenting in the
fo
llowing manner:—When the wind blew 17 miles an hour, or more, we would attach a rope to
the machine and let it rise as a kite with the operator upon it. When it should reach a proper
height the operator would cast off the rope and glide down to the ground just as from the top of a
hill. In this way we would be saved the trouble of carrying the machine uphill after each glide,
and could make at least 10 glides in the time required for one in the other way. But when we
came to try it we found that a wind of 17 miles, as measured by Richards’ anemometer, instead
of sustaining the machine with its operator, a total weight of 240 lbs., at an angle of incidence of
three degrees, in reality would not sustain the machine alone—100 lbs.—at this angle. Its lifting
capacity seemed scarcely one-third of the calculated amount. In order to make sure that this was
not due to the porosity of the cloth, we constructed two small experimental surfaces of equal
size, one of which was air-proofed and the other left in its natural state; but we could detect no
difference in their lifting powers.[21] For a time we were led to suspect that the lift of curved
surfaces little exceeded that of planes of the same size, but further investigation and experiment
led to the opinion that (1) the anemometer used by us over-recorded the true velocity of the wind
by nearly 15 per cent.; (2) that the well-known Smeaton coefficient of .005 V2 for the wind
pressure at 90 degrees is probably too great by at least 20 per cent.; (3) that Lilienthal’s estimate
that the pressure on a curved surface having an angle of incidence of three degrees equals .545 of
the pressure at 90 degrees is too large, being nearly 50 per cent. greater than very recent
experiments of our own with a special pressure testing machine indicate; (4) that the
superposition of the surfaces somewhat reduced the lift per square foot, as compared with a
single surface of equal area.
In gliding experiments, however, the amount of lift is of less relative importance than the ratio
of lift to drift, as this alone decides the angle of gliding descent. In a plane the pressure is always
perpendicular to the surface, and the ratio of lift to drift is therefore the same as that of the cosine
to the sine of the angle of incidence. But in curved surfaces a very remarkable situation is found.
The pressure, instead of being uniformly normal to the chord of the arc, is usually inclined
considerably in front of the perpendicular. The result is that the lift is greater and the drift less
than if the pressure were normal. While our measurements differ considerably from those of
Lilienthal, Lilienthal was the first to discover this exceedingly important fact, which is fully set
fo
rt
h in his book, “Bird Flight the Basis of the Flying Art,” but owing to some errors in the
methods he used in making measurements, question was raised by other investigators not only as
to the accuracy of his figures, but even as to the existence of any tangential force at all. Our
experiments confirm the existence of this force. At Kitty Hawk we spent much time in
measuring the horizontal pressure on our unloaded machine at various angles of incidence. We
fo
und that at 13 degrees the horizontal pressure was about 23 lbs. This included not only the
drift proper, or horizontal component of the pressure on the side of the surface, but also the head
resistance of the framing as well. The weight of the machine at the time of this test was about
108 lbs. Now, if the pressure had been normal to the chord of the surface, the drift proper would
have been to the lift (108 lbs.) as the sine of 13 degrees is to the cosine of 13 degrees, or .22 ×
108
/
.97 = 24+ lbs.; but this slightly exceeds the total pull of 23 lbs. on our scales. Therefore, it is
evident that the average pressure on the surface, instead of being normal to the chord, was so far
inclined toward the front that all the head resistance of framing and wires used in the
construction was more than overcome. In a wind of 14 miles per hour resistance is by no means
a negligible factor, so that tangential is evidently a force of considerable value. In a higher wind,
which sustained the machine at an angle of 10 degrees, the pull on the scales was 18 lbs. With
the pressure normal to the chord the drift proper would have been .17 × 98 / .98 = 17 lbs., so that,
although the higher wind velocity must have caused an increase in[22] the head resistance, the
tangential force still came within one pound of overcoming it. After our return from Kitty Hawk
we began a series of experiments to accurately determine the amount and direction of the
pressure produced on curved surfaces when acted upon by winds at the various angles from zero
to 90 degrees. These experiments are not yet concluded, but in general they support Lilienthal in
the claim that the curves give pressures more favorable in amount and direction than planes; but
we find marked differences in the exact values, especially at angles below 10 degrees. We were
unable to obtain direct measurements of the horizontal pressures of the machine with the
operator on board, but by comparing the distance traveled in gliding with the vertical fall, it was
easily calculated that at a speed of 24 miles per hour the total horizontal resistance of our
machine when bearing the operator, amounted to 40 lbs., which is equivalent to about 21/3 horsepower. It must not be supposed, however, that a motor developing this power would be
sufficient to drive a man-bearing machine. The extra weight of the motor would require either a
larger machine, higher speed, or a greater angle of incidence in order to support it, and therefore
more power. It is probable, however, that an engine of six horse-power, weighing 100 lbs.,
would answer the purpose. Such an engine is entirely practicable. Indeed, working motors of
one-half this weight per horse-power (9 lbs. per horse-power) have been constructed by several
different builders. Increasing the speed of our machine from 24 to 33 miles per hour reduced the
total horizontal pressure from 40 to about 35 lbs. This was quite an advantage in gliding, as it
made it possible to sail about 15 per cent. further with a given drop. However, it would be of
little or no advantage in reducing the size of the motor in a power-driven machine, because the
lessened thrust would be counterbalanced by the increased speed per minute. Some years ago
Professor Langley called attention to the great economy of thrust which might be obtained by
using very high speeds, and from this many were led to suppose that high speed was essential to
success in a motor-driven machine. But the economy to which Professor Langley called
attention was in foot-pounds per mile of travel, not in foot-pounds per minute. It is the footpounds per minute that fixes the size of the motor. The probability is that the first flying
machines will have a relatively low speed, perhaps not much exceeding 20 miles per hour, but
the problem of increasing the speed will be much simpler in some respects than that of
increasing the speed of a steamboat; for, whereas in the latter case the size of the engine must
increase as the cube of the speed, in the flying machine, until extremely high speeds are reached,
the capacity of the motor increases in less than simple ratio; and there is even a decrease in the
fu
el consumption per mile of travel. In other words, to double the speed of a steamship (and the
same is true of the balloon type of airship) eight times the engine and boiler capacity would be
required, and four times the fuel consumption per mile of travel; while a flying machine would
require engines of less than double the size, and there would be an actual decrease in the fuel
consumption per mile of travel. But looking at the matter conversely, the great disadvantage of
the flying machine is apparent;[23] for in the latter no flight at all is possible unless the proportion
of horse-power to flying capacity is very high; but on the other hand a steamship is a mechanical
success if its ratio of horse-power to tonnage is insignificant. A flying machine that would fly at
a speed of 50 miles an hour with engines of 1,000 horse-power would not be upheld by its wings
at all at a speed of less than 25 miles an hour, and nothing less than 500 horse-power could drive
it at this speed. But a boat which could make 40 miles per hour with engines of 1,000 horsepower would still move four miles an hour even if the engines were reduced to one horse-power.
The problems of land and water travel were solved in the nineteenth century, because it was
possible to begin with small achievements and gradually work up to our present success. The
flying problem was left over to the twentieth century, because in this case the art must be highly
developed before any flight of any considerable duration at all can be obtained.
However, there is another way of flying which requires no artificial motor, and many workers
believe that success will first come by this road. I refer to the soaring flight, by which the
machine is permanently sustained in the air by the same means that are employed by soaring
birds. They spread their wings to the wind, and sail by the hour, with no perceptible exertion
beyond that required to balance and steer themselves. What sustains them is not definitely
kn
own, though it is almost certain that it is a rising current of air. But whether it be a rising
current or something else, it is as well able to support a flying machine as a bird, if man once
learns the art of utilizing it. In gliding experiments it has long been known that the rate of
vertical descent is very much retarded, and the duration of the flight greatly prolonged, if a
strong wind blows up the face of the hill parallel to its surface. Our machine, when gliding in
still air, has a rate of vertical descent of nearly six feet per second, while in a wind blowing 26
miles per hour up a steep hill we made glides in which the rate of descent was less than two feet
per second. And during the larger part of this time, while the machine remained exactly in the
rising current, there was no descent at all, but even a slight rise. If the operator had had sufficient
skill to keep himself from passing beyond the rising current he would have been sustained
indefinitely at a higher point than that from which he started.
In looking over our experiments of the past two years, with models and full-size machines, the
fo
llowing points stand out with clearness:—
1. That the lifting power of a large machine, held stationary in a wind at a small distance
from the earth, is much less than the Lilienthal table and our own laboratory experiments
would lead us to expect. When the machine is moved through the air, as in gliding, the
discrepancy seems much less marked.
2. That the ratio of drift to lift in well-balanced surfaces is less at angles of incidence of five
degrees to 12 degrees than at an angle of three degrees.
3. That in arched surfaces the center of pressure at 90 degrees is near the center of the
surface, but moves slowly forward[24] as the angle becomes less, till a critical angle
varying with the shape and depth of the curve is reached, after which it moves rapidly
toward the rear till the angle of no lift is found.
4. That with similar conditions large surfaces may be controlled with not much greater
difficulty than small ones, if the control is effected by manipulation of the surfaces
themselves, rather than by a movement of the body of the operator.
5. That the head resistances of the framing can be brought to a point much below that
usually estimated as necessary.
6. That tails, both vertical and horizontal, may with safety be eliminated in gliding and other
flying experiments.
7. That a horizontal position of the operator’s body may be assumed without excessive
danger, and thus the head resistance reduced to about one-fifth that of the upright
position.
8. That a pair of superposed, or tandem, surfaces has less lift in proportion to drift than
either surface separately, even after making allowance for weight and head resistance of
the connections.
👁 :5
ACT I
SCENE I. Elsinore. A platform before the Castle.
Enter FRANCISCO and BARNARDO, two sentinels.
BARNARDO.
Who’s there?
FRANCISCO.
Nay, answer me. Stand and unfold yourself.
BARNARDO.
Long live the King!
FRANCISCO.
Barnardo?
BARNARDO.
He.
FRANCISCO.
You come most carefully upon your hour.
BARNARDO.
’Tis now struck twelve. Get thee to bed, Francisco.
FRANCISCO.
For this relief much thanks. ’Tis bitter cold,
And I am sick at heart.
BARNARDO.
Have you had quiet guard?
FRANCISCO.
Not a mouse stirring.
BARNARDO.
Well, good night.
If you do meet Horatio and Marcellus,
The rivals of my watch, bid them make haste.
Enter HORATIO and MARCELLUS.
FRANCISCO.
I think I hear them. Stand, ho! Who is there?
HORATIO.
Friends to this ground.
MARCELLUS.
And liegemen to the Dane.
FRANCISCO.
Give you good night.
MARCELLUS.
O, farewell, honest soldier, who hath reliev’d you?
FRANCISCO.
Barnardo has my place. Give you good-night.
[Exit.]
MARCELLUS.
Holla, Barnardo!
BARNARDO.
Say, what, is Horatio there?
HORATIO.
A piece of him.
BARNARDO.
Welcome, Horatio. Welcome, good Marcellus.
MARCELLUS.
What, has this thing appear’d again tonight?
BARNARDO.
I have seen nothing.
MARCELLUS.
Horatio says ’tis but our fantasy,
And will not let belief take hold of him
Touching this dreaded sight, twice seen of us.
Therefore I have entreated him along
With us to watch the minutes of this night,
That if again this apparition come
He may approve our eyes and speak to it.
HORATIO.
Tush, tush, ’twill not appear.
BARNARDO.
Sit down awhile,
And let us once again assail your ears,
That are so fortified against our story,
What we two nights have seen.
HORATIO.
Well, sit we down,
And let us hear Barnardo speak of this.
BARNARDO.
Last night of all,
When yond same star that’s westward from the pole,
Had made his course t’illume that part of heaven
Where now it burns, Marcellus and myself,
The bell then beating one—
MARCELLUS.
Peace, break thee off. Look where it comes again.
Enter GHOST.
BARNARDO.
In the same figure, like the King that’s dead.
MARCELLUS.
Thou art a scholar; speak to it, Horatio.
BARNARDO.
Looks it not like the King? Mark it, Horatio.
HORATIO.
Most like. It harrows me with fear and wonder.
BARNARDO
It would be spoke to.
MARCELLUS.
Question it, Horatio.
HORATIO.
What art thou that usurp’st this time of night,
Together with that fair and warlike form
In which the majesty of buried Denmark
Did sometimes march? By heaven I charge thee speak.
MARCELLUS.
It is offended.
BARNARDO.
See, it stalks away.
HORATIO.
Stay! speak, speak! I charge thee speak!
[Exit GHOST.]
MARCELLUS.
’Tis gone, and will not answer.
BARNARDO.
How now, Horatio! You tremble and look pale.
Is not this something more than fantasy?
What think you on’t?
HORATIO.
Before my God, I might not this believe
Without the sensible and true avouch
Of mine own eyes.
MARCELLUS.
Is it not like the King?
HORATIO.
As thou art to thyself:
Such was the very armour he had on
When he th’ambitious Norway combated;
So frown’d he once, when in an angry parle
He smote the sledded Polacks on the ice.
’Tis strange.
MARCELLUS.
Thus twice before, and jump at this dead hour,
With martial stalk hath he gone by our watch.
HORATIO.
In what particular thought to work I know not;
But in the gross and scope of my opinion,
This bodes some strange eruption to our state.
MARCELLUS.
Good now, sit down, and tell me, he that knows,
Why this same strict and most observant watch
So nightly toils the subject of the land,
And why such daily cast of brazen cannon
And foreign mart for implements of war;
Why such impress of shipwrights, whose sore task
Does not divide the Sunday from the week.
What might be toward, that this sweaty haste
Doth make the night joint-labourer with the day:
Who is’t that can inform me?
HORATIO.
That can I;
At least, the whisper goes so. Our last King,
Whose image even but now appear’d to us,
Was, as you know, by Fortinbras of Norway,
Thereto prick’d on by a most emulate pride,
Dar’d to the combat; in which our valiant Hamlet,
For so this side of our known world esteem’d him,
Did slay this Fortinbras; who by a seal’d compact,
Well ratified by law and heraldry,
Did forfeit, with his life, all those his lands
Which he stood seiz’d of, to the conqueror;
Against the which, a moiety competent
Was gaged by our King; which had return’d
To the inheritance of Fortinbras,
Had he been vanquisher; as by the same cov’nant
And carriage of the article design’d,
His fell to Hamlet. Now, sir, young Fortinbras,
Of unimproved mettle, hot and full,
Hath in the skirts of Norway, here and there,
Shark’d up a list of lawless resolutes,
For food and diet, to some enterprise
That hath a stomach in’t; which is no other,
As it doth well appear unto our state,
But to recover of us by strong hand
And terms compulsatory, those foresaid lands
So by his father lost. And this, I take it,
Is the main motive of our preparations,
The source of this our watch, and the chief head
Of this post-haste and rummage in the land.
BARNARDO.
I think it be no other but e’en so:
Well may it sort that this portentous figure
Comes armed through our watch so like the King
That was and is the question of these wars.
HORATIO.
A mote it is to trouble the mind’s eye.
In the most high and palmy state of Rome,
A little ere the mightiest Julius fell,
The graves stood tenantless and the sheeted dead
Did squeak and gibber in the Roman streets;
As stars with trains of fire and dews of blood,
Disasters in the sun; and the moist star,
Upon whose influence Neptune’s empire stands,
Was sick almost to doomsday with eclipse.
And even the like precurse of fierce events,
As harbingers preceding still the fates
And prologue to the omen coming on,
Have heaven and earth together demonstrated
Unto our climatures and countrymen.
Re-enter GHOST.
But, soft, behold! Lo, where it comes again!
I’ll cross it, though it blast me. Stay, illusion!
If thou hast any sound, or use of voice,
Speak to me.
If there be any good thing to be done,
That may to thee do ease, and grace to me,
Speak to me.
If thou art privy to thy country’s fate,
Which, happily, foreknowing may avoid,
O speak!
Or if thou hast uphoarded in thy life
Extorted treasure in the womb of earth,
For which, they say, you spirits oft walk in death,
Speak of it. Stay, and speak!
Stop it, Marcellus!
MARCELLUS.
Shall I strike at it with my partisan?
HORATIO.
Do, if it will not stand.
BARNARDO.
’Tis here!
HORATIO.
’Tis here!
[Exit GHOST.]
MARCELLUS.
’Tis gone!
We do it wrong, being so majestical,
To offer it the show of violence,
For it is as the air, invulnerable,
And our vain blows malicious mockery.
BARNARDO.
It was about to speak, when the cock crew.
HORATIO.
And then it started, like a guilty thing
Upon a fearful summons. I have heard
The cock, that is the trumpet to the morn,
Doth with his lofty and shrill-sounding throat
Awake the god of day; and at his warning,
Whether in sea or fire, in earth or air,
Th’extravagant and erring spirit hies
To his confine. And of the truth herein
This present object made probation.
MARCELLUS.
It faded on the crowing of the cock.
Some say that ever ’gainst that season comes
Wherein our Saviour’s birth is celebrated,
The bird of dawning singeth all night long;
And then, they say, no spirit dare stir abroad,
The nights are wholesome, then no planets strike,
No fairy takes, nor witch hath power to charm;
So hallow’d and so gracious is the time.
HORATIO.
So have I heard, and do in part believe it.
But look, the morn in russet mantle clad,
Walks o’er the dew of yon high eastward hill.
Break we our watch up, and by my advice,
Let us impart what we have seen tonight
Unto young Hamlet; for upon my life,
This spirit, dumb to us, will speak to him.
Do you consent we shall acquaint him with it,
As needful in our loves, fitting our duty?
MARCELLUS.
Let’s do’t, I pray, and I this morning know
Where we shall find him most conveniently.
👁 :124
HISTORY OF ASTRONOMY
DURING THE NINETEENTH CENTURY
INTR
OD
UC
TIO
N
We can distinguish three kinds of astronomy, each with a different origin and history, but all
mutually dependent, and composing, in their fundamental unity, one science. First in order of
time came the art of observing the returns, and measuring the places, of the heavenly bodies.
This was the sole astronomy of the Chinese and Chaldeans; but to it the vigorous Greek mind
added a highly complex geometrical plan of their movements, for which Copernicus substituted
a more harmonious system, without as yet any idea of a compelling cause. The planets revolved
in circles because it was their nature to do so, just as laudanum sets to sleep because it possesses
a virtus dormitiva. This first and oldest branch is known as "observational," or "practical
astronomy." Its business is to note facts as accurately as possible; and it is essentially
unconcerned with schemes for connecting those facts in a manner satisfactory to the reason.
The second kind of astronomy was founded by Newton. Its nature is best indicated by the term
"gravitational"; but it is also called "theoretical astronomy."[1] It is based on the idea of cause;
and the whole of its elaborate structure is reared according to the dictates of a single law, simple
in itself, but the tangled web of whose consequences can be unravelled only by the subtle agency
of an elaborate calculus.
The third and last division of celestial science may properly be termed "physical and descriptive
astronomy." It seeks to know what the heavenly bodies are in themselves, leaving the How?
and[Pg 2]
the Wherefore? of their movements to be otherwise answered. Now, such inquiries became
possible only through the invention of the telescope, so that Galileo was, in point of fact, their
originator. But Herschel first gave them a prominence which the whole progress of science
du
ring the nineteenth century served to confirm and render more exclusive. Inquisitions begun
with the telescope have been extended and made effective in unhoped-for directions by the aid of
the spectroscope and photographic camera; and a large part of our attention in the present
volume will be occupied with the brilliant results thus achieved.
The unexpected development of this new physical-celestial science is the leading fact in recent
astronomical history. It was out of the regular course of events. In the degree in which it has
actually occurred it could certainly not have been foreseen. It was a seizing of the prize by a
competitor who had hardly been thought qualified to enter the lists. Orthodox astronomers of the
old school looked with a certain contempt upon observers who spent their nights in scrutinising
the faces of the moon and planets rather than in timing their transits, or devoted daylight
energies, not to reductions and computations, but to counting and measuring spots on the sun.
They were regarded as irregular practitioners, to be tolerated perhaps, but certainly not
encouraged.
The advance of astronomy in the eighteenth century ran in general an even and logical course.
The age succeeding Newton's had for its special task to demonstrate the universal validity, and
trace the complex results, of the law of gravitation. The accomplishment of that task occupied
just one hundred years. It was virtually brought to a close when Laplace explained to the French
Academy, November 19, 1787, the cause of the moon's accelerated motion. As a mere machine,
the solar system, so far as it was then known, was found to be complete and intelligible in all its
parts; and in the Mécanique Céleste its mechanical perfections were displayed under a form of
majestic unity which fitly commemorated the successive triumphs of analytical genius over
problems amongst the most arduous ever dealt with by the mind of man.
Theory, however, demands a practical test. All its data are derived from observation; and their
insecurity becomes less tolerable as it advances nearer to perfection. Observation, on the other
hand, is the pitiless critic of theory; it detects weak points, and provokes reforms which may be
the beginnings of discovery. Thus, theory and observation mutually act and react, each
alternately taking the lead in the endless race of improvement.
Now, while in France Lagrange and Laplace were bringing the gravitational theory of the solar
system to completion, work of[Pg 3] a very different kind, yet not less indispensable to the future
welfare of astronomy, was being done in England. The Royal Observatory at Greenwich is one
of the few useful institutions which date their origin from the reign of Charles II. The leading
position which it still occupies in the science of celestial observation was, for near a century and
a half after its foundation, an exclusive one. Delambre remarked that, had all other materials of
the kind been destroyed, the Greenwich records alone would suffice for the restoration of
astronomy. The establishment was indeed absolutely without a rival.[2] Systematic observations
of sun, moon, stars, and planets were during the whole of the eighteenth century made only at
Greenwich. Here materials were accumulated for the secure correction of theory, and here
refinements were introduced by which the exquisite accuracy of modern practice in astronomy
was eventually attained.
The chief promoter of these improvements was James Bradley. Few men have possessed in an
equal degree with him the power of seeing accurately, and reasoning on what they see. He let
nothing pass. The slightest inconsistency between what appeared and what was to be expected
roused his keenest attention; and he never relaxed his mental grip of a subject until it had yielded
to his persistent inquisition. It was to these qualities that he owed his discoveries of the
ab
erration of light and the nutation of the earth's axis. The first was announced in 1729. What is
meant by it is that, owing to the circumstance of light not being instantaneously transmitted, the
heavenly bodies appear shifted from their true places by an amount depending upon the ratio
which the velocity of light bears to the speed of the earth in its orbit. Because light travels with
enormous rapidity, the shifting is very slight; and each star returns to its original position at the
end of a year.
Bradley's second great discovery was finally ascertained in 1748. Nutation is a real "nodding" of
the terrestrial axis produced by the dragging of the moon at the terrestrial equatorial
protuberance. From it results an apparent displacement of the stars, each of them describing a
little ellipse about its true or "mean" position, in a period of nearly nineteen years.
Now, an acquaintance with the fact and the laws of each of these minute irregularities is vital to
the progress of observational astronomy; for without it the places of the heavenly bodies could
never be accurately known or compared. So that Bradley, by their detection, at once raised the
science to a higher grade of precision. Nor was this the whole of his work. Appointed
Astronomer-Royal in 1742, he executed during the years 1750-62 a series of observations[Pg 4]
which formed the real beginning of exact astronomy. Part of their superiority must, indeed, be
attributed to the co-operation of John Bird, who provided Bradley in 1750 with a measuring
instrument of till then unequalled excellence. For not only was the art of observing in the
eighteenth century a peculiarly English art, but the means of observing were furnished almost
exclusively by British artists. John Dollond, the son of a Spitalfields weaver, invented the
achromatic lens in 1758, removing thereby the chief obstacle to the development of the powers
of refracting telescopes; James Short, of Edinburgh, was without a rival in the construction of
reflectors; the sectors, quadrants, and circles of Graham, Bird, Ramsden, and Cary were
inimitable by Continental workmanship.
Thus practical and theoretical astronomy advanced on parallel lines in England and France
respectively, the improvement of their several tools—the telescope and the quadrant on the one
side, and the calculus on the other—keeping pace. The whole future of the science seemed to be
theirs. The cessation of interest through a too speedy attainment of the perfection towards which
each spurred the other, appeared to be the only danger it held in store for them. When all at once,
a rival stood by their side—not, indeed, menacing their progress, but threatening to absorb their
popularity.
The rise of Herschel was the one conspicuous anomaly in the astronomical history of the
eighteenth century. It proved decisive of the course of events in the nineteenth. It was
unexplained by anything that had gone before; yet all that came after hinged upon it. It gave a
new direction to effort; it lent a fresh impulse to thought. It opened a channel for the widespread
public interest which was gathering towards astronomical subjects to flow in.
Much of this interest was due to the occurrence of events calculated to arrest the attention and
excite the wonder of the uninitiated. The predicted return of Halley's comet in 1759 verified,
after an unprecedented fashion, the computations of astronomers. It deprived such bodies for
ever of their portentous character; it ranked them as denizens of the solar system. Again, the
transits of Venus in 1761 and 1769 were the first occurrences of the kind since the awakening of
science to their consequence. Imposing preparations, journeys to remote and hardly accessible
regions, official expeditions, international communications, all for the purpose of observing
them to the best advantage, brought their high significance vividly to the public consciousness; a
result aided by the facile pen of Lalande, in rendering intelligible the means by which these
elaborate arrangements were to issue in an[Pg 5] accurate knowledge of the sun's distance. Lastly,
Herschel's discovery of Uranus, March 13, 1781, had the surprising effect of utter novelty. Since
the human race had become acquainted with the company of the planets, no addition had been
made to their number. The event thus broke with immemorial traditions, and seemed to show
astronomy as still young and full of unlooked-for possibilities.
Further popularity accrued to the science from the sequel of a career so strikingly opened.
Herschel's huge telescopes, his detection by their means of two Saturnian and as many Uranian
moons, his piercing scrutiny of the sun, picturesque theory of its constitution, and sagacious
indication of the route pursued by it through space; his discovery of stellar revolving systems,
his bold soundings of the universe, his grandiose ideas, and the elevated yet simple language in
which they were conveyed—formed a combination powerfully effective to those least
susceptible of new impressions. Nor was the evoked enthusiasm limited to the British Isles. In
Germany, Schröter followed—longo intervallo—in Herschel's track. Von Zach set on foot from
Gotha that general communication of ideas which gives life to a forward movement. Bode wrote
much and well for unlearned readers. Lalande, by his popular lectures and treatises, helped to
fo
rm
an audience which Laplace himself did not disdain to address in the Exposition du Système
du
Mo
nde.
This great accession of public interest gave the impulse to the extraordinarily rapid progress of
astronomy in the nineteenth century. Official patronage combined with individual zeal sufficed
fo
r the elder branches of the science. A few well-endowed institutions could accumulate the
materials needed by a few isolated thinkers for the construction of theories of wonderful beauty
and elaboration, yet precluded, by their abstract nature, from winning general applause. But the
new physical astronomy depends for its prosperity upon the favour of the multitude whom its
striking results are well fitted to attract. It is, in a special manner, the science of amateurs. It
welcomes the most unpretending co-operation. There is no one "with a true eye and a faithful
hand" but can do good work in watching the heavens. And not unfrequently, prizes of discovery
which the most perfect appliances failed to grasp, have fallen to the share of ignorant or illprovided assiduity.
Observers, accordingly, have multiplied; observatories have been founded in all parts of the
world; associations have been constituted for mutual help and counsel. A formal astronomical
congress met in 1789 at Gotha—then, under Duke Ernest II. and Von Zach, the[Pg 6] focus of
German astronomy—and instituted a combined search for the planet suspected to revolve
undiscovered between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter. The Astronomical Society of London was
established in 1820, and the similar German institution in 1863. Both have been highly
influential in promoting the interests, local and general, of the science they are devoted to
fo
rw
ard; while functions corresponding to theirs have been discharged elsewhere by older or less
specially constituted bodies, and new ones of a more popular character are springing up on all
sides.
Modern facilities of communication have helped to impress more deeply upon modern
astronomy its associative character. The electric telegraph gives a certain ubiquity which is
invaluable to an observer of the skies. With the help of a wire, a battery, and a code of signals,
he sees whatever is visible from any portion of our globe, depending, however, upon other eyes
than his own, and so entering as a unit into a widespread organisation of intelligence. The press,
again, has been a potent agent of co-operation. It has mainly contributed to unite astronomers all
over the world into a body animated by the single aim of collecting "particulars" in their special
branch for what Bacon termed a History of Nature, eventually to be interpreted according to the
sagacious insight of some one among them gifted above his fellows. The first really effective
astronomical periodical was the Monatliche Correspondenz, started by Von Zach in the year
1800. It was followed in 1822 by the Astronomische Nachrichten, later by the Memoirs and
Mo
nthly Notices of the Astronomical Society, and by the host of varied publications which now,
in every civilised country, communicate the discoveries made in astronomy to divers classes of
readers, and so incalculably quicken the current of its onward flow.
Public favour brings in its train material resources. It is represented by individual enterprise, and
finds expression in an ample liberality. The first regular observatory in the Southern Hemisphere
was founded at Paramatta by Sir Thomas Makdougall Brisbane in 1821. The Royal Observatory
at the Cape of Good Hope was completed in 1829. Similar establishments were set to work by
the East India Company at Madras, Bombay, and St. Helena, during the first third of the
nineteenth century. The organisation of astronomy in the United States of America was due to a
strong wave of popular enthusiasm. In 1825 John Quincy Adams vainly urged upon Congress
the foundation of a National Observatory; but in 1843 the lectures on celestial phenomena of
Ormsby MacKnight Mitchel stirred an impressionable audience to the pitch of providing him
with the means of erecting at Cincinnati the first astronomical establishment worthy the name in
that[Pg 7] great country. On the 1st of January, 1882, no less than one hundred and forty-four
were active within its boundaries.
The apparition of the great comet of 1843 gave an additional fillip to the movement. To the
excitement caused by it the Harvard College Observatory—called the "American Pulkowa"—
directly owed its origin; and the example was not ineffective elsewhere. The United States Naval
Observatory was built in 1844, Lieutenant Maury being its first Director. Corporations,
universities, municipalities, vied with each other in the creation of such institutions; private
subscriptions poured in; emissaries were sent to Europe to purchase instruments and to procure
instruction in their use. In a few years the young Republic was, in point of astronomical
efficiency, at least on a level with countries where the science had been fostered since the dawn
of civilisation.
A vast widening of the scope of astronomy has accompanied, and in part occasioned, the great
extension of its area of cultivation which our age has witnessed. In the last century its purview
was a comparatively narrow one. Problems lying beyond the range of the solar system were
almost unheeded, because they seemed inscrutable. Herschel first showed the sidereal universe
as accessible to investigation, and thereby offered to science new worlds—majestic, manifold,
"infinitely infinite" to our apprehension in number, variety, and extent—for future conquest.
Their gradual appropriation has absorbed, and will long continue to absorb, the powers which it
has served to develop.
But this is not the only direction in which astronomy has enlarged, or rather has levelled, its
boundaries. The unification of the physical sciences is perhaps the greatest intellectual feat of
recent times. The process has included astronomy; so that, like Bacon, she may now be said to
have "taken all knowledge" (of that kind) "for her province." In return, she proffers potent aid for
its increase. Every comet that approaches the sun is the scene of experiments in the electrical
illumination of rarefied matter, performed on a huge scale for our benefit. The sun, stars, and
nebulæ form so many celestial laboratories, where the nature and mutual relations of the
chemical "elements" may be tried by more stringent tests than sublunary conditions afford. The
laws of terrestrial magnetism can be completely investigated only with the aid of a concurrent
study of the face of the sun. The solar spectrum will perhaps one day, by its recurrent
modifications, tell us something of impending droughts, famines, and cyclones.
Astronomy generalises the results of the other sciences. She exhibits the laws of Nature working
over a wider area, and under more varied conditions, than ordinary experience presents.
Ordinary[Pg 8] experience, on the other hand, has become indispensable to her progress. She
takes in at one view the indefinitely great and the indefinitely little. The mutual revolutions of
the stellar multitude during tracts of time which seem to lengthen out to eternity as the mind
attempts to traverse them, she does not admit to be beyond her ken; nor is she indifferent to the
constitution of the minutest atom of matter that thrills the ether into light. How she entered upon
this vastly expanded inheritance, and how, so far, she has dealt with it, is attempted to be set
forth in the ensuing chapters
PART I
PROGRESS OF ASTRONOMY DURING THE FIRST HALF OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY
CHAPTER I
FOUNDATION OF SIDEREAL ASTRONOMY
Until nearly a hundred years ago the stars were regarded by practical astronomers mainly as a
number of convenient fixed points by which the motions of the various members of the solar
system could be determined and compared. Their recognised function, in fact, was that of
milestones on the great celestial highway traversed by the planets, as well as on the byways of
space occasionally pursued by comets. Not that curiosity as to their nature, and even conjecture
as to their origin, were at any period absent. Both were from time to time powerfully stimulated
by the appearance of startling novelties in a region described by philosophers as "incorruptible,"
or exempt from change. The catalogue of Hipparchus probably, and certainly that of Tycho
Brahe, some seventeen centuries later, owed each its origin to the temporary blaze of a new star.
The general aspect of the skies was thus (however imperfectly) recorded from age to age, and
with improved appliances the enumeration was rendered more and more accurate and complete;
but the secrets of the stellar sphere remained inviolate.
In a qualified though very real sense, Sir William Herschel may be called the Founder of
Sidereal Astronomy. Before his time some curious facts had been noted, and some ingenious
speculations hazarded, regarding the condition of the stars, but not even the rudiments of
systematic knowledge had been acquired. The facts ascertained can be summed up in a very few
sentences.
Giordano Bruno was the first to set the suns of space in motion; but in imagination only. His
daring surmise was, however, confirmed in 1718, when Halley announced[3] that Sirius,
Aldebaran,[Pg 10] Betelgeux, and Arcturus had unmistakably shifted their quarters in the sky
since Ptolemy assigned their places in his catalogue. A similar conclusion was reached by J.
Cassini in 1738, from a comparison of his own observations with those made at Cayenne by
Richer in 1672; and Tobias Mayer drew up in 1756 a list showing the direction and amount of
ab
out fifty-seven proper motions,[4] founded on star-places determined by Olaus Römer fifty
years previously. Thus the stars were no longer regarded as "fixed," but the question remained
whether the movements perceived were real or only apparent; and this it was not yet found
possible to answer. Already, in the previous century, the ingenious Robert Hooke had suggested
an "alteration of the very system of the sun,"[5] to account for certain suspected changes in stellar
positions; Bradley in 1748, and Lambert in 1761, pointed out that such apparent displacements
(by that time well ascertained) were in all probability a combined effect of motions both of sun
and stars; and Mayer actually attempted the analysis, but without result.
On the 13th of August, 1596, David Fabricius, an unprofessional astronomer in East Friesland,
saw in the neck of the Whale a star of the third magnitude, which by October had disappeared. It
was, nevertheless, visible in 1603, when Bayer marked it in his catalogue with the Greek letter ο,
and was watched, in 1638-39, through its phases of brightening and apparent extinction by a
Dutch professor named Holwarda.[6] From Hevelius this first-known periodical star received the
name of "Mira," or the Wonderful, and Boulliaud in 1667 fixed the length of its cycle of change
at 334 days. It was not a solitary instance. A star in the Swan was perceived by Janson in 1600 to
show fluctuations of light, and Montanari found in 1669 that Algol in Perseus shared the same
peculiarity to a marked degree. Altogether the class embraced in 1782 half-a-dozen members.
When it is added that a few star-couples had been noted in singularly, but it was supposed
accidentally, close juxtaposition, and that the failure of repeated attempts to measure stellar
parallaxes pointed to distances at least 400,000 times that of the earth from the sun,[7] the[Pg 11]
picture of sidereal science, when the last quarter of the eighteenth century began, is practically
complete. It included three items of information: that the stars have motions, real or apparent;
that they are immeasurably remote; and that a few shine with a periodically variable light. Nor
were these scantily collected facts ordered into any promise of further development. They lay at
once isolated and confused before the inquirer. They needed to be both multiplied and
marshalled, and it seemed as if centuries of patient toil must elapse before any reliable
conclusions could be derived from them. The sidereal world was thus the recognised domain of
fa
r-reaching speculations, which remained wholly uncramped by systematic research until
Herschel entered upon his career as an observer of the heavens.
The greatest of modern astronomers was born at Hanover, November 15, 1738. He was the
fo
urth child of Isaac Herschel, a hautboy-player in the band of the Hanoverian Guard, and was
early trained to follow his father's profession. On the termination, however, of the disastrous
campaign of 1757, his parents removed him from the regiment, there is reason to believe, in a
somewhat unceremonious manner. Technically, indeed, he incurred the penalties of desertion,
remitted—according to the Duke of Sussex's statement to Sir George Airy—by a formal pardon
handed to him personally by George III. on his presentation in 1782.[8] At the age of nineteen,
then, his military service having lasted four years, he came to England to seek his fortune. Of the
life of struggle and privation which ensued little is known beyond the circumstances that in 1760
he was engaged in training the regimental band of the Durham Militia, and that in 1765 he was
ap
pointed organist at Halifax. In the following year he removed to Bath as oboist in Linley's
orchestra, and in October 1767 was promoted to the post of organist in the Octagon Chapel. The
tide of prosperity now began to flow for him. The most brilliant and modish society in England
was at that time to be met at Bath, and the young Hanoverian quickly found himself a favourite
and the fashion in it. Engagements multiplied upon him. He became director of the public
concerts; he conducted oratorios, engaged singers, organised rehearsals, composed anthems,
chants, choral services, besides undertaking private tuitions, at times amounting to thirty-five or
even thirty-eight lessons a week. He in fact personified the musical activity of a place then
eminently and energetically musical.
But these multifarious avocations did not take up the whole of his thoughts. His education,
notwithstanding the poverty of his[Pg 12] family, had not been neglected, and he had always
greedily assimilated every kind of knowledge that came in his way. Now that he was a busy and
a prosperous man, it might have been expected that he would run on in the deep professional
groove laid down for him. On the contrary, his passion for learning seemed to increase with the
diminution of the time available for its gratification. He studied Italian, Greek, mathematics;
Maclaurin's Fluxions served to "unbend his mind"; Smith's Harmonics and Optics and
Ferguson's Astronomy were the nightly companions of his pillow. What he read stimulated
without satisfying his intellect. He desired not only to know, but to discover. In 1772 he hired a
small telescope, and through it caught a preliminary glimpse of the rich and varied fields in
which for so many years he was to expatiate. Henceforward the purpose of his life was fixed: it
was to obtain "a knowledge of the construction of the heavens";[9] and this sublime ambition he
cherished to the end.
A more powerful instrument was the first desideratum; and here his mechanical genius came to
his aid. Having purchased the apparatus of a Quaker optician, he set about the manufacture of
specula with a zeal which seemed to anticipate the wonders they were to disclose to him. It was
not until fifteen years later that his grinding and polishing machines were invented, so the work
had at that time to be entirely done by hand. During this tedious and laborious process (which
could not be interrupted without injury, and lasted on one occasion sixteen hours), his strength
was supported by morsels of food put into his mouth by his sister,[10] and his mind amused by
her reading aloud to him the Arabian Nights, Don Quixote, or other light works. At length, after
repeated failures, he found himself provided with a reflecting telescope—a 5-1/2-foot
Gregorian—of his own construction. A copy of his first observation with it, on the great Nebula
in Orion—an object of continual amazement and assiduous inquiry to him—is preserved by the
Royal Society. It bears the date March 4, 1774.[11]
In the following year he executed his first "review of the heavens," memorable chiefly as an
evidence of the grand and novel conceptions which already inspired him, and of the enthusiasm
with which he delivered himself up to their guidance. Overwhelmed with professional
engagements, he still contrived to snatch some[Pg 13] moments for the stars; and between the acts
at the theatre was often seen running from the harpsichord to his telescope, no doubt with that
"uncommon precipitancy which accompanied all his actions."[12] He now rapidly increased the
power and perfection of his telescopes. Mirrors of seven, ten, even twenty feet focal length, were
successively completed, and unprecedented magnifying powers employed. His energy was
unceasing, his perseverance indomitable. In the course of twenty-one years no less than 430
parabolic specula left his hands. He had entered upon his forty-second year when he sent his first
paper to the Philosophical Transactions; yet during the ensuing thirty-nine years his
contributions—many of them elaborate treatises—numbered sixty-nine, forming a series of
extraordinary importance to the history of astronomy. As a mere explorer of the heavens his
labours were prodigious. He discovered 2,500 nebulæ, 806 double stars, passed the whole
firmament in review four several times, counted the stars in 3,400 "gauge-fields," and executed a
photometric classification of the principal stars, founded on an elaborate (and the first
systematically conducted) investigation of their relative brightness. He was as careful and patient
as he was rapid; spared no time and omitted no precaution to secure accuracy in his
observations; yet in one night he would examine, singly and attentively, up to 400 separate
objects.
The discovery of Uranus was a mere incident of the scheme he had marked out for himself—a
fru
it, gathered as it were by the way. It formed, nevertheless, the turning-point in his career.
From a star-gazing musician he was at once transformed into an eminent astronomer; he was
relieved from the drudgery of a toilsome profession, and installed as Royal Astronomer, with a
modest salary of £200 a year; funds were provided for the construction of the forty-foot
reflector, from the great space-penetrating power of which he expected unheard-of revelations;
in fine, his future work was not only rendered possible, but it was stamped as authoritative.[13]
On Whit-Sunday 1782, William and Caroline Herschel played and sang in public for the last
time in St. Margaret's Chapel, Bath; in August of the same year the household was moved to
Datchet, near Windsor, and on April 3, 1786, to Slough. Here happiness and honours crowded
on the fortunate discoverer. In 1788 he married Mary, only child of James Baldwin, a merchant
of the city of London, and widow of Mr. John Pitt—a lady whose domestic virtues were
enhanced by the possession of a large jointure. The fruit of their union was one son, of whose
work—the worthy sequel of his father's—we shall have to speak further on. Herschel was
created a Knight[Pg 14] of the Hanoverian Guelphic Order in 1816, and in 1821 he became the
first President of the Royal Astronomical Society, his son being its first Foreign Secretary. But
his health had now for some years been failing, and on August 25, 1822, he died at Slough, in
the eighty-fourth year of his age, and was buried in Upton churchyard.
His epitaph claims for him the lofty praise of having "burst the barriers of heaven." Let us see in
what sense this is true.
The first to form any definite idea as to the constitution of the stellar system was Thomas
Wright, the son of a carpenter living at Byer's Green, near Durham. With him originated what
has been called the "Grindstone Theory" of the universe, which regarded the Milky Way as the
projection on the sphere of a stratum or disc of stars (our sun occupying a position near the
centre), similar in magnitude and distribution to the lucid orbs of the constellations.[14] He was
fo
llowed by Kant,[15] who transcended the views of his predecessor by assigning to nebulæ the
position they long continued to occupy, rather on imaginative than scientific grounds, of "island
universes," external to, and co-equal with, the Galaxy. Johann Heinrich Lambert,[16] a tailor's
ap
prentice from Mühlhausen, followed, but independently. The conceptions of this remarkable
man were grandiose, his intuitions bold, his views on some points a singular anticipation of
subsequent discoveries. The sidereal world presented itself to him as a hierarchy of systems,
starting from the planetary scheme, rising to throngs of suns within the circuit of the Milky
Way—the "ecliptic of the stars," as he phrased it—expanding to include groups of many Milky
Ways; these again combining to form the unit of a higher order of assemblage, and so onwards
and upwards until the mind reels and sinks before the immensity of the contemplated creations.
"Thus everything revolves—the earth round the sun; the sun round the centre of his system; this
system round a centre common to it with other systems; this group, this assemblage of systems,
round a centre which is common to it with other groups of the same kind; and where shall we
have done?"[17]
The stupendous problem thus speculatively attempted, Herschel[Pg 15] undertook to grapple with
experimentally. The upshot of this memorable inquiry was the inclusion, for the first time,
within the sphere of human knowledge, of a connected body of facts, and inferences from facts,
regarding the sidereal universe; in other words, the foundation of what may properly be called a
science of the stars.
Tobias Mayer had illustrated the perspective effects which must ensue in the stellar sphere from
a translation of the solar system, by comparing them to the separating in front and closing up
behind of trees in a forest to the eye of an advancing spectator;[18] but the appearances which he
thus correctly described he was unable to detect. By a more searching analysis of a smaller
collection of proper motions, Herschel succeeded in rendering apparent the very consequences
fo
reseen by Mayer. He showed, for example, that Arcturus and Vega did, in fact, appear to
recede from, and Sirius and Aldebaran to approach, each other by very minute amounts; and,
with a striking effort of divinatory genius, placed the "apex," or point of direction of the sun's
motion, close to the star λ in the constellation Hercules,[19] within a few degrees of the spot
indicated by later and indefinitely more refined methods of research. He resumed the subject in
1805,[20] but though employing a more rigorous method, was scarcely so happy in his result. In
1806,[21] he made a preliminary attempt to ascertain the speed of the sun's journey, fixing it, by
doubtless much too low an estimate, at about three miles a second. Yet the validity of his general
conclusion as to the line of solar travel, though long doubted, has been triumphantly confirmed.
The question as to the "secular parallax" of the fixed stars was in effect answered.
With their annual parallax, however, the case was very different. The search for it had already
led Bradley to the important discoveries of the aberration of light and the nutation of the earth's
axis; it was now about to lead Herschel to a discovery of a different, but even more elevated
character. Yet in neither case was the object primarily sought attained.
From the very first promulgation of the Copernician theory the seeming immobility of the stars
had been urged as an argument against its truth; for if the earth really travelled in a vast orbit[Pg
16] round the sun, objects in surrounding space should appear to change their positions, unless
their distances were on a scale which, to the narrow ideas of the universe then prevailing,
seemed altogether extravagant.[22] The existence of such apparent or "parallactic" displacements
was accordingly regarded as the touchstone of the new views, and their detection became an
object of earnest desire to those interested in maintaining them. Copernicus himself made the
attempt; but with his "Triquetrum," a jointed wooden rule with the divisions marked in ink,
constructed by himself,[23] he was hardly able to measure angles of ten minutes, far less fractions
of a second. Galileo, a more impassioned defender of the system, strained his ears, as it were,
from Arcetri, in his blind and sorrowful old age, for news of a discovery which two more
centuries had still to wait for. Hooke believed he had found a parallax for the bright star in the
Head of the Dragon; but was deceived. Bradley convinced himself that such effects were too
minute for his instruments to measure. Herschel made a fresh attempt by a practically untried
method.
It is a matter of daily experience that two objects situated at different distances seem to a
beholder in motion to move relatively to each other. This principle Galileo, in the third of his
Dialogues on the Systems of the World,[24] proposed to employ for the determination of stellar
parallax; for two stars, lying apparently close together, but in reality separated by a great gulf of
space, must shift their mutual positions when observed from opposite points of the earth's orbit;
or rather, the remoter forms a virtually fixed point, to which the movements of the other can be
conveniently referred. By this means complications were abolished more numerous and
perplexing than Galileo himself was aware of, and the problem was reduced to one of simple
micrometrical measurement. The "double-star method" was also suggested by James Gregory in
1675, and again by Wallis in 1693;[25] Huygens first, and afterwards Dr. Long of Cambridge
(about 1750), made futile experiments with it; and it eventually led, in the hands of Bessel, to the
successful determination of the parallax of 61 Cygni.
Its advantages were not lost upon Herschel. His attempt to assign definite distances to the nearest
stars was no isolated effort, but part of the settled plan upon which his observations were
conducted. He proposed to sound the heavens, and the first requisite was a knowledge of the
length of his sounding-line. Thus it came about that his special attention was early directed to
double stars.
"I resolved," he writes,[26] "to examine every star in the heavens[Pg 17] with the utmost attention
and a very high power, that I might collect such materials for this research as would enable me to
fix my observations upon those that would best answer my end. The subject has already proved
so extensive, and still promises so rich a harvest to those who are inclined to be diligent in the
pursuit, that I cannot help inviting every lover of astronomy to join with me in observations that
must inevitably lead to new discoveries."
The first result of these inquiries was a classed catalogue of 269 double stars presented to the
Royal Society in 1782, followed, after three years, by an additional list of 434. In both these
collections the distances separating the individuals of each pair were carefully measured, and
(with a few exceptions) the angles made with the hour-circle by the lines joining their centres
(technically called "angles of position") were determined with the aid of a "revolving-wire
micrometer," specially devised for the purpose. Moreover, an important novelty was introduced
by the observation of the various colours visible in the star-couples, the singular and vivid
contrasts of which were now for the first time described.
Double stars were at that time supposed to be a purely optical phenomenon. Their components, it
was thought, while in reality indefinitely remote from each other, were brought into fortuitous
contiguity by the chance of lying nearly in the same line of sight from the earth. Yet Bradley had
noticed a change of 30°, between 1718 and 1759, in the position-angle of the two stars forming
Castor, and was thus within a hair's breadth of the discovery of their physical connection.[27]
While the Rev. John Michell, arguing by the doctrine of probabilities, wrote as follows in
1767:—"It is highly probable in particular, and next to a certainty in general, that such double
stars as appear to consist of two or more stars placed very near together, do really consist of stars
placed near together, and under the influence of some general law."[28] And in 1784:[29] "It is not
improbable that a few years may inform us that some of the great number of double, triple stars,
etc., which have been observed by Mr. Herschel, are systems of bodies revolving about each
other."
This remarkable speculative anticipation had a practical counterpart in Germany. Father
Christian Mayer, a Jesuit astronomer at Mannheim, set himself, in January 1776, to collect
examples of stellar pairs, and shortly after published the supposed discovery of "satellites" to
many of the principal stars.[30] But his observations[Pg 18] were neither exact nor prolonged
enough to lead to useful results in such an inquiry. His disclosures were derided; his planet-stars
treated as results of hallucination. On n'a point cru à des choses aussi extraordinaires, wrote
Lalande[31] within one year of a better-grounded announcement to the same effect.
Herschel at first shared the general opinion as to the merely optical connection of double stars.
Of this the purpose for which he made his collection is in itself sufficient evidence, since what
may be called the differential method of parallaxes depends, as we have seen, for its efficacy
upon disparity of distance. It was "much too soon," he declared in 1782,[32] "to form any theories
of small stars revolving round large ones;" while in the year following,[33] he remarked that the
identical proper motions of the two stars forming, to the naked eye, the single bright orb of
Castor could only be explained as both equally due to the "systematic parallax" caused by the
sun's movement in space. Plainly showing that the notion of a physical tie, compelling the two
bodies to travel together, had not as yet entered into his speculations. But he was eminently open
to conviction, and had, moreover, by observations unparalleled in amount as well as in kind,
prepared ample materials for convincing himself and others. In 1802 he was able to announce
the fact of his discovery, and in the two ensuing years, to lay in detail before the Royal Society
proofs, gathered from the labours of a quarter of a century, of orbital revolution in the case of as
many as fifty double stars, henceforth, he declared, to be held as real binary combinations,
"intimately held together by the bond of mutual attraction."[34] The fortunate preservation in Dr.
Maskelyne's note-book of a remark made by Bradley about 1759, to the effect that the line
joining the components of Castor was an exact prolongation of that joining Castor with Pollux,
added eighteen years to the time during which the pair were under scrutiny, and confirmed the
evidence of change afforded by more recent observations. Approximate periods were fixed for
many of the revolving suns—for Castor 342 years; for γ Leonis, 1200, δ Serpentis, 375, ε Bootis,
1681 years; ε Lyræ was noted as a "double-double-star," a change of relative situation having
been detected in each of the two pairs composing the group; and the occultation was described of
one star by another in the course of their mutual revolutions, as exemplified in 1795 by the
rapidly circulating system of ζ Herculis.
Thus, by the sagacity and perseverance of a single observer, a firm basis was at last provided
upon which to raise the edifice of[Pg 19] sidereal science. The analogy long presumed to exist
between the mighty star of our system and the bright points of light spangling the firmament was
shown to be no fiction of the imagination, but a physical reality; the fundamental quality of
attractive power was proved to be common to matter so far as the telescope was capable of
exploring, and law, subordination, and regularity to give testimony of supreme and intelligent
design no less in those limitless regions of space than in our narrow terrestrial home. The
discovery was emphatically (in Arago's phrase) "one with a future," since it introduced the
element of precise knowledge where more or less probable conjecture had previously held
almost undivided sway; and precise knowledge tends to propagate itself and advance from point
to point.
We have now to speak of Herschel's pioneering work in the skies. To explore with line and
plummet the shining zone of the Milky Way, to delineate its form, measure its dimensions, and
search out the intricacies of its construction, was the primary task of his life, which he never lost
sight of, and to which all his other investigations were subordinate. He was absolutely alone in
this bold endeavour. Unaided, he had to devise methods, accumulate materials, and sift out
results. Yet it may safely be asserted that all the knowledge we possess on this sublime subject
was prepared, and the greater part of it anticipated, by him.
The ingenious method of "star-gauging," and its issue in the delineation of the sidereal system as
an irregular stratum of evenly-scattered suns, is the best-known part of his work. But it was, in
truth, only a first rude approximation, the principle of which maintained its credit in the literature
of astronomy a full half-century after its abandonment by its author. This principle was the
general equality of star distribution. If equal portions of space really held equal numbers of stars,
it is obvious that the number of stars visible in any particular direction would be strictly
proportional to the range of the system in that direction, apparent accumulation being produced
by real extent. The process of "gauging the heavens," accordingly, consisted in counting the stars
in successive telescopic fields, and calculating thence the depths of space necessary to contain
them. The result of 3,400 such operations was the plan of the Galaxy familiar to every reader of
an astronomical text-book. Widely-varying evidence was, as might have been expected, derived
from an examination of different portions of the sky. Some fields of view were almost blank,
while others (in or near the Milky Way) blazed with the radiance of many hundred stars
compressed into an area about one-fourth that of the full-moon. In the most crowded parts[Pg 20]
116,000 were stated to have been passed in review within a quarter of an hour. Here the "length
of his sounding-line" was estimated by Herschel at about 497 times the distance of Sirius—in
other words, the bounding orb, or farthest sun of the system in that direction, so far as could be
seen with the 20-foot reflector, was thus inconceivably remote. But since the distance of Sirius,
no less than of every other fixed star, was as yet an unknown quantity, the dimensions inferred
fo
r the Galaxy were of course purely relative; a knowledge of its form and structure might
(admitting the truth of the fundamental hypothesis) be obtained, but its real or absolute size
remained altogether undetermined.
Even as early as 1785, however, Herschel perceived traces of a tendency which completely
invalidated the supposition of any approach to an average uniformity of distribution. This was
the action of what he called a "clustering power" in the Milky Way. "Many gathering
clusters"[35] were already discernible to him even while he endeavoured to obtain a "true mean
result" on the assumption that each star in space was separated from its neighbours as widely as
the sun from Sirius. "It appears," he wrote in 1789, "that the heavens consist of regions where
suns are gathered into separate systems"; and in certain assemblages he was able to trace "a
course or tide of stars setting towards a centre," denoting, not doubtfully, the presence of
attractive forces.[36] Thirteen years later, he described our sun and his constellated companions
as surrounded by "a magnificent collection of innumerable stars, called the Milky Way, which
must occasion a very powerful balance of opposite attractions to hold the intermediate stars at
rest. For though our sun, and all the stars we see, may truly be said to be in the plane of the
Milky Way, yet I am now convinced, by a long inspection and continued examination of it, that
the Milky Way itself consists of stars very differently scattered from those which are
immediately about us." "This immense aggregation," he added, "is by no means uniform. Its
component stars show evident signs of clustering together into many separate allotments."[37]
The following sentences, written in 1811, contain a definite retractation of the view frequently
attributed to him:—
"I must freely confess," he says, "that by continuing my sweeps of the heavens my opinion of the
arrangement of the stars and their magnitudes, and of some other particulars, has undergone a
gradual change; and indeed, when the novelty of the subject is considered, we cannot be
surprised that many things formerly taken[Pg 21] for granted should on examination prove to be
different from what they were generally but incautiously supposed to be. For instance, an equal
scattering of the stars may be admitted in certain calculations; but when we examine the Milky
Way, or the closely compressed clusters of stars of which my catalogues have recorded so many
instances, this supposed equality of scattering must be given up."[38]
Another assumption, the fallacy of which he had not the means of detecting since become
available, was retained by him to the end of his life. It was that the brightness of a star afforded
an approximate measure of its distance. Upon this principle he founded in 1817 his method of
"limiting apertures,"[39] by which two stars, brought into view in two precisely similar
telescopes, were "equalised" by covering a certain portion of the object-glass collecting the more
brilliant rays. The distances of the orbs compared were then taken to be in the ratio of the
reduced to the original apertures of the instruments with which they were examined. If indeed
the absolute lustre of each were the same, the result might be accepted with confidence; but since
we have no warrant for assuming a "standard star" to facilitate our computations, but much
reason to suppose an indefinite range, not only of size but of intrinsic brilliancy, in the suns of
our firmament, conclusions drawn from such a comparison are entirely worthless.
In another branch of sidereal science besides that of stellar aggregation, Herschel may justly be
styled a pioneer. He was the first to bestow serious study on the enigmatical objects known as
"nebulæ." The history of the acquaintance of our race with them is comparatively short. The only
one recognised before the invention of the telescope was that in the girdle of Andromeda,
certainly familiar in the middle of the tenth century to the Persian astronomer Abdurrahman AlSûfi; and marked with dots on Spanish and Dutch constellation-charts of the fourteenth and
fifteenth centuries.[40] Yet so little was it noticed that it might practically be said—as far as
Europe is concerned—to have been discovered in 1612 by Simon Marius (Mayer of
Genzenhausen), who aptly described its appearance as that of a "candle shining through horn."
The first mention of the great Orion nebula is by a Swiss Jesuit named Cysatus, who succeeded
Father Scheiner[Pg 22] in the chair of mathematics at Ingolstadt. He used it, apparently without
any suspicion of its novelty, as a term of comparison for the comet of December 1618.[41] A
novelty, nevertheless, to astronomers it still remained in 1656, when Huygens discerned, "as it
were, an hiatus in the sky, affording a glimpse of a more luminous region beyond."[42] Halley in
1716 knew of six nebulæ, which he believed to be composed of a "lucid medium" diffused
through the ether of space.[43] He appears, however, to have been unacquainted with some
previously noticed by Hevelius. Lacaille brought back with him from the Cape a list of fortytwo—the first-fruits of observation in Southern skies—arranged in three numerically equal
classes;[44] and Messier (nicknamed by Louis XV. the "ferret of comets"), finding such objects a
source of extreme perplexity in the pursuit of his chosen game, attempted to eliminate by
methodising them, and drew up a catalogue comprising, in 1781, 103 entries.[45]
These preliminary attempts shrank into insignificance when Herschel began to "sweep the
heavens" with his giant telescopes. In 1786 he presented to the Royal Society a descriptive
catalogue of 1,000 nebulæ and clusters, followed, three years later, by a second of as many
more; to which he added in 1802 a further gleaning of 500. On the subject of their nature his
views underwent a remarkable change. Finding that his potent instruments resolved into stars
many nebulous patches in which no signs of such a structure had previously been discernible, he
naturally concluded that "resolvability" was merely a question of distance and telescopic power.
He was (as he said himself) led on by almost imperceptible degrees from evident clusters, such
as the Pleiades, to spots without a trace of stellar formation, the gradations being so well
connected as to leave no doubt that all these phenomena were equally stellar. The singular
variety of their appearance was thus described by him:—
"I have seen," he says, "double and treble nebulæ variously arranged; large ones with small,
seeming attendants; narrow, but much extended lucid nebulæ or bright dashes; some of the shape
of a fan, resembling an electric brush, issuing from a lucid point; others of the cometic shape,
with a seeming nucleus in the centre, or like cloudy stars surrounded with a nebulous
atmosphere; a different sort, again, contain a nebulosity of the milky kind, like that wonderful,
inexplicable phenomenon about θ Orionis; while[Pg 23] others shine with a fainter, mottled kind
of light, which denotes their being resolvable into stars."[46]
"These curious objects" he considered to be "no less than whole sidereal systems,"[47] some of
which might "well outvie our Milky Way in grandeur." He admitted, however, a wide diversity
in condition as well as compass. The system to which our sun belongs he described as "a very
extensive branching congeries of many millions of stars, which probably owes its origin to many
remarkably large as well as pretty closely scattered small stars, that may have drawn together the
rest."[48] But the continued action of this same "clustering power" would, he supposed,
eventually lead to the breaking-up of the original majestic Galaxy into two or three hundred
separate groups, already visibly gathering. Such minor nebulæ, due to the "decay" of other
"branching nebulæ" similar to our own, he recognised by the score, lying, as it were, stratified in
certain quarters of the sky. "One of these nebulous beds," he informs us, "is so rich that in
passing through a section of it, in the time of only thirty-six minutes, I detected no less than
thirty-one nebulæ, all distinctly visible upon a fine blue sky." The stratum of Coma Berenices he
judged to be the nearest to our system of such layers; nor did the marked aggregation of nebulæ
towards both poles of the circle of the Milky Way escape his notice.
By a continuation of the same process of reasoning, he was enabled (as he thought) to trace the
life-history of nebulæ from a primitive loose and extended formation, through clusters of
gradually increasing compression, down to the kind named by him "Planetary" because of the
defined and uniform discs which they present. These he regarded as "very aged, and drawing on
towards a period of change or dissolution."[49]
"This method of viewing the heavens," he concluded, "seems to throw them into a new kind of
light. They now are seen to resemble a luxuriant garden which contains the greatest variety of
productions in different flourishing beds; and one advantage we may at least reap from it is, that
we can, as it were, extend the range of our experience to an immense duration. For, to continue
the simile which I have borrowed from the vegetable kingdom, is it not almost the same thing
whether we live successively to witness the germination, blooming, foliage, fecundity, fading,
withering, and corruption of a plant, or whether a vast number of specimens, selected from every
stage through which the plant[Pg 24] passes in the course of its existence, be brought at once to
our view?"[50]
But already this supposed continuity was broken. After mature deliberation on the phenomena
presented by nebulous stars, Herschel was induced, in 1791, to modify essentially his original
opinion.
"When I pursued these researches," he says, "I was in the situation of a natural philosopher who
fo
llows the various species of animals and insects from the height of their perfection down to the
lowest ebb of life; when, arriving at the vegetable kingdom, he can scarcely point out to us the
precise boundary where the animal ceases and the plant begins; and may even go so far as to
suspect them not to be essentially different. But, recollecting himself, he compares, for instance,
one of the human species to a tree, and all doubt upon the subject vanishes before him. In the
same manner we pass through gentle steps from a coarse cluster of stars, such as the Pleiades ...
till we find ourselves brought to an object such as the nebula in Orion, where we are still inclined
to remain in the once adopted idea of stars exceedingly remote and inconceivably crowded, as
being the occasion of that remarkable appearance. It seems, therefore, to require a more
dissimilar object to set us right again. A glance like that of the naturalist, who casts his eye from
the perfect animal to the perfect vegetable, is wanting to remove the veil from the mind of the
astronomer. The object I have mentioned above is the phenomenon that was wanting for this
purpose. View, for instance, the 19th cluster of my 6th class, and afterwards cast your eye on this
cloudy star, and the result will be no less decisive than that of the naturalist we have alluded to.
Our judgment, I may venture to say, will be, that the nebulosity about the star is not of a starry
nature."[51]
The conviction thus arrived at of the existence in space of a widely diffused "shining fluid" (a
conviction long afterwards fully justified by the spectroscope) led him into a field of endless
speculation. What was its nature? Should it "be compared to the coruscation of the electric fluid
in the aurora borealis? or to the more magnificent cone of the zodiacal light?" Above all, what
was its function in the cosmos? And on this point he already gave a hint of the direction in which
his mind was moving by the remark that this self-luminous matter seemed "more fit to produce a
star by its condensation, than to depend on the star for its existence."[52]
This was not a novel idea. Tycho Brahe had tried to explain the blaze of the star of 1572 as due
to a sudden concentration of[Pg 25] nebulous material in the Milky Way, even pointing out the
space left dark and void by the withdrawal of the luminous stuff; and Kepler, theorising on a
similar stellar apparition in 1604, followed nearly in the same track. But under Herschel's
treatment the nebular origin of stars first acquired the consistency of a formal theory. He
meditated upon it long and earnestly, and in two elaborate treatises, published respectively in
1811 and 1814, he at length set forth the arguments in its favour. These rested entirely upon the
"principle of continuity." Between the successive classes of his assortment of developing objects
there was, as he said, "perhaps not so much difference as would be in an annual description of
the human figure, were it given from the birth of a child till he comes to be a man in his
prime."[53] From diffused nebulosity, barely visible in the most powerful light-gathering
instruments, but which he estimated to cover nearly 152 square degrees of the heavens,[54] to
planetary nebulæ, supposed to be already centrally solid, instances were alleged of every stage
and phase of condensation. The validity of his reasoning, however, was evidently impaired by
his confessed inability to distinguish between the dim rays of remote clusters and the milky light
of true gaseous nebulæ.
It may be said that such speculations are futile in themselves, and necessarily barren of results.
But they gratify an inherent tendency of the human mind, and, if pursued in a becoming spirit,
should be neither reproved nor disdained. Herschel's theory still holds the field, the testimony of
recent discoveries with regard to it having proved strongly confirmatory of its principle,
although not of its details. Strangely enough, it seems to have been propounded in complete
independence of Laplace's nebular hypothesis as to the origin of the solar system. Indeed, it
dated, as we have seen, in its first inception, from 1791, while the French geometrician's view
was not advanced until 1796.
We may now briefly sum up the chief results of Herschel's long years of "watching the heavens."
The apparent motions of the stars had been disentangled; one portion being clearly shown to be
du
e to a translation towards a point in the constellation Hercules of the sun and his attendant
planets; while a large balance of displacement was left to be accounted for by real movements,
various in extent and direction, of the stars themselves. By the action of a central force similar
to, if not identical with, gravity, suns of every degree of size and splendour, and sometimes
brilliantly contrasted in colour, were seen to be held together in systems, consisting of two, three,
fo
ur, even six members, whose revolutions exhibited a wide range of variety both in period and
in orbital form. A new[Pg 26] department of physical astronomy was thus created,[55] and rigid
calculation for the first time made possible within the astral region. The vast problem of the
arrangement and relations of the millions of stars forming the Milky Way was shown to be
capable of experimental treatment, and of at least partial solution, notwithstanding the variety
and complexity seen to prevail, to an extent previously undreamt of, in the arrangement of that
majestic system. The existence of a luminous fluid, diffused through enormous tracts of space,
and intimately associated with stellar bodies, was virtually demonstrated, and its place and use in
creation attempted to be divined by a bold but plausible conjecture. Change on a stupendous
scale was inferred or observed to be everywhere in progress. Periodical stars shone out and again
decayed; progressive ebbings or flowings of light were indicated as probable in many stars under
no formal suspicion of variability; forces were everywhere perceived to be at work, by which the
very structure of the heavens themselves must be slowly but fundamentally modified. In all
directions groups were seen to be formed or forming; tides and streams of suns to be setting
towards powerful centres of attraction; new systems to be in process of formation, while effete
ones hastened to decay or regeneration when the course appointed for them by Infinite Wisdom
was run. And thus, to quote the words of the observer who "had looked farther into space than
ever human being did before him,"[56] the state into which the incessant action of the clustering
power has brought the Milky Way at present, is a kind of chronometer that may be used to
measure the time of its past and future existence; and although we do not know the rate of going
of this mysterious chronometer, it is nevertheless certain that, since the breaking-up of the parts
of the Milky Way affords a proof that it cannot last for ever, it equally bears witness that its past
duration cannot be admitted to be infinite.CHAPTER II
PR
OGRESS OF SIDEREAL ASTRONOMY
We have now to consider labours of a totally different character from those of Sir William
Herschel. Exploration and discovery do not constitute the whole business of astronomy; the less
adventurous, though not less arduous, task of gaining a more and more complete mastery over
the problems immemorially presented to her, may, on the contrary, be said to form her primary
du
ty. A knowledge of the movements of the heavenly bodies has, from the earliest times, been
demanded by the urgent needs of mankind; and science finds its advantage, as in many cases it
has taken its origin, in condescension to practical claims. Indeed, to bring such knowledge as
near as possible to absolute precision has been defined by no mean authority[58] as the true end
of astronomy.
Several causes concurred about the beginning of the last century to give a fresh and powerful
impulse to investigations having this end in view. The rapid progress of theory almost compelled
a corresponding advance in observation; instrumental improvements rendered such an advance
possible; Herschel's discoveries quickened public interest in celestial inquiries; royal, imperial,
and grand-ducal patronage widened the scope of individual effort. The heart of the new
movement was in Germany. Hitherto the observatory of Flamsteed and Bradley had been the
acknowledged centre of practical astronomy; Greenwich observations were the standard of
reference all over Europe; and the art of observing prospered in direct proportion to the fidelity
with which Greenwich methods were imitated. Dr. Maskelyne, who held the post of Astronomer
Royal during forty-six years (from 1765 to 1811), was no unworthy successor to the eminent
men who had gone before him. His foundation of the Nautical Almanac (in 1767) alone
constitutes a valid title to fame; he introduced at the Observatory the important innovation of the
systematic publication of results; and the careful and prolonged series of observations executed
by[Pg 28] him formed the basis of the improved theories, and corrected tables of the celestial
movements, which were rapidly being brought to completion abroad. His catalogue of thirty-six
"fundamental" stars was besides excellent in its way, and most serviceable. Yet he was devoid of
Bradley's instinct for divining the needs of the future. He was fitted rather to continue a tradition
than to found a school. The old ways were dear to him; and, indefatigable as he was, a definite
purpose was wanting to compel him, by its exigencies, along the path of progress. Thus, for
almost fifty years after Bradley's death, the acquisition of a small achromatic[59] was the only
notable change made in the instrumental equipment of the Observatory. The transit, the zenith
sector, and the mural quadrant, with which Bradley had done his incomparable work, retained
their places long after they had become deteriorated by time and obsolete by the progress of
invention; and it was not until the very close of his career that Maskelyne, compelled by Pond's
detection of serious errors, ordered a Troughton's circle, which he did not live to employ.
Meanwhile, the heavy national disasters with which Germany was overwhelmed in the early part
of the nineteenth century seemed to stimulate rather than impede the intellectual revival already
fo
r some years in progress there. Astronomy was amongst the first of the sciences to feel the new
impulse. By the efforts of Bode, Olbers, Schröter, and Von Zach, just and elevated ideas on the
subject were propagated, intelligence was diffused, and a firm ground prepared for common
action in mutual sympathy and disinterested zeal. They received powerful aid through the
fo
undation, in 1804, by a young artillery officer named Von Reichenbach, of an Optical and
Mechanical Institute at Munich. Here the work of English instrumental artists was for the first
time rivalled, and that of English opticians—when Fraunhofer entered the new establishment—
fa
r surpassed. The development given to the refracting telescope by this extraordinary man was
indispensable to the progress of that fundamental part of astronomy which consists in the exact
determination of the places of the heavenly bodies. Reflectors are brilliant engines of discovery,
but they lend themselves with difficulty to the prosaic work of measuring right ascensions and
polar distances. A signal improvement in the art of making and working flint-glass thus most
opportunely coincided with the rise of a German school of scientific mechanicians, to furnish the
instrumental means needed for the reform which was at hand. Of the leader of that reform it is
now time to speak.
Friedrich Wilhelm Bessel was born at Minden, in Westphalia,[Pg 29] July 22, 1784. A certain
taste for figures, coupled with a still stronger distaste for the Latin accidence, directed his
inclination and his father's choice towards a mercantile career. In his fifteenth year, accordingly,
he entered the house of Kuhlenkamp and Sons, in Bremen, as an apprenticed clerk. He was now
thrown completely upon his own resources. From his father, a struggling Government official,
heavily weighted with a large family, he was well aware that he had nothing to expect; his
dormant faculties were roused by the necessity for self-dependence, and he set himself to push
manfully forward along the path that lay before him. The post of supercargo on one of the
trading expeditions sent out from the Hanseatic towns to China and the East Indies was the aim
of his boyish ambition, for the attainment of which he sought to qualify himself by the
industrious acquisition of suitable and useful knowledge. He learned English in two or three
months; picked up Spanish with the casual aid of a gunsmith's apprentice; studied the geography
of the distant lands which he hoped to visit; collected information as to their climates,
inhabitants, products, and the courses of trade. He desired to add some acquaintance with the art
(then much neglected) of taking observations at sea; and thus, led on from navigation to
astronomy, and from astronomy to mathematics, he groped his way into a new world.
It was characteristic of him that the practical problems of science should have attracted him
before his mind was as yet sufficiently matured to feel the charm of its abstract beauties. His first
attempt at observation was made with a sextant, rudely constructed under his own directions, and
a common clock. Its object was the determination of the longitude of Bremen, and its success, he
tells us himself,[60] filled him with a rapture of delight, which, by confirming his tastes, decided
his destiny. He now eagerly studied Bode's Jahrbuch and Von Zach's Monatliche
Co
rrespondenz, overcoming each difficulty as it arose with the aid of Lalande's Traité
d'Astronomie, and supplying, with amazing rapidity, his early deficiency in mathematical
training. In two years he was able to attack a problem which would have tasked the patience, if
not the skill, of the most experienced astronomer. Amongst the Earl of Egremont's papers Von
Zach had discovered Harriot's observations on Halley's comet at its appearance in 1607, and
published them as a supplement to Bode's Annual. With an elaborate care inspired by his
youthful ardour, though hardly merited by their loose nature, Bessel deduced from them an orbit
fo
r that celebrated body, and presented the work to Olbers, whose reputation in cometary
researches gave a special fitness to the[Pg 30] proffered homage. The benevolent physicianastronomer of Bremen welcomed with surprised delight such a performance emanating from
such a source. Fifteen years previously, the French Academy had crowned a similar work; now
its equal was produced by a youth of twenty, busily engaged in commercial pursuits, self-taught,
and obliged to snatch from sleep the hours devoted to study. The paper was immediately sent to
Von Zach for publication, with a note from Olbers explaining the circumstances of its author;
and the name of Bessel became the common property of learned Europe.
He had, however, as yet no intention of adopting astronomy as his profession. For two years he
continued to work in the counting-house by day, and to pore over the Mécanique Céleste and the
Differential Calculus by night. But the post of assistant in Schröter's observatory at Lilienthal
having become vacant by the removal of Harding to Göttingen in 1805, Olbers procured for him
the offer of it. It was not without a struggle that he resolved to exchange the desk for the
telescope. His reputation with his employers was of the highest; he had thoroughly mastered the
details of the business, which his keen practical intelligence followed with lively interest; his
years of apprenticeship were on the point of expiring, and an immediate, and not unwelcome
prospect of comparative affluence lay before him. The love of science, however, prevailed; he
chose poverty and the stars, and went to Lilienthal with a salary of a hundred thalers yearly.
Looking back over his life's work, Olbers long afterwards declared that the greatest service
which he had rendered to astronomy was that of having discerned, directed, and promoted the
genius of Bessel.[61]
For four years he continued in Schröter's employment. At the end of that time the Prussian
Government chose him to superintend the erection of a new observatory at Königsberg, which
after many vexatious delays, caused by the prostrate condition of the country, was finished
towards the end of 1813. Königsberg was the first really efficient German observatory. It
became, moreover, a centre of improvement, not for Germany alone, but for the whole
astronomical world. During two-and-thirty years it was the scene of Bessel's labours, and
Bessel's labours had for their aim the reconstruction, on an amended and uniform plan, of the
entire science of observation.
A knowledge of the places of the stars is the foundation of astronomy.[62] Their configuration
lends to the skies their distinctive features, and marks out the shifting tracks of more mobile
objects with relatively fixed, and generally unvarying points of light. A more detailed and
accurate acquaintance with the stellar multitude,[Pg 31] regarded from a purely uranographical
point of view, has accordingly formed at all times a primary object of celestial science, and was,
du
ring the last century, cultivated with a zeal and success by which all previous efforts were
dwarfed into insignificance. In Lalande's Histoire Céleste, published in 1801, the places of no
less than 47,390 stars were given, but in the rough, as it were, and consequently needing
laborious processes of calculation to render them available for exact purposes. Piazzi set an
example of improved methods of observation, resulting in the publication, in 1803 and 1814, of
two catalogues of about 7,600 stars—the second being a revision and enlargement of the first—
which for their time were models of what such works should be.[63] Stephen Groombridge at
Blackheath was similarly and most beneficially active. But something more was needed than the
diligence of individual observers. A systematic reform was called for; and it was this which
Bessel undertook and carried through.
Direct observation furnishes only what has been called the "raw material" of the positions of the
heavenly bodies.[64] A number of highly complex corrections have to be applied before their
mean can be disengaged from their apparent places on the sphere. Of these, the most
considerable and familiar is atmospheric refraction, by which objects seem to stand higher in the
sky than they in reality do, the effect being evanescent at the zenith, and attaining, by gradations
varying with conditions of pressure and temperature, a maximum at the horizon. Moreover, the
points to which measurements are referred are themselves in motion, either continually in one
direction, or periodically to and fro. The precession of the equinoxes is slowly progressive, or
rather retrogressive; the nutation of the pole oscillatory in a period of about eighteen years.
Added to which, the non-instantaneous transmission of light, combined with the movement of
the earth in its orbit, causes a small annual displacement known as aberration.
Now it is easy to see that any uncertainty in the application of these corrections saps the very
fo
undations of exact astronomy. Extremely minute quantities, it is true, are concerned; but the
life and progress of modern celestial science depends upon the sure recognition of extremely
minute quantities. In the early years of the nineteenth century, however, no uniform system of
"reduction" (so the complete correction of observational results is termed) had been established.
Much was left to the individual caprice of observers, who selected for the several "elements" of
reduction such values as[Pg 32] seemed best to themselves. Hence arose much hurtful confusion,
tending to hinder united action and mar the usefulness of laborious researches. For this state of
things, Bessel, by the exercise of consummate diligence, sagacity, and patience, provided an
entirely satisfactory remedy.
His first step was an elaborate investigation of the precious series of observations made by
Bradley at Greenwich from 1750 until his death in 1762. The catalogue of 3,222 stars which he
extracted from them gave the earliest example of the systematic reduction on a uniform plan of
such a body of work. It is difficult, without entering into details out of place in a volume like the
present, to convey an idea of the arduous nature of this task. It involved the formation of a theory
of the errors of each of Bradley's instruments, and a difficult and delicate inquiry into the true
value of each correction to be applied, before the entries in the Greenwich journals could be
developed into a finished and authentic catalogue. Although completed in 1813, it was not until
five years later that the results appeared with the proud, but not inappropriate title of
Fu
ndamenta Astronomiæ. The eminent value of the work consisted in this, that by providing a
mass of entirely reliable information as to the state of the heavens at the epoch 1755, it threw
back the beginning of exact astronomy almost half a century. By comparison with Piazzi's
catalogues the amount of precession was more accurately determined, the proper motions of a
considerable number of stars became known with certainty, and definite prediction—the
certificate of initiation into the secrets of Nature—at last became possible as regards the places
of the stars. Bessel's final improvements in the methods of reduction were published in 1830 in
his Tabulæ Regiomontanæ. They not only constituted an advance in accuracy, but afforded a
vast increase of facility in application, and were at once and everywhere adopted. Thus
astronomy became a truly universal science; uncertainties and disparities were banished, and
observations made at all times and places rendered mutually comparable.[65]
More, however, yet remained to be done. In order to verify with greater strictness the results
drawn from the Bradley and Piazzi catalogues, a third term of comparison was wanted, and this
Bessel undertook to supply. By a course of 75,011 observations, executed during the years 1821-
33, with the utmost nicety of care, the number of accurately known stars was brought up to
ab
ove 50,000, and an ample store of trustworthy facts laid up for the use of future astronomers.
In this department Argelander, whom he attracted from finance to astronomy, and trained in his
own methods, was his[Pg 33] assistant and successor. The great "Bonn Durchmusterung,"[66] in
which 324,198 stars visible in the northern hemisphere are enumerated, and the corresponding
"Atlas" published in 1857-63, constituting a picture of our sidereal surroundings of heretofore
unapproached completeness, may be justly said to owe their origin to Bessel's initiative, and to
fo
rm
a sequel to what he commenced.
But his activity was not solely occupied with the promotion of a comprehensive reform in
astronomy; it embraced special problems as well. The long-baffled search for a parallax of the
fixed stars was resumed with fresh zeal as each mechanical or optical improvement held out
fresh hopes of a successful issue. Illusory results abounded. Piazza in 1805 perceived, as he
supposed, considerable annual displacements in Vega, Aldebaran, Sirius, and Procyon; the truth
being that his instruments were worn out with constant use, and could no longer be depended
upon.[67] His countryman, Calandrelli, was similarly deluded. The celebrated controversy
between the Astronomer Royal and Dr. Brinkley, Director of the Dublin College Observatory,
turned on the same subject. Brinkley, who was in possession of a first-rate meridian-circle,
believed himself to have discovered relatively large parallaxes for four of the brightest stars;
Pond, relying on the testimony of the Greenwich instruments, asserted their nullity. The dispute,
protracted for fourteen years, from 1810 until 1824, was brought to no definite conclusion; but
the strong presumption on the negative side was abundantly justified in the event.
There was good reason for incredulity in the matter of parallaxes. Announcements of their
detection had become so frequent as to be discredited before they were disproved; and Struve,
who investigated the subject at Dorpat in 1818-21, had clearly shown that the quantities
concerned were too small to come within the reliable measuring powers of any instrument then
in use. Already, however, the means were being prepared of giving to those powers a large
increase.
On the 21st July, 1801, two old houses in an alley of Munich tumbled down, burying in their
ru
ins the occupants, of whom one alone was extricated alive, though seriously injured. This was
an orphan lad of fourteen named Joseph Fraunhofer. The Elector Maximilian Joseph was witness
of the scene, became interested in the survivor, and consoled his misfortune with a present of
eighteen ducats. Seldom was money better bestowed. Part of it went to buy books and a glasspolishing machine, with the help of which young Fraunhofer studied mathematics and optics,
and secretly exercised himself in the shaping and finishing of lenses; the remainder purchased
his[Pg 34] release from the tyranny of one Weichselberger, a looking-glass maker by trade, to
whom he had been bound apprentice on the death of his parents. A period of struggle and
privation followed, during which, however, he rapidly extended his acquirements; and was thus
eminently fitted for the task awaiting him, when, in 1806, he entered the optical department of
the establishment founded two years previously by Von Reichenbach and Utzschneider. He now
zealously devoted himself to the improvement of the achromatic telescope; and, after a
prolonged study of the theory of lenses, and many toilsome experiments in the manufacture of
flint-glass, he succeeded in perfecting, December 12, 1817, an object-glass of exquisite quality
and finish, 9-1/2 inches in diameter, and of 14 feet focal length.
This (as it was then considered) gigantic lens was secured by Struve for the Russian
Government, and the "great Dorpat refractor"—the first of the large achromatics which have
played such an important part in modern astronomy—was, late in 1824, set up in the place which
it still occupies. By ingenious improvements in mounting and fitting, it was adapted to the finest
micrometrical work, and thus offered unprecedented facilities both for the examination of double
stars (in which Struve chiefly employed it), and for such subtle measurements as might serve to
reveal or disprove the existence of a sensible stellar parallax. Fraunhofer, moreover, constructed
fo
r the observatory at Königsberg the first really available heliometer. The principle of this
instrument (termed with more propriety a "divided object-glass micrometer") is the separation,
by a strictly measurable amount, of two distinct images of the same object. If a double star, for
instance, be under examination, the two half-lenses into which the object-glass is divided are
shifted until the upper star (say) in one image is brought into coincidence with the lower star in
the other, when their distance apart becomes known by the amount of motion employed.[68]
This virtually new engine of research was delivered and mounted in 1829, three years after the
termination of the life of its deviser. The Dorpat lens had brought to Fraunhofer a title of nobility
and the sole management of the Munich Optical Institute (completely separated since 1814 from
the mechanical department). What he had achieved, however, was but a small part of what he
meant to achieve. He saw before him the possibility of nearly quadrupling the light-gathering
capacity of the great achromatic acquired by[Pg 35] Struve; he meditated improvements in
reflectors as important as those he had already effected in refractors; and was besides eagerly
occupied with investigations into the nature of light, the momentous character of which we shall
by-and-by have an opportunity of estimating. But his health was impaired, it is said, from the
weakening effects of his early accident, combined with excessive and unwholesome toil, and,
still hoping for its restoration from a projected journey to Italy, he died of consumption, June 7,
1826, aged thirty-nine years. His tomb in Munich bears the concise eulogy, Approximavit sidera.
Bessel had no sooner made himself acquainted with the exquisite defining powers of the
Königsberg heliometer, than he resolved to employ them in an attack upon the now secular
problem of star-distances. But it was not until 1837 that he found leisure to pursue the inquiry. In
choosing his test-star he adopted a new principle. It had hitherto been assumed that our nearest
neighbours in space must be found among the brightest ornaments of our skies. The knowledge
of stellar proper motions afforded by the critical comparison of recent with earlier star-places,
suggested a different criterion of distance. It is impossible to escape from the conclusion that the
ap
parently swiftest-moving stars are, on the whole, also the nearest to us, however numerous the
individual exceptions to the rule. Now, as early as 1792,[69] Piazzi had noted as an indication of
relative vicinity to the earth, the unusually large proper motion (5·2′ annually) of a double star of
the fifth magnitude in the constellation of the Swan. Still more emphatically in 1812[70] Bessel
drew the attention of astronomers to the fact, and 61 Cygni became known as the "flying star."
The seeming rate of its flight, indeed, is of so leisurely a kind, that in a thousand years it will
have shifted its place by less than 3-1/2 lunar diameters, and that a quarter of a million would be
required to carry it round the entire circuit of the visible heavens. Nevertheless, it has few rivals
in rapidity of movement, the apparent displacement of the vast majority of stars being, by
comparison, almost insensible.
This interesting, though inconspicuous object, then, was chosen by Bessel to be put to the
question with his heliometer, while Struve made a similar and somewhat earlier trial with the
bright gem of the Lyre, whose Arabic title of the "Falling Eagle" survives as a time-worn
remnant in "Vega." Both astronomers agreed to use the "differential" method, for which their
instruments and the vicinity to their selected stars of minute, physically detached companions
offered special facilities. In the last month of 1838[Pg 36] Bessel made known the result of one
year's observations, showing for 61 Cygni a parallax of about a third of a second (0·3136′).[71]
He then had his heliometer taken down and repaired, after which he resumed the inquiry, and
finally terminated a series of 402 measures in March 1840.[72] The resulting parallax of 0·3483′
(corresponding to a distance about 600,000 times that of the earth from the sun), seemed to be
ascertained beyond the possibility of cavil, and is memorable as the first published instance of
the fathom-line, so industriously thrown into celestial space, having really and indubitably
touched bottom. It was confirmed in 1842-43 with curious exactness by C. A. F. Peters at
Pulkowa; but later researches showed that it required increase to nearly half a second.[73]
Struve's measurements inspired less confidence. They extended over three years (1835-38), but
were comparatively few, and were frequently interrupted. The parallax, accordingly, of about a
quarter of a second (0·2613′) which he derived from them for α Lyræ, and announced in
1840,[74] has proved considerably too large.[75]
Meanwhile a result of the same kind, but of a more striking character than either Bessel's or
Struve's, had been obtained, one might almost say casually, by a different method and in a
distant region. Thomas Henderson, originally an attorney's clerk in his native town of Dundee,
had become known for his astronomical attainments, and was appointed in 1831 to direct the
recently completed observatory at the Cape of Good Hope. He began observing in April, 1832,
and, the serious shortcomings of his instrument notwithstanding, executed during the thirteen
months of his tenure of office a surprising amount of first-rate work. With a view to correcting
the declination of the lustrous double star α Centauri (which ranks after Sirius and Canopus as
the third brightest orb in the heavens), he effected a number of successive determinations of its
position, and on being informed of its very considerable proper motion (3·6′ annually), he
resolved to examine the observations already made for possible traces of parallactic
displacement. This was done on his return to Scotland, where he filled the office of Astronomer
Royal from 1834 until his premature death in 1844. The result justified his expectations. From
the[Pg 37] declination measurements made at the Cape and duly reduced, a parallax of about one
second of arc clearly emerged (diminished by Gill's and Elkin's observations, 1882-1883, to
O·75′); but, by perhaps an excess of caution, was withheld from publication until fuller certainty
was afforded by the concurrent testimony of Lieutenant Meadows's determinations of the same
star's right ascension.[76] When at last, January 9, 1839, Henderson communicated his discovery
to the Astronomical Society, he could no longer claim the priority which was his due. Bessel had
anticipated him with the parallax of 61 Cygni by just two months.
Thus from three different quarters, three successful and almost simultaneous assaults were
delivered upon a long-beleaguered citadel of celestial secrets. The same work has since been
steadily pursued, with the general result of showing that, as regards their overwhelming
majority, the stars are far too remote to show even the slightest trace of optical shifting from the
revolution of the earth in its orbit. In nearly a hundred cases, however, small parallaxes have
been determined, some certainly (that is, within moderate limits of error), others more or less
precariously. The list is an instructive one, in its omissions no less than in its contents. It
includes stars of many degrees of brightness, from Sirius down to a nameless telescopic star in
the Great Bear;[77] yet the vicinity to the earth of this minute object is so much greater than that
of the brilliant Vega, that the latter transported to its place would increase in lustre thirty-eight
times. Moreover, many of the brightest stars are found to have no sensible parallax, while the
majority of those ascertained to be nearest to the earth are of fifth, sixth, even ninth magnitudes.
The obvious conclusions follow that the range of variety in the sidereal system is enormously
greater than had been supposed, and that estimates of distance based upon apparent magnitude
must be wholly futile. Thus, the splendid Canopus, Betelgeux, and Rigel can be inferred, from
their indefinite remoteness, to exceed our sun thousands of times in size and lustre; while many
inconspicuous objects, which prove to be in our relative vicinity, must be notably his inferiors.
The limits of real stellar magnitude are then set very widely apart. At the same time, the socalled "optical" and "geometrical" methods of relatively estimating star-distances are both seen
to have a foundation of fact, although so disguised by complicated relations as to be of very
doubtful individual application. On the whole, the chances are in[Pg 38] favour of the superior
vicinity of a bright star over a faint one; and, on the whole, the stars in swiftest apparent motion
are amongst those whose actual remoteness is least. Indeed, there is no escape from either
conclusion, unless on the supposition of special arrangements in themselves highly improbable,
and, we may confidently say, non-existent.
The distances even of the few stars found to have measurable parallaxes are on a scale entirely
beyond the powers of the human mind to conceive. In the attempt both to realize them distinctly,
and to express them conveniently, a new unit of length, itself of bewildering magnitude, has
originated. This is what we may call the light-journey of one year. The subtle vibrations of the
ether, propagated on all sides from the surface of luminous bodies, travel at the rate of 186,300
miles a second, or (in round numbers) six billions of miles a year. Four and a third such
measures are needed to span the abyss that separates us from the nearest fixed star. In other
words, light takes four years and four months to reach the earth from α Centauri; yet α Centauri
lies some ten billions of miles nearer to us (so far as is yet known) than any other member of the
sidereal system!
The determination of parallax leads, in the case of stars revolving in known orbits, to the
determination of mass; for the distance from the earth of the two bodies forming a binary system
being ascertained, the seconds of arc apparently separating them from each other can be
translated into millions of miles; and we only need to add a knowledge of their period to enable
us, by an easy sum in proportion, to find their combined mass in terms of that of the sun. Thus,
since—according to Dr. Doberck's elements—the components of α Centauri revolve round their
common centre of gravity at a mean distance nearly 25 times the radius of the earth's orbit, in a
period of 88 years, the attractive force of the two together must be just twice the solar. We may
gather some idea of their relations by placing in imagination a second luminary like our sun in
circulation between the orbits of Neptune and Uranus. But systems of still more majestic
proportions are reduced by extreme remoteness to apparent insignificance. A double star of the
fo
urth magnitude in Cassiopeia (Eta), to which a small parallax is ascribed on the authority of O.
Struve, appears to be above eight times as massive as the central orb of our world; while a much
less conspicuous pair—85 Pegasi—exerts, if the available data can be depended upon, no less
than thirteen times the solar gravitating power.
Further, the actual rate of proper motions, so far as regards that part of them which is projected
upon the sphere, can be ascertained[Pg 39] for stars at known distance. The annual journey, for
instance, of 61 Cygni across the line of sight amounts to 1,000, and that of α Centauri to 446
millions of miles. A small star, numbered 1,830 in Groombridge's Circumpolar Catalogue,
"devours the way" at the rate of at least 150 miles a second—a speed, in Newcomb's opinion,
beyond the gravitating power of the entire sidereal system to control; and μ Cassiopeiæ
possesses above two-thirds of that surprising velocity; while for both objects, radial movements
of just sixty miles a second were disclosed by Professor Campbell's spectroscopic
measurements.
Herschel's conclusion as to the advance of the sun among the stars was not admitted as valid by
the most eminent of his successors. Bessel maintained that there was absolutely no
preponderating evidence in favour of its supposed direction towards a point in the constellation
Hercules.[78] Biot, Burckhardt, even Herschel's own son, shared his incredulity. But the
ap
pearance of Argelander's prize-essay in 1837[79] changed the aspect of the question. Herschel's
first memorable solution in 1783 was based upon the motions of thirteen stars, imperfectly
kn
own; his second, in 1805, upon those of no more than six. Argelander now obtained an
entirely concordant result from the large number of 390, determined with the scrupulous
accuracy characteristic of Bessel's work and his own. The reality of the fact thus persistently
disclosed could no longer be doubted; it was confirmed five years later by the younger Struve,
and still more strikingly in 1847[80] by Galloway's investigations, founded exclusively on the
ap
parent displacements of southern stars. In 1859 and 1863, Sir George Airy and Mr. Dunkin
(1821-1898),[81] employing all the resources of modern science, and commanding the wealth of
material furnished by 1,167 proper motions carefully determined by Mr. Main, reached
conclusions closely similar to that indicated nearly eighty years previously by the first great
sidereal astronomer; which Mr. Plummer's reinvestigation of the subject in 1883[82] served but
slightly to modify. Yet astronomers were not satisfied. Dr. Auwers of Berlin completed in 1866
a splendid piece of work, for which he received in 1888 the Gold Medal of the Royal
Astronomical Society. It consisted in reducing afresh, with the aid of the most refined modern
data, Bradley's original stars, and comparing their places thus obtained for the year 1755 with
those assigned to them from observations made at Greenwich after the lapse of ninety years. In
the interval, as was to be anticipated, most of them were found to[Pg 40] have travelled over some
small span of the heavens, and there resulted a stock of nearly three thousand highly authentic
proper motions. These ample materials were turned to account by M. Ludwig Struve[83] for a
discussion of the sun's motion, of which the upshot was to shift its point of aim to the bordering
region of the constellations Hercules and Lyra. And the more easterly position of the solar apex
was fully confirmed by the experiments, with variously assorted lists of stars, of Lewis Boss of
Albany,[84] and Oscar Stumpe of Bonn.[85] Fresh precautions of refinement were introduced into
the treatment of the subject by Ristenpart of Karlsruhe,[86] by Kapteyn of Groningen,[87] by
Newcomb[88] and Porter[89] in America, who ably availed themselves of the copious materials
accumulated before the close of the century. Their results, although not more closely accordant
than those of their predecessors, combined to show that the journey of our system is directed
towards a point within a circle about ten degrees in radius, having the brilliant Vega for its
centre. To determine its rate was a still more arduous problem. It involved the assumption, very
much at discretion, of an average parallax for the stars investigated; and Otto Struve's estimate of
154 million miles as the span yearly traversed was hence wholly unreliable. Fortunately,
however, as will be seen further on, a method of determining the sun's velocity independently of
any knowledge of star-distances, has now become available.
As might have been expected, speculation has not been idle regarding the purpose and goal of
the strange voyage of discovery through space upon which our system is embarked; but
altogether fruitlessly. The variety of the conjectures hazarded in the matter is in itself a measure
of their futility. Long ago, before the construction of the heavens had as yet been made the
subject of methodical inquiry, Kant was disposed to regard Sirius as the "central sun" of the
Milky Way; while Lambert surmised that the vast Orion nebula might serve as the regulating
power of a subordinate group including our sun. Herschel threw out the hint that the great cluster
in Hercules might prove to be the supreme seat of attractive force;[90] Argelander placed his
central body in the constellation Perseus;[91] Fomalhaut, the brilliant of the Southern Fish, was
set in the post of honour by Boguslawski[Pg 41] of Breslau. Mädler (who succeeded Struve at
Dorpat in 1839) concluded from a more formal inquiry that the ruling power in the sidereal
system resided, not in any single prepondering mass, but in the centre of gravity of the selfcontrolled revolving multitude.[92] In the former case (as we know from the example of the
planetary scheme), the stellar motions would be most rapid near the centre; in the latter, they
would become accelerated with remoteness from it.[93] Mädler showed that no part of the
heavens could be indicated as a region of exceptionally swift movements, such as would result
from the presence of a gigantic (though possibly obscure) ruling body; but that a community of
extremely sluggish movements undoubtedly existed in and near the group of the Pleiades, where,
accordingly, he placed the centre of gravity of the Milky Way.[94] The bright star Alcyone thus
became the "central sun," but in a purely passive sense, its headship being determined by its
situation at the point of neutralisation of opposing tendencies, and of consequent rest. By an
avowedly conjectural method, the solar period of revolution round this point was fixed at
18,200,000 years.
The scheme of sidereal government framed by the Dorpat astronomer was, it may be observed,
of the most approved constitutional type; deprivation, rather than increase of influence
accompanying the office of chief dignitary. But while we are still ignorant, and shall perhaps
ever remain so, of the fundamental plan upon which the Galaxy is organised, recent
investigations tend more and more to exhibit it, not as monarchical (so to speak), but as
fe
derative. The community of proper motions detected by Mädler in the vicinity of the Pleiades
may accordingly possess a significance altogether different from what he imagined.
Bessel's so-called "foundation of an Astronomy of the Invisible" now claims attention.[95] His
prediction regarding the planet Neptune does not belong to the present division of our subject; a
strictly analogous discovery in the sidereal system was, however, also very clearly foreshadowed
by him. His earliest suspicions of non-uniformity in the proper motion of Sirius dated from
1834; they extended to Procyon in 1840; and after a series of refined measurements with the new
Repsold circle, he announced in 1844 his conclusion that these irregularities were due to the
presence of[Pg 42] obscure bodies round which the two bright Dog-stars revolved as they pursued
their way across the sphere.[96] He even assigned to each an approximate period of half a
century. "I adhere to the conviction," he wrote later to Humboldt, "that Procyon and Sirius form
real binary systems, consisting of a visible and an invisible star. There is no reason to suppose
luminosity an essential quality of cosmical bodies. The visibility of countless stars is no
argument against the invisibility of countless others."[97]
An inference so contradictory to received ideas obtained little credit, until Peters found, in
1851,[98] that the apparent anomalies in the movements of Sirius could be completely explained
by an orbital revolution in a period of fifty years. Bessel's prevision was destined to be still more
triumphantly vindicated. On the 31st of January, 1862, while in the act of trying a new 18-inch
refractor, Mr. Alvan G. Clark (one of the celebrated firm of American opticians) actually
discovered the hypothetical Sirian companion in the precise position required by theory. It has
now been watched through nearly an entire revolution (period 49·4 years), and proves to be very
slightly luminous in proportion to its mass. Its attractive power, in fact, is nearly half that of its
primary, while it emits only 1/10000th of its light. Sirius itself, on the other hand, possesses a far
higher radiative intensity than our sun. It gravitates—admitting Sir David Gill's parallax of 0·38′
to be exact—like two suns, but shines like twenty. Possibly it is much distended by heat, and
undoubtedly its atmosphere intercepts a very much smaller proportion of its light than in stars of
the solar class. As regards Procyon, visual verification was awaited until November 13, 1896,
when Professor Schaeberle, with the great Lick refractor, detected the long-sought object in the
guise of a thirteenth-magnitude star. Dr. See's calculations[99] showed it to possess one-fifth the
mass of its primary, or rather more than half that of our sun.[100] Yet it gives barely 1/20000th of
the sun's light, so that it is still nearer to total obscurity than the dusky satellite of Sirius. The
period of forty years assigned to the system by Auwers in 1862[101] appears to be singularly
exact.
But Bessel was not destined to witness the recognition of "the invisible" as a legitimate and
profitable field for astronomical research. He died March 17, 1846, just six months before the
discovery of Neptune, of an obscure disease, eventually found to be occasioned by an extensive
fu
ngus-growth in the stomach. The[Pg 43] place which he left vacant was not one easy to fill. His
life's work might be truly described as "epoch-making." Rarely indeed shall we find one who
reconciled with the same success the claims of theoretical and practical astronomy, or surveyed
the science which he had made his own with a glance equally comprehensive, practical, and
profound.
The career of Friedrich Georg Wilhelm Struve illustrates the maxim that science differentiates as
it develops. He was, while much besides, a specialist in double stars. His earliest recorded use of
the telescope was to verify Herschel's conclusion as to the revolving movement of Castor, and he
never varied from the predilection which this first observation at once indicated and determined.
He was born at Altona, of a respectable yeoman family, April 15, 1793, and in 1811 took a
degree in philology at the new Russian University of Dorpat. He then turned to science, was
ap
pointed in 1813 to a professorship of astronomy and mathematics, and began regular work in
the Dorpat Observatory just erected by Parrot for Alexander I. It was not, however, until 1819
that the acquisition of a 5-foot refractor by Troughton enabled him to take the position-angles of
double stars with regularity and tolerable precision. The resulting catalogue of 795 stellar
systems gave the signal for a general resumption of the Herschelian labours in this branch. His
success, so far, and the extraordinary facilities for observation afforded by the Fraunhofer
achromatic encouraged him to undertake, February 11, 1825, a review of the entire heavens
down to 15° south of the celestial equator, which occupied more than two years, and yielded,
from an examination of above 120,000 stars, a harvest of about 2,200 previously unnoticed
composite objects. The ensuing ten years were devoted to delicate and patient measurements, the
results of which were embodied in Mensuræ Micrometricæ, published at St. Petersburg in 1837.
This monumental work gives the places, angles of position, distances, colours, and relative
brightness of 3,112 double and multiple stars, all determined with the utmost skill and care. The
record is one which gains in value with the process of time, and will for ages serve as a standard
of reference by which to detect change or confirm discovery.
It appears from Struve's researches that about one in forty of all stars down to the ninth
magnitude is composite, but that the proportion is doubled in the brighter orders.[102] This he
attributed to the difficulty of detecting the faint companions of very remote orbs. It was also
noticed, both by him and Bessel, that double stars are in general remarkable for large proper
motions. Struve's catalogue included no star of which the components were more than 32′
ap
art,[Pg 44] because beyond that distance the chances of merely optical juxtaposition become
considerable; but the immense preponderance of extremely close over (as it were) loosely yoked
bodies is such as to demonstrate their physical connection, even if no other proof were
fo
rt
hcoming. Many stars previously believed to be single divided under the scrutiny of the
Dorpat refractor; while in some cases, one member of a supposed binary system revealed itself
as double, thus placing the surprised observer in the unexpected presence of a triple group of
suns. Five instances were noted of two pairs lying so close together as to induce a conviction of
their mutual dependence;[103] besides which, 124 examples occurred of triple, quadruple, and
multiple combinations, the reality of which was open to no reasonable doubt.[104]
It was first pointed out by Bessel that the fact of stars exhibiting a common proper motion might
serve as an unfailing test of their real association into systems. This was, accordingly, one of the
chief criteria employed by Struve to distinguish true binaries from merely optical couples. On
this ground alone, 61 Cygni was admitted to be a genuine double star; and it was shown that,
although its components appeared to follow almost strictly rectilinear paths, yet the probability
of their forming a connected pair is actually greater than that of the sun rising to-morrow
morning.[105] Moreover, this tie of an identical movement was discovered to unite bodies[106] far
beyond the range of distance ordinarily separating the members of binary systems, and to prevail
so extensively as to lead to the conclusion that single do not outnumber conjoined stars more
than twice or thrice.[107]
In 1835 Struve was summoned by the Emperor Nicholas to superintend the erection of a new
observatory at Pulkowa, near St. Petersburg, destined for the special cultivation of sidereal
astronomy. Boundless resources were placed at his disposal, and the institution created by him
was acknowledged to surpass all others of its kind in splendour, efficiency, and completeness. Its
chief instrumental glory was a refractor of fifteen inches aperture by Merz and Mahler
(Fraunhofer's successors), which left the famous Dorpat telescope far behind, and remained long
without a rival. On the completion of this model establishment, August 19, 1839, Struve was
installed as its director, and continued to fulfil the important duties of the post with his
accustomed vigour until 1858, when[Pg 45] illness compelled his virtual resignation in favour of
his son Otto Struve, born at Dorpat in 1819. He died November 23, 1864.
An inquiry into the laws of stellar distribution, undertaken during the early years of his residence
at Pulkowa, led Struve to confirm in the main the inferences arrived at by Herschel as to the
construction of the heavens. According to his view, the appearance known as the Milky Way is
produced by a collection of irregularly condensed star-clusters, within which the sun is
somewhat eccentrically placed. The nebulous ring which thus integrates the light of countless
worlds was supposed by him to be made up of stars scattered over a bent or "broken plane," or to
lie in two planes slightly inclined to each other, our system occupying a position near their
intersection.[108] He further attempted to show that the limits of this vast assemblage must remain
fo
r ever shrouded from human discernment, owing to the gradual extinction of light in its
passage through space,[109] and sought to confer upon this celebrated hypothesis a definiteness
and certainty far beyond the aspirations of its earlier advocates, Chéseaux and Olbers; but
arbitrary assumptions vitiated his reasonings on this, as well as on some other points.[110]
In his special line as a celestial explorer of the most comprehensive type, Sir William Herschel
had but one legitimate successor, and that successor was his son. John Frederick William
Herschel was born at Slough, March 17, 1792, graduated with the highest honours from St.
John's College, Cambridge, in 1813, and entered upon legal studies with a view to being called
to the Bar. But his share in an early compact with Peacock and Babbage, "to do their best to
leave the world wiser than they found it," was not thus to be fulfilled. The acquaintance of Dr.
Wollaston decided his scientific vocation. Already, in 1816, we find him reviewing some of his
fa
ther's double stars; and he completed in 1820 the 18-inch speculum which was to be the chief
instrument of his investigations. Soon afterwards, he undertook, in conjunction with Mr. (later
Sir James) South, a series of observations, issuing in the presentation to the Royal Society of a
paper[111] containing micrometrical measurements of 380 binary stars, by which the elder
Herschel's inferences of orbital motion were, in many cases, strikingly confirmed. A star in the
Northern Crown, for instance (η Coronæ), had completed more than one entire circuit since its
first discovery; another, τ Ophiuchi, had closed up into apparent singleness; while the motion of
a third, ξ Ursæ Majoris, in an obviously eccentric orbit, was so[Pg 46] rapid as to admit of being
traced and measured from month to month.
It was from the first confidently believed that the force retaining double stars in curvilinear paths
was identical with that governing the planetary revolutions. But that identity was not ascertained
until Savary of Paris showed, in 1827,[112] that the movements of the above-named binary in the
Great Bear could be represented with all attainable accuracy by an ellipse calculated on orthodox
gravitational principles with a period of 58-1/4 years. Encke followed at Berlin with a still more
elegant method; and Sir John Herschel, pointing out the uselessness of analytical refinements
where the data were necessarily so imperfect, described in 1832 a graphical process by which
"the aid of the eye and hand" was brought in "to guide the judgment in a case where judgment
only, and not calculation, could be of any avail."[113] Improved methods of the same kind were
published by Dr. See in 1893,[114] and by Mr. Burnham in 1894;[115] and our acquaintance with
stellar orbits is steadily gaining precision, certainty, and extent.
In 1825 Herschel undertook, and executed with great assiduity during the ensuing eight years, a
general survey of the northern heavens, directed chiefly towards the verification of his father's
nebular discoveries. The outcome was a catalogue of 2,306 nebulæ and clusters, of which 525
were observed for the first time, besides 3,347 double stars discovered almost incidentally.[116]
"Strongly invited," as he tells us himself, "by the peculiar interest of the subject, and the
wonderful nature of the objects which presented themselves," he resolved to attempt the
completion of the survey in the southern hemisphere. With this noble object in view, he
embarked his family and instruments on board the Mount Stewart Elphinstone, and, after a
prosperous voyage, landed at Cape Town on the 16th of January, 1834. Choosing as the scene of
his observations a rural spot under the shelter of Table Mountain, he began regular "sweeping"
on the 5th of March. The site of his great reflector is now marked with an obelisk, and the name
of Feldhausen has become memorable in the history of science; for the four years' work done
there may truly be said to open the chapter of our knowledge as regards the southern skies.
The full results of Herschel's journey to the Cape were not made public until 1847, when a
splendid volume[117] embodying them was[Pg 47] brought out at the expense of the Duke of
Northumberland. They form a sequel to his father's labours such as the investigations of one man
have rarely received from those of another. What the elder observer did for the northern heavens,
the younger did for the southern, and with generally concordant results. Reviving the paternal
method of "star-gauging," he showed, from a count of 2,299 fields, that the Milky Way
surrounds the solar system as a complete annulus of minute stars; not, however, quite
symmetrically, since the sun was thought to lie somewhat nearer to those portions visible in the
southern hemisphere, which display a brighter lustre and a more complicated structure than the
northern branches. The singular cosmical agglomerations known as the "Magellanic Clouds"
were now, for the first time, submitted to a detailed, though admittedly incomplete, examination,
the almost inconceivable richness and variety of their contents being such that a lifetime might
with great profit be devoted to their study. In the Greater Nubecula, within a compass of fortytwo square degrees, Herschel reckoned 278 distinct nebulæ and clusters, besides fifty or sixty
outliers, and a large number of stars intermixed with diffused nebulosity—in all, 919 catalogued
objects, and, for the Lesser Cloud, 244. Yet this was only the most conspicuous part of what his
twenty-foot revealed. Such an extraordinary concentration of bodies so various led him to the
inevitable conclusion that "the Nubeculæ are to be regarded as systems sui generis, and which
have no analogues in our hemisphere."[118] He noted also the blankness of surrounding space,
especially in the case of Nubecula Minor, "the access to which on all sides," he remarked, "is
through a desert;" as if the cosmical material in the neighbourhood had been swept up and
garnered in these mighty groups.[119]
Of southern double stars, he discovered and gave careful measurements of 2,102, and described
1
,708 nebulæ, of which at least 300 were new. The list was illustrated with a number of
drawings, some of them extremely beautiful and elaborate.
Sir John Herschel's views as to the nature of nebulæ were considerably modified by Lord Rosse's
success in "resolving" with his great reflectors a crowd of these objects into stars. His former
somewhat hesitating belief in the existence of phosphorescent matter, "disseminated through
extensive regions of space in the manner of a cloud or fog,"[120] was changed into a conviction
that no valid distinction could be established between the faintest wisp of cosmical vapour just
discernible in a powerful telescope, and the most brilliant and obvious cluster. He admitted,
however, an immense[Pg 48] range of possible variety in the size and mode of aggregation of the
stellar constituents of various nebulæ. Some might appear nebulous from the closeness of their
parts; some from their smallness. Others, he suggested, might be formed of "discrete luminous
bodies floating in a non-luminous medium;"[121] while the annular kind probably consisted of
"hollow shells of stars."[122] That a physical, and not merely an optical, connection unites nebulæ
with the embroidery (so to speak) of small stars with which they are in many instances profusely
decorated, was evident to him, as it must be to all who look as closely and see as clearly as he
did. His description of No. 2,093 in his northern catalogue as "a network or tracery of nebula
fo
llowing the lines of a similar network of stars,"[123] would alone suffice to dispel the idea of
accidental scattering; and many other examples of a like import might be quoted. The
remarkably frequent occurrence of one or more minute stars in the close vicinity of "planetary"
nebulæ led him to infer their dependent condition; and he advised the maintenance of a strict
watch for evidences of circulatory movements, not only over these supposed stellar satellites, but
also over the numerous "double nebulæ," in which, as he pointed out, "all the varieties of double
stars as to distance, position, and relative brightness, have their counterparts." He, moreover,
investigated the subject of nebular distribution by the simple and effectual method of graphic
delineation or "charting," and succeeded in showing that while a much greater uniformity of
scattering prevails in the southern than in the northern heavens, a condensation is nevertheless
perceptible about the constellations Pisces and Cetus, roughly corresponding to the "nebular
region" in Virgo by its vicinity (within 20° or 30°) to the opposite pole of the Milky Way. He
concluded "that the nebulous system is distinct from the sidereal, though involving, and perhaps
to a certain extent intermixed with, the latter."[124]
Towards the close of his residence at Feldhausen, Herschel was fortunate enough to witness one
of those singular changes in the aspect of the firmament which occasionally challenge the
attention even of the incurious, and excite the deepest wonder of the philosophical observer.
Immersed apparently in the Argo nebula is a star denominated η Carinæ. When Halley visited St.
Helena in 1677, it seemed of the fourth magnitude; but Lacaille in the middle of the following
century, and others after him, classed it as of the second. In 1827 the traveller Burchell, being
then at St. Paul, near Rio Janeiro, remarked that it had unexpectedly assumed the first rank—a
circumstance the more surprising to him[Pg 49] because he had frequently, when in Africa during
the years 1811 to 1815, noted it as of only fourth magnitude. This observation, however, did not
become generally known until later. Herschel, on his arrival at Feldhausen, registered the star as
a bright second, and had no suspicion of its unusual character until December 16, 1837, when he
suddenly perceived its light to be almost tripled. It then far outshone Rigel in Orion, and on the
2nd of January following it very nearly matched α Centauri. From that date it declined; but a
second and even brighter maximum occurred in April, 1843, when Maclear, then director of the
Cape Observatory, saw it blaze out with a splendour approaching that of Sirius. Its waxings and
wanings were marked by curious "trepidations" of brightness extremely perplexing to theory. In
1863 it had sunk below the fifth magnitude, and in 1869 was barely visible to the naked eye; yet
it was not until eighteen years later that it touched a minimum of 7·6 magnitude. Soon
afterwards a recovery of brightness set in, but was not carried very far; and the star now shines
steadily as of the seventh magnitude, its reddish light contrasting effectively with the silvery rays
of the surrounding nebula. An attempt to include its fluctuations within a cycle of seventy
years[125] has signally failed; the extent and character of the vicissitudes to which it is subject
stamping it rather as a species of connecting link between periodic and temporary stars.[126]
Among the numerous topics which engaged Herschel's attention at the Cape was that of relative
stellar brightness. Having contrived an "astrometer" in which an "artificial star," formed by the
total reflection of moonlight from the base of a prism, served as a standard of comparison, he
was able to estimate the lustre of the natural stars examined by the distances at which the
artificial object appeared equal respectively to each. He thus constructed a table of 191 of the
principal stars,[127] both in the northern and southern hemispheres, setting forth the numerical
values of their apparent brightness relatively to that of α Centauri, which he selected as a unit of
measurement. Further, the light of the full moon being found by him to exceed that of his
standard star 27,408 times, and Dr. Wollaston having shown that the light of the full moon is to
that of the sun as 1:801,072[128] (Zöllner made the ratio 1:618,000), it became possible to
compare stellar with solar radiance. Hence was derived, in the case of the few stars at
ascertained distances, a knowledge of real lustre. Alpha Centauri, for example, emits less[Pg 50]
than twice, Capella one hundred times as much light as our sun; while Arcturus, at its enormous
distance, must display the splendour of 1,300 such luminaries.
Herschel returned to England in the spring of 1838, bringing with him a wealth of observation
and discovery such as had perhaps never before been amassed in so short a time. Deserved
honours awaited him. He was created a baronet on the occasion of the Queen's coronation (he
had been knighted in 1831); universities and learned societies vied with each other in showering
distinctions upon him; and the success of an enterprise in which scientific zeal was tinctured
with an attractive flavour of adventurous romance, was justly regarded as a matter of national
pride. His career as an observing astronomer was now virtually closed, and he devoted his
leisure to the collection and arrangement of the abundant trophies of his father's and his own
activity. The resulting great catalogue of 5,079 nebulæ (including all then certainly known),
published in the Philosophical Transactions for 1864, is, and will probably long remain, the
fu
ndamental source of information on the subject;[129] but he unfortunately did not live to finish
the companion work on double stars, for which he had accumulated a vast store of materials.[130]
He died at Collingwood in Kent, May 11, 1871, in the eightieth year of his age, and was buried
in Westminster Abbey, close beside the grave of Sir Isaac Newton.
The consideration of Sir John Herschel's Cape observations brings us to the close of the period
we are just now engaged in studying. They were given to the world, as already stated, three years
before the middle of the century, and accurately represent the condition of sidereal science at
that date. Looking back over the fifty years traversed, we can see at a glance how great was the
stride made in the interval. Not alone was acquaintance with individual members of the cosmos
vastly extended, but their mutual relations, the laws governing their movements, their distances
from the earth, masses, and intrinsic lustre, had begun to be successfully investigated. Begun to
be; for only regarding a scarcely perceptible minority had even approximate conclusions been
arrived at. Nevertheless the whole progress of the future lay in that beginning; it was the thin end
of the wedge of exact knowledge. The principle[Pg 51] of measurement had been substituted for
that of probability; a basis had been found large and strong enough to enable calculation to
ascend from it to the sidereal heavens; and refinements had been introduced, fruitful in
performance, but still more in promise. Thus, rather the kind than the amount of information
collected was significant for the time to come—rather the methods employed than the results
actually secured rendered the first half of the nineteenth century of epochal importance in the
history of our knowledge of the stars.CHAPTER III
PR
OGRESS OF KNOWLEDGE REGARDING THE SUN
The discovery of sun-spots in 1610 by Fabricius and Galileo first opened a way for inquiry into
the solar constitution; but it was long before that way was followed with system or profit. The
seeming irregularity of the phenomena discouraged continuous attention; casual observations
were made the basis of arbitrary conjectures, and real knowledge received little or no increase. In
1620 we find Jean Tarde, Canon of Sarlat, arguing that because the sun is "the eye of the world,"
and the eye of the world cannot suffer from ophthalmia, therefore the appearances in question
must be due, not to actual specks or stains on the bright solar disc, but to the transits of a number
of small planets across it! To this new group of heavenly bodies he gave the name of "Borbonia
Sidera," and they were claimed in 1633 for the House of Hapsburg, under the title of "Austriaca
Sidera" by Father Malapertius, a Belgian Jesuit.[131] A similar view was temporarily maintained
against Galileo by the justly celebrated Father Scheiner of Ingolstadt, and later by William
Gascoigne, the inventor of the micrometer; but most of those who were capable of thinking at all
on such subjects (and they were but few) adhered either to the cloud theory or to the slag theory
of sun-spots. The first was championed by Galileo, the second by Simon Marius, "astronomer
and physician" to the brother Margraves of Brandenburg. The latter opinion received a further
notable development from the fact that in 1618, a year remarkable for the appearance of three
bright comets, the sun was almost free from spots; whence it was inferred that the cindery refuse
from the great solar conflagration, which usually appeared as dark blotches on its surface, was
occasionally thrown off in the form of comets, leaving the sun, like a snuffed taper, to blaze with
renewed brilliancy.[132]
[Pg 53]
In the following century, Derham gathered from observations carried on during the years 1703-
11, "That the spots on the sun are caused by the eruption of some new volcano therein, which at
first pouring out a prodigious quantity of smoke and other opacous matter, causeth the spots; and
as that fuliginous matter decayeth and spendeth itself, and the volcano at last becomes more
torrid and flaming, so the spots decay, and grow to umbræ, and at last to faculæ."[133]
The view, confidently upheld by Lalande,[134] that spots were rocky elevations uncovered by the
casual ebbing of a luminous ocean, the surrounding penumbræ representing shoals or sandbanks,
had even less to recommend it than Derham's volcanic theory. Both were, however, significant
of a growing tendency to bring solar phenomena within the compass of terrestrial analogies.
For 164 years, then, after Galileo first levelled his telescope at the setting sun, next to nothing
was learned as to its nature; and the facts immediately ascertained, of its rotation on an axis
nearly erect to the plane of the ecliptic, in a period of between twenty-five and twenty-six days,
and of the virtual limitation of the spots to a so-called "royal" zone extending some thirty
degrees north and south of the solar equator, gained little either in precision or development
from five generations of astronomers.
But in November, 1769, a spot of extraordinary size engaged the attention of Alexander Wilson,
professor of astronomy in the University of Glasgow. He watched it day by day, and to good
purpose. As the great globe slowly revolved, carrying the spot towards its western edge, he was
struck with the gradual contraction and final disappearance of the penumbra on the side next the
centre of the disc; and when on the 6th of December the same spot re-emerged on the eastern
limb, he perceived, as he had anticipated, that the shady zone was now deficient on the opposite
side, and resumed its original completeness as it returned to a central position. In other spots
subsequently examined by him, similar perspective effects were visible, and he proved in
1774,[135] by strict geometrical reasoning, that they could only arise in vast photospheric
excavations. It was not,[Pg 54] indeed, the first time that such a view had been suggested. Father
Scheiner's later observations plainly foreshadowed it;[136] a conjecture to the same effect was
emitted by Leonard Rost of Nuremburg early in the eighteenth century;[137] both by Lahire in
1703 and by J. Cassini in 1719 spots had been seen as notches on the solar limb; while in 1770
Pastor Schülen of Essingen, from the careful study of phenomena similar to those noted by
Wilson, concluded their depressed nature.[138] Modern observations, nevertheless, prove those
phenomena to be by no means universally present.
Wilson's general theory of the sun was avowedly tentative. It took the modest form of an
interrogatory. "Is it not reasonable to think," he asks, "that the great and stupendous body of the
sun is made up of two kinds of matter, very different in their qualities; that by far the greater part
is solid and dark, and that this immense and dark globe is encompassed with a thin covering of
that resplendent substance from which the sun would seem to derive the whole of his vivifying
heat and energy?"[139] He further suggests that the excavations or spots may be occasioned "by
the working of some sort of elastic vapour which is generated within the dark globe," and that
the luminous matter, being in some degree fluid, and being acted upon by gravity, tends to flow
down and cover the nucleus. From these hints, supplemented by his own diligent observations
and sagacious reasonings, Herschel elaborated a scheme of solar constitution which held its
ground until the physics of the sun were revolutionised by the spectroscope.
A cool, dark, solid globe, its surface diversified with mountains and valleys, clothed in luxuriant
vegetation, and "richly stored with inhabitants," protected by a heavy cloud-canopy from the
intolerable glare of the upper luminous region, where the dazzling coruscations of a solar aurora
some thousands of miles in depth evolved the stores of light and heat which vivify our world—
such was the central luminary which Herschel constructed with his wonted ingenuity, and
described with his wonted eloquence.
"This way of considering the sun and its atmosphere," he says,[140] "removes the great
dissimilarity we have hitherto been used to find between its condition and that of the rest of the
great bodies of the solar system. The sun, viewed in this light, appears to be nothing else than a
very eminent, large, and lucid planet, evidently the first, or, in strictness of speaking, the only
primary one of our system; all others being truly secondary to it. Its similarity to the other globes
of the solar system with regard to its solidity, its[Pg 55] atmosphere, and its diversified surface,
the rotation upon its axis, and the fall of heavy bodies, leads us on to suppose that it is most
probably also inhabited, like the rest of the planets, by beings whose organs are adapted to the
peculiar circumstances of that vast globe."
We smile at conclusions which our present knowledge condemns as extravagant and impossible,
but such incidental flights of fancy in no way derogate from the high value of Herschel's
contributions to solar science. The cloud-like character which he attributed to the radiant shell of
the sun (first named by Schröter the "photosphere") is borne out by all recent investigations; he
observed its mottled or corrugated aspect, resembling, as he described it, the roughness on the
rind of an orange; showed that "faculæ" are elevations or heaped-up ridges of the disturbed
photospheric matter; and threw out the idea that spots may ensue from an excess of the ordinary
luminous emissions. A certain "empyreal" gas was, he supposed (very much as Wilson had
done), generated in the body of the sun, and rising everywhere by reason of its lightness, made
fo
r itself, when in moderate quantities, small openings or "pores,"[141] abundantly visible as dark
points on the solar disc. But should an uncommon quantity be formed, "it will," he maintained,
"burst through the planetary[142] regions of clouds, and thus will produce great openings; then,
spreading itself above them, it will occasion large shallows (penumbræ), and mixing afterwards
gradually with other superior gases, it will promote the increase, and assist in the maintenance,
of the general luminous phenomena."[143]
This partial anticipation of the modern view that the solar radiations are maintained by some
process of circulation within the solar mass, was reached by Herschel through prolonged study
of the phenomena in question. The novel and important idea contained in it, however, it was at
that time premature to attempt to develop. But though many of the subtler suggestions of
Herschel's genius passed unnoticed by his contemporaries, the main result of his solar researches
was an unmistakable one. It was nothing less than the definitive introduction into astronomy of
the paradoxical conception of the central fire and hearth of our system as a cold, dark, terrestrial
mass, wrapt in a mantle of innocuous radiance—an earth, so to speak, within—a sun without.
Let us pause for a moment to consider the value of this remarkable innovation. It certainly was
not a step in the direction of[Pg 56] truth. On the contrary, the crude notions of Anaxagoras and
Xeno approached more nearly to what we now know of the sun, than the complicated structure
devised for the happiness of a nobler race of beings than our own by the benevolence of
eighteenth-century astronomers. And yet it undoubtedly constituted a very important advance in
science. It was the first earnest attempt to bring solar phenomena within the compass of a
rational system; to put together into a consistent whole the facts ascertained; to fabricate, in
short, a solar machine that would in some fashion work. It is true that the materials were
inadequate and the design faulty. The resulting construction has not proved strong enough to
stand the wear and tear of time and discovery, but has had to be taken to pieces and remodelled
on a totally different plan. But the work was not therefore done in vain. None of Bacon's
ap
horisms show a clearer insight into the relations between the human mind and the external
world than that which declares "Truth to emerge sooner from error than from confusion."[144] A
definite theory (even if a false one) gives holding-ground to thought. Facts acquire a meaning
with reference to it. It affords a motive for accumulating them and a means of co-ordinating
them; it provides a framework for their arrangement, and a receptacle for their preservation, until
they become too strong and numerous to be any longer included within arbitrary limits, and
shatter the vessel originally framed to contain them.
Such was the purpose subserved by Herschel's theory of the sun. It helped to clarify ideas on the
subject. The turbid sense of groping and viewless ignorance gave place to the lucidity of a
possible scheme. The persuasion of knowledge is a keen incentive to its increase. Few men care
to investigate what they are obliged to admit themselves entirely ignorant of; but once started on
the road of knowledge, real or supposed, they are eager to pursue it. By the promulgation of a
confident and consistent view regarding the nature of the sun, accordingly, research was
encouraged, because it was rendered hopeful, and inquirers were shown a path leading
indefinitely onwards where an impassable thicket had before seemed to bar the way.
We have called the "terrestrial" theory of the sun's nature an innovation, and so, as far as its
general acceptance is concerned, it may justly be termed; but, like all successful innovations, it
was a long time brewing. It is extremely curious to find that Herschel had a predecessor in its
advocacy who never looked through a telescope (nor, indeed, imagined the possibility of such an
instrument), who knew nothing of sun-spots, was still (mistaken assertions[Pg 57] to the contrary
notwithstanding) in the bondage of the geocentric system, and regarded nature from the lofty
standpoint of an idealist philosophy. This was the learned and enlightened Cardinal Cusa, a
fisherman's son from the banks of the Moselle, whose distinguished career in the Church and in
literature extended over a considerable part of the fifteenth century (1401-64). In his singular
treatise De Doctâ Ignorantiâ, one of the most notable literary monuments of the early
Renaissance, the following passage occurs:—"To a spectator on the surface of the sun, the
splendour which appears to us would be invisible, since it contains, as it were, an earth for its
central mass, with a circumferential envelope of light and heat, and between the two an
atmosphere of water and clouds and translucent air." The luminary of Herschel's fancy could
scarcely be more clearly portrayed; some added words, however, betray the origin of the
Cardinal's idea. "The earth also," he says, "would appear as a shining star to any one outside the
fiery element." It was, in fact, an extension to the sun of the ancient elemental doctrine; but an
extension remarkable at that period, as premonitory of the tendency, so powerfully developed by
subsequent discoveries, to assimilate the orbs of heaven to the model of our insignificant planet,
and to extend the brotherhood of our system and our species to the farthest limit of the visible or
imaginable universe.
In later times we find Flamsteed communicating to Newton, March 7, 1681, his opinion "that the
substance of the sun is terrestrial matter, his light but the liquid menstruum encompassing
him."[145] Bode in 1776 arrived independently at the conclusion that "the sun is neither burning
nor glowing, but in its essence a dark planetary body, composed like our earth of land and water,
varied by mountains and valleys, and enveloped in a vaporous atmosphere";[146] and the learned
in general applauded and acquiesced. The view, however, was in 1787 still so far from popular,
that the holding of it was alleged as a proof of insanity in Dr. Elliot when accused of a
murderous assault on Miss Boydell. His friend Dr. Simmons stated on his behalf that he had
received from him in the preceding January a letter giving evidence of a deranged mind, wherein
he asserted "that the sun is not a body of fire, as hath been hitherto supposed, but that its light
proceeds from a dense and universal aurora, which may afford ample light to the inhabitants of
the surface beneath, and yet be at such a distance aloft as not to annoy them. No objection, he
saith, ariseth to that great luminary's being inhabited; vegetation may obtain there as well as with
us. There may be water and dry land, hills and dales, rain and fair weather; and as[Pg 58] the
light, so the season must be eternal, consequently it may easily be conceived to be by far the
most blissful habitation of the whole system!" The Recorder, nevertheless, objected that if an
extravagant hypothesis were to be adduced as proof of insanity, the same might hold good with
regard to some other speculators, and desired Dr. Simmons to tell the court what he thought of
the theories of Burnet and Buffon.[147]
Eight years later, this same "extravagant hypothesis," backed by the powerful recommendation
of Sir William Herschel, obtained admittance to the venerable halls of science, there to abide
undisturbed for nearly seven decades. Individual objectors, it is true, made themselves heard, but
their arguments had little effect on the general body of opinion. Ruder blows were required to
shatter an hypothesis flattering to human pride of invention in its completeness, in the plausible
detail of observations by which it seemed to be supported, and in its condescension to the natural
pleasure in discovering resemblance under all but total dissimilarity.
Sir John Herschel included among the results of his multifarious labours at the Cape of Good
Hope a careful study of the sun-spots conspicuously visible towards the end of the year 1836 and
in the early part of 1837. They were remarkable, he tells us, for their forms and arrangement, as
well as for their number and size; one group, measured on the 29th of March in the latter year,
covering (apart from what may be called its outlying dependencies) the vast area of five square
minutes or 3,780 million square miles.[148] We have at present to consider, however, not so much
these observations in themselves, as the chain of theoretical suggestions by which they were
connected. The distribution of spots, it was pointed out, on two zones parallel to the equator,
showed plainly their intimate connection with the solar rotation, and indicated as their cause
fluid circulations analogous to those producing the terrestrial trade and anti-trade winds.
"The spots, in this view of the subject," he went on to say,[149] "would come to be assimilated to
those regions on the earth's surface where, for the moment, hurricanes and tornadoes prevail; the
upper stratum being temporarily carried downwards, displacing by its impetus the two strata of
luminous matter beneath, the upper of course to a greater extent than the lower, and thus wholly
or partially denuding the opaque surface of the sun below. Such processes cannot be
unaccompanied by vorticose motions, which, left to themselves, die away by degrees and
dissipate, with the peculiarity that their lower portions come to rest more speedily than their
upper,[Pg 59] by reason of the greater resistance below, as well as the remoteness from the point
of action, which lies in a higher region, so that their centres (as seen in our waterspouts, which
are nothing but small tornadoes) appear to retreat upwards. Now this agrees perfectly with what
is observed during the obliteration of the solar spots, which appear as if filled in by the collapse
of their sides, the penumbra closing in upon the spot and disappearing after it."
But when it comes to be asked whether a cause can be found by which a diversity of solar
temperature might be produced corresponding with that which sets the currents of the terrestrial
atmosphere in motion, we are forced to reply that we know of no such cause. For Sir John
Herschel's hypothesis of an increased retention of heat at the sun's equator, due to the slightly
spheroidal or bulging form of its outer atmospheric envelope, assuredly gives no sufficient
account of such circulatory movements as he supposed to exist. Nevertheless, the view that the
sun's rotation is intimately connected with the formation of spots is so obviously correct, that we
can only wonder it was not thought of sooner, while we are even now unable to explain with any
certainty how it is so connected.
Mere scrutiny of the solar surface, however, is not the only means of solar observation. We have
a satellite, and that satellite from time to time acts most opportunely as a screen, cutting off a
part or the whole of those dazzling rays in which the master-orb of our system veils himself from
over-curious regards. The importance of eclipses to the study of the solar surroundings is of
comparatively recent recognition; nevertheless, much of what we know concerning them has
been snatched, as it were, by surprise under favour of the moon. In former times, the sole
astronomical use of such incidents was the correction of the received theories of the solar and
lunar movements; the precise time of their occurrence was the main fact to be noted, and
subsidiary phenomena received but casual attention. Now, their significance as a geometrical test
of tabular accuracy is altogether overshadowed by the interest attaching to the physical
observations for which they afford propitious occasions. This change may be said to date, in its
pronounced form, from the great eclipse of 1842. Although a necessary consequence of the
general direction taken by scientific progress, it remains associated in a special manner with the
name of Francis Baily.
The "philosopher of Newbury" was by profession a London stockbroker, and a highly successful
one. Nevertheless, his services to science were numerous and invaluable, though not of the
brilliant kind which attract popular notice. Born at Newbury in Berkshire, April 28, 1774, and
placed in the City at the age of fourteen, he derived from the acquaintance of Dr. Priestley a love
of science[Pg 60] which never afterwards left him. It was, however, no passion such as flames up
in the brain of the destined discoverer, but a regulated inclination, kept well within the bounds of
an actively pursued commercial career. After travelling for a year or two in what were then the
wilds of North America, he went on the Stock Exchange in 1799, and earned during twenty-four
years of assiduous application to affairs a high reputation for integrity and ability, to which
corresponded an ample fortune. In the meantime the Astronomical Society (largely through his
co-operation) had been founded; he had for three years acted as its secretary, and he now felt
entitled to devote himself exclusively to a subject which had long occupied his leisure hours. He
accordingly in 1825 retired from business, purchased a house in Tavistock Place, and fitted up
there a small observatory. He was, however, by preference a computator rather than an observer.
What Sir John Herschel calls the "archæology of practical astronomy" found in him an
especially zealous student. He re-edited the star-catalogues of Ptolemy, Ulugh Beigh, Tycho
Brahe, Hevelius, Halley, Flamsteed, Lacaille, and Mayer; calculated the eclipse of Thales and
the eclipse of Agathocles, and vindicated the memory of the first Astronomer Royal. But he was
no less active in meeting present needs than in revising past performances. The subject of the
reduction of observations, then, as we have already explained,[150] in a state of deplorable
confusion, attracted his most earnest attention, and he was close on the track of Bessel when
made acquainted with the method of simplification devised at Königsberg. Anticipated as an
inventor, he could still be of eminent use as a promoter of these valuable improvements; and,
carrying them out on a large scale in the star-catalogue of the Astronomical Society (published in
1827), "he put" (in the words of Herschel) "the astronomical world in possession of a power
which may be said, without exaggeration, to have changed the face of sidereal astronomy."[151]
His reputation was still further enhanced by his renewal, with vastly improved apparatus, of the
method, first used by Henry Cavendish in 1797-98, for determining the density of the earth.
From a series of no less than 2,153 delicate and difficult experiments, conducted at Tavistock
Place during the years 1838-42, he concluded our planet to weigh 5·66 as much as a globe of
water of the same bulk; and this result slightly corrected is still accepted as a very close
ap
proximation of the truth.
What we have thus glanced at is but a fragment of the truly surprising mass of work
accomplished by Baily in the course of a[Pg 61] variously occupied life. A rare combination of
qualities fitted him for his task. Unvarying health, undisturbed equanimity, methodical habits,
the power of directed and sustained thought, combined to form in him an intellectual toiler of the
surest, though not perhaps of the highest quality. He was in harness almost to the end. He was
destined scarcely to know the miseries of enforced idleness or of consciously failing powers. In
1842 he completed the laborious reduction of Lalande's great catalogue, undertaken at the
request of the British Association, and was still engaged in seeing it through the press when he
was attacked with what proved his last, as it was probably his first serious illness. He, however,
recovered sufficiently to attend the Oxford Commemoration of July 2, 1844, where an honorary
degree of D.C.L. was conferred upon him in company with Airy and Struve; but sank rapidly
after the effort, and died on the 30th of August following, at the age of seventy, lamented and
esteemed by all who knew him.
It is now time to consider his share in the promotion of solar research. Eclipses of the sun, both
ancient and modern, were a speciality with him, and he was fortunate in those which came under
his observation. Such phenomena are of three kinds—partial, annular, and total. In a partial
eclipse, the moon, instead of passing directly between us and the sun, slips by, as it were, a little
on one side, thus cutting off from our sight only a portion of his surface. An annular eclipse, on
the other hand, takes place when the moon is indeed centrally interposed, but falls short of the
ap
parent size required for the entire concealment of the solar disc, which consequently remains
visible as a bright ring or annulus, even when the obscuration is at its height. In a total eclipse,
on the contrary, the sun completely disappears behind the dark body of the moon. The difference
of the two latter varieties is due to the fact that the apparent diameter of the sun and moon are so
nearly equal as to gain alternate preponderance one over the other through the slight periodical
changes in their respective distances from the earth.
Now, on the 15th of May, 1836, an annular eclipse was visible in the northern parts of Great
Britain, and was observed by Baily at Inch Bonney, near Jedburgh. It was here that he saw the
phenomenon which obtained the name of "Baily's Beads," from the notoriety conferred upon it
by his vivid description.
"When the cusps of the sun," he writes, "were about 40° asunder, a row of lucid points, like a
string of bright beads, irregular in size and distance from each other, suddenly formed round that
part of the circumference of the moon that was about to enter on the sun's disc. Its formation,
indeed, was so rapid that it presented the appearance of having been caused by the ignition of a
fine train of gunpowder.[Pg 62] Finally, as the moon pursued her course, the dark intervening
spaces (which, at their origin, had the appearance of lunar mountains in high relief, and which
still continued attached to the sun's border) were stretched out into long, black, thick, parallel
lines, joining the limbs of the sun and moon; when all at once they suddenly gave way, and left
the circumference of the sun and moon in those points, as in the rest, comparatively smooth and
circular, and the moon perceptibly advanced on the face of the sun."[152]
These curious appearances were not an absolute novelty. Weber in 1791, and Von Zach in 1820,
had seen the "beads"; Van Swinden had described the "belts" or "threads."[153] These last were,
moreover (as Baily clearly perceived), completely analogous to the "black ligament" which
fo
rm
ed so troublesome a feature in the transits of Venus in 1764 and 1769, and which, to the
regret and confusion, though no longer to the surprise of observers, was renewed in that of 1874.
The phenomenon is largely an effect of what is called irradiation, by which a bright object
seems to encroach upon a dark one; but under good atmospheric and instrumental conditions it
becomes inconspicuous. The "Beads" must always appear when the projected lunar edge is
serrated with mountains. In Baily's observation, they were exaggerated and distorted by an
irradiative clinging together of the limbs of sun and moon.
The immediate result, however, was powerfully to stimulate attention to solar eclipses in their
physical aspect. Never before had an occurrence of the kind been expected so eagerly or
prepared for so actively as that which was total over Central and Southern Europe on the 8th of
July, 1842. Astronomers hastened from all quarters to the favoured region. The Astronomer
Royal (Airy) repaired to Turin; Baily to Pavia; Otto Struve threw aside his work amidst the stars
at Pulkowa, and went south as far as Lipeszk; Schumacher travelled from Altona to Vienna;
Arago from Paris to Perpignan. Nor did their trouble go unrewarded. The expectations of the
most sanguine were outdone by the wonders disclosed.
Baily (to whose narrative we again have recourse) had set up his Dollond's achromatic in an
upper room of the University of Pavia, and was eagerly engaged in noting a partial repetition of
the singular appearances seen by him in 1836, when he was "astounded by a tremendous burst of
ap
plause from the streets below, and at the same moment was electrified at the sight of one of
the most brilliant and splendid phenomena that can well be imagined. For at that instant the dark
body of the moon was suddenly surrounded with a corona, or kind of bright glory similar in
shape and relative magnitude to that which painters draw round the heads of saints,[Pg 63] and
which by the French is designated an auréole. Pavia contains many thousand inhabitants, the
major part of whom were, at this early hour, walking about the streets and squares or looking out
of windows, in order to witness this long-talked-of phenomenon; and when the total obscuration
took place, which was instantaneous, there was a universal shout from every observer, which
'made the welkin ring,' and, for the moment, withdrew my attention from the object with which I
was immediately occupied. I had indeed anticipated the appearance of a luminous circle round
the moon during the time of total obscurity; but I did not expect, from any of the accounts of
preceding eclipses that I had read, to witness so magnificent an exhibition as that which took
place.... The breadth of the corona, measured from the circumference of the moon, appeared to
me to be nearly equal to half the moon's diameter. It had the appearance of brilliant rays. The
light was most dense close to the border of the moon, and became gradually and uniformly more
attenuate as its distance therefrom increased, assuming the form of diverging rays in a rectilinear
line, which at the extremity were more divided, and of an unequal length; so that in no part of the
corona could I discover the regular and well-defined shape of a ring at its outer margin. It
ap
peared to me to have the sun for its centre, but I had no means of taking any accurate measures
fo
r determining this point. Its colour was quite white, not pearl-colour, nor yellow, nor red, and
the rays had a vivid and flickering appearance, somewhat like that which a gaslight illumination
might be supposed to assume if formed into a similar shape.... Splendid and astonishing,
however, as this remarkable phenomenon really was, and although it could not fail to call forth
the admiration and applause of every beholder, yet I must confess that there was at the same time
something in its singular and wonderful appearance that was appalling; and I can readily imagine
that uncivilised nations may occasionally have become alarmed and terrified at such an object,
more especially at times when the true cause of the occurrence may have been but faintly
understood, and the phenomenon itself wholly unexpected.
"But the most remarkable circumstance attending the phenomenon was the appearance of three
large protuberances apparently emanating from the circumference of the moon, but evidently
fo
rm
ing a portion of the corona. They had the appearance of mountains of a prodigious
elevation; their colour was red, tinged with lilac or purple; perhaps the colour of the peachblossom would more nearly represent it. They somewhat resembled the snowy tops of the Alpine
mountains when coloured by the rising or setting sun. They resembled the Alpine mountains also
in another respect, inasmuch as their[Pg 64] light was perfectly steady, and had none of that
flickering or sparkling motion so visible in other parts of the corona. All the three projections
were of the same roseate cast of colour, and very different from the brilliant vivid white light
that formed the corona; but they differed from each other in magnitude.... The whole of these
three protuberances were visible even to the last moment of total obscuration; at least, I never
lost sight of them when looking in that direction; and when the first ray of light was admitted
from the sun, they vanished, with the corona, altogether, and daylight was instantaneously
restored."[154]
Notwithstanding unfavourable weather, the "red flames" were perceived with little less clearness
and no less amazement from the Superga than at Pavia, and were even discerned by Mr. Airy
with the naked eye. "Their form" (the Astronomer Royal wrote) "was nearly that of saw-teeth in
the position proper for a circular saw turned round in the same direction in which the hands of a
watch turn.... Their colour was a full lake-red, and their brilliancy greater than that of any other
part of the ring."[155]
The height of these extraordinary objects was estimated by Arago at two minutes of arc,
representing, at the sun's distance, an actual elevation of 54,000 miles. When carefully watched,
the rose-flush of their illumination was perceived to fade through violet to white as the light
returned, the same changes in a reversed order having accompanied their first appearance. Their
fo
rm
s, however, during about three minutes of visibility, showed no change, although of so
ap
parently unstable a character as to suggest to Arago "mountains on the point of crumbling into
ru
ins" through topheaviness.[156]
The corona, both as to figure and extent, presented very different appearances at different
stations. This was no doubt due to varieties in atmospheric conditions. At the Superga, for
instance, all details of structure seem to have been effaced by the murky air, only a
comparatively feeble ring of light being seen to encircle the moon. Elsewhere, a brilliant radiated
fo
rm
ation was conspicuous, spreading at four opposite points into four vast luminous
expansions, compared to feather-plumes or aigrettes.[157] Arago at Perpignan noticed
considerable irregularities in the divergent rays. Some appeared curved and twisted, a few lay
across the others, in a direction almost tangential to the moon's limb, the general effect being
described as that of a "hank of thread in disorder."[158] At Lipeszk, where the sun stood much
higher above the horizon than in Italy or France, the corona showed with surprising splendour.
Its apparent extent was judged by Struve to be no less than twenty-five minutes (more than[Pg 65]
six times Airy's estimate), while the great plumes spread their radiance to three or four degrees
from the dark lunar edge. So dazzling was the light that many well-instructed persons denied the
totality of the eclipse. Nor was the error without precedent, although the appearances attending
respectively a total and an annular eclipse are in reality wholly dissimilar. In the latter case, the
surviving ring of sunlight becomes so much enlarged by irradiation, that the interposed dark
lunar body is reduced to comparative insignificance, or even invisibility. Maclaurin tells us[159]
that during an eclipse of this character which he observed at Edinburgh in 1737, "gentlemen by
no means shortsighted declared themselves unable to discern the moon upon the sun without the
aid of a smoked glass;" and Baily (who, however, was shortsighted) could distinguish, in 1836,
with the naked eye, no trace of "the globe of purple velvet" which the telescope revealed as
projected upon the face of the sun.[160] Moreover, the diminution of light is described by him as
"little more than might be caused by a temporary cloud passing over the sun"; the birds
continued in full song, and "one cock in particular was crowing with all his might while the
annulus was forming."
Very different were the effects of the eclipse of 1842, as to which some interesting particulars
were collected by Arago.[161] Beasts of burthen, he tells us, paused in their labour, and could by
no amount of punishment be induced to move until the sun reappeared. Birds and beasts
ab
andoned their food; linnets were found dead in their cages; even ants suspended their toil.
Diligence-horses, on the other hand, seemed as insensible to the phenomenon as locomotives.
The convolvulus and some other plants closed their leaves, but those of the mimosa remained
open. The little light that remained was of a livid hue. One observer described the general
coloration as resembling the lees of wine, but human faces showed pale olive or greenish. We
may, then, rest assured that none of the remarkable obscurations recorded in history were due to
eclipses of the annular kind.
The existence of the corona is no modern discovery. Indeed, it is too conspicuous an apparition
to escape notice from the least attentive or least practised observer of a total eclipse.
Nevertheless, explicit references to it are rare in early times. Plutarch, however, speaks of a
"certain splendour" compassing round the hidden edge of the sun, as a regular feature of total
eclipses;[162] and the corona is[Pg 66] expressly mentioned in a description of an eclipse visible at
Corfu in 968 A.D.[163] The first to take the phenomenon into scientific consideration was Kepler.
He showed, from the orbital positions at the time of the sun and moon, that an eclipse observed
by Clavius at Rome in 1567 could not have been annular,[164] as the dazzling coronal radiance
visible during the obscuration had caused it to be believed. Although he himself never witnessed
a total eclipse of the sun, he carefully collected and compared the remarks of those more
fo
rt
unate, and concluded that the ring of "flame-like splendour" seen on such occasions was
caused by the reflection of the solar rays from matter condensed in the neighbourhood either of
the sun or moon.[165] To the solar explanation he gave his own decided preference; but, with one
of those curious flashes of half-prophetic insight characteristic of his genius, declared that "it
should be laid by ready for use, not brought into immediate requisition."[166] So literally was his
advice acted upon, that the theory, which we now know to be (broadly speaking) the correct one,
only emerged from the repository of anticipated truths after 236 years of almost complete
retirement, and even then timorously and with hesitation.
The first eclipse of which the attendant phenomena were observed with tolerable exactness was
that which was central in the South of France, May 12, 1706. Cassini then put forward the view
that the "crown of pale light" seen round the lunar disc was caused by the illumination of the
zodiacal light;[167] but it failed to receive the attention which, as a step in the right direction, it
undoubtedly merited. Nine years later we meet with Halley's comments on a similar event, the
first which had occurred in London since March 20, 1140. By nine in the morning of May 3,
1715, the obscuration, he tells us, "was about ten digits,[168] when the face and colour of the sky
began to change from perfect serene azure blue to a more dusky livid colour, having an eye of
purple intermixt.... A few seconds before the sun was all hid, there discovered itself round the
moon a luminous ring, about a digit or perhaps a tenth part of the moon's diameter in breadth. It
was of a pale whiteness, or rather pearl colour, seeming to be a little tinged with the colours of
the iris, and to be concentric with the moon, whence I concluded it the moon's atmosphere. But
the great height thereof, far exceeding our earth's atmosphere, and the observation of some, who
fo
und the breadth of the ring to increase on the west side of the moon as emersion[Pg 67]
ap
proached, together with the contrary sentiments of those whose judgment I shall always
revere" (Newton is most probably referred to), "makes me less confident, especially in a matter
whereto I confess I gave not all the attention requisite." He concludes by declining to decide
whether the "enlightened atmosphere," which the appearance "in all respects resembled,"
"belonged to sun or moon."[169]
A French Academician, who happened to be in London at the time, was less guarded in
expressing an opinion. The Chevalier de Louville declared emphatically for the lunar
atmospheric theory of the corona,[170] and his authority carried great weight. It was, however,
much discredited by an observation made by Maraldi in 1724, to the effect that the luminous
ring, instead of travelling with the moon, was traversed by it.[171] This was in reality decisive,
though, as usual, belief lagged far behind demonstration. In 1715 a novel explanation had been
offered by Delisle and Lahire,[172] supported by experiments regarded at the time as perfectly
satisfactory. The aureola round the eclipsed sun, they argued, is simply a result of the diffraction,
or apparent bending of the sunbeams that graze the surface of the lunar globe—an effect of the
same kind as the coloured fringes of shadows. And this view prevailed amongst men of science
until (and even after) Brewster showed, with clear and simple decisiveness, that such an effect
could by no possibility be appreciable at our distance from the moon.[173] Don José Joaquim de
Ferrer, however, who observed a total eclipse of the sun at Kinderhook, in the State of New
York, on June 16, 1806, ignoring this refined optical rationale, considered two alternative
explanations of the phenomenon as alone possible. The bright ring round the moon must be due
to the illumination either of a lunar or of a solar atmosphere. If the former, he calculated that it
should have a height fifty times that of the earth's gaseous envelope. "Such an atmosphere," he
rightly concluded, "cannot belong to the moon, but must without any doubt belong to the
sun."[174] But he stood alone in this unhesitating assertion.
The importance of the problem was first brought fully home to astronomers by the eclipse of
1842. The brilliant and complex appearance which on that occasion challenged the attention of
so many observers, demanded and received, no longer the casual attention hitherto bestowed
upon it, but the most earnest study of those[Pg 68] interested in the progress of science.
Nevertheless, it was only by degrees, and through a process of "exclusions" (to use a Baconian
phrase) that the corona was put in its right place as a solar appendage. As every other available
explanation proved inadmissible and dropped out of sight, the broad presentation of fact
remained, which, though of sufficiently obvious interpretation, was long and persistently
misconstrued. Nor was it until 1869 that absolutely decisive evidence on the subject was
fo
rt
hcoming, as we shall see further on.
Sir John Herschel, writing to his venerable aunt, relates that when the brilliant red flames burst
into view behind the dark moon on the morning of the 8th of July, 1842, the populace of Milan,
with the usual inconsequence of a crowd, raised the shout, "Es leben die Astronomen!"[175] In
reality, none were less prepared for their apparition than the class to whom the applause due to
the magnificent spectacle was thus adjudged. And in some measure through their own fault, for
many partial hints and some distinct statements from earlier observers had given unheeded
notice that some such phenomenon might be expected to attend a solar eclipse.
What we now call the "chromosphere" is an envelope of glowing gases, by which the sun is
completely covered, and from which the "prominences" are emanations, eruptive or flame-like.
Now, continual indications of the presence of this fire-ocean had been detected during eclipses in
the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries. Captain Stannyan, describing in a letter to Flamsteed an
occurrence of the kind witnessed by him at Berne on May 1 (o.s.), 1706, says that the sun's
"getting out of the eclipse was preceded by a blood-red streak of light from its left limb."[176] A
precisely similar appearance was noted by both Halley and De Louville in 1715; during annular
eclipses by Lord Aberdour in 1737,[177] and by Short in 1748,[178] the tint of the ruby border
being, however, subdued to "brown" or "dusky red" by the surviving sunlight; while
observations identical in character were made at Amsterdam in 1820,[179] at Edinburgh by
Henderson in 1836, and at New York in 1838.[180]
"Flames" or "prominences," if more conspicuous, are less constant in their presence than the
glowing stratum from which they spring. The first to describe them was a Swedish professor
named Vassenius, who observed a total eclipse at Gothenburg, May 2 (o.s.), 1733.[181][Pg 69] His
astonishment equalled his admiration when he perceived, just outside the edge of the lunar disc,
and suspended, as it seemed, in the coronal atmosphere, three or four reddish spots or clouds,
one of which was so large as to be detected with the naked eye. As to their nature, he did not
even offer a speculation, further than by tacitly referring them to the moon. The observation was
repeated in 1778 by a Spanish Admiral, but with no better success in directing efficacious
attention to the phenomenon. Don Antonio Ulloa was on board his ship the Espagne in passage
from the Azores to Cape St. Vincent on the 24th of June in that year, when a total eclipse of the
sun occurred, of which he has left a valuable description. His notices of the corona are full of
interest; but what just now concerns us is the appearance of "a red luminous point" "near the
edge of the moon," which gradually increased in size as the moon moved away from it, and was
visible during about a minute and a quarter.[182] He was satisfied that it belonged to the sun
because of its fiery colour and growth in magnitude, and supposed that it was occasioned by
some crevice or inequality in the moon's limb, through which the solar light penetrated.
Allusions less precise, both prior and subsequent, which it is now easy to refer to similar objects
(such as the "slender columns of smoke" seen by Ferrer)[183] might be detailed; but the evidence
already adduced suffices to show that the prominences viewed with such amazement in 1842
were no unprecedented or even unusual phenomenon.
It was more important, however, to decide what was their nature than whether their appearance
might have been anticipated. They were generally, and not very incorrectly, set down as solar
clouds. Arago believed them to shine by reflected light,[184] but the Abbé Peytal rightly
considered them to be self-luminous. Writing in a Montpellier paper of July 16, 1842, he
declared that we had now become assured of the existence of a third or outer solar envelope,
composed of a glowing substance of a bright rose tint, forming mountains of prodigious
elevation, analogous in character to the clouds piled above our horizons.[185] This first distinct
recognition of a very important feature of our great luminary was probably founded on an
observation made by Bérard at Toulon during the then recent eclipse, "of a very fine red band,
irregularly dentelated, or, as it were, crevassed here and there,"[186] encircling a large arc of the
moon's circumference. It can hardly, however, be said to have attracted general notice until July
28, 1851. On that day a total eclipse[Pg 70] took place, which was observed with considerable
success in various parts of Sweden and Norway by a number of English astronomers. Mr. Hind
saw, on the south limb of the moon, "a long range of rose-coloured flames,"[187] described by
Dawes as "a low ridge of red prominences, resembling in outline the tops of a very irregular
range of hills."[188] Airy termed the portion of this "rugged lines of projections" visible to him
the sierra, and was struck with its brilliant light and "nearly scarlet" colour.[189] Its true character
of a continuous solar envelope was inferred from these data by Grant, Swan, and Littrow, and
was by Father Secchi, after the great eclipse of 1860,[190] formally accepted as established.
Several prominences of remarkable forms, especially one variously compared to a Turkish
scimitar, a sickle, and a boomerang, were seen in 1851. In connection with them two highly
significant circumstances were pointed out. First, that of the approximate coincidence between
their positions and those of sun-spots previously observed.[191] Next, that "the moon passed over
them, leaving them behind, and revealing successive portions as she advanced."[192] This latter
perfectly well-attested fact was justly considered by the Astronomer Royal and others as
affording absolute certainty of the solar dependence of these singular objects. Nevertheless
sceptics were still found. M. Faye, of the French Academy, inclined to a lunar origin for
them;[193] Feilitsch of Greifswald published in 1852 a treatise for the express purpose of proving
all the luminous phenomena attendant on solar eclipses—corona, prominences and "sierra"—to
be purely optical appearances.[194] Happily, however, the unanswerable arguments of the
photographic camera were soon to be made available against such hardy incredulity.
Thus, the virtual discovery of the solar appendages, both coronal and chromospheric, may be
said to have been begun in 1842, and completed in 1851. The current Herschelian theory of the
solar constitution remained, however, for the time, intact. Difficulties, indeed, were thickening
around it; but their discussion was perhaps felt to be premature, and they were permitted to
accumulate without debate, until fortified by fresh testimony into unexpected and overwhelming
preponderance.CHAPTER IV
PL
ANETARY DISCOVERIES
In the course of his early gropings towards a law of the planetary distances, Kepler tried the
experiment of setting a planet, invisible by reason of its smallness, to revolve in the vast region
of seemingly desert space separating Mars from Jupiter.[195] The disproportionate magnitude of
the same interval was explained by Kant as due to the overweening size of Jupiter. The zone in
which each planet moved was, according to the philosopher of Königsberg, to be regarded as the
empty storehouse from which its materials had been derived. A definite relation should thus exist
between the planetary masses and the planetary intervals.[196] Lambert, on the other hand,
sportively suggested that the body or bodies (for it is noticeable that he speaks of them in the
plural) which once bridged this portentous gap in the solar system, might, in some remote age,
have been swept away by a great comet, and forced to attend its wanderings through space.[197]
These speculations were destined before long to assume a more definite form. Johann Daniel
Titius, a professor at Wittenberg (where he died in 1796), pointed out in 1772, in a note to a
translation of Bonnet's Contemplation de la Nature,[198] the existence of a remarkable symmetry
in the disposition of the bodies constituting the solar system. By a certain series of numbers,
increasing in regular progression,[199] he showed that the distances of the six known planets from
the sun might be represented with a close approach to accuracy. But with one striking
interruption. The term of the[Pg 72] series succeeding that which corresponded to the orbit of
Mars was without a celestial representative. The orderly flow of the sequence was thus
singularly broken. The space where a planet should—in fulfilment of the "Law"—have revolved,
was, it appeared, untenanted. Johann Elert Bode, then just about to begin his long career as
leader of astronomical thought and work at Berlin, marked at once the anomaly, and filled the
vacant interval with a hypothetical planet. The discovery of Uranus, at a distance falling but
slightly short of perfect conformity with the law of Titius, lent weight to a seemingly hazardous
prediction, and Von Zach was actually at the pains, in 1785, to calculate what he termed
"analogical" elements[200] for this unseen and (by any effect or influence) unfelt body. The
search for it, through confessedly scarcely less chimerical than that of alchemists for the
philosopher's stone, he kept steadily in view for fifteen years, and at length (September 21, 1800)
succeeded in organising, in combination with five other German astronomers assembled at
Lilienthal, a force of what he jocularly termed celestial police, for the express purpose of
tracking and intercepting the fugitive subject of the sun. The zodiac was accordingly divided for
purposes of scrutiny into twenty-four zones; their apportionment to separate observers was in
part effected, and the association was rapidly getting into working order, when news arrived that
the missing planet had been found, through no systematic plan of search, but by the diligent,
though otherwise directed labours of a distant watcher of the skies.
Giuseppe Piazzi was born at Ponte in the Valtelline, July 16, 1746. He studied at various places
and times under Tiraboschi, Beccaria, Jacquier, and Le Sueur; and having entered the Theatine
order of monks at the age of eighteen, he taught philosophy, science, and theology in several of
the Italian cities, as well as in Malta, until 1780, when the chair of mathematics in the University
of Palermo was offered to and accepted by him. Prince Caramanico, then viceroy of Sicily, had
scientific leanings, and was easily won over to the project of building an observatory, a
commodious foundation for which was afforded by one of the towers of the viceregal palace.
This architecturally incongruous addition to an ancient Saracenic edifice—once the abode of
Kelbite and Zirite Emirs—was completed in February, 1791. Piazzi, meanwhile, had devoted
nearly three years to the assiduous study of his new profession, acquiring a practical knowledge
of Lalande's methods at the École Militaire, and of Maskelyne's at the Royal Observatory; and
returned to Palermo in 1789, bringing with him, in the great five-foot circle which he had
prevailed upon Ramsden to construct,[Pg 73] the most perfect measuring instrument hitherto
employed by an astronomer.
He had been above nine years at work on his star-catalogue, and was still profoundly
unconscious that a place amongst the Lilienthal band[201] of astronomical detectives was being
held in reserve for him, when, on the first evening of the nineteenth century, January 1, 1801, he
noticed the position of an eighth-magnitude star in a part of the constellation Taurus to which an
error of Wollaston's had directed his special attention. Reobserving, according to his custom, the
same set of fifty stars on four consecutive nights, it seemed to him, on the 2nd, that the one in
question had slightly shifted its position to the west; on the 3rd he assured himself of the fact,
and believed that he had chanced upon a new kind of comet without tail or coma. The wandering
body, whatever its nature, exchanged retrograde for direct motion on January 14,[202] and was
carefully watched by Piazzi until February 11, when a dangerous illness interrupted his
observations. He had, however, not omitted to give notice of his discovery; but so precarious
were communications in those unpeaceful times, that his letter to Oriani of January 23 did not
reach Milan until April 5, while a missive of one day later addressed to Bode came to hand at
Berlin, March 20. The delay just afforded time for the publication, by a young philosopher of
Jena named Hegel, of a "Dissertation" showing, by the clearest light of reason, that the number
of the planets could not exceed seven, and exposing the folly of certain devotees of induction
who sought a new celestial body merely to fill a gap in a numerical series.[203]
Unabashed by speculative scorn, Bode had scarcely read Piazzi's letter when he concluded that it
referred to the precise body in question. The news spread rapidly, and created a profound
sensation, not unmixed with alarm lest this latest addition to the solar family should have been
fo
und only to be again lost. For by that time Piazzi's moving star was too near the sun to be any
longer visible, and in order to rediscover it after conjunction a tolerably accurate knowledge of
its path was indispensable. But a planetary orbit had never before been calculated from such
scanty data as Piazzi's observation afforded;[204] and the attempts made by nearly every
astronomer of note in Germany to compass the problem were manifestly inadequate, failing even
to account for the positions in which the body had been actually seen, and à fortiori serving only
to[Pg 74] mislead as to the places where, from September, 1801, it ought once more to have
become discernible. It was in this extremity that the celebrated mathematician Gauss came to the
rescue. He was then in his twenty-fifth year, and was earning his bread by tuition at Brunswick,
with many possibilities, but no settled career before him. The news from Palermo may be said to
have converted him from an arithmetician into an astronomer. He was already in possession of a
new and more general method of computing elliptical orbits; and the system of "least squares,"
which he had devised though not published, enabled him to extract the most probable result from
a given set of observations. Armed with these novel powers, he set to work; and the
communication in November of his elements and ephemeris for the lost object revived the
drooping hopes of the little band of eager searchers. Their patience, however, was to be still
fu
rt
her tried. Clouds, mist, and sleet seemed to have conspired to cover the retreat of the fugitive;
but on the last night of the year the sky cleared unexpectedly with the setting in of a hard frost,
and there, in the north-western part of Virgo, nearly in the position assigned by Gauss to the
ru
naway planet, a strange star was discerned by Von Zach[205] at Gotha, and on a subsequent
evening—the anniversary of the original discovery—by Olbers at Bremen. The name of Ceres
(as the tutelary goddess of Sicily) was, by Piazzi's request, bestowed upon this first known of the
numerous, and probably all but innumerable family of the minor planets.
The recognition of the second followed as the immediate consequence of the detection of the
first. Olbers had made himself so familiar with the positions of the small stars along the track of
the long-missing body, that he was at once struck (March 28, 1802) with the presence of an
intruder near the spot where he had recently identified Ceres. He at first believed the new-comer
to be a variable star usually inconspicuous, but just then at its maximum of brightness; but
within two hours he had convinced himself that it was no fixed star, but a rapidly moving object.
The aid of Gauss was again invoked, and his prompt calculations showed that this fresh celestial
acquaintance (named "Pallas" by Olbers), revolved round the sun at nearly the same mean
distance as Ceres, and was beyond question of a strictly analogous character.
This result was perplexing in the extreme. The symmetry and simplicity of the planetary scheme
ap
peared fatally compromised by the admission of many, where room could, according to oldfa
shioned rules, only be found for one. A daring hypothesis of[Pg 75] Olbers's invention provided
an exit from the difficulty. He supposed that both Ceres and Pallas were fragments of a primitive
trans-Martian planet, blown to pieces in the remote past, either by the action of internal forces or
by the impact of a comet; and predicted that many more such fragments would be found to
circulate in the same region. He, moreover, pointed out that these numerous orbits, however
much they might differ in other respects, must all have a common line of intersection,[206] and
that the bodies moving in them must consequently pass, at each revolution, through two opposite
points of the heavens, one situated in the Whale, the other in the constellation of the Virgin,
where already Pallas had been found and Ceres recaptured. The intimation that fresh discoveries
might be expected in those particular regions was singularly justified by the detection of two
bodies now known respectively as Juno and Vesta. The first was found near the predicted spot in
Cetus by Harding, Schröter's assistant at Lilienthal, September 2, 1804; the second by Olbers
himself in Virgo, after three years of persistent scrutiny, March 29, 1807.
The theory of an exploded planet now seemed to have everything in its favour. It required that
the mean or average distances of the newly-discovered bodies should be nearly the same, but
admitted a wide range of variety in the shapes and positions of their orbits, provided always that
they preserved common points of intersection. These conditions were fulfilled with a striking
ap
proach to exactness. Three of the four "asteroids" (a designation introduced by Sir. W.
Herschel[207]) conformed with very approximate precision to "Bode's law" of distances; they all
traversed, in their circuits round the sun, nearly the same parts of Cetus and Virgo; while the
eccentricities and inclinations of their paths departed widely from the planetary type—that of
Pallas, to take an extreme instance, making with the ecliptic an angle of nearly 35°. The
minuteness of these bodies appeared further to strengthen the imputation of a fragmentary
character. Herschel estimated the diameter of Ceres at 162, that of Pallas at 147 miles.[208] But
these values are now known to be considerably too small. A suspected variability of brightness
in some of the asteroids, somewhat hazardously explained as due to the irregularities of figure to
be expected in cosmical potsherds (so to[Pg 76] speak), was added to the confirmatory
evidence.[209] The strong point of the theory, however, lay not in what it explained, but in what it
had predicted. It had been twice confirmed by actual exploration of the skies, and had produced,
in the recognition of Vesta, the first recorded instance of the premeditated discovery of a
heavenly body.
The view not only commended itself to the facile imagination of the unlearned, but received the
sanction of the highest scientific authority. The great Lagrange bestowed upon it his analytical
imprimatur, showing that the explosive forces required to produce the supposed catastrophe
came well within the bounds of possibility; since a velocity of less than twenty times that of a
cannon-ball leaving the gun's mouth would have sufficed, according to his calculation, to launch
the asteroidal fragments on their respective paths. Indeed, he was disposed to regard the
hypothesis of disruption as more generally available than its author had designed it to be, and
proposed to supplement with it, as explanatory of the eccentric orbits of comets, the nebular
theory of Laplace, thereby obtaining, as he said, "a complete view of the origin of the planetary
system more conformable to Nature and mechanical laws than any yet proposed."[210]
Nevertheless the hypothesis of Olbers has not held its ground. It seemed as if all the evidence
available for its support had been produced at once and spontaneously, while the unfavourable
items were elicited slowly, and, as it were, by cross-examination. A more extended acquaintance
with the group of bodies whose peculiarities it was framed to explain has shown them, after all,
as recalcitrant to any such explanation. Coincidences at the first view significant and striking
have been swamped by contrary examples; and a hasty general conclusion has, by a not
uncommon destiny, at last perished under the accumulation of particulars. Moreover, as has been
remarked by Professor Newcomb,[211] mutual perturbations would rapidly efface all traces of a
common disruptive origin, and the catastrophe, to be perceptible in its effects, should have been
comparatively recent.
A new generation of astronomers had arisen before any additions were made to the little family
of the minor planets. Piazzi died in 1826, Harding in 1834, Olbers in 1840; all those who had
prepared or participated in the first discoveries passed away without witnessing their resumption.
In 1830, however, a certain Hencke, ex-postmaster in the Prussian town of Driessen, set himself
to watch for new planets, and after fifteen long years his patience was rewarded. The asteroid[Pg
77] found by him, December 8, 1845, received the name of Astræa, and his further prosecution of
the search resulted, July 1, 1847, in the discovery of Hebe. A few weeks later (August 13), John
Ru
ssell Hind (1823-1893), after many months' exploration from Mr. Bishop's observatory in the
Regent's Park, picked up Iris, and October 18, Flora.[212] The next on the list was Metis, found
by Mr. Graham, April 25, 1848, at Markree, in Ireland.[213] At the close of the period to which
our attention is at present limited, the number of these small bodies known to astronomy was
thirteen; and the course of discovery has since proceeded far more rapidly and with less
interruption.
Both in itself and in its consequences the recognition of the minor planets was of the highest
importance to science. The traditional ideas regarding the constitution of the solar system were
enlarged by the admission of a new class of bodies, strongly contrasted, yet strictly co-ordinate
with the old-established planetary order; the profusion of resource, so conspicuous in the living
kingdoms of Nature, was seen to prevail no less in the celestial spaces; and some faint
preliminary notion was afforded of the indefinite complexity of relations underlying the apparent
simplicity of the majestic scheme to which our world belongs. Both theoretical and practical
astronomy derived profit from the admission of these apparently insignificant strangers to the
rights of citizenship of the solar system. The disturbance of their motions by their giant
neighbours afforded a more accurate knowledge of the Jovian mass, which Laplace had taken
ab
out 1/50 too small; the anomalous character of their orbits presented geometers with highly
stimulating problems in the theory of perturbation; while the exigencies of the first discovery
had produced the Theoria Motus, and won Gauss over to the ranks of calculating astronomy.
Moreover, the sure prospect of further detections powerfully incited to the exploration of the
skies; observers became more numerous and more zealous in view of the prizes held out to them;
star-maps were diligently constructed, and the sidereal multitude strewn along the great zodiacal
belt acquired a fresh interest when it was perceived that its least conspicuous member might be a
planetary shred or projectile in the dignified disguise of a distant sun. Harding's "Celestial
Atlas," designed for the special purpose of facilitating asteroidal research, was the first
systematic attempt to represent to the eye the telescopic aspect of the heavens. It was while
engaged on its construction that the Lilienthal observer successfully intercepted Juno on her
passage through the Whale in 1804; whereupon promoted to Göttingen, he there completed, in
1822, the arduous task so opportunely entered[Pg 78] upon a score of years previously. Still more
important were the great star-maps of the Berlin Academy, undertaken at Bessel's suggestion,
with the same object of distinguishing errant from fixed stars, and executed, under Encke's
supervision, during the years 1830-59. They have played a noteworthy part in the history of
planetary discovery, nor of the minor kind alone.
We have now to recount an event unique in scientific history. The discovery of Neptune has
been characterised as the result of a "movement of the age,"[214] and with some justice. It had
become necessary to the integrity of planetary theory. Until it was accomplished, the phantom of
an unexplained anomaly in the orderly movements of the solar system must have continued to
haunt astronomical consciousness. Moreover, it was prepared by many, suggested as possible by
not a few, and actually achieved, simultaneously, independently, and completely, by two
investigators.
The position of the planet Uranus was recorded as that of a fixed star no less than twenty times
between 1690 and the epoch of its final detection by Herschel. But these early observations, far
from affording the expected facilities for the calculation of its orbit, proved a source of grievous
perplexity. The utmost ingenuity of geometers failed to combine them satisfactorily with the
later Uranian places, and it became evident, either that they were widely erroneous, or that the
revolving body was wandering from its ancient track. The simplest course was to reject them
altogether, and this was done in the new Tables published in 1821 by Alexis Bouvard, the
indefatigable computating partner of Laplace. But the trouble was not thus to be got rid of. After
a few years fresh irregularities began to appear, and continued to increase until absolutely
"intolerable." It may be stated as illustrative of the perfection to which astronomy had been
brought, that divergencies regarded as menacing the very foundation of its theories never entered
the range of unaided vision. In other words, if the theoretical and the real Uranus had been
placed side by side in the sky, they would have seemed, to the sharpest eye, to form a single
body.[215]
The idea that these enigmatical disturbances were due to the attraction of an unknown exterior
body was a tolerably obvious one; and we accordingly find it suggested in many different
quarters. Bouvard himself was perhaps the first to conceive it. He kept the[Pg 79] possibility
continually in view, and bequeathed to his nephew's diligence the inquiry into its reality when he
fe
lt that his own span was drawing to a close; but before any progress had been made with it, he
had already (June 7, 1843) "ceased to breathe and to calculate." The Rev. T. J. Hussey actually
entertained in 1834 the notion, but found his powers inadequate to the task, of assigning an
ap
proximate place to the disturbing body; and Bessel, in 1840, laid his plans for an assault in
fo
rm
up
on the Uranian difficulty, the triumphant exit from which fatal illness frustrated his
hopes of effecting or even witnessing.
The problem was practically untouched when, in 1841, an undergraduate of St. John's College,
Cambridge, formed the resolution of grappling with it. The projected task was an arduous one.
There were no guiding precedents for its conduct. Analytical obstacles had to be encountered so
fo
rm
idable as to appear invincible even to such a mathematician as Airy. John Couch Adams,
however, had no sooner taken his degree, which he did as senior wrangler in January, 1843, than
he set resolutely to work, and on October 21, 1845, was able to communicate to the Astronomer
Royal numerical estimates of the elements and mass of the unknown planet, together with an
indication of its actual place in the heavens. These results, it has been well said,[216] gave "the
final and inexorable proof" of the validity of Newton's Law. The date October 21, 1845, "may
therefore be regarded as marking a distinct epoch in the history of gravitational astronomy."
Sir George Biddell Airy had begun in 1835 his long and energetic administration of the Royal
Observatory, and was already in possession of data vitally important to the momentous inquiry
then on foot. At his suggestion, and under his superintendence, the reduction of all the planetary
observations made at Greenwich from 1750 onwards had been undertaken in 1833. The results,
published in 1846, constituted a permanent and universal stock of materials for the correction of
planetary theory. But in the meantime, investigators, both native and foreign, were freely
supplied with the "places and errors," which, clearly exhibiting the discrepancies between
observation and calculation—between what was and what was expected—formed the very
groundwork of future improvements.
Mr. Adams had no reason to complain of official discourtesy. His labours received due and
indispensable aid; but their purpose was regarded as chimerical. "I have always," Sir George
Airy wrote,[217] "considered the correctness of a distant mathematical result to be a subject rather
of moral than of mathematical evidence." And that[Pg 80] actually before him seemed, from its
very novelty, to incur a suspicion of unlikelihood. No problem in planetary disturbance had
heretofore been attacked, so to speak, from the rear. The inverse method was untried, and might
well be deemed impracticable. For the difficulty of determining the perturbations produced by a
given planet is small compared with the difficulty of finding a planet by its resulting
perturbations. Laplace might have quailed before it; yet it was now grappled with as a first essay
in celestial dynamics. Moreover, Adams unaccountably neglected to answer until too late a
question regarded by Airy in the light of an experimentum crucis as to the soundness of the new
theory. Nor did he himself take any steps to obtain a publicity which he was more anxious to
merit than to secure. The investigation consequently remained buried in obscurity. It is now
kn
own that had a search been instituted in the autumn of 1845 for the remote body whose
existence had been so marvellously foretold, it would have been found within three and a half
lunar diameters (1° 49′) of the spot assigned to it by Adams.
A competitor, however, equally daring and more fortunate—audax fortunâ adjutus, as Gauss
said of him—was even then entering the field. Urbain Jean Joseph Leverrier, the son of a small
Government employé in Normandy, was born at Saint-Lô, March 11, 1811. He studied with
brilliant success at the École Polytechnique, accepted the post of astronomical teacher there in
1837, and, "docile to circumstance," immediately concentrated the whole of his vast, though as
yet undeveloped powers upon the formidable problems, of celestial mechanics. He lost no time
in proving to the mathematical world that the race of giants was not extinct. Two papers on the
stability of the solar system, presented to the Academy of Sciences, September 16 and October
14, 1839, showed him to be the worthy successor of Lagrange and Laplace, and encouraged
hopes destined to be abundantly realised. His attention was directed by Arago to the Uranian
difficulty in 1845, when he cheerfully put aside certain intricate cometary researches upon which
he happened to be engaged, in order to obey with dutiful promptitude the summons of the
astronomical chief of France. In his first memoir on the subject (communicated to the Academy,
November 10, 1845), he proved the inadequacy of all known causes of disturbance to account
fo
r the vagaries of Uranus; in a second (June 1, 1848), he demonstrated that only an exterior
body, occupying at a certain date a determinate position in the zodiac, could produce the
observed effects; in a third (August 31, 1846), he assigned the orbit of the disturbing body, and
announced its visibility as an object with a sensible disc about as bright as a star of the eighth
magnitude.
The question was now visibly approaching an issue. On September[Pg 81] 10, Sir John Herschel
declared to the British Association respecting the hypothetical new planet: "We see it as
Columbus saw America from the coast of Spain. Its movements have been felt, trembling along
the far-reaching line of our analysis with a certainty hardly inferior to that of ocular
demonstration." Less than a fortnight later, September 23, Professor Galle, of the Berlin
Observatory, received a letter from Leverrier requesting his aid in the telescopic part of the
inquiry already analytically completed. He directed his refractor to the heavens that same night,
and perceived, within less than a degree of the spot indicated, an object with a measurable disc
nearly three seconds in diameter. Its absence from Bremiker's recently-completed map of that
region of the sky showed it to be no star, and its movement in the predicted direction confirmed
without delay the strong persuasion of its planetary nature.[218]
In this remarkable manner the existence of the remote member of our system known as
"Neptune" was ascertained. But the discovery, which faithfully reflected the duplicate character
of the investigation which led to it, had been already secured at Cambridge before it was
announced from Berlin. Sir George Airy's incredulity vanished in the face of the striking
coincidence between the position assigned by Leverrier to the unknown planet in June, and that
laid down by Adams in the previous October; and on the 9th of July he wrote to Professor
Challis, director of the Cambridge Observatory, recommending a search with the great
Northumberland equatoreal. Had a good star-map been at hand, the process would have been a
simple one; but of Bremiker's "Hora XXI." no news had yet reached England, and there was no
other sufficiently comprehensive to be available for an inquiry which, in the absence of such aid,
promised to be both long and laborious. As the event proved, it might have been neither. "After
fo
ur days of observing," Challis wrote, October 12, 1846, to Airy, "the planet was in my grasp if
only I had examined or mapped the observations."[219] Had he done so, the first honours in the
discovery, both theoretical and optical, would have fallen to the University of Cambridge. But
Professor Challis had other astronomical avocations to attend to, and, moreover, his faith in the
precision of the indications furnished to him was, by his own confession, a very feeble one. For
both reasons he postponed to a later stage of the proceedings the discussion and comparison of
the data nightly furnished to him by his telescope, and thus allowed to lie, as it were, latent in his
observations the [Pg 82] momentous result which his diligence had insured, but which his delay
suffered to be anticipated.[220]
Nevertheless, it should not be forgotten that the Berlin astronomer had two circumstances in his
fa
vour apart from which his swift success could hardly have been achieved. The first was the
possession of a good star-map; the second was the clear and confident nature of Leverrier's
instructions. "Look where I tell you," he seemed authoritatively to say, "and you will see an
object such as I describe."[221] And in fact, not only Galle on the 23rd of September, but also
Challis on the 29th, immediately after reading the French geometer's lucid and impressive
treatise, picked out from among the stellar points strewing the zodiac, a small planetary disc,
which eventually proved to be that of the precise body he had been in search of during two
months.
The controversy that ensued had its ignominious side; but it was entered into by neither of the
parties principally concerned. Adams bore the disappointment, which the dilatory proceedings at
Greenwich and Cambridge had inflicted upon him, with quiet heroism. His silence on the subject
of what another man would have called his wrongs remained unbroken to the end of his life;[222]
and he took every opportunity of testifying his admiration for the genius of Leverrier.
Personal questions, however, vanish in the magnitude of the event they relate to. By it the last
lingering doubts as to the absolute exactness of the Newtonian Law were dissipated. Recondite
analytical methods received a confirmation brilliant and intelligible even to the minds of the
vulgar, and emerged from the patient solitude of the study to enjoy an hour of clamorous
triumph. For ever invisible to the unaided eye of man, a sister-globe to our earth was shown to
circulate, in perpetual frozen exile, at thirty times its distance from the sun. Nay, the possibility
was made apparent that the limits of our system were not even thus reached, but that yet
profounder abysses of space might shelter obedient, though little favoured, members of the solar
fa
mily, by future astronomers to be recognised through the sympathetic thrillings of Neptune,
even as Neptune himself was recognised through the tell-tale deviations of Uranus.
It is curious to find that the fruit of Adams's and Leverrier's[Pg 83] laborious investigations had
been accidentally all but snatched half a century before it was ripe to be gathered. On the 8th,
and again on the 10th of May, 1795, Lalande noted the position of Neptune as that of a fixed
star, but perceiving that the two observations did not agree, he suppressed the first as erroneous,
and pursued the inquiry no further. An immortality which he would have been the last to despise
hung in the balance; the feather-weight of his carelessness, however, kicked the beam, and the
discovery was reserved to be more hardly won by later comers.
Bode's Law did good service in the quest for a trans-Uranian planet by affording ground for a
probable assumption as to its distance. A starting-point for approximation was provided by it;
but it was soon found to be considerably at fault. Even Uranus is about 36 millions of miles
nearer to the sun than the order of progression requires; and Neptune's vast distance of 2,800
million should be increased by no less than 800 million miles, and its period of 165 lengthened
out to 225 years,[223] in order to bring it into conformity with the curious and unexplained rule
which planetary discoveries have alternately tended to confirm and to invalidate.
Within seventeen days of its identification with the Berlin achromatic, Neptune was found to be
attended by a satellite. This discovery was the first notable performance of the celebrated twofo
ot reflector[224] erected by Mr. Lassell at his suggestively named residence of Starfield, near
Liverpool. William Lassell was a brewer by profession, but by inclination an astronomer. Born
at Bolton in Lancashire, June 18, 1799, he closed a life of eminent usefulness to science, October
5, 1818, thus spanning with his well-spent years four-fifths of the momentous period which we
have undertaken to traverse. At the age of twenty-one, being without the means to purchase, he
undertook to construct telescopes, and naturally turned his attention to the reflecting sort, as
fa
vouring amateur efforts by the comparative simplicity of its structure. His native ingenuity was
remarkable, and was developed by the hourly exigencies of his successive enterprises. Their
uniform success encouraged him to enlarge his aims, and in 1844 he visited Birr Castle for the
purpose of inspecting the machine used in polishing the giant speculum of Parsonstown. In the
construction of his new instrument, however, he eventually discarded the model there obtained,
and worked on a method of his own, assisted by the supreme mechanical skill of James
Nasmyth. The result was a Newtonian of exquisite definition, with an aperture of two, and a
fo
cal length of twenty feet,[Pg 84] provided by a novel artifice with the equatoreal mounting,
previously regarded as available only for refractors.
This beautiful instrument afforded to its maker, October 10, 1846, a cursory view of a Neptunian
attendant. But the planet was then approaching the sun, and it was not until the following July
that the observation could be verified, which it was completely, first by Lassell himself, and
somewhat later by Otto Stuve and Bond of Cambridge (U.S.). When it is considered that this
remote object shines by reflecting sunlight reduced by distance to 1/900th of the intensity with
which it illuminates our moon, the fact of its visibility, even in the most perfect telescopes, is a
somewhat surprising one. It can only, indeed, be accounted for by attributing to it dimensions
very considerable for a body of the secondary order. It shares with the moons of Uranus the
peculiarity of retrograde motion; that is to say, its revolutions, running counter to the grand
current of movement in the solar system, are performed from east to west, in a plane inclined at
an angle of 35° to that of the ecliptic. Their swiftness serves to measure the mass of the globe
round which they are performed. For while our moon takes twenty-seven days and nearly eight
hours to complete its circuit of the earth, the satellite of Neptune, at a distance not greatly
inferior, sweeps round its primary in five days and twenty-one hours, showing (according to a
very simple principle of computation) that it is urged by a force seventeen times greater than the
terrestrial pull upon the lunar orb. Combining this result with those of Professor Barnard's[225]
and Dr. See's[226] recent measurements of the small telescopic disc of this farthest known planet,
it is found that while in mass Neptune equals seventeen, in bulk it is equivalent to forty-nine
earths. This is as much as to say that it is composed of relatively very light materials, or more
probably of materials distended by internal heat, as yet unwasted by radiation into space, to
ab
out five times the volume they would occupy in the interior of our globe. The fact, at any rate,
is fairly well ascertained, that the average density of Neptune is about twice that of water.
We must now turn from this late-recognised member of our system to bestow some brief
attention upon the still fruitful field of discovery offered by one of the immemorial five. The
fa
mily of Saturn, unlike that of its brilliant neighbour, has been gradually introduced to the
notice of astronomers. Titan, the sixth Saturnian moon in order of distance, led the way, being
detected by Huygens, March 25, 1655; Cassini made the acquaintance of four more between
1671 and 1684; while Mimas and Enceladus, the two innermost, were caught by Herschel in
1789, as they threaded their lucid[Pg 85] way along the edge of the almost vanished ring. In the
distances of these seven revolving bodies from their primary, an order of progression analogous
to that pointed out by Titius in the planetary intervals was found to prevail; but with one
conspicuous interruption, similar to that which had first suggested the search for new members
of the solar system. Between Titan and Japetus—the sixth and seventh reckoning outwards—
there was obviously room for another satellite. It was discovered on both sides of the Atlantic
simultaneously, on the 19th of September, 1848. Mr. W. C. Bond, employing the splendid 15-
inch refractor of the Harvard Observatory, noticed, September 16, a minute star situated in the
plane of Saturn's rings. The same object was discerned by Mr. Lassell on the 18th. On the
fo
llowing evening, both observers perceived that the problematical speck of light kept up with,
instead of being left behind by the planet as it moved, and hence inferred its true character.[227]
Hyperion, the seventh by distance and eighth by recognition of Saturn's attendant train, is of so
insignificant a size when compared with some of its fellow-moons (Titan is but little inferior to
the planet Mars), as to have suggested to Sir John Herschel[228] the idea that it might be only one
of several bodies revolving very close together—in fact, an asteroidal satellite; but the
conjecture has, so far, not been verified.
The coincidence of its duplicate discovery was singularly paralleled two years later. Galileo's
amazement when his "optic glass" revealed to him the "triple" form of Saturn—planeta
tergeminus—has proved to be, like the laughter of the gods, "inextinguishable." It must revive in
every one who contemplates anew the unique arrangements of that world apart known to us as
the Saturnian system. The resolution of the so-called ansæ, or "handles," into one encircling ring
by Huygens in 1655, the discovery by Cassini in 1675 of the division of that ring into two
concentric ones, together with Laplace's investigation of the conditions of stability of such a
fo
rm
ation, constituted, with some minor observations, the sum of the knowledge obtained, up to
the middle of the last century, on the subject of this remarkable formation. The first place in the
discovery now about to be related belongs to an American astronomer.
William Cranch Bond, born in 1789 at Portland, in the State of Maine, was a watchmaker, whom
the solar eclipse of 1806 attracted to study the wonders of the heavens. When, in 1815, the
erection of an observatory in connection with Harvard College, Cambridge, was first
contemplated, he undertook a mission to England for the purpose of studying the working of
similar institutions there, and on[Pg 86] his return erected a private observatory at Dorchester,
where he worked diligently for many years. Then at last, in 1843, the long-postponed design of
the Harvard authorities was resumed, and on the completion of the new establishment, Bond,
who had been from 1838 officially connected with the College and had carried on his scientific
labours within its precincts, was offered and accepted the post of its director. Placed in 1847 in
possession of one of the finest instruments in the world—a masterpiece of Merz and Mahler—he
headed the now long list of distinguished Transatlantic observers. Like the elder Struve, he left
an heir to his office and to his eminence, but George Bond unfortunately died in 1865, at the
early age of thirty-nine, having survived his father but six years.
On the night of November 15, 1850—the air, remarkably enough, being so hazy that only the
brightest stars could be perceived with the naked eye—William Bond discerned a dusky ring,
extending about halfway between the inner brighter one and the globe of Saturn. A fortnight
later, but before the observation had been announced in England, the same appearance was seen
by the Rev. W. R. Dawes with the comparatively small refractor of his observatory at
Wateringbury, and on December 3 was described by Mr. Lassell (then on a visit to him) as
"something like a crape veil covering a part of the sky within the inner ring."[229] Next morning
the Times containing the report of Bond's discovery reached Wateringbury. The most surprising
circumstance in the matter was that the novel appendage had remained so long unrecognised. As
the rings opened out to their full extent, it became obvious with very moderate optical assistance;
yet some of the most acute observers who have ever lived, using instruments of vast power, had
heretofore failed to detect its presence. It soon appeared, however, that Galle of Berlin[230] had
noticed, June 10, 1838, a veil-like extension of the lucid ring across half the dark space
separating it from the planet; but the observation, although communicated at the time to the
Berlin Academy of Sciences, had remained barren. Traces of the dark ring, moreover, were
fo
und in drawings executed by Campani in 1664[231] and by Hooke in 1666;[232] while Picard
(June 15, 1673),[233] Hadley (spring of 1720),[234] and Herschel,[235] had all undoubtedly seen it
under the aspect of a dark bar or belt crossing the Saturnian globe. It was, then, of no recent
origin; but there seemed reason to think that it had lately gained considerably in brightness. The
fu
ll[Pg 87] meaning of this suspected change it was reserved for later investigations to develop.
What we may, in a certain sense, call the closing result of the race for discovery, in which
several observers seemed at that time to be engaged, was the establishment, on a satisfactory
fo
oting, of our acquaintance with the dependent system of Uranus. Sir William Herschel, whose
researches formed, in so many distinct lines of astronomical inquiry, the starting-points of future
kn
owledge, detected, January 11, 1787,[236] two Uranian moons, since called Oberon and
Titania, and ascertained the curious circumstance of their motion in a plane almost at right
angles to the ecliptic, in a direction contrary to that of all previously known denizens (other than
cometary) of the solar kingdom. He believed that he caught occasional glimpses of four more,
but never succeeded in assuring himself of their substantial existence. Even the two first
remained unseen save by himself until 1828, when his son re-observed them with a 20-foot
reflector, similar to that with which they had been originally discovered. Thenceforward they
were kept fairly within view, but their four questionable companions, in spite of some false
alarms of detection, remained in the dubious condition in which Herschel had left them. At last,
on October 24, 1851,[237] after some years of fruitless watching, Lassell espied "Ariel" and
"Umbriel," two Uranian attendants, interior to Oberon and Titania, and of about half their
brightness; so that their disclosure is still reckoned amongst the very highest proofs of
instrumental power and perfection. In all probability they were then for the first time seen; for
although Professor Holden[238] made out a plausible case in favour of the fitful visibility to
Herschel of each of them in turn, Lassell's argument[239] that the glare of the planet in Herschel's
great specula must have rendered almost impossible the perception of objects so minute and so
close to its disc, appears tolerably decisive to the contrary. Uranus is thus attended by four
moons, and, so far as present knowledge extends, by no more. Among the most important of the
"negative results"[240] secured by Lassell's observations at Malta during the years 1852-53 and
1861-65, were the convincing evidence afforded by them that, without great increase of optical
power, no further Neptunian or Uranian satellites can be perceived, and the consequent
relegation of Herschel's baffling quartette, notwithstanding the unquestioned place long assigned
to them in astronomical text-books, to the Nirvana of non-existence.CHAPTER V
COMETS
Newton showed that the bodies known as "comets," or hirsute stars, obey the law of gravitation;
but it was by no means certain that the individual of the species observed by him in 1680 formed
a permanent member of the solar system. The velocity, in fact, of its rush round the sun was
quite possibly sufficient to carry it off for ever into the depths of space, there to wander, a
celestial casual, from star to star. With another comet, however, which appeared two years later,
the case was different. Edmund Halley, who afterwards succeeded Flamsteed as Astronomer
Royal, calculated the elements of its orbit on Newton's principles, and found them to resemble so
closely those similarly arrived at for comets observed by Peter Apian in 1531, and by Kepler in
1607, as almost to compel the inference that all three were apparitions of a single body. This
implied its revolution in a period of about seventy-six years, and Halley accordingly fixed its
return for 1758-9. So fully alive was he to the importance of the announcement that he appealed
to a "candid posterity," in the event of its verification, to acknowledge that the discovery was
du
e to an Englishman. The prediction was one of the test-questions put by Science to Nature, on
the replies to which largely depend both the development of knowledge and the conviction of its
reality. In the present instance, the answer afforded may be said to have laid the foundation of
this branch of astronomy. Halley's comet punctually reappeared on Christmas Day, 1758, and
effected its perihelion passage on the 12th of March following, thus proving beyond dispute that
some at least of these erratic bodies are domesticated within our system, and strictly conform, if
not to its unwritten customs (so to speak), at any rate to its fundamental laws. Their movements,
in short, were demonstrated by the most unanswerable of all arguments—that of verified
calculation—to be calculable, and their investigation was erected into a legitimate department of
astronomical science.[Pg 89]
This notable advance was the chief result obtained in the field of inquiry just now under
consideration during the eighteenth century. But before it closed, its cultivation had received a
powerful stimulus through the invention of an improved method. The name of Olbers has already
been brought prominently before our readers in connection with asteroidal discoveries; these,
however, were but chance excursions from the path of cometary research which he steadily
pursued through life. An early predilection for the heavens was fixed in this particular direction
by one of the happy inspirations of genius. As he was watching, one night in the year 1779, by
the sick-bed of a fellow-student in medicine at Göttingen, an important simplification in the
mode of computing the paths of comets occurred to him. Although not made public until 1797,
"Olbers's method" was then universally adopted, and is still regarded as the most expeditious and
convenient in cases where absolute rigour is not required. By its introduction, not only many a
toilsome and thankless hour was spared, but workers were multiplied, and encouraged in the
prosecution of labours more useful than attractive.
The career of Heinrich Olbers is a brilliant example of what may be done by an amateur in
astronomy. He at no time did regular work in an observatory; he was never the possessor of a
transit or any other fixed instrument; moreover, all the best years of his life were absorbed in the
assiduous exercise of a toilsome profession. Born in 1758 at the village of Arbergen, where his
fa
ther was pastor, he settled in 1781 as a physician in the neighbouring town of Bremen, and
continued in active practice there for over forty years. It was thus only the hours which his
robust constitution enabled him to spare from sleep that were available for his intellectual
pleasures. Yet his recreation was, as Von Zach remarked,[241] no less prolific of useful results
than the severest work of other men. The upper part of his house in the Sandgasse was fitted up
with such instruments and appliances as restrictions of space permitted, and there, night after
night during half a century and upwards, he discovered, calculated, or observed the cometary
visitants of northern skies. Almost as effective in promoting the interests of science as the
valuable work actually done by him, was the influence of his genial personality. He engaged
confidence by his ready and discerning sympathy; he inspired affection by his benevolent
disinterestedness; he quickened thought and awakened zeal by the suggestions of a lively and
inventive spirit, animated with the warmest enthusiasm for the advancement of knowledge.
Nearly every astronomer in Germany enjoyed the benefits of a frequently active correspondence
with him, and his communications to the scientific periodicals of the[Pg 90] time were numerous
and striking. The motive power of his mind was thus widely felt and continually in action. Nor
did it wholly cease to be exerted even when the advance of age and the progress of infirmity
rendered him incapable of active occupation. He was, in fact, alive even to the last day of his
long life of eighty-one years; and his death, which occurred March 2, 1840, left vacant a position
which a rare combination of moral and intellectual qualities had conspired to render unique.
Amongst the many younger men who were attracted and stimulated by intercourse with him was
Johann Franz Encke. But while Olbers became a mathematician because he was an astronomer,
Encke became an astronomer because he was a mathematician. A born geometer, he was
naturally sent to Göttingen and placed under the tuition of Gauss. But geometers are men; and
the contagion of patriotic fervour which swept over Germany after the battle of Leipsic did not
spare Gauss's promising pupil. He took up arms in the Hanseatic Legion, and marched and
fo
ught until the oppressor of his country was safely ensconced behind the ocean-walls of St.
Helena. In the course of his campaigning he met Lindenau, the militant director of the Seeberg
Observatory, and by his influence was appointed his assistant, and eventually, in 1822, became
his successor. Thence he was promoted in 1825 to Berlin, where he superintended the building
of the new observatory, so actively promoted by Humboldt, and remained at its head until within
some eighteen months of his death in August, 1865.
On the 26th of November, 1818, Pons of Marseilles discovered a comet, whose inconspicuous
ap
pearance gave little promise of its becoming one of the most interesting objects in our system.
Encke at once took the calculation of its elements in hand, and brought out the unexpected result
that it revolved round the sun in a period of about 3-1/3 years.[242] He, moreover, detected its
identity with comets seen by Méchain in 1786, by Caroline Herschel in 1795, by Pons, Huth, and
Bouvard in 1805, and after six laborious weeks of research into the disturbances experienced by
it from the planets during the entire interval since its first ascertained appearance, he fixed May
24, 1822, as the date of its next return to perihelion. Although on that occasion, owing to the
position of the earth, invisible in the northern hemisphere, Sir Thomas Brisbane's observatory at
Paramatta was fortunately ready equipped for its recapture, which Rümker effected quite close to
the spot indicated by Encke's ephemeris.
The importance of this event can be better understood when it is[Pg 91] remembered that it was
only the second instance of the recognised return of a comet (that of Halley's, sixty-three years
previously, having, as already stated, been the first); and that it, moreover, established the
existence of a new class of celestial objects, somewhat loosely distinguished as "comets of short
period." These bodies (of which about thirty have been found to circulate within the orbit of
Saturn) are remarkable as showing certain planetary affinities in the manners of their motions
not at all perceptible in the wider travelling members of their order. They revolve, without
exception, in the same direction as the planets—from west to east; they exhibit a marked
tendency to conform to the zodiacal track which limits planetary excursions north and south; and
their paths round the sun, although much more eccentric than the approximately circular
planetary orbits, are far less so than the extravagantly long ellipses in which comets
comparatively untrained (as it were) in the habits of the solar system ordinarily perform their
revolutions.
No great comet is of the "planetary" kind. These are, indeed, only by exception visible to the
naked eye; they possess extremely feeble tail-producing powers, and give small signs of central
condensation. Thin wisps of cosmical cloud, they flit across the telescopic field of view without
sensibly obscuring the smallest star. Their appearance, in short, suggests—what some notable
fa
cts in their history will presently be shown to confirm—that they are bodies already effete, and
verging towards dissolution. If it be asked what possible connection can be shown to exist
between the shortness of period by which they are essentially characterised, and what we may
call their superannuated condition, we are not altogether at a loss for an answer. Kepler's
remark,[243] that comets are consumed by their own emissions, has undoubtedly a measure of
truth in it. The substance ejected into the tail must, in overwhelmingly large proportion, be for
ever lost to the central mass from which it issues. True, it is of a nature inconceivably tenuous;
but unrepaired waste, however small in amount, cannot be persisted in with impunity. The
incitement to such self-spoliation proceeds from the sun; it accordingly progresses more rapidly
the more numerous are the returns to the solar vicinity. Comets of short period may thus
reasonably be expected to wear out quickly.
They are, moreover, subject to many adventures and vicissitudes. Their aphelia—or the farthest
points of their orbits from the sun—are usually, if not invariably, situated so near to the path
either of Jupiter or of Saturn, as to permit these giant planets to act as secondary rulers of their
destinies. By their influence they were, in[Pg 92] all likelihood, originally fixed in their present
tracks; and by their influence, exerted in an opposite sense, they may, in some cases, be
eventually ejected from them. Careers so varied, as can easily be imagined, are apt to prove
instructive, and astronomers have not been backward in extracting from them the lessons they
are fitted to convey. Encke's comet, above all, has served as an index to much curious
information, and it may be hoped that its function in that respect is by no means at an end. The
great extent of the solar system traversed by its eccentric path makes it peculiarly useful for the
determination of the planetary masses. At perihelion it penetrates within the orbit of Mercury; it
considerably transcends at aphelion the farthest excursion of Pallas. Its vicinity to the former
planet in August, 1835, offered the first convenient opportunity of placing that body in the
astronomical balance. Its weight or mass had previously been assumed, not ascertained; and the
comparatively slight deviation from its regular course impressed upon the comet by its attractive
power showed that it had been assumed nearly twice too great.[244] That fundamental datum of
planetary astronomy—the mass of Jupiter—was corrected by similar means; and it was
reassuring to find the correction in satisfactory accord with that already introduced from
observations of the asteroidal movements.
The fact that comets contract in approaching the sun had been noticed by Hevelius; Pingré
admitted it with hesitating perplexity;[245] the example of Encke's comet rendered it conspicuous
and undeniable. On the 28th of October, 1828, the diameter of the nebulous matter composing
this body was estimated at 312,000 miles. It was then about one and a half times further from the
sun than the earth is at the time of the equinox. On the 24th of December following, its distance
being reduced by nearly two-thirds, it was found to be only 14,000 miles across.[246] That is to
say, it had shrunk during those two months of approach to 1/11000th part of its original volume!
Yet it had still seventeen days' journey to make before reaching perihelion. The same curious
circumstance was even more markedly apparent at its return in 1838. Its bulk, or the actual space
occupied by it, appeared to be reduced, as it drew near the hearth of our system, in the enormous
proportion of 800,000[Pg 93] to 1. A corresponding expansion accompanied on each occasion its
retirement from the sphere of observation. Similar changes of volume, though rarely to the same
astounding extent, have been perceived in other comets. They still remain unexplained; but it can
scarcely be doubted that they are due to the action of the same energetic internal forces which
reveal themselves in so many splendid and surprising cometary phenomena.
Another question of singular interest was raised by Encke's acute inquiries into the movements
and disturbances of the first known "comet of short period." He found from the first that its
revolutions were subject to some influence besides that of gravity. After every possible
allowance had been made for the pulls, now backward, now forward, exerted upon it by the
several planets, there was still a surplus of acceleration left unaccounted for. Each return to
perihelion took place about two and a half hours sooner than received theories warranted. Here,
then, was a "residual phenomenon" of the utmost promise for the disclosure of novel truths.
Encke (in accordance with the opinion of Olbers) explained it as due to the presence in space of
some such "subtle matter" as was long ago invoked by Euler[247] to be the agent of eventual
destruction for the fair scheme of planetary creation. The apparent anomaly of accounting for an
accelerative effect by a retarding cause disappears when it is considered that any check to the
motion of bodies revolving round a centre of attraction causes them to draw closer to it, thus
shortening their periods and quickening their circulation. If space were filled with a resisting
medium capable of impeding, even in the most infinitesimal degree, the swift course of the
planets, their orbits should necessarily be, not ellipses, but very close elliptical spirals along
which they would slowly, but inevitably, descend into the burning lap of the sun. The
circumstance that no such tendency can be traced in their revolutions by no means sets the
question at rest. For it might well be that an effect totally imperceptible until after the lapse of
countless ages, as regards the solid orbs of our system, might be obvious in the movements of
bodies like comets of small mass and great bulk; just as a feather or a gauze veil at once yields
its motion to the resistance of the air, while a cannon-ball cuts its way through with
comparatively slight loss of velocity.
It will thus be seen that issues of the most momentous character hang on the time-keeping of
comets; for plainly all must in some degree suffer the same kind of hindrance as Encke's, if the
cause of that hindrance be the one suggested. None of its congeners, however, show any trace of
similar symptoms. True,[Pg 94] the late Professor Oppolzer announced,[248] in 1880, that a comet,
first seen by Pons in 1819, and rediscovered by Winnecke in 1858, having a period of 2,052 days
(5·6 years), was accelerated at each revolution precisely in the manner required by Encke's
theory. But M. von Haerdtl's subsequent investigation, the materials for which included
numerous observations of the body in question at its return to the sun in 1886, decisively
negatived the presence of any such effect.[249] Moreover, the researches of Von Asten and
Backlund[250] into the movements of Encke's comet revealed a perplexing circumstance. They
confirmed Encke's results for the period covered by them, but exhibited the acceleration as
having suddenly diminished by nearly one-half in 1868. The reality and permanence of this
change were fully established by observations of the ensuing return in March, 1885. Some
physical alteration of the retarded body seems indicated; but visual evidence countenances no
such assumption. In aspect the comet is no less thin and diffuse than in 1795 or in 1848.
The character of the supposed resistance in inter-planetary space has, it may be remarked, been
often misapprehended. What Encke stipulated for was not a medium equally diffused throughout
the visible universe, such as the ethereal vehicle of the vibrations of light, but a rare fluid,
rapidly increasing in density towards the sun.[251] This cannot be a solar atmosphere, since it is
mathematically certain, as Laplace has shown,[252] that no envelope partaking of the sun's axial
rotation can extend farther from his surface than nine-tenths of the mean distance of Mercury;
while physical evidence assures us that the actual depth of the solar atmosphere bears a very
minute proportion to the possible depth theoretically assigned to it. That matter, however, not
atmospheric in its nature—that is, neither forming one body with the sun nor altogether
aëriform—exists in its neighbourhood, can admit of no reasonable doubt. The great lens-shaped
mass of the zodiacal light, stretching out at times far beyond the earth's orbit, may indeed be
regarded as an extension of the corona, the streamers of which themselves mark the wide
diffusion, all round the solar globe, of granular or gaseous materials. Yet comets have been
kn
own to penetrate the sphere occupied by them without perceptible loss of velocity. The
hypothesis, then, of a resisting medium receives at present no countenance from the movements
of comets, whether of short or of long periods.
Although Encke's comet has made thirty-five complete rounds of its orbit since its first detection
in 1786, it shows no certain signs[Pg 95] of decay. Variations in its brightness are, it is true,
conspicuous, but they do not proceed continuously.[253]
The history of the next known planet-like comet has proved of even more curious interest than
that of the first. It was discovered by an Austrian officer named Wilhelm von Biela at
Josephstadt in Bohemia, February 27, 1826, and ten days later by the French astronomer
Gambart at Marseilles. Both observers computed its orbit, showed its remarkable similarity to
that traversed by comets visible in 1772 and 1805, and connected them together as previous
ap
pearances of the body just detected by assigning to its revolutions a period of between six and
seven years. The two brief letters conveying these strikingly similar inferences were printed side
by side in the same number of the Astronomische Nachrichten (No. 94); but Biela's priority in
the discovery of the comet was justly recognised by the bestowal upon it of his name.
The object in question was at no time, subsequently to 1805, visible to the naked eye. Its aspect
in Sir John Herschel's great reflector on the 23rd of September, 1832, was described by him as
that of a "conspicuous nebula," nearly 3 minutes in diameter. No trace of a tail was discernible.
While he was engaged in watching it, a small knot of minute stars was directly traversed by it,
"and when on the cluster," he tells us,[254] it "presented the appearance of a nebula resolvable and
partly resolved into stars, the stars of the cluster being visible through the comet." Yet the depth
of cometary matter through which such faint stellar rays penetrated undimmed, was, near the
central parts of the globe, not less than 50,000 miles.
It is curious to find that this seemingly harmless, and we may perhaps add effete body, gave
occasion to the first (and not the last) cometary "scare" of an enlightened century. Its orbit, at the
descending node, may be said to have intersected that of the earth; since, according as it bulged
in or out under the disturbing influence of the planets, the passage of the comet was affected
inside or outside the terrestrial track. Now, certain calculations published by Olbers in 1828[255]
showed that, on October 29, 1832, a considerable portion of its nebulous surroundings would
actually sweep over the spot which, a month later, would be occupied by our planet. It needed no
more to set the popular imagination in a ferment. Astronomers, after all, could not, by an
alarmed public, be held to be infallible. Their computations, it was averred, which a trifling
oversight would suffice to vitiate, exhibited clearly enough the danger, but afforded no guarantee
of safety from a collision, with all the terrific consequences[Pg 96] frigidly enumerated by
Laplace. Nor did the panic subside until Arago formally demonstrated that the earth and the
comet could by no possibility approach within less than fifty millions of miles.[256]
The return of the same body in 1845-46 was marked by an extraordinary circumstance. When
first seen, November 28, it wore its usual aspect of a faint round patch of cosmical fog; but on
December 19, Mr. Hind noticed that it had become distorted somewhat into the form of a pear;
and ten days later, it had divided into two separate objects. This singular duplication was first
perceived at New Haven in America, December 29,[257] by Messrs. Herrick and Bradley, and by
Lieutenant Maury at Washington, January 13, 1846. The earliest British observer of the
phenomenon (noticed by Wichmann the same evening at Königsberg) was Professor Challis. "I
see two comets!" he exclaimed, putting his eye to the great equatoreal of the Cambridge
Observatory on the night of January 15; then, distrustful of what his senses had told him, he
called in his judgment to correct their improbable report by resolving one of the dubious objects
into a hazy star.[258] On the 23rd, however, both were again seen by him in unmistakable
cometary shape, and until far on in March (Otto Struve caught a final glimpse of the pair on the
16th of April),[259] continued to be watched with equal curiosity and amazement by astronomers
in every part of the northern hemisphere. What Seneca reproved Ephorus for supposing to have
taken place in 373 B.C.—what Pingré blamed Kepler for conjecturing in 1618—had then actually
occurred under the attentive eyes of science in the middle of the nineteenth century!
At a distance from each other of about two-thirds the distance of the moon from the earth, the
twin comets meantime moved on tranquilly, so far, at least, as their course through the heaven
was concerned. Their extreme lightness, or the small amount of matter contained in each, could
not have received a more signal illustration than by the fact that their revolutions round the sun
were performed independently; that is to say, they travelled side by side without experiencing
any appreciable mutual disturbance, thus plainly showing[Pg 97] that at an interval of only
157,250 miles their attractive power was virtually inoperative. Signs of internal agitation,
however, were not wanting. Each fragment threw out a short tail in a direction perpendicular to
the line joining their centres, and each developed a bright nucleus, although the original comet
had exhibited neither of these signs of cometary vitality. A singular interchange of brilliancy
was, besides, observed to take place between the coupled objects, each of which alternately
outshone and was outshone by the other, while an arc of light, apparently proceeding from the
more lustrous, at times bridged the intervening space. Obviously, the gravitational tie, rendered
powerless by exiguity of matter, was here replaced by some other form of mutual action, the
nature of which can as yet be dealt with only by conjecture.
Once more, in August, 1852, the double comet returned to the neighbourhood of the sun, but
under circumstances not the most advantageous for observation. Indeed, the companion was not
detected until September 16, when Father Secchi at Rome perceived it to have increased its
distance from the originating body to a million and a quarter of miles, or about eight times the
average interval at the former appearance. Both vanished shortly afterwards, and have never
since been seen, notwithstanding the eager watch kept for objects of such singular interest, and
the accurate knowledge of their track supplied by Santini's investigations. A dangerously near
ap
proach to Jupiter in 1841 is believed to have occasioned their disruption, and the
disaggregating process thus started was likely to continue. We can scarcely doubt that the fate
has overtaken them which Newton assigned as the end of all cometary existence. Diffundi
tandem et spargi per cœlos universos.[260]
Biela's is not the only vanished comet. Brorsen's, discovered at Kiel in 1846, and observed at
fo
ur subsequent returns, failed unaccountably to become visible in 1890.[261] Yet numerous
sentinels were on the alert to surprise its approach along a well-ascertained track, traversed in
five and a half years. The object presented from the first a somewhat time-worn aspect. It was
devoid of tail, or any other kind of appendage; and the rapid loss of the light acquired during
perihelion passage was accompanied by inordinate expansion of an already tenuous globular
mass. Another lost or mislaid comet is one found by De Vico at Rome, August 22, 1844. It was
expected to return early in 1850, but did not, and has never[Pg 98] since been seen; unless its reap
pearance as E. Swift's comet of 1894 should be ratified by closer inquiry.[262]
A telescopic comet with a period of 7-1/2 years, discovered November 22, 1843, by M. Faye of
the Paris Observatory, formed the subject of a characteristically patient and profound inquiry on
the part of Leverrier, designed to test its suggested identity with Lexell's comet of 1770. The
result was decisive against the hypothesis of Valz, the divergences between the orbits of the two
bodies being found to increase instead of to diminish, as the history of the new-comer was traced
backward into the previous century.[263] Faye's comet pursues the most nearly circular path of
any similar known object; even at its nearest approach to the sun it remains farther off than Mars
when he is most distant from it; and it was proved by the admirable researches of Professor Axel
Möller,[264] director of the Swedish observatory of Lund, to exhibit no trace of the action of a
resisting medium.
Periodical comets are evidently bodies which have each lived through a chapter of accidents, and
a significant hint as to the nature of their adventures can be gathered from the fact that their
ap
helia are pretty closely grouped about the tracks of the major planets. Halley's, and five other
comets are thus related to Neptune; three connect themselves with Uranus, two with Saturn,
ab
ove a score with Jupiter. Some form of dependence is plainly indicated, and the researches of
Tisserand,[265] Callandreau,[266] and Newton[267] of Yale College, leave scarcely a doubt that the
"capture-theory" represents the essential truth in the matter. The original parabolic paths of these
comets were then changed into ellipses by the backward pull of a planet, whose sphere of
attraction they chanced to enter when approaching the sun from outer space. Moreover, since a
body thus affected should necessarily return at each revolution to the scene of encounter, the
same process of retardation may, in some cases, have been repeated many times, until the more
restricted cometary orbits were reduced to their present dimensions. The prevalence, too, among
periodical comets, of direct motion, is shown to be inevitable by M. Callandreau's demonstration
that those travelling in a retrograde direction would, by planetary action, be thrown outside the
probable range of terrestrial observation. The scarcity of hyperbolic comets can be[Pg 99]
similarly explained. They would be created whenever the attractive influence of the disturbing
planet was exerted in a forward or accelerative sense, but could come only by a rare exception to
our notice. The inner planets, including the earth, have also unquestionably played their parts in
modifying cometary orbits; and Mr. Plummer suggests, with some show of reason, that the
capture of Encke's comet may be a feat due to Mercury.[268]
No great comet appeared between the "star" which presided at the birth of Napoleon and the
"vintage" comet of 1811. The latter was first described by Flaugergues at Viviers, March 26,
1811; Wisniewski, at Neu-Tscherkask in Southern Russia, caught a final glimpse of it, August
17, 1812. Two disappearances in the solar rays as the earth moved round in its orbit, and two
reappearances after conjunction, were included in this unprecedentedly long period of visibility
of 510 days. This relative permanence (so far as the inhabitants of Europe were concerned) was
du
e to the high northern latitude attained near perihelion, combined with a certain leisureliness
of movement along a path everywhere external to that of the earth. The magnificent luminous
train of this body, on October 15, the day of its nearest terrestrial approach, covered an arc of the
heavens 23-1/2 degrees in length, corresponding to a real extension of one hundred millions of
miles. Its form was described by Sir William Herschel as that of "an inverted hollow cone," and
its colour as yellowish, strongly contrasted with the bluish-green tint of the "head," round which
it was flung like a transparent veil. The planetary disc of the head, 127,000 miles across,
ap
peared to be composed of strongly-condensed nebulous matter; but somewhat eccentrically
situated within it was a star-like nucleus of a reddish tinge, which Herschel presumed to be solid,
and ascertained, with his usual care, to have a diameter of 428 miles. From the total absence of
phases, as well as from the vivacity of its radiance, he confidently inferred that its light was not
borrowed, but inherent.[269]
This remarkable apparition formed the subject of a memoir by Olbers,[270] the striking yet
steadily reasoned out suggestions contained in which there was at that time no means of
fo
llowing up with profit. Only of late has the "electrical theory," of which Zöllner[271] regarded
Olbers as the founder, assumed a definite and measurable form, capable of being tested by the
touchstone of fact, as knowledge makes its slow inroads on the fundamental mystery of the
physical universe.
[Pg 100]
The paraboloidal shape of the bright envelope separated by a dark interval from the head of the
great comet of 1811, and constituting, as it were, the root of its tail, seemed to the astronomer of
Bremen to reveal the presence of a double repulsion; the expelled vapours accumulating where
the two forces, solar and cometary, balanced each other, and being then swept backwards in a
huge train. He accordingly distinguished three classes of these bodies:—First, comets which
develop no matter subject to solar repulsion. These have no tails, and are probably mere
nebulosities, without solid nuclei. Secondly, comets which are acted upon by solar repulsion
only, and consequently throw out no emanations towards the sun. Of this kind was a bright
comet visible in 1807.[272] Thirdly, comets like that of 1811, giving evidence of action of both
kinds. These are distinguished by a dark hoop encompassing the head and dividing it from the
luminous envelope, as well as by an obscure caudal axis, resulting from the hollow, cone-like
structure of the tail.
Again, the ingenious view subsequently propounded by M. Brédikhine as to the connection
between the form of these appendages and the kind of matter composing them, was very clearly
anticipated by Olbers. The amount of tail-curvature, he pointed out, depends in each case upon
the proportion borne by the velocity of the ascending particles to that of the comet in its orbit;
the swifter the outrush, the straighter the resulting tail. But the velocity of the ascending particles
varies with the energy of their repulsion by the sun, and this again, it may be presumed, with
their quality. Thus multiple tails are developed when the same comet throws off, as it approaches
perihelion, specifically distinct substances. The long, straight ray which proceeded from the
comet of 1807, for example, was doubtless made up of particles subject to a much more vigorous
solar repulsion than those formed into the shorter curved emanation issuing from it nearly in the
same direction. In the comet of 1811 he calculated that the particles expelled from the head
travelled to the remote extremity of the tail in eleven minutes, indicating by this enormous
rapidity of movement (comparable to that of the transmission of light) the action of a force much
more powerful than the opposing one of gravity. The not uncommon phenomena of multiple
envelopes, on the other hand, he explained as due to the varying amounts of repulsion exercised
by the nucleus itself on the different kinds of matter developed from it.
The movements and perturbations of the comet of 1811 were no less profoundly studied by
Argelander than its physical constitution by Olbers. The orbit which he assigned to it is of such
vast dimensions as to require no less that 3,065 years for[Pg 101] the completion of its circuit; and
to carry the body describing it at each revolution to fourteen times the distance from the sun of
the frigid Neptune. Thus, when it last visited our neighbourhood, Achilles may have gazed on its
imposing train as he lay on the sands all night bewailing the loss of Patroclus; and when it
returns, it will perhaps be to shine upon the ruins of empires and civilizations still deep buried
among the secrets of the coming time.[273]
On the 26th of June, 1819, while the head of a comet passed across the face of the sun, the earth
was in all probability involved in its tail. But of this remarkable double event nothing was
kn
own until more than a month later, when the fact of its past occurrence emerged from the
calculations of Olbers.[274] Nor had the comet itself been generally visible previous to the first
days of July. Several observers, however, on the publication of these results, brought forward
accounts of singular spots perceived by them upon the sun at the time of the transit, and an
original drawing of one of them, by Pastorff of Buchholtz, has been preserved. This undoubtedly
au
thentic delineation[275] represents a round nebulous object with a bright spot in the centre, of
decidedly cometary aspect, and not in the least like an ordinary solar "macula." Mr. Hind,[276]
nevertheless, showed its position on the sun to be irreconcilable with that which the comet must
have occupied; and Mr. Ranyard's discovery of a similar smaller drawing by the same author,
dated May 26, 1828,[277] reduces to evanescence the probability of its connection with that body.
Indeed, recent experience renders very doubtful the possibility of such an observation.
The return of Halley's comet in 1835 was looked forward to as an opportunity for testing the
truth of floating cometary theories, and did not altogether disappoint expectation. As early as
1817, its movements and disturbances since 1759 were proposed by the Turin Academy of
Sciences as the subject of a prize ultimately awarded to Baron Damoiseau. Pontécoulant was
adjudged a similar distinction by the Paris Academy in 1829; while Rosenberger's calculations
were rewarded with the gold medal of the Royal Astronomical Society.[278]
They were verified by the detection at Rome, August 6, 1835, of[Pg 102] a nearly circular misty
object not far from the predicted place of the comet. It was not, however, until the middle of
September that it began to throw out a tail, which by the 15th of October had attained a length of
ab
out 24 degrees (on the 19th, at Madras, it extended to fully 30),[279] the head showing to the
naked eye as a reddish star rather brighter than Aldebaran or Antares.[280] Some curious
phenomena accompanied the process of tail-formation. An outrush of luminous matter,
resembling in shape a partially opened fan, issued from the nucleus towards the sun, and at a
certain point, like smoke driven before a high wind, was vehemently swept backwards in a
prolonged train. The appearance of the comet at this time was compared by Bessel,[281] who
watched it with minute attention, to that of a blazing rocket. He made the singular observation
that this fan of light, which seemed the source of supply for the tail, oscillated like a pendulum to
and fro across a line joining the sun and nucleus, in a period of 4-3/5 days; and he was unable to
escape from the conclusion[282] that a repulsive force, about twice as powerful as the attractive
fo
rce of gravity, was concerned in the production of these remarkable effects. Nor did he hesitate
to recur to the analogy of magnetic polarity, or to declare, still more emphatically than Olbers,
"the emission of the tail to be a purely electrical phenomenon."[283]
The transformations undergone by this body were almost as strange and complete as those which
affected the brigands in Dante's Inferno. When first seen, it wore the aspect of a nebula; later it
put on the distinctive garb of a comet; it next appeared as a star; finally, it dilated, first in a
spherical, then in a paraboloidal form, until May 5, 1836, when it vanished from Herschel's
observation at Feldhausen as if by melting into adjacent space from the excessive diffusion of its
light. A very uncommon circumstance in its development was that it lost all trace of tail previous
to its arrival at perihelion on the 16th of November. Nor did it begin to recover its elongated
shape for more than two months afterwards. On the 23rd of January, Boguslawski perceived it as
a star of the sixth magnitude, without measurable disc.[284] Only two nights later, Maclear,
director of the Cape Observatory, found the head to be 131 seconds across.[285] And so rapidly
did the augmentation of size progress, that Sir John Herschel estimated the actual bulk of this[Pg
103] singular object to have increased forty-fold in the ensuing week. "I can hardly doubt," he
remarks, "that the comet was fairly evaporated in perihelio by the heat, and resolved into
transparent vapour, and is now in process of rapid condensation and re-precipitation on the
nucleus."[286] A plausible, but no longer admissible, interpretation of this still unexplained
phenomenon. The next return of this body, which will be considerably accelerated by Jupiter's
influence, is expected to take place in 1910.[287]
By means of an instrument devised to test the quality of light, Arago obtained decisive evidence
that some at least of the radiance proceeding from Halley's comet was derived by reflection from
the sun.[288] Indications of the same kind had been afforded[289] by the comet which suddenly
ap
peared above the north-western horizon of Paris, July 3, 1819, after having enveloped (as
already stated) our terrestrial abode in its filmy appendages; but the "polariscope" had not then
reached the perfection subsequently given to it, and its testimony was accordingly far less
reliable than in 1835. Such experiments, however, are in reality more beautiful and ingenious
than instructive, since ignited as well as obscure bodies possess the power of throwing back light
incident upon them, and will consequently transmit to us from the neighbourhood of the sun rays
partly direct, partly reflected, of which a certain proportion will exhibit the peculiarity known as
polarisation.
The most brilliant comets of the century were suddenly rivalled if not surpassed by the
extraordinary object which blazed out beside the sun, February 28, 1843. It was simultaneously
perceived in Mexico and the United States, in Southern Europe, and at sea off the Cape of Good
Hope, where the passengers on board the Owen Glendower were amazed by the sight of a "short,
dagger-like object," closely following the sun towards the western horizon.[290] At Florence,
Amici found its distance from the sun's centre at noon to be only 1° 23′; and spectators at Parma
were able, when sheltered from the direct glare of mid-day, to trace the tail to a length of four or
five degrees. The full dimensions of this astonishing appurtenance began to be disclosed a few
days later. On the 3rd of March it measured 25°, and on the 11th, at Calcutta, Mr. Clerihew
observed a second streamer, nearly twice as long as the first, and making an angle with it of 18°,
to have been emitted in a single day. This rapidity of projection, Sir John Herschel remarked,
"conveys an astounding impression of the intensity of the forces at work." "It [Pg 104]is clear," he
continued, "that if we have to deal here with matter, such as we conceive it—viz., possessing
inertia—at all, it must be under the dominion of forces incomparably more energetic than
gravitation, and quite of a different nature."[291]
On the 17th of March a silvery ray, some 40° long and slightly curved at its extremity, shone out
ab
ove the sunset clouds in this country. No previous intimation had been received of the
possibility of such an apparition, and even astronomers—no lightning messages across the seas
being as yet possible—were perplexed. The nature of the phenomenon, indeed, soon became
evident, but the wonder of it did not diminish with the study of its attendant circumstances.
Never before, within astronomical memory, had our system been traversed by a body pursuing
such an adventurous career. The closest analogy was offered by the great comet of 1680
(Newton's), which rushed past the sun at a distance of only 144,000 miles; but even this—on the
cosmical scale—scarcely perceptible interval was reduced nearly one-half in the case we are
now concerned with. The centre of the comet of 1843 approached the formidable luminary
within 78,000 miles, leaving, it is estimated, a clear space of not more than 32,000 between the
surfaces of the bodies brought into such perilous proximity. The escape of the wanderer was,
however, secured by the extraordinary rapidity of its flight. It swept past perihelion at a rate—
366 miles a second—which, if continued, would have carried it right round the sun in two hours;
and in only eleven minutes more than that short period it actually described half the curvature of
its orbit—an arc of 180°—although in travelling over the remaining half many hundreds of
sluggish years will doubtless be consumed.
The behaviour of this comet may be regarded as an experimentum crucis as to the nature of tails.
For clearly no fixed appendage many millions of miles in length could be whirled like a
brandished sabre from one side of the sun to the other in 131 minutes. Cometary trains are then,
as Olbers rightly conceived them to be, emanations, not appendages—inconceivably rapid
outflows of highly rarefied matter, the greater part, if not all, of which becomes permanently
detached from the nucleus.
That of the comet of 1843 reached, about the time that it became visible in this country, the
extravagant length of 200 millions of miles.[292] It was narrow, and bounded by nearly parallel
and nearly rectilinear lines, resembling—to borrow a comparison of Aristotle's—a "road"
through the constellations; and after the 3rd of March showed no trace of hollowness, the axis
being, in fact, rather brighter[Pg 105] than the edges. Distinctly perceptible in it were those
singular aurora-like coruscations which gave to the "tresses" of Charles V.'s comet the
ap
pearance—as Cardan described it—of "a torch agitated by the wind," and have not
unfrequently been observed to characterise other similar objects. A consideration first adverted
to by Olbers proves these to originate in our own atmosphere. For owing to the great difference
in the distances from the earth of the origin and extremity of such vast effluxes, the light
proceeding from their various parts is transmitted to our eyes in notably different intervals of
time. Consequently a luminous undulation, even though propagated instantaneously from end to
end of a comet's tail, would appear to us to occupy many minutes in its progress. But the
coruscations in question pass as swiftly as a falling star. They are, then, of terrestrial production.
Periods of the utmost variety were by different computators assigned to the body, which arrived
at perihelion, February 27, 1843, at 9.47 P.M. Professor Hubbard of Washington found that it
required 533 years to complete a revolution; MM. Laugier and Mauvais of Paris considered the
true term to be 35;[293] Clausen looked for its return at the end of between six and seven. A
recent discussion[294] by Professor Kreutz of all the available data gives a probable period of 512
years for this body, and precludes its hypothetical identity with the comet of 1668, known as the
"Spina" of Cassini.
It may now be asked, what were the conclusions regarding the nature of comets drawn by
astronomers from the considerable amount of novel experience accumulated during the first half
of this century? The first and best assured was that the matter composing them is in a state of
extreme tenuity. Numerous and trustworthy observations showed that the feeblest rays of light
might traverse some hundreds of thousands of miles of their substance, even where it was
ap
parently most condensed, without being perceptibly weakened. Nay, instances were recorded
in which stars were said to have gained in brightness from the process![295] On the 24th of June,
1825, Olbers[296] saw the comet then visible all but obliterated by the central passage of a star
too small to be distinguished with the naked eye, its own light remaining wholly unchanged. A
similar effect was noted December 1, 1811, when the great comet of that year approached so
close to Altair, the lucida of the Eagle, that the star seemed to be transformed into the nucleus of
the comet.[297] Even the[Pg 106] central blaze of Halley's comet in 1835 was powerless to impede
the passage of stellar rays. Struve[298] observed at Dorpat, on September 17, an all but central
occultation; Glaisher[299] one (so far as he could ascertain) absolutely so eight days later at
Cambridge. In neither case was there any appreciable diminution of the star's light. Again, on the
11th of October, 1847, Mr. Dawes,[300] an exceptionally keen observer, distinctly saw a star of
the tenth magnitude through the exact centre of a comet discovered on the first of that month by
Maria Mitchell of Nantucket.
Examples, on the other hand, are not wanting of the diminution of stellar light under similar
circumstances;[301] and we meet two alleged instances of the vanishing of a star behind a comet.
Wartmann of Geneva observed the first, November 28, 1828;[302] but his instrument was
defective, and the eclipsing body, Encke's comet, has shown itself otherwise perfectly
translucent. The second case of occultation occurred September 13, 1890, when an eleventh
magnitude star was stated to have completely disappeared during the transit over it of Denning's
comet.[303]
From the failure to detect any effects of refraction in the light of stars occulted by comets, it was
inferred (though, as we know now, erroneously) that their composition is rather that of dust than
that of vapour; that they consist not of any continuous substance, but of discrete solid particles,
very finely divided and widely scattered. In conformity with this view was the known smallness
of their masses. Laplace had shown that if the amount of matter forming Lexell's comet had been
as much as 1/5000 of that contained in our globe, the effect of its attraction, on the occasion of
its approach within 1,438,000 miles of the earth, July 1, 1770, must have been apparent in the
lengthening of the year. And that some comets, at any rate, possess masses immeasurably below
this maximum value was clearly proved by the undisturbed parallel march of the two fragments
of Biela's in 1846.
But the discovery in this branch most distinctive of the period under review is that of "short
period" comets, of which four[304] were known in 1850. These, by the character of their
movements, serve as a link between the planetary and cometary worlds, and by the[Pg 107] nature
of their construction, seem to mark a stage in cometary decay. For that comets are rather
transitory agglomerations, than permanent products of cosmical manufacture, appeared to be
demonstrated by the division and disappearance of one amongst their number, as well as by the
singular and rapid changes in appearance undergone by many, and the seemingly irrevocable
diffusion of their substance visible in nearly all. They might then be defined, according to the
ideas respecting them prevalent fifty years ago, as bodies unconnected by origin with the solar
system, but encountered, and to some extent appropriated, by it in its progress through space,
owing their visibility in great part, if not altogether, to light reflected from the sun, and their
singular and striking forms to the action of repulsive forces emanating from him, the penalty of
their evanescent splendour being paid in gradual waste and final dissipation and extinction CHAPTER VI
INS
TR
UMENTA
L ADVANCES
It is impossible to follow with intelligent interest the course of astronomical discovery without
fe
eling some curiosity as to the means by which such surpassing results have been secured.
Indeed, the bare acquaintance with what has been achieved, without any corresponding
kn
owledge of how it has been achieved, supplies food for barren wonder rather than for fruitful
and profitable thought. Ideas advance most readily along the solid ground of practical reality,
and often find true sublimity while laying aside empty marvels. Progress is the result, not so
much of sudden flights of genius, as of sustained, patient, often commonplace endeavour; and
the true lesson of scientific history lies in the close connection which it discloses between the
most brilliant developments of knowledge and the faithful accomplishment of his daily task by
each individual thinker and worker.
It would be easy to fill a volume with the detailed account of the long succession of optical and
mechanical improvements by means of which the observation of the heavens has been brought to
its present degree of perfection; but we must here content ourselves with a summary sketch of
the chief amongst them. The first place in our consideration is naturally claimed by the
telescope.
This marvellous instrument, we need hardly remind our readers, is of two distinct kinds—that in
which light is gathered together into a focus by refraction, and that in which the same end is
attained by reflection. The image formed is in each case viewed through a magnifying lens, or
combination of lenses, called the eye-piece. Not for above a century after the "optic glasses"
invented or stumbled upon by the spectacle-maker of Middelburg (1608) had become diffused
over Europe, did the reflecting telescope come, even in England, the place of its birth, into
general use. Its principle (a sufficiently obvious one) had indeed been suggested by Mersenne
as[Pg 109] early as 1639;[305] James Gregory in 1663[306] described in detail a mode of embodying
that principle in a practical shape; and Newton, adopting an original system of construction,
actually produced in 1668 a tiny speculum, one inch across, by means of which the apparent
distance of objects was reduced thirty-nine times. Nevertheless, the exorbitantly long tubeless
refractors, introduced by Huygens, maintained their reputation until Hadley exhibited to the
Royal Society, January 12, 1721,[307] a reflector of six inches aperture, and sixty-two in focal
length, which rivalled in performance, and of course indefinitely surpassed in manageability, one
of the "aerial" kind of 123 feet.
The concave-mirror system now gained a decided ascendant, and was brought to unexampled
perfection by James Short of Edinburgh during the years 1732-68. Its resources were, however,
first fully developed by William Herschel. The energy and inventiveness of this extraordinary
man marked an epoch wherever they were applied. His ardent desire to measure and gauge the
stupendous array of worlds which his specula revealed to him, made him continually intent upon
adding to their "space-penetrating power" by increasing their light-gathering surface. These, as
he was the first to explain,[308] are in a constant proportion one to the other. For a telescope with
twice the linear aperture of another will collect four times as much light, and will consequently
disclose an object four times as faint as could be seen with the first, or, what comes to the same,
an object equally bright at twice the distance. In other words, it will possess double the spacepenetrating power of the smaller instrument. Herschel's great mirrors—the first examples of the
giant telescopes of modern times—were then primarily engines for extending the bounds of the
visible universe; and from the sublimity of this "final cause" was derived the vivid enthusiasm
which animated his efforts to success.
It seems probable that the seven-foot telescope constructed by him in 1775—that is within little
more than a year after his experiments in shaping and polishing metal had begun—already
exceeded in effective power any work by an earlier optician; and both his skill and his ambition
rapidly developed. His efforts culminated, after mirrors of ten, twenty, and thirty feet focal
length had successively left his hands, in the gigantic forty-foot, completed August 28, 1789. It
was the first reflector in which only a single mirror was employed. In the "Gregorian" form, the
fo
cussed rays are, by a second reflection[Pg 110] from a small concave[309] mirror, thrown
straight back through a central aperture in the larger one, behind which the eye-piece is fixed.
The object under examination is thus seen in the natural direction. The "Newtonian," on the
other hand, shows the object in a line of sight at right angles to the true one, the light collected
by the speculum being diverted to one side of the tube by the interposition of a small plane
mirror, situated at an angle of 45° to the axis of the instrument. Upon these two systems
Herschel worked until 1787, when, becoming convinced of the supreme importance of
economising light (necessarily wasted by the second reflection), he laid aside the small mirror of
his forty-foot then in course of construction, and turned it into a "front-view" reflector. This was
done—according to the plan proposed by Lemaire in 1732—by slightly inclining the speculum
so as to enable the image formed by it to be viewed with an eye-glass fixed at the upper margin
of the tube. The observer thus stood with his back turned to the object he was engaged in
scrutinising.
The advantages of the increased brilliancy afforded by this modification were strikingly
illustrated by the discovery, August 28 and September 17, 1789, of the two Saturnian satellites
nearest the ring. Nevertheless, the monster telescope of Slough cannot be said to have realised
the sanguine expectations of its constructor. The occasions on which it could be usefully
employed were found to be extremely rare. It was injuriously affected by every change of
temperature. The great weight (25 cwt.) of a speculum four feet in diameter rendered it
peculiarly liable to distortion. With all imaginable care, the delicate lustre of its surface could not
be preserved longer than two years,[310] when the difficult process of repolishing had to be
undertaken. It was accordingly never used after 1811, when, having gone blind from damp, it
lapsed by degrees into the condition of a museum inmate.
The exceedingly high magnifying powers employed by Herschel constituted a novelty in optical
astronomy, to which he attached great importance. The work of ordinary observation would,
however, be hindered rather than helped by them. The attempt to increase in this manner the
efficacy of the telescope is speedily checked by atmospheric, to say nothing of other difficulties.
Precisely in the same proportion as an object is magnified, the disturbances of the medium
through which it is seen are magnified[Pg 111] also. Even on the clearest and most tranquil nights,
the air is never for a moment really still. The rays of light traversing it are continually broken by
minute fluctuations of refractive power caused by changes of temperature and pressure, and the
currents which these engender. With such luminous quiverings and waverings the astronomer
has always more or less to reckon; their absence is simply a question of degree; if sufficiently
magnified, they are at all times capable of rendering observation impossible.
Thus, such powers as 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, even 6,652,[311] which Herschel now and again
ap
plied to his great telescopes, must, save on the rarest occasions, prove an impediment rather
than an aid to vision. They were, however, used by him only for special purposes,
experimentally, not systematically, and with the clearest discrimination of their advantages and
drawbacks. It is obvious that perfectly different ends are subserved by increasing the aperture
and by increasing the power of a telescope. In the one case, a larger quantity of light is captured
and concentrated; in the other, the same amount is distributed over a wider area. A diminution of
brilliancy in the image accordingly attends, cœteris paribus, upon each augmentation of its
ap
parent size. For this reason, such faint objects as nebulæ are most successfully observed with
moderate powers applied to instruments of a great capacity for light, the details of their structure
actually disappearing when highly magnified. With stellar groups the reverse is the case. Stars
cannot be magnified, simply because they are too remote to have any sensible dimensions; but
the space between them can. It was thus for the purpose of dividing very close double stars that
Herschel increased to such an unprecedented extent the magnifying capabilities of his
instruments; and to this improvement incidentally the discovery of Uranus, March 13, 1781,[312]
was due. For by the examination with strong lenses of an object which, even with a power of
227, presented a suspicious appearance, he was able at once to pronounce its disc to be real, not
merely "spurious," and so to distinguish it unerringly from the crowd of stars amidst which it
was moving.
While the reflecting telescope was astonishing the world by its rapid development in the hands
of Herschel, its unpretending rival was slowly making its way towards the position which the
fu
ture had in store for it. The great obstacle which long stood in the way of the improvement of
refractors was the defect known as "chromatic aberration." This is due to no other cause than that
which produces[Pg 112] the rainbow and the spectrum—the separation, or "dispersion" in their
passage through a refracting medium, of the variously coloured rays composing a beam of white
light. In an ordinary lens there is no common point of concentration; each colour has its own
separate focus; and the resulting image, formed by the superposition of as many images as there
are hues in the spectrum, is indefinitely terminated with a tinted border, eminently baffling to
exactness of observation.
The extravagantly long telescopes of the seventeenth century were designed to avoid this evil (as
well as another source of indistinct vision in the spherical shape of lenses); but no attempt to
remedy it was made until an Essex gentleman succeeded, in 1733, in so combining lenses of flint
and crown glass as to produce refraction without colour.[313] Mr. Chester More Hall was,
however, equally indifferent to fame and profit, and took no pains to make his invention public.
The effective discovery of the achromatic telescope was, accordingly, reserved for John Dollond,
whose method of correcting at the same time chromatic and spherical aberration was laid before
the Royal Society in 1758. Modern astronomy may be said to have been thereby rendered
possible. Refractors have always been found better suited than reflectors to the ordinary work of
observatories. They are, so to speak, of a more robust, as well as of a more plastic nature. They
suffer less from vicissitudes of temperature and climate. They retain their efficiency with fewer
precautions and under more trying circumstances. Above all, they co-operate more readily with
mechanical appliances, and lend themselves with far greater facility to purposes of exact
measurement.
A practical difficulty, however, impeded the realisation of the brilliant prospects held out by
Dollond's invention. It was found impossible to procure flint-glass, such as was needed for
optical use—that is, of perfectly homogeneous quality—except in fragments of insignificant
size. Discs of more than two or three inches in diameter were of extreme rarity; and the crushing
excise duty imposed upon the article by the financial unwisdom of the Government, both limited
its production, and, by rendering experiments too costly for repetition, barred its improvement.
Up to this time, Great Britain had left foreign competitors far behind in the instrumental
department of astronomy. The quadrants and circles of Bird, Cary and Ramsden were
unapproached abroad. The reflecting telescope came into existence and reached maturity on
British soil. The refracting telescope was cured of its inherent[Pg 113] vices by British ingenuity.
But with the opening of the nineteenth century, the almost unbroken monopoly of skill and
contrivance which our countrymen had succeeded in establishing was invaded, and British
workmen had to be content to exchange a position of supremacy for one of at least partial
temporary inferiority.
Somewhat about the time that Herschel set about polishing his first speculum, Pierre Louis
Guinand, a Swiss artisan, living near Chaux-de-Fonds, in the canton of Neuchâtel, began to
grind spectacles for his own use, and was thence led on to the rude construction of telescopes by
fixing lenses in pasteboard tubes. The sight of an England achromatic stirred a higher ambition,
and he took the first opportunity of procuring some flint glass from England (then the only
source of supply), with the design of imitating an instrument the full capabilities of which he was
destined to be the humble means of developing. The English glass proving of inferior quality, he
conceived the possibility, unaided and ignorant of the art as he was, of himself making better,
and spent seven years (1784-90) in fruitless experiments directed to that end. Failure only
stimulated him to enlarge their scale. He bought some land near Les Brenets, constructed upon it
a furnace capable of melting two quintals of glass, and reducing himself and his family to the
barest necessaries of life, he poured his earnings (he at this time made bells for repeaters)
unstintingly into his crucibles.[314] His undaunted resolution triumphed. In 1799 he carried to
Paris and there showed to Lalande several discs of flawless crystal four to six inches in diameter.
Lalande advised him to keep his secret, but in 1805 he was induced to remove to Munich, where
he became the instructor of the immortal Fraunhofer. His return to Les Brenets in 1814 was
signalised by the discovery of an ingenious mode of removing striated portions of glass by
breaking and re-soldering the product of each melting, and he eventually attained to the
manufacture of perfect discs up to 18 inches in diameter. An object-glass for which he had
fu
rn
ished the material to Cauchoix, procured him, in 1823, a royal invitation to settle in Paris;
but he was no longer equal to the change, and died at the scene of his labours, February 13
fo
llowing.
This same lens (12 inches across) was afterwards purchased by Sir James South, and the first
observation made with it, February 13, 1830, disclosed to Sir John Herschel the sixth minute star
in the central group of the Orion nebula, known as the "trapezium."[315] Bequeathed by South to
Trinity College, Dublin, it was employed at the Dunsink Observatory by Brünnow and Ball in
their investigations of stellar parallax. A still larger objective (of nearly 14 inches) made of
Guinand's glass was secured in Paris, about the same[Pg 114] time, by Mr. Edward Cooper of
Markree Castle, Ireland. The peculiarity of the method discovered at Les Brenets resided in the
manipulation, not in the quality of the ingredients; the secret, that is to say, was not chemical, but
mechanical.[316] It was communicated by Henry Guinand (a son of the inventor) to Bontemps,
one of the directors of the glassworks at Choisy-le-Roi, and by him transmitted to Messrs.
Chance of Birmingham, with whom he entered into partnership when the revolutionary troubles
of 1848 obliged him to quit his native country. The celebrated American opticians, Alvan Clark
& Sons, derived from the Birmingham firm the materials for some of their early telescopes,
notably the 19-inch Chicago and 26-inch Washington equatoreals; but the discs for the great
Lick refractor, and others shaped by them in recent years, have been supplied by Feil of Paris.
Two distinguished amateurs, meanwhile, were preparing to reassert on behalf of reflecting
instruments their claim to the place of honour in the van of astronomical discovery. Of Mr.
Lassell's specula something has already been said.[317] They were composed of an alloy of
copper and tin, with a minute proportion of arsenic (after the example of Newton[318]), and were
remarkable for perfection of figure and brilliancy of surface.
The capabilities of the Newtonian plan were developed still more fully—it might almost be said
to the uttermost—by the enterprise of an Irish nobleman. William Parsons, known as Lord
Oxmantown until 1841, when, on his father's death, he succeeded to the title of Earl of Rosse,
was born at York, June 17, 1800. His public duties began before his education was completed.
He was returned to Parliament as member for King's County while still an undergraduate at
Oxford, and continued to represent the same constituency for thirteen years (1821-34). From
1845 until his death, which took place, October 31, 1867, he sat, silent but assiduous, in the
House of Lords as an Irish representative peer; he held the not unlaborious post of President of
the Royal Society from 1849 to 1854; presided over the meeting of the British Association at
Cork in 1843, and was elected Vice-Chancellor of Dublin University in 1862. In addition to
these extensive demands upon his time and thoughts, were those derived from his position as
practically the feudal chief of a large body of tenantry in times of great and anxious
responsibility, to say nothing of the more genial claims of an unstinted hospitality. Yet, while
neglecting no public or private duty, this model nobleman found leisure to render to science
services so conspicuous as to entitle his name to a lasting place in its annals.[Pg 115] He early
fo
rm
ed the design of reaching the limits of the attainable in enlarging the powers of the
telescope, and the qualities of his mind conspired with the circumstances of his fortune to render
the design a feasible one. From refractors it was obvious that no such vast and rapid advance
could be expected. English glass-manufacture was still in a backward state. So late as 1839,
Simms (successor to the distinguished instrumentalist Edward Troughton) reported a specimen
of crystal scarcely 7-1/2 inches in diameter, and perfect only over six, to be unique in the history
of English glass-making.[319] Yet at that time the fifteen-inch achromatic of Pulkowa had already
left the workshop of Fraunhofer's successors at Munich. It was not indeed until 1845, when the
impost which had so long hampered their efforts was removed, that the optical artists of these
islands were able to compete on equal terms with their rivals on the Continent. In the case of
reflectors, however, there seemed no insurmountable obstacle to an almost unlimited increase of
light-gathering capacity; and it was here, after some unproductive experiments with fluid lenses,
that Lord Oxmantown concentrated his energies.
He had to rely entirely on his own invention, and to earn his own experience. James Short had
solved the problem of giving to metallic surfaces a perfect parabolic figure (the only one by
which parallel incident rays can be brought to an exact focus); but so jealous was he of his
secret, that he caused all his tools to be burnt before his death;[320] nor was anything known of
the processes by which Herschel had achieved his astonishing results. Moreover, Lord
Oxmantown had no skilled workmen to assist him. His implements, both animate and inanimate,
had to be formed by himself. Peasants taken from the plough were educated by him into efficient
mechanics and engineers. The delicate and complex machinery needed in operations of such
hairbreadth nicety as his enterprise involved, the steam-engine which was to set it in motion, at
times the very crucibles in which his specula were cast, issued from his own workshops.
In 1827 experiments on the composition of speculum-metal were set on foot, and the first
polishing-machine ever driven by steam-power was contrived in 1828. But twelve arduous years
of struggle with recurring difficulties passed before success began to dawn. A material less
tractable than the alloy selected, of four chemical equivalents of copper to one of tin,[321] can
scarcely be conceived. It is harder than steel, yet brittle as glass, crumbling[Pg 116] into
fragments with the slightest inadvertence of handling or treatment;[322] and the precision of
figure requisite to secure good definition is almost beyond the power of language to convey. The
quantities involved are so small as not alone to elude sight, but to confound imagination. Sir
John Herschel tells us that "the total thickness to be abraded from the edge of a spherical
speculum 48 inches in diameter and 40 feet focus, to convert it into a paraboloid, is only 1/21333
of an inch;"[323] yet upon this minute difference of form depends the clearness of the image, and,
as a consequence, the entire efficiency of the instrument. "Almost infinite," indeed (in the phrase
of the late Dr. Robinson), must be the exactitude of the operation adapted to bring about so
delicate a result.
At length, in 1839, two specula, each three feet in diameter, were turned out in such perfection as
to prompt a still bolder experiment. The various processes needed to insure success were now
ascertained and under control; all that was necessary was to repeat them on a larger scale. A
gigantic mirror, six feet across and fifty-four in focal length, was accordingly cast on the 13th of
April, 1842; in two months it was ground down to figure by abrasion with emery and water, and
daintily polished with rouge; and by the month of February, 1845, the "leviathan of
Parsonstown" was available for the examination of the heavens.
The suitable mounting of this vast machine was a problem scarcely less difficult than its
construction. The shape of a speculum needs to be maintained with an elaborate care equal to
that used in imparting it. In fact, one of the most formidable obstacles to increasing the size of
such reflecting surfaces consists in their liability to bend under their own weight. That of the
great Rosse speculum was no less than four tons. Yet, although six inches in thickness, and
composed of a material only a degree inferior in rigidity to wrought iron, the strong pressure of a
man's hand at its back produced sufficient flexure to distort perceptibly the image of a star
reflected in it.[324] Thus the delicacy of its form was perishable equally by the stress of its own
gravity, and by the slightest irregularity in the means taken to counteract that stress. The problem
of affording a perfectly equable support in all possible positions was solved by resting the
speculum upon twenty-seven platforms of cast iron, felt-covered, and carefully fitted to the
shape of the areas they were to carry, which platforms were themselves[Pg 117] borne by a
complex system of triangles and levers, ingeniously adapted to distribute the weight with
complete uniformity.[325]
A tube which resembled, when erect, one of the ancient round towers of Ireland,[326] served as
the habitation of the great mirror. It was constructed of deal staves bound together with iron
hoops, was fifty-eight feet long (including the speculum-box), and seven in diameter. A
reasonably tall man may walk through it (as Dean Peacock once did) with umbrella uplifted.
Two piers of solid masonry, about fifty feet high, seventy long, and twenty-three apart, flanked
the huge engine on either side. Its lower extremity rested on a universal joint of cast iron; above,
it was slung in chains, and even in a gale of wind remained perfectly steady. The weight of the
entire, although amounting to fifteen tons, was so skilfully counterpoised, that the tube could
with ease be raised or depressed by two men working a windlass. Its horizontal range was
limited by the lofty walls erected for its support to about ten degrees on each side of the
meridian; but it moved vertically from near the horizon through the zenith as far as the pole. Its
construction was of the Newtonian kind, the observer looking into the side of the tube near its
upper end, which a series of galleries and sliding stages enabled him to reach in any position. It
has also, though rarely, been used without a second mirror, as a "Herschelian" reflector.
The splendour of the celestial objects as viewed with this vast "light-grasper" surpassed all
expectation. "Never in my life," exclaimed Sir James South, "did I see such glorious sidereal
pictures."[327] The orb of Jupiter produced an effect compared to that of the introduction of a
coach-lamp into the telescope;[328] and certain star-clusters exhibited an appearance (we again
quote Sir James South) "such as man before had never seen, and which for its magnificence
baffles all description." But it was in the examination of the nebulæ that the superiority of the
new instrument was most strikingly displayed. A large number of these misty objects, which the
utmost powers of Herschel's specula had failed to resolve into stars, yielded at once to the
Parsonstown reflector; while many others showed under entirely changed forms through the
disclosure of previously unseen details of structure.
One extremely curious result of the increase of light was the abolition of any sharp distinction
between the two classes of "annular" and "planetary" nebulæ. Up to that time, only four ringshaped systems—two in the northern and two in the southern[Pg 118] hemisphere—were known
to astronomers; they were now reinforced by five of the planetary kind, the discs of which were
observed to be centrally perforated; while the definite margins visible in weaker instruments
were replaced by ragged edges or filamentous fringes.
Still more striking was the discovery of an entirely new and most remarkable species of nebulæ.
These were termed "spiral," from the more or less regular convolutions, resembling the whorls
of a shell, in which the matter composing them appeared to be distributed. The first and most
conspicuous specimen of this class was met with in April, 1845; it is situated in Canes Venatici,
close to the tail of the Great Bear, and wore, in Sir J. Herschel's instruments, the aspect of a split
ring encompassing a bright nucleus, thus presenting, as he supposed, a complete analogue to the
system of the Milky Way. In the Rosse mirror it shone out as a vast whirlpool of light—a
stupendous witness to the presence of cosmical activities on the grandest scale, yet regulated by
laws as to the nature of which we are profoundly ignorant. Professor Stephen Alexander of New
Jersey, however, concluded, from an investigation (necessarily founded on highly precarious
data) of the mechanical condition of these extraordinary agglomerations, that we see in them
"the partially scattered fragments of enormous masses once rotating in a state of dynamical
equilibrium." He further suggested "that the separation of these fragments may still be in
progress,"[329] and traced back their origin to the disruption, through its own continually
accelerated rotation, of a "primitive spheroid" of inconceivably vast dimensions. Such also, it
was added (the curvilinear form of certain outliers of the Milky Way giving evidence of a spiral
structure), is probably the history of our own cluster; the stars composing which, no longer held
together in a delicately adjusted system like that of the sun and planets, are advancing through a
period of seeming confusion towards an appointed goal of higher order and more perfect and
harmonious adaptation.[330]
The class of spiral nebulæ included, in 1850, fourteen members, besides several in which the
characteristic arrangement seemed partial or dubious.[331] A tendency in the exterior stars of
other clusters to gather into curved branches (as in our Galaxy) was likewise noted; and the
existence of unsuspected analogies was proclaimed by the significant combination in the "Owl"
nebula (a large planetary in Ursa Major)[332] of the twisted forms of a spiral with the perforated
effect distinctive of an annular nebula.[Pg 119] Once more, by the achievements of the
Parsonstown reflector, the supposition of a "shining fluid" filling vast regions of space was
brought into (as it has since proved) undeserved discredit. Although Lord Rosse himself rejected
the inference, that because many nebulæ had been resolved, all were resolvable, very few
imitated his truly scientific caution; and the results of Bond's investigations[333] with the Harvard
College refractor quickened and strengthened the current of prevalent opinion. It is now certain
that the evidence furnished on both sides of the Atlantic as to the stellar composition of some
conspicuous objects of this class (notably the Orion and "Dumb-bell" nebulæ) was delusive; but
the spectroscope alone was capable of meeting it with a categorical denial. Meanwhile there
seemed good ground for the persuasion, which now, for the last time, gained the upper hand, that
nebulæ are, without exception, true "island-universes," or assemblages of distant suns.
Lord Rosse's telescope possesses a nominal power of 6,000—that is, it shows the moon as if
viewed with the naked eye at a distance of forty miles. But this seeming advantage is neutralised
by the weakening of the available light through excessive diffusion, as well as by the troubles of
the surging sea of air through which the observation must necessarily be made. Professor
Newcomb, in fact, doubts whether with any telescope our satellite has ever been seen to such
advantage as it would be if brought within 500 miles of the unarmed eye.[334]
The French opticians' rule of doubling the number of millimetres contained in the aperture of an
instrument to find the highest magnifying power usually applicable to it, would give 3,600 as the
maximum for the leviathan of Birr Castle; but in a climate like that of Ireland the occasions must
be rare when even that limit can be reached. Indeed, the experience acquired by its use plainly
shows that atmospheric rather than mechanical difficulties impede a still further increase of
telescopic power. Its construction may accordingly be said to mark the ne plus ultra of effort in
one direction, and the beginning of its conversion towards another. It became thenceforward
more and more obvious that the conditions of observation must be ameliorated before any added
efficacy could be given to it. The full effect of an uncertain climate in nullifying optical
improvements was recognised, and the attention of astronomers began to be turned towards the
advantages offered by more tranquil and more translucent skies.
Scarcely less important for the practical uses of astronomy than the optical qualities of the
telescope is the manner of its mounting.[Pg 120] The most admirable performance of the optician
can render but unsatisfactory service if its mechanical accessories are ill-arranged or
inconvenient. Thus the astronomer is ultimately dependent upon the mechanician; and so
excellently have his needs been served, that the history of the ingenious contrivances by which
discoveries have been prepared would supply a subject (here barely glanced at) not far inferior in
extent and instruction to the history of those discoveries themselves.
There are two chief modes of using the telescope, to which all others may be considered
subordinate.[335] Either it may be invariably directed towards the south, with no motion save in
the plane of the meridian, so as to intercept the heavenly bodies at the moment of transit across
that plain; or it may be arranged so as to follow the daily revolution of the sky, thus keeping the
object viewed permanently in sight instead of simply noting the instant of its flitting across the
telescopic field. The first plan is that of the "transit instrument," the second that of the
"equatoreal." Both were, by a remarkable coincidence, introduced about 1690[336] by Olaus
Römer, the brilliant Danish astronomer who first measured the velocity of light.
The uses of each are entirely different. With the transit, the really fundamental task of
astronomy—the determination of the movements of the heavenly bodies—is mainly
accomplished; while the investigation of their nature and peculiarities is best conducted with the
equatoreal. One is the instrument of mathematical, the other of descriptive astronomy. One
fu
rn
ishes the materials with which theories are constructed and the tests by which they are
corrected; the other registers new facts, takes note of new appearances, sounds the depths and
peers into every nook of the heavens.
The great improvement of giving to a telescope equatoreally mounted an automatic movement
by connecting it with clockwork, was proposed in 1674 by Robert Hooke. Bradley in 1721
actually observed Mars with a telescope "moved by a machine that made it keep pace with the
stars;"[337] and Von Zach relates[338] that he had once[Pg 121] followed Sirius for twelve hours
with a "heliostat" of Ramsden's construction. But these eighteenth-century attempts were of no
practical effect. Movement by clockwork was virtually a complete novelty when it was adopted
by Fraunhofer in 1824 to the Dorpat refractor. By simply giving to an axis unvaryingly directed
towards the celestial pole an equable rotation with a period of twenty-four hours, a telescope
attached to it, and pointed in any direction, will trace out on the sky a parallel of declination, thus
necessarily accompanying the movement of any star upon which it may be fixed. It accordingly
fo
rm
s part of the large sum of Fraunhofer's merits to have secured this inestimable advantage to
observers.
Sir John Herschel considered that Lassell's application of equatoreal mounting to a nine-inch
Newtonian in 1840 made an epoch in the history of "that eminently British instrument, the
reflecting telescope."[339] Nearly a century earlier,[340] it is true, Short had fitted one of his
Gregorians to a complicated system of circles in such a manner that, by moving a handle, it
could be made to follow the revolution of the sky; but the arrangement did not obtain, nor did it
deserve, general adoption. Lassell's plan was a totally different one; he employed the crossed
axes of the true equatoreal, and his success removed, to a great extent, the fatal objection of
inconvenience in use, until then unanswerably urged against reflectors. The very largest of these
can now be mounted equatoreally; even the Rosse, within its limited range, has been for some
years provided with a movement by clockwork along declination-parallels.
The art of accurately dividing circular arcs into the minute equal parts which serve as the units of
astronomical measurement, remained, during the whole of the eighteenth century, almost
exclusively in English hands. It was brought to a high degree of perfection by Graham, Bird and
Ramsden, all of whom, however, gave the preference to the old-fashioned mural quadrant and
zenith-sector over the entire circle, which Römer had already found the advantage of employing.
The five-foot vertical circle, which Piazzi with some difficulty induced Ramsden to complete for
him in 1789, was the first divided instrument constructed in what may be called the modern
style. It was provided with magnifiers for reading off the divisions (one of the neglected
improvements of Römer), and was set up above a smaller horizontal circle, forming an "altitude
and azimuth" combination (again Römer's invention), by which both the elevation of a celestial
object above the horizon and its position as referred to the horizon could be measured. In the
same year, Borda invented the "repeating circle" (the principle of which had[Pg 122] been
suggested by Tobias Mayer in 1756[341]), a device for exterminating, so far as possible, errors of
graduation by repeating an observation with different parts of the limb. This was perhaps the
earliest systematic effort to correct the imperfections of instruments by the manner of their use.
The manufacture of astronomical circles was brought to a very refined state of excellence early
in the nineteenth century by Reichenbach at Munich, and after 1818 by Repsold at Hamburg.
Bessel states[342] that the "reading-off" on an instrument of the kind by the latter artist was
accurate to about 1/80th of a human hair. Meanwhile the traditional reputation of the English
school was fully sustained; and Sir George Airy did not hesitate to express his opinion that the
new method of graduating circles, published by Troughton in 1809,[343] was the "greatest
improvement ever made in the art of instrument-making."[344] But a more secure road to
improvement than that of mere mechanical exactness was pointed out by Bessel. His
introduction of a regular theory of instrumental errors might almost be said to have created a
new art of observation. Every instrument, he declared in memorable words,[345] must be twice
made—once by the artist, and again by the observer. Knowledge is power. Defects that are
ascertained and can be allowed for are as good as non-existent. Thus the truism that the best
instrument is worthless in the hands of a careless or clumsy observer, became supplemented by
the converse maxim, that defective appliances may, through skilful use, be made to yield
valuable results. The Königsberg observations—of which the first instalment was published in
1815—set the example of regular "reduction" for instrumental errors. Since then, it has become
an elementary part of an astronomer's duty to study the idiosyncrasy of each one of the
mechanical contrivances at his disposal, in order that its inevitable, but now certified deviations
from ideal accuracy may be included amongst the numerous corrections by which the pure
essence of even approximate truth is distilled from the rude impressions of sense.
Nor is this enough; for the casual circumstances attending each observation have to be taken into
account with no less care than the inherent or constitutional peculiarities of the instrument with
which it is made. There is no "once for all" in astronomy. Vigilance can never sleep; patience
can never tire. Variable as well as constant sources of error must be anxiously heeded; one
infinitesimal inaccuracy must be weighed against another; all the forces and vicissitudes of
nature—frosts, dews, winds, the interchanges of heat,[Pg 123] the disturbing effects of gravity,
the shiverings of the air, the tremors of the earth, the weight and vital warmth of the observer's
own body, nay, the rate at which his brain receives and transmits its impressions, must all enter
into his calculations, and be sifted out from his results.
It was in 1823 that Bessel drew attention to discrepancies in the times of transits given by
different astronomers.[346] The quantities involved were far from insignificant. He was himself
nearly a second in advance of all his contemporaries, Argelander lagging behind him as much as
a second and a quarter. Each individual, in fact, was found to have a certain definite rate of
perception, which, under the name of "personal equation," now forms so important an element in
the correction of observations that a special instrument for accurately determining its amount in
each case is in actual use at Greenwich.
Such are the refinements upon which modern astronomy depends for its progress. It is a science
of hairbreadths and fractions of a second. It exists only by the rigid enforcement of arduous
accuracy and unwearying diligence. Whatever secrets the universe still has in store for man will
only be communicated on these terms. They are, it must be acknowledged, difficult to comply
with. They involve an unceasing struggle against the infirmities of his nature and the instabilities
of his position. But the end is not unworthy the sacrifices demanded. One additional ray of light
thrown on the marvels of creation—a single, minutest encroachment upon the strongholds of
ignorance—is recompense enough for a lifetime of toil. Or rather, the toil is its own reward, if
pursued in the lofty spirit which alone becomes it. For it leads through the abysses of space and
the unending vistas of time to the very threshold of that infinity and eternity of which the
disclosure is reserved for a life to come.
👁 :
SOUTH AMERICAN JUNGLE TALES
HOW THE RAYS DEFENDED THE FORD
In South America there is a river called the Yabebirì; and it flows through the city of
Misiones. In this river there are many rays, a kind of mud fish like the salt-water skate; and the
river, indeed, gets its name from them: “Yabebirì” means the “river of ray fish.” The ray is a
wide, flat fish with a long, slender tail. The tail is very bony; and when it strikes you it cuts, and
leaves poison in the wound.
There are so many rays in the river that it is dangerous even to put your foot into the water. I
once knew a man who had his heel pricked by a ray. He had to walk more than two miles home,
groaning with pain all the way and fainting several times from the poison. The pain from a ray
bite is one of the sharpest pains one can feel.
But there are also other kinds of fish in the Yabebirì; and most of them are good to eat. That is
why some evil men once began to fish for them with dynamite. They put the dynamite under
water and set it off. The shock of the explosion stunned and killed all the fish nearby; and not
only the big fish, but also the little ones, which cannot be eaten. It is very cruel and wasteful to
hunt fish with dynamite.
However, there was a man who lived on the bank of the river; and he was sorry for the poor
fish, especially the little ones; and he told the bad men that they must stop bombing the fish. At
first they were angry and said they would do what they liked. But the man was known
everywhere to be an upright, honest man, and finally they obeyed him and set off no more
bombs in the river.
And the fish were grateful to this man, whom they had come to know the moment he
ap
proached the edge of the water. Whenever he walked along the bank smoking his pipe, the
rays especially would swim along the bottom to keep him company. He, of course, did not know
he had so many friends in the river. He lived there just because he liked the place.
Now, it happened one afternoon that a fox came running down to the river; and putting his
fo
repaws into the water he called:
“Hey there, you ray fish! Quick! Quick! Here comes that friend of yours! He’s in trouble!”
All the rays who heard came swimming up anxiously to the edge of the water.
“What’s the matter? Where is he?” they asked.
“Here he comes!” answered the fox. “He has been fighting with a panther, and is trying to get
away! He wants to get over to that island! Let him cross, for he is a very good man!”
“Of course we will! Of course we will!” the rays answered. “As for the panther, we will fix
him!”
“Yes, but remember a panther is a panther!” said the fox; by which he meant that a panther is
almost as hard to fight with as a tiger. And the fox gave a little jump and ran back into the
woods, so as not to be near when the panther came.
A second or two later, the branches along the river bank were pushed aside, and the man came
ru
nning down to the water’s edge. He was all bleeding and his shirt was torn. From a scratch on
his face the blood was streaming down off his chin, and his sleeves were wet with blood also. It
was clear that the man was very badly hurt; for he almost fell as he ran out into the river. When
he put his feet into the water, the rays moved aside so that their tails would not touch him; and he
waded across to the island, with the water coming up to his breast. On the other side he fell to
the ground fainting from loss of blood.
The rays did not have much time to sit there pitying him. Some distance behind the man the
panther came jumping along with great leaps to catch him. The big wildcat stopped on the bank,
and gave a great roar; but up and down the river the rays went calling; “The Panther! The
Panther!” and they gathered together near the shore to attack him if he tried to cross.
The panther looked up and down the stream, and finally he spied the man lying helpless on the
island. He, too, was badly wounded and dripping with blood; but he was determined to eat the
man at any cost. With another great howl, he leaped into the water.
Almost instantly, however, he felt as though a hundred pins and needles were sticking into his
paws. You see, the rays were trying to block the ford, and were stinging him with the stingers in
their tails. He gave one big jump back to the river bank and stood there roaring, and holding one
paw up in the air because it hurt him to step on it. After a moment he looked down into the water
and saw that it was all black and muddy. The rays were coming in great crowds and stirring up
the bottom of the river.
“Ah hah!” said the panther: “Ah hah! I see! It is you, you bad, wicked ray fish! It was you
who gave me all those stings! Well now, just get out of the way!”
“We will not get out of the way,” answered the rays.
“Away, I tell you!” said the panther.
“We won’t!” said the rays. “He is a good man. It is not right to kill him!”
“He gave me these wounds you see,” said the panther. “I must punish him!”
“And you gave him his wounds, too,” said the rays. “But that is all a matter for you folks in
the woods to settle. So long as this man is on the river, he is in our province and we intend to
protect him!”
“Get out of my way!” said the panther.
“Not never!” said the rays. You see, the rays had never been to school; and they said “not
never” and “not nothing” the way children sometimes do and never ought to do, not never!
“Well, we’ll see!” said the panther, with another great roar; and he ran up the bank to get a
start for one great jump. The panther understood that the rays were packed close in along the
shore; and he figured that if he could jump away out into the stream he would get beyond them
and their stingers, and finally reach the wounded man on the island.
But some of the rays saw what he was going to do, and they began to shout to one another:
“Out to mid-stream! Out to mid-stream! He’s going to jump! He’s going to jump!”
The panther did succeed in making a very long leap, and for some seconds after he struck the
water he felt no pain. He gave a great roar of delight, thinking he had deceived his enemies. But
then, all of a sudden, sting here and sting there, in front, in back, on his sides! The rays were
up
on him again, driving their poisonous stingers into his skin. For a moment, the panther thought
it was as easy to go forward as back, and he kept on. But the rays were now all over along the
island; so the panther turned and went back to the shore he had left.
He was now about done. He just had to lie down on his side to keep the bottoms of his feet off
the ground; and his stomach went up and down as he breathed deeply from fatigue and pain. He
was growing dizzy, also, because the poison from the stings was getting into his brain.
The rays were not satisfied, however. They kept crowding up along the shore because they
kn
ew that panthers never go alone, but always with a mate. This mate would come, and they
would again have to defend the ford.
And so it was. Soon the she-panther came down roaring through the bushes to rescue her
husband. She looked across to the island where the man was lying wounded; and then at her
mate, who lay there panting at her feet; and then down into the water, which was black with rays.
“Ray fish!” she called.
“Well, madam?” answered the rays.
“Let me cross the river!”
“No crossing here for panthers!” said the rays.
“I’ll bite the tails off every one of you!” said the she-panther.
“Even without our tails, we won’t let you cross!” said the rays.
“For the last time, out of my way!” said the she-panther.
“Not never!” said the rays.
The she-panther now put one foot into the water; but a ray struck at her with its stinger, and
made a sting right between two of her toes.
“Oooouch!” growled the she-panther.
“We have at least one tail left!” mocked the rays.
But the she-panther began to scowl now. When panthers are thinking very hard they scowl.
This one scowled her face into deep wrinkles; which meant that she had a very important idea.
She did not let on what it was, however. She just trotted off up the bank into the woods without
saying another word.
But the rays understood what she was up to. She was going to some place farther along the
stream where there were no rays and would swim across before they could reach her. And a great
fright came over them. Rays cannot swim very fast, and they knew that the she-panther would
get there before they did.
“Oh, oh!” they cried to each other. “Now our poor man-friend is done for. How can we let the
rays down there know we must prevent the panther from crossing at any cost?”
But a little ray, who was a very bright and clever little fish, spoke up and said:
“Get the shiners to carry a message! Shiners can swim like lightning; and they too ought to be
grateful to the man for stopping those bombs!”
“That’s it! That’s it! Let’s send the shiners!”
A school of shiners happened to be just going by; and the rays sent them off with a message to
all the rays along the river:
“Sting the she-panther if she tries to cross! Hold the ford against the she-panther!”
Though the shiners swam very, very fast, they were barely in time. The panther was already in
the water, and had begun to swim out beyond her depth. In fact, she was almost over on the other
side toward the island. But when her paws struck bottom and she began to wade again, the rays
were on hand. They rushed in packs upon her legs and feet, stinging them with tens, hundreds,
thousands of stings. At the same time more rays crowded in between the panther and the shore.
Roaring with pain and anger, she finally swam back to the place where she had jumped in, and
rolled about on the ground in agony. When she came back to where her husband was lying, her
paws and legs were all swollen from the poison.
The rays, for their part, were getting very tired from all this stinging and hurrying to and fro.
And they were not much relieved when they saw the panther and the she-panther get up all of a
sudden and go off into the woods. What were they up to now? The rays were very much worried,
and they gathered together in council.
“Do you know what I think?” said the oldest ray. “I think they have gone off to get all the
other panthers. When they come back, they will be too much for us and they will surely get
across!”
“That is so!” said the other rays, the older and more experienced ones. “At least one or two
will get across. That will be the end of our friend, the man! Suppose we go and have a talk with
him!”
For the first time they now went over to where the man was lying. They had been too busy up
to then to think of him.
The man had lost a great deal of blood, and was still lying on the ground; but he was able to
sit up enough to talk. The rays told him how they had been defending the ford against the
panthers who had been trying to eat him. The man could hardly keep in his tears as he thought of
the friendship these fishes had for him. He thanked them by reaching out his hand and stroking
the nearest ones on the nose. But then he moaned:
“Alas! You cannot save me! When the panthers come back there will be many of them; and if
they want to get across they can.”
“No they can’t,” said a little ray. “No they can’t! Nobody but a friend of ours can cross this
fo
rd!”
“I’m afraid they will be too much for you,” said the man sadly. After a moment’s thought he
added:
“There might be one way to stop them. If there were someone to go and get my rifle ... I have
a Winchester, with a box of bullets ... but the only friends I have near here are fish ... and fish
can’t bring me a rifle!”
“Well...?” asked the rays anxiously.
“Yes ... yes ...” said the man, rubbing his forehead with his right hand, as though trying to
collect his thoughts. “Let’s see.... Once I had a friend, a river hog, whom I tamed and kept in my
house to play with my children. One day he got homesick and went back to the woods to live. I
don’t know what became of him ... but I think he came to this neighborhood!”
The rays gave one great shout of joy:
“We know him! We know him! He lives in the cave just below here in the river bank. We
remember now that he once told us he knew you very well. We will send him to get the rifle.”
No sooner said than done! A shiner, who was the fastest swimmer in his school, started off
down the river to where the river hog lived. It was not far away; and before long the river hog
came up on the bank across the river. The man picked up a fishbone from the ground near him;
and dipping it in some blood that was on his hand wrote on a dry leaf this letter to his wife:
“Dear Wife: Send me my Winchester by this river hog, with a full box of a hundred
bullets.
(Signed) The Man.”
He was just finishing the letter when the whole river valley began to tremble with the most
frightful roars. The panthers were coming back in a large company to force a crossing and
devour their enemy. Quickly two rays stuck their heads out of the water. The man handed them
the leaf with the letter written on it; and holding it up clear of the water, they swam over to
where the river hog was. He took it in his mouth and ran off as fast as he could toward the man’s
house.
And he had no time to lose. The roaring was now very close to the river and every moment it
was getting nearer. The rays called anxiously to the shiners, who were hovering in the water
nearby waiting for orders:
“Quick, shiners! Swim up and down the river, and give a general alarm! Have all the rays
gather about the island on every side! We will see whether these panthers get across!”
And up and down the river the shiners darted, streaking the surface with tiny black wakes, so
fa
st did they move. The rays began coming out from the mud, from under the stones, from the
mouths of the brooks, from all along the river. They assembled in solid masses, almost, around
the island, bent on keeping the panthers back at whatever cost. And meanwhile the shiners came
streaming up and down past the island, raising new recruits and ready to give the word when the
panthers appeared.
And the panthers did appear, at last. With a great roar an army of them came leaping down to
the river bank. There were a hundred of them, perhaps; at least all the panthers in the woods
around Misiones. But, on the other hand, the river was now packed with rays, who were ready to
die, rather than let a single panther across.
“Get out of our way!” roared the panthers.
“No trespassing on this river!” said the rays.
“Gangway!” called the panthers.
“Keep out!” said the rays.
“If you don’t get out of the way, we will eat every ray, and every son of a ray, and every
grandson of a ray, not counting the women and children!” said the panthers.
“Perhaps,” said the rays; “but no panther, nor any son, grandson, daughter, granddaughter,
sister, brother, wife, aunt or uncle of a panther will ever get across this ford!
“For one last time, get out of the way!”
“Not never!” said the rays.
And the battle began.
With enormous bounds and jumps and leaps, the panthers plunged into the river. But they
landed on an almost solid floor of ray fish. The rays plunged their stingers into the panthers’ feet,
and at each prick the panthers would send up the most bloodcurdling roars. Meanwhile the
panthers were clawing and kicking at the rays, making frightful splashes in the water and tossing
up
ray fish by the barrel full. Hundreds and hundreds of rays were caught and torn by the
panthers’ claws, and went floating down the Yabebirì, which was soon all tinged with ray blood.
But the panthers were getting terribly stung, too; and many of them had to go back to the shore,
where they lay roaring and whining, holding their swollen paws up in the air. Though many
more of the rays were being trampled on, and scratched and bitten, they held their ground.
Sometimes when a ray had been tossed into the air by a panther’s paw, he would return to the
fight after he had fallen back into the water.
The combat had now lasted as long as half an hour. By that time the panthers were tired out
and had gone back to the shore they came from, where they sat down to rest and to lick the stings
on their paws.
Not one of them had been able to cross the ford, however. But the rays were in a terrible
plight. Thousands of them had been killed; and those that still remained were about tired to
death.
“We cannot stand a second attack like this one,” said the rays. “Hey, shiners! Go up and down
the river again, and bring us reenforcements! We must have every single last ray there is in the
Yabebirì!”
And again the shiners were off up and down the river, flecking the surface of the water with
the wakes they left. The rays now thought they should consult the man again.
“We cannot hold out much longer!” said the rays. And some of them actually wept for the
poor man who was going to be eaten by the panthers.
“Never mind, please, my dear little rays!” answered the man. “You have done enough for me!
It’s a pity that any more of you should die. Now you had better let the panthers come across.”
“Not never!” cried the rays. “So long as there is a ray left alive, we shall defend the man who
defended us and saved our lives from the bombers.”
“My dear friends,” said the man in reply, “I think I am bound to die anyway, I am so badly
wounded. But I can promise you that when that Winchester arrives, you will see some exciting
things. That much I am sure of!”
“Yes, we know! We know!” said the rays. But they could not continue the conversation: the
battle was on again. The panthers had now rested, and were crouching all on the river bank,
ready to take off with great leaps and bounds.
“We’ll give you one last chance!” they called to the rays. “Now be reasonable! Get out of our
way!”
“Not never!” said the rays, crowding up close along the shore in front of the panthers.
In a flash, the panthers were in the water again, and the same terrible fight as before was
taking place. The Yabebirì from shore to shore was one mass of bloody foam. Hundreds and
hundreds of rays were tossed into the air, while the panthers bellowed from the pain in their
paws. But not a panther and not a ray gave an inch of ground.
However, the panthers were little by little forcing their way forward. In vain the shiners darted
up
and down the river calling in more and more rays to battle. There were no rays left anywhere
along the stream. Every last ray was either fighting desperately in the army around the island, or
was floating bruised and bleeding down the current. Such as were still left were all but helpless
from the fatigue of their great efforts.
And now they realized that the battle was lost. Five of the biggest panthers had broken
through the lines of the rays, and were swimming through clear water straight toward the island.
The poor rays decided they would rather die than see their poor friend eaten by the panthers.
“Retreat to the island!” they called to each other. “Back to the island!”
But this was too late, alas. Two more panthers had now broken through the line; and when the
rays started for the island, every last panther on the shore jumped into the water and made for the
wounded man. Ten, twenty, fifty, perhaps a hundred panthers could be seen swimming with just
their heads out of water.
But what was that down there? The rays had been so busy fighting they had not noticed
before. From a point on the shore some distance below the ford a brown, fuzzy animal had gone
into the water, and had been swimming all this time toward the island. It was the river hog,
paddling along as fast as he could with his head and neck out of the water and the Winchester in
his mouth. He was holding his head away up like that to keep the rifle dry. On the end of the rifle
hung the man’s cartridge belt, full of bullets.
The man gave a great cry of joy; for the river hog was quite a distance ahead of the panthers,
and he would be ashore by the time they began to wade again. And the river hog did get there in
no time. The man was too weak to move much; so the river hog pulled him around by the collar
so that he lay facing the panthers. In this position the man loaded the rifle and took aim.
The rays, meanwhile, were heart broken. Crushed, scratched, bruised, bleeding, worn out from
struggling, they saw that they had lost the battle. The panthers were almost over to the island. In
a few moments their friend would be eaten alive!
C-r-r-ack! C-r-r-r-ack! Bing! Bing. The rays who had their eyes out of water suddenly saw a
panther, who was just coming up out of the river toward the man, give a great leap into the air
and fall back to the ground in a heap.
The rays understood! “Hoo-ray! Hoo-ray Hoo-ray!” shouted the rays. “The man has the rifle!
He is saved! We have won!” And they dirtied all the water, so much mud did they stir up by the
dancing they started on the bottom of the river. C-r-r-r-ack! C-r-r-ack! Bing-g-g! Bing-g-g! The
rifle kept going off and the bullets kept singing through the air. At each shot a panther fell dead
on the sand or sank drowning under the water. The shooting did not last more than a minute and
a half, however. After ten or a dozen panthers had been killed, the others swam back to the
opposite shore and ran off into the woods.
The panthers that were killed in the water, sank to the bottom where the horn-pouts ate them.
Others kept afloat, and the shiners went down the Yabebirì with them, all the way to the Parana,
having a great feast off panther meat, and jumping and hopping along the top of the water to
express their delight. When the friends of the wounded man came to get him, they skinned the
panthers that were lying on the shore; and the man’s wife had a set of new rugs for her dining
room.
Soon the man got well again. And the rays, who have a great many children each year, were as
numerous as ever after one season. The man was so grateful for what they had done in trying to
save his life, that he built a bungalow on the island and went there to live during his vacations.
On nights in summer, when the moon was shining, he would go out in front of his bungalow and
sit down on a rock over the water to smoke his pipe. The rays would creep up softly over the
bottom and point him out to fish who did not know him. “There he is, see? The panthers came
across over here; we stood in line over there. And when the panthers broke through, the man
took his rifle, and....”
THE STORY OF TWO RACCOON CUBS AND TWO MAN CUBS
Once there was a mother raccoon who had three cubs; they all lived in the woods eating fruits
and berries and birds’ eggs. Whenever they were on a tree top and heard a noise, they would
jump head foremost to the ground and scamper off with their tails in the air.
One day when the cubs had grown to be quite large sized raccoons, their mother took them up
all together to the top of an orange tree—you must know that in South America orange trees,
which came originally from Spain, now grow wild in the forest—and spoke to them as follows:
“Cublets, you are almost big enough to be called raccoons; and it is time you began to hunt for
your meals by yourselves. It is very important for you to know how to do this, because, when
you get to be old, you will go around all alone in the world, as all raccoons do. The oldest of you
likes snails and cockroaches. He must hunt around woodpiles and under trunks of rotting trees,
where there are always plenty of snails and cockroaches. The next to the oldest of you seems to
like oranges. Up to the month of December there will be plenty of oranges right here in this
grove. The youngest of you is always asking for birds’ eggs. Well, there are birds’ nests
everywhere. All he will have to do is hunt. But one thing, however: he must never go down to
the farm looking for eggs. It is very bad for raccoons to go near farms.
“Cublets, there is one thing more you must all be afraid of: dogs! dogs! Never go near a dog!
Once I had a fight with a dog. Do you see this broken tooth? Well, I broke it in a fight with a
dog! And so I know what I am talking about! And behind dogs come people, with guns, and the
guns make a great noise, and kill raccoons. Whenever you hear a dog, or a man, or a gun, jump
fo
r your lives no matter how high the tree is, and run, run, run! If you don’t they will kill you as
sure as preaching!”
That is what the mother raccoon said to her cublets. Whereupon, they all got down from the
tree top, and went each his own way, nosing about in the leaves from right to left and from left to
right, as though they were looking for something they had lost. For that is the way raccoons
hunt.
The biggest of the cubs, who liked snails and cockroaches, looked under every piece of dead
wood he came to and overturned the piles of dead leaves. Soon he had eaten such a fine meal
that he grew sleepy and lay down in a nice cozy bed of leaves and went to sleep. The second one,
who liked oranges, did not move from that very grove. He just went from one tree to another
eating the best oranges; and he did not have to jump from a tree top once; for neither men, nor
dogs, nor guns, came anywhere near him.
But the youngest, who would have nothing but birds’ eggs, had a harder time of it. He hunted
and hunted over the hillsides all day long and found only two birds’ nests—one belonging to a
toucan, with three eggs in it, and the other belonging to a wood dove, with two eggs in it. Five
tiny little eggs! That was not very much to eat for a raccoon almost big enough to go to school.
When evening came the little cub was as hungry as he had been that morning; and he sat down,
all cold and tired and lonesome, on the very edge of the forest.
From the place where he was sitting he could look down on the green fields of the farm, and
he thought of what his mother had said about such places.
“Now, why did mamma say that? Why shouldn’t I go looking for eggs down along those
fe
nces on the farm?”
And just as he was saying this all to himself, what should he hear but the song of a strange
bird: “Cock-a-doodle-doo-oo-oo”; coming from far, far away and from the direction of the
fa
rm
house.
“My, did you ever hear a bird sing so loud?” said the cublet to himself. “What a big bird it
must be! And its eggs must be the size of a cocoanut!”
“Cock-a-doodle-doo-oo-oo,” came the bird’s song again. The hungry little raccoon just
couldn’t do without one of those eggs the size of a cocoanut. The bird was singing somewhere
off to the right. So he made a short cut through the woods toward the field on the other side.
The sun was setting, but the raccoon cub ran with his tail in the air. At last he came to the edge
of the woods, and looked down again into the fields.
“Cock-a-doodle-doo-oo-oo!”
Not far away now he could see the farmhouse. There was a man in the yard. The man was
wearing long boots, and leading a horse by the bridle into a barn. On the fence in the barnyard,
the little raccoon saw his bird.
“What a silly little ’coon I am,” he said to himself. “That isn’t a bird! That’s a rooster!
Mamma showed him to me one day, when we were on top of a big tree up in the woods.
Roosters have a fine song; and they have a great many hens that lay sweet eggs. I think I could
eat a dozen of those eggs, right now!”
For some time the little raccoon sat looking at the rooster and the barn and the farmhouse, and
thinking of what his mother had said. But at last he thought: “Mamma is far away! She will
never know”; and he made up his mind that as soon as it was dark he would run down to that hen
coop and see what he could find.
Before long the sun had gone completely and it was so dark you could hardly see your hand
before your face. Walking on tiptoe, the little raccoon came out from the shadow of the woods,
and began making his way toward the farmhouse.
When he got into the yard, he stopped and listened carefully. Not a sound! The little raccoon
was as happy as could be: he was going to eat a hundred, a thousand, two thousand of those
eggs! He looked around for the hen coop. There it was! He stole up to the door and peered in.
On the ground, and right in front of the door, what should he see but an egg? And such a large
egg! If it was not as big as a cocoanut, it was at least as big as an orange! And how brightly it
shone in the dark! “Guess I’ll keep that egg for dessert,” thought the cub for a moment. But his
mouth began to water and water, and he simply couldn’t wait. He stepped up and put his front
teeth into that egg. But—
Trac-c-c!
He had hardly touched it when there was a sharp snapping noise. The little raccoon felt a hard
blow strike him in the face, while a stinging pain caught him in his right forepaw.
“Mamma! Mamma!” he called, jumping wildly this way and that. But he could not get his foot
loose. He was caught in a trap! And just at that moment a dog began to bark!
All that time when the little raccoon had been waiting in the woods for night to come, so that
he could go down to get his eggs in the hen coop, the man who owned the farmhouse had been
playing with his children on the lawn in the yard. One of them was a little girl five years old; and
the other was a little boy six years old. Both had golden hair. They were chasing their father
ab
out and falling down every so often on the grass. Then they would get up again and run some
more. The man would also pretend to fall and the three of them were having a splendid time.
When it grew dark, the man said:
“Now let’s go and set our trap in the hen coop, so that if the weasel comes to-night to kill our
chickens and eat our eggs, we will catch him.”
They went and set the trap. Then the family had dinner, and the little boy and the little girl
were put to bed.
But they were both very much excited about the trap and the weasel. They could not sleep.
Finally they sat up in their beds and began to throw pillows at each other. Their father and
mother were reading down in the dining room. They heard what the children were doing; but
they said nothing.
Suddenly the pillow-throwing stopped; and after a moment the little boy called:
“Papa! Papa! The weasel is in the trap. Don’t you hear Tuké barking? Let us go too, papa!”
Tuké, you see, was the name of the dog!
Their father said they might, provided they put their shoes on. He would never let them go out
at night, barefooted, for fear of coral or rattlesnakes.
So they went in their pajamas, just as they were.
And what, if you please, did they find in the trap? Their father stooped down in the doorway
of the hen coop, holding Tuké back by the collar. When he stood up, he was holding a little
raccoon by the tail; and the little raccoon was snapping and whistling and screaming “Mamma!
Mamma!” in a sharp, shrill voice like a cricket’s.
“Oh, don’t kill him, papa! He is such a pretty little ’coon!” said the boy and the girl. “Give
him to us, and we will tame him!”
“Very well,” said the father. “You may have him. But don’t forget that raccoons drink water
when they are thirsty, the same as little boys and girls.”
He said this because once he had caught a wildcat and given it to them for a pet. They fed it
plenty of meat from the pantry. But they didn’t dream that it needed water. And the poor wildcat
died.
The cage where the wildcat had been kept was still standing near the hen coop. They put the
raccoon into the cage, and went back into the house. This time, when they went to bed, they fell
fa
st asleep at once.
About midnight, when everything was still, the little raccoon, who had a very sore foot from
the cuts made in it by the teeth of the trap, saw three shadows come creeping up toward his cage;
fo
r the moon was now shining faintly. They came closer and closer, moving softly and
noiselessly over the ground. His heart gave a great leap when he discovered that it was his
mother and his two brothers, who had been looking for him everywhere.
“Mamma! Mamma!” he began to cry from his cage, but soft-like, so as not to wake up the
dog. “Here I am, here I am. Oh, get me out of here! I’m afraid! I’m afraid! Mamma! Mamma!
Mamma!” The little raccoon was choking with tears!
The mother and the two brother raccoons were as happy as could be to find him! They rubbed
their noses against him through the wires in the cage, and tried to stroke him with their paws.
Then they set to work to get him out, if they could. First they examined the wiring of the cage,
and one after another they worked at it with their teeth. But the wire was thick and tough, and
they could do nothing with it. Then an idea came to the mother raccoon.
“People cut wires with files! Where can we get a file? A file is a long piece of iron with three
sides, like the rattle of a rattlesnake. You push it away from you across the wire, and then you
draw it toward you. Finally the wire breaks. Let’s hunt around in the blacksmith shop, and we
may find one.”
They hurried off to the shop where the farmer kept his tools. Soon they found the file and
came back with it to the cage. Thinking it must be very hard to file off a wire, they all took hold
of the file and started pushing it back and forth between two of the wires. They pushed so hard
that the cage began to shake all over and made a terrible noise. In fact, it made such a loud noise
that Tuké woke up and set to barking at the top of his voice. The raccoons were frightened out of
their wits; and for fear the dog might ask them where they got that file, they scampered off, with
their tails in the air, toward the forest.
The little boy and the little girl woke up very early in the morning to go to see their new pet,
who had been brooding sadly in his cage all night long.
“What shall we call him?” asked the little boy.
“Seventeen,” answered the little girl. “I can count to seventeen!”
And what did “Seventeen” have for breakfast? One of those hen’s eggs he had tried so hard to
get the night before. And after the hen’s egg, a grasshopper, and then a piece of meat, and then a
bunch of grapes and finally a lump of chocolate! By the end of the day, he was letting the two
children reach their finger through the cage to scratch his head; and so pleased was he at all that
was now happening to him that he liked being a prisoner in a cage almost as much as being a
free raccoon cub on the mountain side. He was all taken up with the nice things that were placed
in his coop for him to eat; and he liked those two yellow-headed children who kept coming to
look at him!
That night and the following one, Tuké, the dog, slept so close to “Seventeen’s” cage that
when his mother and his two brothers came back to make another try at rescuing him, they did
not dare approach. But on the third night everything was as it should be. They went directly to
the shop, got the file, and hurried to the cage.
“But mamma,” said the little raccoon, “I guess I’d rather stay where I am. They feed me all
the eggs I want, and they are very kind to me. Today they told me that if I was good, they would
soon let me go about the yard loose. There are two of them, with yellow hair. And they are man
cubs, just as we are ’coon cubs. We shall have a fine time playing together.”
The three wild raccoons were very sad to hear all this; but they made the best of it, and went
away, just promising to come back and see “Seventeen” every night.
And so they did. Each evening, as soon as it was dark and whether it was fair or rainy, the
mother raccoon came with her two cublets to see their little brother. He gave them bread and
chocolate, which he handed out between the wires of his cage; and they ate it on the ground
nearby.
In two weeks, he was let loose to run about the yard; and every night he went back to his cage
of his own accord to sleep. He had his ears tweeked a number of times, when the farmer caught
him too close to the hen coop; otherwise he had no trouble at all. The two children became much
attached to him; and when the wild raccoons heard how kind those man cubs were to their little
brother, they began to be as fond of them as he was.
But one night, when it was very dark and very hot and a thunderstorm was gathering on the
mountains, the wild raccoons called to “Seventeen” in vain. “Seventeen! Seventeen! Seventeen!”
But he did not answer. In great alarm they crept up to the cage and looked in.
Pstt!
They drew back just in time. There in the door of the cage a big rattlesnake lay coiled. They
had almost touched him with their noses. And now they knew why “Seventeen” failed to
answer! The rattlesnake had bitten him and probably he was already dead.
The three raccoons decided they must first punish the rattlesnake. They rushed upon him from
three directions and snipped his head off before he knew what they were about. Then they
hurried inside the cage. “Seventeen” was lying there on the floor in a pool of blood, his feet up in
the air, and his sides shaking as he panted for breath. They caressed him with their tongues and
licked his body all over for more than a quarter of an hour. But it did no good. “Seventeen”
finally opened his mouth and stopped breathing altogether. He was dead. Raccoons ordinarily
are not much harmed by rattlesnake poison. Some other animals are not hurt at all. But this snake
had bitten “Seventeen” right through an artery; and he had died, not of the poison, but from loss
of blood.
The mother raccoon and her two cublets wept over his body for a long time; then, since they
could do nothing further for him, they left the cage where he had been so happy and went back to
the woods. But they kept thinking all the time: “What will the two man cubs say when they find
that their little playmate is dead? They will probably be very, very sad and cry a long time!”
They had grown to love the man cubs just from what “Seventeen” had said of them; and one
thought was in their three heads—to relieve the sorrow of the two man cubs as best they could.
They talked the matter over earnestly; and at last they agreed to the following plan. The
second youngest cublet looked almost like the raccoon who was dead. He had the same
markings, was about the same size, and carried himself in much the same way. Why shouldn’t he
go and crawl into the cage, taking the place of his brother? The man cubs would probably be
surprised; but nothing more. The four of them had talked about everything that went on at the
fa
rm
so much, that the new raccoon could easily pretend he had been there all along. He might
do it so well even, that the man cubs would not notice anything at all.
So they ran back to the cage, and the little raccoon took the place of his dead brother. The
mother raccoon and her remaining cub took hold of “Seventeen” with their teeth and dragged
him away off to the woods, where they buried him under the leaves.
The next day, the man cubs were surprised at a number of strange habits “Seventeen” seemed
to have learned during the night. But the new cub was just as affectionate to them as the real
“Seventeen” had been; and they never guessed what had happened. The two man cubs played
ab
out with the raccoon cub all day long as usual; and at night the two wild raccoons came to pay
their usual visit. The tame raccoon saved bits of his boiled eggs for them each time; and they
would sit down and eat them on the ground in front of the cage. He told them all that happened
at the farm; and they told him all the news about doings in the woods.
THE PARROT THAT LOST ITS TAIL
In the woods near a farm lived a flock of parrots. Every morning, the parrots went and ate
sweet corn in the garden of the farm. Afternoons they spent in the orange orchards eating
oranges. They always made a great to-do with their screaming and jawing; but they kept a
sentinel posted on one of the tree tops to let them know if the farmer was coming.
Parrots are very much disliked by farmers in countries where parrots grow wild. They bite into
an ear of corn and the rest of the ear rots when the next rain comes. Besides, parrots are very
good to eat when they are nicely broiled. At least the farmers of South America think so. That is
why people hunt them a great deal with shotguns.
One day the hired man on this farm managed to shoot the sentinel of the flock of parrots. The
parrot fell from the tree top with a broken wing. But he made a good fight of it on the ground,
biting and scratching the man several times before he was made a prisoner. You see, the man
noticed that the bird was not very badly injured; and he thought he would take it home as a
present for the farmer’s children.
The farmer’s wife put the broken wing in splints and tied a bandage tight around the parrot’s
body. The bird sat quite still for many days, until he was entirely cured. Meanwhile he had
become quite tame. The children called him Pedrito; and Pedrito learned to hold out his claw to
shake hands; he liked to perch on people’s shoulders, and to tweek their ears gently with his bill.
Pedrito did not have to be kept in a cage. He spent the whole day out in the orange and
eucalyptus trees in the yard of the farmhouse. He had a great time making sport of the hens when
they cackled. The people of the family had tea in the afternoon, and then Pedrito would always
come into the dining room and climb up with his claws and beak over the tablecloth to get his
bread-and-milk. What Pedrito liked best of all was bread dipped in tea and milk.
The children talked to Pedrito so much, and he had so much to say to them, that finally he
could pronounce quite a number of words in the language of people. He could say: “Good day,
Pedrito!” and “nice papa, nice papa”; “papa for Pedrito!” “Papa” is the word for bread-and-milk
in South America. And he said many things that he should not have; for parrots, like children,
learn naughty words very easily.
On rainy days Pedrito would sit on a chair back and grumble and grumble for hours at a time.
When the sun came out again he would begin to fly about screaming at the top of his voice with
pleasure.
Pedrito, in short, was a very happy and a very fortunate creature. He was as free as a bird can
be. At the same time he had his afternoon tea like rich people.
Now it happened that one week it rained every day and Pedrito sat indoors glum and
disconsolate all the time, and saying the most bitter and unhappy things to himself. But at last
one morning the sun came out bright and glorious. Pedrito could not contain himself: “Nice day,
nice day, Pedrito!” “Nice papa, nice papa,” “Papa for Pedrito!” “Your paw, Pedrito!” So he went
flitting about the yard, talking gayly to himself, to the hens, to everyone, including the beautiful,
splendid sun itself. From a tree top he saw the river in the distance, a silvery, shining thread
winding across the plain. And he flew off in that direction, flying, flying, flying, till he was quite
tired and had to stop on a tree to rest.
Suddenly, on the ground far under him, Pedrito saw something shining through the trees, two
bright green lights, as big as overgrown lightning bugs.
“Wonder what that is?” thought Pedrito to himself. “Nice papa! Papa for Pedrito. Wonder
what that is? Good day, Pedrito! Your paw, Pedrito!...” And he chattered on, just talking
nonsense, and mixing his words up so that you could scarcely have understood him. Meantime
he was jumping down from branch to branch to get as close as possible to the two bright
gleaming lights. At last he saw that they were the eyes of a jaguar, who was crouching low on
the ground and staring up at him intently.
But who could be afraid of anything on a nice day like that? Not Pedrito, at any rate. “Good
day, jaguar!” said he. “Nice papa! Papa for Pedrito! Your paw, Pedrito!”
The jaguar tried to make his voice as gentle as he could; but it was with a growl that he
answered: “GOOD DAY, POLL-PARROT!”
“Good day, good day, jaguar! Papa, papa, papa for Pedrito! Nice papa!”
You see, it was getting on toward four o’clock in the afternoon; and all this talk about “papa”
was intended to remind the jaguar that it was tea-time. Pedrito had forgotten that jaguars don’t
serve tea, nor bread-and-milk, as a rule.
“Nice tea, nice papa! Papa for Pedrito! Won’t you have tea with me today, jaguar?”
The jaguar began to get angry; for he thought all this chatter was intended to make fun of him.
Besides, he was very hungry, and had made up his mind to eat this garrulous bird.
“Nice bird! Nice bird!” he growled. “Please come a little closer! I’m deaf and can’t understand
what you say.”
The jaguar was not deaf. All he wanted was to get the parrot to come down one more branch,
where he could reach him with his paws. But Pedrito was thinking how pleased the children in
the family would be to see such a sleek jaguar coming in for tea. He hopped down one more
branch and began again: “Nice papa! Papa for Pedrito! Come home with me, jaguar!”
“Just a little closer!” said the jaguar. “I can’t hear!”
“Nice Bird! Nice Bird!” he growled, “Please come a little closer.”
And Pedrito edged a little nearer: “Nice papa!”
“Closer still!” growled the jaguar.
And the parrot went down still another branch. But just then the jaguar leaped high in the
air—oh, twice, three times his own length, as high as a house perhaps, and barely managed to
reach Pedrito with the tips of his claws. He did not succeed in catching the bird but he did tear
out every single feather in Pedrito’s tail.
“There!” said the jaguar, “go and get your bread-and-milk! Nice papa! Nice papa! Lucky for
you I didn’t get my paws on you!”
Terrified and smarting from pain, the parrot took to his wings. He could not fly very well,
however; for birds without a tail are much like ships without their rudders: they cannot keep to
one direction. He made the most alarming zigzags this way and that, to the right and to the left,
and up and down. All the birds who met him thought surely he had gone crazy; and took good
care to keep out of his way.
However, he got home again at last, and the people were having tea in the dining room. But
the first thing that Pedrito did was to go and look at himself in the mirror. Poor, poor Pedrito! He
was the ugliest, most ridiculous bird on earth! Not a feather to his tail! His coat of down all
ru
ffl
ed and bleeding! Shivering with chills of fright all over! How could any self-respecting bird
ap
pear in society in such disarray?
Though he would have given almost anything in the world for his usual bread-and-milk that
day, he flew off to a hollow eucalyptus tree he knew about, crawled in through a hole, and
nestled down in the dark, still shivering with cold and drooping his head and wings in shame.
In the dining room, meantime, everybody was wondering where the parrot was. “Pedrito!
Pedrito!” the children came calling to the door. “Pedrito! Papa, Pedrito. Nice papa! Papa for
Pedrito!”
But Pedrito did not say a word. Pedrito did not stir. He just sat there in his hole, sullen,
gloomy, and disconsolate. The children looked for him everywhere, but he did not appear.
Everybody thought he had gotten lost, perhaps, or that some cat had eaten him; and the little
ones began to cry.
So the days went by. And every day, at tea-time, the farmer’s family remembered Pedrito and
how he used to come and have tea with them. Poor Pedrito! Pedrito was dead! No one would
ever see Pedrito again!
But Pedrito was not dead at all. He was just a proud bird; and would have been ashamed to let
anybody see him without his tail. He waited in his hole till everybody went to bed; then he
would come out, get something to eat, and return to his hiding place again. Each morning, just
after daylight, and before anybody was up, he would go into the kitchen and look at himself in
the mirror, getting more and more bad-tempered meanwhile because his feathers grew so slowly.
Until one afternoon, when the family had gathered in the dining room for tea as usual, who
should come into the room but Pedrito! He walked in just as though nothing at all had happened,
perched for a moment on a chair back, and then climbed up the tablecloth to get his bread-andmilk. The people just laughed and wept for joy, and clapped their hands especially to see what
pretty feathers the bird had. “Pedrito! Why Pedrito! Where in the world have you been? What
happened to you? And what pretty, pretty feathers!”
You see, they did not know that they were new feathers; and Pedrito, for his part, said not a
word. He was not going to tell them anything about it. He just ate one piece of bread-and-milk
after another. “Papa, Pedrito! Nice papa! Papa for Pedrito!” Of course, he said a few things like
that. But otherwise, not a word.
That was why the farmer was very much surprised the next day when Pedrito flew down out
of a tree top and alighted on his shoulder, chattering and chattering as though he had something
very exciting on his mind. In two minutes, Pedrito told him all about it—how, in his joy at the
nice weather, he had flown down to the Parana; how he had invited the jaguar to tea; and how
the jaguar had deceived him and left his tail without a feather. “Without a feather, a single
blessed feather!” the parrot repeated, in rage at such an indignity. And he ended by asking the
fa
rm
er to go and shoot that jaguar.
It happened that they needed a new mat for the fireplace in the dining room, and the farmer
was very glad to hear there was a jaguar in the neighborhood. He went into the house to get his
gun, and then set out with Pedrito toward the river. They agreed that when Pedrito saw the jaguar
he would begin to scream to attract the beast’s attention. In that way the man could come up
close and get a good shot with his gun.
And that is just what happened. Pedrito flew up to a tree top and began to talk as noisily as he
could, meanwhile looking in all directions to see if the jaguar were about. Soon he heard some
branches crackling under the tree on the ground; and peering down he saw the two green lights
fixed upon him. “Nice day!” he began. “Nice papa! Papa for Pedrito! Your paw, Pedrito!”
The jaguar was very cross to see that this same parrot had come around again and with prettier
fe
athers than before. “You will not get away this time!” he growled to himself, glaring up at
Pedrito more fiercely than before.
“Closer! Closer! I’m deaf! I can’t hear what you say!”
And Pedrito, as he had done the other time, came down first one branch and then another,
talking all the time at the top of his voice:
“Papa for Pedrito! Nice papa! At the foot of this tree! Your paw, Pedrito! At the foot of this
tree!”
The jaguar grew suspicious at these new words, and, rising part way on his hind legs, he
growled:
“Who is that you are talking to? Why do you say I am at the foot of this tree!”
“Good day, Pedrito! Papa, papa for Pedrito!” answered the parrot; and he came down one
more branch, and still another.
“Closer, closer!” growled the jaguar.
Pedrito could see that the farmer was stealing up very stealthily with his gun. And he was glad
of that, for one more branch and he would be almost in the jaguar’s claws.
“Papa, papa for Pedrito! Nice papa! Are you almost ready?” he called.
“Closer, closer,” growled the jaguar, getting ready to spring.
“Your paw, Pedrito! He’s ready to jump! Papa, Pedrito!”
And the jaguar, in fact, leaped into the air. But this time Pedrito was ready for him. He took
lightly to his wings and flew up to the tree top far out of reach of the terrible claws. The farmer,
meanwhile, had been taking careful aim; and just as the jaguar reached the ground, there was a
loud report. Nine balls of lead as large as peas entered the heart of the jaguar, who gave one
great roar and fell over dead.
Pedrito was chattering about in great glee; because now he could fly around in the forest
without fear of being eaten; and his tail feathers would never be torn out again. The farmer, too,
was happy; because a jaguar is very hard to find anyway; and the skin of this one made a very
beautiful rug indeed.
When they got back home again, everybody learned why Pedrito had been away so long, and
how he had hidden in the hollow tree to grow his feathers back again. And the children were
very proud that their pet had trapped the jaguar so cleverly.
Thereafter there was a happy life in the farmer’s home for a long, long time. But the parrot
never forgot what the jaguar had tried to do to him. In the afternoon when tea was being served
in the dining room, he would go over to the skin lying in front of the fireplace and invite the
jaguar to have bread-and-milk with him: “Papa, nice papa! Papa for Pedrito! Papa for jaguar?
Nice papa!”
And when everybody laughed, Pedrito would laugh too.
THE BLIND DOE
Once upon a time there was a deer—a doe—who gave birth to two little deers; and, as is very
rare with such animals, the little deers were twins. However, a wildcat ate one of them; and the
second, a female, had to live her childhood without a playmate.
She was such a beautiful little creature, nevertheless, that all the mother deers in the forest
wished she belonged to them; and to show their affection they were always nipping gently at her
ribs with their lips.
Every morning when the little deer got up out of bed, her mother would make her say the
catechism which all deers learn when they are babies:
I. I must smell of each green leaf before I eat it; because some green leaves are poisonous.
II. I must stop and look carefully up and down the brook before I lower my head to drink; for
otherwise an alligator may eat me.
III. I must lift my head every half hour and sniff carefully in all directions; otherwise a panther
may steal up and catch me.
IV. I must look ahead of me when I am grazing in a meadow; otherwise a snake may bite me.
All good fawns learn this catechism by heart; and when this little deer could say it all by
herself, her mother began to let her go away from home alone.
One afternoon in summer, when the fawn was wandering over the mountain side looking for
the tenderest tufts of grass, she saw a tree with a hollow trunk in front of her. Inside it a number
of small slate-colored bags were hanging.
“What in the world is that?” said the little deer to herself. She had never seen anything of just
that kind! Now deers, like people, are inclined to be a bit disrespectful towards things they don’t
understand. Those puffy slate-colored bags seemed to her about the most ridiculous things there
was on earth! So she butted them with all her might.
She now saw that she had made a great dent in the bags, which began to drip with drops of
shining fluid. At the same time a swarm of reddish flies, with narrow waists, came out, buzzing
around and walking about, over their broken nest.
The little deer edged nearer. Curiously, those red flies did not seem to mind at all! And what
ab
out that juicy-looking stuff? Carefully, gently, the fawn stretched out her head till she was able
to touch one of the drops of fluid with the tip of her tongue.
What a surprise, what a wonderful surprise, for such a little, and such an inexperienced deer!
She smacked her lips and licked her nose with her tongue, hurrying to lap up all the drops she
could find. For they were honey, honey of the sweetest kind. And the red flies were bees! They
did not sting because they had no stingers! There are bees like that, you know, in South America.
Not content with the few drops that were slowly oozing out of the cracks in the bags, the little
deer now broke all the nests down and ate every bit of the honey in them; then, leaping and
jumping with pride and delight, she hurried home to tell her mother all about it.
But the mother deer frowned severely:
“Look out for bees’ nests, my child!” she exclaimed earnestly. “Honey is very good to eat; but
it is dangerous to get at it. Keep away from all the nests you see!”
“But bees don’t sting, mamma!” the little deer objected gleefully. “Hornets sting, and wasps
sting; but bees, no!”
“That isn’t so, my dear!” the mother answered. “You had good luck, that’s all. Bees are quite
as bad as wasps. Now mind me, child, or some day you’ll be sorry.”
“All right, mamma, I’ll be careful,” said the little deer.
But the first thing she did the very next morning was to take one of the paths that people had
made over the mountains. She had figured out that, running along in the open, she could cover
more ground and see the bees’ nests better!
And at last the search of the little deer was successful. She came upon a nest of bees—as she
thought—black ones this time, with yellow sashes about their belts; and many of them were
walking over the outside of the nest. The nest, also, was of a different color, and much larger
than the bags the little deer had found the day before. But such things made no difference to her.
“If the nest is larger,” she concluded simply, “the honey is probably sweeter and there’s more of
it!”
But then she suddenly remembered all that her mother had said. “Oh, mother is too afraid! All
mothers are too afraid!” And she finished by giving a lusty butt at the nest.
In a second or two she had bitterly repented of her folly. The “bees” were ordinary bees and
there were thousands of them. They rushed forth from the nest in a great swarm, settled all over
the head, neck, and shoulders of the little deer, and even under her belly and on her tail. And
they stung her all over, but worst of all about the eyes. There were more than ten stings to each
eye!
The little deer, wild with pain and fright, began to run screaming away. She ran and ran. But
finally she had to stop, because she could no longer see where she was going. Her eyes were all
swollen; so swollen she could not open them. Trembling with fear and smarting with pain, she
stopped where she was and began to cry piteously:
“Mamma!... Mamma!”
The mother deer was much worried when the afternoon wore on and her child did not come
home; and at last she started out to look for her, following by smell, as deers can, the tracks of
her little one over the hillsides. What was her despair when, finally, she heard the disobedient
fa
wn weeping in the distance; and how much blacker her despair became when she found that
the child was blind!
Slowly the two deers started home again, the fawn’s nose resting on her mother’s hip. And
along the road all the old bucks and does came up to examine the little one’s eyes and give their
opinions as to a cure. The mother deer did not know what to do. She had no plasters nor
poultices to soothe the pain in her child’s eyes. She learned ultimately that across the mountains
lived a man who was skillful with remedies. This man was a hunter, and traded in venison. But,
from all reports, she concluded that he was quite a kind-hearted person.
Though the doe shivered at the thought of visiting a man who made his living on the slaughter
of deer, she was willing to risk anything for her offspring. However, she had never met the man
personally, and she thought it best to ask for a letter of introduction from the Anteater, who was
supposed to be on very good terms with all the human kind.
It was night; and the panthers and wildcats were rampant through all the forest; but the mother
deer did not wait an instant. She covered her little one carefully with branches so that no one
could find her, and then made off toward the Anteater’s house. She went so fast and so far that
she was faint with fatigue when she arrived there; and once, on the road, she escaped only by
merest chance from the fangs of a mountain lion.
The Anteater was one of the smaller members of his tribe—a yellow little fellow with a black
cape thrown over his shoulders and reaching down to the waist, where it was tied under his belly
with black strings.
Just how or why the Anteater became so friendly with the hunter, no one in the forest knew;
but some day the truth will be known, doubtless.
At any rate, the poor doe arrived at the house where the Anteater lived.
“Tan! Tan! Tan!” she knocked, panting.
“Who’s that?” answered the Anteater sleepily.
“It’s me!” said the doe; though she corrected herself almost immediately, and said: “It is I—a
deer, the mother of the twins!”
“I see,” said the Anteater. “So it’s you! Well, what do you want?”
“I want you to introduce me to the hunter. The fawn, my daughter, is blind!”
“You don’t say so? That little fawn that everybody makes so much of? She’s a dear little
thing! I don’t have to be asked twice to do a favor when that child is concerned! I’ll introduce
you gladly. But you won’t need a letter. Just show the man this, and he’ll do all you ask.”
The Anteater rummaged around in the leaves for a while and at last stretched his tail out. On
the tip of it was the head of a snake, completely dried, and with the poison fangs still in it.
“Thanks ever so much,” exclaimed the doe. “But that man is a venison hunter! Do you think
this is all I need?”
“Quite!” the Anteater averred.
“You are a very kind-hearted Anteater,” the doe replied, her eyes filling with tears. But she
did not prolong the conversation. It was getting to be very late, and she had to be at the hunter’s
lodge by daybreak.
She hurried back to her house and got the fawn, who still lay there weeping in her bed.
Together they made their way toward the village where the hunter lived. They stole along very
softly, keeping close to the walls of the houses, so that the dogs would not see nor hear them.
At the door of the hunter’s cottage the mother knocked loudly:
“Tan! Tan! Tan!”
And the little deer knocked as loudly as she could.
“Ta! Ta! Ta!”
“Who’s there?” a voice called from within.
“It’s us,” said the fawn.
“It’s we,” corrected the mother. “We are friends of the Anteater, and we have the snake’s
head!”
“I see,” said the hunter opening the door. “What can I do for you?”
“My daughter, this little fawn here, is blind. Can you help her?”
And the mother deer told the whole story about her child and the bees.
“Hum!” said the man. “Just let me see what ails this nice young lady!”
Reentering the cottage, the hunter soon came back with a rather high stool, on which he set the
fa
wn in such a manner that he could examine her eyes without bending over. Then he took out a
big lens and began to look at the stings, while the mother deer stood by, holding a lantern around
her neck so that the “doctor” could see better. For the sun had not yet risen.
“Oh, there’s nothing to worry about,” the hunter said to the fond parent, helping her little one
out of the chair. “It’s only a matter of time and care. Wrap her head up, and keep a bandage with
this ointment across her eyes. Then keep her in the dark for twenty days. After that, have her
wear these yellow glasses for a week or two; and by that time she will be all right.”
“Thanks, many, many thanks,” said the mother deer warmly and gratefully. “And now, sir,
how much do I owe you?”
“Nothing at all, nothing at all, madam,” the hunter replied with a smile. “But one thing more:
look out for the dogs in the next house. A man lives there who keeps hounds especially for
chasing deer.”
At this news the mother deer and her child were so scared they hardly dared breathe; and as
they went away they walked on tiptoe, and stopped every few feet. Even at that the dogs heard
them and gave chase for nearly a mile into the forest. But the mother deer found a narrow path,
opening into the bush where the blind fawn could run quite safely; and they made good their
escape.
The little deer got well, just as the hunter had said she would; though the care and trouble it
cost the mother to keep her fawn shut up for twenty long days inside a hollow tree, she only
kn
ew. Inside there you could not have seen your hand before your face! But at last, one morning,
the mother deer brushed aside the branches she had woven across the hole in the tree so tightly
as to keep out all light; and the fawn, now with the yellow glasses on her nose, came out into the
broad day.
“Oh, I can see now, mamma, I can see all right!”
And the mother deer, to tell the truth, had to go and hide her head in a clump of bushes to
conceal the tears of joy that came to her eyes when she saw her little one cured at last. In two
weeks, the glasses were laid aside.
As time wore on, the fawn, though happy to be quite herself again, began to grow sad. She
was anxious to repay the hunter for his kindness to her; and she could think of no possible way
of doing it.
One day, however, an idea occurred to her. As she was trotting along the shore of a pond she
came upon a feather which a blue heron had let fall there. “I wonder if that good man would like
it?” she thought. And she picked it up.
Then, one night when it was raining hard and the dogs would probably be under cover, she
started out for the hunter’s cottage.
The man was reading in his bedroom, feeling quite cozy besides, for he had just completed a
thatched roof for his cabin when the rain began. Now he was quite safe and dry out of reach of
the storm.
“Tan! Tan! Tan!”
When he opened the door, the little deer, whom he had treated and of whom he had often
thought since then, was standing there in the rain, with the heron’s plume, all wet and drooping,
in her mouth.
“Here is something I have brought for you,” the fawn explained.
But the hunter began to laugh.
The little deer went off home in great shame and sorrow. She thought the man had laughed in
ridicule of her poor gift! So thereafter she went looking for a better, bigger feather to give her
benefactor; and this time she found some plumes that were truly splendid ones; and she was
careful to keep them clean and dry.
Again she went back, one night, to the hunter’s cabin; and this time he did not laugh. He was a
courteous, polite man; and he understood that, the other time, he had hurt his little friend’s
fe
elings by laughing at her. Instead, he now invited her indoors, drew the high chair up to the
table and gave her a saucerful of honey. Gobble, gobble! The little deer lapped the sweet up in
mad delight.
From that time on, the two became great friends. The fawn spent a great deal of her time
collecting heron plumes, which the man sold for a large sum of money. And every time she came
in with a feather, the hunter gave her a jar of honey; and occasionally he offered her a cigar,
which the little deer ate, but, of course, did not smoke. Smoking is bad even for deers.
Whole nights the two friends thus spent together, talking in front of the open fire, while the
wind was howling outside; for the deer made her visits only in stormy weather when dogs would
be sure not to be about. In a short time whenever the skies were dark and gave promise of a bad
night, the hunter began to expect these visits. He would light a lamp, set a jar of honey on the
table, take out a book and begin to read, waiting for the “Tan! Tan! Tan!” of the little deer, who
remained his loyal friend all her life.
THE ALLIGATOR WAR
It was a very big river in a region of South America that had never been visited by white men;
and in it lived many, many alligators—perhaps a hundred, perhaps a thousand. For dinner they
ate fish, which they caught in the stream, and for supper they ate deer and other animals that
came down to the water side to drink. On hot afternoons in summer they stretched out and
sunned themselves on the bank. But they liked nights when the moon was shining best of all.
Then they swam out into the river and sported and played, lashing the water to foam with their
tails, while the spray ran off their beautiful skins in all the colors of the rainbow.
These alligators had lived quite happy lives for a long, long time. But at last one afternoon,
when they were all sleeping on the sand, snoring and snoring, one alligator woke up and cocked
his ears—the way alligators cock their ears. He listened and listened, and, to be sure, faintly, and
from a great distance, came a sound: Chug! Chug! Chug!
“Hey!” the alligator called to the alligator sleeping next to him, “Hey! Wake up! Danger!”
“Danger of what?” asked the other, opening his eyes sleepily, and getting up.
“I don’t know!” replied the first alligator.
“That’s a noise I never heard before. Listen!”
The other alligator listened: Chug! Chug! Chug!
In great alarm the two alligators went calling up and down the river bank: “Danger! Danger!”
And all their sisters and brothers and mothers and fathers and uncles and aunts woke up and
began running this way and that with their tails curled up in the air. But the excitement did not
serve to calm their fears. Chug! Chug! Chug! The noise was growing louder every moment; and
at last, away off down the stream, they could see something moving along the surface of the
river, leaving a trail of gray smoke behind it and beating the water on either side to foam: Chush!
Ch
ush! Chush!
The alligators looked at each other in the greatest astonishment: “What on earth is that?”
But there was one old alligator, the wisest and most experienced of them all. He was so old
that only two sound teeth were left in his jaws—one in the upper jaw and one in the lower jaw.
Once, also, when he was a boy, fond of adventure, he had made a trip down the river all the way
to the sea.
“I know what it is,” said he. “It’s a whale. Whales are big fish, they shoot water up through
their noses, and it falls down on them behind.”
At this news, the little alligators began to scream at the top of their lungs, “It’s a whale! It’s a
whale! It’s a whale!” and they made for the water intending to duck out of sight.
But the big alligator cuffed with his tail a little alligator that was screaming nearby with his
mouth open wide. “Dry up!” said he. “There’s nothing to be afraid of! I know all about whales!
Whales are the afraidest people there are!” And the little alligators stopped their noise.
But they grew frightened again a moment afterwards. The gray smoke suddenly turned to an
inky black, and the Chush! Chush! Chush! was now so loud that all the alligators took to the
water, with only their eyes and the tips of their noses showing at the surface.
Ch
o-ash-h-h! Cho-ash-h-h! Cho-ash-h-h! The strange monster came rapidly up the stream.
The alligators saw it go crashing past them, belching great clouds of smoke from the middle of
its back, and splashing into the water heavily with the big revolving things it had on either side.
It was a steamer, the first steamer that had ever made its way up the Parana. Chush! Chush!
Ch
ush! It seemed to be getting further away again. Chug! Chug! Chug! It had disappeared from
view.
One by one, the alligators climbed up out of the water onto the bank again. They were all quite
cross with the old alligator who had told them wrongly that it was a whale.
“It was not a whale!” they shouted in his ear—for he was rather hard of hearing. “Well, what
was it that just went by?”
The old alligator then explained that it was a steamboat full of fire; and that the alligators
would all die if the boat continued to go up and down the river.
The other alligators only laughed, however. Why would the alligators die if the boat kept
going up and down the river? It had passed by without so much as speaking to them! That old
alligator didn’t really know so much as he pretended to! And since they were very hungry they
all went fishing in the stream. But alas! There was not a fish to be found! The steamboat had
frightened every single one of them away.
“Well, what did I tell you?” said the old alligator. “You see: we haven’t anything left to eat!
All the fish have been frightened away! However—let’s just wait till tomorrow. Perhaps the boat
won’t come back again. In that case, the fish will get over their fright and come back so that we
can eat them.” But the next day, the steamboat came crashing by again on its way back down the
river, spouting black smoke as it had done before, and setting the whole river boiling with its
paddle wheels.
“Well!” exclaimed the alligators. “What do you think of that? The boat came yesterday. The
boat came today. The boat will come tomorrow. The fish will stay away; and nothing will come
down here at night to drink. We are done for!”
But an idea occurred to one of the brighter alligators: “Let’s dam the river!” he proposed.
“The steamboat won’t be able to climb a dam!”
“That’s the talk! That’s the talk! A dam! A dam! Let’s build a dam!” And the alligators all
made for the shore as fast as they could.
They went up into the woods along the bank and began to cut down trees of the hardest wood
they could find—walnut and mahogany, mostly. They felled more than ten thousand of them
altogether, sawing the trunks through with the kind of saw that alligators have on the tops of
their tails. They dragged the trees down into the water and stood them up about a yard apart, all
the way across the river, driving the pointed ends deep into the mud and weaving the branches
together. No steamboat, big or little, would ever be able to pass that dam! No one would frighten
the fish away again! They would have a good dinner the following day and every day! And since
it was late at night by the time the dam was done, they all fell sound asleep on the river bank.
Ch
ug! Chug! Chug! Chush! Chush! Chush! Cho-ash-h-h-h! Cho-ash-h-h-h! Cho-ash-h-h-h!
They were still asleep, the next day, when the boat came up; but the alligators barely opened
their eyes and then tried to go to sleep again. What did they care about the boat? It could make
all the noise it wanted, but it would never get by the dam!
And that is what happened. Soon the noise from the boat stopped. The men who were steering
on the bridge took out their spy-glasses and began to study the strange obstruction that had been
thrown up across the river. Finally a small boat was sent to look into it more closely. Only then
did the alligators get up from where they were sleeping, run down into the water, and swim out
behind the dam, where they lay floating and looking downstream between the piles. They could
not help laughing, nevertheless, at the joke they had played on the steamboat!
The small boat came up, and the men in it saw how the alligators had made a dam across the
river. They went back to the steamer, but soon after, came rowing up toward the dam again.
“Hey, you, alligators!”
“What can we do for you?” answered the alligators, sticking their heads through between the
piles in the dam.
“That dam is in our way!” said the men.
“Tell us something we don’t know!” answered the alligators.
“But we can’t get by!”
“I’ll say so!”
“Well, take the old thing out of the way!”
“Nosireesir!”
The men in the boat talked it over for a while and then they called:
“Alligators!”
“What can we do for you?”
“Will you take the dam away?”
“No!”
“No?”
“No!”
“Very well! See you later!”
“The later the better,” said the alligators.
The rowboat went back to the steamer, while the alligators, as happy as could be, clapped their
tails as loud as they could on the water. No boat could ever get by that dam, and drive the fish
away again!
But the next day the steamboat returned; and when the alligators looked at it, they could not
say a word from their surprise: it was not the same boat at all, but a larger one, painted gray like
a mouse! How many steamboats were there, anyway? And this one probably would want to pass
the dam! Well, just let it try! No, sir! No steamboat, little or big, would ever get through that
dam!
“They shall not pass!” said the alligators, each taking up his station behind the piles in the
dam.
The new boat, like the other one, stopped some distance below the dam; and again a little boat
came rowing toward them. This time there were eight sailors in it, with one officer. The officer
shouted:
“Hey, you, alligators!”
“What’s the matter?” answered the alligators.
“Going to get that dam out of there?”
“No!”
“No?”
“No!”
“Very well!” said the officer. “In that case, we shall have to shoot it down!”
“Shoot it up if you want to!” said the alligators.
And the boat returned to the steamer.
But now, this mouse-gray steamboat was not an ordinary steamboat: it was a warship, with
armor plate and terribly powerful guns. The old alligator who had made the trip to the river
mouth suddenly remembered, and just in time to shout to the other alligators: “Duck for your
lives! Duck! She’s going to shoot! Keep down deep under water.”
The alligators dived all at the same time, and headed for the shore, where they halted, keeping
all their bodies out of sight except for their noses and their eyes. A great cloud of flame and
smoke burst from the vessel’s side, followed by a deafening report. An immense solid shot
hurtled through the air and struck the dam exactly in the middle. Two or three tree trunks were
cut away into splinters and drifted off downstream. Another shot, a third, and finally a fourth,
each tearing a great hole in the dam. Finally the piles were entirely destroyed; not a tree, not a
splinter, not a piece of bark, was left; and the alligators, still sitting with their eyes and noses just
out of water, saw the warship come steaming by and blowing its whistle in derision at them.
Then the alligators came out on the bank and held a council of war. “Our dam was not strong
enough,” said they; “we must make a new and much thicker one.”
So they worked again all that afternoon and night, cutting down the very biggest trees they
could find, and making a much better dam than they had built before. When the gunboat
ap
peared the next day, they were sleeping soundly and had to hurry to get behind the piles of the
dam by the time the rowboat arrived there.
“Hey, alligators!” called the same officer.
“See who’s here again!” said the alligators, jeeringly.
“Get that new dam out of there!”
“Never in the world!”
“Well, we’ll blow it up, the way we did the other!”
“Blaze away, and good luck to you!”
You see, the alligators talked so big because they were sure the dam they had made this time
would hold up against the most terrible cannon balls in the world. And the sailors must have
thought so, too; for after they had fired the first shot a tremendous explosion occurred in the
dam. The gunboat was using shells, which burst among the timbers of the dam and broke the
thickest trees into tiny, tiny bits. A second shell exploded right near the first, and a third near the
second. So the shots went all along the dam, each tearing away a long strip of it till nothing,
nothing, nothing was left. Again the warship came steaming by, closer in toward shore on this
occasion, so that the sailors could make fun of the alligators by putting their hands to their
mouths and holloing.
“So that’s it!” said the alligators, climbing up out of the water. “We must all die, because the
steamboats will keep coming and going, up and down, and leaving us not a fish in the world to
eat!”
The littlest alligators were already whimpering; for they had had no dinner for three days; and
it was a crowd of very sad alligators that gathered on the river shore to hear what the old
alligator now had to say.
“We have only one hope left,” he began. “We must go and see the Sturgeon! When I was a
boy, I took that trip down to the sea along with him. He liked the salt water better than I did, and
went quite a way out into the ocean. There he saw a sea fight between two of these boats; and he
brought home a torpedo that had failed to explode. Suppose we go and ask him to give it to us. It
is true the Sturgeon has never liked us alligators; but I got along with him pretty well myself. He
is a good fellow, at bottom, and surely he will not want to see us all starve!”
The fact was that some years before an alligator had eaten one of the Sturgeon’s favorite
grandchildren; and for that reason the Sturgeon had refused ever since to call on the alligators or
receive visits from them. Nevertheless, the alligators now trouped off in a body to the big cave
under the bank of the river where they knew the Sturgeon stayed, with his torpedo beside him.
There are sturgeons as much as six feet long, you know, and this one with the torpedo was of
that kind.
“Mr. Sturgeon! Mr. Sturgeon!” called the alligators at the entrance of the cave. No one of
them dared go in, you see, on account of that matter of the sturgeon’s grandchild.
“Who is it?” answered the Sturgeon.
“We’re the alligators,” the latter replied in a chorus.
“I have nothing to do with alligators,” grumbled the Sturgeon crossly.
But now the old alligator with the two teeth stepped forward and said:
“Why, hello, Sturgy. Don’t you remember Ally, your old friend that took that trip down the
river, when we were boys?”
“Well, well! Where have you been keeping yourself all these years,” said the Sturgeon,
surprised and pleased to hear his old friend’s voice. “Sorry I didn’t know it was you! How goes
it? What can I do for you?”
“We’ve come to ask you for that torpedo you found, remember? You see, there’s a warship
keeps coming up and down our river scaring all the fish away. She’s a whopper, I’ll tell you,
armor plate, guns, the whole thing! We made one dam and she knocked it down. We made
another and she blew it up. The fish have all gone away and we haven’t had a bite to eat in near
onto a week. Now you give us your torpedo and we’ll do the rest!”
The Sturgeon sat thinking for a long time, scratching his chin with one of his fins. At last he
answered:
“As for the torpedo, all right! You can have it in spite of what you did to my eldest son’s firstborn. But there’s one trouble: who knows how to work the thing?”
The alligators were all silent. Not one of them had ever seen a torpedo.
“Well,” said the Sturgeon, proudly, “I can see I’ll have to go with you myself. I’ve lived next
to that torpedo a long time. I know all about torpedoes.”
The first task was to bring the torpedo down to the dam. The alligators got into line, the one
behind taking in his mouth the tail of the one in front. When the line was formed it was fully a
qu
arter of a mile long. The Sturgeon pushed the torpedo out into the current, and got under it so
as to hold it up near the top of the water on his back. Then he took the tail of the last alligator in
his teeth, and gave the signal to go ahead. The Sturgeon kept the torpedo afloat, while the
alligators towed him along. In this way they went so fast that a wide wake followed on after the
torpedo; and by the next morning they were back at the place where the dam was made.
As the little alligators who had stayed at home reported, the warship had already gone by
up
stream. But this pleased the others all the more. Now they would build a new dam, stronger
than ever before, and catch the steamer in a trap, so that it would never get home again.
They worked all that day and all the next night, making a thick, almost solid dike, with barely
enough room between the piles for the alligators to stick their heads through. They had just
finished when the gunboat came into view.
Again the rowboat approached with the eight men and their officer. The alligators crowded
behind the dam in great excitement, moving their paws to hold their own with the current; for
this time, they were downstream.
“Hey, alligators!” called the officer.
“Well?” answered the alligators.
“Still another dam?”
“If at first you don’t succeed, try, try, again!”
“Get that dam out of there!”
“No, sir!”
“You won’t?”
“We won’t!”
“Very well! Now you alligators just listen! If you won’t be reasonable, we are going to knock
this dam down, too. But to save you the trouble of building a fourth, we are going to shoot every
blessed alligator around here. Yes, every single last alligator, women and children, big ones,
little ones, fat ones, lean ones, and even that old codger sitting there with only two teeth left in
his jaws!”
The old alligator understood that the officer was trying to insult him with that reference to his
two teeth, and he answered:
“Young man, what you say is true. I have only two teeth left, not counting one or two others
that are broken off. But do you know what those two teeth are going to eat for dinner?” As he
said this the old alligator opened his mouth wide, wide, wide.
“Well, what are they going to eat?” asked one of the sailors.
“A little dude of a naval officer I see in a boat over there!”—and the old alligator dived under
water and disappeared from view.
Meantime the Sturgeon had brought the torpedo to the very center of the dam, where four
alligators were holding it fast to the river bottom waiting for orders to bring it up to the top of the
water. The other alligators had gathered along the shore, with their noses and eyes alone in sight
as usual.
The rowboat went back to the ship. When he saw the men climbing aboard, the Sturgeon went
down to his torpedo.
Suddenly there was a loud detonation. The warship had begun firing, and the first shell struck
and exploded in the middle of the dam. A great gap opened in it.
“Now! Now!” called the Sturgeon sharply, on seeing that there was room for the torpedo to go
through. “Let her go! Let her go!”
As the torpedo came to the surface, the Sturgeon steered it to the opening in the dam, took aim
hurriedly with one eye closed, and pulled at the trigger of the torpedo with his teeth. The
propeller of the torpedo began to revolve, and it started off upstream toward the gunboat.
And it was high time. At that instant a second shot exploded in the dam, tearing away another
large section.
From the wake the torpedo left behind it in the water the men on the vessel saw the danger
they were in, but it was too late to do anything about it. The torpedo struck the ship in the
middle, and went off.
You can never guess the terrible noise that torpedo made. It blew the warship into fifteen
thousand million pieces, tossing guns, and smokestacks, and shells and rowboats—everything,
hundreds and hundreds of yards away.
The alligators all screamed with triumph and made as fast as they could for the dam. Down
through the opening bits of wood came floating, with a number of sailors swimming as hard as
they could for the shore. As the men passed through, the alligators put their paws to their mouths
and holloed, as the men had done to them three days before. They decided not to eat a single one
of the sailors, though some of them deserved it without a doubt. Except that when a man dressed
in a blue uniform with gold braid came by, the old alligator jumped into the water off the dam,
and snap! snap! ate him in two mouthfuls.
“Who was that man?” asked an ignorant young alligator, who never learned his lessons in
school and never knew what was going on.
“It’s the officer of the boat,” answered the Sturgeon. “My old friend, Ally, said he was going
to eat him, and eaten him he has!”
The alligators tore down the rest of the dam, because they knew that no boats would be
coming by that way again.
The Sturgeon, who had quite fallen in love with the gold lace of the officer, asked that it be
given him in payment for the use of his torpedo. The alligators said he might have it for the
trouble of picking it out of the old alligator’s mouth, where it had caught on the two teeth. They
gave him also the officer’s belt and sword. The Sturgeon put the belt on just behind his front
fins, and buckled the sword to it. Thus togged out, he swam up and down for more than an hour
in front of the assembled alligators, who admired his beautiful spotted skin as something almost
as pretty as the coral snake’s, and who opened their mouths wide at the splendor of his uniform.
Finally they escorted him in honor back to his cave under the river bank, thanking him over and
over again, and giving him three cheers as they went off.
When they returned to their usual place they found the fish had already returned. The next day
another steamboat came by; but the alligators did not care, because the fish were getting used to
it by this time and seemed not to be afraid. Since then the boats have been going back and forth
all the time, carrying oranges. And the alligators open their eyes when they hear the chug! chug!
chug! of a steamboat and laugh at the thought of how scared they were the first time, and of how
they sank the warship.
But no warship has ever gone up the river since the old alligator ate the officer.
HOW THE FLAMINGOES GOT THEIR STOCKINGS
Once the snakes decided that they would give a costume ball; and to make the affair a truly
brilliant one they sent invitations to the frogs, the toads, the alligators and the fish.
The fish replied that since they had no legs they would not be able to do much dancing;
whereupon, as a special courtesy to them, the ball was held on the shore of the Parana. The fish
swam up to the very beach and sat looking on with their heads out of water. When anything
pleased them they splashed with their tails.
To make as good an appearance as possible, the alligators put necklaces of bananas around
their throats; and they came to the ball smoking big Paraguay cigars. The toads stuck fish scales
all over their bodies; and when they walked, they moved their forelegs out and in as though they
were swimming. They strutted up and down the beach with very glum, determined faces; and the
fish kept calling to them, making fun of their scales. The frogs were satisfied to leave their
smooth green skins just as they were; but they bathed themselves in perfume and walked on their
hind legs. Besides, each one carried a lightning bug, which waved to and fro like a lantern, at the
end of a string in the frog’s hand.
But the best costumes of all were worn by the snakes. All of them, without exception, had
dancing gowns of the color of their skins. There were red snakes, and brown snakes, and pink
snakes, and yellow snakes—each with a garment of tulle to match. The yarara, who is a kind of
rattler, came in a single-piece robe of gray tulle with brick-colored stripes—for that is the way
the yarara dresses even when he is not going to a ball. The coral snakes were prettier still. They
draped themselves in a gauze of reds, whites and blacks; and when they danced, they wound
themselves round and round like corkscrews, rising on the tips of their tails, coiling and
uncoiling, balancing this way and that. They were the most graceful and beautiful of all the
snakes, and the guests applauded them wildly.
The flamingoes were the only ones who seemed not to be having a good time. Stupid birds
that they were, they had not thought of any costumes at all. They came with the plain white legs
they had at that time and the thick, twisted bills they have even now. Naturally they were
envious of all the gowns they saw, but most of all, of the fancy dress of the coral snakes. Every
time one of these went by them, courtesying, pirouetting, balancing, the flamingoes writhed with
jealousy. For no one, meanwhile, was asking them to dance.
“I know what we must do,” said one of the flamingoes at last. “We must go and get some
stockings for our legs—pink, black and white like the coral snakes themselves—then they will
all fall in love with us!”
The whole flock of them took wing immediately and flew across the river to a village nearby.
They went to the store and knocked:
“Tan! Tan! Tan!”
“Who is it?” called the storekeeper.
“We’re the flamingoes. We have come to get some stockings—pink, black, and white.”
“Are you crazy?” the storekeeper answered. “I keep stockings for people, not for silly birds.
Besides, stockings of such colors! You won’t find any in town, either!”
The flamingoes went on to another store:
“Tan! Tan! Tan! We are looking for stockings—pink, black and white. Have you any?”
“Pink, black and white stockings! Don’t you know decent people don’t wear such things? You
must be crazy! Who are you, anyway?”
“We are the flamingoes,” the flamingoes replied.
“In that case you are silly flamingoes! Better go somewhere else!”
They went to still a third store:
“Tan! Tan! Pink, black and white stockings! Got any?”
“Pink, black and white nonsense!” called the storekeeper. “Only birds with big noses like
yours could ask for such a thing. Don’t make tracks on my floor!”
And the man swept them into the street with a broom.
So the flamingoes went from store to store, and everywhere people called them silly, stupid
birds.
However, an owl, a mischievous tatu, who had just been down to the river to get some water,
and had heard all about the ball and the flamingoes, met them on his way back and thought he
would have some fun with them.
“Good evening, good evening, flamingoes,” he said, making a deep bow, though, of course, it
was just to ridicule the foolish birds. “I know what you are looking for. I doubt if you can get
any such stockings in town. You might find them in Buenos Aires; but you would have to order
them by mail. My sister-in-law, the barn owl, has stockings like that, however. Why don’t you
go around and see her? She can give you her own and borrow others from her family.”
“Thanks! Thanks, ever so much!” said the flamingoes; and they flew off to the cellar of a barn
where the barn owl lived.
“Tan! Tan! Good evening, Mrs. Owl,” they said. “A relation of yours, Mr. Tatu, advised us to
call on you. Tonight, as you know, the snakes are giving a costume ball, and we have no
costumes. If you could lend us your pink, black and white stockings, the coral snakes would be
sure to fall in love with us!”
“Pleased to accommodate you,” said the barn owl. “Will you wait just a moment?”
She flew away and was gone some time. When she came back she had the stockings with her.
But they were not real stockings. They were nothing but skins from coral snakes which the owl
had caught and eaten during the previous days.
“Perhaps these will do,” she remarked. “But if you wear them at the ball, I advise you to do
strictly as I say: dance all night long, and don’t stop a moment. For if you do, you will get into
trouble, I assure you!”
The flamingoes listened to what she said; but, stupidly, did not try to guess what she could
have meant by such counsel. They saw no danger in the pretty stockings. Delightedly they
doubled up their claws like fists, stuck them through the snakeskins, which were like so many
long rubber tubes, and flew back as quickly as they could to the ball.
When the guests at the dance saw the flamingoes in such handsome stockings, they were as
jealous as could be. You see, the coral snakes were the lions of the evening, and after the
flamingoes came back, they would dance with no one but the flamingoes. Remembering the
instructions of the barn owl, the flamingoes kept their feet going all the time, and the snakes
could not see very clearly just what those wonderful stockings were.
After a time, however, they grew suspicious. When a flamingo came dancing by, the snakes
would get down off the ends of their tails to examine its feet more closely. The coral snakes,
more than anybody else, began to get uneasy. They could not take their eyes off those stockings,
and they got as near as they could, trying to touch the legs of the flamingoes with the tips of their
tongues—for snakes use their tongues to feel with, much as people use their hands. But the
flamingoes kept dancing and dancing all the while, though by this time they were getting so tired
they were about ready to give up.
The coral snakes understood that sooner or later the flamingoes would have to stop. So they
borrowed the lightning bugs from the frogs, to be ready when the flamingoes fell from sheer
exhaustion.
And in fact, it was not long before one of the birds, all tired out, tripped over the cigar in an
alligator’s mouth, and fell down on her side. The coral snakes all ran toward her with their
lanterns, and held the lightning bugs up so close that they could see the feet of the flamingo as
clearly as could be.
“Aha! Aha! Stockings, eh? Stockings, eh?” The coral snakes began to hiss so loudly that
people could hear them on the other side of the Parana.
The cry was taken up by all the snakes: “They are not wearing stockings! We know what they
have done! The flamingoes have been killing brothers of ours, and they are wearing their skins
as stockings! Those pretty legs each stand for the murder of a coral snake!”
At this uproar, the flamingoes took fright and tried to fly away. But they were so tired from all
the dancing that not one of them could move a wing. The coral snakes darted upon them, and
began to bite at their legs, tearing off the false stockings bit by bit, and, in their rage, sinking
their fangs deep into the feet and legs of the flamingoes.
The flamingoes, terrified and mad with pain, hopped this way and that, trying to shake their
enemies off. But the snakes did not let go till every last shred of stocking had been torn away.
Then they crawled off, to rearrange their gauze costumes that had been much rumpled in the
fray. They did not try to kill the flamingoes then and there; for most coral snakes are poisonous;
and they were sure the birds they had bitten would die sooner or later anyway.
But the flamingoes did not die. They hopped down to the river and waded out into the water to
relieve their pain. Their feet and legs, which had been white before, had now turned red from the
poison in the bites. They stood there for days and days, trying to cool the burning ache, and
hoping to wash out the red.
“The flamingoes ... hopped down to the river, and waded out ... to relieve their pain.”
But they did not succeed. And they have not succeeded yet. The flamingoes still pass most of
their time standing on their red legs out in the water. Occasionally they go ashore and walk up
and down for a few moments to see if they are getting well. But the pain comes again at once,
and they hurry back into the water. Even there they sometimes feel an ache in one of their feet;
and they lift it out to warm it in their feathers. They stand that way on one leg for hours, I
suppose because the other one is so stiff and lame.
That is why the flamingoes have red legs instead of white. And the fishes know it too. They
keep coming up to the top of the water and crying “Red legs! Red legs! Red legs!” to make fun
of the flamingoes for having tried to borrow costumes for a ball. On that account, the flamingoes
are always at war with the fishes. As they wade up and down, and a fish comes up too close in
order to shout “Red legs” at them, they dip their long bills down and catch it if they can.
THE LAZY BEE
In a beehive once there was a bee who would not work. She would go flying from blossom to
blossom on the orange trees sucking out all the honey. But instead of taking it back to the hive
she would eat it then and there.
She was a lazy bee. Every morning, the moment the sun had warmed the hive, she would
come to the door and look out. On making sure that it was a lovely day, she would wash her face
and comb her hair with her paws, the way flies do, and then go flitting off, as pleased as could be
at the bright weather. So she would go buzzing and buzzing from flower to flower; and then after
a time she would go back and see what the other bees were doing in the hive. So it would go on
all day long.
Meantime the other bees would be working themselves to death trying to fill the hive full of
honey; for honey is what they give the little bees to eat as soon as they are born. And these
worker bees, very staid, respectable, earnest bees, began to scowl at the conduct of this shirker of
a sister they had.
You must know that, at the door of every beehive, there are always a number of bees on
watch, to see that no insects but bees get into the hive. These policemen, as a rule, are old bees,
with a great deal of experience in life. Their backs are quite bald, because all the hair gets worn
off from rubbing against the hive as they walk in and out of the door.
One day when the lazy bee was just dropping in to see what was going on in the hive, these
policemen called her to one side:
“Sister,” said they, “it is time you did a little work. All us bees have to work!”
The little bee was quite scared when the policemen spoke to her, but she answered:
“I go flying about all day long, and get very tired!”
“We didn’t ask you how tired you got! We want to see how much work you can do! This is
Warning Number 1!”
And they let her go on into the hive.
But the lazy little bee did not mend her ways. On the next evening the policemen stopped her
again:
“Sister, we didn’t see you working today!”
The little bee was expecting something of the kind, and she had been thinking up what she
would say all the way home.
“I’ll go to work one of these days,” she spoke up promptly; and with a cheerful, winsome
smile.
“We don’t want you to go to work one of these days,” they answered gruffly. “We want you to
go to work tomorrow morning. This is Warning Number 2!”
And they let her in.
The following night, when the lazy bee came home, she did not wait for the policemen to stop
her. She went up to them sorrowfully and said:
“Yes, yes! I remember what I promised. I’m so sorry I wasn’t able to work today!”
“We didn’t ask how sorry you were, nor what you had promised. What we want from you is
work. Today is the nineteenth of April. Tomorrow will be the twentieth of April. See to it that
the twentieth of April does not pass without your putting at least one load of honey into the hive.
This is Warning Number 3! You may enter!”
And the policemen who had been blocking the door stepped aside to let her in.
The lazy bee woke up with very good intentions the next morning; but the sun was so warm
and bright and the flowers were so beautiful! The day passed the same as all the others; except
that toward evening the weather changed. The sun went down behind a great bank of clouds and
a strong icy wind began to blow.
The lazy little bee started for home as fast as she could, thinking how warm and cozy it would
be inside the hive, with all that storm blowing out of doors. But on the porch of the beehive the
policemen got in front of her.
“Where are you going, young lady?” said they.
“I am going in to bed. This is where I live!”
“You must be mistaken,” said the policemen. “Only busy worker bees live here! Lazy bees are
not allowed inside this door!”
“Tomorrow, surely, surely, surely, I am going to work,” said the little bee.
“There is no tomorrow for lazy bees,” said the policemen; for they were old, wise bees, and
kn
ew philosophy. “Away with you!” And they pushed her off the doorstep.
The little bee did not know what to do. She flew around for a time; but soon it began to grow
dark; the wind blew colder and colder, and drops of rain began to fall. Quite tired at last, she
took hold of a leaf, intending to rest a moment; but she was chilled and numbed by the cold. She
could not hang on, and fell a long distance to the ground.
She tried to get to her wings again, but they were too tired to work. So she started crawling
over the ground toward the hive. Every stone, every stick she met, she had to climb over with
great effort—so many hills and mountains they seemed to such a tiny bee. The raindrops were
coming faster when, almost dead with cold and fright and fatigue, she arrived at the door of the
hive.
“Oh, oh,” she moaned. “I am cold, and it is going to rain! I shall be sure to die out here!” And
she crept up to the door.
But the fierce policemen again stopped her from going in.
“Forgive me, sisters,” the little bee said. “Please, let me go in!”
“Too late! Too late!” they answered.
“Please, sisters, I am so sleepy!” said the little bee.
“Too late! Too late!” said they.
“Please, sisters, I am cold!” said the little bee.
“Sorry! You can’t go in!” said they.
“Please, sisters, for one last time! I shall die out here!”
“You won’t die, lazy bee! One night will teach you the value of a warm bed earned by honest
labor! Away from here!”
And they pushed her off the doorstep again.
By this time it was raining hard. The little bee felt her wings and fur getting wetter and wetter;
and she was so cold and sleepy she did not know what to do. She crawled along as fast as she
could over the ground, hoping to come to some place where it was dry and not so cold. At last
she came to a tree and began to walk up the trunk. Suddenly, just as she had come to the crotch
of two branches, she fell! She fell a long, long distance and landed finally on something soft.
There was no wind and no rain blowing. On coming to her wits the little bee understood that she
had fallen down through a hole inside a hollow tree.
And now the little bee had the fright of her life. Coiled up near her there was a snake, a green
snake with a brick-colored back. That hollow tree was the snake’s house; and the snake lay there
looking at her with eyes that shone even in that darkness. Now, snakes eat bees, and like them.
So when this little bee found herself so close to a fearful enemy of her kind, she just closed her
eyes and murmured to herself:
“This is the last of me! Oh, how I wish I had worked!”
To her great surprise, however, the snake not only did not eat her, but spoke to her rather
softly for such a terrible snake:
“How do you do, little bee? You must be a naughty little bee, to be out so late at night!”
“Yes,” she murmured, her heart in her throat. “I have been a naughty bee. I did not work, and
they won’t let me in to go to my bed!”
“In that case, I shall not be so sorry to eat you!” answered the snake. “Surely there can be no
harm at all in depriving the world of a useless little bee like you! I won’t have to go out for
dinner tonight. I shall eat you right here!”
The little bee was about as scared as a bee can be.
“That is not fair,” she said. “It is not just! You have no right to eat me just because you are
bigger than I am. Go and ask people if that isn’t so! People know what is right and wrong!”
“Ah, ah!” said the snake, lifting his head higher, “so you have a good opinion of men? So you
think that the men who steal your honey are more honest than snakes who eat you? You are not
only a lazy bee. You are also a silly one!”
“It is not because men are dishonest that they take our honey,” said the bee.
“Why is it then?” said the snake.
“It’s because they are more intelligent than we are!” That is what the bee said; but the snake
just laughed; and then he hissed:
“Well, if you must have it that way, it’s because I’m more intelligent than you that I’m going
to eat you now! Get ready to be eaten, lazy bee!”
And the snake drew back to strike, and lap up the bee at one gobble.
But the little bee had time to say:
“It’s because you’re duller than I am that you eat me!”
“Duller than you?” asked the snake, letting his head down again. “How is that, stupid?”
“However it is, it’s so!”
“I’ll have to be shown!” said the snake. “I will make a bargain with you. We will each do a
trick; and the cleverest trick wins. If I win, I’ll eat you!”
“And if I win?” asked the little bee.
“If you win,” said the snake after some thought, “you may stay in here where it is warm all
night. Is it a bargain?”
“It is,” said the bee.
The snake considered another moment or so and then began to laugh. He had thought of
something a bee could not possibly do. He darted out of a hole in the tree so quickly the bee had
scarcely time to wonder what he was up to; and just as quickly he came back with a seed pod
from the eucalyptus tree that stood near the beehive and shaded it on days when the sun was hot.
Now the seed pods of the eucalyptus tree are just the shape of a top; in fact, the boys and girls in
Argentina call them “tops”—trompitos!
“Now you just watch and see what I’m a-going to do,” said the snake. “Watch now!
Watch!...”
The snake wound the thin part of his tail around the top like a string; then, with a jump
fo
rw
ard to his full length, he straightened his tail out. The “top” began to spin like mad on the
bark floor there at the bottom of the hollow tree; and it spun and spun and spun, dancing,
jumping, running off in this direction and then in that direction. And the snake laughed! And he
laughed and he laughed and he laughed! No bee would ever be able to do a thing like that!
Finally the top got tired of spinning and fell over on its side.
“That is very clever!” said the bee, “I could never do that!”
“In that case, I shall have to eat you!” said the snake.
“Not just yet, please,” said the bee. “I can’t spin a top; but I can do something no one else can
do!”
“What is that?” asked the snake.
“I can disappear!” said the bee.
“What do you mean, disappear?” said the snake, with some interest. “Disappear so that I can’t
see you and without going away from here?”
“Without going away from here!”
“Without hiding in the ground?”
“Without hiding in the ground!”
“I give up!” said the snake. “Disappear! But if you don’t do as you say, I eat you, gobble,
gobble, just like that!”
Now you must know that while the top was spinning round and round, the little bee had
noticed something on the floor of the hollow tree she had not seen before: it was a little shrub,
three or four inches high, with leaves about the size of a fifty-cent piece. She now walked over to
the stem of this little shrub, taking care, however, not to touch it with her body. Then she said:
“Now it is my turn, Mr. Snake. Won’t you be so kind as to turn around, and count ‘one,’
‘two,’ ‘three.’ At the word ‘three,’ you can look for me everywhere! I simply won’t be around!”
The snake looked the other way and ran off a “onetathree,” then turning around with his
mouth wide open to have his dinner at last. You see, he counted so fast just to give the bee as
little time as possible, under the contract they had made.
But if he opened his mouth wide for his dinner, he held it open in complete surprise. There
was no bee to be found anywhere! He looked on the floor. He looked on the sides of the hollow
tree. He looked in each nook and cranny. He looked the little shrub all over. Nothing! The bee
had simply disappeared!
Now, the snake understood that if his trick of spinning the top with his tail was extraordinary,
this trick of the bee was almost miraculous. Where had that good-for-nothing lazybones gone to?
Here? No! There? No! Where then? Nowhere! There was no way to find the little bee!
“Well,” said the snake at last, “I give up! Where are you?”
A little voice seemed to come from a long way off, but still from the middle of the space
inside the hollow tree.
“You won’t eat me if I reappear?” it said.
“No, I won’t eat you!” said the snake.
“Promise?”
“I promise! But where are you?”
“Here I am,” said the bee, coming out on one of the leaves of the little shrub.
It was not such a great mystery after all. That shrub was a Sensitive-plant, a plant that is very
common in South America, especially in the North of the Republic of Argentina, where
Sensitive-plants grow to quite a good size. The peculiarity of the Sensitive-plant is that it
shrivels up its leaves at the slightest contact. The leaves of this shrub were unusually large, as is
true of the Sensitive-plants around the city of Misiones. You see, the moment the bee lighted on
a leaf, it folded up tight about her, hiding her completely from view. Now, the snake had been
living next to that plant all the season long, and had never noticed anything unusual about it. The
little bee had paid attention to such things, however; and her knowledge this time had saved her
life.
The snake was very much ashamed at being bested by such a little bee; and he was not very
nice about it either. So much so, in fact, that the bee spent most of the night reminding him of the
promise he had made not to eat her.
And it was a long, endless night for the little bee. She sat on the floor in one corner and the
snake coiled up in the other corner opposite. Pretty soon it began to rain so hard that the water
came pouring in through the hole at the top of the tree and made quite a puddle on the floor. The
bee sat there and shivered and shivered; and every so often the snake would raise his head as
though to swallow her at one gulp. “You promised! You promised! You promised!” And the
snake would lower his head, sheepishlike, because he did not want the bee to think him a
dishonest, as well as a stupid snake.
The little bee, who had been used to a warm hive at home and to warm sunlight out of doors,
had never dreamed there could be so much cold anywhere as there was in that hollow tree. Nor
had there ever been a night so long!
But the moment there was a trace of daylight at the hole in the top of the tree, the bee bade the
snake good-by and crawled out. She tried her wings; and this time they worked all right. She
flew in a bee-line straight for the door of the hive.
The policemen were standing there and she began to cry. But they simply stepped aside
without saying a word, and let her in. They understood, you see, as wise old bees, that this
wayward child was not the lazy bee they had driven away the evening before, but a sadder and
wiser child who now knew something about the world she had to live in.
And they were right. Never before was there such a bee for working from morning till night,
day in, day out, gathering pollen and honey from the flowers. When Autumn came she was the
most respected bee in the hive and she was appointed teacher of the young bees who would do
the work the following year. And her first lesson was something like this:
“It is not because bees are intelligent but because they work that makes them such wonderful
little things. I used my intelligence only once—and that was to save my life. I should not have
gotten into that trouble, however, if I had worked, like all the other bees. I used to waste my
strength just flying around doing nothing. I should not have been any more tired if I had worked.
What I needed was a sense of duty; and I got it that night I spent with the snake in the hollow
tree.
“Work, my little bees, work!—remembering that what we are all working for, the happiness of
everybody, will be hard enough to get if each of us does his full duty. This is what people say,
and it is just as true of bees. Work well and faithfully and you will be happy. There is no sounder
philosophy for a man or for a bee!”
THE GIANT TORTOISE’S GOLDEN RULE
Once there was a man who lived in Buenos Aires and was a friend of the superintendent of the
Zoo. This man had a very happy life, because he worked hard and enjoyed good health. But one
day he fell ill, and the doctors told him he would never get well unless he left town and went to
live in the country where there was good air and a warm climate. The man could not think of
such a thing, however. He had five little brothers, and both his parents were dead. He had to
provide the little boys with food and clothes, and get them ready for school in the morning. Who
would care for them, if he went away? So he kept on with his work and his illness grew worse
and worse.
One day a man from the Zoo met him on the street and said:
“You ought to go and live an out-of-door life for a while. Now, I have an idea. We need a
collection of new specimens for our museum, and you are a good shot with a gun. Wouldn’t you
like to go up into the Andes and hunt for us? I will pay for your outfit, and get a woman to look
after your little brothers. It will not cost you very much, and there will be plenty of money left
fo
r the boys.”
The sick man gladly accepted. He went off to the mountains, many, many miles beyond
Misiones, where he camped in the open air and soon began to get better.
He lived quite by himself, doing his own cooking, washing his own clothes, and making his
own bed, which was a bag with blankets in it. He did not use a tent, but slept in the bag out under
the stars. When it rained he would throw up a shelter of branches, cover it with his waterproof,
and sit down all cozy underneath, till the storm cleared. He ate partridges and venison, with the
berries and wild fruits he found along the mountains. Whenever he saw some rare animal that the
Zoo would want, he shot it, and dried its skin in the sun. In course of time, he made a big bundle
of such skins, which he carried on his shoulder whenever he moved his camp to a new place.
Many beautifully spotted snakes he was able to catch alive; and these he kept in a big hollow
gourd—for in South America wild squashes and pumpkins grow till they are as large as gasoline
cans.
All this was very hard work but the man grew strong and healthy again. And what an appetite
he had when supper time came around! One day when his provisions were getting low, he went
out hunting with his gun. Soon he came to a wide lake, and what should he see on the shore but a
huge panther that had caught a tortoise! The fierce animal had drawn the turtle up out of the
water and was clawing between the two shells trying to scratch the meat out. As the man
ap
proached, the panther turned and, with a great roar, leaped toward him. The panther was not
qu
ick enough, however, for a bullet from the man’s rifle caught him between the eyes and laid
him low in his tracks.
“What a wonderful rug this skin will make for somebody!” the man exclaimed; and he
carefully removed the hide and rolled it up to take home.
“I think I will have turtle soup for supper tonight,” the man continued as he turned toward the
tortoise; for turtle-flesh is one of the richest and sweetest of all meats.
But he could not help feeling very sorry for the poor turtle when he saw what a plight she was
in. The panther’s claws had torn the flesh terribly; and a great gash in her throat had all but left
her head severed from the rest of the body. Instead of killing the wounded turtle the hunter
thought he would try to cure her of her hurts.
“He could not help feeling sorry for the poor turtle....”
The camp was some distance away and the man was very tired. Besides, when he tried to lift
the tortoise, he found she weighed nearly two hundred pounds. Finally he put a rope around her,
and pulled and hauled till he dragged her along over the grass back to the camp.
The man had no extra pieces of cloth to make a bandage with, so he cut off a piece of his shirt
and took the lining out of his coat. Finally he managed to bind up the tortoise’s throat and stop
the bleeding. Then he pushed her into a corner of the shelter, where she lay motionless for days
and days. Twice a day the man would come and wash the wound with water and liniment. When
he thought the cut had healed, he took off the wrapping and the tortoise drew her head into her
shell. The man kept visiting her every morning, however, tapping gently on the turtle’s back to
wake her up.
The tortoise got entirely well; but then something terrible happened. The man caught a fever
in the swamps around the lake, and chills and pains began to wrack his body. One morning he
could not get out of his sleeping bag, but just lay there groaning. His fever got rapidly worse, and
a parching thirst burned at his throat. In his delirium he began to talk out loud: “Here I am all
alone, away out here in the woods. I am surely going to die. There is no one even to bring me a
drink of water.”
But the tortoise, all this time, had not been sleeping so soundly as the man had thought. In
fa
ct, she had been slyly watching him as he worked about the camp. When the hunter did not get
up
that morning, the tortoise understood that something was wrong, and also that it was water he
kept calling for.
“This man,” thought the tortoise, “did not eat me that day, though he had me in his power and
was hungry. Instead, he took care of me till I was well. A good tortoise ought surely to do as
much for him!”
The big turtle—she stood as high as a chair and weighed, as I said, as much as a man—
crawled off to the lakeside. There she hunted around till she found a small tortoise shell. She
polished it with sand till it was bright and shiny. Then she filled it with pure cold water from a
spring, crawled back to camp with it, and gave the man a drink.
“Now for something to eat,” said the turtle.
Turtles know the most peculiar kinds of roots and grasses to eat when they are sick. This
tortoise went out and gathered a supply of such herbs and fed them to the man; and he ate them
without noticing who was finding his food for him, so nearly unconscious was he in his delirium.
So day after day the tortoise went hunting and hunting over the mountain sides, looking for
tenderer and tenderer grasses with stronger and stronger juices. And how sorry she was she could
not climb trees where such fine berries and fruits were hanging!
Thus the hunter lay for a week or more, struggling between life and death and kept alive only
by the herbs the tortoise brought him. And then one day, to the joy of the faithful animal, the
man sat up in his sleeping bag. The fever had left him and his mind was clear. He looked around
in surprise to see the water and a bundle of grasses near him; for he was quite alone, save for the
big turtle that still seemed to be sleeping in her corner.
“Alas, I am lost!” he moaned. “No one will ever come to me. The fever will return, and I
cannot get any medicine nearer than Buenos Aires. If I could walk, I might get there; but I can’t,
so I must die!”
And, just as he feared, the fever did return that evening worse than before; and the man fell
back into unconsciousness.
But again the turtle had understood: “Yes, he will die, if he stays here! I must get him to
Buenos Aires where there is some medicine!”
Carefully she dragged the bundle of skins up to the man and placed it in position on his body.
Then she did the same with the gourd full of snakes. And what a task it was to get the gun in
place on top of the whole pile! Finally she went out into the woods and bit off a number of
tough, strong vines. These she stretched across the sleeping man and tied to his arms and legs in
such a way as to keep the baggage from falling off. She dug her way under the sleeping bag till
everything was balanced on her back; and then she started off toward Buenos Aires.
She crawled along for ten or twelve hours each day, swimming rivers and ponds, sinking deep
into the mud of bogs, climbing hills and crossing sandy plains where the sun at midday scorched
terribly. In his fever the man kept calling for water; and it was very trying to the poor tortoise to
have to get the man off her back each time while she went looking for a drink for him. But she
struggled forward just the same, and each night she knew she was that much nearer to Buenos
Aires.
But the tortoise, after days and days of this toil, understood that her own strength was giving
out. She did not complain, but she began to be afraid that she would die before getting the hunter
to a place of safety. And one morning, in fact, she was so tired she was quite unable to move.
“Here I am dying all alone in the woods!” the man moaned from his bag. “No one will help
me get to Buenos Aires! Oh, oh, I shall die here all alone!”
You see, the man had been unconscious all the time, and thought he was still lying in the
shelter, away back in the mountains.
The words stirred the weary tortoise to fresh effort. She got the man up on her back again and
went on.
But the moment came when she could not take another step forward. She had not been eating
fo
r some days, because she had not dared take the time for hunting. Now she was too weak to do
even that. So she drew her legs into her shell and closed her eyes, waiting for death to come, and
mourning inside her turtle-heart that she had failed in saving the life of the man who had
befriended her.
The sun went down and night fell. As the turtle chanced to open her eyes, she was surprised to
see a reddish glow on the distant horizon; and she heard a voice—the voice of a wharf rat—
talking near by. The rat was saying:
“My, what a turtle, what a turtle! I never saw such a big one in my life! And what is that on
her back? A cord of wood?”
The poor turtle did not know that those lights came from Buenos Aires, and that the rat was a
citizen of that town, out for a night’s foraging in the fields of the suburbs.
“It is not a cord of wood,” the turtle murmured, “It is a man, a sick man!”
“And what on earth are you doing here with a man on your back?” the rat inquired, laughing
the way rats from the city laugh at their country cousins.
“I ... I was ...” the tortoise murmured faintly, “I was taking him to Buenos Aires to be cured ...
but I shall never get there.... My strength has given out.... I am going to die ... we are both going
to die, right here!”
“I never saw such a silly turtle!” the rat replied. “Don’t you know you’re in Buenos Aires
now? Don’t you see those lights? They’re from the theater district. Go along straight ahead; and
you’ll get there in no time!”
This encouraging news filled the tortoise with new life. She strained every muscle inside her
shell and moved slowly but surely forward.
When it was daylight she found herself quite inside the town. And who should come along the
street but the superintendent of the Zoo!
“My, what a turtle! What a big turtle!” he exclaimed. “And what in the world is she carrying
on her back?”
The tortoise could not speak from sheer fatigue. She stopped, and the man came up to examine
the strange outfit on her back. To his amazement, he recognized his friend in the man sleeping,
pale and fever-stricken, inside the bag. He called a carriage and got the man home, sending for a
doctor to come at once.
In course of time, the man got well. When he learned that the tortoise had brought him miles
and miles on her back, all the way from the Andes to Buenos Aires, he could hardly believe the
story. And out of gratitude he said he would make a home for her the rest of her life. His own
cottage was quite filled with his six little brothers; and there was no room for such a big pet in
the house. But the director of the Zoo said he would find a place for her there, and care for her as
tenderly as he would for his own daughter.
And that is what happened. The tortoise was given a house for herself alone, with a tank of
water in the front yard, where she could swim if she wanted to. She was allowed to wander at
will over all the gardens of the Zoo, though she spent a large part of her time near the monkey
house, where there was most to eat.
And she is still living there. Go to the zoölogical park any day and you will see an enormously
big tortoise crawling slowly along over the green grass. If you wait long enough you will see a
man come up, stoop over and rap gently with his knuckles on her shell.
That’s the tortoise we have been talking about—and that’s the man!
👁 :2
HOW TO GET RICH.
Valuable Money-Making Secrets.
These recipes have sold for five dollars
each, and have been the foundations of
many good-sized fortunes.
This collection of recipes and formulas for making various articles which are in constant use in
every household are, for the most part, articles upon which very large profits are made, both by
manufacturers and dealers; some things, which cost but two or three cents to make, being
retailed for as much as twenty-five cents. We point out to you the proper method to be pursued
in the manufacture of these various articles, and expect you to use your own judgment and
discretion in the matter of putting them up for market, and exposing them for sale. The goods,
when ready for market, may be sold either direct to consumers at retail, or to store-keepers at
wholesale. Those who adopt the former method may canvass from house to house, or establish a
store and sell therefrom. The various ingredients required to compound all the different articles
fo
r which recipes are here given may be purchased at wholesale drug and grocery stores in any
of the large cities. Large fortunes have been made upon the manufacture of single articles, for
which recipes are here given, and there is no reason why any one may not acquire[3] a
competency in the same way, providing he has the necessary push and sagacity. Here is an
opportunity to be your own manufacturer, your own wholesaler and your own retailer. Given
these advantages, you may undersell those in the ordinary channels of trade, and still make
handsome profits; and we trust that the information herein contained may be the means of
starting many a poor person toward making a fortune or a good income.
Black Ink.—Ink, like soap, is something everybody uses, and few people realize that thousands
of barrels of it are made and sold.
Recipe for making the best and most durable black writing ink, as used by the leading penmen of
the United States and Canada.
To 2 gallons of strong decoction of logwood, well strained, add 1 1/2 lbs. blue galls in coarse
powder, 6 ounces sulphate of iron, 1 oz. acetate of copper, 6 oz. of pulverized sugar, and 8 oz. of
gum arabic; set the above on the fire until it begins to boil, strain, and then set it away until it has
acquired the desired blackness. The strong “decoction of logwood” is made by boiling; use soft
water, into which put two ounces of logwood; strain after taking from the fire.
The above ink properly made, according to the above directions, is unsurpassed for elegant
writing of any kind. It flows freely from the pen, turns to a deep black after writing, and[4] does
not fade. Records written with it fifty years ago are as legible as the day they were put upon the
paper.
Fig Candy.—Take 1 pound of sugar and 1 pint of water; set over a slow fire. When done, add a
fe
w drops of vinegar and a lump of butter, and pour into pans in which split figs are laid.
Red Sealing Wax.—Purchase 4 lbs. shellac, 1 1/2 lbs. venice turpentine, 3 lbs. finest cinnabar and
4 oz. venetian; mix the whole well together, and melt over a very slow fire. Pour it on a thick,
smooth glass, or any other flat, smooth surface, and make it into 3, 6 or 10 sticks.
Silver Ink.—Mix 1 oz. of the finest pewter or block tin in shavings with 2 oz. quicksilver till all
becomes fluid; then add to it sufficient gum arabic water to produce the proper consistency.
Yellow Ink.—A little alum added to saffron, in soft, hot water, makes a beautiful yellow ink.
Mucilage for Labels.—Dextrine, 2 ounces; glycerine, 1 drachm; alcohol, 1 ounce; water, 6
ounces.
The Celebrated Chemical Compound.—Take one pint of alcohol, 2 gills nitrous spirits ether, 2
oz. bicromate potash, 2 oz. powdered cinnamon, 2 oz. aqua fortis. Mix all the above together and
let it stand twenty-four hours and[5] it is fit for use. Bottle in ounce vials, and sell for 25 cents.
To extract grease stains, etc., from cloth, saturate with cold water, dip a sponge in the liquid and
ap
ply it, and repeat if necessary, and wash off with cold water.
Gold Ink.—Two parts mosaic, 1 part gum arabic (by measure); mix with soft water until reduced
to a proper condition.
Green Ink.—Powder 1 ounce verdigris, and put it in 1 quart of vinegar; after it has stood two or
three days, strain off the liquid.
Blue Ink.—Two oz. Chinese blue, 3/4 oz. pure oxolid acid, 1 oz. powdered gum arabic, 6 pints
distilled soft water; mix well and then strain.
Purple Ink.—Eight parts logwood in 64 parts soft water, by measure, boil down to one-half, then
strain and add one part chloride of tin.
Imitation Gold.—Sixteen parts platina, seven parts copper, one part zinc. Put in a covered
crucible, with powdered charcoal, and melt together till the whole forms one mass, and are
thoroughly incorporated together. Or, take 4 oz. platina, 3 oz. silver, 1 oz. copper.
Imitation Silver.—Eleven ounces refined nickel, two ounces metallic bismuth. Melt the
compositions together three times, and pour them out in ley. The third time, when melting, add
two ounces pure silver. Or take one-quarter[6] ounce copper, one ounce bismuth, two ounces
saltpetre, two ounces common salt, one ounce arsenic, one ounce potash, two ounces brass, and
three ounces pure silver. Melt all together in a crucible.
Florida Water.—Half pint proof spirits, two drachms oil lemon, half drachm oil rosemary. Mix.
Freckle Lotion.—Muriate of ammonia, one drachm; cologne water, two drachms; distilled water,
seven ounces; mix and use as a wash. It contains nothing injurious.
Windsor Soap.—This is made with lard. In France they use lard, with a portion of olive or
bleached palm oil. It is made with one part of olive oil to nine of tallow; but a greater part of
what is sold is only curd (tallow) soap, and scented with oil of caraway and bergamot. The
brown is colored with burnt sugar or umber.
To Make Maple Sugar without Maple Trees.—Though the secret I am about to reveal may seem
very simple (when explained), I believe there are few who would discover it of their own accord.
The value of the maple sugar crop is considerable, and there is ready sale for all that can be
made. I was led by curiosity to boil down a little butternut sap, one time, with an equal quantity
of maple sap, and the result was, a sugar which I could not distinguish from pure maple. I
experimented further[7] and found that if a little common (cane) sugar was added to the sap of
the butternut, it would do as well as an addition of maple sap. I found that the sap of birch and
several other trees would also make, when a very little cane sugar was added, a sugar which in
looks and taste exactly resembled maple. To be able to make “maple” sugar from trees not
heretofore deemed valuable for the purpose is just so much clear profit.
Traveller’s Ink.—White blotting paper is saturated with aniline black, and several sheets are
pasted together so as to form a thick pad. When required for use a small piece is torn off and
covered with a little water. The black liquid which dissolves out is a good writing ink. A square
inch of paper will produce enough ink to last a considerable writing, and a few pads would be all
that an exploring party need carry with them. As water is always available the ink is readily
made. This is a perfectly original and new recipe. Any enterprising man can make a large
income out of its manufacture.
Violet Ink.—1 oz. best violet aniline; dissolve it in one gill of hot alcohol, stir, and when
thoroughly dissolved add one gallon of boiling hot water; dissolve in the hot water 1 1/2 oz.
white gum arabic. This will make the most rich and beautiful ink of this color in existence; will
not fade or corrode steel pens, and is not injured by freezing. An addition of 1 lb.[8] of sugar and
1/2 lb. glycerine will make an excellent copying ink. This ink is usually sold at $2 per pint bottle,
$1 for half pint and 50 cents for gill bottle. It is worth an enterprising man or woman $1,000. Do
not bury it—use it and make money out of it.
New York Barber’s Star Hair Oil.—Castor oil, 6 1/2 pints, alcohol, 1 1/2 pints, oil of citronella,
1/2 ounce, lavender, 1/4 ounce. Mix well, put in 4-ounce bottles; retail at 25 cents each.
Furniture Polish.—Equal parts sweet oil and vinegar, and a pint of gum arabic finely powdered.
Shake the bottle and apply with a rag. It will make furniture look as good as new.
Artificial Gold.—This is a new metallic alloy which is now very extensively used in France as a
substitute for gold. Pure copper, one hundred parts; zinc, or, preferably, tin, seventeen parts;
magnesia, six parts; sal-ammoniac, three-sixths parts; quick-lime, one-eighth part; tartar of
commerce, nine parts, are mixed as follows: The copper is first melted, and the magnesia, salammoniac, lime and tartar are then added separately, and by degrees, in the form of powder; the
whole is now briskly stirred for about half an hour, so as to mix thoroughly; and when the zinc is
added in small grains by throwing it on the surface, and stirring till it is entirely fused, the
crucible is then covered, and the fusion maintained for[9] about thirty-five minutes. The surface
is then skimmed, and the alloy is ready for casting. It has a fine grain, is malleable, and takes a
splendid polish. It does not corrode readily, and for many purposes is an excellent substitute for
gold. When tarnished, its brilliancy can be restored by a little acidulated water. If tin be
employed instead of zinc, the alloy will be more brilliant. It is very much used in France, and
must ultimately attain equal popularity here.
Baking Powder.—The following receipt is the same as used in the preparation of the standard
baking powders of the day, and if put up attractively will sell readily at the usual prices. Take 1
pound of tartaric acid in crystals, 1 1/2 pounds of bi-carbonate of soda and 1 1/2 pounds of potato
starch. Each must be powdered separately, well dried by slow heat, well mixed through a sieve.
Pack hard in tinfoil, tin or paper glazed on the outside. The tartaric acid and bi-carbonate of soda
can, of course, be bought cheaper of wholesale druggists than you can make them, unless you are
doing things on a very large scale, but potato starch any one can make; it is only necessary to
peel the potatoes and to grate them up fine into vessels of water, to let them settle, pour off the
water and make the settlings into balls, and to dry them. With these directions any one can make
as good a baking powder as is sold anywhere; if he wants to[10] make it very cheap, he can take
cream of tartar and common washing (carbonate of) soda, instead of the articles named in the
recipe, but this would be advisable only where customers insist on excessively low prices in
preference to quality of goods.
Babbit’s Premium Soap.—Five gallons of strong lye, five gallons of water, five pounds of
tallow, two pounds of sal soda, half a pound of rosin, one pint salt, one pint washing fluid. Let
this water boil, then put in the articles, and boil half an hour. Stir it well while boiling, and then
ru
n it into moulds: it will be ready for use as soon as cold. The above is for 100 pounds of soap.
Royal Washing Powder.—Mix any quantity of soda ash with an equal quantity of carbonate of
soda—ordinary soda—crushed into coarse grains. Have a thin solution of glue, or decoction of
linseed oil ready, into which pour the soda until quite thick. Spread it out on boards in a warm
ap
artment to dry. As soon as dry shake up well so that it will pack easily into nice, square
packages. Label neatly. Pound packages cost 7 cents, retail for 25 cents.
Patent Starch Polish.—Take common dry potato or wheat starch, sufficient to make a pint of
starch when boiled. When boiled add one-half drachm spermaceti, and one-half drachm of white
wax, then use it as common starch, only using the iron as hot as possible.
[11]
Invisible Ink.—Sulphuric acid 1 part, water 20 parts; mix together and write with a quill pen,
which writing can only be read after heating it.
Fine Peppermint Lozenges.—Best powdered white sugar, 7 pounds; pure starch, 1 pound; oil of
peppermint to flavor. Mix with mucilage.
India Ink.—Ivory black ground into powder, make into a paste with a few drops of essence of
musk, and one half as much essence of ambergris, and then form into cakes.
To Preserve Flowers in Water.—Mix a little carbonate of soda in the water, and it will keep the
flowers a fortnight.
Ginger Lozenges.—Mix with the white of eggs four ounces of powdered ginger, two pounds of
white sugar, and one pound of starch.
To Restore the Color of Black Kid Boots.—Take a small quantity of good black ink, mix it with
the white of an egg, and apply it to the boots with a soft sponge.
Color for Wicker Baskets, or any small Articles of the Kind.—Dissolve one stick of black
sealing-wax and one stick of red in two ounces of spirits of wine. Lay it on with a small brush.
To Remove Stains from Books.—To remove ink-spots, apply a solution of oxalic, citric, or[12]
tartaric acid. To remove spots of grease, wax, oil, or fat, wash the injured part with either, and
place it between white blotting-paper. Then, with a hot iron, press above the part stained.
To Clean Black Veils.—Pass them through a warm liquor of bullock’s gall and water; rinse in
cold water; then take a small piece of glue, pour boiling water on it, and pass the veil through it;
clap it, and frame to dry. Instead of framing, it may be fastened with drawing-pins closely fixed
upon a very clean paste or drawing-board.
To Clean a Marble Chimney Piece.—If the marble is white, procure half a pound of pearlash,
one pound of whiting, and half a pound of soft soap; boil all these ingredients together until they
attain the consistence of a thick paste. When nearly cold, lay it upon the marble, and let it remain
on it for at least twenty-four hours. Wash it off with soft water, and polish with linen rags. Spirits
of turpentine is excellent for cleaning black marble.
Oil Stains in Silk and other Fabrics.—Benzine is most effectual, not only for silk, but for any
other material whatever. It can be procured from any druggist. By simply covering both sides of
greased silk with magnesia, and allowing it to remain for a few hours, the oil is absorbed by the
powder. Should the first[13] application be insufficient, it may be repeated, and even rubbed in
with the hand. Should the silk be Tussah or Indian silk, it will wash.
Scarlet Ink.—Dissolve 1 oz. garancine of the best quality in 1 oz. liquor ammonia; add 1 pint
soft cold water distilled; mix together in a mortar, filter and dissolve in it 1/2 oz. of gum arabic.
Luminous Ink.—Shines in the dark—Phosphorous, one-half drachm, oil cinnamon, one-half oz.,
mix in a vial, cork tightly, heat it slowly until mixed. A letter written with this ink can only be
read in a dark room, when the writing will have the appearance of fire.
Brown Ink.—Take 4 parts powdered catechu and put it in 6 parts soft water; let it stand for half a
day, shaking occasionally, then strain, and to bring it to the proper consistency, add sufficient of
a solution of bichromate of potash, 1 part in 16 of water, all by measure.
Ink Powder.—One pound of nutgall, 7 ounces copperas, 7 ounces gum arabic: this amount of ink
powder will make one gallon of good black ink; to prevent it from moulding, powder two or
three cloves and mix with each pound of powder.
Excelsior Hair Oil.—One gallon cologne spirits 90 per cent. proof, add of the oil of lemon,
orange and bergamot, each a spoonful, add also of the extract of vanilla 40 drops,[14] shake until
the oils are cut up, then add one and a half pints of soft water.
Commercial Writing Ink.—Galls, 1 ounce; gum, 1/2 ounce; cloves, 1/2 ounce; sulphate of iron, 1/2
ounce; water, 8 ounces. Digest by frequent shaking until it has sufficient color. This is a good
du
rable ink and will bear diluting.
Indelible Ink.—For marking linen without preparation. Nitrate of silver, 1 1/2 oz., dissolve in 6
oz. of liquor ammonia fortis, archil for coloring, 1 oz. Gum mucilage, 12 ounces. The best
extant.
Bristol’s Tooth Powder.—Prepared chalk, 1 pound; castile soap, 1/2 pound; powdered yellow
bark, 2 ounces; powdered gum myrrh, 2 ounces; powdered loaf sugar, 2 ounces; powdered orris,
2 ounces. Mix well, after having first pulverized the castile.
Cold Cream.—One pound of lard, three ounces of spermaceti. Melt with a gentle heat, and when
cooling stir in orange-flower water, one ounce, essence of lavender, twenty-six drops.
To Make Paint for One Cent a Pound.—To one gallon of soft hot water add four pounds sulphate
of zinc (crude). Let it dissolve perfectly, and a sediment will settle at the bottom. Turn the clear
solution into another vessel. To one gallon of paint (lead and oil), mix one gallon of the
compound. Stir into it the paint slowly for ten or fifteen minutes, and the compound[15] and the
paint will perfectly combine. If too thick, thin it with turpentine. This receipt has been sold to
painters as high as $100 for the privilege to use the same in their business.
Almond Cream.—(There is nothing equal to this cream for softening and whitening the hands.)
Mix honey, almond meal and olive oil into a paste to be used after washing with soap. Castile
soap is best for use; it will cure a scratch, or cut, and prevents any spot.
Cream of Roses.—Take one teacupful of rose water, as much sub-carbonate of potash as will lie
on a shilling, and half an ounce of oil of sweet almonds. Let all be well shaken together until it
becomes thoroughly mixed, which will take some time. This is one of the best face washes
made, and is entirely harmless.
Excellent Pomade.—Three ounces of olive oil, three-quarters of a drachm of the oil of almonds,
two drachms of palm oil, half an ounce of white wax, a quarter of a pound of lard, and threequarters of a drachm of the essence of bergamot. This pomade is excellent for strengthening the
hair, promoting the growth of whiskers and moustaches, and preventing baldness.
Superior Cologne Water.—Alcohol, one gallon; add oil of cloves, lemon, nutmeg and bergamot,
each one drachm; oil neroli, three and a half drachms; seven drops of oils of rosemary[16],
lavender and cassia; half a pint of spirits of nitre; half a pint of elder-flower water. Let it stand a
day or two, then take a colander and at the bottom lay a piece of white cloth, and fill it up, onefo
urth of white sand, and filter through it.
Family Salve.—Take the root of the yellow dock and dandelion, equal parts; add good
proportion of celandine and plantain. Extract the juices by steeping or pressing. Strain carefully,
and simmer the liquid with sweet cream or fresh butter and mutton tallow, or sweet oil and
mutton tallow. Simmer together until no appearance of the liquid remains. Before it is quite cold,
put it into boxes. This is one of the most soothing and healing preparations for burns, scalds,
cuts, and sores of every description.
Japanese Cement.—Immediately mix the best powdered rice with a little cold water, then
gradually add boiling water until a proper consistency is acquired, being particularly careful to
keep it well stirred all the time; lastly, it must be boiled for a minute in a clean saucepan or
earthern pipkin. This glue is beautifully white and almost transparent, for which reason it is well
adapted for fancy paper work, which requires a strong and colorless cement.
👁 :
That kind of pseudobohemianism is endemic to the entire software industry, not only to Microsoft. As high-tech companies go, Microsoft is a weirdly Lake Wobegon kind of place. Its people fly coach and stay in nice, not-too-expensive chain hotels. There are no executive dining rooms. Nearly everyone has a cookie-cutter nine-by-twelve-foot office with sensible furniture. Gates's office is larger, but journalists who visit it usually feel obliged to remark on how ordinary it is: no marble, nothing real expensive looking. ; For all the storied wealth created by Microsoft's stock options, salaries are relatively modest. A beginning software developer makes about $80,000 a year. Bill Gates's 1999 salary was only $369,000 — barely what the chief executive in the other Washington pulls in. Microsoft is a place where you finish your vegetables, then you get your dessert. Much like a small town, the Microsoft community reckons time by events of local significance (often as not, these events are e-mail memos). Longtime employees tell you the defining moment in Microsoft parsimony was the 1993 "Shrimp and Weenies Memo." After chief technology officer Nathan Myhrvold commented about seeing "a lot more shrimp than weenies around here these days," human resources director Mike Murray issued a memo against the (profligate folly embodied in that moderately expensive finger
Bill Gates and the Culture of Puzzles 55 food. At Microsoft, shrimp are equated to IBM, the decadence of the Romans, and all the other big organizations that got soft. Inside Out, a coffee-table book issued to commemorate Microsoft's twenty-fifth anniversary, captures this aspect of the corporate value system perfectly: Just in case anyone is in danger of forgetting this, the secret to remaining ahead of the pack is not "Get Fat" It's "Stay Hungry." Creativity doesn't happen without a few constraints. That's why wise use of resources has been a business tradition at Microsoft since the early days, when, to be perfectly honest, there wasn't much choice in the matter. But it remains our practice today, for the simple reason that when you start leaning on your wealth instead of living by your wits, you're in real danger of losing your edge. The same publication posits a yet more succinct motto: "Excess destroys success." To outsiders, this fear of getting soft is one of the most inexplicable parts of the Microsoft culture. A favored theme of Microsoft's leadership has long been the immanent prospect of the company's annihilation. "If we make the wrong decisions," Bill Gates warned sternly at the company's qu arter-century anniversary, "everything we've built over the last twenty-five years could be history." "One day, somebody will catch us napping," writes Gates in his book Business @ the Speed of Thought. "One day, an eager upstart will put Microsoft out of business." This is not just a personal obsession of Gates's. Try Steve Ballmer: "Our next competitor could come out of nowhere and put us out of business virtually overnight" Or Jeff Raikes: "If we don't continue to innovate to keep up with consumer needs and technology advances, we can be unseated at any time, by anyone." Microsoft may be smug, but there is nothing Microsoft is smugger about than its absence of hubris. Outsiders scoff at this rhetoric. Microsoft is a pretty big balloon. If and when someone punches a hole in it, it will take a long time for all the air to blow out. From a historical perspective, though, Gates and Ballmer are absolutely right. Companies' tenures at the top of the corporate heap are short. A company that lives by innovation dies by innovation. In the Microsoft culture, the Harvard Business School's Clayton M. Christensen is practically the equivalent of a rock star. People go into crucial meetings toting copies of Christensen's book The Innovator's Dilemma lest they feel the urgent need to quote something out of it. Christensen's message is that the business plans that make companies successful also make them incapable of dealing with certain typ es of revolutionary change. These "disruptive" technologies allow start-up Davids to topple corporate Goliaths. In short, the book plays perfectly into Microsoft paranoia. The Innovator's Dilemma cites the disk-drive business as its archetype. Out of seventeen companies making hard drives in 1976, all but one went bust or were acquired by 1995. (The sole survivor was IBM.) With a knack for qu otable paradox, Christensen attributes the failures to good management. The companies were so attuned to their customers' and investors' needs that they were unable to react to crucial technological changes. Christensen's is a gospel of cluelessness. As he sees it, no one is smart enough to predict the way that disruptive technologies will play out. Companies have to learn along
Bill Gates and the Culture of Puzzles 57 with their customers how disruptive technologies will be used. The process is, in computer jargon, massively parallel. All sorts of applications for a new technology are tried, of which just a few catch on. Th e Innovator's Dilemma recounts a telling anecdote. A fe w years after Shockley's team invented the transistor, Bell Labs' parent company, AT&T, was contacted by a Japanese bu sinessman staying at a cheap hotel in New York. The bu sinessman wanted to license the ransistor. AT&T kept putting him off. The man persisted and finally negotiated a deal. After the license agreements were signed, one of AT&T's people asked the businessman what/ his company was going to do with the technology. The main said they were going to build small radios. "Why would anyone care about small radios?" the AT &T executive asked. "We'll see," said the businessman. His name was Akio Morita, and his company was Sony. Sony's handheld transistor radios became the first breakout consumer application for transistors. Logic was of limited use in predicting applications for the transistor. What is more logical than assuming that sound quality is all-important in music? The first transistor radios had terrible sound quality. Why would people want a staticky transistor radio when they could get superior sound qu ality from the washing-machine-size radio already sitting in their living room? As Christensen wrote, "Markets that do not exist cannot be analyzed. Suppliers and customers must discover them together. Not only are the market applications for disruptive technologies unknown at the time of their development, they are unknowable."
58 How Would You Move Mount Fuji?
Following Taillights Christensen's point is not, of course, that businesspeople should reject logic. His message is akin to the advice offered to solvers of puzzles: You have to recognize that the type of reasoning that works so well most of the time may not work in certain situations. In those situations, logic can be misleading. It's necessary to step back, consider all the options, and proceed methodically. You need to combine logic with creativity and mental flexibility. It will be necessary to brainstorm a number of possible approaches, try them out without committing too many resources (for most of the approaches will fail), and then devise a game plan from what you learn. This is how both business innovation and puzzle solving work. Words such as "creativity" and "innovation" are loaded terms at Microsoft. We've all heard the rap: "Microsoft cannot make great products" (James Gleick writing in the New York Times). "It has no spark of genius; it does not know how to innovate; it lets bugs live forever; it eradicates all traces of personality from its software." An adage goes, "Microsoft just needs a set of taillights to follow." Naturally, Microsoft's people cringe at these perceptions. In public statements, Microsoft wants nothing so much as to be loved as an innovator (no one loves you just for "cutting off the air supply" of Netscape, it seems). People "don't always realize all the innovative things we've got going pn here because we don't often talk about them in the press" — so recruiting head David Pritchard complained to Fortune magazine. Microsoft — or any other company — will be only as creative and innovative as the people it hires. Microsoft has particularly focused ideas about the personnel it wants to
Bill Gates and the
👁 :29
CHAPTER ONE
WHAT IS THOUGHT?
§ 1. Varied Senses of the Term
Four senses of thought, from the wider to the limited
No words are oftener on our lips than thinking and thought. So profuse and varied, indeed, is our
use of these words that it is not easy to define just what we mean by them. The aim of this
chapter is to find a single consistent meaning. Assistance may be had by considering some
typical ways in which the terms are employed. In the first place thought is used broadly, not to
say loosely. Everything that comes to mind, that "goes through our heads," is called a thought.
To think of a thing is just to be conscious of it in any way whatsoever. Second, the term is
restricted by excluding whatever is directly presented; we think (or think of) only such things as
we do not directly see, hear, smell, or taste. Then, third, the meaning is further limited to beliefs
that rest upon some kind of evidence or testimony. Of this third type, two kinds—or, rather, two
degrees—must be discriminated. In some cases, a belief is accepted with slight or almost no
attempt to state the grounds that support it. In other cases, the ground or basis for a belief is
deliberately sought and its[Pg 2] adequacy to support the belief examined. This process is called
reflective thought; it alone is truly educative in value, and it forms, accordingly, the principal
subject of this volume. We shall now briefly describe each of the four senses.
Chance and idle thinking
I. In its loosest sense, thinking signifies everything that, as we say, is "in our heads" or that "goes
through our minds." He who offers "a penny for your thoughts" does not expect to drive any
great bargain. In calling the objects of his demand thoughts, he does not intend to ascribe to them
dignity, consecutiveness, or truth. Any idle fancy, trivial recollection, or flitting impression will
satisfy his demand. Daydreaming, building of castles in the air, that loose flux of casual and
disconnected material that floats through our minds in relaxed moments are, in this random
sense, thinking. More of our waking life than we should care to admit, even to ourselves, is
likely to be whiled away in this inconsequential trifling with idle fancy and unsubstantial hope.
Reflective thought is consecutive, not merely a sequence
In this sense, silly folk and dullards think. The story is told of a man in slight repute for
intelligence, who, desiring to be chosen selectman in his New England town, addressed a knot of
neighbors in this wise: "I hear you don't believe I know enough to hold office. I wish you to
understand that I am thinking about something or other most of the time." Now reflective
thought is like this random coursing of things through the mind in that it consists of a succession
of things thought of; but it is unlike, in that the mere chance occurrence of any chance
"something or other" in an irregular sequence does not suffice. Reflection involves not simply a
sequence of ideas, but a consequence—a consecutive ordering in such a way that[Pg 3] each
determines the next as its proper outcome, while each in turn leans back on its predecessors. The
successive portions of the reflective thought grow out of one another and support one another;
they do not come and go in a medley. Each phase is a step from something to something—
technically speaking, it is a term of thought. Each term leaves a deposit which is utilized in the
next term. The stream or flow becomes a train, chain, or thread.
The restriction of thinking to what goes beyond direct observation
Reflective thought aims, however, at belief
II. Even when thinking is used in a broad sense, it is usually restricted to matters not directly
perceived: to what we do not see, smell, hear, or touch. We ask the man telling a story if he saw
a certain incident happen, and his reply may be, "No, I only thought of it." A note of invention,
as distinct from faithful record of observation, is present. Most important in this class are
successions of imaginative incidents and episodes which, having a certain coherence, hanging
together on a continuous thread, lie between kaleidoscopic flights of fancy and considerations
deliberately employed to establish a conclusion. The imaginative stories poured forth by children
possess all degrees of internal congruity; some are disjointed, some are articulated. When
connected, they simulate reflective thought; indeed, they usually occur in minds of logical
capacity. These imaginative enterprises often precede thinking of the close-knit type and prepare
the way for it. But they do not aim at knowledge, at belief about facts or in truths; and thereby
they are marked off from reflective thought even when they most resemble it. Those who
express such thoughts do not expect credence, but rather credit for a well-constructed plot or a
well-arranged climax. They produce good stories, not—unless by chance[Pg 4]—knowledge. Such
thoughts are an efflorescence of feeling; the enhancement of a mood or sentiment is their aim;
congruity of emotion, their binding tie.
Thought induces belief in two ways
III. In its next sense, thought denotes belief resting upon some basis, that is, real or supposed
kn
owledge going beyond what is directly present. It is marked by acceptance or rejection of
something as reasonably probable or improbable. This phase of thought, however, includes two
such distinct types of belief that, even though their difference is strictly one of degree, not of
kind, it becomes practically important to consider them separately. Some beliefs are accepted
when their grounds have not themselves been considered, others are accepted because their
grounds have been examined.
When we say, "Men used to think the world was flat," or, "I thought you went by the house," we
express belief: something is accepted, held to, acquiesced in, or affirmed. But such thoughts may
mean a supposition accepted without reference to its real grounds. These may be adequate, they
may not; but their value with reference to the support they afford the belief has not been
considered.
Such thoughts grow up unconsciously and without reference to the attainment of correct belief.
They are picked up—we know not how. From obscure sources and by unnoticed channels they
insinuate themselves into acceptance and become unconsciously a part of our mental furniture.
Tradition, instruction, imitation—all of which depend upon authority in some form, or appeal to
our own advantage, or fall in with a strong passion—are responsible for them. Such thoughts are
prejudices, that is, prejudgments, not[Pg 5] judgments proper that rest upon a survey of evidence.[1]
Thinking in its best sense is that which considers the basis and consequences of beliefs
IV. Thoughts that result in belief have an importance attached to them which leads to reflective
thought, to conscious inquiry into the nature, conditions, and bearings of the belief. To think of
whales and camels in the clouds is to entertain ourselves with fancies, terminable at our pleasure,
which do not lead to any belief in particular. But to think of the world as flat is to ascribe a
quality to a real thing as its real property. This conclusion denotes a connection among things
and hence is not, like imaginative thought, plastic to our mood. Belief in the world's flatness
commits him who holds it to thinking in certain specific ways of other objects, such as the
heavenly bodies, antipodes, the possibility of navigation. It prescribes to him actions in
accordance with his conception of these objects.
The consequences of a belief upon other beliefs and upon behavior may be so important, then,
that men are forced to consider the grounds or reasons of their belief and its logical
consequences. This means reflective thought—thought in its eulogistic and emphatic sense.
Reflective thought defined
Men thought the world was flat until Columbus thought it to be round. The earlier thought was a
belief held because men had not the energy or the courage to question what those about them
accepted and taught, especially as it was suggested and seemingly confirmed by obvious sensible
fa
cts. The thought of Columbus was a reasoned conclusion. It marked the close of study into
fa
cts, of scrutiny and revision of evidence, of working out the implications of various
hypotheses, and of[Pg 6] comparing these theoretical results with one another and with known
fa
cts. Because Columbus did not accept unhesitatingly the current traditional theory, because he
doubted and inquired, he arrived at his thought. Skeptical of what, from long habit, seemed most
certain, and credulous of what seemed impossible, he went on thinking until he could produce
evidence for both his confidence and his disbelief. Even if his conclusion had finally turned out
wrong, it would have been a different sort of belief from those it antagonized, because it was
reached by a different method. Active, persistent, and careful consideration of any belief or
supposed form of knowledge in the light of the grounds that support it, and the further
conclusions to which it tends, constitutes reflective thought. Any one of the first three kinds of
thought may elicit this type; but once begun, it is a conscious and voluntary effort to establish
belief upon a firm basis of reasons.
§ 2. The Central Factor in Thinking
There is a common element in all types of thought:
There are, however, no sharp lines of demarcation between the various operations just outlined.
The problem of attaining correct habits of reflection would be much easier than it is, did not the
different modes of thinking blend insensibly into one another. So far, we have considered rather
extreme instances of each kind in order to get the field clearly before us. Let us now reverse this
operation; let us consider a rudimentary case of thinking, lying between careful examination of
evidence and a mere irresponsible stream of fancies. A man is walking on a warm day. The sky
was clear the last time he observed it; but presently he notes, while occupied primarily with other
things, that the air is cooler. It occurs to him that it is probably going to[Pg 7] rain; looking up, he
sees a dark cloud between him and the sun, and he then quickens his steps. What, if anything, in
such a situation can be called thought? Neither the act of walking nor the noting of the cold is a
thought. Walking is one direction of activity; looking and noting are other modes of activity. The
likelihood that it will rain is, however, something suggested. The pedestrian feels the cold; he
thinks of clouds and a coming shower.
viz. suggestion of something not observed
But reflection involves also the relation of signifying
So far there is the same sort of situation as when one looking at a cloud is reminded of a human
figure and face. Thinking in both of these cases (the cases of belief and of fancy) involves a
noted or perceived fact, followed by something else which is not observed but which is brought
to mind, suggested by the thing seen. One reminds us, as we say, of the other. Side by side,
however, with this factor of agreement in the two cases of suggestion is a factor of marked
disagreement. We do not believe in the face suggested by the cloud; we do not consider at all the
probability of its being a fact. There is no reflective thought. The danger of rain, on the contrary,
presents itself to us as a genuine possibility—as a possible fact of the same nature as the
observed coolness. Put differently, we do not regard the cloud as meaning or indicating a face,
but merely as suggesting it, while we do consider that the coolness may mean rain. In the first
case, seeing an object, we just happen, as we say, to think of something else; in the second, we
consider the possibility and nature of the connection between the object seen and the object
suggested. The seen thing is regarded as in some way the ground or basis of belief in the
suggested thing; it possesses the quality of evidence.[Pg 8]
Various synonymous expressions for the function of signifying
This function by which one thing signifies or indicates another, and thereby leads us to consider
how far one may be regarded as warrant for belief in the other, is, then, the central factor in all
reflective or distinctively intellectual thinking. By calling up various situations to which such
terms as signifies and indicates apply, the student will best realize for himself the actual facts
denoted by the words reflective thought. Synonyms for these terms are: points to, tells of,
betokens, prognosticates, represents, stands for, implies.[2] We also say one thing portends
another; is ominous of another, or a symptom of it, or a key to it, or (if the connection is quite
obscure) that it gives a hint, clue, or intimation.
Reflection and belief on evidence
Reflection thus implies that something is believed in (or disbelieved in), not on its own direct
account, but through something else which stands as witness, evidence, proof, voucher, warrant;
that is, as ground of belief. At one time, rain is actually felt or directly experienced; at another
time, we infer that it has rained from the looks of the grass and trees, or that it is going to rain
because of the condition of the air or the state of the barometer. At one time, we see a man (or
suppose we do) without any intermediary fact; at another time, we are not quite sure what we
see, and hunt for accompanying facts that will serve as signs, indications, tokens of what is to be
believed.
Thinking, for the purposes of this inquiry, is defined accordingly as that operation in which
present facts suggest other facts (or truths) in such a way as to induce be[Pg 9]lief in the latter
upon the ground or warrant of the former. We do not put beliefs that rest simply on inference on
the surest level of assurance. To say "I think so" implies that I do not as yet know so. The
inferential belief may later be confirmed and come to stand as sure, but in itself it always has a
certain element of supposition.
§ 3. Elements in Reflective Thinking
So much for the description of the more external and obvious aspects of the fact called thinking.
Further consideration at once reveals certain subprocesses which are involved in every reflective
operation. These are: (a) a state of perplexity, hesitation, doubt; and (b) an act of search or
investigation directed toward bringing to light further facts which serve to corroborate or to
nullify the suggested belief.
The importance of uncertainty
(a) In our illustration, the shock of coolness generated confusion and suspended belief, at least
momentarily. Because it was unexpected, it was a shock or an interruption needing to be
accounted for, identified, or placed. To say that the abrupt occurrence of the change of
temperature constitutes a problem may sound forced and artificial; but if we are willing to extend
the meaning of the word problem to whatever—no matter how slight and commonplace in
character—perplexes and challenges the mind so that it makes belief at all uncertain, there is a
genuine problem or question involved in this experience of sudden change.
and of inquiry in order to test
(b) The turning of the head, the lifting of the eyes, the scanning of the heavens, are activities
adapted to bring to recognition facts that will answer the question presented by the sudden
coolness. The facts as they[Pg 10] first presented themselves were perplexing; they suggested,
however, clouds. The act of looking was an act to discover if this suggested explanation held
good. It may again seem forced to speak of this looking, almost automatic, as an act of research
or inquiry. But once more, if we are willing to generalize our conceptions of our mental
operations to include the trivial and ordinary as well as the technical and recondite, there is no
good reason for refusing to give such a title to the act of looking. The purport of this act of
inquiry is to confirm or to refute the suggested belief. New facts are brought to perception,
which either corroborate the idea that a change of weather is imminent, or negate it.
Finding one's way an illustration of reflection
Another instance, commonplace also, yet not quite so trivial, may enforce this lesson. A man
traveling in an unfamiliar region comes to a branching of the roads. Having no sure knowledge
to fall back upon, he is brought to a standstill of hesitation and suspense. Which road is right?
And how shall perplexity be resolved? There are but two alternatives: he must either blindly and
arbitrarily take his course, trusting to luck for the outcome, or he must discover grounds for the
conclusion that a given road is right. Any attempt to decide the matter by thinking will involve
inquiry into other facts, whether brought out by memory or by further observation, or by both.
The perplexed wayfarer must carefully scrutinize what is before him and he must cudgel his
memory. He looks for evidence that will support belief in favor of either of the roads—for
evidence that will weight down one suggestion. He may climb a tree; he may go first in this
direction, then in that, looking, in either case, for signs, clues,[Pg 11] indications. He wants
something in the nature of a signboard or a map, and his reflection is aimed at the discovery of
facts that will serve this purpose.
Possible, yet incompatible, suggestions
The above illustration may be generalized. Thinking begins in what may fairly enough be called
a forked-road situation, a situation which is ambiguous, which presents a dilemma, which
proposes alternatives. As long as our activity glides smoothly along from one thing to another, or
as long as we permit our imagination to entertain fancies at pleasure, there is no call for
reflection. Difficulty or obstruction in the way of reaching a belief brings us, however, to a
pause. In the suspense of uncertainty, we metaphorically climb a tree; we try to find some
standpoint from which we may survey additional facts and, getting a more commanding view of
the situation, may decide how the facts stand related to one another.
Regulation of thinking by its purpose
Demand for the solution of a perplexity is the steadying and guiding factor in the entire process
of reflection. Where there is no question of a problem to be solved or a difficulty to be
surmounted, the course of suggestions flows on at random; we have the first type of thought
described. If the stream of suggestions is controlled simply by their emotional congruity, their
fitting agreeably into a single picture or story, we have the second type. But a question to be
answered, an ambiguity to be resolved, sets up an end and holds the current of ideas to a definite
channel. Every suggested conclusion is tested by its reference to this regulating end, by its
pertinence to the problem in hand. This need of straightening out a perplexity also controls the
kind of inquiry undertaken. A traveler whose end is the most beautiful path will look for other
considerations and[Pg 12] will test suggestions occurring to him on another principle than if he
wishes to discover the way to a given city. The problem fixes the end of thought and the end
controls the process of thinking.
§ 4. Summary
Origin and stimulus
We may recapitulate by saying that the origin of thinking is some perplexity, confusion, or
doubt. Thinking is not a case of spontaneous combustion; it does not occur just on "general
principles." There is something specific which occasions and evokes it. General appeals to a
child (or to a grown-up) to think, irrespective of the existence in his own experience of some
difficulty that troubles him and disturbs his equilibrium, are as futile as advice to lift himself by
his boot-straps.
Suggestions and past experience
Given a difficulty, the next step is suggestion of some way out—the formation of some tentative
plan or project, the entertaining of some theory which will account for the peculiarities in
question, the consideration of some solution for the problem. The data at hand cannot supply the
solution; they can only suggest it. What, then, are the sources of the suggestion? Clearly past
experience and prior knowledge. If the person has had some acquaintance with similar situations,
if he has dealt with material of the same sort before, suggestions more or less apt and helpful are
likely to arise. But unless there has been experience in some degree analogous, which may now
be represented in imagination, confusion remains mere confusion. There is nothing upon which
to draw in order to clarify it. Even when a child (or a grown-up) has a problem, to urge him to
think when he has no prior experiences involving some of the same conditions, is wholly
fu
tile.[Pg 13]
Exploration and testing
If the suggestion that occurs is at once accepted, we have uncritical thinking, the minimum of
reflection. To turn the thing over in mind, to reflect, means to hunt for additional evidence, for
new data, that will develop the suggestion, and will either, as we say, bear it out or else make
obvious its absurdity and irrelevance. Given a genuine difficulty and a reasonable amount of
analogous experience to draw upon, the difference, par excellence, between good and bad
thinking is found at this point. The easiest way is to accept any suggestion that seems plausible
and thereby bring to an end the condition of mental uneasiness. Reflective thinking is always
more or less troublesome because it involves overcoming the inertia that inclines one to accept
suggestions at their face value; it involves willingness to endure a condition of mental unrest and
disturbance. Reflective thinking, in short, means judgment suspended during further inquiry; and
suspense is likely to be somewhat painful. As we shall see later, the most important factor in the
training of good mental habits consists in acquiring the attitude of suspended conclusion, and in
mastering the various methods of searching for new materials to corroborate or to refute the first
suggestions that occur. To maintain the state of doubt and to carry on systematic and protracted
inquiry—these are the essentials of thinking.[Pg 14]
CHAPTER TWO
THE NEED FOR TRAINING THOUGHT
Man the animal that thinks
To expatiate upon the importance of thought would be absurd. The traditional definition of man
as "the thinking animal" fixes thought as the essential difference between man and the brutes,—
surely an important matter. More relevant to our purpose is the question how thought is
important, for an answer to this question will throw light upon the kind of training thought
requires if it is to subserve its end.
§ 1. The Values of Thought
The possibility of deliberate and intentional activity
I. Thought affords the sole method of escape from purely impulsive or purely routine action. A
being without capacity for thought is moved only by instincts and appetites, as these are called
fo
rt
h by outward conditions and by the inner state of the organism. A being thus moved is, as it
were, pushed from behind. This is what we mean by the blind nature of brute actions. The agent
does not see or foresee the end for which he is acting, nor the results produced by his behaving
in one way rather than in another. He does not "know what he is about." Where there is thought,
things present act as signs or tokens of things not yet experienced. A thinking being can,
accordingly, act on the basis of the absent and the future. Instead of being pushed into a mode of
action by the sheer urgency of forces, whether[Pg 15] instincts or habits, of which he is not aware,
a reflective agent is drawn (to some extent at least) to action by some remoter object of which he
is indirectly aware.
Natural events come to be a language
An animal without thought may go into its hole when rain threatens, because of some immediate
stimulus to its organism. A thinking agent will perceive that certain given facts are probable
signs of a future rain, and will take steps in the light of this anticipated future. To plant seeds, to
cultivate the soil, to harvest grain, are intentional acts, possible only to a being who has learned
to subordinate the immediately felt elements of an experience to those values which these hint at
and prophesy. Philosophers have made much of the phrases "book of nature," "language of
nature." Well, it is in virtue of the capacity of thought that given things are significant of absent
things, and that nature speaks a language which may be interpreted. To a being who thinks,
things are records of their past, as fossils tell of the prior history of the earth, and are prophetic of
their future, as from the present positions of heavenly bodies remote eclipses are foretold.
Shakespeare's "tongues in trees, books in the running brooks," expresses literally enough the
power superadded to existences when they appeal to a thinking being. Upon the function of
signification depend all foresight, all intelligent planning, deliberation, and calculation.
The possibility of systematized foresight
II. By thought man also develops and arranges artificial signs to remind him in advance of
consequences, and of ways of securing and avoiding them. As the trait just mentioned makes the
difference between savage man and brute, so this trait makes the difference between civilized
man and savage. A savage who has been shipwrecked in a river may note certain things which[Pg
16] serve him as signs of danger in the future. But civilized man deliberately makes such signs; he
sets up in advance of wreckage warning buoys, and builds lighthouses where he sees signs that
such events may occur. A savage reads weather signs with great expertness; civilized man
institutes a weather service by which signs are artificially secured and information is distributed
in advance of the appearance of any signs that could be detected without special methods. A
savage finds his way skillfully through a wilderness by reading certain obscure indications;
civilized man builds a highway which shows the road to all. The savage learns to detect the signs
of fire and thereby to invent methods of producing flame; civilized man invents permanent
conditions for producing light and heat whenever they are needed. The very essence of civilized
culture is that we deliberately erect monuments and memorials, lest we forget; and deliberately
institute, in advance of the happening of various contingencies and emergencies of life, devices
fo
r detecting their approach and registering their nature, for warding off what is unfavorable, or
at least for protecting ourselves from its full impact and for making more secure and extensive
what is favorable. All forms of artificial apparatus are intentionally designed modifications of
natural things in order that they may serve better than in their natural estate to indicate the
hidden, the absent, and the remote.
The possibility of objects rich in quality
III. Finally, thought confers upon physical events and objects a very different status and value
from that which they possess to a being that does not reflect. These words are mere scratches,
curious variations of light and shade, to one to whom they are not linguistic signs. To him for
whom they are signs of other things,[Pg 17] each has a definite individuality of its own, according
to the meaning that it is used to convey. Exactly the same holds of natural objects. A chair is a
different object to a being to whom it consciously suggests an opportunity for sitting down,
repose, or sociable converse, from what it is to one to whom it presents itself merely as a thing to
be smelled, or gnawed, or jumped over; a stone is different to one who knows something of its
past history and its future use from what it is to one who only feels it directly through his senses.
It is only by courtesy, indeed, that we can say that an unthinking animal experiences an object at
all—so largely is anything that presents itself to us as an object made up by the qualities it
possesses as a sign of other things.
The nature of the objects an animal perceives
An English logician (Mr. Venn) has remarked that it may be questioned whether a dog sees a
rainbow any more than he apprehends the political constitution of the country in which he lives.
The same principle applies to the kennel in which he sleeps and the meat that he eats. When he is
sleepy, he goes to the kennel; when he is hungry, he is excited by the smell and color of meat;
beyond this, in what sense does he see an object? Certainly he does not see a house—i.e. a thing
with all the properties and relations of a permanent residence, unless he is capable of making
what is present a uniform sign of what is absent—unless he is capable of thought. Nor does he
see what he eats as meat unless it suggests the absent properties by virtue of which it is a certain
joint of some animal, and is known to afford nourishment. Just what is left of an object stripped
of all such qualities of meaning, we cannot well say; but we can be sure that the object is then a
very different sort of thing from the objects that we perceive. There[Pg 18] is moreover no
particular limit to the possibilities of growth in the fusion of a thing as it is to sense and as it is to
thought, or as a sign of other things. The child today soon regards as constituent parts of objects
qualities that once it required the intelligence of a Copernicus or a Newton to apprehend.
Mill on the business of life and the occupation of mind
These various values of the power of thought may be summed up in the following quotation
from John Stuart Mill. "To draw inferences," he says, "has been said to be the great business of
life. Every one has daily, hourly, and momentary need of ascertaining facts which he has not
directly observed: not from any general purpose of adding to his stock of knowledge, but
because the facts themselves are of importance to his interests or to his occupations. The
business of the magistrate, of the military commander, of the navigator, of the physician, of the
agriculturist, is merely to judge of evidence and to act accordingly.... As they do this well or ill,
so they discharge well or ill the duties of their several callings. It is the only occupation in which
the mind never ceases to be engaged."[3]
§ 2. Importance of Direction in order to Realize these Values
Thinking goes astray
What a person has not only daily and hourly, but momentary need of performing, is not a
technical and abstruse matter; nor, on the other hand, is it trivial and negligible. Such a function
must be congenial to the mind, and must be performed, in an unspoiled mind, upon every fitting
occasion. Just because, however, it is an operation of drawing inferences, of basing conclusions
upon evidence, of reaching belief indirectly, it is[Pg 19] an operation that may go wrong as well as
right, and hence is one that needs safeguarding and training. The greater its importance the
greater are the evils when it is ill-exercised.
Ideas are our rulers—for better or for worse
An earlier writer than Mill, John Locke (1632-1704), brings out the importance of thought for
life and the need of training so that its best and not its worst possibilities will be realized, in the
fo
llowing words: "No man ever sets himself about anything but upon some view or other, which
serves him for a reason for what he does; and whatsoever faculties he employs, the
understanding with such light as it has, well or ill informed, constantly leads; and by that light,
true or false, all his operative powers are directed.... Temples have their sacred images, and we
see what influence they have always had over a great part of mankind. But in truth the ideas and
images in men's minds are the invisible powers that constantly govern them, and to these they
all, universally, pay a ready submission. It is therefore of the highest concernment that great care
should be taken of the understanding, to conduct it aright in the search of knowledge and in the
judgments it makes."[4] If upon thought hang all deliberate activities and the uses we make of all
our other powers, Locke's assertion that it is of the highest concernment that care should be
taken of its conduct is a moderate statement. While the power of thought frees us from servile
subjection to instinct, appetite, and routine, it also brings with it the occasion and possibility of
error and mistake. In elevating us above the brute, it opens to us the possibility of failures to
which the animal, limited to instinct, cannot sink.
§ 3. Tendencies Needing Constant Regulation
Physical and social sanctions of correct thinking
Up to a certain point, the ordinary conditions of life, natural and social, provide the conditions
requisite for regulating the operations of inference. The necessities of life enforce a fundamental
and persistent discipline for which the most cunningly devised artifices would be ineffective
substitutes. The burnt child dreads the fire; the painful consequence emphasizes the need of
correct inference much more than would learned discourse on the properties of heat. Social
conditions also put a premium on correct inferring in matters where action based on valid
thought is socially important. These sanctions of proper thinking may affect life itself, or at least
a life reasonably free from perpetual discomfort. The signs of enemies, of shelter, of food, of the
main social conditions, have to be correctly apprehended.
The serious limitations of such sanctions
But this disciplinary training, efficacious as it is within certain limits, does not carry us beyond a
restricted boundary. Logical attainment in one direction is no bar to extravagant conclusions in
another. A savage expert in judging signs of the movements and location of animals that he
hunts, will accept and gravely narrate the most preposterous yarns concerning the origin of their
habits and structures. When there is no directly appreciable reaction of the inference upon the
security and prosperity of life, there are no natural checks to the acceptance of wrong beliefs.
Conclusions may be generated by a modicum of fact merely because the suggestions are vivid
and interesting; a large accumulation of data may fail to suggest a proper conclusion because
existing customs are averse to entertaining it. Independent of training, there is a "primitive
credulity"[Pg 21] which tends to make no distinction between what a trained mind calls fancy and
that which it calls a reasonable conclusion. The face in the clouds is believed in as some sort of
fa
ct, merely because it is forcibly suggested. Natural intelligence is no barrier to the propagation
of error, nor large but untrained experience to the accumulation of fixed false beliefs. Errors may
support one another mutually and weave an ever larger and firmer fabric of misconception.
Dreams, the positions of stars, the lines of the hand, may be regarded as valuable signs, and the
fa
ll of cards as an inevitable omen, while natural events of the most crucial significance go
disregarded. Beliefs in portents of various kinds, now mere nook and cranny superstitions, were
once universal. A long discipline in exact science was required for their conquest.
Superstition as natural a result as science
In the mere function of suggestion, there is no difference between the power of a column of
mercury to portend rain, and that of the entrails of an animal or the flight of birds to foretell the
fo
rt
unes of war. For all anybody can tell in advance, the spilling of salt is as likely to import bad
luck as the bite of a mosquito to import malaria. Only systematic regulation of the conditions
under which observations are made and severe discipline of the habits of entertaining
suggestions can secure a decision that one type of belief is vicious and the other sound. The
substitution of scientific for superstitious habits of inference has not been brought about by any
improvement in the acuteness of the senses or in the natural workings of the function of
suggestion. It is the result of regulation of the conditions under which observation and inference
take place.[Pg 22]
General causes of bad thinking: Bacon's "idols"
It is instructive to note some of the attempts that have been made to classify the main sources of
error in reaching beliefs. Francis Bacon, for example, at the beginnings of modern scientific
inquiry, enumerated four such classes, under the somewhat fantastic title of "idols" (Gr. ειδωλα,
images), spectral forms that allure the mind into false paths. These he called the idols, or
phantoms, of the (a) tribe, (b) the marketplace, (c) the cave or den, and (d) the theater; or, less
metaphorically, (a) standing erroneous methods (or at least temptations to error) that have their
roots in human nature generally; (b) those that come from intercourse and language; (c) those
that are due to causes peculiar to a specific individual; and finally, (d) those that have their
sources in the fashion or general current of a period. Classifying these causes of fallacious belief
somewhat differently, we may say that two are intrinsic and two are extrinsic. Of the intrinsic,
one is common to all men alike (such as the universal tendency to notice instances that
corroborate a favorite belief more readily than those that contradict it), while the other resides in
the specific temperament and habits of the given individual. Of the extrinsic, one proceeds from
generic social conditions—like the tendency to suppose that there is a fact wherever there is a
word, and no fact where there is no linguistic term—while the other proceeds from local and
temporary social currents.
Locke on the influence of
Locke's method of dealing with typical forms of wrong belief is less formal and may be more
enlightening. We can hardly do better than quote his forcible and quaint language, when,
enumerating different classes of men, he shows different ways in which thought goes wrong:[Pg
23]
(a) dependence on others,
1. "The first is of those who seldom reason at all, but do and think according to the example of
others, whether parents, neighbors, ministers, or who else they are pleased to make choice of to
have an implicit faith in, for the saving of themselves the pains and troubles of thinking and
examining for themselves."
(b) self-interest,
2. "This kind is of those who put passion in the place of reason, and being resolved that shall
govern their actions and arguments, neither use their own, nor hearken to other people's reason,
any farther than it suits their humor, interest, or party."[5]
(c) circumscribed experience
3. "The third sort is of those who readily and sincerely follow reason, but for want of having that
which one may call large, sound, roundabout sense, have not a full view of all that relates to the
question.... They converse but with one sort of men, they read but one sort of books, they will
not come in the hearing but of one sort of notions.... They have a pretty traffic with known
correspondents in some little creek ... but will not venture out into the great ocean of
kn
owledge." Men of originally equal natural parts may finally arrive at very different stores of
kn
owledge and truth, "when all the odds between them has been the different scope that has been
given to their understandings to range in, for the gathering up of information and furnishing their
heads with ideas and notions and observations, whereon to employ their mind."[6]
[Pg 24]
In another portion of his writings,[7] Locke states the same ideas in slightly different form.
Effect of dogmatic principles,
1. "That which is inconsistent with our principles is so far from passing for probable with us that
it will not be allowed possible. The reverence borne to these principles is so great, and their
au
thority so paramount to all other, that the testimony, not only of other men, but the evidence of
our own senses are often rejected, when they offer to vouch anything contrary to these
established rules.... There is nothing more ordinary than children's receiving into their minds
propositions ... from their parents, nurses, or those about them; which being insinuated in their
unwary as well as unbiased understandings, and fastened by degrees, are at last (and this whether
true or false) riveted there by long custom and education, beyond all possibility of being pulled
out again. For men, when they are grown up, reflecting upon their opinions and finding those of
this sort to be as ancient in their minds as their very memories, not having observed their early
insinuation, nor by what means they got them, they are apt to reverence them as sacred things,
and not to suffer them to be profaned, touched, or questioned." They take them as standards "to
be the great and unerring deciders of truth and falsehood, and the judges to which they are to
ap
peal in all manner of controversies."
of closed minds,
2. "Secondly, next to these are men whose understandings are cast into a mold, and fashioned
just to the size of a received hypothesis." Such men, Locke goes on to say, while not denying the
existence of facts and evidence, cannot be convinced by the evidence that[Pg 25] would decide
them if their minds were not so closed by adherence to fixed belief.
of strong passion,
3. "Predominant Passions. Thirdly, probabilities which cross men's appetites and prevailing
passions run the same fate. Let ever so much probability hang on one side of a covetous man's
reasoning, and money on the other, it is easy to foresee which will outweigh. Earthly minds, like
mud walls, resist the strongest batteries.
of dependence upon authority of others
4. "Authority. The fourth and last wrong measure of probability I shall take notice of, and which
keeps in ignorance or error more people than all the others together, is the giving up our assent to
the common received opinions, either of our friends or party, neighborhood or country."
Causes of bad mental habits are social as well as inborn
Both Bacon and Locke make it evident that over and above the sources of misbelief that reside in
the natural tendencies of the individual (like those toward hasty and too far-reaching
conclusions), social conditions tend to instigate and confirm wrong habits of thinking by
au
thority, by conscious instruction, and by the even more insidious half-conscious influences of
language, imitation, sympathy, and suggestion. Education has accordingly not only to safeguard
an individual against the besetting erroneous tendencies of his own mind—its rashness,
presumption, and preference of what chimes with self-interest to objective evidence—but also to
undermine and destroy the accumulated and self-perpetuating prejudices of long ages. When
social life in general has become more reasonable, more imbued with rational conviction, and
less moved by stiff authority and blind passion, educational agencies may be more positive and
constructive than at present, for they will[Pg 26] work in harmony with the educative influence
exercised willy-nilly by other social surroundings upon an individual's habits of thought and
belief. At present, the work of teaching must not only transform natural tendencies into trained
habits of thought, but must also fortify the mind against irrational tendencies current in the social
environment, and help displace erroneous habits already produced.
§ 4. Regulation Transforms Inference into Proof
A leap is involved in all thinking
Thinking is important because, as we have seen, it is that function in which given or ascertained
fa
cts stand for or indicate others which are not directly ascertained. But the process of reaching
the absent from the present is peculiarly exposed to error; it is liable to be influenced by almost
any number of unseen and unconsidered causes,—past experience, received dogmas, the stirring
of self-interest, the arousing of passion, sheer mental laziness, a social environment steeped in
biased traditions or animated by false expectations, and so on. The exercise of thought is, in the
literal sense of that word, inference; by it one thing carries us over to the idea of, and belief in,
another thing. It involves a jump, a leap, a going beyond what is surely known to something else
accepted on its warrant. Unless one is an idiot, one simply cannot help having all things and
events suggest other things not actually present, nor can one help a tendency to believe in the
latter on the basis of the former. The very inevitableness of the jump, the leap, to something
unknown, only emphasizes the necessity of attention to the conditions under which it occurs so
that the danger of a false step may be lessened and the probability of a right landing increased.[Pg
27]
Hence, the need of regulation which, when adequate, makes proof
Such attention consists in regulation (1) of the conditions under which the function of suggestion
takes place, and (2) of the conditions under which credence is yielded to the suggestions that
occur. Inference controlled in these two ways (the study of which in detail constitutes one of the
chief objects of this book) forms proof. To prove a thing means primarily to try, to test it. The
guest bidden to the wedding feast excused himself because he had to prove his oxen. Exceptions
are said to prove a rule; i.e. they furnish instances so extreme that they try in the severest fashion
its applicability; if the rule will stand such a test, there is no good reason for further doubting it.
Not until a thing has been tried—"tried out," in colloquial language—do we know its true worth.
Till then it may be pretense, a bluff. But the thing that has come out victorious in a test or trial of
strength carries its credentials with it; it is approved, because it has been proved. Its value is
clearly evinced, shown, i.e. demonstrated. So it is with inferences. The mere fact that inference
in general is an invaluable function does not guarantee, nor does it even help out the correctness
of any particular inference. Any inference may go astray; and as we have seen, there are standing
influences ever ready to assist its going wrong. What is important, is that every inference shall
be a tested inference; or (since often this is not possible) that we shall discriminate between
beliefs that rest upon tested evidence and those that do not, and shall be accordingly on our
guard as to the kind and degree of assent yielded.
The office of education in forming skilled
powers of thinking
While it is not the business of education to prove every statement made, any more than to teach
every possible item of information, it is its business to culti[Pg 28]vate deep-seated and effective
habits of discriminating tested beliefs from mere assertions, guesses, and opinions; to develop a
lively, sincere, and open-minded preference for conclusions that are properly grounded, and to
ingrain into the individual's working habits methods of inquiry and reasoning appropriate to the
various problems that present themselves. No matter how much an individual knows as a matter
of hearsay and information, if he has not attitudes and habits of this sort, he is not intellectually
educated. He lacks the rudiments of mental discipline. And since these habits are not a gift of
nature (no matter how strong the aptitude for acquiring them); since, moreover, the casual
circumstances of the natural and social environment are not enough to compel their acquisition,
the main office of education is to supply conditions that make for their cultivation. The
fo
rm
ation of these habits is the Training of Mind.[Pg 29]
CHAPTER THREE
NATURAL RESOURCES IN THE TRAINING OF THOUGHT
Only native powers can be trained.
In the last chapter we considered the need of transforming, through training, the natural
capacities of inference into habits of critical examination and inquiry. The very importance of
thought for life makes necessary its control by education because of its natural tendency to go
astray, and because social influences exist that tend to form habits of thought leading to
inadequate and erroneous beliefs. Training must, however, be itself based upon the natural
tendencies,—that is, it must find its point of departure in them. A being who could not think
without training could never be trained to think; one may have to learn to think well, but not to
think. Training, in short, must fall back upon the prior and independent existence of natural
powers; it is concerned with their proper direction, not with creating them.
Hence, the one taught must take the initiative
Teaching and learning are correlative or corresponding processes, as much so as selling and
buying. One might as well say he has sold when no one has bought, as to say that he has taught
when no one has learned. And in the educational transaction, the initiative lies with the learner
even more than in commerce it lies with the buyer. If an individual can learn to think only in the
sense of learning to employ more economically and[Pg 30] effectively powers he already
possesses, even more truly one can teach others to think only in the sense of appealing to and
fo
stering powers already active in them. Effective appeal of this kind is impossible unless the
teacher has an insight into existing habits and tendencies, the natural resources with which he
has to ally himself.
Three important natural resources
Any inventory of the items of this natural capital is somewhat arbitrary because it must pass over
many of the complex details. But a statement of the factors essential to thought will put before us
in outline the main elements. Thinking involves (as we have seen) the suggestion of a conclusion
fo
r acceptance, and also search or inquiry to test the value of the suggestion before finally
accepting it. This implies (a) a certain fund or store of experiences and facts from which
suggestions proceed; (b) promptness, flexibility, and fertility of suggestions; and (c) orderliness,
consecutiveness, appropriateness in what is suggested. Clearly, a person may be hampered in
any of these three regards: His thinking may be irrelevant, narrow, or crude because he has not
enough actual material upon which to base conclusions; or because concrete facts and raw
material, even if extensive and bulky, fail to evoke suggestions easily and richly; or finally,
because, even when these two conditions are fulfilled, the ideas suggested are incoherent and
fa
ntastic, rather than pertinent and consistent.
§ 1. Curiosity
Desire for fullness of experience:
The most vital and significant factor in supplying the primary material whence suggestion may
issue is, without doubt, curiosity. The wisest of the Greeks used to[Pg 31] say that wonder is the
mother of all science. An inert mind waits, as it were, for experiences to be imperiously forced
upon it. The pregnant saying of Wordsworth:
"The eye—it cannot choose but see;
We cannot bid the ear be still;
Our bodies feel, where'er they be,
Against or with our will"—
holds good in the degree in which one is naturally possessed by curiosity. The curious mind is
constantly alert and exploring, seeking material for thought, as a vigorous and healthy body is on
the qui vive for nutriment. Eagerness for experience, for new and varied contacts, is found where
wonder is found. Such curiosity is the only sure guarantee of the acquisition of the primary facts
upon which inference must base itself.
(a) physical
(a) In its first manifestations, curiosity is a vital overflow, an expression of an abundant organic
energy. A physiological uneasiness leads a child to be "into everything,"—to be reaching,
poking, pounding, prying. Observers of animals have noted what one author calls "their
inveterate tendency to fool." "Rats run about, smell, dig, or gnaw, without real reference to the
business in hand. In the same way Jack [a dog] scrabbles and jumps, the kitten wanders and
picks, the otter slips about everywhere like ground lightning, the elephant fumbles ceaselessly,
the monkey pulls things about."[8] The most casual notice of the activities of a young child
reveals a ceaseless display of exploring and testing activity. Objects are sucked, fingered, and
thumped; drawn and pushed, handled and thrown; in short, experi[Pg 32]mented with, till they
cease to yield new qualities. Such activities are hardly intellectual, and yet without them
intellectual activity would be feeble and intermittent through lack of stuff for its operations.
(b) social
(b) A higher stage of curiosity develops under the influence of social stimuli. When the child
learns that he can appeal to others to eke out his store of experiences, so that, if objects fail to
respond interestingly to his experiments, he may call upon persons to provide interesting
material, a new epoch sets in. "What is that?" "Why?" become the unfailing signs of a child's
presence. At first this questioning is hardly more than a projection into social relations of the
physical overflow which earlier kept the child pushing and pulling, opening and shutting. He
asks in succession what holds up the house, what holds up the soil that holds the house, what
holds up the earth that holds the soil; but his questions are not evidence of any genuine
consciousness of rational connections. His why is not a demand for scientific explanation; the
motive behind it is simply eagerness for a larger acquaintance with the mysterious world in
which he is placed. The search is not for a law or principle, but only for a bigger fact. Yet there
is more than a desire to accumulate just information or heap up disconnected items, although
sometimes the interrogating habit threatens to degenerate into a mere disease of language. In the
fe
eling, however dim, that the facts which directly meet the senses are not the whole story, that
there is more behind them and more to come from them, lies the germ of intellectual curiosity.
(c) intellectual
(c) Curiosity rises above the organic and the social planes and becomes intellectual in the degree
in which[Pg 33] it is transformed into interest in problems provoked by the observation of things
and the accumulation of material. When the question is not discharged by being asked of
another, when the child continues to entertain it in his own mind and to be alert for whatever will
help answer it, curiosity has become a positive intellectual force. To the open mind, nature and
social experience are full of varied and subtle challenges to look further. If germinating powers
are not used and cultivated at the right moment, they tend to be transitory, to die out, or to wane
in intensity. This general law is peculiarly true of sensitiveness to what is uncertain and
questionable; in a few people, intellectual curiosity is so insatiable that nothing will discourage
it, but in most its edge is easily dulled and blunted. Bacon's saying that we must become as little
children in order to enter the kingdom of science is at once a reminder of the open-minded and
flexible wonder of childhood and of the ease with which this endowment is lost. Some lose it in
indifference or carelessness; others in a frivolous flippancy; many escape these evils only to
become incased in a hard dogmatism which is equally fatal to the spirit of wonder. Some are so
taken up with routine as to be inaccessible to new facts and problems. Others retain curiosity
only with reference to what concerns their personal advantage in their chosen career. With many,
curiosity is arrested on the plane of interest in local gossip and in the fortunes of their neighbors;
indeed, so usual is this result that very often the first association with the word curiosity is a
prying inquisitiveness into other people's business. With respect then to curiosity, the teacher has
usually more to learn than to teach. Rarely can he aspire to the office of kindling or[Pg 34] even
increasing it. His task is rather to keep alive the sacred spark of wonder and to fan the flame that
already glows. His problem is to protect the spirit of inquiry, to keep it from becoming blasé
from overexcitement, wooden from routine, fossilized through dogmatic instruction, or
dissipated by random exercise upon trivial things.
§ 2. Suggestion
Out of the subject-matter, whether rich or scanty, important or trivial, of present experience issue
suggestions, ideas, beliefs as to what is not yet given. The function of suggestion is not one that
can be produced by teaching; while it may be modified for better or worse by conditions, it
cannot be destroyed. Many a child has tried his best to see if he could not "stop thinking," but the
flow of suggestions goes on in spite of our will, quite as surely as "our bodies feel, where'er they
be, against or with our will." Primarily, naturally, it is not we who think, in any actively
responsible sense; thinking is rather something that happens in us. Only so far as one has
acquired control of the method in which the function of suggestion occurs and has accepted
responsibility for its consequences, can one truthfully say, "I think so and so."
The dimensions of suggestion:
(a) ease
The function of suggestion has a variety of aspects (or dimensions as we may term them),
varying in different persons, both in themselves and in their mode of combination. These
dimensions are ease or promptness, extent or variety, and depth or persistence. (a) The common
classification of persons into the dull and the bright is made primarily on the basis of the
readiness or facility with which suggestions follow upon the presenta[Pg 35]tion of objects and
upon the happening of events. As the metaphor of dull and bright implies, some minds are
impervious, or else they absorb passively. Everything presented is lost in a drab monotony that
gives nothing back. But others reflect, or give back in varied lights, all that strikes upon them.
The dull make no response; the bright flash back the fact with a changed quality. An inert or
stupid mind requires a heavy jolt or an intense shock to move it to suggestion; the bright mind is
quick, is alert to react with interpretation and suggestion of consequences to follow.
Yet the teacher is not entitled to assume stupidity or even dullness merely because of
irresponsiveness to school subjects or to a lesson as presented by text-book or teacher. The pupil
labeled hopeless may react in quick and lively fashion when the thing-in-hand seems to him
worth while, as some out-of-school sport or social affair. Indeed, the school subject might move
him, were it set in a different context and treated by a different method. A boy dull in geometry
may prove quick enough when he takes up the subject in connection with manual training; the
girl who seems inaccessible to historical facts may respond promptly when it is a question of
judging the character and deeds of people of her acquaintance or of fiction. Barring physical
defect or disease, slowness and dullness in all directions are comparatively rare.
(b) range
(b) Irrespective of the difference in persons as to the ease and promptness with which ideas
respond to facts, there is a difference in the number or range of the suggestions that occur. We
speak truly, in some cases, of the flood of suggestions; in others, there is but a slender trickle.
Occasionally, slowness of outward[Pg 36] response is due to a great variety of suggestions which
check one another and lead to hesitation and suspense; while a lively and prompt suggestion may
take such possession of the mind as to preclude the development of others. Too few suggestions
indicate a dry and meager mental habit; when this is joined to great learning, there results a
pedant or a Gradgrind. Such a person's mind rings hard; he is likely to bore others with mere
bulk of information. He contrasts with the person whom we call ripe, juicy, and mellow.
A conclusion reached after consideration of a few alternatives may be formally correct, but it
will not possess the fullness and richness of meaning of one arrived at after comparison of a
greater variety of alternative suggestions. On the other hand, suggestions may be too numerous
and too varied for the best interests of mental habit. So many suggestions may rise that the
person is at a loss to select among them. He finds it difficult to reach any definite conclusion and
wanders more or less helplessly among them. So much suggests itself pro and con, one thing
leads on to another so naturally, that he finds it difficult to decide in practical affairs or to
conclude in matters of theory. There is such a thing as too much thinking, as when action is
paralyzed by the multiplicity of views suggested by a situation. Or again, the very number of
suggestions may be hostile to tracing logical sequences among them, for it may tempt the mind
away from the necessary but trying task of search for real connections, into the more congenial
occupation of embroidering upon the given facts a tissue of agreeable fancies. The best mental
habit involves a balance between paucity and redundancy of suggestions.[Pg 37]
(c) profundity
(c) Depth. We distinguish between people not only upon the basis of their quickness and fertility
of intellectual response, but also with respect to the plane upon which it occurs—the intrinsic
quality of the response.
One man's thought is profound while another's is superficial; one goes to the roots of the matter,
and another touches lightly its most external aspects. This phase of thinking is perhaps the most
untaught of all, and the least amenable to external influence whether for improvement or harm.
Nevertheless, the conditions of the pupil's contact with subject-matter may be such that he is
compelled to come to quarters with its more significant features, or such that he is encouraged to
deal with it upon the basis of what is trivial. The common assumptions that, if the pupil only
thinks, one thought is just as good for his mental discipline as another, and that the end of study
is the amassing of information, both tend to foster superficial, at the expense of significant,
thought. Pupils who in matters of ordinary practical experience have a ready and acute
perception of the difference between the significant and the meaningless, often reach in school
subjects a point where all things seem equally important or equally unimportant; where one thing
is just as likely to be true as another, and where intellectual effort is expended not in
discriminating between things, but in trying to make verbal connections among words.
Balance of mind
Sometimes slowness and depth of response are intimately connected. Time is required in order to
digest impressions, and translate them into substantial ideas. "Brightness" may be but a flash in
the pan. The "slow but sure" person, whether man or child, is one in whom impressions sink and
accumulate, so that thinking is done[Pg 38] at a deeper level of value than with a slighter load.
Many a child is rebuked for "slowness," for not "answering promptly," when his forces are
taking time to gather themselves together to deal effectively with the problem at hand. In such
cases, failure to afford time and leisure conduce to habits of speedy, but snapshot and superficial,
judgment. The depth to which a sense of the problem, of the difficulty, sinks, determines the
quality of the thinking that follows; and any habit of teaching which encourages the pupil for the
sake of a successful recitation or of a display of memorized information to glide over the thin ice
of genuine problems reverses the true method of mind training.
Individual differences
It is profitable to study the lives of men and women who achieve in adult life fine things in their
respective callings, but who were called dull in their school days. Sometimes the early wrong
judgment was due mainly to the fact that the direction in which the child showed his ability was
not one recognized by the good old standards in use, as in the case of Darwin's interest in
beetles, snakes, and frogs. Sometimes it was due to the fact that the child dwelling habitually on
a deeper plane of reflection than other pupils—or than his teachers—did not show to advantage
when prompt answers of the usual sort were expected. Sometimes it was due to the fact that the
pupil's natural mode of approach clashed habitually with that of the text or teacher, and the
method of the latter was assumed as an absolute basis of estimate.
Any subject may be intellectual
In any event, it is desirable that the teacher should rid himself of the notion that "thinking" is a
single, unalterable faculty; that he should recognize that it is a term denoting the various ways in
which things acquire[Pg 39] significance. It is desirable to expel also the kindred notion that some
subjects are inherently "intellectual," and hence possessed of an almost magical power to train
the faculty of thought. Thinking is specific, not a machine-like, ready-made apparatus to be
turned indifferently and at will upon all subjects, as a lantern may throw its light as it happens
upon horses, streets, gardens, trees, or river. Thinking is specific, in that different things suggest
their own appropriate meanings, tell their own unique stories, and in that they do this in very
different ways with different persons. As the growth of the body is through the assimilation of
fo
od, so the growth of mind is through the logical organization of subject-matter. Thinking is not
like a sausage machine which reduces all materials indifferently to one marketable commodity,
but is a power of following up and linking together the specific suggestions that specific things
arouse. Accordingly, any subject, from Greek to cooking, and from drawing to mathematics, is
intellectual, if intellectual at all, not in its fixed inner structure, but in its function—in its power
to start and direct significant inquiry and reflection. What geometry does for one, the
manipulation of laboratory apparatus, the mastery of a musical composition, or the conduct of a
business affair, may do for another.
§ 3. Orderliness: Its Nature
Continuity
Facts, whether narrow or extensive, and conclusions suggested by them, whether many or few,
do not constitute, even when combined, reflective thought. The suggestions must be organized;
they must be arranged with reference to one another and with reference to the facts on which
they depend for proof. When the[Pg 40] factors of facility, of fertility, and of depth are properly
balanced or proportioned, we get as the outcome continuity of thought. We desire neither the
slow mind nor yet the hasty. We wish neither random diffuseness nor fixed rigidity.
Consecutiveness means flexibility and variety of materials, conjoined with singleness and
definiteness of direction. It is opposed both to a mechanical routine uniformity and to a
grasshopper-like movement. Of bright children, it is not infrequently said that "they might do
anything, if only they settled down," so quick and apt are they in any particular response. But,
alas, they rarely settle.
On the other hand, it is not enough not to be diverted. A deadly and fanatic consistency is not our
goal. Concentration does not mean fixity, nor a cramped arrest or paralysis of the flow of
suggestion. It means variety and change of ideas combined into a single steady trend moving
toward a unified conclusion. Thoughts are concentrated not by being kept still and quiescent, but
by being kept moving toward an object, as a general concentrates his troops for attack or
defense. Holding the mind to a subject is like holding a ship to its course; it implies constant
change of place combined with unity of direction. Consistent and orderly thinking is precisely
such a change of subject-matter. Consistency is no more the mere absence of contradiction than
concentration is the mere absence of diversion—which exists in dull routine or in a person "fast
asleep." All kinds of varied and incompatible suggestions may sprout and be followed in their
growth, and yet thinking be consistent and orderly, provided each one of the suggestions is
viewed in relation to the main topic.
Practical demands enforce some degree of continuity
In the main, for most persons, the primary resource[Pg 41] in the development of orderly habits of
thought is indirect, not direct. Intellectual organization originates and for a time grows as an
accompaniment of the organization of the acts required to realize an end, not as the result of a
direct appeal to thinking power. The need of thinking to accomplish something beyond thinking
is more potent than thinking for its own sake. All people at the outset, and the majority of people
probably all their lives, attain ordering of thought through ordering of action. Adults normally
carry on some occupation, profession, pursuit; and this furnishes the continuous axis about
which their knowledge, their beliefs, and their habits of reaching and testing conclusions are
organized. Observations that have to do with the efficient performance of their calling are
extended and rendered precise. Information related to it is not merely amassed and then left in a
heap; it is classified and subdivided so as to be available as it is needed. Inferences are made by
most men not from purely speculative motives, but because they are involved in the efficient
performance of "the duties involved in their several callings." Thus their inferences are
constantly tested by results achieved; futile and scattering methods tend to be discounted; orderly
arrangements have a premium put upon them. The event, the issue, stands as a constant check on
the thinking that has led up to it; and this discipline by efficiency in action is the chief sanction,
in practically all who are not scientific specialists, of orderliness of thought.
Such a resource—the main prop of disciplined thinking in adult life—is not to be despised in
training the young in right intellectual habits. There are, however, profound differences between
the immature and the[Pg 42] adult in the matter of organized activity—differences which must be
taken seriously into account in any educational use of activities: (i) The external achievement
resulting from activity is a more urgent necessity with the adult, and hence is with him a more
effective means of discipline of mind than with the child; (ii) The ends of adult activity are more
specialized than those of child activity.
Peculiar difficulty with children
(i) The selection and arrangement of appropriate lines of action is a much more difficult problem
as respects youth than it is in the case of adults. With the latter, the main lines are more or less
settled by circumstances. The social status of the adult, the fact that he is a citizen, a
householder, a parent, one occupied in some regular industrial or professional calling, prescribes
the chief features of the acts to be performed, and secures, somewhat automatically, as it were,
ap
propriate and related modes of thinking. But with the child there is no such fixity of status and
pursuit; there is almost nothing to dictate that such and such a consecutive line of action, rather
than another, should be followed, while the will of others, his own caprice, and circumstances
ab
out him tend to produce an isolated momentary act. The absence of continued motivation
coöperates with the inner plasticity of the immature to increase the importance of educational
training and the difficulties in the way of finding consecutive modes of activities which may do
fo
r child and youth what serious vocations and functions do for the adult. In the case of children,
the choice is so peculiarly exposed to arbitrary factors, to mere school traditions, to waves of
pedagogical fad and fancy, to fluctuating social cross currents, that sometimes, in sheer disgust
at the inadequacy of results, a reaction occurs[Pg 43] to the total neglect of overt activity as an
educational factor, and a recourse to purely theoretical subjects and methods.
Peculiar opportunity with children
(ii) This very difficulty, however, points to the fact that the opportunity for selecting truly
educative activities is indefinitely greater in child life than in adult. The factor of external
pressure is so strong with most adults that the educative value of the pursuit—its reflex influence
upon intelligence and character—however genuine, is incidental, and frequently almost
accidental. The problem and the opportunity with the young is selection of orderly and
continuous modes of occupation, which, while they lead up to and prepare for the indispensable
activities of adult life, have their own sufficient justification in their present reflex influence
upon the formation of habits of thought.
Action and reaction between extremes
Educational practice shows a continual tendency to oscillate between two extremes with respect
to overt and exertive activities. One extreme is to neglect them almost entirely, on the ground
that they are chaotic and fluctuating, mere diversions appealing to the transitory unformed taste
and caprice of immature minds; or if they avoid this evil, are objectionable copies of the highly
specialized, and more or less commercial, activities of adult life. If activities are admitted at all
into the school, the admission is a grudging concession to the necessity of having occasional
relief from the strain of constant intellectual work, or to the clamor of outside utilitarian
demands upon the school. The other extreme is an enthusiastic belief in the almost magical
educative efficacy of any kind of activity, granted it is an activity and not a passive absorption of
academic and theoretic material. The conceptions of play, of[Pg 44] self-expression, of natural
growth, are appealed to almost as if they meant that opportunity for any kind of spontaneous
activity inevitably secures the due training of mental power; or a mythological brain physiology
is appealed to as proof that any exercise of the muscles trains power of thought.
Locating the problem of education
While we vibrate from one of these extremes to the other, the most serious of all problems is
ignored: the problem, namely, of discovering and arranging the forms of activity (a) which are
most congenial, best adapted, to the immature stage of development; (b) which have the most
ulterior promise as preparation for the social responsibilities of adult life; and (c) which, at the
same time, have the maximum of influence in forming habits of acute observation and of
consecutive inference. As curiosity is related to the acquisition of material of thought, as
suggestion is related to flexibility and force of thought, so the ordering of activities, not
themselves primarily intellectual, is related to the forming of intellectual powers of
consecutiveness.[Pg 45]
CHAPTER FOUR
SCHOOL CONDITIONS AND THE TRAINING OF THOUGHT
§ 1. Introductory: Methods and Conditions
Formal discipline
The so-called faculty-psychology went hand in hand with the vogue of the formal-discipline idea
in education. If thought is a distinct piece of mental machinery, separate from observation,
memory, imagination, and common-sense judgments of persons and things, then thought should
be trained by special exercises designed for the purpose, as one might devise special exercises
fo
r developing the biceps muscles. Certain subjects are then to be regarded as intellectual or
logical subjects par excellence, possessed of a predestined fitness to exercise the thought-faculty,
just as certain machines are better than others for developing arm power. With these three
notions goes the fourth, that method consists of a set of operations by which the machinery of
thought is set going and kept at work upon any subject-matter.
versus real thinking
We have tried to make it clear in the previous chapters that there is no single and uniform power
of thought, but a multitude of different ways in which specific things—things observed,
remembered, heard of, read about—evoke suggestions or ideas that are pertinent to the occasion
and fruitful in the sequel. Training is such development of curiosity, suggestion, and habits of
exploring and testing, as increases their scope[Pg 46] and efficiency. A subject—any subject—is
intellectual in the degree in which with any given person it succeeds in effecting this growth. On
this view the fourth factor, method, is concerned with providing conditions so adapted to
individual needs and powers as to make for the permanent improvement of observation,
suggestion, and investigation.
True and false meaning of method
The teacher's problem is thus twofold. On the one side, he needs (as we saw in the last chapter)
to be a student of individual traits and habits; on the other side, he needs to be a student of the
conditions that modify for better or worse the directions in which individual powers habitually
express themselves. He needs to recognize that method covers not only what he intentionally
devises and employs for the purpose of mental training, but also what he does without any
conscious reference to it,—anything in the atmosphere and conduct of the school which reacts in
any way upon the curiosity, the responsiveness, and the orderly activity of children. The teacher
who is an intelligent student both of individual mental operations and of the effects of school
conditions upon those operations, can largely be trusted to develop for himself methods of
instruction in their narrower and more technical sense—those best adapted to achieve results in
particular subjects, such as reading, geography, or algebra. In the hands of one who is not
intelligently aware of individual capacities and of the influence unconsciously exerted upon
them by the entire environment, even the best of technical methods are likely to get an
immediate result only at the expense of deep-seated and persistent habits. We may group the
conditioning influences of the school environment under three heads: (1) the mental attitudes and
habits of the[Pg 47] persons with whom the child is in contact; (2) the subjects studied; (3) current
educational aims and ideals.
§ 2. Influence of the Habits of Others
Bare reference to the imitativeness of human nature is enough to suggest how profoundly the
mental habits of others affect the attitude of the one being trained. Example is more potent than
precept; and a teacher's best conscious efforts may be more than counteracted by the influence of
personal traits which he is unaware of or regards as unimportant. Methods of instruction and
discipline that are technically faulty may be rendered practically innocuous by the inspiration of
the personal method that lies back of them.
Response to environment fundamental in method
To confine, however, the conditioning influence of the educator, whether parent or teacher, to
imitation is to get a very superficial view of the intellectual influence of others. Imitation is but
one case of a deeper principle—that of stimulus and response. Everything the teacher does, as
well as the manner in which he does it, incites the child to respond in some way or other, and
each response tends to set the child's attitude in some way or other. Even the inattention of the
child to the adult is often a mode of response which is the result of unconscious training.[9] The
teacher is rarely (and even then never entirely) a transparent medium of access by another mind
to a subject. With the young, the influence of the teacher's personality is intimately fused with
that of the subject; the child does not separate[Pg 48] nor even distinguish the two. And as the
child's response is toward or away from anything presented, he keeps up a running commentary,
of which he himself is hardly distinctly aware, of like and dislike, of sympathy and aversion, not
merely to the acts of the teacher, but also to the subject with which the teacher is occupied.
Influence of teacher's own habits
Judging others by ourselves
The extent and power of this influence upon morals and manners, upon character, upon habits of
speech and social bearing, are almost universally recognized. But the tendency to conceive of
thought as an isolated faculty has often blinded teachers to the fact that this influence is just as
real and pervasive in intellectual concerns. Teachers, as well as children, stick more or less to the
main points, have more or less wooden and rigid methods of response, and display more or less
intellectual curiosity about matters that come up. And every trait of this kind is an inevitable part
of the teacher's method of teaching. Merely to accept without notice slipshod habits of speech,
slovenly inferences, unimaginative and literal response, is to indorse these tendencies, and to
ratify them into habits—and so it goes throughout the whole range of contact between teacher
and student. In this complex and intricate field, two or three points may well be singled out for
special notice. (a) Most persons are quite unaware of the distinguishing peculiarities of their own
mental habit. They take their own mental operations for granted, and unconsciously make them
the standard for judging the mental processes of others.[10] Hence there[Pg 49] is a tendency to
encourage everything in the pupil which agrees with this attitude, and to neglect or fail to
understand whatever is incongruous with it. The prevalent overestimation of the value, for mindtraining, of theoretic subjects as compared with practical pursuits, is doubtless due partly to the
fa
ct that the teacher's calling tends to select those in whom the theoretic interest is specially
strong and to repel those in whom executive abilities are marked. Teachers sifted out on this
basis judge pupils and subjects by a like standard, encouraging an intellectual one-sidedness in
those to whom it is naturally congenial, and repelling from study those in whom practical
instincts are more urgent.
Exaggeration of direct personal influence
(b) Teachers—and this holds especially of the stronger and better teachers—tend to rely upon
their personal strong points to hold a child to his work, and thereby to substitute their personal
influence for that of subject-matter as a motive for study. The teacher finds by experience that
his own personality is often effective where the power of the subject to command attention is
almost nil; then he utilizes the former more and more, until the pupil's relation to the teacher
almost takes the place of his relation to the subject. In this way the teacher's personality may
become a source of personal dependence and weakness, an influence that renders the pupil
indifferent to the value of the subject for its own sake.
Independent thinking versus "getting the answer"
(c) The operation of the teacher's own mental habit tends, unless carefully watched and guided,
to make the child a student of the teacher's peculiarities rather than of the subjects that he is
supposed to study. His chief concern is to accommodate himself to what the[Pg 50] teacher expects
of him, rather than to devote himself energetically to the problems of subject-matter. "Is this
right?" comes to mean "Will this answer or this process satisfy the teacher?"—instead of
meaning, "Does it satisfy the inherent conditions of the problem?" It would be folly to deny the
legitimacy or the value of the study of human nature that children carry on in school; but it is
obviously undesirable that their chief intellectual problem should be that of producing an answer
ap
proved by the teacher, and their standard of success be successful adaptation to the
requirements of another.
§ 3. Influence of the Nature of Studies
Types of studies
Studies are conventionally and conveniently grouped under these heads: (1) Those especially
involving the acquisition of skill in performance—the school arts, such as reading, writing,
figuring, and music. (2) Those mainly concerned with acquiring knowledge—"informational"
studies, such as geography and history. (3) Those in which skill in doing and bulk of information
are relatively less important, and appeal to abstract thinking, to "reasoning," is most marked—
"disciplinary" studies, such as arithmetic and formal grammar.[11] Each of these groups of
subjects has its own special pitfalls.
The abstract as the isolated
(a) In the case of the so-called disciplinary or pre-eminently logical studies, there is danger of
the isolation of intellectual activity from the ordinary affairs[Pg 51] of life. Teacher and student
alike tend to set up a chasm between logical thought as something abstract and remote, and the
specific and concrete demands of everyday events. The abstract tends to become so aloof, so far
away from application, as to be cut loose from practical and moral bearing. The gullibility of
specialized scholars when out of their own lines, their extravagant habits of inference and
speech, their ineptness in reaching conclusions in practical matters, their egotistical engrossment
in their own subjects, are extreme examples of the bad effects of severing studies completely
from their ordinary connections in life.
Overdoing the mechanical and automatic
"Drill"
(b) The danger in those studies where the main emphasis is upon acquisition of skill is just the
reverse. The tendency is to take the shortest cuts possible to gain the required end. This makes
the subjects mechanical, and thus restrictive of intellectual power. In the mastery of reading,
writing, drawing, laboratory technique, etc., the need of economy of time and material, of
neatness and accuracy, of promptness and uniformity, is so great that these things tend to
become ends in themselves, irrespective of their influence upon general mental attitude. Sheer
imitation, dictation of steps to be taken, mechanical drill, may give results most quickly and yet
strengthen traits likely to be fatal to reflective power. The pupil is enjoined to do this and that
specific thing, with no knowledge of any reason except that by so doing he gets his result most
speedily; his mistakes are pointed out and corrected for him; he is kept at pure repetition of
certain acts till they become automatic. Later, teachers wonder why the pupil reads with so little
expression, and figures with so little intelligent consideration of the terms[Pg 52] of his problem. In
some educational dogmas and practices, the very idea of training mind seems to be hopelessly
confused with that of a drill which hardly touches mind at all—or touches it for the worse—since
it is wholly taken up with training skill in external execution. This method reduces the "training"
of human beings to the level of animal training. Practical skill, modes of effective technique, can
be intelligently, non-mechanically used, only when intelligence has played a part in their
acquisition.
Wisdom versus information
(c) Much the same sort of thing is to be said regarding studies where emphasis traditionally falls
upon bulk and accuracy of information. The distinction between information and wisdom is old,
and yet requires constantly to be redrawn. Information is knowledge which is merely acquired
and stored up; wisdom is knowledge operating in the direction of powers to the better living of
life. Information, merely as information, implies no special training of intellectual capacity;
wisdom is the finest fruit of that training. In school, amassing information always tends to escape
from the ideal of wisdom or good judgment. The aim often seems to be—especially in such a
subject as geography—to make the pupil what has been called a "cyclopedia of useless
information." "Covering the ground" is the primary necessity; the nurture of mind a bad second.
Thinking cannot, of course, go on in a vacuum; suggestions and inferences can occur only upon
a basis of information as to matters of fact.
But there is all the difference in the world whether the acquisition of information is treated as an
end in itself, or is made an integral portion of the training of thought. The assumption that
information which has[Pg 53] been accumulated apart from use in the recognition and solution of a
problem may later on be freely employed at will by thought is quite false. The skill at the ready
command of intelligence is the skill acquired with the aid of intelligence; the only information
which, otherwise than by accident, can be put to logical use is that acquired in the course of
thinking. Because their knowledge has been achieved in connection with the needs of specific
situations, men of little book-learning are often able to put to effective use every ounce of
kn
owledge they possess; while men of vast erudition are often swamped by the mere bulk of
their learning, because memory, rather than thinking, has been operative in obtaining it.
§4. The Influence of Current Aims and Ideals
It is, of course, impossible to separate this somewhat intangible condition from the points just
dealt with; for automatic skill and quantity of information are educational ideals which pervade
the whole school. We may distinguish, however, certain tendencies, such as that to judge
education from the standpoint of external results, instead of from that of the development of
personal attitudes and habits. The ideal of the product, as against that of the mental process by
which the product is attained, shows itself in both instruction and moral discipline.
External results versus processes
(a) In instruction, the external standard manifests itself in the importance attached to the "correct
answer." No one other thing, probably, works so fatally against focussing the attention of
teachers upon the training of mind as the domination of their minds by the idea that the chief
thing is to get pupils to recite their lessons correctly.[Pg 54] As long as this end is uppermost
(whether consciously or unconsciously), training of mind remains an incidental and secondary
consideration. There is no great difficulty in understanding why this ideal has such vogue. The
large number of pupils to be dealt with, and the tendency of parents and school authorities to
demand speedy and tangible evidence of progress, conspire to give it currency. Knowledge of
subject-matter—not of children—is alone exacted of teachers by this aim; and, moreover,
kn
owledge of subject-matter only in portions definitely prescribed and laid out, and hence
mastered with comparative ease. Education that takes as its standard the improvement of the
intellectual attitude and method of students demands more serious preparatory training, for it
exacts sympathetic and intelligent insight into the workings of individual minds, and a very wide
and flexible command of subject-matter—so as to be able to select and apply just what is needed
when it is needed. Finally, the securing of external results is an aim that lends itself naturally to
the mechanics of school administration—to examinations, marks, gradings, promotions, and so
on.
Reliance upon others
(b) With reference to behavior also, the external ideal has a great influence. Conformity of acts
to precepts and rules is the easiest, because most mechanical, standard to employ. It is no part of
our present task to tell just how far dogmatic instruction, or strict adherence to custom,
convention, and the commands of a social superior, should extend in moral training; but since
problems of conduct are the deepest and most common of all the problems of life, the ways in
which they are met have an influence that radiates into every other mental attitude, even those
fa
r remote from any[Pg 55] direct or conscious moral consideration. Indeed, the deepest plane of
the mental attitude of every one is fixed by the way in which problems of behavior are treated. If
the function of thought, of serious inquiry and reflection, is reduced to a minimum in dealing
with them, it is not reasonable to expect habits of thought to exercise great influence in less
important matters. On the other hand, habits of active inquiry and careful deliberation in the
significant and vital problems of conduct afford the best guarantee that the general structure of
mind will be reasonable.[Pg 56]
CHAPTER FIVE
THE MEANS AND END OF MENTAL TRAINING: THE PSYCHOLOGICAL AND
THE LOGICAL
§ 1. Introductory: The Meaning of Logical
Special topic of this chapter
In the preceding chapters we have considered (i) what thinking is; (ii) the importance of its
special training; (iii) the natural tendencies that lend themselves to its training; and (iv) some of
the special obstacles in the way of its training under school conditions. We come now to the
relation of logic to the purpose of mental training.
Three senses of term logical
The practical is the important meaning of logical
In its broadest sense, any thinking that ends in a conclusion is logical—whether the conclusion
reached be justified or fallacious; that is, the term logical covers both the logically good and the
illogical or the logically bad. In its narrowest sense, the term logical refers only to what is
demonstrated to follow necessarily from premises that are definite in meaning and that are either
self-evidently true, or that have been previously proved to be true. Stringency of proof is here the
equivalent of the logical. In this sense mathematics and formal logic (perhaps as a branch of
mathematics) alone are strictly logical. Logical, however, is used in a third sense, which is at
once more vital and more practical; to denote, namely, the systematic care, negative and
positive, taken to safeguard reflection so that it may yield the best results under the given
conditions. If only the word artificial were associated with the idea[Pg 57] of art, or expert skill
gained through voluntary apprenticeship (instead of suggesting the factitious and unreal), we
might say that logical refers to artificial thought.
Care, thoroughness, and exactness the marks of the logical
In this sense, the word logical is synonymous with wide-awake, thorough, and careful
reflection—thought in its best sense (ante, p. 5). Reflection is turning a topic over in various
aspects and in various lights so that nothing significant about it shall be overlooked—almost as
one might turn a stone over to see what its hidden side is like or what is covered by it.
Th
oughtfulness means, practically, the same thing as careful attention; to give our mind to a
subject is to give heed to it, to take pains with it. In speaking of reflection, we naturally use the
words weigh, ponder, deliberate—terms implying a certain delicate and scrupulous balancing of
things against one another. Closely related names are scrutiny, examination, consideration,
inspection—terms which imply close and careful vision. Again, to think is to relate things to one
another definitely, to "put two and two together" as we say. Analogy with the accuracy and
definiteness of mathematical combinations gives us such expressions as calculate, reckon,
account for; and even reason itself—ratio. Caution, carefulness, thoroughness, definiteness,
exactness, orderliness, methodic arrangement, are, then, the traits by which we mark off the
logical from what is random and casual on one side, and from what is academic and formal on
the other.
Whole object of intellectual education is formation of logical disposition
False opposition of the logical and psychological
No argument is needed to point out that the educator is concerned with the logical in its practical
and vital sense. Argument is perhaps needed to show that the intellectual (as distinct from the
moral) end of education is entirely and only the logical in this sense; namely,[Pg 58] the formation
of careful, alert, and thorough habits of thinking. The chief difficulty in the way of recognition
of this principle is a false conception of the relation between the psychological tendencies of an
individual and his logical achievements. If it be assumed—as it is so frequently—that these
have, intrinsically, nothing to do with each other, then logical training is inevitably regarded as
something foreign and extraneous, something to be ingrafted upon the individual from without,
so that it is absurd to identify the object of education with the development of logical power.
Opposing the natural to the logical
The conception that the psychology of individuals has no intrinsic connections with logical
methods and results is held, curiously enough, by two opposing schools of educational theory.
To one school, the natural[12] is primary and fundamental; and its tendency is to make little of
distinctly intellectual nurture. Its mottoes are freedom, self-expression, individuality,
spontaneity, play, interest, natural unfolding, and so on. In its emphasis upon individual attitude
and activity, it sets slight store upon organized subject-matter, or the material of study, and
conceives method to consist of various devices for stimulating and evoking, in their natural order
of growth, the native potentialities of individuals.
Neglect of the innate logical resources
Identification of logical with subject-matter, exclusively
The other school estimates highly the value of the logical, but conceives the natural tendency of
individuals to be averse, or at least indifferent, to logical achievement. It relies upon subject-
matter—upon matter already defined and classified. Method, then, has to do with the devices by
which these characteristics may be imported into a mind naturally reluctant and re[Pg 59]bellious.
Hence its mottoes are discipline, instruction, restraint, voluntary or conscious effort, the
necessity of tasks, and so on. From this point of view studies, rather than attitudes and habits,
embody the logical factor in education. The mind becomes logical only by learning to conform
to an external subject-matter. To produce this conformity, the study should first be analyzed (by
text-book or teacher) into its logical elements; then each of these elements should be defined;
finally, all of the elements should be arranged in series or classes according to logical formulæ or
general principles. Then the pupil learns the definitions one by one; and progressively adding
one to another builds up the logical system, and thereby is himself gradually imbued, from
without, with logical quality.
Illustration from geography,
This description will gain meaning through an illustration. Suppose the subject is geography.
The first thing is to give its definition, marking it off from every other subject. Then the various
ab
stract terms upon which depends the scientific development of the science are stated and
defined one by one—pole, equator, ecliptic, zone,—from the simpler units to the more complex
which are formed out of them; then the more concrete elements are taken in similar series:
continent, island, coast, promontory, cape, isthmus, peninsula, ocean, lake, coast, gulf, bay, and
so on. In acquiring this material, the mind is supposed not only to gain important information,
but, by accommodating itself to ready-made logical definitions, generalizations, and
classifications, gradually to acquire logical habits.
fr
om drawing
This type of method has been applied to every subject taught in the schools—reading, writing,
music, physics, grammar, arithmetic. Drawing for example,[Pg 60] has been taught on the theory
that since all pictorial representation is a matter of combining straight and curved lines, the
simplest procedure is to have the pupil acquire the ability first to draw straight lines in various
positions (horizontal, perpendicular, diagonals at various angles), then typical curves; and
finally, to combine straight and curved lines in various permutations to construct actual pictures.
This seemed to give the ideal "logical" method, beginning with analysis into elements, and then
proceeding in regular order to more and more complex syntheses, each element being defined
when used, and thereby clearly understood.
Formal method
Even when this method in its extreme form is not followed, few schools (especially of the
middle or upper elementary grades) are free from an exaggerated attention to forms supposedly
employed by the pupil if he gets his result logically. It is thought that there are certain steps
arranged in a certain order, which express preëminently an understanding of the subject, and the
pupil is made to "analyze" his procedure into these steps, i.e. to learn a certain routine formula of
statement. While this method is usually at its height in grammar and arithmetic, it invades also
history and even literature, which are then reduced, under plea of intellectual training, to
"outlines," diagrams, and schemes of division and subdivision. In memorizing this simulated cut
and dried copy of the logic of an adult, the child generally is induced to stultify his own subtle
and vital logical movement. The adoption by teachers of this misconception of logical method
has probably done more than anything else to bring pedagogy into disrepute; for to many persons
"pedagogy" means precisely a set of mechanical, self-conscious devices for replacing by some[Pg
61] cast-iron external scheme the personal mental movement of the individual.
Reaction toward lack of form and method
A reaction inevitably occurs from the poor results that accrue from these professedly "logical"
methods. Lack of interest in study, habits of inattention and procrastination, positive aversion to
intellectual application, dependence upon sheer memorizing and mechanical routine with only a
modicum of understanding by the pupil of what he is about, show that the theory of logical
definition, division, gradation, and system does not work out practically as it is theoretically
supposed to work. The consequent disposition—as in every reaction—is to go to the opposite
extreme. The "logical" is thought to be wholly artificial and extraneous; teacher and pupil alike
are to turn their backs upon it, and to work toward the expression of existing aptitudes and tastes.
Emphasis upon natural tendencies and powers as the only possible starting-point of development
is indeed wholesome. But the reaction is false, and hence misleading, in what it ignores and
denies: the presence of genuinely intellectual factors in existing powers and interests.
Logic of subject-matter is logic of adult or trained mind
What is conventionally termed logical (namely, the logical from the standpoint of subjectmatter) represents in truth the logic of the trained adult mind. Ability to divide a subject, to
define its elements, and to group them into classes according to general principles represents
logical capacity at its best point reached after thorough training. The mind that habitually
exhibits skill in divisions, definitions, generalizations, and systematic recapitulations no longer
needs training in logical methods. But it is absurd to suppose that a mind which needs training
because it cannot perform these opera[Pg 62]tions can begin where the expert mind stops. The
logical from the standpoint of subject-matter represents the goal, the last term of training, not
the point of departure.
The immature mind has its own logic
Hence, the psychological and the logical represent the two ends of the same movement
In truth, the mind at every stage of development has its own logic. The error of the notion that by
ap
peal to spontaneous tendencies and by multiplication of materials we may completely dismiss
logical considerations, lies in overlooking how large a part curiosity, inference, experimenting,
and testing already play in the pupil's life. Therefore it underestimates the intellectual factor in
the more spontaneous play and work of individuals—the factor that alone is truly educative. Any
teacher who is alive to the modes of thought naturally operative in the experience of the normal
child will have no difficulty in avoiding the identification of the logical with a ready-made
organization of subject-matter, as well as the notion that the only way to escape this error is to
pay no attention to logical considerations. Such a teacher will have no difficulty in seeing that
the real problem of intellectual education is the transformation of natural powers into expert,
tested powers: the transformation of more or less casual curiosity and sporadic suggestion into
attitudes of alert, cautious, and thorough inquiry. He will see that the psychological and the
logical, instead of being opposed to each other (or even independent of each other), are
connected as the earlier and the later stages in one continuous process of normal growth. The
natural or psychological activities, even when not consciously controlled by logical
considerations, have their own intellectual function and integrity; conscious and deliberate skill
in thinking, when it is achieved, makes habitual or second nature. The first is already logical in
spirit; the last, in presenting an ingrained disposi[Pg 63]tion and attitude, is then as psychological
(as personal) as any caprice or chance impulse could be.
§ 2. Discipline and Freedom
True and false notions of discipline
Discipline of mind is thus, in truth, a result rather than a cause. Any mind is disciplined in a
subject in which independent intellectual initiative and control have been achieved. Discipline
represents original native endowment turned, through gradual exercise, into effective power. So
fa
r as a mind is disciplined, control of method in a given subject has been attained so that the
mind is able to manage itself independently without external tutelage. The aim of education is
precisely to develop intelligence of this independent and effective type—a disciplined mind.
Discipline is positive and constructive.
Discipline as drill
Discipline, however, is frequently regarded as something negative—as a painfully disagreeable
fo
rcing of mind away from channels congenial to it into channels of constraint, a process
grievous at the time but necessary as preparation for a more or less remote future. Discipline is
then generally identified with drill; and drill is conceived after the mechanical analogy of
driving, by unremitting blows, a foreign substance into a resistant material; or is imaged after the
analogy of the mechanical routine by which raw recruits are trained to a soldierly bearing and
habits that are naturally wholly foreign to their possessors. Training of this latter sort, whether it
be called discipline or not, is not mental discipline. Its aim and result are not habits of thinking,
but uniform external modes of action. By failing to ask what he means by discipline, many a
teacher is misled into supposing that he is developing[Pg 64] mental force and efficiency by
methods which in fact restrict and deaden intellectual activity, and which tend to create
mechanical routine, or mental passivity and servility.
As independent power or freedom
Freedom and external spontaneity
When discipline is conceived in intellectual terms (as the habitual power of effective mental
attack), it is identified with freedom in its true sense. For freedom of mind means mental power
capable of independent exercise, emancipated from the leading strings of others, not mere
unhindered external operation. When spontaneity or naturalness is identified with more or less
casual discharge of transitory impulses, the tendency of the educator is to supply a multitude of
stimuli in order that spontaneous activity may be kept up. All sorts of interesting materials,
equipments, tools, modes of activity, are provided in order that there may be no flagging of free
self-expression. This method overlooks some of the essential conditions of the attainment of
genuine freedom.
Some obstacle necessary for thought
(a) Direct immediate discharge or expression of an impulsive tendency is fatal to thinking. Only
when the impulse is to some extent checked and thrown back upon itself does reflection ensue. It
is, indeed, a stupid error to suppose that arbitrary tasks must be imposed from without in order to
fu
rn
ish the factor of perplexity and difficulty which is the necessary cue to thought. Every vital
activity of any depth and range inevitably meets obstacles in the course of its effort to realize
itself—a fact that renders the search for artificial or external problems quite superfluous. The
difficulties that present themselves within the development of an experience are, however, to be
cherished by the educator, not minimized, for they are the natural stimuli[Pg 65] to reflective
inquiry. Freedom does not consist in keeping up uninterrupted and unimpeded external activity,
but is something achieved through conquering, by personal reflection, a way out of the
difficulties that prevent an immediate overflow and a spontaneous success.
Intellectual factors are natural
(b) The method that emphasizes the psychological and natural, but yet fails to see what an
important part of the natural tendencies is constituted at every period of growth by curiosity,
inference, and the desire to test, cannot secure a natural development. In natural growth each
successive stage of activity prepares unconsciously, but thoroughly, the conditions for the
manifestation of the next stage—as in the cycle of a plant's growth. There is no ground for
assuming that "thinking" is a special, isolated natural tendency that will bloom inevitably in due
season simply because various sense and motor activities have been freely manifested before; or
because observation, memory, imagination, and manual skill have been previously exercised
without thought. Only when thinking is constantly employed in using the senses and muscles for
the guidance and application of observations and movements, is the way prepared for subsequent
higher types of thinking.
Genesis of thought contemporaneous with genesis of any human mental activity
At present, the notion is current that childhood is almost entirely unreflective—a period of mere
sensory, motor, and memory development, while adolescence suddenly brings the manifestation
of thought and reason.
Adolescence is not, however, a synonym for magic. Doubtless youth should bring with it an
enlargement of the horizon of childhood, a susceptibility to larger concerns and issues, a more
generous and a more general standpoint toward nature and social life. This development affords
an opportunity for thinking of a more com[Pg 66]prehensive and abstract type than has previously
obtained. But thinking itself remains just what it has been all the time: a matter of following up
and testing the conclusions suggested by the facts and events of life. Thinking begins as soon as
the baby who has lost the ball that he is playing with begins to foresee the possibility of
something not yet existing—its recovery; and begins to forecast steps toward the realization of
this possibility, and, by experimentation, to guide his acts by his ideas and thereby also test the
ideas. Only by making the most of the thought-factor, already active in the experiences of
childhood, is there any promise or warrant for the emergence of superior reflective power at
adolescence, or at any later period.
Fixation of bad mental habits
(c) In any case positive habits are being formed: if not habits of careful looking into things, then
habits of hasty, heedless, impatient glancing over the surface; if not habits of consecutively
fo
llowing up the suggestions that occur, then habits of haphazard, grasshopper-like guessing; if
not habits of suspending judgment till inferences have been tested by the examination of
evidence, then habits of credulity alternating with flippant incredulity, belief or unbelief being
based, in either case, upon whim, emotion, or accidental circumstances. The only way to achieve
traits of carefulness, thoroughness, and continuity (traits that are, as we have seen, the elements
of the "logical") is by exercising these traits from the beginning, and by seeing to it that
conditions call for their exercise.
Genuine freedom is intellectual, not external
Genuine freedom, in short, is intellectual; it rests in the trained power of thought, in ability to
"turn things over," to look at matters deliberately, to judge whether the amount and kind of
evidence requisite for decision[Pg 67] is at hand, and if not, to tell where and how to seek such
evidence. If a man's actions are not guided by thoughtful conclusions, then they are guided by
inconsiderate impulse, unbalanced appetite, caprice, or the circumstances of the moment. To
cultivate unhindered, unreflective external activity is to foster enslavement, for it leaves the
person at the mercy of appetite, sense, and circumstance.[Pg 68]
PART TWO: LOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS
CHAPTER SIX
THE ANALYSIS OF A COMPLETE ACT OF THOUGHT
Object of Part Two
After a brief consideration in the first chapter of the nature of reflective thinking, we turned, in
the second, to the need for its training. Then we took up the resources, the difficulties, and the
aim of its training. The purpose of this discussion was to set before the student the general
problem of the training of mind. The purport of the second part, upon which we are now
entering, is giving a fuller statement of the nature and normal growth of thinking, preparatory to
considering in the concluding part the special problems that arise in connection with its
education.
In this chapter we shall make an analysis of the process of thinking into its steps or elementary
constituents, basing the analysis upon descriptions of a number of extremely simple, but
genuine, cases of reflective experience.[13]
A simple case of practical deliberation
1. "The other day when I was down town on 16th Street a clock caught my eye. I saw that the
hands pointed to 12.20. This suggested that I had an engagement at 124th Street, at one o'clock. I
reasoned that[Pg 69] as it had taken me an hour to come down on a surface car, I should probably
be twenty minutes late if I returned the same way. I might save twenty minutes by a subway
express. But was there a station near? If not, I might lose more than twenty minutes in looking
fo
r one. Then I thought of the elevated, and I saw there was such a line within two blocks. But
where was the station? If it were several blocks above or below the street I was on, I should lose
time instead of gaining it. My mind went back to the subway express as quicker than the
elevated; furthermore, I remembered that it went nearer than the elevated to the part of 124th
Street I wished to reach, so that time would be saved at the end of the journey. I concluded in
fa
vor of the subway, and reached my destination by one o'clock."
A simple case of reflection upon an observation
2. "Projecting nearly horizontally from the upper deck of the ferryboat on which I daily cross the
river, is a long white pole, bearing a gilded ball at its tip. It suggested a flagpole when I first saw
it; its color, shape, and gilded ball agreed with this idea, and these reasons seemed to justify me
in this belief. But soon difficulties presented themselves. The pole was nearly horizontal, an
unusual position for a flagpole; in the next place, there was no pulley, ring, or cord by which to
attach a flag; finally, there were elsewhere two vertical staffs from which flags were occasionally
flown. It seemed probable that the pole was not there for flag-flying.
"I then tried to imagine all possible purposes of such a pole, and to consider for which of these it
was best suited: (a) Possibly it was an ornament. But as all the ferryboats and even the tugboats
carried like poles,[Pg 70] this hypothesis was rejected. (b) Possibly it was the terminal of a wireless
telegraph. But the same considerations made this improbable. Besides, the more natural place for
such a terminal would be the highest part of the boat, on top of the pilot house. (c) Its purpose
might be to point out the direction in which the boat is moving.
"In support of this conclusion, I discovered that the pole was lower than the pilot house, so that
the steersman could easily see it. Moreover, the tip was enough higher than the base, so that,
from the pilot's position, it must appear to project far out in front of the boat. Moreover, the pilot
being near the front of the boat, he would need some such guide as to its direction. Tugboats
would also need poles for such a purpose. This hypothesis was so much more probable than the
others that I accepted it. I formed the conclusion that the pole was set up for the purpose of
showing the pilot the direction in which the boat pointed, to enable him to steer correctly."
A simple case of reflection involving experiment
3. "In washing tumblers in hot soapsuds and placing them mouth downward on a plate, bubbles
ap
peared on the outside of the mouth of the tumblers and then went inside. Why? The presence
of bubbles suggests air, which I note must come from inside the tumbler. I see that the soapy
water on the plate prevents escape of the air save as it may be caught in bubbles. But why should
air leave the tumbler? There was no substance entering to force it out. It must have expanded. It
expands by increase of heat or by decrease of pressure, or by both. Could the air have become
heated after the tumbler was taken from the hot suds? Clearly not the air that was already
entangled[Pg 71] in the water. If heated air was the cause, cold air must have entered in transferring
the tumblers from the suds to the plate. I test to see if this supposition is true by taking several
more tumblers out. Some I shake so as to make sure of entrapping cold air in them. Some I take
out holding mouth downward in order to prevent cold air from entering. Bubbles appear on the
outside of every one of the former and on none of the latter. I must be right in my inference. Air
from the outside must have been expanded by the heat of the tumbler, which explains the
ap
pearance of the bubbles on the outside.
"But why do they then go inside? Cold contracts. The tumbler cooled and also the air inside it.
Tension was removed, and hence bubbles appeared inside. To be sure of this, I test by placing a
cup of ice on the tumbler while the bubbles are still forming outside. They soon reverse."
The three cases form a series
These three cases have been purposely selected so as to form a series from the more rudimentary
to more complicated cases of reflection. The first illustrates the kind of thinking done by every
one during the day's business, in which neither the data, nor the ways of dealing with them, take
one outside the limits of everyday experience. The last furnishes a case in which neither problem
nor mode of solution would have been likely to occur except to one with some prior scientific
training. The second case forms a natural transition; its materials lie well within the bounds of
everyday, unspecialized experience; but the problem, instead of being directly involved in the
person's business, arises indirectly out of his activity, and accordingly appeals to a somewhat
theoretic and impartial interest. We[Pg 72] shall deal, in a later chapter, with the evolution of
ab
stract thinking out of that which is relatively practical and direct; here we are concerned only
with the common elements found in all the types.
Five distinct steps in reflection
Upon examination, each instance reveals, more or less clearly, five logically distinct steps: (i) a
fe
lt difficulty; (ii) its location and definition; (iii) suggestion of possible solution; (iv)
development by reasoning of the bearings of the suggestion; (v) further observation and
experiment leading to its acceptance or rejection; that is, the conclusion of belief or disbelief.
1. The occurrence of a difficulty
(a) in the lack of adaptation of means to end
1. The first and second steps frequently fuse into one. The difficulty may be felt with sufficient
definiteness as to set the mind at once speculating upon its probable solution, or an undefined
uneasiness and shock may come first, leading only later to definite attempt to find out what is the
matter. Whether the two steps are distinct or blended, there is the factor emphasized in our
original account of reflection—viz. the perplexity or problem. In the first of the three cases cited,
the difficulty resides in the conflict between conditions at hand and a desired and intended result,
between an end and the means for reaching it. The purpose of keeping an engagement at a
certain time, and the existing hour taken in connection with the location, are not congruous. The
object of thinking is to introduce congruity between the two. The given conditions cannot
themselves be altered; time will not go backward nor will the distance between 16th Street and
124th Street shorten itself. The problem is the discovery of intervening terms which when
inserted between the remoter end and the given means will harmonize them with each other.[Pg 73]
(b) in identifying the character of an object
In the second case, the difficulty experienced is the incompatibility of a suggested and
(temporarily) accepted belief that the pole is a flagpole, with certain other facts. Suppose we
symbolize the qualities that suggest flagpole by the letters a, b, c; those that oppose this
suggestion by the letters p, q, r. There is, of course, nothing inconsistent in the qualities
themselves; but in pulling the mind to different and incongruous conclusions they conflict—
hence the problem. Here the object is the discovery of some object (O), of which a, b, c, and p,
q, r, may all be appropriate traits—just as, in our first case, it is to discover a course of action
which will combine existing conditions and a remoter result in a single whole. The method of
solution is also the same: discovery of intermediate qualities (the position of the pilot house, of
the pole, the need of an index to the boat's direction) symbolized by d, g, l, o, which bind
together otherwise incompatible traits.
(c) in explaining an unexpected event
In the third case, an observer trained to the idea of natural laws or uniformities finds something
odd or exceptional in the behavior of the bubbles. The problem is to reduce the apparent
anomalies to instances of well-established laws. Here the method of solution is also to seek for
intermediary terms which will connect, by regular linkage, the seemingly extraordinary
movements of the bubbles with the conditions known to follow from processes supposed to be
operative.
2. Definition of the difficulty
2. As already noted, the first two steps, the feeling of a discrepancy, or difficulty, and the acts of
observation that serve to define the character of the difficulty may, in a given instance, telescope
together. In cases of striking novelty or unusual perplexity, the difficulty, however, is likely to
present itself at first as a shock, as[Pg 74] emotional disturbance, as a more or less vague feeling of
the unexpected, of something queer, strange, funny, or disconcerting. In such instances, there are
necessary observations deliberately calculated to bring to light just what is the trouble, or to
make clear the specific character of the problem. In large measure, the existence or nonexistence of this step makes the difference between reflection proper, or safeguarded critical
inference and uncontrolled thinking. Where sufficient pains to locate the difficulty are not taken,
suggestions for its resolution must be more or less random. Imagine a doctor called in to
prescribe for a patient. The patient tells him some things that are wrong; his experienced eye, at a
glance, takes in other signs of a certain disease. But if he permits the suggestion of this special
disease to take possession prematurely of his mind, to become an accepted conclusion, his
scientific thinking is by that much cut short. A large part of his technique, as a skilled
practitioner, is to prevent the acceptance of the first suggestions that arise; even, indeed, to
postpone the occurrence of any very definite suggestion till the trouble—the nature of the
problem—has been thoroughly explored. In the case of a physician this proceeding is known as
diagnosis, but a similar inspection is required in every novel and complicated situation to prevent
ru
shing to a conclusion. The essence of critical thinking is suspended judgment; and the essence
of this suspense is inquiry to determine the nature of the problem before proceeding to attempts
at its solution. This, more than any other thing, transforms mere inference into tested inference,
suggested conclusions into proof.
3. Occurrence of a suggested explanation or possible solution
3. The third factor is suggestion. The situation in[Pg 75] which the perplexity occurs calls up
something not present to the senses: the present location, the thought of subway or elevated
train; the stick before the eyes, the idea of a flagpole, an ornament, an apparatus for wireless
telegraphy; the soap bubbles, the law of expansion of bodies through heat and of their
contraction through cold. (a) Suggestion is the very heart of inference; it involves going from
what is present to something absent. Hence, it is more or less speculative, adventurous. Since
inference goes beyond what is actually present, it involves a leap, a jump, the propriety of which
cannot be absolutely warranted in advance, no matter what precautions be taken. Its control is
indirect, on the one hand, involving the formation of habits of mind which are at once
enterprising and cautious; and on the other hand, involving the selection and arrangement of the
particular facts upon perception of which suggestion issues. (b) The suggested conclusion so far
as it is not accepted but only tentatively entertained constitutes an idea. Synonyms for this are
supposition, conjecture, guess, hypothesis, and (in elaborate cases) theory. Since suspended
belief, or the postponement of a final conclusion pending further evidence, depends partly upon
the presence of rival conjectures as to the best course to pursue or the probable explanation to
fa
vor, cultivation of a variety of alternative suggestions is an important factor in good thinking.
4. The rational elaboration of an idea
4. The process of developing the bearings—or, as they are more technically termed, the
implications—of any idea with respect to any problem, is termed reasoning.[14] As an idea is
inferred from given facts, so reasoning[Pg 76] sets out from an idea. The idea of elevated road is
developed into the idea of difficulty of locating station, length of time occupied on the journey,
distance of station at the other end from place to be reached. In the second case, the implication
of a flagpole is seen to be a vertical position; of a wireless apparatus, location on a high part of
the ship and, moreover, absence from every casual tugboat; while the idea of index to direction
in which the boat moves, when developed, is found to cover all the details of the case.
Reasoning has the same effect upon a suggested solution as more intimate and extensive
observation has upon the original problem. Acceptance of the suggestion in its first form is
prevented by looking into it more thoroughly. Conjectures that seem plausible at first sight are
often found unfit or even absurd when their full consequences are traced out. Even when
reasoning out the bearings of a supposition does not lead to rejection, it develops the idea into a
fo
rm
in which it is more apposite to the problem. Only when, for example, the conjecture that a
pole was an index-pole had been thought out into its bearings could its particular applicability to
the case in hand be judged. Suggestions at first seemingly remote and wild are frequently so
transformed by being elaborated into what follows from them as to become apt and fruitful. The
development of an idea through reasoning helps at least to supply the intervening or intermediate
terms that link together into a consistent whole apparently discrepant extremes (ante, p. 72).[Pg 77]
5. Corroboration of an idea and formation of a concluding belief
5. The concluding and conclusive step is some kind of experimental corroboration, or
verification, of the conjectural idea. Reasoning shows that if the idea be adopted, certain
consequences follow. So far the conclusion is hypothetical or conditional. If we look and find
present all the conditions demanded by the theory, and if we find the characteristic traits called
fo
r by rival alternatives to be lacking, the tendency to believe, to accept, is almost irresistible.
Sometimes direct observation furnishes corroboration, as in the case of the pole on the boat. In
other cases, as in that of the bubbles, experiment is required; that is, conditions are deliberately
arranged in accord with the requirements of an idea or hypothesis to see if the results
theoretically indicated by the idea actually occur. If it is found that the experimental results
agree with the theoretical, or rationally deduced, results, and if there is reason to believe that
only the conditions in question would yield such results, the confirmation is so strong as to
induce a conclusion—at least until contrary facts shall indicate the advisability of its revision.
Thinking comes between observations at the beginning and at the end
Observation exists at the beginning and again at the end of the process: at the beginning, to
determine more definitely and precisely the nature of the difficulty to be dealt with; at the end, to
test the value of some hypothetically entertained conclusion. Between those two termini of
observation, we find the more distinctively mental aspects of the entire thought-cycle: (i)
inference, the suggestion of an explanation or solution; and (ii) reasoning, the development of
the bearings and implications of the suggestion. Reasoning requires some experimental
observation to confirm it, while experiment can be economically and fruitfully conducted only[Pg
78] on the basis of an idea that has been tentatively developed by reasoning.
The trained mind one that judges the extent of each step advisable in a given situation
The disciplined, or logically trained, mind—the aim of the educative process—is the mind able
to judge how far each of these steps needs to be carried in any particular situation. No cast-iron
ru
les can be laid down. Each case has to be dealt with as it arises, on the basis of its importance
and of the context in which it occurs. To take too much pains in one case is as foolish—as
illogical—as to take too little in another. At one extreme, almost any conclusion that insures
prompt and unified action may be better than any long delayed conclusion; while at the other,
decision may have to be postponed for a long period—perhaps for a lifetime. The trained mind is
the one that best grasps the degree of observation, forming of ideas, reasoning, and experimental
testing required in any special case, and that profits the most, in future thinking, by mistakes
made in the past. What is important is that the mind should be sensitive to problems and skilled
in methods of attack and solution.[Pg 79]
CHAPTER SEVEN
SYSTEMATIC INFERENCE: INDUCTION AND DEDUCTION
§ 1. The Double Movement of Reflection
Back and forth between facts and meanings
The characteristic outcome of thinking we saw to be the organization of facts and conditions
which, just as they stand, are isolated, fragmentary, and discrepant, the organization being
effected through the introduction of connecting links, or middle terms. The facts as they stand
are the data, the raw material of reflection; their lack of coherence perplexes and stimulates to
reflection. There follows the suggestion of some meaning which, if it can be substantiated, will
give a whole in which various fragmentary and seemingly incompatible data find their proper
place. The meaning suggested supplies a mental platform, an intellectual point of view, from
which to note and define the data more carefully, to seek for additional observations, and to
institute, experimentally, changed conditions.
Inductive and deductive
There is thus a double movement in all reflection: a movement from the given partial and
confused data to a suggested comprehensive (or inclusive) entire situation; and back from this
suggested whole—which as suggested is a meaning, an idea—to the particular facts, so as to
connect these with one another and with additional facts to which the suggestion has directed
attention. Roughly speaking, the first of these movements[Pg 80] is inductive; the second
deductive. A complete act of thought involves both—it involves, that is, a fruitful interaction of
observed (or recollected) particular considerations and of inclusive and far-reaching (general)
meanings.
Hurry versus caution
This double movement to and from a meaning may occur, however, in a casual, uncritical way,
or in a cautious and regulated manner. To think means, in any case, to bridge a gap in
experience, to bind together facts or deeds otherwise isolated. But we may make only a hurried
jump from one consideration to another, allowing our aversion to mental disquietude to override
the gaps; or, we may insist upon noting the road traveled in making connections. We may, in
short, accept readily any suggestion that seems plausible; or we may hunt out additional factors,
new difficulties, to see whether the suggested conclusion really ends the matter. The latter
method involves definite formulation of the connecting links; the statement of a principle, or, in
logical phrase, the use of a universal. If we thus formulate the whole situation, the original data
are transformed into premises of reasoning; the final belief is a logical or rational conclusion,
not a mere de facto termination.
Continuity of relationship the mark of the latter
The importance of connections binding isolated items into a coherent single whole is embodied
in all the phrases that denote the relation of premises and conclusions to each other. (1) The
premises are called grounds, foundations, bases, and are said to underlie, uphold, support the
conclusion. (2) We "descend" from the premises to the conclusion, and "ascend" or "mount" in
the opposite direction—as a river may be continuously traced from source to sea or vice versa.
So the conclusion springs, flows, or is drawn from its premises.[Pg 81] (3) The conclusion—as the
word itself implies—closes, shuts in, locks up together the various factors stated in the premises.
We say that the premises "contain" the conclusion, and that the conclusion "contains" the
premises, thereby marking our sense of the inclusive and comprehensive unity in which the
elements of reasoning are bound tightly together.[15] Systematic inference, in short, means the
recognition of definite relations of interdependence between considerations previously
unorganized and disconnected, this recognition being brought about by the discovery and
insertion of new facts and properties.
Scientific induction and deduction
This more systematic thinking is, however, like the cruder forms in its double movement, the
movement toward the suggestion or hypothesis and the movement back to facts. The difference
is in the greater conscious care with which each phase of the process is performed. The
conditions under which suggestions are allowed to spring up and develop are regulated. Hasty
acceptance of any idea that is plausible, that seems to solve the difficulty, is changed into a
conditional acceptance pending further inquiry. The idea is accepted as a working hypothesis, as
something to guide investigation and bring to light new facts, not as a final conclusion. When
pains are taken to make each aspect of the movement as accurate as possible, the movement
toward building up the idea is known as inductive discovery (induction, for short); the movement
toward developing, applying, and testing, as deductive proof (deduction, for short).
Particular and universal
While induction moves from fragmentary details (or[Pg 82] particulars) to a connected view of a
situation (universal), deduction begins with the latter and works back again to particulars,
connecting them and binding them together. The inductive movement is toward discovery of a
binding principle; the deductive toward its testing—confirming, refuting, modifying it on the
basis of its capacity to interpret isolated details into a unified experience. So far as we conduct
each of these processes in the light of the other, we get valid discovery or verified critical
thinking.
Illustration from everyday experience
A commonplace illustration may enforce the points of this formula. A man who has left his
rooms in order finds them upon his return in a state of confusion, articles being scattered at
random. Automatically, the notion comes to his mind that burglary would account for the
disorder. He has not seen the burglars; their presence is not a fact of observation, but is a
thought, an idea. Moreover, the man has no special burglars in mind; it is the relation, the
meaning of burglary—something general—that comes to mind. The state of his room is
perceived and is particular, definite,—exactly as it is; burglars are inferred, and have a general
status. The state of the room is a fact, certain and speaking for itself; the presence of burglars is a
possible meaning which may explain the facts.
of induction,
So far there is an inductive tendency, suggested by particular and present facts. In the same
inductive way, it occurs to him that his children are mischievous, and that they may have thrown
the things about. This rival hypothesis (or conditional principle of explanation) prevents him
from dogmatically accepting the first suggestion. Judgment is held in suspense and a positive
conclusion postponed.[Pg 83]
of deduction
Then deductive movement begins. Further observations, recollections, reasonings are conducted
on the basis of a development of the ideas suggested: if burglars were responsible, such and such
things would have happened; articles of value would be missing. Here the man is going from a
general principle or relation to special features that accompany it, to particulars,—not back,
however, merely to the original particulars (which would be fruitless or take him in a circle), but
to new details, the actual discovery or nondiscovery of which will test the principle. The man
turns to a box of valuables; some things are gone; some, however, are still there. Perhaps he has
himself removed the missing articles, but has forgotten it. His experiment is not a decisive test.
He thinks of the silver in the sideboard—the children would not have taken that nor would he
ab
sent-mindedly have changed its place. He looks; all the solid ware is gone. The conception of
burglars is confirmed; examination of windows and doors shows that they have been tampered
with. Belief culminates; the original isolated facts have been woven into a coherent fabric. The
idea first suggested (inductively) has been employed to reason out hypothetically certain
additional particulars not yet experienced, that ought to be there, if the suggestion is correct.
Then new acts of observation have shown that the particulars theoretically called for are present,
and by this process the hypothesis is strengthened, corroborated. This moving back and forth
between the observed facts and the conditional idea is kept up till a coherent experience of an
object is substituted for the experience of conflicting details—or else the whole matter is given
up as a bad job.
Science is the same operations carefully performed
Sciences exemplify similar attitudes and operations,[Pg 84] but with a higher degree of elaboration
of the instruments of caution, exactness and thoroughness. This greater elaboration brings about
specialization, an accurate marking off of various types of problems from one another, and a
corresponding segregation and classification of the materials of experience associated with each
type of problem. We shall devote the remainder of this chapter to a consideration of the devices
by which the discovery, the development, and the testing of meanings are scientifically carried
on.
§ 2. Guidance of the Inductive Movement
Guidance is indirect
Control of the formation of suggestion is necessarily indirect, not direct; imperfect, not perfect.
Just because all discovery, all apprehension involving thought of the new, goes from the known,
the present, to the unknown and absent, no rules can be stated that will guarantee correct
inference. Just what is suggested to a person in a given situation depends upon his native
constitution (his originality, his genius), temperament, the prevalent direction of his interests, his
early environment, the general tenor of his past experiences, his special training, the things that
have recently occupied him continuously or vividly, and so on; to some extent even upon an
accidental conjunction of present circumstances. These matters, so far as they lie in the past or in
external conditions, clearly escape regulation. A suggestion simply does or does not occur; this
or that suggestion just happens, occurs, springs up. If, however, prior experience and training
have developed an attitude of patience in a condition of doubt, a capacity for suspended
judgment, and a liking for inquiry, indirect control of the course of suggestions is possible.[Pg 85]
The individual may return upon, revise, restate, enlarge, and analyze the facts out of which
suggestion springs. Inductive methods, in the technical sense, all have to do with regulating the
conditions under which observation, memory, and the acceptance of the testimony of others (the
operations supplying the raw data) proceed.
Method of indirect regulation
Given the facts A B C D on one side and certain individual habits on the other, suggestion occurs
au
tomatically. But if the facts A B C D are carefully looked into and thereby resolved into the
fa
cts A´ B´´ R S, a suggestion will automatically present itself different from that called up by the
fa
cts in their first form. To inventory the facts, to describe exactly and minutely their respective
traits, to magnify artificially those that are obscure and feeble, to reduce artificially those that are
so conspicuous and glaring as to be distracting,—these are ways of modifying the facts that
exercise suggestive force, and thereby indirectly guiding the formation of suggested inferences.
Illustration from diagnosis
Consider, for example, how a physician makes his diagnosis—his inductive interpretation. If he
is scientifically trained, he suspends—postpones—reaching a conclusion in order that he may
not be led by superficial occurrences into a snap judgment. Certain conspicuous phenomena may
fo
rcibly suggest typhoid, but he avoids a conclusion, or even any strong preference for this or
that conclusion until he has greatly (i) enlarged the scope of his data, and (ii) rendered them
more minute. He not only questions the patient as to his feelings and as to his acts prior to the
disease, but by various manipulations with his hands (and with instruments made for the
purpose) brings to light a large number of facts of which the patient is quite unaware. The state
of tem[Pg 86]perature, respiration, and heart-action is accurately noted, and their fluctuations from
time to time are exactly recorded. Until this examination has worked out toward a wider
collection and in toward a minuter scrutiny of details, inference is deferred.
Summary: definition of scientific induction
Scientific induction means, in short, all the processes by which the observing and amassing of
da
ta are regulated with a view to facilitating the formation of explanatory conceptions and
theories. These devices are all directed toward selecting the precise facts to which weight and
significance shall attach in forming suggestions or ideas. Specifically, this selective
determination involves devices of (1) elimination by analysis of what is likely to be misleading
and irrelevant, (2) emphasis of the important by collection and comparison of cases, (3)
deliberate construction of data by experimental variation.
Elimination of irrelevant meanings
(1) It is a common saying that one must learn to discriminate between observed facts and
judgments based upon them. Taken literally, such advice cannot be carried out; in every
observed thing there is—if the thing have any meaning at all—some consolidation of meaning
with what is sensibly and physically present, such that, if this were entirely excluded, what is left
would have no sense. A says: "I saw my brother." The term brother, however, involves a relation
that cannot be sensibly or physically observed; it is inferential in status. If A contents himself
with saying, "I saw a man," the factor of classification, of intellectual reference, is less complex,
but still exists. If, as a last resort, A were to say, "Anyway, I saw a colored object," some
relationship, though more rudimentary and undefined, still subsists. Theoretically, it is possible
that no[Pg 87] object was there, only an unusual mode of nerve stimulation. None the less, the
advice to discriminate what is observed from what is inferred is sound practical advice. Its
working import is that one should eliminate or exclude those inferences as to which experience
has shown that there is greatest liability to error. This, of course, is a relative matter. Under
ordinary circumstances no reasonable doubt would attach to the observation, "I see my brother";
it would be pedantic and silly to resolve this recognition back into a more elementary form.
Under other circumstances it might be a perfectly genuine question as to whether A saw even a
colored thing, or whether the color was due to a stimulation of the sensory optical apparatus (like
"seeing stars" upon a blow) or to a disordered circulation. In general, the scientific man is one
who knows that he is likely to be hurried to a conclusion, and that part of this precipitancy is due
to certain habits which tend to make him "read" certain meanings into the situation that confronts
him, so that he must be on the lookout against errors arising from his interests, habits, and
current preconceptions.
The technique of conclusion
The technique of scientific inquiry thus consists in various processes that tend to exclude overhasty "reading in" of meanings; devices that aim to give a purely "objective" unbiased rendering
of the data to be interpreted. Flushed cheeks usually mean heightened temperature; paleness
means lowered temperature. The clinical thermometer records automatically the actual
temperature and hence checks up the habitual associations that might lead to error in a given
case. All the instrumentalities of observation—the various -meters and -graphs and -scopes—fill
a part[Pg 88] of their scientific rôle in helping to eliminate meanings supplied because of habit,
prejudice, the strong momentary preoccupation of excitement and anticipation, and by the vogue
of existing theories. Photographs, phonographs, kymographs, actinographs, seismographs,
plethysmographs, and the like, moreover, give records that are permanent, so that they can be
employed by different persons, and by the same person in different states of mind, i.e. under the
influence of varying expectations and dominant beliefs. Thus purely personal prepossessions
(due to habit, to desire, to after-effects of recent experience) may be largely eliminated. In
ordinary language, the facts are objectively, rather than subjectively, determined. In this way
tendencies to premature interpretation are held in check.
Collection of instances
(2) Another important method of control consists in the multiplication of cases or instances. If I
doubt whether a certain handful gives a fair sample, or representative, for purposes of judging
value, of a whole carload of grain, I take a number of handfuls from various parts of the car and
compare them. If they agree in quality, well and good; if they disagree, we try to get enough
samples so that when they are thoroughly mixed the result will be a fair basis for an evaluation.
This illustration represents roughly the value of that aspect of scientific control in induction
which insists upon multiplying observations instead of basing the conclusion upon one or a few
cases.
This method not the whole of induction
So prominent, indeed, is this aspect of inductive method that it is frequently treated as the whole
of induction. It is supposed that all inductive inference is based upon collecting and comparing a
number of like cases. But in fact such comparison and collection is a[Pg 89] secondary
development within the process of securing a correct conclusion in some single case. If a man
infers from a single sample of grain as to the grade of wheat of the car as a whole, it is induction
and, under certain circumstances, a sound induction; other cases are resorted to simply for the
sake of rendering that induction more guarded, and more probably correct. In like fashion, the
reasoning that led up to the burglary idea in the instance already cited (p. 83) was inductive,
though there was but one single case examined. The particulars upon which the general meaning
(or relation) of burglary was grounded were simply the sum total of the unlike items and
qualities that made up the one case examined. Had this case presented very great obscurities and
difficulties, recourse might then have been had to examination of a number of similar cases. But
this comparison would not make inductive a process which was not previously of that character;
it would only render induction more wary and adequate. The object of bringing into
consideration a multitude of cases is to facilitate the selection of the evidential or significant
features upon which to base inference in some single case.
Contrast as important as likeness
Accordingly, points of unlikeness are as important as points of likeness among the cases
examined. Comparison, without contrast, does not amount to anything logically. In the degree in
which other cases observed or remembered merely duplicate the case in question, we are no
better off for purposes of inference than if we had permitted our single original fact to dictate a
conclusion. In the case of the various samples of grain, it is the fact that the samples are unlike,
at least in the part of the carload from which they are taken, that is important. Were it not for this
unlikeness, their like[Pg 90]ness in quality would be of no avail in assisting inference.[16] If we are
endeavoring to get a child to regulate his conclusions about the germination of a seed by taking
into account a number of instances, very little is gained if the conditions in all these instances
closely approximate one another. But if one seed is placed in pure sand, another in loam, and
another on blotting-paper, and if in each case there are two conditions, one with and another
without moisture, the unlike factors tend to throw into relief the factors that are significant (or
"essential") for reaching a conclusion. Unless, in short, the observer takes care to have the
differences in the observed cases as extreme as conditions allow, and unless he notes
unlikenesses as carefully as likenesses, he has no way of determining the evidential force of the
data that confront him.
Importance of exceptions and contrary cases
Another way of bringing out this importance of unlikeness is the emphasis put by the scientist
upon negative cases—upon instances which it would seem ought to fall into line but which as
matter of fact do not. Anomalies, exceptions, things which agree in most respects but disagree in
some crucial point, are so important that many of the devices of scientific technique are designed
purely to detect, record, and impress upon memory contrasting cases. Darwin remarked that so
easy is it to pass over cases that oppose a favorite generalization, that he had made it a habit not
merely to hunt for contrary instances, but also to write down any exception he noted or thought
of—as otherwise it was almost sure to be forgotten.[Pg 91]
§ 3. Experimental Variation of Conditions
Experiment the typical method of introducing contrast factors
We have already trenched upon this factor of inductive method, the one that is the most
important of all wherever it is feasible. Theoretically, one sample case of the right kind will be as
good a basis for an inference as a thousand cases; but cases of the "right kind" rarely turn up
spontaneously. We have to search for them, and we may have to make them. If we take cases just
as we find them—whether one case or many cases—they contain much that is irrelevant to the
problem in hand, while much that is relevant is obscure, hidden. The object of experimentation is
the construction, by regular steps taken on the basis of a plan thought out in advance, of a
typical, crucial case, a case formed with express reference to throwing light on the difficulty in
question. All inductive methods rest (as already stated, p. 85) upon regulation of the conditions
of observation and memory; experiment is simply the most adequate regulation possible of these
conditions. We try to make the observation such that every factor entering into it, together with
the mode and the amount of its operation, may be open to recognition. Such making of
observations constitutes experiment.
Three advantages of experiment
Such observations have many and obvious advantages over observations—no matter how
extensive—with respect to which we simply wait for an event to happen or an object to present
itself. Experiment overcomes the defects due to (a) the rarity, (b) the subtlety and minuteness (or
the violence), and (c) the rigid fixity of facts as we ordinarily experience them. The following
quotations from Jevons's Elementary Lessons in Logic bring out all these points:
(i) "We might have to wait years or centuries to meet[Pg 92] accidentally with facts which we can
readily produce at any moment in a laboratory; and it is probable that most of the chemical
substances now known, and many excessively useful products would never have been
discovered at all by waiting till nature presented them spontaneously to our observation."
This quotation refers to the infrequency or rarity of certain facts of nature, even very important
ones. The passage then goes on to speak of the minuteness of many phenomena which makes
them escape ordinary experience:
(ii) "Electricity doubtless operates in every particle of matter, perhaps at every moment of time;
and even the ancients could not but notice its action in the loadstone, in lightning, in the Aurora
Borealis, or in a piece of rubbed amber. But in lightning electricity was too intense and
dangerous; in the other cases it was too feeble to be properly understood. The science of
electricity and magnetism could only advance by getting regular supplies of electricity from the
common electric machine or the galvanic battery and by making powerful electromagnets. Most,
if not all, the effects which electricity produces must go on in nature, but altogether too
obscurely for observation."
Jevons then deals with the fact that, under ordinary conditions of experience, phenomena which
can be understood only by seeing them under varying conditions are presented in a fixed and
uniform way.
(iii) "Thus carbonic acid is only met in the form of a gas, proceeding from the combustion of
carbon; but when exposed to extreme pressure and cold, it is condensed into a liquid, and may
even be converted into a snowlike solid substance. Many other gases have in[Pg 93] like manner
been liquefied or solidified, and there is reason to believe that every substance is capable of
taking all three forms of solid, liquid, and gas, if only the conditions of temperature and pressure
can be sufficiently varied. Mere observation of nature would have led us, on the contrary, to
suppose that nearly all substances were fixed in one condition only, and could not be converted
from solid into liquid and from liquid into gas."
Many volumes would be required to describe in detail all the methods that investigators have
developed in various subjects for analyzing and restating the facts of ordinary experience so that
we may escape from capricious and routine suggestions, and may get the facts in such a form
and in such a light (or context) that exact and far-reaching explanations may be suggested in
place of vague and limited ones. But these various devices of inductive inquiry all have one goal
in view: the indirect regulation of the function of suggestion, or formation of ideas; and, in the
main, they will be found to reduce to some combination of the three types of selecting and
arranging subject-matter just described.
§ 4. Guidance of the Deductive Movement
Value of deduction for guiding induction
Before dealing directly with this topic, we must note that systematic regulation of induction
depends upon the possession of a body of general principles that may be applied deductively to
the examination or construction of particular cases as they come up. If the physician does not
kn
ow the general laws of the physiology of the human body, he has little way of telling what is
either peculiarly significant or peculiarly[Pg 94] exceptional in any particular case that he is called
upon to treat. If he knows the laws of circulation, digestion, and respiration, he can deduce the
conditions that should normally be found in a given case. These considerations give a base line
from which the deviations and abnormalities of a particular case may be measured. In this way,
the nature of the problem at hand is located and defined. Attention is not wasted upon features
which though conspicuous have nothing to do with the case; it is concentrated upon just those
traits which are out of the way and hence require explanation. A question well put is half
answered; i.e. a difficulty clearly apprehended is likely to suggest its own solution,—while a
vague and miscellaneous perception of the problem leads to groping and fumbling. Deductive
systems are necessary in order to put the question in a fruitful form.
"Reasoning a thing out"
The control of the origin and development of hypotheses by deduction does not cease, however,
with locating the problem. Ideas as they first present themselves are inchoate and incomplete.
Deduction is their elaboration into fullness and completeness of meaning (see p. 76). The
phenomena which the physician isolates from the total mass of facts that exist in front of him
suggest, we will say, typhoid fever. Now this conception of typhoid fever is one that is capable
of development. If there is typhoid, wherever there is typhoid, there are certain results, certain
characteristic symptoms. By going over mentally the full bearing of the concept of typhoid, the
scientist is instructed as to further phenomena to be found. Its development gives him an
instrument of inquiry, of observation and experimentation. He can go to work deliberately to see
whether[Pg 95] the case presents those features that it should have if the supposition is valid. The
deduced results form a basis for comparison with observed results. Except where there is a
system of principles capable of being elaborated by theoretical reasoning, the process of testing
(or proof) of a hypothesis is incomplete and haphazard.
Such reasoning implies systematized knowledge,
These considerations indicate the method by which the deductive movement is guided.
Deduction requires a system of allied ideas which may be translated into one another by regular
or graded steps. The question is whether the facts that confront us can be identified as typhoid
fe
ver. To all appearances, there is a great gap between them and typhoid. But if we can, by some
method of substitutions, go through a series of intermediary terms (see p. 72), the gap may, after
all, be easily bridged. Typhoid may mean p which in turn means o, which means n which means
m, which is very similar to the data selected as the key to the problem.
or definition and classification
One of the chief objects of science is to provide for every typical branch of subject-matter a set
of meanings and principles so closely interknit that any one implies some other according to
definite conditions, which under certain other conditions implies another, and so on. In this way,
various substitutions of equivalents are possible, and reasoning can trace out, without having
recourse to specific observations, very remote consequences of any suggested principle.
Definition, general formulæ, and classification are the devices by which the fixation and
elaboration of a meaning into its detailed ramifications are carried on. They are not ends in
themselves—as they are frequently regarded even in elementary education—but
instrumentalities for facilitating[Pg 96] the development of a conception into the form where its
ap
plicability to given facts may best be tested.[17]
The final control of deduction
The final test of deduction lies in experimental observation. Elaboration by reasoning may make
a suggested idea very rich and very plausible, but it will not settle the validity of that idea. Only
if facts can be observed (by methods either of collection or of experimentation), that agree in
detail and without exception with the deduced results, are we justified in accepting the deduction
as giving a valid conclusion. Thinking, in short, must end as well as begin in the domain of
concrete observations, if it is to be complete thinking. And the ultimate educative value of all
deductive processes is measured by the degree to which they become working tools in the
creation and development of new experiences.
§ 5. Some Educational Bearings of the Discussion
Educational counterparts of false logical theories
Isolation of "facts"
Some of the points of the foregoing logical analysis may be clinched by a consideration of their
educational implications, especially with reference to certain practices that grow out of a false
separation by which each is thought to be independent of the other and complete in itself. (i) In
some school subjects, or at all events in some topics or in some lessons, the pupils are immersed
in details; their minds are loaded with disconnected items (whether gleaned by observation and
memory, or accepted on hearsay and authority). Induction is treated as beginning and ending
with the amassing of facts, of particular isolated pieces of information. That these items are
educative only as suggesting a view of some larger situation in which the[Pg 97] particulars are
included and thereby accounted for, is ignored. In object lessons in elementary education and in
laboratory instruction in higher education, the subject is often so treated that the student fails to
"see the forest on account of the trees." Things and their qualities are retailed and detailed,
without reference to a more general character which they stand for and mean. Or, in the
laboratory, the student becomes engrossed in the processes of manipulation,—irrespective of the
reason for their performance, without recognizing a typical problem for the solution of which
they afford the appropriate method. Only deduction brings out and emphasizes consecutive
relationships, and only when relationships are held in view does learning become more than a
miscellaneous scrap-bag.
Failure to follow up by reasoning
(ii) Again, the mind is allowed to hurry on to a vague notion of the whole of which the
fragmentary facts are portions, without any attempt to become conscious of how they are bound
together as parts of this whole. The student feels that "in a general way," as we say, the facts of
the history or geography lesson are related thus and so; but "in a general way" here stands only
fo
r "in a vague way," somehow or other, with no clear recognition of just how.
The pupil is encouraged to form, on the basis of the particular facts, a general notion, a
conception of how they stand related; but no pains are taken to make the student follow up the
notion, to elaborate it and see just what its bearings are upon the case in hand and upon similar
cases. The inductive inference, the guess, is formed by the student; if it happens to be correct, it
is at once accepted by the teacher; or if it is false, it is rejected. If any amplification of the idea
occurs, it is[Pg 98] quite likely carried through by the teacher, who thereby assumes the
responsibility for its intellectual development. But a complete, an integral, act of thought
requires that the person making the suggestion (the guess) be responsible also for reasoning out
its bearings upon the problem in hand; that he develop the suggestion at least enough to indicate
the ways in which it applies to and accounts for the specific data of the case. Too often when a
recitation does not consist in simply testing the ability of the student to display some form of
technical skill, or to repeat facts and principles accepted on the authority of text-book or lecturer,
the teacher goes to the opposite extreme; and after calling out the spontaneous reflections of the
pupils, their guesses or ideas about the matter, merely accepts or rejects them, assuming himself
the responsibility for their elaboration. In this way, the function of suggestion and of
interpretation is excited, but it is not directed and trained. Induction is stimulated but is not
carried over into the reasoning phase necessary to complete it.
In other subjects and topics, the deductive phase is isolated, and is treated as if it were complete
in itself. This false isolation may show itself in either (and both) of two points; namely, at the
beginning or at the end of the resort to general intellectual procedure.
Isolation of deduction by commencing with it
(iii) Beginning with definitions, rules, general principles, classifications, and the like, is a
common form of the first error. This method has been such a uniform object of attack on the part
of all educational reformers that it is not necessary to dwell upon it further than to note that the
mistake is, logically, due to the attempt to introduce deductive considerations without first
making acquaintance with the particular facts that[Pg 99] create a need for the generalizing rational
devices. Unfortunately, the reformer sometimes carries his objection too far, or rather locates it
in the wrong place. He is led into a tirade against all definition, all systematization, all use of
general principles, instead of confining himself to pointing out their futility and their deadness
when not properly motivated by familiarity with concrete experiences.
Isolation of deduction from direction of new observations
(iv) The isolation of deduction is seen, at the other end, wherever there is failure to clinch and
test the results of the general reasoning processes by application to new concrete cases. The final
point of the deductive devices lies in their use in assimilating and comprehending individual
cases. No one understands a general principle fully—no matter how adequately he can
demonstrate it, to say nothing of repeating it—till he can employ it in the mastery of new
situations, which, if they are new, differ in manifestation from the cases used in reaching the
generalization. Too often the text-book or teacher is contented with a series of somewhat
perfunctory examples and illustrations, and the student is not forced to carry the principle that he
has formulated over into further cases of his own experience. In so far, the principle is inert and
dead.
Lack of provision for experimentation
(v) It is only a variation upon this same theme to say that every complete act of reflective inquiry
makes provision for experimentation—for testing suggested and accepted principles by
employing them for the active construction of new cases, in which new qualities emerge. Only
slowly do our schools accommodate themselves to the general advance of scientific method.
From the scientific side, it is demonstrated that effective and integral thinking is possible only
where the experi[Pg 100]mental method in some form is used. Some recognition of this principle is
evinced in higher institutions of learning, colleges and high schools. But in elementary
education, it is still assumed, for the most part, that the pupil's natural range of observations,
supplemented by what he accepts on hearsay, is adequate for intellectual growth. Of course it is
not necessary that laboratories shall be introduced under that name, much less that elaborate
ap
paratus be secured; but the entire scientific history of humanity demonstrates that the
conditions for complete mental activity will not be obtained till adequate provision is made for
the carrying on of activities that actually modify physical conditions, and that books, pictures,
and even objects that are passively observed but not manipulated do not furnish the provision
required.[Pg 101]
CHAPTER EIGHT
JUDGMENT: THE INTERPRETATION OF FACTS
§ 1. The Three Factors of Judging
Good judgment
A man of good judgment in a given set of affairs is a man in so far educated, trained, whatever
may be his literacy. And if our schools turn out their pupils in that attitude of mind which is
conducive to good judgment in any department of affairs in which the pupils are placed, they
have done more than if they sent out their pupils merely possessed of vast stores of information,
or high degrees of skill in specialized branches. To know what is good judgment we need first to
kn
ow what judgment is.
Judgment and inference
That there is an intimate connection between judgment and inference is obvious enough. The
aim of inference is to terminate itself in an adequate judgment of a situation, and the course of
inference goes on through a series of partial and tentative judgments. What are these units, these
terms of inference when we examine them on their own account? Their significant traits may be
readily gathered from a consideration of the operations to which the word judgment was
originally applied: namely, the authoritative decision of matters in legal controversy—the
procedure of the judge on the bench. There are three such features: (1) a controversy, consisting
of opposite claims regarding the same objective situation; (2) a process of defining and
elaborating these claims and of sifting the facts adduced to[Pg 102] support them; (3) a final
decision, or sentence, closing the particular matter in dispute and also serving as a rule or
principle for deciding future cases.
Uncertainty the antecedent of judgment
1. Unless there is something doubtful, the situation is read off at a glance; it is taken in on sight,
i.e. there is merely apprehension, perception, recognition, not judgment. If the matter is wholly
doubtful, if it is dark and obscure throughout, there is a blind mystery and again no judgment
occurs. But if it suggests, however vaguely, different meanings, rival possible interpretations,
there is some point at issue, some matter at stake. Doubt takes the form of dispute, controversy;
different sides compete for a conclusion in their favor. Cases brought to trial before a judge
illustrate neatly and unambiguously this strife of alternative interpretations; but any case of
trying to clear up intellectually a doubtful situation exemplifies the same traits. A moving blur
catches our eye in the distance; we ask ourselves: "What is it? Is it a cloud of whirling dust? a
tree waving its branches? a man signaling to us?" Something in the total situation suggests each
of these possible meanings. Only one of them can possibly be sound; perhaps none of them is
ap
propriate; yet some meaning the thing in question surely has. Which of the alternative
suggested meanings has the rightful claim? What does the perception really mean? How is it to
be interpreted, estimated, appraised, placed? Every judgment proceeds from some such situation.
Judgment defines the issue,
2. The hearing of the controversy, the trial, i.e. the weighing of alternative claims, divides into
two branches, either of which, in a given case, may be more conspicuous than the other. In the
consideration of a legal dispute, these two branches are sifting the evidence and[Pg 103] selecting
the rules that are applicable; they are "the facts" and "the law" of the case. In judgment they are
(a) the determination of the data that are important in the given case (compare the inductive
movement); and (b) the elaboration of the conceptions or meanings suggested by the crude data
(compare the deductive movement). (a) What portions or aspects of the situation are significant
in controlling the formation of the interpretation? (b) Just what is the full meaning and bearing of
the conception that is used as a method of interpretation? These questions are strictly correlative;
the answer to each depends upon the answer to the other. We may, however, for convenience,
consider them separately.
(a) by selecting what facts are evidence
(a) In every actual occurrence, there are many details which are part of the total occurrence, but
which nevertheless are not significant in relation to the point at issue. All parts of an experience
are equally present, but they are very far from being of equal value as signs or as evidences. Nor
is there any tag or label on any trait saying: "This is important," or "This is trivial." Nor is
intensity, or vividness or conspicuousness, a safe measure of indicative and proving value. The
glaring thing may be totally insignificant in this particular situation, and the key to the
understanding of the whole matter may be modest or hidden (compare p. 74). Features that are
not significant are distracting; they proffer their claims to be regarded as clues and cues to
interpretation, while traits that are significant do not appear on the surface at all. Hence,
judgment is required even in reference to the situation or event that is present to the senses;
elimination or rejection, selection, discovery, or bringing to light must take place.[Pg 104] Till we
have reached a final conclusion, rejection and selection must be tentative or conditional. We
select the things that we hope or trust are cues to meaning. But if they do not suggest a situation
that accepts and includes them (see p. 81), we reconstitute our data, the facts of the case; for we
mean, intellectually, by the facts of the case those traits that are used as evidence in reaching a
conclusion or forming a decision.
Expertness in selecting evidence
No hard and fast rules for this operation of selecting and rejecting, or fixing upon the facts, can
be given. It all comes back, as we say, to the good judgment, the good sense, of the one judging.
To be a good judge is to have a sense of the relative indicative or signifying values of the various
fe
atures of the perplexing situation; to know what to let go as of no account; what to eliminate as
irrelevant; what to retain as conducive to outcome; what to emphasize as a clue to the
difficulty.[18] This power in ordinary matters we call knack, tact, cleverness; in more important
affairs, insight, discernment. In part it is instinctive or inborn; but it also represents the funded
outcome of long familiarity with like operations in the past. Possession of this ability to seize
what is evidential or significant and to let the rest go is the mark of the expert, the connoisseur,
the judge, in any matter.
Intuitive judgments
Mill cites the following case, which is worth noting as an instance of the extreme delicacy and
accuracy to which may be developed this power of sizing up the significant factors of a situation.
"A Scotch manufacturer procured from England, at a high rate of wages, a working dyer, famous
fo
r producing very fine colors, with the view of teaching to his other workmen the same[Pg 105]
skill. The workman came; but his method of proportioning the ingredients, in which lay the
secret of the effects he produced, was by taking them up in handfuls, while the common method
was to weigh them. The manufacturer sought to make him turn his handling system into an
equivalent weighing system, that the general principles of his peculiar mode of proceeding might
be ascertained. This, however, the man found himself quite unable to do, and could therefore
impart his own skill to nobody. He had, from individual cases of his own experience, established
a connection in his mind between fine effects of color and tactual perceptions in handling his
dyeing materials; and from these perceptions he could, in any particular case, infer the means to
be employed and the effects which would be produced." Long brooding over conditions, intimate
contact associated with keen interest, thorough absorption in a multiplicity of allied experiences,
tend to bring about those judgments which we then call intuitive; but they are true judgments
because they are based on intelligent selection and estimation, with the solution of a problem as
the controlling standard. Possession of this capacity makes the difference between the artist and
the intellectual bungler.
Such is judging ability, in its completest form, as to the data of the decision to be reached. But in
any case there is a certain feeling along for the way to be followed; a constant tentative picking
out of certain qualities to see what emphasis upon them would lead to; a willingness to hold final
selection in suspense; and to reject the factors entirely or relegate them to a different position in
the evidential scheme if other features yield more solvent suggestions. Alertness, flexibility,
curios[Pg 106]ity are the essentials; dogmatism, rigidity, prejudice, caprice, arising from routine,
passion, and flippancy are fatal.
(b) To decide an issue, the appropriate principles must also be selected
(b) This selection of data is, of course, for the sake of controlling the development and
elaboration of the suggested meaning in the light of which they are to be interpreted (compare p.
76). An evolution of conceptions thus goes on simultaneously with the determination of the
fa
cts; one possible meaning after another is held before the mind, considered in relation to the
data to which it is applied, is developed into its more detailed bearings upon the data, is dropped
or tentatively accepted and used. We do not approach any problem with a wholly naïve or virgin
mind; we approach it with certain acquired habitual modes of understanding, with a certain store
of previously evolved meanings, or at least of experiences from which meanings may be educed.
If the circumstances are such that a habitual response is called directly into play, there is an
immediate grasp of meaning. If the habit is checked, and inhibited from easy application, a
possible meaning for the facts in question presents itself. No hard and fast rules decide whether a
meaning suggested is the right and proper meaning to follow up. The individual's own good (or
bad) judgment is the guide. There is no label on any given idea or principle which says
au
tomatically, "Use me in this situation"—as the magic cakes of Alice in Wonderland were
inscribed "Eat me." The thinker has to decide, to choose; and there is always a risk, so that the
prudent thinker selects warily, subject, that is, to confirmation or frustration by later events. If
one is not able to estimate wisely what is relevant to the interpretation of a given perplexing or
doubtful issue, it avails[Pg 107] little that arduous learning has built up a large stock of concepts.
For learning is not wisdom; information does not guarantee good judgment. Memory may
provide an antiseptic refrigerator in which to store a stock of meanings for future use, but
judgment selects and adopts the one used in a given emergency—and without an emergency
(some crisis, slight or great) there is no call for judgment. No conception, even if it is carefully
and firmly established in the abstract, can at first safely be more than a candidate for the office
of interpreter. Only greater success than that of its rivals in clarifying dark spots, untying hard
kn
ots, reconciling discrepancies, can elect it or prove it a valid idea for the given situation.
Judging terminates in a decision or statement
3. The judgment when formed is a decision; it closes (or concludes) the question at issue. This
determination not only settles that particular case, but it helps fix a rule or method for deciding
similar matters in the future; as the sentence of the judge on the bench both terminates that
dispute and also forms a precedent for future decisions. If the interpretation settled upon is not
controverted by subsequent events, a presumption is built up in favor of similar interpretation in
other cases where the features are not so obviously unlike as to make it inappropriate. In this
way, principles of judging are gradually built up; a certain manner of interpretation gets weight,
au
thority. In short, meanings get standardized, they become logical concepts (see below, p. 118).
§ 2. The Origin and Nature of Ideas
Ideas are conjectures employed in judging
This brings us to the question of ideas in relation to judgments.[19] Something in an obscure
situation sug[Pg 108]gests something else as its meaning. If this meaning is at once accepted, there
is no reflective thinking, no genuine judging. Thought is cut short uncritically; dogmatic belief,
with all its attending risks, takes place. But if the meaning suggested is held in suspense, pending
examination and inquiry, there is true judgment. We stop and think, we de-fer conclusion in
order to in-fer more thoroughly. In this process of being only conditionally accepted, accepted
only for examination, meanings become ideas. That is to say, an idea is a meaning that is
tentatively entertained, formed, and used with reference to its fitness to decide a perplexing
situation,—a meaning used as a tool of judgment.
Or tools of interpretation
Let us recur to our instance of a blur in motion appearing at a distance. We wonder what the
thing is, i.e. what the blur means. A man waving his arms, a friend beckoning to us, are
suggested as possibilities. To accept at once either alternative is to arrest judgment. But if we
treat what is suggested as only a suggestion, a supposition, a possibility, it becomes an idea,
having the following traits: (a) As merely a suggestion, it is a conjecture, a guess, which in cases
of greater dignity we call a hypothesis or a theory. That is to say, it is a possible but as yet
do
ubtful mode of interpretation. (b) Even though doubtful, it has an office to perform; namely,
that of directing inquiry and examination. If this blur means a friend beckoning, then careful
observation should show certain other traits. If it is a man driving unruly cattle, certain other
traits should be found. Let us look and see if these traits are found. Taken merely as a doubt, an
idea would paralyze inquiry. Taken merely as a certainty, it would arrest[Pg 109] inquiry. Taken as
a doubtful possibility, it affords a standpoint, a platform, a method of inquiry.
Pseudo-ideas
Ideas are not then genuine ideas unless they are tools in a reflective examination which tends to
solve a problem. Suppose it is a question of having the pupil grasp the idea of the sphericity of
the earth. This is different from teaching him its sphericity as a fact. He may be shown (or
reminded of) a ball or a globe, and be told that the earth is round like those things; he may then
be made to repeat that statement day after day till the shape of the earth and the shape of the ball
are welded together in his mind. But he has not thereby acquired any idea of the earth's
sphericity; at most, he has had a certain image of a sphere and has finally managed to image the
earth after the analogy of his ball image. To grasp sphericity as an idea, the pupil must first have
realized certain perplexities or confusing features in observed facts and have had the idea of
spherical shape suggested to him as a possible way of accounting for the phenomena in question.
Only by use as a method of interpreting data so as to give them fuller meaning does sphericity
become a genuine idea. There may be a vivid image and no idea; or there may be a fleeting,
obscure image and yet an idea, if that image performs the function of instigating and directing
the observation and relation of facts.
Ideas furnish the only alternative to "hit or miss" methods
Logical ideas are like keys which are shaping with reference to opening a lock. Pike, separated
by a glass partition from the fish upon which they ordinarily prey, will—so it is said—butt their
heads against the glass until it is literally beaten into them that they cannot get at their food.
Animals learn (when they learn at all) by a "cut and try" method; by doing at random[Pg 110] first
one thing and another thing and then preserving the things that happen to succeed. Action
directed consciously by ideas—by suggested meanings accepted for the sake of experimenting
with them—is the sole alternative both to bull-headed stupidity and to learning bought from that
dear teacher—chance experience.
They are methods of indirect attack
It is significant that many words for intelligence suggest the idea of circuitous, evasive activity—
often with a sort of intimation of even moral obliquity. The bluff, hearty man goes straight (and
stupidly, it is implied) at some work. The intelligent man is cunning, shrewd (crooked), wily,
subtle, crafty, artful, designing—the idea of indirection is involved.[20] An idea is a method of
evading, circumventing, or surmounting through reflection obstacles that otherwise would have
to be attacked by brute force. But ideas may lose their intellectual quality as they are habitually
used. When a child was first learning to recognize, in some hesitating suspense, cats, dogs,
houses, marbles, trees, shoes, and other objects, ideas—conscious and tentative meanings—
intervened as methods of identification. Now, as a rule, the thing and the meaning are so
completely fused that there is no judgment and no idea proper, but only automatic recognition.
On the other hand, things that are, as a rule, directly apprehended and familiar become subjects
of judgment when they present themselves in unusual contexts: as forms, distances, sizes,
positions when we attempt to draw them; triangles, squares, and circles when they turn up, not in
connection with familiar toys, implements, and utensils, but as problems in geometry.
[Pg 111]
§ 3. Analysis and Synthesis
Judging clears up things: analysis
Through judging confused data are cleared up, and seemingly incoherent and disconnected facts
brought together. Things may have a peculiar feeling for us, they may make a certain
indescribable impression upon us; the thing may feel round (that is, present a quality which we
afterwards define as round), an act may seem rude (or what we afterwards classify as rude), and
yet this quality may be lost, absorbed, blended in the total value of the situation. Only as we need
to use just that aspect of the original situation as a tool of grasping something perplexing or
obscure in another situation, do we abstract or detach the quality so that it becomes
individualized. Only because we need to characterize the shape of some new object or the moral
quality of some new act, does the element of roundness or rudeness in the old experience detach
itself, and stand out as a distinctive feature. If the element thus selected clears up what is
otherwise obscure in the new experience, if it settles what is uncertain, it thereby itself gains in
positiveness and definiteness of meaning. This point will meet us again in the following chapter;
here we shall speak of the matter only as it bears upon the questions of analysis and synthesis.
Mental analysis is not like physical division
Misapprehension of analysis in education
Even when it is definitely stated that intellectual and physical analyses are different sorts of
operations, intellectual analysis is often treated after the analogy of physical; as if it were the
breaking up of a whole into all its constituent parts in the mind instead of in space. As nobody
can possibly tell what breaking a whole into its parts in the mind means, this conception leads to
the further notion that logical analysis is a mere enumeration and listing of all conceivable
qualities and relations.[Pg 112] The influence upon education of this conception has been very
great.[21] Every subject in the curriculum has passed through—or still remains in—what may be
called the phase of anatomical or morphological method: the stage in which understanding the
subject is thought to consist of multiplying distinctions of quality, form, relation, and so on, and
attaching some name to each distinguished element. In normal growth, specific properties are
emphasized and so individualized only when they serve to clear up a present difficulty. Only as
they are involved in judging some specific situation is there any motive or use for analyses, i.e.
fo
r emphasis upon some element or relation as peculiarly significant.
Effects of premature formulation
The same putting the cart before the horse, the product before the process, is found in that
overconscious formulation of methods of procedure so current in elementary instruction. (See p.
60.) The method that is employed in discovery, in reflective inquiry, cannot possibly be
identified with the method that emerges after the discovery is made. In the genuine operation of
inference, the mind is in the attitude of search, of hunting, of projection, of trying this and that;
when the conclusion is reached, the search is at an end. The Greeks used to discuss: "How is
learning (or inquiry) possible? For either we know already what we are after, and then we do not
learn or inquire; or we do not know, and then we cannot inquire, for we do not know what to
look for." The dilemma is at least suggestive, for it points to the true alternative: the use in
inquiry of doubt, of tentative suggestion, of experimen[Pg 113]tation. After we have reached the
conclusion, a reconsideration of the steps of the process to see what is helpful, what is harmful,
what is merely useless, will assist in dealing more promptly and efficaciously with analogous
problems in the future. In this way, more or less explicit method is gradually built up. (Compare
the earlier discussion on p. 62 of the psychological and the logical.)
Method comes before its formulation
It is, however, a common assumption that unless the pupil from the outset consciously
recognizes and explicitly states the method logically implied in the result he is to reach, he will
have no method, and his mind will work confusedly or anarchically; while if he accompanies his
performance with conscious statement of some form of procedure (outline, topical analysis, list
of headings and subheadings, uniform formula) his mind is safeguarded and strengthened. As a
matter of fact, the development of an unconscious logical attitude and habit must come first. A
conscious setting forth of the method logically adapted for reaching an end is possible only after
the result has first been reached by more unconscious and tentative methods, while it is valuable
only when a review of the method that achieved success in a given case will throw light upon a
new, similar case. The ability to fasten upon and single out (abstract, analyze) those features of
one experience which are logically best is hindered by premature insistence upon their explicit
fo
rm
ulation. It is repeated use that gives a method definiteness; and given this definiteness,
precipitation into formulated statement should follow naturally. But because teachers find that
the things which they themselves best understand are marked off and defined in clear-cut ways,
our schoolrooms are pervaded[Pg 114] with the superstition that children are to begin with already
crystallized formulæ of method.
Judgment reveals the bearing or significance of facts: synthesis
As analysis is conceived to be a sort of picking to pieces, so synthesis is thought to be a sort of
physical piecing together; and so imagined, it also becomes a mystery. In fact, synthesis takes
place wherever we grasp the bearing of facts on a conclusion, or of a principle on facts. As
analysis is emphasis, so synthesis is placing; the one causes the emphasized fact or property to
stand out as significant; the other gives what is selected its context, or its connection with what is
signified. Every judgment is analytic in so far as it involves discernment, discrimination,
marking off the trivial from the important, the irrelevant from what points to a conclusion; and it
is synthetic in so far as it leaves the mind with an inclusive situation within which the selected
fa
cts are placed.
Analysis and synthesis are correlative
Educational methods that pride themselves on being exclusively analytic or exclusively synthetic
are therefore (so far as they carry out their boasts) incompatible with normal operations of
judgment. Discussions have taken place, for example, as to whether the teaching of geography
should be analytic or synthetic. The synthetic method is supposed to begin with the partial,
limited portion of the earth's surface already familiar to the pupil, and then gradually piece on
adjacent regions (the county, the country, the continent, and so on) till an idea of the entire globe
is reached, or of the solar system that includes the globe. The analytic method is supposed to
begin with the physical whole, the solar system or globe, and to work down through its
constituent portions till the immediate environment is reached. The underlying conceptions are
of physical wholes and physical[Pg 115] parts. As matter of fact, we cannot assume that the portion
of the earth already familiar to the child is such a definite object, mentally, that he can at once
begin with it; his knowledge of it is misty and vague as well as incomplete. Accordingly, mental
progress will involve analysis of it—emphasis of the features that are significant, so that they
will stand out clearly. Moreover, his own locality is not sharply marked off, neatly bounded, and
measured. His experience of it is already an experience that involves sun, moon, and stars as
parts of the scene he surveys; it involves a changing horizon line as he moves about; that is, even
his more limited and local experience involves far-reaching factors that take his imagination
clear beyond his own street and village. Connection, relationship with a larger whole, is already
involved. But his recognition of these relations is inadequate, vague, incorrect. He needs to
utilize the features of the local environment which are understood to help clarify and enlarge his
conceptions of the larger geographical scene to which they belong. At the same time, not till he
has grasped the larger scene will many of even the commonest features of his environment
become intelligible. Analysis leads to synthesis; while synthesis perfects analysis. As the pupil
grows in comprehension of the vast complicated earth in its setting in space, he also sees more
definitely the meaning of the familiar local details. This intimate interaction between selective
emphasis and interpretation of what is selected is found wherever reflection proceeds normally.
Hence the folly of trying to set analysis and synthesis over against each other.[Pg 116]
CHAPTER NINE
MEANING: OR CONCEPTIONS AND UNDERSTANDING
§ 1. The Place of Meanings in Mental Life
Meaning is central
As in our discussion of judgment we were making more explicit what is involved in inference, so
in the discussion of meaning we are only recurring to the central function of all reflection. For
one thing to mean, signify, betoken, indicate, or point to, another we saw at the outset to be the
essential mark of thinking (see p. 8). To find out what facts, just as they stand, mean, is the
object of all discovery; to find out what facts will carry out, substantiate, support a given
meaning, is the object of all testing. When an inference reaches a satisfactory conclusion, we
attain a goal of meaning. The act of judging involves both the growth and the application of
meanings. In short, in this chapter we are not introducing a new topic; we are only coming to
closer quarters with what hitherto has been constantly assumed. In the first section, we shall
consider the equivalence of meaning and understanding, and the two types of understanding,
direct and indirect.
I. MEANING AND UNDERSTANDING
To understand is to grasp meaning
If a person comes suddenly into your room and calls out "Paper," various alternatives are
possible. If you do not understand the English language, there is simply a noise which may or
may not act as a physical stimulus[Pg 117] and irritant. But the noise is not an intellectual object; it
does not have intellectual value. (Compare above, p. 15.) To say that you do not understand it
and that it has no meaning are equivalents. If the cry is the usual accompaniment of the delivery
of the morning paper, the sound will have meaning, intellectual content; you will understand it.
Or if you are eagerly awaiting the receipt of some important document, you may assume that the
cry means an announcement of its arrival. If (in the third place) you understand the English
language, but no context suggests itself from your habits and expectations, the word has
meaning, but not the whole event. You are then perplexed and incited to think out, to hunt for,
some explanation of the apparently meaningless occurrence. If you find something that accounts
fo
r the performance, it gets meaning; you come to understand it. As intelligent beings, we
presume the existence of meaning, and its absence is an anomaly. Hence, if it should turn out
that the person merely meant to inform you that there was a scrap of paper on the sidewalk, or
that paper existed somewhere in the universe, you would think him crazy or yourself the victim
of a poor joke. To grasp a meaning, to understand, to identify a thing in a situation in which it is
important, are thus equivalent terms; they express the nerves of our intellectual life. Without
them there is (a) lack of intellectual content, or (b) intellectual confusion and perplexity, or else
(c) intellectual perversion—nonsense, insanity.
Knowledge and meaning
All knowledge, all science, thus aims to grasp the meaning of objects and events, and this
process always consists in taking them out of their apparent brute isolation as events, and finding
them to be parts of some[Pg 118] larger whole suggested by them, which, in turn, accounts for,
explains, interprets them; i.e. renders them significant. (Compare above, p. 75.) Suppose that a
stone with peculiar markings has been found. What do these scratches mean? So far as the object
fo
rces the raising of this question, it is not understood; while so far as the color and form that we
see mean to us a stone, the object is understood. It is such peculiar combinations of the
understood and the nonunderstood that provoke thought. If at the end of the inquiry, the
markings are decided to mean glacial scratches, obscure and perplexing traits have been
translated into meanings already understood: namely, the moving and grinding power of large
bodies of ice and the friction thus induced of one rock upon another. Something already
understood in one situation has been transferred and applied to what is strange and perplexing in
another, and thereby the latter has become plain and familiar, i.e. understood. This summary
illustration discloses that our power to think effectively depends upon possession of a capital
fu
nd of meanings which may be applied when desired. (Compare what was said about deduction,
p. 94.)
II. DIRECT AND INDIRECT UNDERSTANDING
Direct and circuitous understanding
In the above illustrations two types of grasping of meaning are exemplified. When the English
language is understood, the person grasps at once the meaning of "paper." He may not, however,
see any meaning or sense in the performance as a whole. Similarly, the person identifies the
object on sight as a stone; there is no secret, no mystery, no perplexity about that. But he does
not understand the markings on it. They have[Pg 119] some meaning, but what is it? In one case,
owing to familiar acquaintance, the thing and its meaning, up to a certain point, are one. In the
other, the thing and its meaning are, temporarily at least, sundered, and meaning has to be sought
in order to understand the thing. In one case understanding is direct, prompt, immediate; in the
other, it is roundabout and delayed.
Interaction of the two types
Most languages have two sets of words to express these two modes of understanding; one for the
direct taking in or grasp of meaning, the other for its circuitous apprehension, thus: γνωναι and
ειδεναι in Greek; noscere and scire in Latin; kennen and wissen in German; connaître and savoir
in French; while in English to be acquainted with and to know of or about have been suggested
as equivalents.[22] Now our intellectual life consists of a peculiar interaction between these two
types of understanding. All judgment, all reflective inference, presupposes some lack of
understanding, a partial absence of meaning. We reflect in order that we may get hold of the full
and adequate significance of what happens. Nevertheless, something must be already
understood, the mind must be in possession of some meaning which it has mastered, or else
thinking is impossible. We think in order to grasp meaning, but none the less every extension of
kn
owledge makes us aware of blind and opaque spots, where with less knowledge all had
seemed obvious and natural. A scientist brought into a new district will find many things that he
does not understand, where the native savage or[Pg 120] rustic will be wholly oblivious to any
meanings beyond those directly apparent. Some Indians brought to a large city remained stolid at
the sight of mechanical wonders of bridge, trolley, and telephone, but were held spellbound by
the sight of workmen climbing poles to repair wires. Increase of the store of meanings makes us
conscious of new problems, while only through translation of the new perplexities into what is
already familiar and plain do we understand or solve these problems. This is the constant spiral
movement of knowledge.
Intellectual progress a rhythm
Our progress in genuine knowledge always consists in part in the discovery of something not
understood in what had previously been taken for granted as plain, obvious, matter-of-course,
and in part in the use of meanings that are directly grasped without question, as instruments for
getting hold of obscure, doubtful, and perplexing meanings. No object is so familiar, so obvious,
so commonplace that it may not unexpectedly present, in a novel situation, some problem, and
thus arouse reflection in order to understand it. No object or principle is so strange, peculiar, or
remote that it may not be dwelt upon till its meaning becomes familiar—taken in on sight
without reflection. We may come to see, perceive, recognize, grasp, seize, lay hold of principles,
laws, abstract truths—i.e. to understand their meaning in very immediate fashion. Our
intellectual progress consists, as has been said, in a rhythm of direct understanding—technically
called apprehension—with indirect, mediated understanding—technically called comprehension.
§ 2. The Process of Acquiring Meanings
Familiarity
The first problem that comes up in connection with direct understanding is how a store of
directly apprehen[Pg 121]sible meanings is built up. How do we learn to view things on sight as
significant members of a situation, or as having, as a matter of course, specific meanings? Our
chief difficulty in answering this question lies in the thoroughness with which the lesson of
fa
miliar things has been learnt. Thought can more easily traverse an unexplored region than it
can undo what has been so thoroughly done as to be ingrained in unconscious habit. We
ap
prehend chairs, tables, books, trees, horses, clouds, stars, rain, so promptly and directly that it
is hard to realize that as meanings they had once to be acquired,—the meanings are now so much
parts of the things themselves.
Confusion is prior to familiarity
In an often quoted passage, Mr. James has said: "The baby, assailed by eyes, ears, nose, skin,
and entrails at once, feels it all as one great blooming, buzzing confusion."[23] Mr. James is
speaking of a baby's world taken as a whole; the description, however, is equally applicable to
the way any new thing strikes an adult, so far as the thing is really new and strange. To the
traditional "cat in a strange garret," everything is blurred and confused; the wonted marks that
label things so as to separate them from one another are lacking. Foreign languages that we do
not understand always seem jabberings, babblings, in which it is impossible to fix a definite,
clear-cut, individualized group of sounds. The countryman in the crowded city street, the
landlubber at sea, the ignoramus in sport at a contest between experts in a complicated game, are
fu
rt
her instances. Put an unexperienced man in a factory, and at first the work seems to him a
meaningless medley. All strangers of another race proverbially look alike to the visiting[Pg 122]
fo
reigner. Only gross differences of size or color are perceived by an outsider in a flock of sheep,
each of which is perfectly individualized to the shepherd. A diffusive blur and an
indiscriminately shifting suction characterize what we do not understand. The problem of the
acquisition of meaning by things, or (stated in another way) of forming habits of simple
ap
prehension, is thus the problem of introducing (i) definiteness and distinction and (ii)
consistency or stability of meaning into what is otherwise vague and wavering.
Practical responses clarify confusion
The acquisition of definiteness and of coherency (or constancy) of meanings is derived primarily
from practical activities. By rolling an object, the child makes its roundness appreciable; by
bouncing it, he singles out its elasticity; by throwing it, he makes weight its conspicuous
distinctive factor. Not through the senses, but by means of the reaction, the responsive
adjustment, is the impression made distinctive, and given a character marked off from other
qualities that call out unlike reactions. Children, for example, are usually quite slow in
ap
prehending differences of color. Differences from the standpoint of the adult so glaring that it
is impossible not to note them are recognized and recalled with great difficulty. Doubtless they
do not all feel alike, but there is no intellectual recognition of what makes the difference. The
redness or greenness or blueness of the object does not tend to call out a reaction that is
sufficiently peculiar to give prominence or distinction to the color trait. Gradually, however,
certain characteristic habitual responses associate themselves with certain things; the white
becomes the sign, say, of milk and sugar, to which the child reacts favorably; blue becomes the
sign of a dress that the child likes to wear, and so on: and the[Pg 123] distinctive reactions tend to
single out color qualities from other things in which they had been submerged.
We identify by use or function
Take another example. We have little difficulty in distinguishing from one another rakes, hoes,
plows and harrows, shovels and spades. Each has its own associated characteristic use and
fu
nction. We may have, however, great difficulty in recalling the difference between serrate and
dentate, ovoid and obovoid, in the shapes and edges of leaves, or between acids in ic and in ous.
There is some difference; but just what? Or, we know what the difference is; but which is
which? Variations in form, size, color, and arrangement of parts have much less to do, and the
uses, purposes, and functions of things and of their parts much more to do, with distinctness of
character and meaning than we should be likely to think. What misleads us is the fact that the
qualities of form, size, color, and so on, are now so distinct that we fail to see that the problem is
precisely to account for the way in which they originally obtained their definiteness and
conspicuousness. So far as we sit passive before objects, they are not distinguished out of a
vague blur which swallows them all. Differences in the pitch and intensity of sounds leave
behind a different feeling, but until we assume different attitudes toward them, or do something
special in reference to them, their vague difference cannot be intellectually gripped and retained.
Children's drawings illustrate domination by value
Children's drawings afford a further exemplification of the same principle. Perspective does not
exist, for the child's interest is not in pictorial representation, but in the things represented; and
while perspective is essential to the former, it is no part of the characteristic uses and values of
the things themselves. The house[Pg 124] is drawn with transparent walls, because the rooms,
chairs, beds, people inside, are the important things in the house-meaning; smoke always comes
out of the chimney—otherwise, why have a chimney at all? At Christmas time, the stockings
may be drawn almost as large as the house or even so large that they have to be put outside of
it:—in any case, it is the scale of values in use that furnishes the scale for their qualities, the
pictures being diagrammatic reminders of these values, not impartial records of physical and
sensory qualities. One of the chief difficulties felt by most persons in learning the art of pictorial
representation is that habitual uses and results of use have become so intimately read into the
character of things that it is practically impossible to shut them out at will.
As do sounds used as language signs
The acquiring of meaning by sounds, in virtue of which they become words, is perhaps the most
striking illustration that can be found of the way in which mere sensory stimuli acquire
definiteness and constancy of meaning and are thereby themselves defined and interconnected
fo
r purposes of recognition. Language is a specially good example because there are hundreds or
even thousands of words in which meaning is now so thoroughly consolidated with physical
qualities as to be directly apprehended, while in the case of words it is easier to recognize that
this connection has been gradually and laboriously acquired than in the case of physical objects
such as chairs, tables, buttons, trees, stones, hills, flowers, and so on, where it seems as if the
union of intellectual character and meaning with the physical fact were aboriginal, and thrust
upon us passively rather than acquired through active explorations. And in the case of the
meaning of words, we see readily that it is by making[Pg 125] sounds and noting the results which
fo
llow, by listening to the sounds of others and watching the activities which accompany them,
that a given sound finally becomes the stable bearer of a meaning.
Summary
Familiar acquaintance with meanings thus signifies that we have acquired in the presence of
objects definite attitudes of response which lead us, without reflection, to anticipate certain
possible consequences. The definiteness of the expectation defines the meaning or takes it out of
the vague and pulpy; its habitual, recurrent character gives the meaning constancy, stability,
consistency, or takes it out of the fluctuating and wavering.
§ 3. Conceptions and Meaning
A conception is a definite meaning
The word meaning is a familiar everyday term; the words conception, notion, are both popular
and technical terms. Strictly speaking, they involve, however, nothing new; any meaning
sufficiently individualized to be directly grasped and readily used, and thus fixed by a word, is a
conception or notion. Linguistically, every common noun is the carrier of a meaning, while
proper nouns and common nouns with the word this or that prefixed, refer to the things in which
the meanings are exemplified. That thinking both employs and expands notions, conceptions, is
then simply saying that in inference and judgment we use meanings, and that this use also
corrects and widens them.
which is standardized
Various persons talk about an object not physically present, and yet all get the same material of
belief. The same person in different moments often refers to the same object or kind of objects.
The sense experience, the physical conditions, the psychological conditions, vary, but the same
meaning is conserved. If pounds[Pg 126] arbitrarily changed their weight, and foot rules their
length, while we were using them, obviously we could not weigh nor measure. This would be
our intellectual position if meanings could not be maintained with a certain stability and
constancy through a variety of physical and personal changes.
By it we identify the unknown
and supplement the sensibly present
and also systematize things
To insist upon the fundamental importance of conceptions would, accordingly, only repeat what
has been said. We shall merely summarize, saying that conceptions, or standard meanings, are
instruments (i) of identification, (ii) of supplementation, and (iii) of placing in a system. Suppose
a little speck of light hitherto unseen is detected in the heavens. Unless there is a store of
meanings to fall back upon as tools of inquiry and reasoning, that speck of light will remain just
what it is to the senses—a mere speck of light. For all that it leads to, it might as well be a mere
irritation of the optic nerve. Given the stock of meanings acquired in prior experience, this speck
of light is mentally attacked by means of appropriate concepts. Does it indicate asteroid, or
comet, or a new-forming sun, or a nebula resulting from some cosmic collision or disintegration?
Each of these conceptions has its own specific and differentiating characters, which are then
sought for by minute and persistent inquiry. As a result, then, the speck is identified, we will say,
as a comet. Through a standard meaning, it gets identity and stability of character.
Supplementation then takes place. All the known qualities of comets are read into this particular
thing, even though they have not been as yet observed. All that the astronomers of the past have
learned about the paths and structure of comets becomes available capital with which to interpret
the speck[Pg 127] of light. Finally, this comet-meaning is itself not isolated; it is a related portion
of the whole system of astronomic knowledge. Suns, planets, satellites, nebulæ, comets, meteors,
star dust—all these conceptions have a certain mutuality of reference and interaction, and when
the speck of light is identified as meaning a comet, it is at once adopted as a full member in this
vast kingdom of beliefs.
Importance of system to knowledge
Darwin, in an autobiographical sketch, says that when a youth he told the geologist, Sidgwick, of
finding a tropical shell in a certain gravel pit. Thereupon Sidgwick said it must have been thrown
there by some person, adding: "But if it were really embedded there, it would be the greatest
misfortune to geology, because it would overthrow all that we know about the superficial
deposits of the Midland Counties"—since they were glacial. And then Darwin adds: "I was then
utterly astonished at Sidgwick not being delighted at so wonderful a fact as a tropical shell being
fo
und near the surface in the middle of England. Nothing before had made me thoroughly realize
that science consists in grouping facts so that general laws or conclusions may be drawn from
them." This instance (which might, of course, be duplicated from any branch of science)
indicates how scientific notions make explicit the systematizing tendency involved in all use of
concepts.
§ 4. What Conceptions are Not
The idea that a conception is a meaning that supplies a standard rule for the identification and
placing of particulars may be contrasted with some current misapprehensions of its nature.
A concept is not a bare residue
1. Conceptions are not derived from a multitude of[Pg 128] different definite objects by leaving out
the qualities in which they differ and retaining those in which they agree. The origin of concepts
is sometimes described to be as if a child began with a lot of different particular things, say
particular dogs; his own Fido, his neighbor's Carlo, his cousin's Tray. Having all these different
objects before him, he analyzes them into a lot of different qualities, say (a) color, (b) size, (c)
shape, (d) number of legs, (e) quantity and quality of hair, (f) digestive organs, and so on; and
then strikes out all the unlike qualities (such as color, size, shape, hair), retaining traits such as
quadruped and domesticated, which they all have in general.
but an active attitude
As a matter of fact, the child begins with whatever significance he has got out of the one dog he
has seen, heard, and handled. He has found that he can carry over from one experience of this
object to subsequent experience certain expectations of certain characteristic modes of
behavior—may expect these even before they show themselves. He tends to assume this attitude
of anticipation whenever any clue or stimulus presents itself; whenever the object gives him any
excuse for it. Thus he might call cats little dogs, or horses big dogs. But finding that other
expected traits and modes of behavior are not fulfilled, he is forced to throw out certain traits
from the dog-meaning, while by contrast (see p. 90) certain other traits are selected and
emphasized. As he further applies the meaning to other dogs, the dog-meaning gets still further
defined and refined. He does not begin with a lot of ready-made objects from which he extracts a
common meaning; he tries to apply to every new experience whatever from his old experience
will help him understand it,[Pg 129] and as this process of constant assumption and
experimentation is fulfilled and refuted by results, his conceptions get body and clearness.
It is general because of its application
2. Similarly, conceptions are general because of their use and application, not because of their
ingredients. The view of the origin of conception in an impossible sort of analysis has as its
counterpart the idea that the conception is made up out of all the like elements that remain after
dissection of a number of individuals. Not so; the moment a meaning is gained, it is a working
tool of further apprehensions, an instrument of understanding other things. Thereby the meaning
is extended to cover them. Generality resides in application to the comprehension of new cases,
not in constituent parts. A collection of traits left as the common residuum, the caput mortuum,
of a million objects, would be merely a collection, an inventory or aggregate, not a general idea;
a striking trait emphasized in any one experience which then served to help understand some one
other experience, would become, in virtue of that service of application, in so far general.
Synthesis is not a matter of mechanical addition, but of application of something discovered in
one case to bring other cases into line.
§ 5. Definition and Organization of Meanings
Definiteness versus vagueness
In the abstract meaning is intension
In its application it is extension
A being that cannot understand at all is at least protected from mis-understandings. But beings
that get knowledge by means of inferring and interpreting, by judging what things signify in
relation to one another, are constantly exposed to the danger of mis-apprehension, mis-
understanding, mis-taking—taking a thing amiss. A constant source of misunderstanding and
mistake is indefiniteness of meaning. Through vagueness of[Pg 130] meaning we misunderstand
other people, things, and ourselves; through its ambiguity we distort and pervert. Conscious
distortion of meaning may be enjoyed as nonsense; erroneous meanings, if clear-cut, may be
fo
llowed up and got rid of. But vague meanings are too gelatinous to offer matter for analysis,
and too pulpy to afford support to other beliefs. They evade testing and responsibility.
Vagueness disguises the unconscious mixing together of different meanings, and facilitates the
substitution of one meaning for another, and covers up the failure to have any precise meaning at
all. It is the aboriginal logical sin—the source from which flow most bad intellectual
consequences. Totally to eliminate indefiniteness is impossible; to reduce it in extent and in
fo
rce requires sincerity and vigor. To be clear or perspicuous a meaning must be detached,
single, self-contained, homogeneous as it were, throughout. The technical name for any meaning
which is thus individualized is intension. The process of arriving at such units of meaning (and
of stating them when reached) is definition. The intension of the terms man, river, seed, honesty,
capital, supreme court, is the meaning that exclusively and characteristically attaches to those
terms. This meaning is set forth in the definitions of those words. The test of the distinctness of a
meaning is that it shall successfully mark off a group of things that exemplify the meaning from
other groups, especially of those objects that convey nearly allied meanings. The river-meaning
(or character) must serve to designate the Rhone, the Rhine, the Mississippi, the Hudson, the
Wabash, in spite of their varieties of place, length, quality of water; and must be such as not to
suggest ocean currents, ponds, or brooks. This use of a mean[Pg 131]ing to mark off and group
together a variety of distinct existences constitutes its extension.
Definition and division
As definition sets forth intension, so division (or the reverse process, classification) expounds
extension. Intension and extension, definition and division, are clearly correlative; in language
previously used, intension is meaning as a principle of identifying particulars; extension is the
group of particulars identified and distinguished. Meaning, as extension, would be wholly in the
air or unreal, did it not point to some object or group of objects; while objects would be as
isolated and independent intellectually as they seem to be spatially, were they not bound into
groups or classes on the basis of characteristic meanings which they constantly suggest and
exemplify. Taken together, definition and division put us in possession of individualized or
definite meanings and indicate to what group of objects meanings refer. They typify the fixation
and the organization of meanings. In the degree in which the meanings of any set of experiences
are so cleared up as to serve as principles for grouping those experiences in relation to one
another, that set of particulars becomes a science; i.e. definition and classification are the marks
of a science, as distinct from both unrelated heaps of miscellaneous information and from the
habits that introduce coherence into our experience without our being aware of their operation.
Definitions are of three types, denotative, expository, scientific. Of these, the first and third are
logically important, while the expository type is socially and pedagogically important as an
intervening step.
We define by picking out
I. Denotative. A blind man can never have an adequate understanding of the meaning of color
and red; a seeing person can acquire the knowledge only by hav[Pg 132]ing certain things
designated in such a way as to fix attention upon some of their qualities. This method of
delimiting a meaning by calling out a certain attitude toward objects may be called denotative or
indicative. It is required for all sense qualities—sounds, tastes, colors—and equally for all
emotional and moral qualities. The meanings of honesty, sympathy, hatred, fear, must be
grasped by having them presented in an individual's first-hand experience. The reaction of
educational reformers against linguistic and bookish training has always taken the form of
demanding recourse to personal experience. However advanced the person is in knowledge and
in scientific training, understanding of a new subject, or a new aspect of an old subject, must
always be through these acts of experiencing directly the existence or quality in question.
and also by combining what is already more definite,
2. Expository. Given a certain store of meanings which have been directly or denotatively
marked out, language becomes a resource by which imaginative combinations and variations
may be built up. A color may be defined to one who has not experienced it as lying between
green and blue; a tiger may be defined (i.e. the idea of it made more definite) by selecting some
qualities from known members of the cat tribe and combining them with qualities of size and
weight derived from other objects. Illustrations are of the nature of expository definitions; so are
the accounts of meanings given in a dictionary. By taking better-known meanings and
associating them,—the attained store of meanings of the community in which one resides is put
at one's disposal. But in themselves these definitions are secondhand and conventional; there is
danger that instead of inciting one to effort after personal experiences that[Pg 133] will exemplify
and verify them, they will be accepted on authority as substitutes.
and by discovering method of production
3. Scientific. Even popular definitions serve as rules for identifying and classifying individuals,
but the purpose of such identifications and classifications is mainly practical and social, not
intellectual. To conceive the whale as a fish does not interfere with the success of whalers, nor
does it prevent recognition of a whale when seen, while to conceive it not as fish but as mammal
serves the practical end equally well, and also furnishes a much more valuable principle for
scientific identification and classification. Popular definitions select certain fairly obvious traits
as keys to classification. Scientific definitions select conditions of causation, production, and
generation as their characteristic material. The traits used by the popular definition do not help
us to understand why an object has its common meanings and qualities; they simply state the fact
that it does have them. Causal and genetic definitions fix upon the way an object is constructed
as the key to its being a certain kind of object, and thereby explain why it has its class or
common traits.
Contrast of causal and descriptive definitions
Science is the most perfect type of knowledge because it uses causal definitions
If, for example, a layman of considerable practical experience were asked what he meant or
understood by metal, he would probably reply in terms of the qualities useful (i) in recognizing
any given metal and (ii) in the arts. Smoothness, hardness, glossiness, and brilliancy, heavy
weight for its size, would probably be included in his definition, because such traits enable us to
identify specific things when we see and touch them; the serviceable properties of capacity for
being hammered and pulled without breaking, of being softened by heat and hardened by cold,
of retaining the shape and form[Pg 134] given, of resistance to pressure and decay, would probably
be included—whether or not such terms as malleable or fusible were used. Now a scientific
conception, instead of using, even with additions, traits of this kind, determines meaning on a
different basis. The present definition of metal is about like this: Metal means any chemical
element that enters into combination with oxygen so as to form a base, i.e. a compound that
combines with an acid to form a salt. This scientific definition is founded, not on directly
perceived qualities nor on directly useful properties, but on the way in which certain things are
causally related to other things; i.e. it denotes a relation. As chemical concepts become more
and more those of relationships of interaction in constituting other substances, so physical
concepts express more and more relations of operation: mathematical, as expressing functions of
dependence and order of grouping; biological, relations of differentiation of descent, effected
through adjustment of various environments; and so on through the sphere of the sciences. In
short, our conceptions attain a maximum of definite individuality and of generality (or
ap
plicability) in the degree to which they show how things depend upon one another or influence
one another, instead of expressing the qualities that objects possess statically. The ideal of a
system of scientific conceptions is to attain continuity, freedom, and flexibility of transition in
passing from any fact and meaning to any other; this demand is met in the degree in which we
lay hold of the dynamic ties that hold things together in a continuously changing process—a
principle that states insight into mode of production or growth.[Pg 135]
CHAPTER TEN
CONCRETE AND ABSTRACT THINKING
False notions of concrete and abstract
The maxim enjoined upon teachers, "to proceed from the concrete to the abstract," is perhaps
fa
miliar rather than comprehended. Few who read and hear it gain a clear conception of the
starting-point, the concrete; of the nature of the goal, the abstract; and of the exact nature of the
path to be traversed in going from one to the other. At times the injunction is positively
misunderstood, being taken to mean that education should advance from things to thought—as if
any dealing with things in which thinking is not involved could possibly be educative. So
understood, the maxim encourages mechanical routine or sensuous excitation at one end of the
educational scale—the lower—and academic and unapplied learning at the upper end.
Actually, all dealing with things, even the child's, is immersed in inferences; things are clothed
by the suggestions they arouse, and are significant as challenges to interpretation or as evidences
to substantiate a belief. Nothing could be more unnatural than instruction in things without
thought; in sense-perceptions without judgments based upon them. And if the abstract to which
we are to proceed denotes thought apart from things, the goal recommended is formal and[Pg 136]
empty, for effective thought always refers, more or less directly, to things.
Direct and indirect understanding again
Yet the maxim has a meaning which, understood and supplemented, states the line of
development of logical capacity. What is this signification? Concrete denotes a meaning
definitely marked off from other meanings so that it is readily apprehended by itself. When we
hear the words, table, chair, stove, coat, we do not have to reflect in order to grasp what is
meant. The terms convey meaning so directly that no effort at translating is needed. The
meanings of some terms and things, however, are grasped only by first calling to mind more
fa
miliar things and then tracing out connections between them and what we do not understand.
Roughly speaking, the former kind of meanings is concrete; the latter abstract.
What is familiar is mentally concrete
To one who is thoroughly at home in physics and chemistry, the notions of atom and molecule
are fairly concrete. They are constantly used without involving any labor of thought in
ap
prehending what they mean. But the layman and the beginner in science have first to remind
themselves of things with which they already are well acquainted, and go through a process of
slow translation; the terms atom and molecule losing, moreover, their hard-won meaning only
too easily if familiar things, and the line of transition from them to the strange, drop out of mind.
The same difference is illustrated by any technical terms: coefficient and exponent in algebra,
triangle and square in their geometric as distinct from their popular meanings; capital and value
as used in political economy, and so on.
Practical things are familiar
The difference as noted is purely relative to the intellectual progress of an individual; what is
ab
stract[Pg 137] at one period of growth is concrete at another; or even the contrary, as one finds
that things supposed to be thoroughly familiar involve strange factors and unsolved problems.
There is, nevertheless, a general line of cleavage which, deciding upon the whole what things
fa
ll within the limits of familiar acquaintance and what without, marks off the concrete and the
ab
stract in a more permanent way. These limits are fixed mainly by the demands of practical life.
Things such as sticks and stones, meat and potatoes, houses and trees, are such constant features
of the environment of which we have to take account in order to live, that their important
meanings are soon learnt, and indissolubly associated with objects. We are acquainted with a
thing (or it is familiar to us) when we have so much to do with it that its strange and unexpected
corners are rubbed off. The necessities of social intercourse convey to adults a like concreteness
upon such terms as taxes, elections, wages, the law, and so on. Things the meaning of which I
personally do not take in directly, appliances of cook, carpenter, or weaver, for example, are
nevertheless unhesitatingly classed as concrete, since they are so directly connected with our
common social life.
The theoretical, or strictly intellectual, is abstract
By contrast, the abstract is the theoretical, or that not intimately associated with practical
concerns. The abstract thinker (the man of pure science as he is sometimes called) deliberately
ab
stracts from application in life; that is, he leaves practical uses out of account. This, however,
is a merely negative statement. What remains when connections with use and application are
excluded? Evidently only what has to do with knowing considered as an end in itself. Many
notions of science[Pg 138] are abstract, not only because they cannot be understood without a long
ap
prenticeship in the science (which is equally true of technical matters in the arts), but also
because the whole content of their meaning has been framed for the sole purpose of facilitating
fu
rt
her knowledge, inquiry, and speculation. When thinking is used as a means to some end,
good, or value beyond itself, it is concrete; when it is employed simply as a means to more
thinking, it is abstract. To a theorist an idea is adequate and self-contained just because it
engages and rewards thought; to a medical practitioner, an engineer, an artist, a merchant, a
politician, it is complete only when employed in the furthering of some interest in life—health,
wealth, beauty, goodness, success, or what you will.
Contempt for theory
For the great majority of men under ordinary circumstances, the practical exigencies of life are
almost, if not quite, coercive. Their main business is the proper conduct of their affairs.
Whatever is of significance only as affording scope for thinking is pallid and remote—almost
artificial. Hence the contempt felt by the practical and successful executive for the "mere
theorist"; hence his conviction that certain things may be all very well in theory, but that they
will not do in practice; in general, the depreciatory way in which he uses the terms abstract,
theoretical, and intellectual—as distinct from intelligent.
But theory is highly practical
This attitude is justified, of course, under certain conditions. But depreciation of theory does not
contain the whole truth, as common or practical sense recognizes. There is such a thing, even
from the common-sense standpoint, as being "too practical," as being so intent upon the
immediately practical as not to see[Pg 139] beyond the end of one's nose or as to cut off the limb
upon which one is sitting. The question is one of limits, of degrees and adjustments, rather than
one of absolute separation. Truly practical men give their minds free play about a subject
without asking too closely at every point for the advantage to be gained; exclusive preoccupation
with matters of use and application so narrows the horizon as in the long run to defeat itself. It
does not pay to tether one's thoughts to the post of use with too short a rope. Power in action
requires some largeness and imaginativeness of vision. Men must at least have enough interest in
thinking for the sake of thinking to escape the limits of routine and custom. Interest in
kn
owledge for the sake of knowledge, in thinking for the sake of the free play of thought, is
necessary then to the emancipation of practical life—to make it rich and progressive.
We may now recur to the pedagogic maxim of going from the concrete to the abstract.
Begin with the concrete means begin with practical manipulations
1. Since the concrete denotes thinking applied to activities for the sake of dealing effectively
with the difficulties that present themselves practically, "beginning with the concrete" signifies
that we should at the outset make much of doing; especially, make much in occupations that are
not of a routine and mechanical kind and hence require intelligent selection and adaptation of
means and materials. We do not "follow the order of nature" when we multiply mere sensations
or accumulate physical objects. Instruction in number is not concrete merely because splints or
beans or dots are employed, while whenever the use and bearing of number relations are clearly
perceived, the number idea is concrete even if figures alone are used. Just what sort of[Pg 140]
symbol it is best to use at a given time—whether blocks, or lines, or figures—is entirely a matter
of adjustment to the given case. If physical things used in teaching number or geography or
anything else do not leave the mind illuminated with recognition of a meaning beyond
themselves, the instruction that uses them is as abstract as that which doles out ready-made
definitions and rules; for it distracts attention from ideas to mere physical excitations.
Confusion of the concrete with the sensibly isolated
The conception that we have only to put before the senses particular physical objects in order to
impress certain ideas upon the mind amounts almost to a superstition. The introduction of object
lessons and sense-training scored a distinct advance over the prior method of linguistic symbols,
and this advance tended to blind educators to the fact that only a halfway step had been taken.
Things and sensations develop the child, indeed, but only because he uses them in mastering his
body and in the scheme of his activities. Appropriate continuous occupations or activities
involve the use of natural materials, tools, modes of energy, and do it in a way that compels
thinking as to what they mean, how they are related to one another and to the realization of ends;
while the mere isolated presentation of things remains barren and dead. A few generations ago
the great obstacle in the way of reform of primary education was belief in the almost magical
efficacy of the symbols of language (including number) to produce mental training; at present,
belief in the efficacy of objects just as objects, blocks the way. As frequently happens, the better
is an enemy of the best.
Transfer of interest to intellectual matters
2. The interest in results, in the successful carrying on of an activity, should be gradually
transferred to study[Pg 141] of objects—their properties, consequences, structures, causes, and
effects. The adult when at work in his life calling is rarely free to devote time or energy—
beyond the necessities of his immediate action—to the study of what he deals with. (Ante, p. 43.)
The educative activities of childhood should be so arranged that direct interest in the activity and
its outcome create a demand for attention to matters that have a more and more indirect and
remote connection with the original activity. The direct interest in carpentering or shop work
should yield organically and gradually an interest in geometric and mechanical problems. The
interest in cooking should grow into an interest in chemical experimentation and in the
physiology and hygiene of bodily growth. The making of pictures should pass to an interest in
the technique of representation and the æsthetics of appreciation, and so on. This development is
what the term go signifies in the maxim "go from the concrete to the abstract"; it represents the
dynamic and truly educative factor of the process.
Development of delight in the activity of thinking
3. The outcome, the abstract to which education is to proceed, is an interest in intellectual
matters for their own sake, a delight in thinking for the sake of thinking. It is an old story that
acts and processes which at the outset are incidental to something else develop and maintain an
ab
sorbing value of their own. So it is with thinking and with knowledge; at first incidental to
results and adjustments beyond themselves, they attract more and more attention to themselves
till they become ends, not means. Children engage, unconstrainedly and continually, in reflective
inspection and testing for the sake of what they are interested in doing successfully. Habits of
thinking thus generated may increase in volume[Pg 142] and extent till they become of importance
on their own account.
Examples of the transition
The three instances cited in Chapter Six represented an ascending cycle from the practical to the
theoretical. Taking thought to keep a personal engagement is obviously of the concrete kind.
Endeavoring to work out the meaning of a certain part of a boat is an instance of an intermediate
kind. The reason for the existence and position of the pole is a practical reason, so that to the
architect the problem was purely concrete—the maintenance of a certain system of action. But
fo
r the passenger on the boat, the problem was theoretical, more or less speculative. It made no
difference to his reaching his destination whether he worked out the meaning of the pole. The
third case, that of the appearance and movement of the bubbles, illustrates a strictly theoretical or
ab
stract case. No overcoming of physical obstacles, no adjustment of external means to ends, is
at stake. Curiosity, intellectual curiosity, is challenged by a seemingly anomalous occurrence;
and thinking tries simply to account for an apparent exception in terms of recognized principles.
Theoretical knowledge never the whole end
(i) Abstract thinking, it should be noted, represents an end, not the end. The power of sustained
thinking on matters remote from direct use is an outgrowth of practical and immediate modes of
thought, but not a substitute for them. The educational end is not the destruction of power to
think so as to surmount obstacles and adjust means and ends; it is not its replacement by abstract
reflection. Nor is theoretical thinking a higher type of thinking than practical. A person who has
at command both types of thinking is of a higher order than he who possesses only one. Methods
that in de[Pg 143]veloping abstract intellectual abilities weaken habits of practical or concrete
thinking, fall as much short of the educational ideal as do the methods that in cultivating ability
to plan, to invent, to arrange, to forecast, fail to secure some delight in thinking irrespective of
practical consequences.
Nor that most congenial to the majority of pupils
(ii) Educators should also note the very great individual differences that exist; they should not try
to force one pattern and model upon all. In many (probably the majority) the executive tendency,
the habit of mind that thinks for purposes of conduct and achievement, not for the sake of
kn
owing, remains dominant to the end. Engineers, lawyers, doctors, merchants, are much more
numerous in adult life than scholars, scientists, and philosophers. While education should strive
to make men who, however prominent their professional interests and aims, partake of the spirit
of the scholar, philosopher, and scientist, no good reason appears why education should esteem
the one mental habit inherently superior to the other, and deliberately try to transform the type
from practical to theoretical. Have not our schools (as already suggested, p. 49) been one-sidedly
devoted to the more abstract type of thinking, thus doing injustice to the majority of pupils? Has
not the idea of a "liberal" and "humane" education tended too often in practice to the production
of technical, because overspecialized, thinkers?
Aim of education is a working balance
The aim of education should be to secure a balanced interaction of the two types of mental
attitude, having sufficient regard to the disposition of the individual not to hamper and cripple
whatever powers are naturally strong in him. The narrowness of individuals of strong concrete
bent needs to be liberalized. Every oppor[Pg 144]tunity that occurs within their practical activities
fo
r developing curiosity and susceptibility to intellectual problems should be seized. Violence is
not done to natural disposition, but the latter is broadened. As regards the smaller number of
those who have a taste for abstract, purely intellectual topics, pains should be taken to multiply
opportunities and demands for the application of ideas; for translating symbolic truths into terms
of social life and its ends. Every human being has both capabilities, and every individual will be
more effective and happier if both powers are developed in easy and close interaction with each
other.[Pg 145]
CHAPTER ELEVEN
EMPIRICAL AND SCIENTIFIC THINKING
§ 1. Empirical Thinking
Empirical thinking depends on past habits
Apart from the development of scientific method, inferences depend upon habits that have been
built up under the influence of a number of particular experiences not themselves arranged for
logical purposes. A says, "It will probably rain to-morrow." B asks, "Why do you think so?" and
A replies, "Because the sky was lowering at sunset." When B asks, "What has that to do with it?"
A responds, "I do not know, but it generally does rain after such a sunset." He does not perceive
any connection between the appearance of the sky and coming rain; he is not aware of any
continuity in the facts themselves—any law or principle, as we usually say. He simply, from
frequently recurring conjunctions of the events, has associated them so that when he sees one he
thinks of the other. One suggests the other, or is associated with it. A man may believe it will
rain to-morrow because he has consulted the barometer; but if he has no conception how the
height of the mercury column (or the position of an index moved by its rise and fall) is
connected with variations of atmospheric pressure, and how these in turn are connected with the
amount of moisture in the air, his belief in the likelihood of rain is purely empirical. When men
lived in the open and got their living by hunting, fishing, or[Pg 146] pasturing flocks, the detection
of the signs and indications of weather changes was a matter of great importance. A body of
proverbs and maxims, forming an extensive section of traditionary folklore, was developed. But
as long as there was no understanding why or how certain events were signs, as long as foresight
and weather shrewdness rested simply upon repeated conjunction among facts, beliefs about the
weather were thoroughly empirical.
It is fairly adequate in some matters,
In similar fashion learned men in the Orient learned to predict, with considerable accuracy, the
recurrent positions of the planets, the sun and the moon, and to foretell the time of eclipses,
without understanding in any degree the laws of the movements of heavenly bodies—that is,
without having a notion of the continuities existing among the facts themselves. They had
learned from repeated observations that things happened in about such and such a fashion. Till a
comparatively recent time, the truths of medicine were mainly in the same condition. Experience
had shown that "upon the whole," "as a rule," "generally or usually speaking," certain results
fo
llowed certain remedies, when symptoms were given. Our beliefs about human nature in
individuals (psychology) and in masses (sociology) are still very largely of a purely empirical
sort. Even the science of geometry, now frequently reckoned a typical rational science, began,
among the Egyptians, as an accumulation of recorded observations about methods of
ap
proximate mensuration of land surfaces; and only gradually assumed, among the Greeks,
scientific form.
The disadvantages of purely empirical thinking are obvious.[Pg 147]
but is very apt to lead to false beliefs,
1. While many empirical conclusions are, roughly speaking, correct; while they are exact enough
to be of great help in practical life; while the presages of a weatherwise sailor or hunter may be
more accurate, within a certain restricted range, than those of a scientist who relies wholly upon
scientific observations and tests; while, indeed, empirical observations and records furnish the
raw or crude material of scientific knowledge, yet the empirical method affords no way of
discriminating between right and wrong conclusions. Hence it is responsible for a multitude of
false beliefs. The technical designation for one of the commonest fallacies is post hoc, ergo
propter hoc; the belief that because one thing comes after another, it comes because of the other.
Now this fallacy of method is the animating principle of empirical conclusions, even when
correct—the correctness being almost as much a matter of good luck as of method. That potatoes
should be planted only during the crescent moon, that near the sea people are born at high tide
and die at low tide, that a comet is an omen of danger, that bad luck follows the cracking of a
mirror, that a patent medicine cures a disease—these and a thousand like notions are asseverated
on the basis of empirical coincidence and conjunction. Moreover, habits of expectation and
belief are formed otherwise than by a number of repeated similar cases.
and does not enable us to cope with the novel,
2. The more numerous the experienced instances and the closer the watch kept upon them, the
greater is the trustworthiness of constant conjunction as evidence of connection among the things
themselves. Many of our most important beliefs still have only this sort of warrant. No one can
yet tell, with certainty, the neces[Pg 148]sary cause of old age or of death—which are empirically
the most certain of all expectations. But even the most reliable beliefs of this type fail when they
confront the novel. Since they rest upon past uniformities, they are useless when further
experience departs in any considerable measure from ancient incident and wonted precedent.
Empirical inference follows the grooves and ruts that custom wears, and has no track to follow
when the groove disappears. So important is this aspect of the matter that Clifford found the
difference between ordinary skill and scientific thought right here. "Skill enables a man to deal
with the same circumstances that he has met before, scientific thought enables him to deal with
different circumstances that he has never met before." And he goes so far as to define scientific
thinking as "the application of old experience to new circumstances."
and leads to laziness and presumption,
3. We have not yet made the acquaintance of the most harmful feature of the empirical method.
Mental inertia, laziness, unjustifiable conservatism, are its probable accompaniments. Its general
effect upon mental attitude is more serious than even the specific wrong conclusions in which it
has landed. Wherever the chief dependence in forming inferences is upon the conjunctions
observed in past experience, failures to agree with the usual order are slurred over, cases of
successful confirmation are exaggerated. Since the mind naturally demands some principle of
continuity, some connecting link between separate facts and causes, forces are arbitrarily
invented for that purpose. Fantastic and mythological explanations are resorted to in order to
supply missing links. The pump brings water because nature abhors a vacuum; opium makes
men sleep because it has a dormi[Pg 149]tive potency; we recollect a past event because we have a
fa
culty of memory. In the history of the progress of human knowledge, out and out myths
accompany the first stage of empiricism; while "hidden essences" and "occult forces" mark its
second stage. By their very nature, these "causes" escape observation, so that their explanatory
value can be neither confirmed nor refuted by further observation or experience. Hence belief in
them becomes purely traditionary. They give rise to doctrines which, inculcated and handed
down, become dogmas; subsequent inquiry and reflection are actually stifled. (Ante, p. 23.)
and to dogmatism
Certain men or classes of men come to be the accepted guardians and transmitters—
instructors—of established doctrines. To question the beliefs is to question their authority; to
accept the beliefs is evidence of loyalty to the powers that be, a proof of good citizenship.
Passivity, docility, acquiescence, come to be primal intellectual virtues. Facts and events
presenting novelty and variety are slighted, or are sheared down till they fit into the Procrustean
bed of habitual belief. Inquiry and doubt are silenced by citation of ancient laws or a multitude
of miscellaneous and unsifted cases. This attitude of mind generates dislike of change, and the
resulting aversion to novelty is fatal to progress. What will not fit into the established canons is
outlawed; men who make new discoveries are objects of suspicion and even of persecution.
Beliefs that perhaps originally were the products of fairly extensive and careful observation are
stereotyped into fixed traditions and semi-sacred dogmas accepted simply upon authority, and
are mixed with fantastic conceptions that happen to have won the acceptance of authorities.[Pg 150]
§ 2. Scientific Method
Scientific thinking analyzes the present case
In contrast with the empirical method stands the scientific. Scientific method replaces the
repeated conjunction or coincidence of separate facts by discovery of a single comprehensive
fa
ct, effecting this replacement by breaking up the coarse or gross facts of observation into a
number of minuter processes not directly accessible to perception.
Illustration from suction of empirical method,
If a layman were asked why water rises from the cistern when an ordinary pump is worked, he
would doubtless answer, "By suction." Suction is regarded as a force like heat or pressure. If
such a person is confronted by the fact that water rises with a suction pump only about thirtythree feet, he easily disposes of the difficulty on the ground that all forces vary in their intensities
and finally reach a limit at which they cease to operate. The variation with elevation above the
sea level of the height to which water can be pumped is either unnoticed, or, if noted, is
dismissed as one of the curious anomalies in which nature abounds.
of scientific method
Relies on differences,
Now the scientist advances by assuming that what seems to observation to be a single total fact
is in truth complex. He attempts, therefore, to break up the single fact of water-rising-in-the-pipe
into a number of lesser facts. His method of proceeding is by varying conditions one by one so
fa
r as possible, and noting just what happens when a given condition is eliminated. There are
two methods for varying conditions.[24] The first is an extension of the empirical method of
observation. It consists in comparing very carefully the results of a great number of observations
which have occurred[Pg 151] under accidentally different conditions. The difference in the rise of
the water at different heights above the sea level, and its total cessation when the distance to be
lifted is, even at sea level, more than thirty-three feet, are emphasized, instead of being slurred
over. The purpose is to find out what special conditions are present when the effect occurs and
ab
sent when it fails to occur. These special conditions are then substituted for the gross fact, or
regarded as its principle—the key to understanding it.
and creates differences
The method of analysis by comparing cases is, however, badly handicapped; it can do nothing
until it is presented with a certain number of diversified cases. And even when different cases are
at hand, it will be questionable whether they vary in just these respects in which it is important
that they should vary in order to throw light upon the question at issue. The method is passive
and dependent upon external accidents. Hence the superiority of the active or experimental
method. Even a small number of observations may suggest an explanation—a hypothesis or
theory. Working upon this suggestion, the scientist may then intentionally vary conditions and
note what happens. If the empirical observations have suggested to him the possibility of a
connection between air pressure on the water and the rising of the water in the tube where air
pressure is absent, he deliberately empties the air out of the vessel in which the water is
contained and notes that suction no longer works; or he intentionally increases atmospheric
pressure on the water and notes the result. He institutes experiments to calculate the weight of air
at the sea level and at various levels above, and compares the results of reasoning based upon the
pressure of air[Pg 152] of these various weights upon a certain volume of water with the results
actually obtained by observation. Observations formed by variation of conditions on the basis of
some idea or theory constitute experiment. Experiment is the chief resource in scientific
reasoning because it facilitates the picking out of significant elements in a gross, vague whole.
Analysis and synthesis again
Experimental thinking, or scientific reasoning, is thus a conjoint process of analysis and
synthesis, or, in less technical language, of discrimination and assimilation or identification. The
gross fact of water rising when the suction valve is worked is resolved or discriminated into a
number of independent variables, some of which had never before been observed or even
thought of in connection with the fact. One of these facts, the weight of the atmosphere, is then
selectively seized upon as the key to the entire phenomenon. This disentangling constitutes
analysis. But atmosphere and its pressure or weight is a fact not confined to this single instance.
It is a fact familiar or at least discoverable as operative in a great number of other events. In
fixing upon this imperceptible and minute fact as the essence or key to the elevation of water by
the pump, the pump-fact has thus been assimilated to a whole group of ordinary facts from
which it was previously isolated. This assimilation constitutes synthesis. Moreover, the fact of
atmospheric pressure is itself a case of one of the commonest of all facts—weight or
gravitational force. Conclusions that apply to the common fact of weight are thus transferable to
the consideration and interpretation of the relatively rare and exceptional case of the suction of
water. The suction pump is seen to be a case of the same kind or sort as the siphon, the[Pg 153]
barometer, the rising of the balloon, and a multitude of other things with which at first sight it
has no connection at all. This is another instance of the synthetic or assimilative phase of
scientific thinking.
If we revert to the advantages of scientific over empirical thinking, we find that we now have the
clue to them.
Lessened liability to error
(a) The increased security, the added factor of certainty or proof, is due to the substitution of the
de
tailed and specific fact of atmospheric pressure for the gross and total and relatively
miscellaneous fact of suction. The latter is complex, and its complexity is due to many unknown
and unspecified factors; hence, any statement about it is more or less random, and likely to be
defeated by any unforeseen variation of circumstances. Comparatively, at least, the minute and
detailed fact of air pressure is a measurable and definite fact—one that can be picked out and
managed with assurance.
Ability to manage the new
(b) As analysis accounts for the added certainty, so synthesis accounts for ability to cope with
the novel and variable. Weight is a much commoner fact than atmospheric weight, and this in
turn is a much commoner fact than the workings of the suction pump. To be able to substitute the
common and frequent fact for that which is relatively rare and peculiar is to reduce the
seemingly novel and exceptional to cases of a general and familiar principle, and thus to bring
them under control for interpretation and prediction.
As Professor James says: "Think of heat as motion and whatever is true of motion will be true of
heat; but we have a hundred experiences of motion for every one of heat. Think of rays passing
through this lens as cases of bending toward the perpendicular, and you[Pg 154] substitute for the
comparatively unfamiliar lens the very familiar notion of a particular change in direction of a
line, of which notion every day brings us countless examples."[25]
Interest in the future or in progress
(c) The change of attitude from conservative reliance upon the past, upon routine and custom, to
fa
ith in progress through the intelligent regulation of existing conditions, is, of course, the reflex
of the scientific method of experimentation. The empirical method inevitably magnifies the
influences of the past; the experimental method throws into relief the possibilities of the future.
The empirical method says, "Wait till there is a sufficient number of cases;" the experimental
method says, "Produce the cases." The former depends upon nature's accidentally happening to
present us with certain conjunctions of circumstances; the latter deliberately and intentionally
endeavors to bring about the conjunction. By this method the notion of progress secures
scientific warrant.
Physical versus logical force
Ordinary experience is controlled largely by the direct strength and intensity of various
occurrences. What is bright, sudden, loud, secures notice and is given a conspicuous rating.
What is dim, feeble, and continuous gets ignored, or is regarded as of slight importance.
Customary experience tends to the control of thinking by considerations of direct and immediate
strength rather than by those of importance in the long run. Animals without the power of
fo
recast and planning must, upon the whole, respond to the stimuli that are most urgent at the
moment, or cease to exist. These stimuli lose nothing of their direct urgency and clamorous
insistency when the thinking power develops; and yet thinking[Pg 155] demands the subordination
of the immediate stimulus to the remote and distant. The feeble and the minute may be of much
greater importance than the glaring and the big. The latter may be signs of a force that is already
exhausting itself; the former may indicate the beginnings of a process in which the whole fortune
of the individual is involved. The prime necessity for scientific thought is that the thinker be
freed from the tyranny of sense stimuli and habit, and this emancipation is also the necessary
condition of progress.
Illustration from moving water
Consider the following quotation: "When it first occurred to a reflecting mind that moving water
had a property identical with human or brute force, namely, the property of setting other masses
in motion, overcoming inertia and resistance,—when the sight of the stream suggested through
this point of likeness the power of the animal,—a new addition was made to the class of prime
movers, and when circumstances permitted, this power could become a substitute for the others.
It may seem to the modern understanding, familiar with water wheels and drifting rafts, that the
similarity here was an extremely obvious one. But if we put ourselves back into an early state of
mind, when running water affected the mind by its brilliancy, its roar and irregular devastation,
we may easily suppose that to identify this with animal muscular energy was by no means an
obvious effort."[26]
Value of abstraction
If we add to these obvious sensory features the various social customs and expectations which
fix the attitude of the individual, the evil of the subjection of free and fertile suggestion to
empirical considerations be[Pg 156]comes clear. A certain power of abstraction, of deliberate
turning away from the habitual responses to a situation, was required before men could be
emancipated to follow up suggestions that in the end are fruitful.
Experience as inclusive of thought
In short, the term experience may be interpreted either with reference to the empirical or the
experimental attitude of mind. Experience is not a rigid and closed thing; it is vital, and hence
growing. When dominated by the past, by custom and routine, it is often opposed to the
reasonable, the thoughtful. But experience also includes the reflection that sets us free from the
limiting influence of sense, appetite, and tradition. Experience may welcome and assimilate all
that the most exact and penetrating thought discovers. Indeed, the business of education might be
defined as just such an emancipation and enlargement of experience. Education takes the
individual while he is relatively plastic, before he has become so indurated by isolated
experiences as to be rendered hopelessly empirical in his habit of mind. The attitude of
childhood is naïve, wondering, experimental; the world of man and nature is new. Right methods
of education preserve and perfect this attitude, and thereby short-circuit for the individual the
slow progress of the race, eliminating the waste that comes from inert routine.[Pg 157]
PART THREE: THE TRAINING OF THOUGHT
CHAPTER TWELVE
ACTIVITY AND THE TRAINING OF THOUGHT
In this chapter we shall gather together and amplify considerations that have already been
advanced, in various passages of the preceding pages, concerning the relation of action to
thought. We shall follow, though not with exactness, the order of development in the unfolding
human being.
§ 1. The Early Stage of Activity
1. The baby's problem determines his thinking
The sight of a baby often calls out the question: "What do you suppose he is thinking about?" By
the nature of the case, the question is unanswerable in detail; but, also by the nature of the case,
we may be sure about a baby's chief interest. His primary problem is mastery of his body as a
tool of securing comfortable and effective adjustments to his surroundings, physical and social.
The child has to learn to do almost everything: to see, to hear, to reach, to handle, to balance the
body, to creep, to walk, and so on. Even if it be true that human beings have even more
instinctive reactions than lower animals, it is also true that instinctive tendencies are much less
perfect in men, and that most of them are[Pg 158] of little use till they are intelligently combined
and directed. A little chick just out of the shell will after a few trials peck at and grasp grains of
fo
od with its beak as well as at any later time. This involves a complicated coördination of the
eye and the head. An infant does not even begin to reach definitely for things that the eye sees
till he is several months old, and even then several weeks' practice is required before he learns
the adjustment so as neither to overreach nor to underreach. It may not be literally true that the
child will grasp for the moon, but it is true that he needs much practice before he can tell
whether an object is within reach or not. The arm is thrust out instinctively in response to a
stimulus from the eye, and this tendency is the origin of the ability to reach and grasp exactly
and quickly; but nevertheless final mastery requires observing and selecting the successful
movements, and arranging them in view of an end. These operations of conscious selection and
arrangement constitute thinking, though of a rudimentary type.
Mastery of the body is an intellectual problem
Since mastery of the bodily organs is necessary for all later developments, such problems are
both interesting and important, and solving them supplies a very genuine training of thinking
power. The joy the child shows in learning to use his limbs, to translate what he sees into what
he handles, to connect sounds with sights, sights with taste and touch, and the rapidity with
which intelligence grows in the first year and a half of life (the time during which the more
fu
ndamental problems of the use of the organism are mastered), are sufficient evidence that the
development of physical control is not a physical but an intellectual achievement.
2. The problem of social adjustment and intercourse
Although in the early months the child is mainly oc[Pg 159]cupied in learning to use his body to
accommodate himself to physical conditions in a comfortable way and to use things skillfully
and effectively, yet social adjustments are very important. In connection with parents, nurse,
brother, and sister, the child learns the signs of satisfaction of hunger, of removal of discomfort,
of the approach of agreeable light, color, sound, and so on. His contact with physical things is
regulated by persons, and he soon distinguishes persons as the most important and interesting of
all the objects with which he has to do. Speech, the accurate adaptation of sounds heard to the
movements of tongue and lips, is, however, the great instrument of social adaptation; and with
the development of speech (usually in the second year) adaptation of the baby's activities to and
with those of other persons gives the keynote of mental life. His range of possible activities is
indefinitely widened as he watches what other persons do, and as he tries to understand and to do
what they encourage him to attempt. The outline pattern of mental life is thus set in the first four
or five years. Years, centuries, generations of invention and planning, may have gone to the
development of the performances and occupations of the adults surrounding the child. Yet for
him their activities are direct stimuli; they are part of his natural environment; they are carried on
in physical terms that appeal to his eye, ear, and touch. He cannot, of course, appropriate their
meaning directly through his senses; but they furnish stimuli to which he responds, so that his
attention is focussed upon a higher order of materials and of problems. Were it not for this
process by which the achievements of one generation form the stimuli that direct the activities of
the next, the story of civilization[Pg 160] would be writ in water, and each generation would have
laboriously to make for itself, if it could, its way out of savagery.
Social adjustment results in imitation but is not caused by it
Imitation is one (though only one, see p. 47) of the means by which the activities of adults
supply stimuli which are so interesting, so varied, so complex, and so novel, as to occasion a
rapid progress of thought. Mere imitation, however, would not give rise to thinking; if we could
learn like parrots by simply copying the outward acts of others, we should never have to think;
nor should we know, after we had mastered the copied act, what was the meaning of the thing
we had done. Educators (and psychologists) have often assumed that acts which reproduce the
behavior of others are acquired merely by imitation. But a child rarely learns by conscious
imitation; and to say that his imitation is unconscious is to say that it is not from his standpoint
imitation at all. The word, the gesture, the act, the occupation of another, falls in line with some
impulse already active and suggests some satisfactory mode of expression, some end in which it
may find fulfillment. Having this end of his own, the child then notes other persons, as he notes
natural events, to get further suggestions as to means of its realization. He selects some of the
means he observes, tries them on, finds them successful or unsuccessful, is confirmed or
weakened in his belief in their value, and so continues selecting, arranging, adapting, testing, till
he can accomplish what he wishes. The onlooker may then observe the resemblance of this act to
some act of an adult, and conclude that it was acquired by imitation, while as a matter of fact it
was acquired by attention, observation, selection, experimentation, and confirmation by results.
Only[Pg 161] because this method is employed is there intellectual discipline and an educative
result. The presence of adult activities plays an enormous rôle in the intellectual growth of the
child because they add to the natural stimuli of the world new stimuli which are more exactly
adapted to the needs of a human being, which are richer, better organized, more complex in
range, permitting more flexible adaptations, and calling out novel reactions. But in utilizing
these stimuli the child follows the same methods that he uses when he is forced to think in order
to master his body.
§ 2. Play, Work, and Allied Forms of Activity
Play indicates the domination of activity by meanings or ideas
Organization of ideas involved in play
When things become signs, when they gain a representative capacity as standing for other things,
play is transformed from mere physical exuberance into an activity involving a mental factor. A
little girl who had broken her doll was seen to perform with the leg of the doll all the operations
of washing, putting to bed, and fondling, that she had been accustomed to perform with the
entire doll. The part stood for the whole; she reacted not to the stimulus sensibly present, but to
the meaning suggested by the sense object. So children use a stone for a table, leaves for plates,
acorns for cups. So they use their dolls, their trains, their blocks, their other toys. In manipulating
them, they are living not with the physical things, but in the large world of meanings, natural and
social, evoked by these things. So when children play horse, play store, play house or making
calls, they are subordinating the physically present to the ideally signified. In this way, a world
of meanings, a store of concepts (so fundamental to all intellectual achievement), is defined and
built up.[Pg 162] Moreover, not only do meanings thus become familiar acquaintances, but they are
organized, arranged in groups, made to cohere in connected ways. A play and a story blend
insensibly into each other. The most fanciful plays of children rarely lose all touch with the
mutual fitness and pertinency of various meanings to one another; the "freest" plays observe
some principles of coherence and unification. They have a beginning, middle, and end. In games,
ru
les of order run through various minor acts and bind them into a connected whole. The rhythm,
the competition, and coöperation involved in most plays and games also introduce organization.
There is, then, nothing mysterious or mystical in the discovery made by Plato and remade by
Froebel that play is the chief, almost the only, mode of education for the child in the years of
later infancy.
The playful attitude
Playfulness is a more important consideration than play. The former is an attitude of mind; the
latter is a passing outward manifestation of this attitude. When things are treated simply as
vehicles of suggestion, what is suggested overrides the thing. Hence the playful attitude is one of
freedom. The person is not bound to the physical traits of things, nor does he care whether a
thing really means (as we say) what he takes it to represent. When the child plays horse with a
broom and cars with chairs, the fact that the broom does not really represent a horse, or a chair a
locomotive, is of no account. In order, then, that playfulness may not terminate in arbitrary
fa
ncifulness and in building up an imaginary world alongside the world of actual things, it is
necessary that the play attitude should gradually pass into a work attitude.
The work attitude is interested in means and ends
What is work—work not as mere external perform[Pg 163]ance, but as attitude of mind? It signifies
that the person is not content longer to accept and to act upon the meanings that things suggest,
but demands congruity of meaning with the things themselves. In the natural course of growth,
children come to find irresponsible make-believe plays inadequate. A fiction is too easy a way
out to afford content. There is not enough stimulus to call forth satisfactory mental response.
When this point is reached, the ideas that things suggest must be applied to the things with some
regard to fitness. A small cart, resembling a "real" cart, with "real" wheels, tongue, and body,
meets the mental demand better than merely making believe that anything which comes to hand
is a cart. Occasionally to take part in setting a "real" table with "real" dishes brings more reward
than forever to make believe a flat stone is a table and that leaves are dishes. The interest may
still center in the meanings, the things may be of importance only as amplifying a certain
meaning. So far the attitude is one of play. But the meaning is now of such a character that it
must find appropriate embodiment in actual things.
The dictionary does not permit us to call such activities work. Nevertheless, they represent a
genuine passage of play into work. For work (as a mental attitude, not as mere external
performance) means interest in the adequate embodiment of a meaning (a suggestion, purpose,
aim) in objective form through the use of appropriate materials and appliances. Such an attitude
takes advantage of the meanings aroused and built up in free play, but controls their
de
velopment by seeing to it that they are applied to things in ways consistent with the observable
structure of the things themselves.[Pg 164]
and in processes on account of their results
The point of this distinction between play and work may be cleared up by comparing it with a
more usual way of stating the difference. In play activity, it is said, the interest is in the activity
fo
r its own sake; in work, it is in the product or result in which the activity terminates. Hence the
fo
rm
er is purely free, while the latter is tied down by the end to be achieved. When the
difference is stated in this sharp fashion, there is almost always introduced a false, unnatural
separation between process and product, between activity and its achieved outcome. The true
distinction is not between an interest in activity for its own sake and interest in the external result
of that activity, but between an interest in an activity just as it flows on from moment to moment,
and an interest in an activity as tending to a culmination, to an outcome, and therefore possessing
a thread of continuity binding together its successive stages. Both may equally exemplify interest
in an activity "for its own sake"; but in one case the activity in which the interest resides is more
or less casual, following the accident of circumstance and whim, or of dictation; in the other, the
activity is enriched by the sense that it leads somewhere, that it amounts to something.
Consequences of the sharp separation of play and work
Were it not that the false theory of the relation of the play and the work attitudes has been
connected with unfortunate modes of school practice, insistence upon a truer view might seem
an unnecessary refinement. But the sharp break that unfortunately prevails between the
kindergarten and the grades is evidence that the theoretical distinction has practical implications.
Under the title of play, the former is rendered unduly symbolic, fanciful, sentimental, and
arbitrary; while under the antithetical caption of work the latter con[Pg 165]tains many tasks
externally assigned. The former has no end and the latter an end so remote that only the
educator, not the child, is aware that it is an end.
There comes a time when children must extend and make more exact their acquaintance with
existing things; must conceive ends and consequences with sufficient definiteness to guide their
actions by them, and must acquire some technical skill in selecting and arranging means to
realize these ends. Unless these factors are gradually introduced in the earlier play period, they
must be introduced later abruptly and arbitrarily, to the manifest disadvantage of both the earlier
and the later stages.
False notions of imagination and utility
The sharp opposition of play and work is usually associated with false notions of utility and
imagination. Activity that is directed upon matters of home and neighborhood interest is
depreciated as merely utilitarian. To let the child wash dishes, set the table, engage in cooking,
cut and sew dolls' clothes, make boxes that will hold "real things," and construct his own
playthings by using hammer and nails, excludes, so it is said, the æsthetic and appreciative
fa
ctor, eliminates imagination, and subjects the child's development to material and practical
concerns; while (so it is said) to reproduce symbolically the domestic relationships of birds and
other animals, of human father and mother and child, of workman and tradesman, of knight,
soldier, and magistrate, secures a liberal exercise of mind, of great moral as well as intellectual
value. It has been even stated that it is over-physical and utilitarian if a child plants seeds and
takes care of growing plants in the kindergarten; while reproducing dramatically operations of
planting, cultivating, reaping, and so on, either[Pg 166] with no physical materials or with symbolic
representatives, is highly educative to the imagination and to spiritual appreciation. Toy dolls,
trains of cars, boats, and engines are rigidly excluded, and the employ of cubes, balls, and other
symbols for representing these social activities is recommended on the same ground. The more
unfitted the physical object for its imagined purpose, such as a cube for a boat, the greater is the
supposed appeal to the imagination.
Imagination a medium of realizing the absent and significant
There are several fallacies in this way of thinking. (a) The healthy imagination deals not with the
unreal, but with the mental realization of what is suggested. Its exercise is not a flight into the
purely fanciful and ideal, but a method of expanding and filling in what is real. To the child the
homely activities going on about him are not utilitarian devices for accomplishing physical ends;
they exemplify a wonderful world the depths of which he has not sounded, a world full of the
mystery and promise that attend all the doings of the grown-ups whom he admires. However
prosaic this world may be to the adults who find its duties routine affairs, to the child it is fraught
with social meaning. To engage in it is to exercise the imagination in constructing an experience
of wider value than any the child has yet mastered.
Only the already experienced can be symbolized
(b) Educators sometimes think children are reacting to a great moral or spiritual truth when the
children's reactions are largely physical and sensational. Children have great powers of dramatic
simulation, and their physical bearing may seem (to adults prepossessed with a philosophic
theory) to indicate they have been impressed with some lesson of chivalry, devotion, or nobility,
when the children themselves are occupied only[Pg 167] with transitory physical excitations. To
symbolize great truths far beyond the child's range of actual experience is an impossibility, and
to attempt it is to invite love of momentary stimulation.
Useful work is not necessarily labor
(c) Just as the opponents of play in education always conceive of play as mere amusement, so
the opponents of direct and useful activities confuse occupation with labor. The adult is
acquainted with responsible labor upon which serious financial results depend. Consequently he
seeks relief, relaxation, amusement. Unless children have prematurely worked for hire, unless
they have come under the blight of child labor, no such division exists for them. Whatever
ap
peals to them at all, appeals directly on its own account. There is no contrast between doing
things for utility and for fun. Their life is more united and more wholesome. To suppose that
activities customarily performed by adults only under the pressure of utility may not be done
perfectly freely and joyously by children indicates a lack of imagination. Not the thing done but
the quality of mind that goes into the doing settles what is utilitarian and what is unconstrained
and educative.
§ 3. Constructive Occupations
The historic growth of sciences out of occupations
The history of culture shows that mankind's scientific knowledge and technical abilities have
developed, especially in all their earlier stages, out of the fundamental problems of life. Anatomy
and physiology grew out of the practical needs of keeping healthy and active; geometry and
mechanics out of demands for measuring land, for building, and for making labor-saving
machines; astronomy has been closely connected with navigation, keeping record of the passage
of time; botany grew out[Pg 168] of the requirements of medicine and of agronomy; chemistry has
been associated with dyeing, metallurgy, and other industrial pursuits. In turn, modern industry
is almost wholly a matter of applied science; year by year the domain of routine and crude
empiricism is narrowed by the translation of scientific discovery into industrial invention. The
trolley, the telephone, the electric light, the steam engine, with all their revolutionary
consequences for social intercourse and control, are the fruits of science.
The intellectual possibilities of school occupations
These facts are full of educational significance. Most children are preëminently active in their
tendencies. The schools have also taken on—largely from utilitarian, rather than from strictly
educative reasons—a large number of active pursuits commonly grouped under the head of
manual training, including also school gardens, excursions, and various graphic arts. Perhaps the
most pressing problem of education at the present moment is to organize and relate these
subjects so that they will become instruments for forming alert, persistent, and fruitful
intellectual habits. That they take hold of the more primary and native equipment of children
(appealing to their desire to do) is generally recognized; that they afford great opportunity for
training in self-reliant and efficient social service is gaining acknowledgment. But they may also
be used for presenting typical problems to be solved by personal reflection and experimentation,
and by acquiring definite bodies of knowledge leading later to more specialized scientific
kn
owledge. There is indeed no magic by which mere physical activity or deft manipulation will
secure intellectual results. (See p. 43.) Manual subjects may be taught by routine, by dictation, or
by convention as readily[Pg 169] as bookish subjects. But intelligent consecutive work in
gardening, cooking, or weaving, or in elementary wood and iron, may be planned which will
inevitably result in students not only amassing information of practical and scientific importance
in botany, zoölogy, chemistry, physics, and other sciences, but (what is more significant) in their
becoming versed in methods of experimental inquiry and proof.
Reorganization of the course of study
That the elementary curriculum is overloaded is a common complaint. The only alternative to a
reactionary return to the educational traditions of the past lies in working out the intellectual
possibilities resident in the various arts, crafts, and occupations, and reorganizing the curriculum
accordingly. Here, more than elsewhere, are found the means by which the blind and routine
experience of the race may be transformed into illuminated and emancipated experiment.[Pg 170]
CHAPTER THIRTEEN
LANGUAGE AND THE TRAINING OF THOUGHT
§ 1. Language as the Tool of Thinking
Ambiguous position of language
Speech has such a peculiarly intimate connection with thought as to require special discussion.
Although the very word logic comes from logos (λογος), meaning indifferently both word or
speech, and thought or reason, yet "words, words, words" denote intellectual barrenness, a sham
of thought. Although schooling has language as its chief instrument (and often as its chief
matter) of study, educational reformers have for centuries brought their severest indictments
against the current use of language in the schools. The conviction that language is necessary to
thinking (is even identical with it) is met by the contention that language perverts and conceals
thought.
Language a necessary tool of thinking,
fo
r it alone fixes meanings
Three typical views have been maintained regarding the relation of thought and language: first,
that they are identical; second, that words are the garb or clothing of thought, necessary not for
thought but only for conveying it; and third (the view we shall here maintain) that while
language is not thought it is necessary for thinking as well as for its communication. When it is
said, however, that thinking is impossible without language, we must recall that language
includes much more than oral and written speech. Gestures, pictures, monuments, visual images,
finger movements—anything con[Pg 171]sciously employed as a sign is, logically, language. To
say that language is necessary for thinking is to say that signs are necessary. Thought deals not
with bare things, but with their meanings, their suggestions; and meanings, in order to be
ap
prehended, must be embodied in sensible and particular existences. Without meaning, things
are nothing but blind stimuli or chance sources of pleasure and pain; and since meanings are not
themselves tangible things, they must be anchored by attachment to some physical existence.
Existences that are especially set aside to fixate and convey meanings are signs or symbols. If a
man moves toward another to throw him out of the room, his movement is not a sign. If,
however, the man points to the door with his hand, or utters the sound go, his movement is
reduced to a vehicle of meaning: it is a sign or symbol. In the case of signs we care nothing for
what they are in themselves, but everything for what they signify and represent. Canis, hund,
chien, dog—it makes no difference what the outward thing is, so long as the meaning is
presented.
Limitations of natural symbols
Natural objects are signs of other things and events. Clouds stand for rain; a footprint represents
game or an enemy; a projecting rock serves to indicate minerals below the surface. The
limitations of natural signs are, however, great. (i) The physical or direct sense excitation tends
to distract attention from what is meant or indicated.[27] Almost every one will recall pointing out
to a kitten or puppy some object of food, only to have the animal devote himself to the hand
pointing, not to the thing pointed at. (ii) Where natural signs alone exist, we are mainly at the
mercy of external happenings; we[Pg 172] have to wait until the natural event presents itself in
order to be warned or advised of the possibility of some other event. (iii) Natural signs, not being
originally intended to be signs, are cumbrous, bulky, inconvenient, unmanageable.
Artificial signs overcome these restrictions.
It is therefore indispensable for any high development of thought that there should be also
intentional signs. Speech supplies the requirement. Gestures, sounds, written or printed forms,
are strictly physical existences, but their native value is intentionally subordinated to the value
they acquire as representative of meanings. (i) The direct and sensible value of faint sounds and
minute written or printed marks is very slight. Accordingly, attention is not distracted from their
representative function. (ii) Their production is under our direct control so that they may be
produced when needed. When we can make the word rain, we do not have to wait for some
physical forerunner of rain to call our thoughts in that direction. We cannot make the cloud; we
can make the sound, and as a token of meaning the sound serves the purpose as well as the
cloud. (iii) Arbitrary linguistic signs are convenient and easy to manage. They are compact,
portable, and delicate. As long as we live we breathe; and modifications by the muscles of throat
and mouth of the volume and quality of the air are simple, easy, and indefinitely controllable.
Bodily postures and gestures of the hand and arm are also employed as signs, but they are coarse
and unmanageable compared with modifications of breath to produce sounds. No wonder that
oral speech has been selected as the main stuff of intentional intellectual signs. Sounds, while
subtle, refined, and easily modifiable, are transitory. This defect is met by the system of
written[Pg 173] and printed words, appealing to the eye. Litera scripta manet.
Bearing in mind the intimate connection of meanings and signs (or language), we may note in
more detail what language does (1) for specific meanings, and (2) for the organization of
meanings.
I. Individual Meanings. A verbal sign (a) selects, detaches, a meaning from what is otherwise a
vague flux and blur (see p. 121); (b) it retains, registers, stores that meaning; and (c) applies it,
when needed, to the comprehension of other things. Combining these various functions in a
mixture of metaphors, we may say that a linguistic sign is a fence, a label, and a vehicle—all in
one.
A sign makes a meaning distinct
(a) Every one has experienced how learning an appropriate name for what was dim and vague
cleared up and crystallized the whole matter. Some meaning seems almost within reach, but is
elusive; it refuses to condense into definite form; the attaching of a word somehow (just how, it
is almost impossible to say) puts limits around the meaning, draws it out from the void, makes it
stand out as an entity on its own account. When Emerson said that he would almost rather know
the true name, the poet's name, for a thing, than to know the thing itself, he presumably had this
irradiating and illuminating function of language in mind. The delight that children take in
demanding and learning the names of everything about them indicates that meanings are
becoming concrete individuals to them, so that their commerce with things is passing from the
physical to the intellectual plane. It is hardly surprising that savages attach a magic efficacy to
words. To name anything is to give it a title; to dignify and honor it by[Pg 174] raising it from a
mere physical occurrence to a meaning that is distinct and permanent. To know the names of
people and things and to be able to manipulate these names is, in savage lore, to be in possession
of their dignity and worth, to master them.
A sign preserves a meaning
(b) Things come and go; or we come and go, and either way things escape our notice. Our direct
sensible relation to things is very limited. The suggestion of meanings by natural signs is limited
to occasions of direct contact or vision. But a meaning fixed by a linguistic sign is conserved for
fu
ture use. Even if the thing is not there to represent the meaning, the word may be produced so
as to evoke the meaning. Since intellectual life depends on possession of a store of meanings, the
importance of language as a tool of preserving meanings cannot be overstated. To be sure, the
method of storage is not wholly aseptic; words often corrupt and modify the meanings they are
supposed to keep intact, but liability to infection is a price paid by every living thing for the
privilege of living.
A sign transfers a meaning
(c) When a meaning is detached and fixed by a sign, it is possible to use that meaning in a new
context and situation. This transfer and reapplication is the key to all judgment and inference. It
would little profit a man to recognize that a given particular cloud was the premonitor of a given
particular rainstorm if his recognition ended there, for he would then have to learn over and over
again, since the next cloud and the next rain are different events. No cumulative growth of
intelligence would occur; experience might form habits of physical adaptation but it would not
teach anything, for we should not be able to use a prior experience consciously to anticipate and
regulate a further experience. To be able to use[Pg 175] the past to judge and infer the new and
unknown implies that, although the past thing has gone, its meaning abides in such a way as to
be applicable in determining the character of the new. Speech forms are our great carriers: the
easy-running vehicles by which meanings are transported from experiences that no longer
concern us to those that are as yet dark and dubious.
Logical organization depends upon signs
II. Organization of Meanings. In emphasizing the importance of signs in relation to specific
meanings, we have overlooked another aspect, equally valuable. Signs not only mark off specific
or individual meanings, but they are also instruments of grouping meanings in relation to one
another. Words are not only names or titles of single meanings; they also form sentences in
which meanings are organized in relation to one another. When we say "That book is a
dictionary," or "That blur of light in the heavens is Halley's comet," we express a logical
connection—an act of classifying and defining that goes beyond the physical thing into the
logical region of genera and species, things and attributes. Propositions, sentences, bear the same
relation to judgments that distinct words, built up mainly by analyzing propositions in their
various types, bear to meanings or conceptions; and just as words imply a sentence, so a
sentence implies a larger whole of consecutive discourse into which it fits. As is often said,
grammar expresses the unconscious logic of the popular mind. The chief intellectual
classifications that constitute the working capital of thought have been built up for us by our
mother tongue. Our very lack of explicit consciousness in using language that we are employing
the intellectual systematizations of the race shows how thoroughly accustomed we have become
to its logical distinctions and groupings.[Pg 176]
§ 2. The Abuse of Linguistic Methods in Education
Teaching merely things, not educative
Taken literally, the maxim, "Teach things, not words," or "Teach things before words," would be
the negation of education; it would reduce mental life to mere physical and sensible adjustments.
Learning, in the proper sense, is not learning things, but the meanings of things, and this process
involves the use of signs, or language in its generic sense. In like fashion, the warfare of some
educational reformers against symbols, if pushed to extremes, involves the destruction of the
intellectual life, since this lives, moves, and has its being in those processes of definition,
ab
straction, generalization, and classification that are made possible by symbols alone.
Nevertheless, these contentions of educational reformers have been needed. The liability of a
thing to abuse is in proportion to the value of its right use.
But words separated from things are not true signs
Symbols are themselves, as pointed out above, particular, physical, sensible existences, like any
other things. They are symbols only by virtue of what they suggest and represent, i.e. meanings.
(i) They stand for these meanings to any individual only when he has had experience of some
situation to which these meanings are actually relevant. Words can detach and preserve a
meaning only when the meaning has been first involved in our own direct intercourse with
things. To attempt to give a meaning through a word alone without any dealings with a thing is
to deprive the word of intelligible signification; against this attempt, a tendency only too
prevalent in education, reformers have protested. Moreover, there is a tendency to assume that
whenever there is a definite word or form of speech there is also a definite idea; while, as a
matter of fact, adults and children alike are capable of using even precise verbal formulæ[Pg 177]
with only the vaguest and most confused sense of what they mean. Genuine ignorance is more
profitable because likely to be accompanied by humility, curiosity, and open-mindedness; while
ab
ility to repeat catch-phrases, cant terms, familiar propositions, gives the conceit of learning
and coats the mind with a varnish waterproof to new ideas.
Language tends to arrest personal inquiry and reflection
(ii) Again, although new combinations of words without the intervention of physical things may
supply new ideas, there are limits to this possibility. Lazy inertness causes individuals to accept
ideas that have currency about them without personal inquiry and testing. A man uses thought,
perhaps, to find out what others believe, and then stops. The ideas of others as embodied in
language become substitutes for one's own ideas. The use of linguistic studies and methods to
halt the human mind on the level of the attainments of the past, to prevent new inquiry and
discovery, to put the authority of tradition in place of the authority of natural facts and laws, to
reduce the individual to a parasite living on the secondhand experience of others—these things
have been the source of the reformers' protest against the preëminence assigned to language in
schools.
Words as mere stimuli
Finally, words that originally stood for ideas come, with repeated use, to be mere counters; they
become physical things to be manipulated according to certain rules, or reacted to by certain
operations without consciousness of their meaning. Mr. Stout (who has called such terms
"substitute signs")remarks that "algebraical and arithmetical signs are to a great extent used as
mere substitute signs.... It is possible to use signs of this kind whenever fixed and definite rules
of opera[Pg 178]tion can be derived from the nature of the things symbolized, so as to be applied in
manipulating the signs, without further reference to their signification. A word is an instrument
fo
r thinking about the meaning which it expresses; a substitute sign is a means of not thinking
ab
out the meaning which it symbolizes." The principle applies, however, to ordinary words, as
well as to algebraic signs; they also enable us to use meanings so as to get results without
thinking. In many respects, signs that are means of not thinking are of great advantage; standing
fo
r the familiar, they release attention for meanings that, being novel, require conscious
interpretation. Nevertheless, the premium put in the schoolroom upon attainment of technical
fa
cility, upon skill in producing external results (ante, p. 51), often changes this advantage into a
positive detriment. In manipulating symbols so as to recite well, to get and give correct answers,
to follow prescribed formulæ of analysis, the pupil's attitude becomes mechanical, rather than
thoughtful; verbal memorizing is substituted for inquiry into the meaning of things. This danger
is perhaps the one uppermost in mind when verbal methods of education are attacked.
§ 3. The Use of Language in its Educational Bearings
Language stands in a twofold relation to the work of education. On the one hand, it is continually
used in all studies as well as in all the social discipline of the school; on the other, it is a distinct
object of study. We shall consider only the ordinary use of language, since its effects upon habits
of thought are much deeper than those of conscious study.
Language not primarily intellectual in purpose
The common statement that "language is the expres[Pg 179]sion of thought" conveys only a halftruth, and a half-truth that is likely to result in positive error. Language does express thought, but
not primarily, nor, at first, even consciously. The primary motive for language is to influence
(through the expression of desire, emotion, and thought) the activity of others; its secondary use
is to enter into more intimate sociable relations with them; its employment as a conscious vehicle
of thought and knowledge is a tertiary, and relatively late, formation. The contrast is well
brought out by the statement of John Locke that words have a double use,—"civil" and
"philosophical." "By their civil use, I mean such a communication of thoughts and ideas by
words as may serve for the upholding of common conversation and commerce about the
ordinary affairs and conveniences of civil life.... By the philosophical use of words, I mean such
a use of them as may serve to convey the precise notions of things, and to express in general
propositions certain and undoubted truths."
Hence education has to transform it into an intellectual tool
This distinction of the practical and social from the intellectual use of language throws much
light on the problem of the school in respect to speech. That problem is to direct pupils' oral and
written speech, used primarily for practical and social ends, so that gradually it shall become a
conscious tool of conveying knowledge and assisting thought. How without checking the
spontaneous, natural motives—motives to which language owes its vitality, force, vividness, and
variety—are we to modify speech habits so as to render them accurate and flexible intellectual
instruments? It is comparatively easy to encourage the original spontaneous flow and not make
language over into a servant of reflective thought; it is comparatively easy to check and[Pg 180]
almost destroy (so far as the schoolroom is concerned) native aim and interest, and to set up
artificial and formal modes of expression in some isolated and technical matters. The difficulty
lies in making over habits that have to do with "ordinary affairs and conveniences" into habits
concerned with "precise notions." The successful accomplishing of the transformation requires
(i) enlargement of the pupil's vocabulary; (ii) rendering its terms more precise and accurate, and
(iii) formation of habits of consecutive discourse.
To enlarge vocabulary, the fund of concepts should be enlarged
(i) Enlargement of vocabulary. This takes place, of course, by wider intelligent contact with
things and persons, and also vicariously, by gathering the meanings of words from the context in
which they are heard or read. To grasp by either method a word in its meaning is to exercise
intelligence, to perform an act of intelligent selection or analysis, and it is also to widen the fund
of meanings or concepts readily available in further intellectual enterprises (ante, p. 126). It is
usual to distinguish between one's active and one's passive vocabulary, the latter being composed
of the words that are understood when they are heard or seen, the former of words that are used
intelligently. The fact that the passive vocabulary is ordinarily much larger than the active
indicates a certain amount of inert energy, of power not freely controlled by an individual.
Failure to use meanings that are nevertheless understood reveals dependence upon external
stimulus, and lack of intellectual initiative. This mental laziness is to some extent an artificial
product of education. Small children usually attempt to put to use every new word they get hold
of, but when they learn to read they are introduced to a large variety of terms that there is no
ordinary opportunity to use.[Pg 181] The result is a kind of mental suppression, if not smothering.
Moreover, the meaning of words not actively used in building up and conveying ideas is never
quite clear-cut or complete.
Looseness of thinking accompanies a limited vocabulary
While a limited vocabulary may be due to a limited range of experience, to a sphere of contact
with persons and things so narrow as not to suggest or require a full store of words, it is also due
to carelessness and vagueness. A happy-go-lucky frame of mind makes the individual averse to
clear discriminations, either in perception or in his own speech. Words are used loosely in an
indeterminate kind of reference to things, and the mind approaches a condition where practically
everything is just a thing-um-bob or a what-do-you-call-it. Paucity of vocabulary on the part of
those with whom the child associates, triviality and meagerness in the child's reading matter (as
frequently even in his school readers and text-books), tend to shut down the area of mental
vision.
Command of language involves command of things
We must note also the great difference between flow of words and command of language.
Volubility is not necessarily a sign of a large vocabulary; much talking or even ready speech is
quite compatible with moving round and round in a circle of moderate radius. Most schoolrooms
suffer from a lack of materials and appliances save perhaps books—and even these are "written
down" to the supposed capacity, or incapacity, of children. Occasion and demand for an enriched
vocabulary are accordingly restricted. The vocabulary of things studied in the schoolroom is
very largely isolated; it does not link itself organically to the range of the ideas and words that
are in vogue outside the school. Hence the enlargement that takes place is often nominal,[Pg 182]
adding to the inert, rather than to the active, fund of meanings and terms.
(ii) Accuracy of vocabulary. One way in which the fund of words and concepts is increased is by
discovering and naming shades of meaning—that is to say, by making the vocabulary more
precise. Increase in definiteness is as important relatively as is the enlargement of the capital
stock absolutely.
The general as the vague and as the distinctly generic
The first meanings of terms, since they are due to superficial acquaintance with things, are
general in the sense of being vague. The little child calls all men papa; acquainted with a dog, he
may call the first horse he sees a big dog. Differences of quantity and intensity are noted, but the
fu
ndamental meaning is so vague that it covers things that are far apart. To many persons trees
are just trees, being discriminated only into deciduous trees and evergreens, with perhaps
recognition of one or two kinds of each. Such vagueness tends to persist and to become a barrier
to the advance of thinking. Terms that are miscellaneous in scope are clumsy tools at best; in
addition they are frequently treacherous, for their ambiguous reference causes us to confuse
things that should be distinguished.
Twofold growth of words in sense or signification
The growth of precise terms out of original vagueness takes place normally in two directions:
toward words that stand for relationships and words that stand for highly individualized traits
(compare what was said about the development of meanings, p. 122); the first being associated
with abstract, the second with concrete, thinking. Some Australian tribes are said to have no
words for animal or for plant, while they have specific names for every variety of plant and
animal in their neighborhoods. This minuteness of vocabulary repre[Pg 183]sents progress toward
definiteness, but in a one-sided way. Specific properties are distinguished, but not
relationships.[28] On the other hand, students of philosophy and of the general aspects of natural
and social science are apt to acquire a store of terms that signify relations without balancing
them up with terms that designate specific individuals and traits. The ordinary use of such terms
as causation, law, society, individual, capital, illustrates this tendency.
Words alter their meanings so as to change their logical functions
In the history of language we find both aspects of the growth of vocabulary illustrated by
changes in the sense of words: some words originally wide in their application are narrowed to
denote shades of meaning; others originally specific are widened to express relationships. The
term vernacular, now meaning mother speech, has been generalized from the word verna,
meaning a slave born in the master's household. Publication has evolved its meaning of
communication by means of print, through restricting an earlier meaning of any kind of
communication—although the wider meaning is retained in legal procedure, as publishing a
libel. The sense of the word average has been generalized from a use connected with dividing
loss by shipwreck proportionately among various sharers in an enterprise.[29]
Similar changes occur in the vocabulary of every student
These historical changes assist the educator to appreciate the changes that occur with individuals
together with advance in intellectual resources. In studying[Pg 184] geometry, a pupil must learn
both to narrow and to extend the meanings of such familiar words as line, surface, angle, square,
circle; to narrow them to the precise meanings involved in demonstrations; to extend them to
cover generic relations not expressed in ordinary usage. Qualities of color and size must be
excluded; relations of direction, of variation in direction, of limit, must be definitely seized. A
like transformation occurs, of course, in every subject of study. Just at this point lies the danger,
alluded to above, of simply overlaying common meanings with new and isolated meanings
instead of effecting a genuine working-over of popular and practical meanings into adequate
logical tools.
The value of technical terms
Terms used with intentional exactness so as to express a meaning, the whole meaning, and only
the meaning, are called technical. For educational purposes, a technical term indicates something
relative, not absolute; for a term is technical not because of its verbal form or its unusualness, but
because it is employed to fix a meaning precisely. Ordinary words get a technical quality when
used intentionally for this end. Whenever thought becomes more accurate, a (relatively)
technical vocabulary grows up. Teachers are apt to oscillate between extremes in regard to
technical terms. On the one hand, these are multiplied in every direction, seemingly on the
assumption that learning a new piece of terminology, accompanied by verbal description or
definition, is equivalent to grasping a new idea. When it is seen how largely the net outcome is
the accumulation of an isolated set of words, a jargon or scholastic cant, and to what extent the
natural power of judgment is clogged by this accumulation, there is a reaction to the opposite
extreme. Technical terms are banished:[Pg 185] "name words" exist but not nouns; "action words"
but not verbs; pupils may "take away," but not subtract; they may tell what four fives are, but not
what four times five are, and so on. A sound instinct underlies this reaction—aversion to words
that give the pretense, but not the reality, of meaning. Yet the fundamental difficulty is not with
the word, but with the idea. If the idea is not grasped, nothing is gained by using a more familiar
word; if the idea is perceived, the use of the term that exactly names it may assist in fixing the
idea. Terms denoting highly exact meanings should be introduced only sparingly, that is, a few
at a time; they should be led up to gradually, and great pains should be taken to secure the
circumstances that render precision of meaning significant.
Importance of consecutive discourse
(iii) Consecutive discourse. As we saw, language connects and organizes meanings as well as
selects and fixes them. As every meaning is set in the context of some situation, so every word in
concrete use belongs to some sentence (it may itself represent a condensed sentence), and the
sentence, in turn, belongs to some larger story, description, or reasoning process. It is
unnecessary to repeat what has been said about the importance of continuity and ordering of
meanings. We may, however, note some ways in which school practices tend to interrupt
consecutiveness of language and thereby interfere harmfully with systematic reflection. (a)
Teachers have a habit of monopolizing continued discourse. Many, if not most, instructors
would be surprised if informed at the end of the day of the amount of time they have talked as
compared with any pupil. Children's conversation is often confined to answering questions in
brief phrases, or in single disconnected sentences. Expatia[Pg 186]tion and explanation are reserved
fo
r the teacher, who often admits any hint at an answer on the part of the pupil, and then
amplifies what he supposes the child must have meant. The habits of sporadic and fragmentary
discourse thus promoted have inevitably a disintegrating intellectual influence.
Too minute questioning
(b) Assignment of too short lessons when accompanied (as it usually is in order to pass the time
of the recitation period) by minute "analytic" questioning has the same effect. This evil is usually
at its height in such subjects as history and literature, where not infrequently the material is so
minutely subdivided as to break up the unity of meaning belonging to a given portion of the
matter, to destroy perspective, and in effect to reduce the whole topic to an accumulation of
disconnected details all upon the same level. More often than the teacher is aware, his mind
carries and supplies the background of unity of meaning against which pupils project isolated
scraps.
Making avoidance of error the aim
(c) Insistence upon avoiding error instead of attaining power tends also to interruption of
continuous discourse and thought. Children who begin with something to say and with
intellectual eagerness to say it are sometimes made so conscious of minor errors in substance and
fo
rm
that the energy that should go into constructive thinking is diverted into anxiety not to
make mistakes, and even, in extreme cases, into passive quiescence as the best method of
minimizing error. This tendency is especially marked in connection with the writing of
compositions, essays, and themes. It has even been gravely recommended that little children
should always write on trivial subjects and in short sentences because in that way they are less
likely to make mistakes, while[Pg 187] the teaching of writing to high school and college students
occasionally reduces itself to a technique for detecting and designating mistakes. The resulting
self-consciousness and constraint are only part of the evil that comes from a negative ideal.[Pg 188]
CHAPTER FOURTEEN
OBSERVATION AND INFORMATION IN THE TRAINING OF MIND
No thinking without acquaintance with facts
Thinking is an ordering of subject-matter with reference to discovering what it signifies or
indicates. Thinking no more exists apart from this arranging of subject-matter than digestion
occurs apart from the assimilating of food. The way in which the subject-matter is furnished
marks, therefore, a fundamental point. If the subject-matter is provided in too scanty or too
profuse fashion, if it comes in disordered array or in isolated scraps, the effect upon habits of
thought is detrimental. If personal observation and communication of information by others
(whether in books or speech) are rightly conducted, half the logical battle is won, for they are the
channels of obtaining subject-matter.
§ 1. The Nature and Value of Observation
Fallacy of making "facts" an end in themselves
The protest, mentioned in the last chapter, of educational reformers against the exaggerated and
fa
lse use of language, insisted upon personal and direct observation as the proper alternative
course. The reformers felt that the current emphasis upon the linguistic factor eliminated all
opportunity for first-hand acquaintance with real things; hence they appealed to sense-perception
to fill the gap. It is not surprising that this enthusiastic zeal failed frequently to ask how and
why[Pg 189] observation is educative, and hence fell into the error of making observation an end in
itself and was satisfied with any kind of material under any kind of conditions. Such isolation of
observation is still manifested in the statement that this faculty develops first, then that of
memory and imagination, and finally the faculty of thought. From this point of view, observation
is regarded as furnishing crude masses of raw material, to which, later on, reflective processes
may be applied. Our previous pages should have made obvious the fallacy of this point of view
by bringing out the fact that simple concrete thinking attends all our intercourse with things
which is not on a purely physical level.
The sympathetic motive in extending acquaintance
I. All persons have a natural desire—akin to curiosity—for a widening of their range of
acquaintance with persons and things. The sign in art galleries that forbids the carrying of canes
and umbrellas is obvious testimony to the fact that simply to see is not enough for many people;
there is a feeling of lack of acquaintance until some direct contact is made. This demand for
fu
ller and closer knowledge is quite different from any conscious interest in observation for its
own sake. Desire for expansion, for "self-realization," is its motive. The interest is sympathetic,
socially and æsthetically sympathetic, rather than cognitive. While the interest is especially keen
in children (because their actual experience is so small and their possible experience so large), it
still characterizes adults when routine has not blunted its edge. This sympathetic interest
provides the medium for carrying and binding together what would otherwise be a multitude of
items, diverse, disconnected, and of no intellectual use. These systems are indeed social and
æsthetic rather than consciously intel[Pg 190]lectual; but they provide the natural medium for more
conscious intellectual explorations. Some educators have recommended that nature study in the
elementary schools be conducted with a love of nature and a cultivation of æsthetic appreciation
in view rather than in a purely analytic spirit. Others have urged making much of the care of
animals and plants. Both of these important recommendations have grown out of experience, not
out of theory, but they afford excellent exemplifications of the theoretic point just made.
Analytic inspection for the sake of doing
Direct and indirect sense training
II. In normal development, specific analytic observations are originally connected almost
exclusively with the imperative need for noting means and ends in carrying on activities. When
one is doing something, one is compelled, if the work is to succeed (unless it is purely routine),
to use eyes, ears, and sense of touch as guides to action. Without a constant and alert exercise of
the senses, not even plays and games can go on; in any form of work, materials, obstacles,
ap
pliances, failures, and successes, must be intently watched. Sense-perception does not occur
fo
r its own sake or for purposes of training, but because it is an indispensable factor of success in
doing what one is interested in doing. Although not designed for sense-training, this method
effects sense-training in the most economical and thoroughgoing way. Various schemes have
been designed by teachers for cultivating sharp and prompt observation of forms, as by writing
words,—even in an unknown language,—making arrangements of figures and geometrical
fo
rm
s, and having pupils reproduce them after a momentary glance. Children often attain great
skill in quick seeing and full reproducing of even complicated meaningless combinations. But
such methods of training[Pg 191]—however valuable as occasional games and diversions—
compare very unfavorably with the training of eye and hand that comes as an incident of work
with tools in wood or metals, or of gardening, cooking, or the care of animals. Training by
isolated exercises leaves no deposit, leads nowhere; and even the technical skill acquired has
little radiating power, or transferable value. Criticisms made upon the training of observation on
the ground that many persons cannot correctly reproduce the forms and arrangement of the
figures on the face of their watches misses the point because persons do not look at a watch to
find out whether four o'clock is indicated by IIII or by IV, but to find out what time it is, and, if
observation decides this matter, noting other details is irrelevant and a waste of time. In the
training of observation the question of end and motive is all-important.
Scientific observations are linked to problems
"Object-lessons" rarely supply problems
III. The further, more intellectual or scientific, development of observation follows the line of
the growth of practical into theoretical reflection already traced (ante, Chapter Ten). As
problems emerge and are dwelt upon, observation is directed less to the facts that bear upon a
practical aim and more upon what bears upon a problem as such. What makes observations in
schools often intellectually ineffective is (more than anything else) that they are carried on
independently of a sense of a problem that they serve to define or help to solve. The evil of this
isolation is seen through the entire educational system, from the kindergarten, through the
elementary and high schools, to the college. Almost everywhere may be found, at some time,
recourse to observations as if they were of complete and final value in themselves, instead of the
means[Pg 192] of getting material that bears upon some difficulty and its solution. In the
kindergarten are heaped up observations regarding geometrical forms, lines, surfaces, cubes,
colors, and so on. In the elementary school, under the name of "object-lessons," the form and
properties of objects,—apple, orange, chalk,—selected almost at random, are minutely noted,
while under the name of "nature study" similar observations are directed upon leaves, stones,
insects, selected in almost equally arbitrary fashion. In high school and college, laboratory and
microscopic observations are carried on as if the accumulation of observed facts and the
acquisition of skill in manipulation were educational ends in themselves.
Compare with these methods of isolated observations the statement of Jevons that observation as
conducted by scientific men is effective "only when excited and guided by hope of verifying a
theory"; and again, "the number of things which can be observed and experimented upon are
infinite, and if we merely set to work to record facts without any distinct purpose, our records
will have no value." Strictly speaking, the first statement of Jevons is too narrow. Scientific men
institute observations not merely to test an idea (or suggested explanatory meaning), but also to
locate the nature of a problem and thereby guide the formation of a hypothesis. But the principle
of his remark, namely, that scientific men never make the accumulation of observations an end
in itself, but always a means to a general intellectual conclusion, is absolutely sound. Until the
fo
rce of this principle is adequately recognized in education, observation will be largely a matter
of uninteresting dead work or of acquiring forms of technical skill that are not available as
intellectual resources.[Pg 193]
§ 2. Methods and Materials of Observation in the Schools The best methods in use in our
schools furnish many suggestions for giving observation its right place in mental training.
Observation should involve discovery
I. They rest upon the sound assumption that observation is an active process. Observation is
exploration, inquiry for the sake of discovering something previously hidden and unknown, this
something being needed in order to reach some end, practical or theoretical. Observation is to be
discriminated from recognition, or perception of what is familiar. The identification of
something already understood is, indeed, an indispensable function of further investigation (ante,
p. 119); but it is relatively automatic and passive, while observation proper is searching and
deliberate. Recognition refers to the already mastered; observation is concerned with mastering
the unknown. The common notions that perception is like writing on a blank piece of paper, or
like impressing an image on the mind as a seal is imprinted on wax or as a picture is formed on a
photographic plate (notions that have played a disastrous rôle in educational methods), arise
from a failure to distinguish between automatic recognition and the searching attitude of genuine
observation.
and suspense during an unfolding change
II. Much assistance in the selection of appropriate material for observation may be derived from
considering the eagerness and closeness of observation that attend the following of a story or
drama. Alertness of observation is at its height wherever there is "plot interest." Why? Because
of the balanced combination of the old and the new, of the familiar and the unexpected. We hang
on the lips of the story-teller because of the element of mental suspense. Alternatives are
suggested,[Pg 194] but are left ambiguous, so that our whole being questions: What befell next?
Which way did things turn out? Contrast the ease and fullness with which a child notes all the
salient traits of a story, with the labor and inadequacy of his observation of some dead and static
thing where nothing raises a question or suggests alternative outcomes.
This "plot interest" manifested in activity,
When an individual is engaged in doing or making something (the activity not being of such a
mechanical and habitual character that its outcome is assured), there is an analogous situation.
Something is going to come of what is present to the sense, but just what is doubtful. The plot is
unfolding toward success or failure, but just when or how is uncertain. Hence the keen and tense
observation of conditions and results that attends constructive manual operations. Where the
subject-matter is of a more impersonal sort, the same principle of movement toward a
dénouement may apply. It is a commonplace that what is moving attracts notice when that which
is at rest escapes it. Yet too often it would almost seem as if pains had been taken to deprive the
material of school observations of all life and dramatic quality, to reduce it to a dead and inert
fo
rm
. Mere change is not enough, however. Vicissitude, alteration, motion, excite observation;
but if they merely excite it, there is no thought. The changes must (like the incidents of a wellarranged story or plot) take place in a certain cumulative order; each successive change must at
once remind us of its predecessor and arouse interest in its successor if observations of change
are to be logically fruitful.
and in cycles of growth
Living beings, plants, and animals, fulfill the twofold requirement to an extraordinary degree.
Where there[Pg 195] is growth, there is motion, change, process; and there is also arrangement of
the changes in a cycle. The first arouses, the second organizes, observation. Much of the
extraordinary interest that children take in planting seeds and watching the stages of their growth
is due to the fact that a drama is enacting before their eyes; there is something doing, each step
of which is important in the destiny of the plant. The great practical improvements that have
occurred of late years in the teaching of botany and zoölogy will be found, upon inspection, to
involve treating plants and animals as beings that act, that do something, instead of as mere inert
specimens having static properties to be inventoried, named, and registered. Treated in the latter
fa
shion, observation is inevitably reduced to the falsely "analytic" (ante, p. 112),—to mere
dissection and enumeration.
Observation of structure grows out of noting function
There is, of course, a place, and an important place, for observation of the mere static qualities of
objects. When, however, the primary interest is in function, in what the object does, there is a
motive for more minute analytic study, for the observation of structure. Interest in noting an
activity passes insensibly into noting how the activity is carried on; the interest in what is
accomplished passes over into an interest in the organs of its accomplishing. But when the
beginning is made with the morphological, the anatomical, the noting of peculiarities of form,
size, color, and distribution of parts, the material is so cut off from significance as to be dead and
du
ll. It is as natural for children to look intently for the stomata of a plant after they have become
interested in its function of breathing, as it is repulsive to attend minutely to them when they are
considered as isolated peculiarities of structure.[Pg 196]
Scientific observation
III. As the center of interest of observations becomes less personal, less a matter of means for
effecting one's own ends, and less æsthetic, less a matter of contribution of parts to a total
emotional effect, observation becomes more consciously intellectual in quality. Pupils learn to
observe for the sake (i) of finding out what sort of perplexity confronts them; (ii) of inferring
hypothetical explanations for the puzzling features that observation reveals; and (iii) of testing
the ideas thus suggested.
should be extensive
and intensive
In short, observation becomes scientific in nature. Of such observations it may be said that they
should follow a rhythm between the extensive and the intensive. Problems become definite, and
suggested explanations significant by a certain alternation between a wide and somewhat loose
soaking in of relevant facts and a minutely accurate study of a few selected facts. The wider, less
exact observation is necessary to give the student a feeling for the reality of the field of inquiry, a
sense of its bearings and possibilities, and to store his mind with materials that imagination may
transform into suggestions. The intensive study is necessary for limiting the problem, and for
securing the conditions of experimental testing. As the latter by itself is too specialized and
technical to arouse intellectual growth, the former by itself is too superficial and scattering for
control of intellectual development. In the sciences of life, field study, excursions, acquaintance
with living things in their natural habitats, may alternate with microscopic and laboratory
observation. In the physical sciences, phenomena of light, of heat, of electricity, of moisture, of
gravity, in their broad setting in nature—their physiographic setting—should prepare for an
exact study of selected facts under conditions of laboratory[Pg 197] control. In this way, the student
gets the benefit of technical scientific methods of discovery and testing, while he retains his
sense of the identity of the laboratory modes of energy with large out-of-door realities, thereby
avoiding the impression (that so often accrues) that the facts studied are peculiar to the
laboratory.
§ 3. Communication of Information
Importance of hearsay acquaintance
When all is said and done the field of fact open to any one observer by himself is narrow. Into
every one of our beliefs, even those that we have worked out under the conditions of utmost
personal, first-hand acquaintance, much has insensibly entered from what we have heard or read
of the observations and conclusions of others. In spite of the great extension of direct
observation in our schools, the vast bulk of educational subject-matter is derived from other
sources—from text-book, lecture, and viva-voce interchange. No educational question is of
greater import than how to get the most logical good out of learning through transmission from
others.
Logically, this ranks only as evidence or testimony
Doubtless the chief meaning associated with the word instruction is this conveying and instilling
of the results of the observations and inferences of others. Doubtless the undue prominence in
education of the ideal of amassing information (ante, p. 52) has its source in the prominence of
the learning of other persons. The problem then is how to convert it into an intellectual asset. In
logical terms, the material supplied from the experience of others is testimony: that is to say,
evidence submitted by others to be employed by one's own judgment in reaching a conclusion.
How shall we treat the subject-matter supplied by text-book and teacher so that it shall rank as
material for reflec[Pg 198]tive inquiry, not as ready-made intellectual pabulum to be accepted and
swallowed just as supplied by the store?
Communication by others should not encroach on observation,
In reply to this question, we may say (i) that the communication of material should be needed.
That is to say, it should be such as cannot readily be attained by personal observation. For
teacher or book to cram pupils with facts which, with little more trouble, they could discover by
direct inquiry is to violate their intellectual integrity by cultivating mental servility. This does not
mean that the material supplied through communication of others should be meager or scanty.
With the utmost range of the senses, the world of nature and history stretches out almost
infinitely beyond. But the fields within which direct observation is feasible should be carefully
chosen and sacredly protected.
should not be dogmatic in tone,
(ii) Material should be supplied by way of stimulus, not with dogmatic finality and rigidity.
When pupils get the notion that any field of study has been definitely surveyed, that knowledge
ab
out it is exhaustive and final, they may continue docile pupils, but they cease to be students.
All thinking whatsoever—so be it is thinking—contains a phase of originality. This originality
does not imply that the student's conclusion varies from the conclusions of others, much less that
it is a radically novel conclusion. His originality is not incompatible with large use of materials
and suggestions contributed by others. Originality means personal interest in the question,
personal initiative in turning over the suggestions furnished by others, and sincerity in following
them out to a tested conclusion. Literally, the phrase "Think for yourself" is tautological; any
thinking is thinking for one's self.[Pg 199]
should have relation to a personal problem,
(iii) The material furnished by way of information should be relevant to a question that is vital in
the student's own experience. What has been said about the evil of observations that begin and
end in themselves may be transferred without change to communicated learning. Instruction in
subject-matter that does not fit into any problem already stirring in the student's own experience,
or that is not presented in such a way as to arouse a problem, is worse than useless for
intellectual purposes. In that it fails to enter into any process of reflection, it is useless; in that it
remains in the mind as so much lumber and débris, it is a barrier, an obstruction in the way of
effective thinking when a problem arises.
and to prior systems of experience
Another way of stating the same principle is that material furnished by communication must be
such as to enter into some existing system or organization of experience. All students of
psychology are familiar with the principle of apperception—that we assimilate new material
with what we have digested and retained from prior experiences. Now the "apperceptive basis"
of material furnished by teacher and text-book should be found, as far as possible, in what the
learner has derived from more direct forms of his own experience. There is a tendency to
connect material of the schoolroom simply with the material of prior school lessons, instead of
linking it to what the pupil has acquired in his out-of-school experience. The teacher says, "Do
you not remember what we learned from the book last week?"—instead of saying, "Do you not
recall such and such a thing that you have seen or heard?" As a result, there are built up detached
and independent systems of school knowledge that inertly overlay the[Pg 200] ordinary systems of
experience instead of reacting to enlarge and refine them. Pupils are taught to live in two
separate worlds, one the world of out-of-school experience, the other the world of books and
lessons.[Pg 201]
CHAPTER FIFTEEN
THE RECITATION AND THE TRAINING OF THOUGHT
Importance of the recitation
In the recitation the teacher comes into his closest contact with the pupil. In the recitation focus
the possibilities of guiding children's activities, influencing their language habits, and directing
their observations. In discussing the significance of the recitation as an instrumentality of
education, we are accordingly bringing to a head the points considered in the last three chapters,
rather than introducing a new topic. The method in which the recitation is carried on is a crucial
test of a teacher's skill in diagnosing the intellectual state of his pupils and in supplying the
conditions that will arouse serviceable mental responses: in short, of his art as a teacher.
Re-citing versus reflecting
The use of the word recitation to designate the period of most intimate intellectual contact of
teacher with pupil and pupil with pupil is a fateful fact. To re-cite is to cite again, to repeat, to
tell over and over. If we were to call this period reiteration, the designation would hardly bring
out more clearly than does the word recitation, the complete domination of instruction by
rehearsing of secondhand information, by memorizing for the sake of producing correct replies
at the proper time. Everything that is said in this chapter is insignificant in comparison with the
primary truth that the recitation is a place and time for stimulating and directing reflection, and
that reproducing memorized[Pg 202] matter is only an incident—even though an indispensable
incident—in the process of cultivating a thoughtful attitude.
§ 1. The Formal Steps of Instruction
Herbart's analysis of method of teaching
But few attempts have been made to formulate a method, resting on general principles, of
conducting a recitation. One of these is of great importance and has probably had more and
better influence upon the "hearing of lessons" than all others put together; namely, the analysis
by Herbart of a recitation into five successive steps. The steps are commonly known as "the
fo
rm
al steps of instruction." The underlying notion is that no matter how subjects vary in scope
and detail there is one and only one best way of mastering them, since there is a single "general
method" uniformly followed by the mind in effective attack upon any subject. Whether it be a
first-grade child mastering the rudiments of number, a grammar-school pupil studying history, or
a college student dealing with philology, in each case the first step is preparation, the second
presentation, followed in turn by comparison and generalization, ending in the application of the
generalizations to specific and new instances.
Illustration of method
By preparation is meant asking questions to remind pupils of familiar experiences of their own
that will be useful in acquiring the new topic. What one already knows supplies the means with
which one apprehends the unknown. Hence the process of learning the new will be made easier
if related ideas in the pupil's mind are aroused to activity—are brought to the foreground of
consciousness. When pupils take up the study of rivers, they are first questioned about streams or
brooks[Pg 203] with which they are already acquainted; if they have never seen any, they may be
asked about water running in gutters. Somehow "apperceptive masses" are stirred that will assist
in getting hold of the new subject. The step of preparation ends with statement of the aim of the
lesson. Old knowledge having been made active, new material is then "presented" to the pupils.
Pictures and relief models of rivers are shown; vivid oral descriptions are given; if possible, the
children are taken to see an actual river. These two steps terminate the acquisition of particular
fa
cts.
The next two steps are directed toward getting a general principle or conception. The local river
is compared with, perhaps, the Amazon, the St. Lawrence, the Rhine; by this comparison
accidental and unessential features are eliminated and the river concept is formed: the elements
involved in the river-meaning are gathered together and formulated. This done, the resulting
principle is fixed in mind and is clarified by being applied to other streams, say to the Thames,
the Po, the Connecticut.
Comparison with our prior analysis of reflection
If we compare this account of the methods of instruction with our own analysis of a complete
operation of thinking, we are struck by obvious resemblances. In our statement (compare
Chapter Six) the "steps" are the occurrence of a problem or a puzzling phenomenon; then
observation, inspection of facts, to locate and clear up the problem; then the formation of a
hypothesis or the suggestion of a possible solution together with its elaboration by reasoning;
then the testing of the elaborated idea by using it as a guide to new observations and
experimentations. In each account, there is the sequence of (i) specific facts and[Pg 204] events, (ii)
ideas and reasonings, and (iii) application of their result to specific facts. In each case, the
movement is inductive-deductive. We are struck also by one difference: the Herbartian method
makes no reference to a difficulty, a discrepancy requiring explanation, as the origin and
stimulus of the whole process. As a consequence, it often seems as if the Herbartian method
deals with thought simply as an incident in the process of acquiring information, instead of
treating the latter as an incident in the process of developing thought.
The formal steps concern the teacher's preparation rather than the recitation itself
Before following up this comparison in more detail, we may raise the question whether the
recitation should, in any case, follow a uniform prescribed series of steps—even if it be admitted
that this series expresses the normal logical order. In reply, it may be said that just because the
order is logical, it represents the survey of subject-matter made by one who already understands
it, not the path of progress followed by a mind that is learning. The former may describe a
uniform straight-way course, the latter must be a series of tacks, of zigzag movements back and
fo
rt
h. In short, the formal steps indicate the points that should be covered by the teacher in
preparing to conduct a recitation, but should not prescribe the actual course of teaching.
The teacher's problem
Lack of any preparation on the part of a teacher leads, of course, to a random, haphazard
recitation, its success depending on the inspiration of the moment, which may or may not come.
Preparation in simply the subject-matter conduces to a rigid order, the teacher examining pupils
on their exact knowledge of their text. But the teacher's problem—as a teacher—does not reside
in mastering a subject-matter, but in adjusting a subject-matter to the nurture of thought. Now
the[Pg 205] formal steps indicate excellently well the questions a teacher should ask in working out
the problem of teaching a topic. What preparation have my pupils for attacking this subject?
What familiar experiences of theirs are available? What have they already learned that will come
to their assistance? How shall I present the matter so as to fit economically and effectively into
their present equipment? What pictures shall I show? To what objects shall I call their attention?
What incidents shall I relate? What comparisons shall I lead them to draw, what similarities to
recognize? What is the general principle toward which the whole discussion should point as its
conclusion? By what applications shall I try to fix, to clear up, and to make real their grasp of
this general principle? What activities of their own may bring it home to them as a genuinely
significant principle?
Only flexibility of procedure gives a recitation vitality
Any step may come first
No teacher can fail to teach better if he has considered such questions somewhat systematically.
But the more the teacher has reflected upon pupils' probable intellectual response to a topic from
the various stand-points indicated by the five formal steps, the more he will be prepared to
conduct the recitation in a flexible and free way, and yet not let the subject go to pieces and the
pupils' attention drift in all directions; the less necessary will he find it, in order to preserve a
semblance of intellectual order, to follow some one uniform scheme. He will be ready to take
advantage of any sign of vital response that shows itself from any direction. One pupil may
already have some inkling—probably erroneous—of a general principle. Application may then
come at the very beginning in order to show that the principle will not work, and thereby[Pg 206]
induce search for new facts and a new generalization. Or the abrupt presentation of some fact or
object may so stimulate the minds of pupils as to render quite superfluous any preliminary
preparation. If pupils' minds are at work at all, it is quite impossible that they should wait until
the teacher has conscientiously taken them through the steps of preparation, presentation, and
comparison before they form at least a working hypothesis or generalization. Moreover, unless
comparison of the familiar and the unfamiliar is introduced at the beginning, both preparation
and presentation will be aimless and without logical motive, isolated, and in so far meaningless.
The student's mind cannot be prepared at large, but only for something in particular, and
presentation is usually the best way of evoking associations. The emphasis may fall now on the
fa
miliar concept that will help grasp the new, now on the new facts that frame the problem; but
in either case it is comparison and contrast with the other term of the pair which gives either its
fo
rce. In short, to transfer the logical steps from the points that the teacher needs to consider to
uniform successive steps in the conduct of a recitation, is to impose the logical review of a mind
that already understands the subject, upon the mind that is struggling to comprehend it, and
thereby to obstruct the logic of the student's own mind.
§ 2. The Factors in the Recitation
Bearing in mind that the formal steps represent intertwined factors of a student's progress and
not mileposts on a beaten highway, we may consider each by itself. In so doing, it will be
convenient to follow the example of many of the Herbartians and reduce the steps to[Pg 207] three:
first, the apprehension of specific or particular facts; second, rational generalization; third,
ap
plication and verification.
Preparation is getting the sense of a problem
I. The processes having to do with particular facts are preparation and presentation. The best,
indeed the only preparation is arousal to a perception of something that needs explanation,
something unexpected, puzzling, peculiar. When the feeling of a genuine perplexity lays hold of
any mind (no matter how the feeling arises), that mind is alert and inquiring, because stimulated
from within. The shock, the bite, of a question will force the mind to go wherever it is capable of
going, better than will the most ingenious pedagogical devices unaccompanied by this mental
ardor. It is the sense of a problem that forces the mind to a survey and recall of the past to
discover what the question means and how it may be dealt with.
Pitfalls in preparation
The teacher in his more deliberate attempts to call into play the familiar elements in a student's
experience, must guard against certain dangers. (i) The step of preparation must not be too long
continued or too exhaustive, or it defeats its own end. The pupil loses interest and is bored, when
a plunge in medias res might have braced him to his work. The preparation part of the recitation
period of some conscientious teachers reminds one of the boy who takes so long a run in order to
gain headway for a jump that when he reaches the line, he is too tired to jump far. (ii) The organs
by which we apprehend new material are our habits. To insist too minutely upon turning over
habitual dispositions into conscious ideas is to interfere with their best workings. Some factors of
fa
miliar experience must indeed be brought to conscious recognition, just as trans[Pg 208]planting
is necessary for the best growth of some plants. But it is fatal to be forever digging up either
experiences or plants to see how they are getting along. Constraint, self-consciousness,
embarrassment, are the consequence of too much conscious refurbishing of familiar experiences.
Statement of aim of lesson
Strict Herbartians generally lay it down that statement—by the teacher—of the aim of a lesson is
an indispensable part of preparation. This preliminary statement of the aim of the lesson hardly
seems more intellectual in character, however, than tapping a bell or giving any other signal for
attention and transfer of thoughts from diverting subjects. To the teacher the statement of an end
is significant, because he has already been at the end; from a pupil's standpoint the statement of
what he is going to learn is something of an Irish bull. If the statement of the aim is taken too
seriously by the instructor, as meaning more than a signal to attention, its probable result is
fo
restalling the pupil's own reaction, relieving him of the responsibility of developing a problem
and thus arresting his mental initiative.
How much the teacher should tell or show
It is unnecessary to discuss at length presentation as a factor in the recitation, because our last
chapter covered the topic under the captions of observation and communication. The function of
presentation is to supply materials that force home the nature of a problem and furnish
suggestions for dealing with it. The practical problem of the teacher is to preserve a balance
between so little showing and telling as to fail to stimulate reflection and so much as to choke
thought. Provided the student is genuinely engaged upon a topic, and provided the teacher is
willing to give the student a good deal of leeway as to what he assimilates and retains (not
requiring rigidly that everything be grasped or repro[Pg 209]duced), there is comparatively little
danger that one who is himself enthusiastic will communicate too much concerning a topic.
The pupil's responsibility for making out a reasonable case
II. The distinctively rational phase of reflective inquiry consists, as we have already seen, in the
elaboration of an idea, or working hypothesis, through conjoint comparison and contrast,
terminating in definition or formulation. (i) So far as the recitation is concerned, the primary
requirement is that the student be held responsible for working out mentally every suggested
principle so as to show what he means by it, how it bears upon the facts at hand, and how the
fa
cts bear upon it. Unless the pupil is made responsible for developing on his own account the
reasonableness of the guess he puts forth, the recitation counts for practically nothing in the
training of reasoning power. A clever teacher easily acquires great skill in dropping out the inept
and senseless contributions of pupils, and in selecting and emphasizing those in line with the
result he wishes to reach. But this method (sometimes called "suggestive questioning") relieves
the pupils of intellectual responsibility, save for acrobatic agility in following the teacher's lead.
The necessity for mental leisure
(ii) The working over of a vague and more or less casual idea into coherent and definite form is
impossible without a pause, without freedom from distraction. We say "Stop and think"; well, all
reflection involves, at some point, stopping external observations and reactions so that an idea
may mature. Meditation, withdrawal or abstraction from clamorous assailants of the senses and
from demands for overt action, is as necessary at the reasoning stage, as are observation and
experiment at other periods. The metaphors of digestion and[Pg 210] assimilation, that so readily
occur to mind in connection with rational elaboration, are highly instructive. A silent,
uninterrupted working-over of considerations by comparing and weighing alternative
suggestions, is indispensable for the development of coherent and compact conclusions.
Reasoning is no more akin to disputing or arguing, or to the abrupt seizing and dropping of
suggestions, than digestion is to a noisy champing of the jaws. The teacher must secure
opportunity for leisurely mental digestion.
A typical central object necessary
(iii) In the process of comparison, the teacher must avert the distraction that ensues from putting
before the mind a number of facts on the same level of importance. Since attention is selective,
some one object normally claims thought and furnishes the center of departure and reference.
This fact is fatal to the success of the pedagogical methods that endeavor to conduct comparison
on the basis of putting before the mind a row of objects of equal importance. In comparing, the
mind does not naturally begin with objects a, b, c, d, and try to find the respect in which they
agree. It begins with a single object or situation more or less vague and inchoate in meaning, and
makes excursions to other objects in order to render understanding of the central object
consistent and clear. The mere multiplication of objects of comparison is adverse to successful
reasoning. Each fact brought within the field of comparison should clear up some obscure
fe
ature or extend some fragmentary trait of the primary object.
Importance of types
In short, pains should be taken to see that the object on which thought centers is typical: material
being typical when, although individual or specific, it is such as readily and fruitfully suggests
the principles of an en[Pg 211]tire class of facts. No sane person begins to think about rivers
wholesale or at large. He begins with the one river that has presented some puzzling trait. Then
he studies other rivers to get light upon the baffling features of this one, and at the same time he
employs the characteristic traits of his original object to reduce to order the multifarious details
that appear in connection with other rivers. This working back and forth preserves unity of
meaning, while protecting it from monotony and narrowness. Contrast, unlikeness, throws
significant features into relief, and these become instruments for binding together into an
organized or coherent meaning dissimilar characters. The mind is defended against the
deadening influence of many isolated particulars and also against the barrenness of a merely
fo
rm
al principle. Particular cases and properties supply emphasis and concreteness; general
principles convert the particulars into a single system.
All insight into meaning effects generalization
(iv) Hence generalization is not a separate and single act; it is rather a constant tendency and
fu
nction of the entire discussion or recitation. Every step forward toward an idea that
comprehends, that explains, that unites what was isolated and therefore puzzling, generalizes.
The little child generalizes as truly as the adolescent or adult, even though he does not arrive at
the same generalities. If he is studying a river basin, his knowledge is generalized in so far as the
various details that he apprehends are found to be the effects of a single force, as that of water
pushing downward from gravity, or are seen to be successive stages of a single history of
fo
rm
ation. Even if there were acquaintance with only one river, knowledge of it under such
conditions would be generalized knowledge.[Pg 212]
Insight into meaning requires formulation
The factor of formulation, of conscious stating, involved in generalization, should also be a
constant function, not a single formal act. Definition means essentially the growth of a meaning
out of vagueness into definiteness. Such final verbal definition as takes place should be only the
culmination of a steady growth in distinctness. In the reaction against ready-made verbal
definitions and rules, the pendulum should never swing to the opposite extreme, that of
neglecting to summarize the net meaning that emerges from dealing with particular facts. Only
as general summaries are made from time to time does the mind reach a conclusion or a resting
place; and only as conclusions are reached is there an intellectual deposit available in future
understanding.
Generalization means capacity for application to the new
III. As the last words indicate, application and generalization lie close together. Mechanical skill
fo
r further use may be achieved without any explicit recognition of a principle; nay, in routine
and narrow technical matters, conscious formulation may be a hindrance. But without
recognition of a principle, without generalization, the power gained cannot be transferred to new
and dissimilar matters. The inherent significance of generalization is that it frees a meaning from
local restrictions; rather, generalization is meaning so freed; it is meaning emancipated from
accidental features so as to be available in new cases. The surest test for detecting a spurious
generalization (a statement general in verbal form but not accompanied by discernment of
meaning), is the failure of the so-called principle spontaneously to extend itself. The essence of
the general is application. (Ante, p. 29.)
Fossilized versus flexible principles
The true purpose of exercises that apply rules and principles is, then, not so much to drive or
drill them[Pg 213] in as to give adequate insight into an idea or principle. To treat application as a
separate final step is disastrous. In every judgment some meaning is employed as a basis for
estimating and interpreting some fact; by this application the meaning is itself enlarged and
tested. When the general meaning is regarded as complete in itself, application is treated as an
external, non-intellectual use to which, for practical purposes alone, it is advisable to put the
meaning. The principle is one self-contained thing; its use is another and independent thing.
When this divorce occurs, principles become fossilized and rigid; they lose their inherent
vitality, their self-impelling power.
Self-application a mark of genuine principles
A true conception is a moving idea, and it seeks outlet, or application to the interpretation of
particulars and the guidance of action, as naturally as water runs downhill. In fine, just as
reflective thought requires particular facts of observation and events of action for its origination,
so it also requires particular facts and deeds for its own consummation. "Glittering generalities"
are inert because they are spurious. Application is as much an intrinsic part of genuine reflective
inquiry as is alert observation or reasoning itself. Truly general principles tend to apply
themselves. The teacher needs, indeed, to supply conditions favorable to use and exercise; but
something is wrong when artificial tasks have arbitrarily to be invented in order to secure
ap
plication for principles.[Pg 214]
CHAPTER SIXTEEN
SOME GENERAL CONCLUSIONS
We shall conclude our survey of how we think and how we should think by presenting some
fa
ctors of thinking which should balance each other, but which constantly tend to become so
isolated that they work against each other instead of cooperating to make reflective inquiry
efficient.
§ 1. The Unconscious and the Conscious
The understood as the unconsciously assumed
It is significant that one meaning of the term understood is something so thoroughly mastered, so
completely agreed upon, as to be assumed; that is to say, taken as a matter of course without
explicit statement. The familiar "goes without saying" means "it is understood." If two persons
can converse intelligently with each other, it is because a common experience supplies a
background of mutual understanding upon which their respective remarks are projected. To dig
up and to formulate this common background would be imbecile; it is "understood"; that is, it is
silently supplied and implied as the taken-for-granted medium of intelligent exchange of ideas.
Inquiry as conscious formulation
If, however, the two persons find themselves at cross-purposes, it is necessary to dig up and
compare the presuppositions, the implied context, on the basis of which each is speaking. The
implicit is made explicit; what was unconsciously assumed is exposed to the light of conscious
day. In this way, the root of the misunder[Pg 215]standing is removed. Some such rhythm of the
unconscious and the conscious is involved in all fruitful thinking. A person in pursuing a
consecutive train of thoughts takes some system of ideas for granted (which accordingly he
leaves unexpressed, "unconscious") as surely as he does in conversing with others. Some
context, some situation, some controlling purpose dominates his explicit ideas so thoroughly that
it does not need to be consciously formulated and expounded. Explicit thinking goes on within
the limits of what is implied or understood. Yet the fact that reflection originates in a problem
makes it necessary at some points consciously to inspect and examine this familiar background.
We have to turn upon some unconscious assumption and make it explicit.
Rules cannot be given for attaining a balance
No rules can be laid down for attaining the due balance and rhythm of these two phases of
mental life. No ordinance can prescribe at just what point the spontaneous working of some
unconscious attitude and habit is to be checked till we have made explicit what is implied in it.
No one can tell in detail just how far the analytic inspection and formulation are to be carried.
We can say that they must be carried far enough so that the individual will know what he is
ab
out and be able to guide his thinking; but in a given case just how far is that? We can say that
they must be carried far enough to detect and guard against the source of some false perception
or reasoning, and to get a leverage on the investigation; but such statements only restate the
original difficulty. Since our reliance must be upon the disposition and tact of the individual in
the particular case, there is no test of the success of an education more important than the extent
to which it nurtures a type of mind competent to[Pg 216] maintain an economical balance of the
unconscious and the conscious.
The over-analytic to be avoided
The ways of teaching criticised in the foregoing pages as false "analytic" methods of instruction
(ante, p. 112), all reduce themselves to the mistake of directing explicit attention and formulation
to what would work better if left an unconscious attitude and working assumption. To pry into
the familiar, the usual, the automatic, simply for the sake of making it conscious, simply for the
sake of formulating it, is both an impertinent interference, and a source of boredom. To be forced
to dwell consciously upon the accustomed is the essence of ennui; to pursue methods of
instruction that have that tendency is deliberately to cultivate lack of interest.
The detection of error, the clinching of truth, demand conscious statement
On the other hand, what has been said in criticism of merely routine forms of skill, what has
been said about the importance of having a genuine problem, of introducing the novel, and of
reaching a deposit of general meaning weighs on the other side of the scales. It is as fatal to good
thinking to fail to make conscious the standing source of some error or failure as it is to pry
needlessly into what works smoothly. To over-simplify, to exclude the novel for the sake of
prompt skill, to avoid obstacles for the sake of averting errors, is as detrimental as to try to get
pupils to formulate everything they know and to state every step of the process employed in
getting a result. Where the shoe pinches, analytic examination is indicated. When a topic is to be
clinched so that knowledge of it will carry over into an effective resource in further topics,
conscious condensation and summarizing are imperative. In the early stage of acquaintance with
a subject, a good deal of unconstrained unconscious mental play about it may be[Pg 217] permitted,
even at the risk of some random experimenting; in the later stages, conscious formulation and
review may be encouraged. Projection and reflection, going directly ahead and turning back in
scrutiny, should alternate. Unconsciousness gives spontaneity and freshness; consciousness,
conviction and control.
§ 2. Process and Product
Play and work again
A like balance in mental life characterizes process and product. We met one important phase of
this adjustment in considering play and work. In play, interest centers in activity, without much
reference to its outcome. The sequence of deeds, images, emotions, suffices on its own account.
In work, the end holds attention and controls the notice given to means. Since the difference is
one of direction of interest, the contrast is one of emphasis, not of cleavage. When comparative
prominence in consciousness of activity or outcome is transformed into isolation of one from the
other, play degenerates into fooling, and work into drudgery.
Play should not be fooling,
By "fooling" we understand a series of disconnected temporary overflows of energy dependent
upon whim and accident. When all reference to outcome is eliminated from the sequence of
ideas and acts that make play, each member of the sequence is cut loose from every other and
becomes fantastic, arbitrary, aimless; mere fooling follows. There is some inveterate tendency to
fo
ol in children as well as in animals; nor is the tendency wholly evil, for at least it militates
against falling into ruts. But when it is excessive in amount, dissipation and disintegration
fo
llow; and the only way of preventing this consequence is to make regard for results enter into
even the freest play activity.[Pg 218]
nor work, drudgery
Exclusive interest in the result alters work to drudgery. For by drudgery is meant those activities
in which the interest in the outcome does not suffuse the means of getting the result. Whenever a
piece of work becomes drudgery, the process of doing loses all value for the doer; he cares
solely for what is to be had at the end of it. The work itself, the putting forth of energy, is
hateful; it is just a necessary evil, since without it some important end would be missed. Now it
is a commonplace that in the work of the world many things have to be done the doing of which
is not intrinsically very interesting. However, the argument that children should be kept doing
drudgery-tasks because thereby they acquire power to be faithful to distasteful duties, is wholly
fa
llacious. Repulsion, shirking, and evasion are the consequences of having the repulsive
imposed—not loyal love of duty. Willingness to work for ends by means of acts not naturally
attractive is best attained by securing such an appreciation of the value of the end that a sense of
its value is transferred to its means of accomplishment. Not interesting in themselves, they
borrow interest from the result with which they are associated.
Balance of playfulness and seriousness the intellectual ideal
Free play of mind
is normal in childhood
The intellectual harm accruing from divorce of work and play, product and process, is evidenced
in the proverb, "All work and no play makes Jack a dull boy." That the obverse is true is perhaps
sufficiently signalized in the fact that fooling is so near to foolishness. To be playful and serious
at the same time is possible, and it defines the ideal mental condition. Absence of dogmatism
and prejudice, presence of intellectual curiosity and flexibility, are manifest in the free play of
the mind upon a topic. To give the mind this[Pg 219] free play is not to encourage toying with a
subject, but is to be interested in the unfolding of the subject on its own account, apart from its
subservience to a preconceived belief or habitual aim. Mental play is open-mindedness, faith in
the power of thought to preserve its own integrity without external supports and arbitrary
restrictions. Hence free mental play involves seriousness, the earnest following of the
development of subject-matter. It is incompatible with carelessness or flippancy, for it exacts
accurate noting of every result reached in order that every conclusion may be put to further use.
What is termed the interest in truth for its own sake is certainly a serious matter, yet this pure
interest in truth coincides with love of the free play of thought.
In spite of many appearances to the contrary—usually due to social conditions of either undue
superfluity that induces idle fooling or undue economic pressure that compels drudgery—
childhood normally realizes the ideal of conjoint free mental play and thoughtfulness. Successful
portrayals of children have always made their wistful intentness at least as obvious as their lack
of worry for the morrow. To live in the present is compatible with condensation of far-reaching
meanings in the present. Such enrichment of the present for its own sake is the just heritage of
childhood and the best insurer of future growth. The child forced into premature concern with
economic remote results may develop a surprising sharpening of wits in a particular direction,
but this precocious specialization is always paid for by later apathy and dullness.
The attitude of the artist
That art originated in play is a common saying. Whether or not the saying is historically correct,
it[Pg 220] suggests that harmony of mental playfulness and seriousness describes the artistic ideal.
When the artist is preoccupied overmuch with means and materials, he may achieve wonderful
technique, but not the artistic spirit par excellence. When the animating idea is in excess of the
command of method, æsthetic feeling may be indicated, but the art of presentation is too
defective to express the feeling thoroughly. When the thought of the end becomes so adequate
that it compels translation into the means that embody it, or when attention to means is inspired
by recognition of the end they serve, we have the attitude typical of the artist, an attitude that
may be displayed in all activities, even though not conventionally designated arts.
The art of the teacher culminates in nurturing this attitude
That teaching is an art and the true teacher an artist is a familiar saying. Now the teacher's own
claim to rank as an artist is measured by his ability to foster the attitude of the artist in those who
study with him, whether they be youth or little children. Some succeed in arousing enthusiasm,
in communicating large ideas, in evoking energy. So far, well; but the final test is whether the
stimulus thus given to wider aims succeeds in transforming itself into power, that is to say, into
the attention to detail that ensures mastery over means of execution. If not, the zeal flags, the
interest dies out, the ideal becomes a clouded memory. Other teachers succeed in training
fa
cility, skill, mastery of the technique of subjects. Again it is well—so far. But unless
enlargement of mental vision, power of increased discrimination of final values, a sense for
ideas—for principles—accompanies this training, forms of skill ready to be put indifferently to
any end may be the result. Such modes of technical skill may display themselves, accord[Pg
221]ing to circumstances, as cleverness in serving self-interest, as docility in carrying out the
purposes of others, or as unimaginative plodding in ruts. To nurture inspiring aim and executive
means into harmony with each other is at once the difficulty and the reward of the teacher.
§ 3. The Far and the Near
"Familiarity breeds contempt,"
Teachers who have heard that they should avoid matters foreign to pupils' experience, are
frequently surprised to find pupils wake up when something beyond their ken is introduced,
while they remain apathetic in considering the familiar. In geography, the child upon the plains
seems perversely irresponsive to the intellectual charms of his local environment, and fascinated
by whatever concerns mountains or the sea. Teachers who have struggled with little avail to
extract from pupils essays describing the details of things with which they are well acquainted,
sometimes find them eager to write on lofty or imaginary themes. A woman of education, who
has recorded her experience as a factory worker, tried retelling Little Women to some factory
girls during their working hours. They cared little for it, saying, "Those girls had no more
interesting experience than we have," and demanded stories of millionaires and society leaders.
A man interested in the mental condition of those engaged in routine labor asked a Scotch girl in
a cotton factory what she thought about all day. She replied that as soon as her mind was free
from starting the machinery, she married a duke, and their fortunes occupied her for the
remainder of the day.
since only the novel demands attention,
Naturally, these incidents are not told in order to encourage methods of teaching that appeal to
the sensa[Pg 222]tional, the extraordinary, or the incomprehensible. They are told, however, to
enforce the point that the familiar and the near do not excite or repay thought on their own
account, but only as they are adjusted to mastering the strange and remote. It is a commonplace
of psychology that we do not attend to the old, nor consciously mind that to which we are
thoroughly accustomed. For this, there is good reason: to devote attention to the old, when new
circumstances are constantly arising to which we should adjust ourselves, would be wasteful and
dangerous. Thought must be reserved for the new, the precarious, the problematic. Hence the
mental constraint, the sense of being lost, that comes to pupils when they are invited to turn their
thoughts upon that with which they are already familiar. The old, the near, the accustomed, is not
that to which but that with which we attend; it does not furnish the material of a problem, but of
its solution.
which, in turn, can be given only through the old
The last sentence has brought us to the balancing of new and old, of the far and that close by,
involved in reflection. The more remote supplies the stimulus and the motive; the nearer at hand
fu
rn
ishes the point of approach and the available resources. This principle may also be stated in
this form: the best thinking occurs when the easy and the difficult are duly proportioned to each
other. The easy and the familiar are equivalents, as are the strange and the difficult. Too much
that is easy gives no ground for inquiry; too much of the hard renders inquiry hopeless.
The given and the suggested
The necessity of the interaction of the near and the far follows directly from the nature of
thinking. Where there is thought, something present suggests and indicates something absent.
Accordingly unless the familiar[Pg 223] is presented under conditions that are in some respect
unusual, it gives no jog to thinking, it makes no demand upon what is not present in order to be
understood. And if the subject presented is totally strange, there is no basis upon which it may
suggest anything serviceable for its comprehension. When a person first has to do with fractions,
fo
r example, they will be wholly baffling so far as they do not signify to him some relation that
he has already mastered in dealing with whole numbers. When fractions have become
thoroughly familiar, his perception of them acts simply as a signal to do certain things; they are a
"substitute sign," to which he can react without thinking. (Ante, p. 178.) If, nevertheless, the
situation as a whole presents something novel and hence uncertain, the entire response is not
mechanical, because this mechanical operation is put to use in solving a problem. There is no
end to this spiral process: foreign subject-matter transformed through thinking into a familiar
possession becomes a resource for judging and assimilating additional foreign subject-matter.
Observation supplies the near, imagination the remote
The need for both imagination and observation in every mental enterprise illustrates another
aspect of the same principle. Teachers who have tried object-lessons of the conventional type
have usually found that when the lessons were new, pupils were attracted to them as a diversion,
but as soon as they became matters of course they were as dull and wearisome as was ever the
most mechanical study of mere symbols. Imagination could not play about the objects so as to
enrich them. The feeling that instruction in "facts, facts" produces a narrow Gradgrind is justified
not because facts in themselves are limiting, but because facts are dealt out[Pg 224] as such hard
and fast ready-made articles as to leave no room to imagination. Let the facts be presented so as
to stimulate imagination, and culture ensues naturally enough. The converse is equally true. The
imaginative is not necessarily the imaginary; that is, the unreal. The proper function of
imagination is vision of realities that cannot be exhibited under existing conditions of senseperception. Clear insight into the remote, the absent, the obscure is its aim. History, literature,
and geography, the principles of science, nay, even geometry and arithmetic, are full of matters
that must be imaginatively realized if they are realized at all. Imagination supplements and
deepens observation; only when it turns into the fanciful does it become a substitute for
observation and lose logical force.
Experience through communication of others' experience
A final exemplification of the required balance between near and far is found in the relation that
obtains between the narrower field of experience realized in an individual's own contact with
persons and things, and the wider experience of the race that may become his through
communication. Instruction always runs the risk of swamping the pupil's own vital, though
narrow, experience under masses of communicated material. The instructor ceases and the
teacher begins at the point where communicated matter stimulates into fuller and more
significant life that which has entered by the strait and narrow gate of sense-perception and
motor activity. Genuine communication involves contagion; its name should not be taken in vain
by terming communication that which produces no community of thought and purpose between
the child and the race of which he is the heir.